PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND INC
485APOS, 1996-03-01
Previous: PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND INC, NSAR-A, 1996-03-01
Next: INSURED MUNICIPALS INCOME TRUST SERIES 81, 497J, 1996-03-01





AS FILED WITH THE SEC ON___________________.            Registration No. 2-80896

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   ----------

                                   FORM N-1A
   
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933          [ ]
                          Pre-effective Amendment No.                        [ ]
                        Post-effective Amendment No. 30                      [x]
                                       and

        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940      [ ]
                               AMENDMENT NO. 33                              [x]
                        (Check appropriate box or boxes)
    
                                   ----------

                        THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.
                           (Exact Name of Registrant)

                   THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
                               (Name of Depositor)

                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                                 (800) 445-4571
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

                                   ----------

                                Thomas C. Castano
                               Assistant Secretary
                   The Prudential Insurance Company Of America
                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                     (Name and address of agent for service)

                                    Copy to:

                                Jeffrey C. Martin
                                 Shea & Gardner
                         1800 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
                             Washington, D.C. 20036

                                   ----------
   
The Registrant has registered an indefinite amount of securities pursuant to
Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Rule 24f-2 notice for
fiscal year 1995 will be filed on or about February 29, 1996.
    
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate space):

     [ ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
   
     [ ] on ____________ pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
               (date)
    
     [ ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 485
   
     [X] on  May 1, 1996  pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 485
            ------------- 
               (date)
    

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   (as required by 495(a) under the 1933 Act)

N1-A Item Number and Caption                                Location
- ----------------------------                                --------

Part A
    <S>                                                     <C>
     1. Cover Page ......................................   Cover Page

     2. Synopsis ........................................   Not Applicable

     3. Condensed Financial Information .................   Financial Highlights; Investment Objectives and
                                                            Policies of the Portfolios

     4. General Description of Registrant ...............   The Series Fund; Investment Objectives and Policies
                                                            of the Portfolios; Investment Restrictions Applicable
                                                            to the Portfolios

     5. Management of the Fund ..........................   Investment Manager; Investment Management
                                                            Arrangements and Expenses; Portfolio Brokerage and
                                                            Related Practices; Portfolio Transactions and
                                                            Brokerage; Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend
                                                            Disbursing Agent; Monitoring for Possible Conflict

     6. Capital Stock and Other Securities ..............   Investment Objectives and Policies of the Portfolios;
                                                            Dividends, Distributions and Taxes; Voting Rights;
                                                            Additional Information

     7. Purchase of Securities Being Offered ............   Purchase and Redemption of Shares; Determination 
                                                            of Net Asset Value

     8. Redemption or Repurchase ........................   Purchase and Redemption of Shares; Other
                                                            Information Concerning the Series Fund

     9. Pending Legal Proceedings .......................   Not Applicable

Part B

    10. Cover Page ......................................   Cover Page

    11. Table of Contents ...............................   Contents

    12. General Information and History .................   Not Applicable

    13. Investment Objectives and Policies ..............   Investment Objectives and Policies of the Portfolios;
                                                            Investment Restrictions

    14. Management of the Fund ..........................   Management of the Series Fund

    15. Control Persons and Principal Holders
        of Securities ...................................   Not Applicable

    16. Investment Advisory and other
        Services ........................................   Investment Management Arrangements and
                                                            Expenses; Custodian, Transfer Agent, and Dividend
                                                            Disbursing Agent; Experts

    17. Brokerage Allocation ............................   Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

N1-A Item Number and Caption                                Location
- ----------------------------                                --------

    <S>                                                     <C>

    18. Capital Stock and Other Securities ..............   Not Applicable

    19. Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of                 
        Securities Being Offered ........................   Determination of Net Asset Value

    20. Tax Status ......................................   Not Applicable

    21. Underwriters ....................................   Determination of Net Asset Value

    22. Calculations of Performance Data ................   Not Applicable

    23. Financial Statements ............................   Financial Statements of The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
</TABLE>

PART C

     Information required to be included in Part C is set forth under the
     appropriate Item, so numbered in Part C to this Registration Statement.


<PAGE>

                                     PART A

                      INFORMATION REQUIRED IN A PROSPECTUS


<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS
   
MAY 1, 1996
    
THE PRUDENTIAL
SERIES FUND, INC.
   
The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund") is a diversified, open-end
management investment company (commonly known as a "mutual fund") that is
intended to provide a range of investment alternatives through its fifteen
separate portfolios, each of which is, for investment purposes, in effect a
separate fund. The portfolios are: the Money Market Portfolio, the Diversified
Bond Portfolio, the Government Income Portfolio, two Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios
with different liquidation dates--2000 and 2005, the Conservative Balanced
Portfolio, the Flexible Managed Portfolio, the High Yield Bond Portfolio, the
Stock Index Portfolio, the Equity Income Portfolio, the Equity Portfolio, the
Prudential Jennison Portfolio, the Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio, the
Global Portfolio, and the Natural Resources Portfolio. A separate class of
capital stock is issued for each portfolio. Shares of the Series Fund are
currently sold only to separate accounts (the "Accounts") of The Prudential
Insurance Company of America ("The Prudential") and certain other insurers to
fund the benefits under variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts
(the "Contracts") issued by those Companies. The Accounts invest in shares of
the Series Fund through subaccounts that correspond to the portfolios. The
Accounts will redeem shares of the Series Fund to the extent necessary to
provide benefits under the Contracts or for such other purposes as may be
consistent with the Contracts.
    
NOT EVERY PORTFOLIO IS AVAILABLE UNDER ALL OF THE VARIABLE CONTRACTS. THE
PROSPECTUS FOR EACH CONTRACT LISTS THE PORTFOLIOS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE UNDER THAT
PARTICULAR CONTRACT.
   
SHARES OF THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO AND THE GOVERNMENT INCOME PORTFOLIO ARE
NEITHER INSURED NOR GUARANTEED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. WHILE THE MONEY MARKET
PORTFOLIO SEEKS TO MAINTAIN A STABLE PRICE PER SHARE, THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT
THE PORTFOLIO WILL BE ABLE TO DO SO.
    
           ----------------------------------------------------------
    THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIOS CAN BE FOUND ON THE NEXT PAGE
           ----------------------------------------------------------
   
Information contained in this prospectus should be read carefully by a
prospective investor before an investment is made. Additional information about
the Series Fund has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a
statement of additional information, dated May 1, 1996 which information is
incorporated herein by reference and is available without charge upon written
request to The Prudential Series Fund, Inc., Prudential Plaza, Newark, New
Jersey 07102-3777, or by telephoning (800) 445-4571.
    
           ----------------------------------------------------------

PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND KEEP IT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                        THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.
                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                            Telephone: (800) 445-4571
   
PSF-1 Ed 5-96
    

<PAGE>



             INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIOS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO. The maximum current income that is consistent with
stability of capital and maintenance of liquidity through investment in
high-quality short-term debt obligations.
   
DIVERSIFIED BOND PORTFOLIO (formerly the Bond Portfolio). A high level of income
over the longer term while providing reasonable safety of capital through
investment primarily in readily marketable intermediate and long-term fixed
income securities that provide attractive yields but do not involve substantial
risk of loss of capital through default.

GOVERNMENT INCOME PORTFOLIO (formerly the Government Securities Portfolio).
Achievement of a high level of income over the longer term consistent with the
preservation of capital through investment primarily in U.S. Government
securities, including intermediate and long-term U.S. Treasury securities and
debt obligations issued by agencies of or instrumentalities established,
sponsored or guaranteed by the U.S. Government. At least 65% of the total assets
of the portfolio will be invested in U.S. Government securities.
    
ZERO COUPON BOND PORTFOLIOS 2000 AND 2005. Achievement of the highest
predictable compounded investment return for a specific period of time,
consistent with the safety of invested capital, by investing primarily in debt
obligations of the United States Treasury and investment-grade corporations that
have been issued without interest coupons or stripped of their unmatured
interest coupons, interest coupons that have been stripped from such debt
obligations, and receipts and certificates for such stripped debt obligations
and stripped coupons.

To obtain the predicted investment return an investor must plan to retain his or
her investment in the selected portfolio until the designated year in which the
portfolio will be liquidated. Redemption prior to that time may result in a
loss. Moreover, since the portfolios will be actively managed with the objective
of obtaining a yield higher than the predicted yield, there is a risk that the
actual yield may be lower.

BALANCED PORTFOLIOS
   
CONSERVATIVE BALANCED PORTFOLIO (formerly the Conservatively Managed Flexible
Portfolio). Achievement of a favorable total investment return consistent with a
portfolio having a conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed
income securities, and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment
manager to be appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment
who prefers a relatively lower risk of loss than that associated with the
Flexible Managed Portfolio while recognizing that this reduces the chances of
greater appreciation.

FLEXIBLE MANAGED PORTFOLIO (formerly the Aggressively Managed Flexible
Portfolio). Achievement of a high total return consistent with a portfolio
having an aggressively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed income
securities, and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment manager
to be appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment who is
willing to accept a relatively high level of loss in an effort to achieve
greater appreciation.
    
HIGH YIELD BOND PORTFOLIOS

HIGH YIELD BOND PORTFOLIO. Achievement of a high total return through investment
in high yield/high risk fixed income securities in the medium to lower quality
ranges. SUCH SECURITIES MAY HAVE SPECULATIVE CHARACTERISTICS AND GENERALLY
INVOLVE GREATER RISKS OF LOSS OF INCOME AND PRINCIPAL THAN HIGHER RATED
SECURITIES.

DIVERSIFIED STOCK PORTFOLIOS

STOCK INDEX PORTFOLIO. Achievement of investment results that correspond to the
price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in the aggregate by
following a policy of attempting to duplicate the price and yield performance of
the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.
   
EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO (formerly the High Dividend Stock Portfolio). Both
current income and capital appreciation through investment primarily in common
stocks and convertible securities that provide favorable prospects for
investment income returns above those of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index
or the NYSE Composite Index.

EQUITY PORTFOLIO (formerly the Common Stock Portfolio). Capital appreciation
through investment primarily in common stocks of companies, including major
established corporations as well as smaller capitalization companies, that
appear to offer attractive prospects of price appreciation that is superior to
broadly-based stock indices. Current income, if any, is incidental.

PRUDENTIAL JENNISON PORTFOLIO (formerly the Growth Stock Portfolio). Long-term
growth of capital through investment primarily in equity securities of
established companies with above-average growth prospects. Current income, if
any, is incidental.
    
SMALL CAPITALIZATION STOCK PORTFOLIO. Long-term growth of capital through
investment primarily in equity securities of publicly-traded companies with
small market capitalization. Current income, if any, is incidental.


<PAGE>
   
GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (formerly the Global Equity Portfolio). Long-term growth of
capital through investment primarily in common stock and common stock
equivalents of foreign and domestic issuers. Current income, if any, is
incidental.
    
SPECIALIZED PORTFOLIOS

NATURAL RESOURCES PORTFOLIO. Long-term growth of capital through investment
primarily in common stocks and convertible securities of "natural resource
companies" (as defined in this prospectus) and in securities (typically debt
securities and preferred stock) the terms of which are related to the market
value of a natural resource.

There can be no assurance that the objectives of any portfolio will be realized.
See INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS, page 10. The Series
Fund may in the future establish other portfolios with different investment
objectives.

<PAGE>

   
                                    CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS .....................................................    1

PORTFOLIO RATES OF RETURN ................................................    9

THE SERIES FUND ..........................................................   10

THE ACCOUNTS AND THE CONTRACTS ...........................................   10

INVESTMENT MANAGER .......................................................   10

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS .....................   10
         FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS .........................................   11
         Money Market Portfolio ..........................................   11
         Diversified Bond Portfolio ......................................   11
         Government Income Portfolio .....................................   12
         Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios  2000 And 2005 ......................   14
         BALANCED PORTFOLIOS .............................................   15
         Conservative Balanced Portfolio .................................   15
         Flexible Managed Portfolio ......................................   16
         HIGH YIELD BOND PORTFOLIOS ......................................   17
         High Yield Bond Portfolio .......................................   17
         DIVERSIFIED STOCK PORTFOLIOS ....................................   19
         Stock Index Portfolio ...........................................   19
         Equity Income Portfolio .........................................   21
         Equity Portfolio ................................................   21
         Prudential Jennison Portfolio ...................................   22
         Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio ............................   22
         Global Portfolio ................................................   23
         SPECIALIZED PORTFOLIOS ..........................................   24
         Natural Resources Portfolio .....................................   24
         CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES ..........................................   26
         FOREIGN SECURITIES ..............................................   26
         OPTIONS ON EQUITY SECURITIES ....................................   27
         OPTIONS ON DEBT SECURITIES ......................................   28
         OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES ........................................   28
         OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES ...................................   29
         FUTURES CONTRACTS ...............................................   30
         OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS ....................................   30
         REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND DOLLAR ROLLS ..................   30
         WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES .....................   31
         SHORT SALES .....................................................   31
         SHORT SALES AGAINST THE BOX .....................................   31
         INTEREST RATE SWAPS .............................................   32
         LOANS OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES ...................................   32

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PORTFOLIOS .....................   32

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES ..........................   32

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES ........................................   33

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE .........................................   33

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES ......................................   35

OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND .............................   36
         INCORPORATION AND AUTHORIZED STOCK ..............................   36
         VOTING RIGHTS ...................................................   37
         MONITORING FOR POSSIBLE CONFLICT ................................   37
         PERIODIC REPORTS ................................................   37
         PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE AND RELATED PRACTICES .......................   37
         CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT ........   38
         ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ..........................................   38

APPENDIX: SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO 
          MAY CURRENTLY INVEST ...........................................    A1

    
<PAGE>

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

                              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS



           (For a share outstanding throughout the periods indicated)




        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b).











                         Series Fund - pages 1 through 8


<PAGE>

   
                            PORTFOLIO RATES OF RETURN

The following table, based upon the immediately preceding condensed financial
information for the Series Fund, shows first the average annual compounded net
rates of return for each portfolio for the year ended December 31, 1995, for the
5 year period ending on that date, and from the inception date of each portfolio
to December 31, 1995. Then, the annual net rates of return for each portfolio
for each year are shown. These rates of return should not be regarded as an
estimate or prediction of future performance. They may be useful in assessing
the competence and performance of the Series Fund's investment advisor and in
helping you to decide which portfolios to choose. THIS INFORMATION RELATES ONLY
TO THE SERIES FUND AND DOES NOT REFLECT THE VARIOUS OTHER CHARGES MADE UNDER THE
CONTRACTS.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         5 Year      10 Year
                                              Year       Period      Period     Inception     Year         Year        Year    
                                Inception     Ended       Ended       Ended      Date To      Ended       Ended       Ended    
                                  Date      12/31/95    12/31/95    12/31/95    12/31/95    12/31/94     12/31/93    12/31/92  
                                  ----      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------     --------    --------  
<S>                             <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Money Market 
Diversified Bond
Government Income
Zero Coupon Bond 2000
Zero Coupon Bond 2005
Conservative Balanced
Flexible Managed
High Yield Bond
Stock Index
Equity Income
Equity
Prudential Jennison
Small Capitalization Stock
Global
Natural Resources
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Year        Year        Year        Year        Year        Year          
                                   Ended       Ended        Ended       Ended       Ended       Ended         
                                  12/31/91    12/31/90    12/31/89    12/31/88    12/31/87    12/31/86        
                                  --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------        
<S>                        <C>
Money Market               
Diversified Bond           
Government Income          
Zero Coupon Bond 2000      
Zero Coupon Bond 2005      
Conservative Balanced      
Flexible Managed           
High Yield Bond            
Stock Index                
Equity Income              
Equity                     
Prudential Jennison        
Small Capitalization Stock 
Global                     
Natural Resources          

</TABLE>


      Portfolio Rates of Return figures to be filed pursuant to Rule 485(b)
    
                                 9 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



                                 THE SERIES FUND

   
The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund"), a diversified open-end
management investment company, is a Maryland corporation organized on November
15, 1982. On October 31, 1986, the Pruco Life Series Fund, Inc., a diversified
open-end management investment company that sold its shares to separate accounts
of Pruco Life Insurance Company and Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey,
was merged into the Series Fund. The Series Fund is currently made up of fifteen
separate portfolios: the Money Market Portfolio, the Diversified Bond Portfolio,
the Government Income Portfolio, the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and 2005,
the Conservative Balanced Portfolio, the Flexible Managed Portfolio, the High
Yield Bond Portfolio, the Stock Index Portfolio, the Equity Income Portfolio,
the Equity Portfolio, the Prudential Jennison Portfolio, the Small
Capitalization Stock Portfolio, the Global Portfolio, and the Natural Resources
Portfolio. Each portfolio is, for investment purposes, in effect a separate
investment fund, and a separate class of capital stock is issued for each
portfolio. In other respects the Series Fund is treated as one entity. Each
share of capital stock issued with respect to a portfolio has a pro-rata
interest in the assets of that portfolio and has no interest in the assets of
any other portfolio. Each portfolio bears its own liabilities and also its
proportionate share of the general liabilities of the Series Fund. The Series
Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as
an open-end, diversified, management investment company. This registration does
not imply any supervision by the Securities and Exchange Commission over the
Series Fund's management or its investment policies or practices.
    

                         THE ACCOUNTS AND THE CONTRACTS

Shares in the Series Fund are currently sold only to separate accounts of The
Prudential Insurance Company of America ("The Prudential") and certain other
insurers to fund benefits under variable life insurance and variable annuity
contracts issued by those Companies. All the separate accounts are referred to
as the "Accounts", and all the contracts are referred to as the "Contracts".
Each Contract owner allocates the net premiums and the assets relating to the
Contract, within the limitations described in the Contracts, among the
subaccounts of the Accounts which in turn invest in the corresponding portfolios
of the Series Fund. Not all portfolios of the Series Fund are currently
available to all Contracts. The attached prospectus for the Contracts lists the
portfolios that are currently available and describes the particular type of
Contract selected and the relationship between changes in the value of shares of
each portfolio and changes in the benefits payable under the Contracts. The
rights of the Accounts as shareholders should be distinguished from the rights
of a Contract owner which are described in the Contracts. The terms
"shareholder" or "shareholders" in this prospectus refer to the Accounts.

                               INVESTMENT MANAGER

The Prudential is the investment advisor of the Series Fund. The Prudential's
principal business address is Prudential Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777.

   
The Prudential has entered into a Service Agreement with its wholly-owned
subsidiary The Prudential Investment Corporation ("PIC"), which provides that
PIC will furnish to The Prudential such services as The Prudential may require
in connection with the performance of its obligations under an Investment
Advisory Agreement with the Series Fund. In addition, The Prudential has entered
into a Subadvisory Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary Jennison
Associates Capital Corp. ("Jennison"), under which Jennison furnishes investment
advisory services in connection with the management of the Prudential Jennison
Portfolio. See INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES, page 32.
    

The Prudential will continue to have responsibility for all investment advisory
services under its Investment Advisory Agreement with respect to the Series
Fund.

                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                                OF THE PORTFOLIOS

Each portfolio of the Series Fund has a different investment objective which it
pursues through separate investment policies as described below. Since each
portfolio has a different investment objective, each can be expected to have
different investment results and incur different market and financial risks. The
Series Fund may in the future establish other portfolios with different
investment objectives.

The investment objectives of each portfolio are fundamental and may not be
changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of the portfolio affected (which for this purpose and under the 1940 Act
means the lesser of: (i) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which
more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented; or (ii) more than 50%
of the outstanding shares). The policies by which a

                                10 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objectives, however, are not
fundamental. They may be changed by the Board of Directors of the Series Fund
without the approval of the shareholders.

   
The portfolio turnover rate of the portfolios that were available for investment
as of December 31, 1995 can be found in the FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS table on pages
1 through 8. The portfolio turnover rate is, generally, the percentage computed
by dividing the lesser of portfolio purchases or sales by the average value of
the portfolio, in each case excluding securities with maturities of 1 year or
less. Generally, the higher the portfolio turnover rate, the greater the
brokerage costs incurred by a portfolio.
    

The following paragraphs describe the investment objectives and policies of each
portfolio. There is no guarantee that any of these objectives will be met.

FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve, through
investment in high-quality short-term debt obligations, the maximum current
income that is consistent with stability of capital and maintenance of
liquidity.

   
The portfolio seeks to achieve this objective by following the policy of
investing primarily in money market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars that
mature in 397 days or less from the date the portfolio acquires them.
Money-market instruments include short-term obligations of the United States and
foreign governments, their agencies, instrumentalities, and political
subdivisions, and of domestic and foreign banks and corporations. They also
include commercial paper, other corporate obligations, obligations of savings
and loan associations and savings banks, and variable amount demand master
notes. The portfolio may also enter into repurchase and reverse repurchase
agreements and may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued and delayed
delivery basis. These investment techniques may involve additional risks. A
detailed description of the money market instruments in which the portfolio may
invest, of the repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements it may enter into,
and of the risks associated with those instruments and agreements may be found
in the Appendix to this prospectus.
    

Because of the high quality, short-term nature of the portfolio's holdings,
increases in the value of an investment in the portfolio will be derived almost
entirely from interest on the securities held by it. Accordingly, the results
for the portfolio are subject to the risk of fluctuation in short-term interest
rates.

   
DIVERSIFIED BOND PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a high
level of income over the longer term while providing reasonable safety of
capital through investment primarily in readily marketable intermediate and
long-term fixed income securities that provide attractive yields but do not
involve substantial risk of loss of capital through default.

The portfolio seeks to achieve this objective by following the policies of
purchasing primarily debt securities of investment grade or, if not rated, of
comparable quality in the opinion of the portfolio manager and of investing from
time to time a portion of its assets in short-term debt obligations of the kind
held in the Money Market Portfolio as described in the Appendix to this
prospectus. Since the value of fixed income securities generally fluctuates
inversely with changes in interest rates, the proportions of intermediate or
longer-term securities and short-term debt obligations held in the portfolio
will vary to reflect The Prudential's assessment of prospective changes in
interest rates, so that the portfolio may benefit from relative price
appreciation when interest rates decline and suffer lesser declines in value
when interest rates rise. The success of this strategy will depend on The
Prudential's ability to forecast changes in interest rates, and there is a
corresponding risk that the value of the securities held in the portfolio will
decline.
    

At least 80% of the portfolio's holdings (including short-term debt obligations)
will generally consist of debt securities that at the time of purchase have a
rating within the four highest grades determined by Moody's Investor Services,
Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P"), or a similar
nationally-recognized rating service. The portfolio may retain a security whose
rating has dropped below the four highest grades as determined by a commercial
rating service. Without limitation, the portfolio may invest in obligations of
the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities. The Appendix to the
statement of additional information defines the ratings that are given to debt
securities by Moody's and S&P and describes the standards applied by them in
assigning these ratings.

The remaining assets of the portfolio may be invested in, among other things,
debt securities that are not rated within the four highest grades or in
convertible debt securities and preferred or convertible preferred stocks that
are rated within the four highest grades applicable to such securities. On
occasion, however, the portfolio may acquire common stock, not through direct
investment but by the conversion of convertible debt securities or the exercise
of warrants. For additional information regarding warrants, see INVESTMENT
OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS in the statement of additional
information. No more than 10% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
will be held in common stocks, and those will usually be sold as soon as a
favorable opportunity is available.

                                11 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its total assets in United States currency
denominated debt securities issued outside the United States by foreign or
domestic issuers. For additional information regarding such securities, see
FOREIGN SECURITIES on page 26.

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on debt
securities; (ii) purchase and sell interest rate futures contracts and options
thereon; (iii) purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis;
(iv) use interest rate swaps; and (v) make short sales. These techniques are
described on pages 28 through 32, and further information about some of them is
included in the statement of additional information.

   
Barbara Kenworthy, Managing Director, Prudential Mutual Fund Investment
Management ("PMFIM"), a division of PIC, has been portfolio manager of the
Diversified Bond Portfolio since 1995. Ms. Kenworthy is also portfolio manager
of the Prudential Diversified Bond Fund, Inc., the Prudential Government Income
Fund, Inc., and the Government Income and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and
2005 of the Series Fund. Prior to 1994, Ms. Kenworthy was a portfolio manager
and president of several taxable fixed-income funds for The Dreyfus Corp.

GOVERNMENT INCOME PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a
high level of income over the longer term consistent with the preservation of
capital through investment primarily in intermediate and long-term U.S. Treasury
securities and debt obligations issued by agencies of or instrumentalities
established, sponsored or guaranteed by the U.S. Government. At least 65% of the
total assets of the portfolio will be invested in U.S. Government securities.

The portfolio seeks to achieve this objective by investing at least 65% of its
assets in U.S. Treasury securities, obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S.
Government agencies and instrumentalities, mortgage-related securities issued by
U.S. Government instrumentalities or non-governmental corporations, or related
collateralized mortgage obligations. These instruments are described below. The
portfolio may invest up to a total of 35% of its assets in the following three
categories: (1) short-term debt obligations of the kind held in the Money Market
Portfolio; (2) securities of issuers other than the U.S. Government and related
entities, usually foreign governments, where the principal and interest are
substantially guaranteed (generally to the extent of 90% thereof) by U.S.
Government agencies whose guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of
the United States and where an assurance of payment on the unguaranteed portion
is provided for in a comparable way; (3) Foreign Government Securities including
debt securities issued or guaranteed, as to payment of principal and interest,
by governments, governmental agencies, supranational entities and other
governmental entities denominated in U.S. dollars. A supranational entity is an
entity constituted by the national governments of several countries to promote
economic development. Examples of such supranational entities include, among
others, the World Bank (International Bank for Reconstruction and Development),
the European Investment Bank and the Asian Development Bank; and (4)
asset-backed securities rated in either of the top two ratings by Moody's or
Standard & Poor's, or if not rated, determined by the portfolio manager to be of
comparable quality. A description of corporate bond ratings is contained in the
Appendix to the statement of additional information.
    

U.S. Treasury Securities. U.S. Treasury securities include bills, notes, and
bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury. These instruments are direct obligations of
the U.S. Government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States. They differ primarily in their coupons, the lengths of their
maturities, and the dates of their issuances.

Obligations Issued or Guaranteed by U.S. Government Agencies and
Instrumentalities. Obligations issued by agencies of the U.S. Government or
instrumentalities established or sponsored by the U.S. Government include
securities that are guaranteed by federal agencies or instrumentalities, and may
or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.
Obligations of the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), the
Farmers Home Administration, and the Export-Import Bank are backed by the full
faith and credit of the United States. Securities in which the portfolio may
invest that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States
include obligations issued by the Tennessee Valley Authority, The Federal
National Mortgage Association ("FNMA"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation ("FHLMC"), the United States Postal Service, each of which has the
right to borrow from the United States Treasury to meet its obligations, and
obligations of the Federal Farm Credit Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank, the
obligations of which may be satisfied only by the individual credit of the
issuing agency. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Government, the portfolio must look principally to the agency
issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be
able to assert a claim against the U.S. Government if the agency or
instrumentality does not meet its commitments.

U.S. Government Securities are considered among the most creditworthy of fixed
income investments. The yields available from U.S. Government Securities are
generally lower than the yields available from corporate debt securities. The
values of U.S. Government Securities (like those of fixed income securities,
generally) will change as interest rates fluctuate. During periods of falling
U.S. interest rates, the values of outstanding long-term U.S. Government
Securities generally rise. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates,
the values of such securities generally decline. The magnitude of these
fluctuations will generally be greater for securities with longer maturities.
Although changes in the value of U.S. Government Securities will not affect
investment income from

                                12 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



those securities, they will affect the portfolio's net asset value. The
proportions of intermediate and long-term securities held in the portfolio will
vary to reflect The Prudential's assessment of prospective changes in interest
rates, so that the portfolio may benefit from relative price appreciation when
interest rates decline and suffer lesser declines in value when interest rates
rise. The success of this strategy will depend on The Prudential's ability to
forecast changes in interest rates, and there is a corresponding risk that the
value of the securities held in the portfolio will decline.

   
Mortgage-Related Securities Issued by U.S. Government Instrumentalities or by
Non-Governmental Corporations. The portfolio may invest in the following three
types of mortgage-backed securities: (i) those issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, such as Government
National Mortgage Association (GNMA), Federal National Mortgage Association
(FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC): (ii) those issued by
private issuers that represent an interest in or are collateralized by
mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of
its agencies or instrumentalities; and (iii) those issued by private issuers
that represent an interest in or are collateralized by whole mortgage loans or
mortgage-backed securities without government guarantee but usually having some
form of private credit enhancement. The portfolio may invest in adjustable rate
and fixed rate mortgage securities. With respect to private mortgage-backed
securities not collateralized by securities of the U.S. Government or its
agencies, the portfolio will only purchase such securities rated not lower than
Aa by Moody's or AA by Standard & Poor's or similarly rated by another
nationally recognized rating service or, if unrated, of comparable quality in
the opinion of the portfolio manager. The mortgages backing these securities
include conventional 30 year fixed rate mortgages, 15 year fixed rate mortgages,
graduated payment mortgages, and adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs). The
mortgage-backed securities may include those representing an undivided ownership
interest in a pool of mortgages, e.g. GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC certificates. The
U.S. Government or the issuing agency guarantees the payment of interest and
principal of mortgaged-backed securities issued by the U.S. Government or its
agencies/instrumentalities. However, these guarantees do not extend to the
securities' yield or value, which are likely to vary inversely with fluctuations
in interest rates, nor do the guarantees extend to the yield or value of the
portfolio's shares. Mortgage-backed securities are in most cases pass-through
instruments, through which the holders receive a share of all interest and
principal payments from the mortgages underlying the securities, net of certain
fees. Because the prepayment characteristics of the underlying mortgages vary,
it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular issue
of pass-through securities. Mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more
rapid repayment then their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of
the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgage
obligations. For example, securities backed by mortgages with 30 year maturities
are customarily treated as prepaying fully in the 12th year and securities
backed by mortgages with 15 year maturities are customarily treated as prepaying
fully in the seventh year. While the timing of prepayments of graduated payment
mortgages differs somewhat from that of conventional mortgages, the prepayment
experience of graduated payment mortgages is basically the same as that of the
conventional mortgages of the same maturity dates over the life of the pool.
During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of mortgages underlying
mortgage-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. When the mortgage
obligations are prepaid, the portfolio reinvests the prepaid amounts in
securities, the yields of which reflect interest rates prevailing at the time.
Therefore, the portfolio's ability to maintain a portfolio of high yielding
mortgage-backed securities will be adversely affected to the extent that
prepayments of mortgages must be reinvested in securities which have lower
yields than the prepaid mortgages. Moreover, prepayments of mortgages which
underlie securities purchased at a premium could result in capital losses.
Mortgage-backed securities of the types described under (i) and (ii) above are
considered to be U.S. Government Securities for purposes of meeting the
requirement that at least 65% of the portfolio's assets be invested in U.S.
Government Securities.

Adjustable rate mortgage securities are pass-through mortgage securities
collateralized by mortgages with adjustable rather than fixed rates. Generally
ARMs have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their life. In
periods of declining interest rates, there is a reasonable likelihood that ARMs
will experience increased rates of prepayment of principal, However, the major
difference between ARMs and fixed rate mortgage securities is that the interest
rate and the rate of amortization of principal of ARMs can and do change in
accordance with movements in a particular pre-specified, published interest rate
index.

CMOs. The portfolio may also purchase collateralized mortgage obligations
("CMOs"). A CMO is a security issued by a corporation or a U.S. Government
instrumentality that is backed by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed
securities. The issuer's obligation to make interest and principal payments is
secured by the underlying portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities.
CMOs are partitioned into several classes with a ranked priority by which the
classes of obligations are redeemed. The portfolio may invest in CMOs issued by
agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators
of, or investors in mortgage loans, including depository institutions, mortgage
banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. With
respect to privately issued CMOs, the portfolio will only purchase such
securities rated not lower than Aa by Moody's or AA by Standard & Poor's or
similarly rated by another nationally recognized rating service, or if unrated,
of comparable quality in the opinion of the portfolio manager. Privately issued
CMOs that are
    

                                13 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
collateralized by mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA, FHLMC or FNMA, and
CMOs issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government are
considered to be U.S. Government Securities for purposes of meeting the
requirement that at least 65% of the portfolio's assets be invested in U.S.
Government Securities. Neither the United States Government nor any U.S.
Government agency guarantees the payment of principal or interest on these
securities.
    

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities represent a participation in,
or are secured by and payable from, a stream of payments generated by particular
assets, such as automobile or credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities
present certain risks, including the risk that the underlying obligor on the
asset, such as the automobile purchaser or the credit card holder, may default
on his or her obligation. In addition, asset-backed securities often do not
provide a security interest in the related collateral. For example, credit card
receivables are generally unsecured, and for automobile receivables the security
interests in the underlying automobiles are often not transferred when the pool
is created, with the resulting possibility that the collateral could be resold.

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on debt
securities; (ii) purchase and sell interest rate futures contracts and options
thereon; (iii) purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis;
(iv) use interest rate swaps; and (v) make short sales. These techniques are
described on pages 28 through 32, and further information about some of them is
included in the statement of additional information.

Under normal circumstances, this portfolio's turnover rate is not expected to
exceed 200%. Purchases of U.S. Government Securities are generally made from
dealers at prices which usually include a profit to the dealer. See PORTFOLIO
BROKERAGE AND RELATED PRACTICES, page 37.

   
Barbara Kenworthy, Managing Director, PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the
Government Income Portfolio since 1995. Ms. Kenworthy is also portfolio manager
of the Prudential Diversified Bond Fund, Inc., the Prudential Government Income
Fund, Inc., and the Diversified Bond and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and
2005 of the Series Fund. Prior to 1994, Ms. Kenworthy was a portfolio manager
and president of several taxable fixed-income funds for The Dreyfus Corp.

ZERO COUPON BOND PORTFOLIOS 2000 AND 2005. The objective of both of these
portfolios is to achieve the highest predictable compounded investment return
for a specific period of time, consistent with the safety of invested capital,
by investing primarily in debt obligations of the United States Treasury and
investment-grade corporations that have been issued without interest coupons or
stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, interest coupons that have been
stripped from such debt obligations, and receipts and certificates for such
stripped debt obligations and stripped coupons (collectively "stripped
securities"). The two portfolios differ only in their liquidation dates, which
for each portfolio is November 15 of the specified year.

In pursuing this objective, each Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio invests only in
readily marketable debt securities that do not involve substantial risk of loss
of capital through default, although their value may vary because of changes in
the general level of interest rates. It is the policy of each Zero Coupon Bond
Portfolio to invest at least 70% of its assets in stripped securities that are
obligations of the United States Government maturing within 2 years of the
portfolio liquidation date. Up to 30% of the assets may be invested and held
either in stripped securities issued by investment-grade corporations or in
high-grade interest bearing corporate debt securities, in each case with a
quality rating of Baa or better, provided that no more than 20% of the assets of
the portfolio may be invested in interest bearing securities. However, as a
defensive position, as the liquidation date of each portfolio draws near, more
than 20% of assets may be invested in interest bearing securities when deemed
appropriate in the view of the portfolio manager given prevailing market
conditions and investment opportunities available at the time. The Prudential
will evaluate the creditworthiness of potential investments in corporate
securities in order to determine whether such securities are suitable for
purchase by the portfolios. A small portion of the portfolios may be invested in
short-term debt obligations of the kind held in the Money Market Portfolio in
order to make effective use of cash reserves pending investments in the
securities described above.
    

At the beginning of each week, The Prudential will calculate the anticipated
compounded growth rate that investors purchasing shares of each portfolio that
day are predicted to achieve if their investment is maintained until the
portfolio liquidation date. That rate will change from day to day depending on
various factors, including particularly the general level of interest rates, but
daily changes will generally not be significant. If there is a significant
change in interest rates (greater than a 0.30% change in the yield of a zero
coupon Treasury bond maturing in the specified year), The Prudential will
recalculate the predicted yield. The Prudential will furnish the anticipated
compounded growth rate on request.

In order to achieve a predictable compounded investment return to each
portfolio's liquidation date that will be as little affected as possible by
variations in the general level of interest rates, the composition of the
securities held in each portfolio is such that the weighted average period of
time until receipt of scheduled cash payments (whether of principal or
interest)--sometimes referred to as the portfolio's "duration"--will be kept
within 1 year of the period remaining until the portfolio liquidation date. When
the portfolio's duration is thus maintained, differences between the market
value and the face amount of unmatured bonds on the portfolio's liquidation date

                                14 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



resulting from changes in the general level of interest rates will be
approximately equal in magnitude to, but opposite in direction from, the
difference between the amount of interest accumulated through the reinvestment
of earlier coupon or principal payments and the amount that would have been
accumulated at the originally predicted rate. Each portfolio is thus able to
hold interest bearing securities and stripped securities with maturity dates
before, during, and after the portfolio's liquidation date. The concept of
"duration" is explained more fully in the statement of additional information.

On the liquidation date of a Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio, all of the securities
held by the portfolio will be sold and all outstanding shares of the portfolio
will be redeemed. The redemption proceeds will, except as otherwise directed by
Contract owners, be used to purchase shares of the Money Market Portfolio.

Each portfolio seeks to realize a higher yield than would be obtained simply by
maintaining the portfolio's initial investments. The portfolios are actively
managed by The Prudential to take advantage of trading opportunities that may
exist from time to time due to price and yield distortions resulting from
changes in the supply and demand characteristics or perceived differences in
quality or liquidity characteristics of the securities available for purchase by
the portfolio. There is a corresponding risk that, to the extent that this
strategy is unsuccessful, the initial yield objective will not be met.

The stripping of interest coupons will cause the stripped securities to be
purchased at a substantial (or "deep") discount from their principal amounts
payable at maturity. If held to maturity, these obligations provide a
predictable yield. But because interest on stripped securities is not paid in
cash on a current basis but rather is in effect compounded until maturity (or
the payment date in the case of a coupon), the market values of securities of
this type are subject to greater fluctuations, as a result of changes in
interest rates, than are the values of debt securities that provide for the
periodic payment of interest; and the longer the term to maturity of a
portfolio, the greater the risk of such fluctuations. In light of these factors,
investors who desire to attain the anticipated growth rate on their investment
expected at the time of purchase must plan to hold the portfolio's shares and to
reinvest all dividends and distributions until the portfolio matures. Any
investor who redeems his or her interest in the portfolio prior to the portfolio
liquidation date or who fails to reinvest dividends is likely to achieve quite a
different investment return than the return that was predicted on the date the
investment was made, and may even suffer a loss.

   
Barbara Kenworthy, Managing Director, PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the
Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and 2005 since 1995. Ms. Kenworthy is also
portfolio manager of the Prudential Diversified Bond Fund, Inc., the Prudential
Government Income Fund, Inc., and the Diversified Bond and Government Income
Portfolios of the Series Fund. Prior to 1994, Ms. Kenworthy was a portfolio
manager and president of several taxable fixed-income funds for The Dreyfus
Corp.
    

BALANCED PORTFOLIOS

   
CONSERVATIVE BALANCED PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a
favorable total investment return consistent with a portfolio having a
conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed income securities,
and common stocks in proportions believed by the investment manager to be
appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment who prefers a
relatively lower risk of loss than that associated with the Flexible Managed
Portfolio while recognizing that this reduces the chances of greater
appreciation.

To achieve this objective, the Conservative Balanced Portfolio will follow a
policy of maintaining a more conservative asset mix among stocks, bonds and
money market instruments than the Flexible Managed Portfolio. In general, the
portfolio manager will observe the following range of target asset allocation
mixes:

     Asset Type                 Minimum             Normal             Maximum
     ----------                 -------             ------             -------
      Stocks                      15%                35%                 50%
Bonds and Money Market            25%                65%                 70%

The portfolio manager will make variations in the proportions of each investment
category in accordance with its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment categories, but will maintain at least 25% of the value
of the portfolio's assets in fixed-income senior securities.

The bond portion of this portfolio will be invested primarily in securities with
maturities of 2 to 10 years and ratings at the time of purchase within the four
highest grades determined by Moody's, S&P, or a similar nationally-recognized
rating service or if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of the
portfolio manager. A description of corporate bond ratings is contained in the
Appendix to the statement of additional information. Because of their shorter
maturities, the value of the notes and bonds in this portfolio will be less
sensitive to changes in interest rates than the longer-term bonds likely to be
held in the Flexible Managed Portfolio. Thus, there will be less of
a risk of loss of principal, but not as much of a likelihood for greater
appreciation in value. Up to 20% of the bond portion of this portfolio may be
invested in United States currency denominated debt securities issued outside
the United States by foreign or domestic issuers. The common stock portion of
this portfolio will be invested primarily in the equity securities of major,
established corporations in
    
                                15 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



sound financial condition that appear to offer attractive prospects of a total
return from dividends and capital appreciation that is superior to broadly based
stock indices. The money market portion of the portfolio will hold high-quality
short-term debt obligations with a maturity of 12 months or less (as described
in the Appendix to this prospectus) and will maintain a dollar-weighted average
maturity of 120 days or less.

To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in non-United States currency denominated debt and
equity securities of foreign and U.S. issuers. The particular risks of
investments in foreign securities are described under FOREIGN SECURITIES on page
26.

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on equity
securities, debt securities, stock indices and foreign currencies; (ii) purchase
and sell stock index, interest rate and foreign currency futures contracts and
options thereon; (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts;
(iv) purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis; (v) use
interest rate swaps; and (vi) make short sales. These techniques are described
on pages 27 through 31, and further information about some of them is included
in the statement of additional information.

   
The Conservative Balanced Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.
Mark Stumpp, Managing Director, PIC, has been lead portfolio manager of the
Conservative Balanced Portfolio since 1994 and is responsible for the overall
asset allocation decisions. Mr. Stumpp shares supervisory responsibility of the
portfolio management team with Theresa Hamacher, Managing Director, PIC. Ms.
Hamacher and Mr. Stumpp also supervise the team of portfolio managers for the
Flexible Managed Portfolio. Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio manager for several
employee benefit trusts including The Prudential Retirement System for U.S.
Employees and Special Agents. Prior to 1994, he was responsible for corporate
pension asset management for Prudential Diversified Investment Strategies'
corporate clients. Ms. Hamacher supervises a team of portfolio managers that
manage over $65 billion in assets for PIC.

FLEXIBLE MANAGED PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is achievement of a
high total return consistent with a portfolio having an aggressively managed mix
of money market instruments, fixed income securities, and common stocks, in
proportions believed by the investment manager to be appropriate for an investor
desiring diversification of investment who is willing to accept a relatively
high level of loss in an effort to achieve greater appreciation.

To achieve this objective, the Flexible Managed Portfolio will follow a policy
of maintaining a more aggressive asset mix among stocks, bonds and money market
investments than the Conservative Balanced Portfolio. In general, the portfolio
manager will observe the following range of target asset allocation mixes:
    

     Asset Type               Minimum           Normal               Maximum
     ----------               -------           ------               -------
      Stocks                    25%               60%                  100%
      Bonds                      0%               40%                   75%
   Money Market                  0%                0%                   75%


The portfolio manager may make short-run, and sometimes substantial, variations
in the asset mix based upon its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment categories. In varying the asset mix in accordance with
these judgments, The Prudential will also seek to take advantage of imbalances
in fundamental values among the different markets.

   
The bond component of this portfolio is expected under normal circumstances to
have a weighted average maturity of greater than 10 years. The values of bonds
with long maturities are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates
than those of shorter maturities. The bond portion of this portfolio will
primarily be invested in securities that have a rating at the time of purchase
within the four highest grades determined by Moody's, S&P, or a similar
nationally-recognized rating service. A description of corporate bond ratings is
contained in the Appendix to the statement of additional information. However,
up to 25% of the bond component of this portfolio may be invested in securities
having ratings at the time of purchase of "BB", "Ba" or lower, or if not rated,
of comparable quality in the opinion of the portfolio manager, also known as
high risk securities. Up to 20% of the bond portion of this portfolio may be
invested in United States currency denominated debt securities issued outside
the United States by foreign or domestic issuers. The established company common
stock component of this portfolio will consist of the equity securities of major
corporations that are believed to be in sound financial condition. In selecting
stocks of smaller capitalization companies, the portfolio manager will
concentrate on companies with a capitalization below $5 billion that show above
average profitability (measured by return-on-equity, earnings, and dividend
growth rates) with modest price/earnings ratios. The individual equity
selections for this portfolio may tend to have more volatile market values than
the equity securities selected for the Equity Portfolio or the Conservative
Balanced Portfolio. The money market portion of the portfolio will hold
high-quality short-term debt obligations with a maturity of 12 months or less
(as described in the Appendix to this prospectus) and will maintain a
dollar-weighted average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in non-United States currency denominated debt and
equity securities of foreign and U.S. issuers. The particular risks of
investments in foreign securities are described under FOREIGN SECURITIES, page
23.

                                16 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on equity
securities, debt securities, stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index, interest rate and foreign currency futures contracts and
options thereon; (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts;
(iv) purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis; (v) use
interest rate swaps; and (vi) make short sales. These techniques are described
on pages 27 through 31, and further information about some of them is included
in the statement of additional information.

   
The facts that this portfolio will invest in common stocks regarded as having
higher risks than those that will be purchased by the Conservative Balanced
Portfolio; that it will invest in bonds with longer maturities; and that the
"normal" mix for this portfolio will include a higher percentage of stocks all
combine to mean that the risk of investing in this portfolio is relatively
higher--to the extent that each of these factors results in greater risks--than
the risk of investing in the Conservative Balanced Portfolio.

The Flexible Managed Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers. Mark
Stumpp, Managing Director, PIC, has been lead portfolio manager of the Flexible
Managed Portfolio since 1994 and is responsible for the overall asset allocation
decisions. Mr. Stumpp shares supervisory responsibility of the portfolio
management team with Theresa Hamacher, Managing Director, PIC. Ms. Hamacher and
Mr. Stumpp also supervise the team of portfolio managers for the Conservative
Balanced Portfolio. Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio manager for several employee
benefit trusts including The Prudential Retirement System for U.S. Employees and
Special Agents. Prior to 1994, he was responsible for corporate pension asset
management for Prudential Diversified Investment Strategies' corporate clients.
Ms. Hamacher supervises a team of portfolio managers that manage over $65
billion in assets for PIC.
    

HIGH YIELD BOND PORTFOLIOS

HIGH YIELD BOND PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a high
total return through investment in a diversified portfolio of high yield/high
risk fixed income securities.

The portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by following a policy of generally
investing in fixed income securities rated in the medium to lower categories by
recognized rating services or in unrated fixed income securities of comparable
quality. The portfolio expects to invest principally in fixed income securities
rated Baa or lower by Moody's, or BBB or lower by S&P. These securities are
sometimes known as "junk bonds." Corporate bonds which are rated Baa by Moody's
are described by Moody's as being investment grade, but are also characterized
as having speculative characteristics. Corporate bonds rated below Baa by
Moody's and BBB by S&P are considered speculative. A description of corporate
bond ratings is contained in the Appendix to the statement of additional
information.

Medium to lower rated and comparable non-rated securities tend to offer higher
yields than higher rated securities with the same maturities because the
historical financial condition of the issuers of such securities may not have
been as strong as that of other issuers. Since medium to lower rated securities
generally involve greater risks of loss of income and principal than higher
rated securities, investors should consider carefully the relative risks
associated with investments in high yield/high risk securities which carry
medium to lower ratings and in comparable non-rated securities. Investors should
understand that such securities are not generally meant for short-term
investing.

The achievement of the portfolio's investment objectives will depend on The
Prudential's analytical and portfolio management skills. These skills are more
important in connection with the investment in medium to lower rated and
comparable unrated securities and to the portfolio's performance than would be
the case if the portfolio invested in higher quality fixed income securities. In
selecting securities for the portfolio, The Prudential will evaluate, among
other things, an issuer's financial history, condition, prospects and
management. A credit rating assigned by a commercial rating service will not
measure the market risk of high yield/high risk bonds and may not be a timely
reflection of the condition and economic viability of an individual issuer. In
its credit analysis, The Prudential therefore will not rely principally on the
ratings assigned by the ratings services (e.g., Moody's and S&P), although such
ratings will be considered. Through careful selection and by investment in a
diversified mix of securities, The Prudential will seek to reduce the risks that
are associated with investing in medium to lower rated and comparable unrated
debt securities.

Fixed income securities are subject to the risk of an issuer's inability to meet
principal and interest payments on the obligations (credit risk) and may also be
subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity,
market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market
liquidity (market risk). The value of the fixed income securities in the
portfolio will be directly impacted by the market perception of the
creditworthiness of the securities' issuers and will fluctuate inversely with
changes in interest rates. Lower rated or unrated securities are more likely to
react to developments affecting market and credit risk than are more highly
rated securities, which react primarily to movements in the general level of
interest rates. For example, because investors generally perceive that there are
greater risks associated with investing in medium or lower rated securities, the
yields and prices of such securities may tend to fluctuate more than those of
higher rated securities.

                                17 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



Moreover, in the lower quality segments of the fixed income securities market,
changes in perception of the creditworthiness of individual issuers tend to
occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than do changes in higher
quality segments of the fixed income securities market. The yield and price of
medium to lower rated securities therefore may experience greater volatility
than is the case with higher rated securities. The Prudential considers both
credit risk and market risk in selecting securities for the portfolio. By
holding a diversified selection of such securities, the portfolio seeks to
reduce this volatility.

The secondary market for high yield/high risk securities, which is concentrated
in relatively few market makers, may not be as liquid as the secondary market
for more highly rated securities. Under adverse market or economic conditions,
the secondary market for high yield/high risk securities could contract further,
independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular
issuer. As a result, The Prudential could find it more difficult to sell such
securities or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if
such securities were widely traded. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower
rated or unrated securities therefore may be less than the prices used in
calculating the portfolio's net asset value. In the absence of readily available
market quotations, high yield/high risk securities will be valued by the Series
Fund's Board of Directors using a method that, in the good faith belief of the
Board, accurately reflects fair value. Valuing such securities in an illiquid
market is a difficult task. The Board's judgment plays a more significant role
in valuing such securities than those securities for which more objective market
data are available.

   
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, the monthly dollar weighted
average ratings of the debt obligations held by the High Yield Bond Portfolio,
expressed as a percentage of the portfolio's total investments, were as follows:

                                               PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
RATINGS                                            INVESTMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AAA/Aaa                                               3.3%*
AA/Aa                                                   0%
A/A                                                     0%
BBB/Baa                                                 0%
BB/Ba                                                 15.9%
B/B                                                   59.2%
CCC/Caa or lower                                       7.5%
Unrated                                               14.1%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Short-term investments and cash.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    


Consistent with its investment objective, the portfolio anticipates that under
normal conditions at least 80% of the value of its total assets will be invested
in high yield/high risk, medium to lower rated fixed income securities. Fixed
income securities appropriate for the portfolio may include both convertible and
nonconvertible debt securities and preferred stock. The portfolio will not
acquire common stocks, except when attached to or included in a unit with fixed
income securities which otherwise would be attractive to the portfolio.

   
The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its total assets in United States currency
denominated fixed-income securities issued outside the United States by foreign
and domestic issuers. For additional information regarding such securities, see
FOREIGN SECURITIES on page 26.
    

The portfolio may, when it has temporary cash available, enter into repurchase
agreements and invest in other short-term obligations of the type invested in by
the Money Market Portfolio. The portfolio may also invest in commercial paper of
domestic corporations that does not meet the quality restrictions applicable to
the investments of the Money Market Portfolio. Moreover, when market conditions
dictate a more defensive investment strategy, the portfolio may invest more
substantially in such short-term obligations. The portfolio may also (i)
purchase and sell options on debt securities; (ii) purchase and sell interest
rate futures contracts and options thereon; (iii) purchase securities on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis; (iv) use interest rate swaps; and (v)
make short sales. These techniques are described on pages 28 through 32, and
further information about some of them is included in the statement of
additional information.

Although the portfolio is not expected to engage in substantial short-term
trading, it may sell securities it owns without regard to the length of time
they have been held. The portfolio's turnover rate is not expected to exceed
150%.

   
Lars Berkman, Managing Director, PMFIM, and Michael Snyder, Vice President,
PMFIM, have been co-managers of the High Yield Bond Portfolio since 1995. Mr.
Berkman is also portfolio manager of the Prudential High Yield Bond Fund and has
been employed as a portfolio manager in the mutual fund unit since 1990. Mr.
Snyder is also the portfolio manager of the High Yield Income Fund, Inc. for The
Prudential and has been employed as a portfolio manager in the mutual fund unit
since 1987.
    

                                18 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



DIVERSIFIED STOCK PORTFOLIOS

STOCK INDEX PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve investment
results that correspond to the price and yield performance of publicly-traded
common stocks in the aggregate.

The portfolio seeks to achieve this objective by following the policy of
attempting to duplicate the price and yield performance of the Standard & Poor's
500 Composite Stock Price Index (the "S&P 500 Index"), an index which represents
more than 70% of the total market value of all publicly-traded common stocks and
is widely viewed among investors as representative of the performance of
publicly-traded common stocks as a whole. The S&P 500 Index is composed of 500
selected common stocks, over 95% of which are listed on the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE"). Standard & Poor's Corporation chooses the stocks to be
included in the index on a statistical basis taking into account market values
and industry diversification. Inclusion in the index in no way implies an
opinion by Standard & Poor's Corporation as to a stock's attractiveness as an
investment. "Standard & Poor's", "Standard & Poor's 500" and "500" are
trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by The Prudential
Insurance Company of America and its affiliates and subsidiaries. The Series
Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no
representation regarding the advisability of investing in the Series Fund.
Reference is made to the statement of additional information which sets forth
certain additional disclaimers and limitations of liabilities on behalf of S&P.

   
The S&P 500 Index is a "weighted" index in which the weighting of each stock
depends on its relative total market value: its market price per share times the
number of shares outstanding. Because of this weighting, approximately 10% of
the S&P 500 Index's value is accounted for by the stocks of the five largest
companies by relative market value. As of December 31, 1995 those companies
were: General Electric Co., American Telephone & Telegraph Co., Exxon Corp.,
Coca-Cola Co., and Merck & Co., Inc.
    

This portfolio will not be "managed" in the traditional sense of using economic,
financial or market analysis to determine the stocks to be purchased by the
portfolio. Rather, the portfolio manager will purchase stocks for the portfolio
in proportion to their weighting in the S&P 500 Index. Thus, adverse financial
performance by a company will not result in reduction or elimination of the
portfolio's holdings of its stock and, conversely, superior financial
performance by a company will not lead the portfolio to increase its holdings of
the company's stock. If a stock held by this portfolio is eliminated from the
S&P 500 Index, the portfolio will sell its holdings of the stock regardless of
the prospects of the company. Because the portfolio will not be "managed" in the
traditional sense, portfolio turnover is expected to be low and is generally not
expected to exceed 10%. A 10% portfolio turnover rate would occur if one-tenth
of the portfolio's securities were sold and either repurchased or replaced
within 1 year. Because of the expected low turnover, transaction costs, such as
brokerage commissions, are also expected to be relatively low.

   
The following table shows the performance of the S&P 500 Index for the 25 years
ending in 1995. The period covered by this table is one of generally rising
stock prices, and the performance of the S&P 500 Index in this period should not
be viewed as a representation of any future performance by that index. In
addition, the fees and costs involved in the operation of the Stock Index
Portfolio mean that the performance of a share of stock in the portfolio may not
equal the performance of the S&P 500 Stock Index even if the assets held by the
portfolio do equal that performance.
    

                       *S&P 500 WITH DIVIDENDS REINVESTED
                            ANNUAL PERCENTAGE CHANGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
   1971       +14.56                                 1984        +6.10
   1972       +18.90                                 1985       +31.57
   1973       -14.77                                 1986       +18.56
   1974       -26.39                                 1987        +5.10
   1975       +37.16                                 1988       +16.61
   1976       +23.57                                 1989       +31.69
   1977        -7.42                                 1990        -3.10
   1978        +6.38                                 1991       +30.47
   1979       +18.20                                 1992        +7.61
   1980       +32.27                                 1993       +10.08
   1981        -5.01                                 1994        +1.32
   1982       +21.44                                 1995       +37.58
   1983       +22.38
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: Standard & Poor's Corporation.  Percentage change calculated in
        accordance with specifications of SEC Release Number IA-327.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                19 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
In the eight full years since this portfolio was established its total return,
compared to that of the S&P 500 Index, was as follows:
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   ANNUAL PERCENTAGE CHANGE                  TOTAL RETURN
                         S&P 500 WITH                    STOCK INDEX PORTFOLIO
                     DIVIDENDS REINVESTED         (AFTER DEDUCTION OF EXPENSES)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
    1988                    +16.61                              +15.44
    1989                    +31.69                              +30.93
    1990                     -3.10                               -3.63
    1991                    +30.47                              +29.72
    1992                     +7.61                               +7.13
    1993                    +10.08                               +9.66
    1994                     +1.32                               +1.01
    1995                    +37.58                              +37.06
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    

Under normal circumstances, the portfolio generally intends to purchase all 500
stocks represented in the S&P 500 Index and to invest its assets as fully in
those stocks (in proportion to their weighting in the index) as is feasible in
light of cash flows into and out of the portfolio. In order to reduce
transaction costs, a weighted investment in the 500 stocks comprising the S&P
500 Index is most efficiently made in relatively large amounts. As additional
cash is received from the purchase of shares in the portfolio, it may be held
temporarily in short-term, high quality investments of the sort in which the
Money Market Portfolio invests, until the portfolio has a sufficient amount of
assets in such investments to make an efficient weighted investment in the 500
stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index. If net cash outflows from the portfolio are
anticipated, the portfolio may sell stocks (in proportion to their weighting in
the S&P 500 Index) in amounts in excess of those needed to satisfy the cash
outflows and hold the balance of the proceeds in short-term investments if such
a transaction appears, taking into account transaction costs, to be more
efficient than selling only the amount of stocks needed to meet the cash
requirements. The portfolio will not, however, increase its holdings of cash in
anticipation of any decline in the value of the S&P 500 Index or of the stock
markets generally. The portfolio will instead remain as fully invested in the
s&p 500 Index stocks as feasible in light of its cash flow patterns during
periods of market declines as well as advances, and investors in the portfolio
thus run the risk of remaining fully invested in common stocks during a period
of general decline in the stock markets.

Tracking accuracy is measured by the difference between total return for the S&P
Index with dividends reinvested and total return for the portfolio with
dividends reinvested before deductions of portfolio fees and expenses. Tracking
accuracy is monitored by the portfolio manager on a daily basis. All tracking
accuracy deviations are reviewed to determine the effectiveness of investment
policies and techniques.

If the portfolio does hold short-term investments as a result of the patterns of
cash flows to and from the portfolio, such holdings may cause its performance to
differ from that of the S&P 500 Index. The portfolio will attempt to minimize
any such difference in performance through transactions involving stock index
futures contracts, options on stock indices, and/or options on stock index
future contracts. These derivative investment instruments are described under
OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES, STOCK INDEX FUTURES CONTRACTS, and OPTIONS ON FUTURES
CONTRACTS on pages 28 through 30. The portfolio will not use such instruments
for speculative purposes or to hedge against any decline in the value of the
stocks held in the portfolio, but instead will employ them only as a temporary
substitute for investment of cash holdings directly in the 500 stocks when the
portfolio's cash holdings are too small to make such an investment in an
efficient manner.

For example, if the portfolio's cash reserves are insufficient to invest
efficiently in another unit of the basket of stocks comprising the S&P 500
Index, the portfolio may purchase S&P 500 futures contracts to hedge against a
rise in the value of the stocks the portfolio intends to acquire. In its attempt
to minimize any difference in performance between the portfolio and the S&P 500
Index, the portfolio currently intends to engage in transactions involving the
S&P 500 Index futures contracts, the NYSE Composite Index futures contracts,
options on the S&P 500 Index, the S&P 100 Index, and the NYSE Composite Index,
and options on the S&P 500 Index futures contracts and the NYSE Composite Index
futures contracts. There can be no assurance that the portfolio's attempt to
minimize such performance difference through the use of any of these instruments
will succeed. See the statement of additional information for a more detailed
discussion of the manner in which the portfolio will employ these instruments
and for a description of other risks involved in the use of such instruments.

The above described investment policies and techniques of the Stock Index
Portfolio are non-fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval if
it is determined that alternative investment techniques would be more effective
in achieving the portfolio's objective.

                                20 - Series Fund


<PAGE>


   
EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is both current income
and capital appreciation through investment primarily in common stocks and
convertible securities that provide favorable prospects for investment income
returns above those of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index or the NYSE
Composite Index. In selecting these securities, the portfolio will put emphasis
on earnings, balance sheet and cash flow analysis, and the relationships that
these factors have to the price and return of a given security. Under normal
circumstances, the portfolio intends to invest at least 65% of its total assets
in such securities.
    

The portfolio may invest the balance of its assets in other stocks, other
securities convertible into common stocks, debt securities (including money
market instruments), options on stocks and stock indices, and stock index
futures. The portfolio may under normal circumstances invest up to 35% of its
total assets in money market instruments of the type invested in by the Money
Market Portfolio and without limit when the portfolio's manager believes market
conditions warrant a temporary defensive posture or pending the investment of
proceeds from sales of the portfolio shares. These investments include entering
into repurchase agreements of the kind that the Money Market Portfolio may
utilize. In addition, up to 35% of the portfolio's total assets may be invested
in other fixed-income obligations. The portfolio anticipates that these will
primarily be rated A or better by Moody's or S&P. However, the portfolio may
also invest in lower-rated fixed-income securities, although it will not invest
in securities rated lower than CC or Ca by Moody's or S&P, respectively. The
risks of medium to lower rated securities, also known as high risk securities,
are described above in connection with the High Yield Bond Portfolio. A
description of debt ratings is contained in the Appendix to the statement of
additional information. The portfolio may also invest in non-rated fixed-income
securities which, in the opinion of the manager, are of a quality comparable to
rated securities in which the portfolio may invest.

To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law, the portfolio may invest up
to 30% of its total assets in non-United States currency denominated debt and
equity securities of foreign and U.S. issuers. The particular risks of
investments in foreign securities are described under FOREIGN SECURITIES on page
26.

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on equity
securities, stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase and sell stock
index and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon; (iii) enter
into forward foreign currency exchange contracts; and (iv) purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. These techniques are described on
pages 27 through 31, and further information about some of them is included in
the statement of additional information.

As a result of its investment policies, the portfolio's turnover rate may exceed
100%, although it is not expected to exceed 200%.

   
Warren Spitz, Managing Director, PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the Equity
Income Portfolio since 1988. Mr. Spitz is also the portfolio manager of the
Prudential Equity Income Fund.

EQUITY PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve capital
appreciation through investment primarily in common stocks of companies,
including major established corporations as well as smaller capitalization
companies, that appear to offer attractive prospects of price appreciation that
is superior to broadly-based stock indices. Current income, if any, is
incidental.
    
Although the portfolio will be invested primarily in common stocks, it may also
invest to a limited extent in short, intermediate or long term debt, either
convertible or nonconvertible into common stock, as well as in nonconvertible
preferred stock. The portfolio will attempt to maintain a flexible approach to
the selection of common stocks of various types of companies whose valuations
appear to offer opportunities for above-average appreciation. Thus, the
portfolio may invest in securities of companies whose estimated growth in
earnings exceeds that projected for the market as a whole because of factors
such as expanding market share, new products or changes in market environment.
Or it may invest in "undervalued" securities which are often characterized by a
lack of investor recognition of the basic value of a company's assets.
Securities of companies with sales and earnings trends which are currently
unfavorable but which are expected to reverse may also be in the portfolio. The
effort to achieve price appreciation that is superior to broadly based stock
indices necessarily involves accepting a greater risk of declining values.
During periods when stock prices decline generally, it can be expected that the
value of the portfolio will also decline.

To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in non-United States currency denominated common
stock and fixed-income securities convertible into common stock of foreign and
U.S. issuers. The particular risks of investments in foreign securities are
described under FOREIGN SECURITIES on page 26.

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on equity
securities, stock indices and foreign currencies; (ii) purchase and sell stock
index and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon; (iii) enter
into forward foreign currency exchange contracts; and (iv) purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. These techniques are described on
pages 27 through 31, and further information about some of them is included in
the statement of additional information.

                                21 - Series Fund


<PAGE>


A portion of the portfolio may be invested in short-term debt obligations of the
kind held in the Money Market Portfolio as described in the Appendix to this
prospectus in order to make effective use of cash reserves pending investment in
common stocks.

   
Thomas Jackson, Managing Director, PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the
Equity Portfolio since 1990. Mr. Jackson is also portfolio manager of the
Prudential Equity Fund, Inc..

PRUDENTIAL JENNISON PORTFOLIO. The objective of the Prudential Jennison
Portfolio is to achieve long-term growth of capital through investment primarily
in equity securities of established companies with above-average growth
prospects. Current income, if any, is incidental.

In order to achieve this objective, the Prudential Jennison Portfolio will
follow a policy of selecting stocks on a company-by-company basis primarily
through the use of fundamental analysis. The portfolio manager will look for
companies that have demonstrated growth in earnings and sales, high returns on
equity and assets, or other strong financial characteristics, and in the opinion
of the portfolio manager, are attractively valued. These companies tend to have
a unique market niche, a strong new product profile or superior management.
Under normal market conditions, at least 65% of the value of the total assets of
the portfolio will be invested in common stocks and preferred stocks of
companies which exceed $1 billion in market capitalization.

The portfolio may invest up to 35% of its total assets in: (i) common stocks,
preferred stocks, and other equity-related securities of companies that are
undergoing changes in management or product and marketing dynamics which have
not yet been reflected in reported earnings but which are expected to impact
earnings in the intermediate term -- these securities often lack investor
recognition and are often favorably valued; (ii) other equity-related
securities; (iii) with respect to a maximum of 30% of its total assets, common
stocks, preferred stocks and other equity-related securities of non-United
States currency denominated issuers or American Depository Receipts ("ADRs");
(iv) investment grade fixed income securities and mortgage-backed securities,
including lower rated securities [rated in the fourth highest rating category by
a nationally recognized rating service (e.g. Baa by Moody's Investor Services or
BBB by Standard & Poor's)] or, if not rated, determined by the portfolio manager
to be of comparable quality to securities so rated. A description of debt
ratings is contained in the Appendix to the statement of additional information;
and (v) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies
and instrumentalities.
    

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on equity
securities, stock indices, and foreign currencies; (ii) lend its portfolio
securities; (iii) purchase and sell stock index and foreign currency futures
contracts and options thereon; (iv) enter into forward foreign currency exchange
contracts; and (v) enter into repurchase agreements and purchase securities on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis. These techniques are described on pages
27 through 31, and further information about some of them is included in the
statement of additional information.

The effort to achieve superior investment returns necessarily involves a risk of
exposure to declining values. Securities in which the portfolio may primarily
invest have historically been more volatile than the Standard & Poor's 500
Composite Stock Price Index. Accordingly, during periods when stock prices
decline generally, it can be expected that the value of the portfolio will
decline more than the market indices.

   
David Poiesz, Director and Senior Vice President of Jennison Associates Capital
Corp., has been portfolio manager of the Prudential Jennison Portfolio since its
inception in 1995. Mr. Poiesz also manages the Prudential Institutional Growth
Fund and the Prudential Jennison Fund. Mr. Poiesz joined Jennison Associates in
1983 as an equity research analyst and has been an equity portfolio manager
since 1991.
    

SMALL CAPITALIZATION STOCK PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is to
achieve long-term growth of capital through investment primarily in equity
securities of publicly-traded companies with small market capitalization.
Current income, if any, is incidental.

The portfolio seeks to achieve this objective by following the policy of
attempting to duplicate the price and yield performance of the Standard & Poor's
Small Capitalization Stock Index (the "S&P SmallCap 600 Index"), an index which
consists of six-hundred smaller capitalization domestic stocks chosen for market
size, liquidity, and industry group representation. Stocks in the index have
market capitalizations between $35 million and $1.215 billion. However, to be
included in the index, stock selections are also screened for trading volume,
share turnover, ownership concentration, share price and bid/ask spreads. The
initial sector weightings were selected to reflect the industry distribution of
all small capitalization stocks followed by S&P. The S&P SmallCap 600 Index has
above average risk and may fluctuate more than the S&P 500 Index which invests
in stocks of larger, more established firms.

The S&P SmallCap 600 Index is a market weighted index (stock price times shares
outstanding), with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market
value. Standard & Poor's Corporation is responsible for selecting and
maintaining the list of stocks to be included in the index. Inclusion in the
index in no way implies an opinion by Standard & Poor's Corporation as to a
stock's attractiveness as an investment. "Standard & Poor's", "Standard

                                22 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



& Poor's Small Capitalization Stock Index" and "Standard & Poor's SmallCap 600"
are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. The Series Fund is not sponsored, endorsed,
sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation regarding the
advisability of investing in the Series Fund. Reference is made to the statement
of additional information which sets forth certain additional disclaimers and
limitations of liabilities on behalf of S&P.

   
The following table shows the performance of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index for the
10 years ending in 1995. Although the index was first published in 1994, S&P
reconstructed its performance for earlier years. The performance of the S&P
SmallCap 600 Index in this period should not be viewed as a representation of
any future performance by that index. In addition, the fees and costs involved
in the operation of the Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio mean that the
performance of a share of stock in the portfolio may not equal the performance
of the S&P SmallCap 600 Stock Index even if the assets held by the portfolio do
equal that performance.
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   S&P SMALLCAP 600 WITH DIVIDENDS REINVESTED
                            ANNUAL PERCENTAGE CHANGE
   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      1986                                                 +3.23
      1987                                                -13.50
      1988                                                +19.49
      1989                                                +13.89
      1990                                                 -9.90
      1991                                                +48.49
      1992                                                +21.04
      1993                                                +18.79
      1994                                                 -4.77
      1995                                                +29.96
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: Standard & Poor's Corporation.  Percentage change calculated in 
accordance with specifications of SEC release number IA-327.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Under normal circumstances, this portfolio intends to be invested in all or a
representative sample of the stocks in the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. The portfolio
may hold cash or its equivalent, these holdings may cause its performance to
differ from that of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. The portfolio will attempt to
minimize any such differences in performance through transactions involving
stock index futures contracts, options on stock indices, and/or options on stock
index future contracts. These investment instruments are described under OPTIONS
ON STOCK INDICES, STOCK INDEX FUTURES CONTRACTS, and OPTIONS ON FUTURES
CONTRACTS on pages 28 through 30.

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on equity
securities; (ii) lend its portfolio securities; and (iii) purchase securities on
a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. These techniques are described on pages
27 through 31, and further information about some of them is included in the
statement of additional information.

The investment policies and techniques of the Small Capitalization Stock
Portfolio are not fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval if
it is determined that alternative investment techniques would be more effective
in achieving the portfolio's objective.

Wai Chiang, Director of Portfolio Management, Prudential Diversified Investment
Strategies, has been portfolio manager of the Small Capitalization Stock
Portfolio since its inception in 1995. Mr. Chiang also manages the unregistered
commingled domestic equity index separate accounts, Pridex and Pridex 500 for
The Prudential. Mr. Chiang has been employed by The Prudential as a portfolio
manager since 1986.
   
GLOBAL PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is long-term growth of capital
through investment primarily in common stocks and common stock equivalents (such
as convertible debt securities) of foreign and domestic issuers. Current income,
if any, is incidental.
    
The portfolio is intended to provide investors with the opportunity to invest in
a portfolio of securities of companies located throughout the world. In making
the allocation of assets among the various countries and geographic regions, the
portfolio manager ordinarily considers such factors as prospects for relative
economic growth between foreign countries; expected levels of inflation and
interest rates; government policies influencing business conditions; the range
of individual investment opportunities available to international investors; and
other pertinent financial, tax, social, political and national factors--all in
relation to the prevailing prices of the securities in each country or region.

There are, generally, no geographic limitations on companies in which the
portfolio may invest. Depending upon market conditions, the portfolio may be
invested primarily in foreign securities. Investments may be made in

                                23 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



companies based in the Pacific Basin (for example, Japan, Australia, New
Zealand, Singapore, Malaysia, and Hong Kong) and Western Europe (for example,
the United Kingdom, Spain, Germany, Switzerland, the Netherlands, France, and
Scandinavia), as well as the United States, Canada, and such other areas and
countries as the portfolio manager may determine from time to time. The
portfolio may seek to hedge its position in foreign currencies as more fully
described herein.

The portfolio is not required to maintain any particular geographic or currency
mix of its investments. The portfolio intends to maintain investments in at
least three countries (including the United States), but may, when market
conditions warrant, invest up to 35% of its assets in companies located in any
one country (other than the United States).

In analyzing companies for investment, the portfolio manager ordinarily looks
for one or more of the following characteristics: prospects for above-average
earnings growth per share; high return on invested capital; healthy balance
sheet; sound financial and accounting policies and overall financial strength;
strong competitive advantages; effective research and product development and
marketing; efficient service; pricing flexibility; strength of management; and
general operating characteristics which will enable the companies to compete
successfully in their marketplace--all in relation to the prevailing prices of
the securities of such companies.

Investing in securities of foreign companies and countries involves special
risks. The particular risks of investments in foreign securities are described
under FOREIGN SECURITIES on page 26.

When the portfolio manager believes market conditions dictate a temporary
defensive strategy, or during periods of structuring and restructuring the
portfolio, the portfolio may invest without limit in money market investments of
the kind in which the Money Market Portfolio invests, including repurchase
agreements.

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on equity
securities, stock indices and foreign currencies; (ii) purchase and sell stock
index, interest rate and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon;
(iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts; and (iv) purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. These techniques are
described on pages 26 through 31, and further information about some of them is
included in the statement of additional information.

The operating expense ratio of the portfolio can be expected to be significantly
higher than that of a fund investing exclusively in domestic securities since
the expenses of the portfolio, such as custodial, valuation and communication
costs, as well as the rate of the investment management fee (0.75% of the
portfolio's average daily net assets), though similar to such expenses of other
global funds, are higher than those generally incurred by funds investing solely
in the securities of U.S. issuers.

As a result of its investment policies, the portfolio's turnover rate may exceed
100% although it is not expected to exceed 200%.

   
Daniel Duane, Managing Director, PMFIM, has been the portfolio manager of the
Global Portfolio since 1990. Mr. Duane also manages several mutual funds
including the Prudential Global Fund, Inc.
    

SPECIALIZED PORTFOLIOS

NATURAL RESOURCES PORTFOLIO. The objective of this portfolio is long-term growth
of capital through investment primarily in common stocks and convertible
securities of "natural resource companies" (as defined below) and in securities
(typically debt securities and preferred stocks) the terms of which are related
to the market value of some natural resource ("asset-indexed securities"). Under
normal circumstances, the portfolio will invest at least 65% of its total assets
in such securities.

Companies that primarily own, explore, mine, process or otherwise develop
natural resources, or supply goods and services primarily to such companies,
will be considered "natural resource companies." Natural resources generally
include precious metals (e.g., gold, silver and platinum), ferrous and
nonferrous metals (e.g., iron, aluminum and copper), strategic metals (e.g.,
uranium and titanium), hydrocarbons (e.g., coal, oil and natural gases), timber
land, undeveloped real property and agricultural commodities.

The value of equity securities of natural resource companies (including those
companies that are primarily involved in providing goods and services to natural
resource companies) will fluctuate pursuant to market conditions generally, as
well as to the market for the particular natural resource in which the issuer is
involved. In addition, the values of natural resources are affected by numerous
factors including events occurring in nature, inflationary pressures and
international politics. For instance, events in nature (such as earthquakes or
fires in prime natural resource areas) and political events (such as coups or
military confrontations) can affect the overall supply of a natural resource and
thereby the value of companies involved in such natural resources. In addition,
rising interest rates (i.e., inflationary pressures) may affect the demand for
natural resources such as timber. The portfolio manager will seek securities
that are attractively priced relative to the intrinsic values of the relevant
natural resource or that are of companies which are positioned to benefit under
existing or anticipated economic

                                24 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



conditions. Accordingly, the portfolio may shift its emphasis from one natural
resource industry to another depending upon prevailing trends or developments,
provided that the portfolio will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in
the securities of companies in any one natural resource industry. See INVESTMENT
RESTRICTIONS in the statement of additional information for information
concerning the industry classifications. The portfolio is not required to
maintain any particular mix of investments among the natural resource
industries.

In addition to common stocks and common stock equivalents, the portfolio may
invest in securities, the principal amount, redemption terms or conversion terms
of which are related to the market price of a natural resource asset, referred
to herein as "asset-indexed securities." The portfolio expects to purchase
asset-indexed securities which are rated, or are issued by issuers that have
outstanding obligations which are rated, at least BBB or Baa by S&P or Moody's,
respectively, or commercial paper rated at least A-2 or P-2 by S&P or Moody's,
respectively, or in unrated securities that the portfolio manager has determined
to be of comparable quality. The portfolio reserves the right, however, to
invest in asset-indexed securities rated as low as CC or Ca by Moody's or S&P,
respectively, or in unrated securities of comparable quality, also known as high
risk securities. A description of security ratings is set forth in the Appendix
to the statement of additional information. If the asset-indexed security is
backed by a letter of credit or other similar instrument, the manager may take
such backing into account in determining the quality of the security.

Although it is expected that the market prices of the asset-indexed securities
will fluctuate on the basis of the natural resources on which such securities
are based, there may not be a perfect correlation between the price movements of
the asset-indexed securities and the underlying natural resources. Asset-indexed
securities are not always secured with a security interest in the underlying
natural resource asset. Further, asset-indexed securities typically bear
interest or pay dividends at below market rates (and in certain cases at nominal
rates). Although the value of asset-indexed securities that bear interest may
fluctuate inversely with market interest rates, such fluctuations are
anticipated generally to be minimal since the value of such securities is
typically based on the natural resources on which the securities are based.

Certain asset-indexed securities may be payable at maturity in cash, or, at the
option of the holder, directly in a stated amount of the asset to which the
securities are related. The portfolio does not intend to invest directly in
natural resources and, therefore, would elect to be paid in cash or would
attempt to sell the asset-indexed security prior to maturity to realize the
appreciation in the underlying asset.

As indicated above, the portfolio intends to invest primarily in common stocks
and convertible securities of natural resource companies and asset-indexed
securities. The portfolio may invest the balance of its assets in other stocks,
other securities convertible into common stocks, debt securities (including
money market instruments), and options on stocks and on natural resource-related
stock indices. The portfolio may under normal circumstances invest up to 35% of
its total assets in money market instruments of the type invested in by the
Money Market Portfolio and without limit when the portfolio manager believes
market conditions warrant a temporary defensive posture or during periods of
structuring and restructuring the portfolio. These investments include entering
into repurchase agreements of the kind that the Money Market Portfolio may
utilize. In addition, up to 35% of the portfolio's total assets may be invested
in other fixed-income obligations. The portfolio anticipates that these will
primarily be rated A or better by Moody's or S&P. However, the portfolio may
also invest in lower-rated fixed-income securities, also known as high risk
securities, although it will not invest in securities rated lower than CC or Ca
by Moody's or S&P, respectively. The portfolio may also invest in non-rated
fixed-income securities which, in the opinion of the manager, are of a quality
comparable to rated securities in which the portfolio may invest.

To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in non-United States currency denominated common
stock and fixed-income securities convertible into common stock of foreign and
U.S. issuers. The particular risks of investments in foreign securities are
described under FOREIGN SECURITIES on page 26.

In addition, the portfolio may: (i) purchase and sell options on equity
securities, stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase and sell stock
index and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon; (iii) enter
into forward foreign currency exchange contracts; and (iv) purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. These techniques are described on
pages 27 through 31, and further information about some of them is included in
the statement of additional information.

As a result of its investment policies, the portfolio's turnover rate may exceed
100%, although it is not expected to exceed 200%.

   
Leigh Goehring, Vice President, PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the Natural
Resources Portfolio since 1992. Mr. Goehring also manages the Prudential Natural
Resources Fund, Inc. Prior to 1992, Mr. Goehring was portfolio manager of The
Prudential-Bache Option Growth Fund.
    

                                25 - Series Fund


<PAGE>

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
   
The Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may invest in convertible securities and such securities may constitute a major
part of the holdings of the Equity Income, Global and Natural Resources
Portfolios. A convertible security is a fixed-income security (a bond or
preferred stock) which may be converted at a stated price within a specified
period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same or a
different issuer. Convertible securities are senior to common stocks in a
corporation's capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar
nonconvertible securities. While providing a fixed income stream (generally
higher in yield than the income derivable from a common stock but lower than
that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also
affords an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to
participate in the capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in
the convertible security's underlying common stock. The price of a convertible
security tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock rises,
whereas it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock
declines. While no securities investment is without risk, investments in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.
    

FOREIGN SECURITIES

   
The Global Portfolio may invest up to 100% of its total assets in common stock
and convertible securities denominated in a foreign currency and issued by
foreign or domestic issuers. The Diversified Bond and High Yield Bond Portfolios
may each invest up to 20% of their assets in United States currency denominated
debt securities issued outside the United States by foreign or domestic issuers.
In addition, the bond components of the Conservative Balanced and Flexible
Managed Portfolios may each invest up to 20% of their assets in such securities.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Conservative Balanced, Flexible
Managed, and Equity Income Portfolios may invest up to 30% of their total assets
in debt and equity securities denominated in a foreign currency and issued by
foreign or domestic issuers. Further, to the extent permitted by applicable
insurance law, the Equity, Prudential Jennison, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may invest up to 30% of their total assets in non-United States currency
denominated common stock and fixed-income securities convertible into common
stock of foreign and U.S. issuers. Securities issued outside the United States
and not publicly traded in the United States, as well as American Depository
Receipts ("ADRs"), and securities denominated in a foreign currency are referred
to collectively in this prospectus as "foreign securities."
    

ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates issued by a United States bank or
trust company and represent the right to receive securities of a foreign issuer
deposited in a domestic bank or foreign branch of a United States bank and
traded on a United States exchange or in an over-the-counter market. Investment
in ADRs has certain advantages over direct investment in the underlying foreign
securities because they are easily transferable, have readily available market
quotations, and the foreign issuers are usually subject to comparable auditing,
accounting, and financial reporting standards as domestic issuers.

Foreign securities involve certain risks, which should be considered carefully
by an investor. These risks include political or economic instability in the
country of the issuer, the difficulty of predicting international trade
patterns, the possibility of imposition of exchange controls and, in the case of
securities not denominated in United States currency, the risk of currency
fluctuations. Such securities may be subject to greater fluctuations in price
than domestic securities. Under certain market conditions, foreign securities
may be less liquid than domestic securities. In addition, there may be less
publicly available information about a foreign company than about a domestic
company. Foreign companies generally are not subject to uniform accounting,
auditing, and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to
domestic companies. There is generally less government regulation of securities
exchanges, brokers, and listed companies abroad than in the United States, and,
with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a possibility of
expropriation, confiscatory taxation or diplomatic developments which could
affect investment in those countries. Finally, in the event of a default of any
foreign debt obligations, it may be more difficult for a portfolio to obtain or
to enforce a judgment against the issuers of such securities.

If the security is denominated in foreign currency, it may be affected by
changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and costs may be
incurred in connection with conversions between currencies. The portfolios that
may invest in foreign securities may, but need not, enter into forward foreign
currency exchange contracts for the purchase or sale of foreign currency for
hedging purposes, including: locking-in the U.S. dollar price equivalent of
interest or dividends to be paid on such securities which are held by the
portfolio; and protecting the U.S. dollar value of such securities which are
held by the portfolio. The portfolios will not enter into such forward contracts
or maintain a net exposure to such contracts where the consummation of the
contracts would obligate the portfolio to deliver an amount of foreign currency
in excess of the value of the portfolio's portfolio securities or other assets
denominated in that currency. See FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS in
the statement of additional information. In addition, the portfolios may, for
hedging purposes, enter into certain transactions involving options on foreign
currencies, foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currency
futures

                                26 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



contracts. See OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES, FUTURES CONTRACTS, and OPTIONS ON
FUTURES CONTRACTS on pages 29 through 30.

OPTIONS ON EQUITY SECURITIES

   
The Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on equity securities
that are traded on securities exchanges, are listed on the National Association
of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ"), or that result from
privately negotiated transactions with broker-dealers ("OTC options"). A call
option is a short-term contract pursuant to which the purchaser or holder, in
return for a premium paid, has the right to buy the equity security underlying
the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the
option. The writer of the call option, who receives the premium, has the
obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying equity
security against payment of the exercise price. A put option is a similar
contract which gives the purchaser or holder, in return for a premium, the right
to sell the underlying equity security at a specified price during the term of
the option. The writer of the put, who receives the premium, has the obligation
to buy the underlying equity security at the exercise price upon exercise by the
holder of the put.
    

A portfolio will write only "covered" options on stocks. A call option is
covered if: (1) the portfolio owns the security underlying the option; or (2)
the portfolio has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated account by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other
securities it holds; or (3) the portfolio holds on a share-for-share basis a
call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the
call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or
greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is
maintained by the portfolio in cash, Treasury bills or other high grade
short-term debt obligations in a segregated account with its custodian. A put
option is covered if: (1) the portfolio deposits and maintains with its
custodian in a segregated account cash, U.S. Government securities or other
liquid high-grade debt obligations having a value equal to or greater than the
exercise price of the option; or (2) the portfolio holds on a share-for-share
basis a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of
the put held is equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written
or less than the exercise price if the difference is maintained by the portfolio
in cash, Treasury bills or other high grade short-term debt obligations in a
segregated account with its custodian.

   
The Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may also purchase "protective puts" (i.e., put options acquired for the purpose
of protecting a portfolio security from a decline in market value). In exchange
for the premium paid for the put option, the portfolio acquires the right to
sell the underlying security at the exercise price of the put regardless of the
extent to which the underlying security declines in value. The loss to the
portfolio is limited to the premium paid for, and transaction costs in
connection with, the put plus the initial excess, if any, of the market price of
the underlying security over the exercise price. However, if the market price of
the security underlying the put rises, the profit the portfolio realizes on the
sale of the security will be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less
any amount (net of transaction costs) for which the put may be sold. Similar
principles apply to the purchase of puts on debt securities and stock indices,
as described under OPTIONS ON DEBT SECURITIES, page 28 and OPTIONS ON STOCK
INDICES, page 28.
    

These portfolios may purchase call options for hedging and investment purposes.
No portfolio intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in
the purchase of call options on stocks. These portfolios may also purchase
putable and callable equity securities, which are securities coupled with a put
or a call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an exchange-traded option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may effect a "closing purchase transaction" by buying an option of the
same series as the option previously written. Similarly, the holder of an
exchange-traded option may liquidate his or her position by exercise of the
option or by effecting a "closing sale transaction" by selling an option of the
same series as the option previously purchased. A portfolio will realize a
profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is less than
the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to
purchase the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option will
generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any
loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction with respect to a call option
is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying
equity security owned by the portfolio. Unlike exchange-traded options, OTC
options generally do not have a continuous liquid market. Consequently, the
portfolio will generally be able to realize the value of an OTC option it has
purchased only by exercising it or reselling it to the dealer who issued it.
Similarly, when the portfolio writes an OTC option, it generally will be able to
close out the OTC option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing
purchase transaction with the dealer to which the portfolio originally wrote the
OTC option. There is, in general, no guarantee that closing purchase or closing
sale transactions can be effected.

                                27 - Series Fund


<PAGE>


There are certain special risks associated with the portfolios' transactions in
stock options, in addition to a risk that the market value of the security will
move adversely to the portfolio's option position. These risks, which relate
primarily to liquidity, are discussed in the statement of additional
information.

OPTIONS ON DEBT SECURITIES

   
The Diversified Bond, Government Income, Conservative Balanced, Flexible
Managed, and High Yield Bond Portfolios may purchase and write (i.e. sell) put
and call options on debt securities (including U.S. Government debt securities)
that are traded on U.S. securities exchanges or that result from privately
negotiated transactions with primary U.S. Government securities dealers
recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York ("OTC options"). Options on
debt are similar to options on stock, except that the option holder has the
right to take or make delivery of a debt security, rather than stock.
    

A portfolio will write only "covered" options. Options on debt securities are
covered in the same manner as options on stocks, discussed above, except that,
in the case of call options on U.S. Treasury Bills, the portfolio might own U.S.
Treasury Bills of a different series from those underlying the call option, but
with a principal amount and value corresponding to the option contract amount
and a maturity date no later than that of the securities deliverable under the
call option. The principal reason for a portfolio to write an option on one or
more of its securities is to realize through the receipt of the premiums paid by
the purchaser of the option a greater current return than would be realized on
the underlying security alone. Calls on debt securities will not be written
when, in the opinion of The Prudential, interest rates are likely to decline
significantly, because under those circumstances the premium received by writing
the call likely would not fully offset the foregone appreciation in the value of
the underlying security.

These portfolios may also write straddles (i.e., a combination of a call and a
put written on the same security at the same strike price where the same issue
of the security is considered "cover" for both the put and the call). In such
cases, the portfolio will also segregate or deposit for the benefit of the
portfolio's broker cash or liquid high-grade debt obligations equivalent to the
amount, if any, by which the put is "in the money." It is contemplated that each
portfolio's use of straddles will be limited to 5% of the portfolio's net assets
(meaning that the securities used for cover or segregated as described above
will not exceed 5% of the portfolio's net assets at the time the straddle is
written). The writing of a call and a put on the same security at the same
strike price where the call and the put are covered by different securities is
not considered a straddle for purposes of this limit.

These portfolios may purchase "protective puts" in an effort to protect the
value of a security that it owns against a substantial decline in market value.
Protective puts are described in OPTIONS ON EQUITY SECURITIES, page 27. A
portfolio may wish to protect certain portfolio securities against a decline in
market value at a time when put options on those particular securities are not
available for purchase. A portfolio may therefore purchase a put option on
securities other than those it wishes to protect even though it does not hold
such other securities in its portfolio. While changes in the value of the put
option should generally offset changes in the value of the securities being
hedged, the correlation between the two values may not be as close in these
transactions as in transactions in which the portfolio purchases a put option on
an underlying security it owns.

These portfolios may also purchase call options on debt securities for hedging
or investment purposes. No portfolio currently intends to invest more than 5% of
its net assets at any one time in the purchase of call options on debt
securities. A portfolio may also purchase putable and callable debt securities,
which are securities coupled with a put or call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an exchange-traded option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may effect a "closing purchase transaction" or a "closing sale
transaction" in a manner similar to that discussed above in connection with
options on equity securities.

The staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the position that
purchased OTC options and the assets used as "cover" for written OTC options are
illiquid for purposes of a portfolio's 15% limitation on investment in illiquid
securities. However, pursuant to the terms of certain no-action letters issued
by the staff, the securities used as cover for written OTC options may be
considered liquid provided that the portfolio sells OTC options only to
qualified dealers who agree that the portfolio may repurchase any OTC option it
writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In such
cases, the OTC option would be considered illiquid only to the extent that the
maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the
option.

There are certain risks associated with the portfolios' transactions in debt
options, in addition to a risk that the market value of the security will move
adversely to the portfolio's option position. These risks, which relate
primarily to liquidity, are discussed in the statement of additional
information.

OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES

   
The Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios may purchase and sell put and
call options on stock indices traded on securities exchanges,
    

                                28 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



listed on NASDAQ or that result from privately negotiated transactions with
broker-dealers ("OTC options"). The Stock Index and Small Capitalization Stock
Portfolios may utilize options on stock indices by constructing "put/call"
combinations that are economically comparable to a long stock index futures
position, as described in the statement of additional information. Options on
stock indices are similar to options on stock except that, rather than the right
to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a stock
index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an
amount of cash if the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is
based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a
put, the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to such
difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the
option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple (the "multiplier"). The
writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make
delivery of this amount. Unlike stock options, all settlements are in cash, and
gain or loss depends on price movements in the stock market generally (or in a
particular industry or segment of the market) rather than price movements in
individual stocks.

The multiplier for an index option performs a function similar to the unit of
trading for a stock option. It determines the total dollar value per Contract of
each point in the difference between the exercise price of an option and the
current level of the underlying index. A multiplier of 100 means that a
one-point difference will yield $100. Options on different indices may have
different multipliers.

A portfolio will write only "covered" options on stock indices. The manner in
which these options are covered is discussed in the statement of additional
information.

These portfolios may purchase put and call options for hedging and investment
purposes. No portfolio intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any
time in the purchase of puts and calls on stock indices. A portfolio may effect
closing sale and purchase transactions involving options on stock indices, as
described above in connection with stock options.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES

   
The Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios may purchase and write put
and call options on foreign currencies traded on U.S. or foreign securities
exchanges or boards of trade for hedging purposes in a manner similar to that in
which forward foreign currency exchange contracts (discussed under FOREIGN
SECURITIES, page 26 and futures contracts on foreign currencies (discussed under
FUTURES CONTRACTS, page 30) will be employed. Options on foreign currencies are
similar to options on stock, except that the option holder has the right to take
or make delivery of a specified amount of foreign currency, rather than stock.
    

A portfolio may purchase and write options to hedge the portfolio's securities
denominated in foreign currencies. If there is a decline in the dollar value of
a foreign currency in which the portfolio's securities are denominated, the
dollar value of such securities will decline even though the foreign currency
value remains the same. To hedge against the decline of the foreign currency, a
portfolio may purchase put options on such foreign currency. If the value of the
foreign currency declines, the gain realized on the put option would offset, in
whole or in part, the adverse effect such decline would have on the value of the
portfolio's securities. Alternatively, a portfolio may write a call option on
the foreign currency. If the foreign currency declines, the option would not be
exercised and the decline in the value of the portfolio securities denominated
in such foreign currency would be offset in part by the premium the portfolio
received for the option.

If, on the other hand, the portfolio manager anticipates purchasing a foreign
security and also anticipates a rise in such foreign currency (thereby
increasing the cost of such security), a portfolio may purchase call options on
the foreign currency. The purchase of such options could offset, at least
partially, the effects of the adverse movements of the exchange rates.
Alternatively, a portfolio could write a put option on the currency and, if the
exchange rates move as anticipated, the option would expire unexercised.

A portfolio's successful use of currency exchange options on foreign currencies
depends upon the manager's ability to predict the direction of the currency
exchange markets and political conditions, which requires different skills and
techniques than predicting changes in the securities markets generally. For
instance, if the currency being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, the
corresponding appreciation of the portfolio's securities denominated in such
currency would be partially offset by the premiums paid on the options. Further,
if the currency exchange rate does not change, the portfolio net income would be
less than if the portfolio had not hedged since there are costs associated with
options.

The use of these options is subject to various additional risks. The correlation
between movements in the price of options and the price of the currencies being
hedged is imperfect. The use of these instruments will hedge only the currency
risks associated with investments in foreign securities, not market risks. The
portfolio's ability to establish and maintain positions will depend on market
liquidity. The ability of the portfolio to close out an option depends upon a
liquid secondary market. There is no assurance that liquid secondary markets
will exist for any particular option at any particular time.

                                29 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




FUTURES CONTRACTS

   
The Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Stock Index, Equity Income, Equity,
Prudential Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global, and Natural Resources
Portfolios may, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, attempt to
reduce the risk of investment in equity securities by hedging a portion of their
equity portfolios through the use of stock index futures contracts. A stock
index futures contract is an agreement in which the seller of the contract
agrees to deliver to the buyer an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar
amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the
close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the
agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is
made.

The Diversified Bond, Government Income, Conservative Balanced, Flexible
Managed, High Yield Bond, and Global Portfolios may, to the extent permitted by
applicable regulations, purchase and sell for hedging purpose futures contracts
on interest-bearing securities (such as U.S. Treasury bonds and notes) or
interest rate indices (referred to collectively as "interest rate futures
contracts").

The Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios may, to the extent permitted
by applicable regulations, purchase and sell futures contracts on foreign
currencies or groups of foreign currencies for hedging purposes.
    

When the futures contract is entered into, each party deposits with a broker or
in a segregated custodial account approximately 5% of the contract amount,
called the "initial margin." Subsequent payments to and from the broker, called
the "variation margin," will be made on a daily basis as the underlying
security, index or rate fluctuates making the long and short positions in the
futures contracts more or less valuable, a process known as "marking to the
market." The Board of Directors currently intends to limit futures trading so
that a portfolio will not enter into futures contracts or related options if the
aggregate initial margins and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of its
assets, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on
any such contracts and options.

A portfolio's successful use of futures contracts depends upon the investment
manager's ability to predict the direction of the relevant market. The
correlation between movement in the price of the futures contract and the price
of the securities or currencies being hedged is imperfect. The ability of a
portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a liquid secondary market.
There is no assurance that liquid secondary markets will exist for any
particular futures contract at any particular time.

OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS

   
To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law and federal regulations, the
Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Stock Index, Equity Income, Equity,
Prudential Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global and Natural Resources,
Portfolios may enter into certain transactions involving options on stock index
futures contracts; the Diversified Bond, Government Income, Conservative
Balanced, Flexible Managed High Yield Bond and Global Portfolios may enter into
certain transactions involving options on interest rate futures contracts; and
the Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Global and Natural Resources Portfolios may enter into certain
transactions involving options on foreign currency futures contracts. An option
on a futures contract gives the purchaser or holder the right, but not the
obligation, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the
option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified
price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer of the option is
required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short
position if the option is a call and long position if the option is a put). Upon
exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by the
writer and holder of the option will be accomplished by delivery of the
accumulated balance in the writer's futures margin account which represents the
amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds,
in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price
of the option on the futures contract. As an alternative to exercise, the holder
or writer of an option may terminate a position by selling or purchasing an
option of the same series. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions
can be effected. The Stock Index and Small Capitalization Stock Portfolios
intend to utilize options on stock index futures contracts by constructing
"put/call" combinations that are economically comparable to a long stock index
futures position, as described in the statement of additional information. The
other portfolios intend to utilize options on futures contracts for the same
purposes that they use the underlying futures contracts.
    

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND DOLLAR ROLLS

   
The Diversified Bond, Government Income and High Yield Bond Portfolios, as well
as the fixed income portions of the Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed
Portfolios, may use reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. The Money
Market Portfolio and the money market portion of any portfolio may use reverse
repurchase agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of
securities held by a portfolio with an agreement by the portfolio to repurchase
the same securities at an agreed upon price and date. During the reverse
repurchase period, the portfolio often continues to receive principal and
interest payments on the sold securities. The terms of each agreement reflect a
rate of interest for use of the funds for the period, and thus these agreements
have
    

                                30 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
the characteristics of borrowing by the portfolio. Dollar rolls involve sales by
a portfolio of securities for delivery in the current month with a simultaneous
contract to repurchase substantially similar securities (same type and coupon)
from the same party at an agreed upon price and date. During the roll period,
the portfolio forgoes principal and interest paid on the securities. A portfolio
is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the forward
price for the future purchase (often referred to as the "drop") as well as by
the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered roll"
is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position
or a cash equivalent security position which matures on or before the forward
settlement date of the dollar roll transaction. A portfolio will establish a
segregated account with its custodian in which it will maintain cash, U.S.
Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations equal in value
to its obligations in respect of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls.
Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls involve the risk that the market
value of the securities retained by the portfolio may decline below the price of
the securities the portfolio has sold but is obligated to repurchase under the
agreement. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase
agreement or dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the
portfolio's use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a
determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce
the portfolio's obligation to repurchase the securities. The Diversified Bond,
Government Income and High Yield Bond Portfolios, as well as the fixed income
portions of the Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios, will not
obligate more than 30% of their net assets in connection with reverse repurchase
agreements and dollar rolls. No other portfolio will obligate more than 10% of
its net assets in connection with reverse repurchase agreements.
    

WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES

   
From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Diversified Bond,
Government Income, Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, High Yield Bond,
Equity Income, Equity, Prudential Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global
and Natural Resources Portfolios may purchase or sell securities on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis, that is, delivery and payment can take
place a month or more after the date of the transaction. Each of these
portfolios will limit such purchases to those in which the date for delivery and
payment falls within 120 days of the date of the commitment. A portfolio will
make commitments for such when-issued transactions only with the intention of
actually acquiring the securities. A portfolio's custodian will maintain, in a
separate account, cash, U.S. Government securities or other high grade debt
obligations having a value equal to or greater than such commitments. If a
portfolio chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security
prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other
portfolio security, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuations.
    

In addition, the Money Market Portfolio and short-term portions of the other
portfolios may purchase money market securities on when-issued or delayed
delivery basis on the terms set forth in the Appendix to this prospectus.

SHORT SALES

   
The Diversified Bond, Government Income, Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed
and High Yield Bond Portfolios may sell securities they do not own in
anticipation of a decline in the market value of those securities ("short
sales"). To complete such a transaction, the portfolio will borrow the security
to make delivery to the buyer. The portfolio is then obligated to replace the
security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at the time of
replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which
the security was sold by the portfolio. Until the security is replaced, the
portfolio is required to pay to the lender any interest which accrues during the
period of the loan. To borrow the security the portfolio may be required to pay
a premium which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of
the short sale will be retained by the broker to the extent necessary to meet
margin requirements until the short position is closed out. Until the portfolio
replaces the borrowed security, it will (a) maintain in a segregated account
cash or U.S. Government securities at such a level that the amount deposited in
the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal
the current market value of the security sold short and will not be less than
the market value of the security at the time it was sold short or (b) otherwise
cover its short position.
    

The portfolio will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of
the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which
the portfolio replaces the borrowed security. The portfolio will realize a gain
if the security declines in price between those dates. This result is the
opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long position in a
security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss
will be increased, by the amount of any premium or interest paid in connection
with the short sale. No more than 25% of any portfolio's net assets will be,
when added together: (i) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace
securities borrowed to effect short sales and (ii) allocated to segregated
accounts in connection with short sales.

SHORT SALES AGAINST THE BOX

All portfolios (other than the Money Market and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios) may
make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, provided that at
all times when a short position is open the portfolio owns an equal

                                31 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable, with
or without payment of any further consideration, for an equal amount of the
securities of the same issuer as the securities sold short (a "short sale
against the box"); provided, that if further consideration is required in
connection with the conversion or exchange, cash or U.S. Government securities
in an amount equal to such consideration must be put in a segregated account.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS

   
The Diversified Bond, Government Income and High Yield Bond Portfolios and the
fixed income portions of the Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed
Portfolios may use interest rate swaps to increase or decrease a portfolio's
exposure to long- or short-term interest rates. No portfolio currently intends
to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in interest rate swaps.
For more information, see the statement of additional information.
    

LOANS OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

All of the portfolios except the Money Market Portfolio may from time to time
lend the securities they hold to broker-dealers, provided that such loans are
made pursuant to written agreements and are continuously secured by collateral
in the form of cash, U.S. Government securities or irrevocable standby letters
of credit in an amount equal to at least the market value at all times of the
loaned securities plus the accrued interest and dividends. During the time
securities are on loan, the portfolio will continue to receive the interest and
dividends or amounts equivalent thereto, on the loaned securities while
receiving a fee from the borrower or earning interest on the investment of the
cash collateral. The right to terminate the loan will be given to either party
subject to appropriate notice. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower will
return to the lender securities identical to the loaned securities. The
portfolio will not have the right to vote securities on loan, but would
terminate the loan and retain the right to vote if that were considered
important with respect to the investment.

The primary risk in lending securities is that the borrower may become insolvent
on a day on which the loaned security is rapidly advancing in price. In such
event, if the borrower fails to return the loaned securities, the existing
collateral might be insufficient to purchase back the full amount of the
security loaned, and the borrower would be unable to furnish additional
collateral. The borrower would be liable for any shortage; but the portfolio
would be an unsecured creditor with respect to such shortage and might not be
able to recover all or any of it. However, this risk may be minimized by a
careful selection of borrowers and securities to be lent and by monitoring
collateral.

No portfolio will lend securities to broker-dealers affiliated with The
Prudential, including Prudential Securities Incorporated. This will not affect a
portfolio's ability to maximize its securities lending opportunities.

                       INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE
                                TO THE PORTFOLIOS

The Series Fund is subject to certain investment restrictions which are
fundamental to the operations of the Series Fund and may not be changed except
with the approval of a majority vote (as defined under INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND
POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS on page 10) of the persons participating in the
affected portfolio.

The investments of the various portfolios are generally subject to certain
additional restrictions under state laws. In the event of future amendments to
the applicable statutes, each portfolio will comply, without the approval of the
shareholders, with the statutory requirements as so modified.

For a detailed discussion of investment restrictions applicable to the Series
Fund, see INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS in the statement of additional information.

                       INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS
                                  AND EXPENSES

The Series Fund has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with The
Prudential under which The Prudential will, subject to the direction of the
Board of Directors of the Series Fund, be responsible for the management of the
Series Fund, and provide investment advice and related services to each
portfolio. The directors, in addition to reviewing the actions of the Series
Fund's investment advisor, decide upon matters of general policy. The Series
Fund's officers conduct and supervise the daily business operations of the
Series Fund.

The Prudential, founded in 1875 under the laws of New Jersey, is subject to
regulation by the Department of Insurance of the State of New Jersey as well as
by the insurance departments of all the other states and jurisdictions in which
it does business. The Prudential is registered both as a broker-dealer under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and as an investment advisor under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Prudential's principal business address is
Prudential Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777.

                                32 - Series Fund


<PAGE>


   
The Prudential manages the assets that it owns as well as those of various
separate accounts established by The Prudential and those held by other
investment companies for which it acts as investment advisor. Total assets under
management as of December 31, 1995 were approximately $xxx billion which
includes approximately $xxx billion owned by The Prudential and approximately
$xx billion of external assets under The Prudential's management.

Subject to The Prudential's supervision, substantially all of the investment
advisory services provided to the Series Fund by The Prudential are furnished,
with respect to fourteen of the Series Fund's fifteen portfolios, by its
wholly-owned subsidiary PIC, pursuant to the Service Agreement between The
Prudential and PIC. The Agreement provides that a portion of the fee received by
The Prudential for providing investment advisory services will be paid to PIC.
The Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios are managed by PIC,
using a team of portfolio managers under the supervision of Theresa Hamacher and
Mark Stumpp, Managing Directors, PIC. Investment advisory services with respect
to the Prudential Jennison Portfolio provided by The Prudential are furnished by
another wholly-owned subsidiary, Jennison Associates Capital Corp. ("Jennison"),
pursuant to an Investment Subadvisory Agreement between The Prudential and
Jennison. That Agreement provides that a portion of the fee received by The
Prudential for providing investment advisory services to the Prudential Jennison
Portfolio will be paid to Jennison. PIC and Jennison are both registered as
investment advisors under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
    

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge, payable quarterly, equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio.

   
The investment management fee for the Stock Index Portfolio is equal to an
annual rate of 0.35% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. For the
Money Market, Diversified Bond, Government Income, Equity Income, Zero Coupon
Bond, and Small Capitalization Stock Portfolios that fee is equal to an annual
rate of 0.4% of the average daily net assets of each of the portfolios. For the
Equity and Natural Resources Portfolios, the fee is equal to an annual rate of
0.45% of the average daily net assets of each of the portfolios. The fee for the
Conservative Balanced and the High Yield Bond Portfolios is equal to an annual
rate of 0.55% of the average daily net assets of each of the portfolios. For the
Flexible Managed and Prudential Jennison Portfolios, the fee is equal to an
annual rate of 0.6% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. The fee
for the Global Portfolio is equal to an annual rate of 0.75% of the average
daily net assets of the portfolio.

For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Series Fund's total expenses were
0.xx% of the average net assets of the Series Fund's portfolios. The investment
management fee for that period constituted 0.xx% of the average net assets. For
further information about the expenses of the Series Fund, see INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES in the statement of additional information.
    

                        PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Shares in the Series Fund are currently offered continuously, without sales
charge, at prices equal to the respective net asset values of the portfolios,
only to the Accounts to fund benefits payable under the Contracts. The Series
Fund may at some later date also offer its shares to other separate accounts of
The Prudential or other insurers. Pruco Securities Corporation ("Prusec"), an
indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential, acts as the principal
underwriter of the Series Fund. Prusec's principal business address is 1111
Durham Avenue, South Plainfield, New Jersey 07080.

The Series Fund is required to redeem all full and fractional shares of the
Series Fund for cash within 7 days of receipt of proper notice of redemption.
The redemption price is the net asset value per share next determined after the
initial receipt of proper notice of redemption.

The right to redeem shares or to receive payment with respect to any redemption
may be suspended only for any period during which trading on the NYSE is
restricted as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission or when such
exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), for any
period during which an emergency exists as defined by the Securities and
Exchange Commission as a result of which disposal of a portfolio's securities or
determination of the net asset value of each portfolio is not reasonably
practicable, and for such other periods as the Securities and Exchange
Commission may by order permit for the protection of shareholders of each
portfolio.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value of the shares of each portfolio is determined once daily, as
of 4:15 p.m. New York City time (12:00 noon New York City time in the case of
the Money Market Portfolio) on each day during which the NYSE is open for
business. The NYSE is open for business Monday through Friday except for the
days on which the following holidays are observed: New Year's Day, Presidents'
Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day,

                                33 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. In the event the New York Stock
Exchange closes early on any business day, the net asset value of each portfolio
shall be determined at a time between such closing and 4:15 p.m. New York City
time. The net asset value per share of each portfolio except the Money Market
Portfolio is computed by adding the sum of the value of the securities held by
that portfolio plus any cash or other assets it holds, subtracting all its
liabilities, and dividing the result by the total number of shares outstanding
of that portfolio at such time. Expenses, including the investment management
fee payable to The Prudential, are accrued daily.

In determining the net asset value of the Diversified Bond, Government Income
and High Yield Bond Portfolios, securities (other than debt obligations with
remaining maturities of less than 60 days, which are valued at amortized cost)
will be valued utilizing an independent pricing service to determine valuations
for normal institutional size trading units of securities. The pricing service
considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities, call features,
ratings, and developments relating to specific securities in arriving at
securities valuations.
    

The net asset value of shares of the Money Market Portfolio will normally remain
at $10 per share, because the net investment income of this portfolio (including
realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio holdings) will be declared
as a dividend each time the portfolio's net income is determined, see DIVIDENDS,
DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES, page 35. If in the view of the Board of Directors of
the Series Fund it is inadvisable to continue to maintain the net asset value of
the Money Market Portfolio at $10 per share, the Board reserves the right to
alter the procedure. The Series Fund will notify shareholders of any such
alteration.

   
All short-term debt obligations in the Money Market Portfolio of 397 days'
maturity or less are valued on an amortized cost basis. This means that each
obligation will be valued initially at its purchase price and thereafter by
amortizing any discount or premium uniformly to maturity, regardless of the
impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the obligation. This
highly practical method of valuation is in widespread use and almost always
results in a value that is extremely close to the actual market value. In order
to continue to utilize the amortized cost method of valuation, the Money Market
Portfolio may not purchase any security with a remaining maturity of more than
397 days and must maintain a dollar-weighted average of portfolio maturity of 90
days or less. In the event of sizeable changes in interest rates, however, the
value determined by this method may be higher or lower than the price that would
be received if the obligation were sold. The Board of Directors has established
procedures to determine whether, on these occasions, if any should occur, the
deviation might be enough to affect the value of shares in the portfolio by more
than 1/2 of one percent, and, if it does, an appropriate adjustment will be made
in the value of the obligations. The portfolio may only be invested in
securities of high quality as described in detail in the Appendix to this
prospectus.

The net asset value of the Stock Index, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global and Natural Resources Portfolios
will be determined in the following manner. Any security for which the primary
market is on an exchange is generally valued at the last sale price on such
exchange as of the close of the NYSE (which is currently 4:00 p.m. New York City
time) or, in the absence of recorded sales, at the mean between the most
recently quoted bid and asked prices. NASDAQ National Market System equity
securities are valued at the last sale price or, if there was no sale on such
day, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices. Other
over-the-counter equity securities are valued at the mean between the most
recently quoted bid and asked prices. Convertible debt securities that are
actively traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities for
which the primary market is believed to be over-the-counter, are valued at the
mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices. Corporate bonds
(other than convertible debt securities) and Government bonds held by the Equity
Income and Natural Resources Portfolios are valued on the same basis as
securities in the Diversified Bond and High Yield Bond Portfolios, as described
above. Short-term debt instruments which mature in less than 60 days are valued
at amortized cost. For valuation purposes, quotations of foreign securities in a
foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.
    

Generally, trading in foreign securities, as well as corporate bonds, U.S.
Government securities, and money market instruments, is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. The value of any such
securities is determined as of such times for purposes of computing a
portfolio's net asset value. Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally
determined prior to the close of the NYSE. If an extraordinary event occurs
after the close of an exchange on which that security is traded, the security
will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the applicable
portfolio manager under procedures established by and under the general
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

   
In determining the net asset value of each of the Balanced Portfolios, the
method of valuation of a security depends on the type of investment involved.
Intermediate or long-term fixed income securities are valued in the same way as
such securities in the Diversified Bond Portfolio, and common stocks and
convertible debt securities are valued in the same way as such securities are
valued in the Equity Portfolio. Short-term debt obligations with a maturity of
12 months or less are valued on an amortized cost basis in accordance with an
order obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each Balanced
Portfolio must maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity for its short-term
debt obligations of 120 days or less. As discussed above in connection with the
Money Market Portfolio, the values determined by the amortized cost method may
deviate from market value under certain
    

                                34 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



circumstances. The Board of Directors has established procedures to monitor
whether any material deviation occurs and, if so, will promptly consider what
action, if any, should be initiated to prevent unfair results to Contract
owners. The short-term portion of these portfolios may be invested only in high
quality instruments, as described in the Appendix to this prospectus.

In determining the net asset value of shares of Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000
and 2005, securities (other than debt obligations with maturities of less than
60 days, which are valued at amortized cost) will be valued utilizing an
independent pricing service to determine valuations for normal institutional
size trading units of securities. The pricing service considers such factors as
security prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings, and developments
relating to specific securities in arriving at securities valuations.

   
With respect to all the portfolios which utilize such investments, options on
stock and stock indices traded on national securities exchanges are valued at
the average of the bid and asked prices as of the close of the respective
exchange (which is currently 4:10 p.m. New York City time). Futures contracts
and options thereon are valued at the last sale price at the close of the
applicable commodities exchanges or board of trade (which is currently 4:15 p.m.
New York City time) or, if there was no sale on the applicable commodities
exchange or board of trade on such day, at the mean between the most recently
quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange or board of trade.
    

Securities or assets for which market quotations are not readily available will
be valued at fair value as determined by The Prudential under the direction of
the Board of Directors of the Series Fund.

At the beginning of each week, after the net asset value of each Zero Coupon
Bond Portfolio has been determined, The Prudential will calculate the compounded
annual yield that would result if all securities in the portfolio were held
until the liquidation date or until their maturity dates, if earlier (with the
proceeds reinvested until the liquidation date). This is the predicted yield for
that date. It can also be expressed as the amount to which a premium payment of
$10,000 is predicted to grow by the portfolio's liquidation date. The Prudential
will furnish both of these numbers on request. Unless there is a significant
change in the general level of interest rates -- in which case a recalculation
will be made -- the predicted yield is not likely to vary materially over the
course of each week.

                       DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

The Series Fund intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company
under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Under such
provisions, the Series Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on the
part of its net ordinary income and net realized capital gains that it
distributes to the Accounts. The Series Fund intends to meet the requirements
for treatment as a regulated investment company both on a portfolio-by-portfolio
basis and for the Series Fund as a whole. The Series Fund's compliance with
those requirements may prevent a portfolio from utilizing options and futures
contracts as much as the portfolio manager might otherwise believe to be
desirable.

The Series Fund intends to distribute as dividends substantially all the net
investment income, if any, of each portfolio. For dividend purposes, net
investment income of each portfolio, other than the Money Market Portfolio and
the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios, will consist of all payments of dividends
(other than stock dividends) or interest received by such portfolio less the
estimated expenses of such portfolio (including fees payable to the Investment
Manager). Net investment income of the Money Market Portfolio consists of: (i)
interest accrued and/or discount earned (including both original issue and
market discount); (ii) plus or minus all realized and unrealized gains and
losses; (iii) less the expenses of the portfolio (including the fees payable to
the Investment Manager). The Internal Revenue Service has ruled that the owner
of a zero coupon bond, for federal income tax purposes, realizes taxable
interest each year equal to a portion of the difference between the face value
of the zero coupon bond and its purchase price. For dividend purposes, the net
investment income of each Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio will be equal to the sum of
such taxable interest realized by such portfolio and the interest upon the
interest-bearing securities less the estimated expenses of the portfolio.
Therefore, each portfolio may be required to distribute more cash than it
actually has received. Each portfolio will raise the cash necessary to make such
distributions by selling securities or from interest income. This may require
the portfolio to sell securities when it would not do so for investment reasons,
and may cause the portfolio to realize additional gains. The Contract owner is
not subject to federal or state income taxes on distributions from the Series
Fund portfolios to the corresponding subaccounts.

Dividends on the Money Market Portfolio will be declared and reinvested daily in
additional full and fractional shares of the portfolio. Shares will begin
accruing dividends on the day following the date on which they are issued.
Dividends from investment income of the other portfolios will normally be
declared and reinvested in additional full and fractional shares
quarter-annually.

                                35 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




The Series Fund will also declare and distribute annually all net realized
capital gains of the Series Fund-other than short-term gains of the Money Market
Portfolio, which are declared as dividends daily.

The Code generally imposes a 4% excise tax on a portion of the undistributed
income of a regulated investment company if that company fails to distribute
required percentages of its ordinary income and capital gain net income. The
Series Fund intends to employ practices that will eliminate or minimize the
imposition of this excise tax.

In addition, Section 817(h) of the Code requires that assets underlying variable
life insurance and variable annuity contracts must meet certain diversification
requirements if the contracts are to qualify as life insurance and annuity
contracts. The diversification requirements ordinarily must be met within 1 year
after Contract owner funds are first allocated to the particular portfolio, and
within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter thereafter. In order to
meet the diversification requirements set forth in Treasury Regulations issued
pursuant to Section 817(h), each portfolio must meet one of two alternative
tests. Under the first test, no more than 55% of the portfolio's assets can be
invested in any one investment; no more than 70% of the assets can be invested
in any two investments; no more than 80% of the assets can be invested in any
three investments; and no more than 90% can be invested in any four investments.
Under the second test, the portfolio must meet the tax law diversification
requirements for a regulated investment company and no more than 55% of the
value of the portfolio's assets can be invested in cash, cash items, Government
securities, and securities of other regulated investment companies. A third test
is available for portfolios that underlie only variable life insurance
contracts, such as the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios. Under this test, such
portfolios can be invested without limit in Treasury securities and, where the
portfolio is invested in part in Treasury securities, the percentages of the
first test are revised and applied to the portion of the portfolio not invested
in Treasury securities.

For purposes of determining whether a variable account is adequately
diversified, each United States Government agency or instrumentality is treated
as a separate issuer for purposes of determining whether a variable account is
adequately diversified. The Series Fund's compliance with the diversification
requirements will generally limit the amount of assets that may be invested in
federally insured certificates of deposit and all types of securities issued or
guaranteed by each United States Government agency or instrumentality.

The Global Portfolio may be required to pay withholding or other taxes to
foreign governments. If so, the taxes will reduce the portfolio's dividends.
Foreign tax withholding from dividends and interest (if any) is typically set at
a rate between 10% and 15%. While Contract owners will thus bear the cost of
foreign tax withholding, they will not be able to claim a foreign tax credit or
deduction for foreign taxes paid by the portfolio.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions
of the Code and Treasury Regulations currently in effect. For the complete
provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and the
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The Code and these Regulations are
subject to change by legislative or administrative actions.

                  OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND

INCORPORATION AND AUTHORIZED STOCK

   
The Series Fund was incorporated under Maryland law on November 15, 1982. The
authorized Capital Stock of the Series Fund consists of 2 billion shares, par
value $0.01 per share. The shares of Capital Stock are divided into fifteen
classes: Money Market Portfolio Capital Stock (225 million shares), Diversified
Bond Portfolio Capital Stock (200 million shares), Government Income Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million shares), Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio 2000 Capital
Stock (25 million shares), Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio 2005 Capital Stock (50
million shares), Conservative Balanced Portfolio Capital Stock (300 million
shares), Flexible Managed Portfolio Capital Stock (300 million shares), High
Yield Bond Portfolio Capital Stock (100 million shares), Stock Index Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million shares), Equity Income Portfolio Capital Stock (100
million shares), Common Stock Portfolio Capital Stock (200 million shares),
Prudential Jennison Portfolio Capital Stock (50 million shares), Small
Capitalization Stock Portfolio Capital Stock (50 million shares), Global
Portfolio Capital Stock (100 million shares), Natural Resources Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million shares). The shares of each portfolio, when issued,
will be fully paid and non-assessable, will have no conversion, exchange or
similar rights, and will be freely transferable.
    

Each share of stock will have a pro rata interest in the assets of the portfolio
to which the stock of that class relates and will have no interest in the assets
of any other portfolio. Holders of shares of any portfolio are entitled to
redeem their shares as set forth under PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES, page
33.

   
The Prudential provided the initial capital for the Series Fund by purchasing
$5,000,000 worth of shares of each of the Money Market and Diversified Bond
Portfolios, $300,000 worth of shares of the Equity Portfolio, $2,500,000 worth
of shares of the Conservative Balanced Portfolio, and $3,000,000 worth of shares
of the Flexible Managed Portfolio. In addition, The Prudential has since
purchased $20,000,000 worth of shares of the High Yield Bond Portfolio;
$25,000,000 worth of shares of the Stock Index and Global Portfolios; $5,000,000
worth of shares of each of the Zero Coupon Bond, Equity Income, and Natural
Resources Portfolios; $10,000,000
    

                                36 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
worth of shares of the Government Income Portfolio; $10,000,000 worth of shares
of the Prudential Jennison Portfolio; and $10,000,000 worth of shares of the
Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio. Such shares were acquired to enable the
portfolios to avoid an unrealistically poor investment performance that might
otherwise result because the amounts available for investment were too small.
These shares were acquired for investment and can be disposed of only by
redemption. They will not be redeemed by The Prudential until the other assets
of the portfolios are large enough so that redemption will not have an adverse
effect upon investment performance. From the inception of the respective
portfolios through December 31, 1995, The Prudential has redeemed a total of
$5,062,001 worth of shares from the Money Market Portfolio, $7,752,850 worth of
shares from the Diversified Bond Portfolio, $11,056,195 worth of shares from the
Government Income Portfolio, $8,805,910 worth of shares from the Zero Coupon
Bond 1990 Portfolio, $X,XXX,XXX worth of shares of the Zero Coupon Bond
Portfolio 1995, $7,050,071 worth of shares from the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio
2005, $3,825,023 worth of shares from the Conservative Balanced Portfolio,
$4,645,305 worth of shares from the Flexible Managed Portfolio, $21,444,384
worth of shares from the High Yield Bond Portfolio, $31,019,279 worth of shares
from the Stock Index Portfolio, $6,346,935 worth of shares from the Equity
Income Portfolio, $304,065 worth of shares from the Equity Portfolio, and
$6,341,486 worth of shares from the Natural Resources Portfolio (these amounts
reflect total redemption of the shares purchased by The Prudential). In
addition, The Prudential has redeemed $x,xxx,xxx worth of shares from the Zero
Coupon Bond Portfolio 2000, and $xx,xxx,xxx worth of shares from the Global
Portfolio (these amounts reflect partial redemption of the shares purchased by
The Prudential). The Prudential will vote its shares in the same manner and in
the same proportion as the shares held in the Accounts, which generally are
voted in accordance with instructions of Contract owners.
    

VOTING RIGHTS

The voting rights of Contract owners, and limitations on those rights, are
explained in the accompanying prospectus for the Contracts. The Prudential and
certain other insurers with separate accounts which invest in the Series Fund,
as the owners of the assets in the Accounts, vote all of the shares of the
Series Fund, but they will generally do so in accordance with the instructions
of Contract owners pursuant to the current SEC requirements and staff
interpretations regarding pass-through voting. Under certain circumstances,
however, the Companies may disregard voting instructions received from Contract
owners. The Series Fund does not hold annual meetings of shareholders in any
year in which it is not required to do so either under Maryland law or the
Investment Company Act of 1940. For additional information describing how the
Companies will vote the shares of the Series Fund, see VOTING RIGHTS in the
accompanying prospectus for the Contracts.

MONITORING FOR POSSIBLE CONFLICT

As stated above, Series Fund shares will be sold to separate accounts of The
Prudential and certain other insurers to fund both variable life insurance and
variable annuity contracts. The Board of Directors of the Series Fund intends to
monitor events for the existence of any material conflict between the interests
of variable life insurance and variable annuity contract owners. The Companies
have agreed to be responsible for reporting any potential or existing conflicts
to the Board of Directors. Moreover, the Companies have agreed to be
responsible, at their cost, to remedy any material irreconcilable conflict up to
and including establishing a new registered management investment company and
segregating the assets underlying the variable life insurance and variable
annuity contracts.

PERIODIC REPORTS

The Series Fund will send each shareholder, at least annually, statements
showing as of a specified date the number of shares in each portfolio credited
to the shareholder. The Series Fund will also send Contract owners annual and
semi-annual reports showing the financial condition of the portfolios and the
investments held in each. The annual report may take the form of an updated copy
of this prospectus and its accompanying statement of additional information.

PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE AND RELATED PRACTICES

   
The Prudential is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the
portfolios, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and
the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. Transactions on a stock
exchange in equity securities will be executed primarily through brokers that
will receive a commission paid by the portfolio. The Money Market, Diversified
Bond, High Yield Bond, Government Income, and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios, on
the other hand, will not normally incur any brokerage commissions. Fixed income
securities, as well as equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market,
are generally traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as principals for
their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the
security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings,
securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of
compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter's
concession or discount. Certain of these securities may also be purchased
directly from an issuer, in which case neither commissions nor discounts are
paid.
    

                                37 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




An affiliated broker may be employed to execute brokerage transactions on behalf
of the portfolios, as long as the commissions are reasonable and fair compared
to the commissions received by other brokers in connection with comparable
transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a
securities exchange during a comparable period of time. The Series Fund may not
engage in any transactions in which The Prudential or its affiliates, including
Prudential Securities Incorporated, acts as principal, including
over-the-counter purchases and negotiated trades in which such a party acts as a
principal. Additional information about portfolio brokerage and related
transactions is included in the statement of additional information.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

Chemical Bank, 4 New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004 is the custodian of the
assets held by all the portfolios, except the Global Portfolio, and is
authorized to use the facilities of the Depository Trust Company and the
facilities of the book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Bank with respect to
securities held by these portfolios. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("Brown
Brothers"), 40 Water Street, Boston, MA 02109, is the custodian of the assets of
the Global Portfolio. Brown Brothers employs subcustodians, who were approved by
the directors of the Series Fund in accordance with regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, for the purpose of providing custodial
service for the Global Portfolio's foreign assets held outside the United
States. Morgan Guaranty Trust Company, 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10260 is the
custodian of the assets held in connection with repurchase agreements entered
into by the portfolios and is authorized to use the facilities of the book-entry
system of the Federal Reserve Bank. The directors of the Series Fund monitor the
activities of the custodians and the subcustodians.

The Prudential is the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for the
Series Fund. The Prudential's principal business address is Prudential Plaza,
Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This prospectus and the statement of additional Information referred to on the
cover page do not contain all the information set forth in the registration
statement, certain portions of which have been omitted pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The omitted information
may be obtained from the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C., upon
payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission.

For further information, shareholders may also contact the Series Fund's office,
the address and phone number of which are set forth on the cover of this
prospectus.

                                38 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



                                                                        APPENDIX

                 SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                              MAY CURRENTLY INVEST

The Money Market Portfolio, and the other portfolios to the extent their
investment policies so provide, may invest in the following liquid, short-term,
debt securities regularly bought and sold by financial institutions:

1. U.S. Treasury Bills and other obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. These are debt securities
(including bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes, and bonds) issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S.
Government that is established under the authority of an act of Congress.
Although all obligations of agencies and instrumentalities are not direct
obligations of the U.S. Treasury, payment of the interest and principal on them
is generally backed directly or indirectly by the U.S. Government. This support
can range from the backing of the full faith and credit of the United States, to
U.S. Treasury guarantees or to the backing solely of the issuing instrumentality
itself. Securities which are not backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States include but are not limited to obligations of the Tennessee Valley
Authority, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation, and the United States Postal Service, each of which has
the right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations, and
obligations of the Federal Farm Credit System and the Federal Home Loan Banks,
the obligations of which may only be satisfied by the individual credit of the
issuing agency. Obligations of the Government National Mortgage Association, the
Farmers Home Administration, and the Export-Import Bank are examples of
securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

2. Obligations (including certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances, and
time deposits) of domestic banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches
of foreign banks, and foreign offices of foreign banks provided that such bank
has, at the time of the portfolio's investment, total assets of at least $1
billion or the equivalent. Obligations of any savings and loan association or
savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,
provided that such association or savings bank has, at the time of the
portfolio's investment, total assets of at least $1 billion. The term
"certificates of deposit" includes both Eurodollar certificates of deposit,
which are traded in the over-the-counter market, and Eurodollar time deposits,
for which there is generally not a market. "Eurodollars" are dollars deposited
in banks outside the United States. An investment in Eurodollar instruments
involves risks that are different in some respects from an investment in debt
obligations of domestic issuers, including future political and economic
developments such as possible expropriation or confiscatory taxation that might
adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on the Eurodollar
instruments.

"Certificates of deposit" are certificates evidencing the indebtedness of a
commercial bank to repay funds deposited with it for a definite period of time
(usually from 14 days to 1 year). "Bankers' acceptances" are credit instruments
evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft which has been drawn on it by
a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the
drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. "Time deposits"
are non-negotiable deposits in a bank for a fixed period of time.

3. Commercial paper, variable amount demand master notes, bills, notes, and
other obligations issued by a U.S. company, a foreign company or a foreign
government, its agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions,
denominated in U.S. dollars, and, at the date of investment, rated at least A or
A-2 by Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P"), A or Prime-2 by Moody's Investors
Service ("Moody's") or, if not rated, issued by an entity having an outstanding
unsecured debt issue rated at least A or A-2 by S&P or A or Prime-2 by Moody's.
A description of corporate bond ratings is contained in the Appendix to the
statement of additional information. If such obligations are guaranteed or
supported by a letter of credit issued by a bank, such bank (including a foreign
bank) must meet the requirements set forth in paragraph 2 above. If such
obligations are guaranteed or insured by an insurance company or other non-bank
entity, such insurance company or other non-bank entity must represent a credit
of high quality, as determined by the Series Fund's investment adviser under the
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

As stated above in paragraphs 2 and 3, the Money Market Portfolio and short-term
portions of the other portfolios may contain obligations of foreign branches of
domestic banks and domestic branches of foreign banks, as well as commercial
paper, bills, notes, and other obligations issued in the United States by
foreign issuers, including foreign governments, their agencies, and
instrumentalities. This involves certain additional risks. These risks include
future political and economic developments in the country of the issuer, the
possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest income payable on such
obligations held by the Series Fund, the possible seizure or nationalization of
foreign deposits, and the possible establishment of exchange controls or other
foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely the
payment of principal and interest on such obligations held by the Series Fund.
In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign
issuer than about a domestic one, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the
same accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards, and
requirements as domestic issuers. Securities issued by foreign issuers may

                                A1 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



be subject to greater fluctuations in price than securities issued by U.S.
entities. Finally, in the event of a default with respect to any such foreign
debt obligations, it may be more difficult for the Series Fund to obtain or to
enforce a judgment against the issuers of such securities.

4. Repurchase Agreements. When the Money Market Portfolio purchases money market
securities of the types described above, it may on occasion enter into a
repurchase agreement with the seller wherein the seller and the buyer agree at
the time of sale to a repurchase of the security at a mutually agreed upon time
and price. The period of maturity is usually quite short, possibly overnight or
a few days, although it may extend over a number of months. The resale price is
in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon market rate effective
for the period of time the portfolio's money is invested in the security, and is
not related to the coupon rate of the purchased security. Repurchase agreements
may be considered loans of money to the seller of the underlying security, which
are collateralized by the securities underlying the repurchase agreement. The
Series Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements unless the agreement is
"fully collateralized" (i.e., the value of the securities is, and during the
entire term of the agreement remains, at least equal to the amount of the "loan"
including accrued interest). The Series Fund will take possession of the
securities underlying the agreement and will value them daily to assure that
this condition is met. The Series Fund has adopted standards for the parties
with whom it will enter into repurchase agreements which it believes are
reasonably designed to assure that such a party presents no serious risk of
becoming involved in bankruptcy proceedings within the time frame contemplated
by the repurchase agreement. In the event that a seller defaults on a repurchase
agreement, the Series Fund may incur a loss in the market value of the
collateral, as well as disposition costs; and, if a party with whom the Series
Fund had entered into a repurchase agreement becomes involved in bankruptcy
proceedings, the Series Fund's ability to realize on the collateral may be
limited or delayed and a loss may be incurred if the collateral securing the
repurchase agreement declines in value during the bankruptcy proceedings.

The Series Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with The Prudential or
its affiliates, including Prudential Securities Incorporated. This will not
affect the Series Fund's ability to maximize its opportunities to engage in
repurchase agreements.

   
5. Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Money Market Portfolio may use reverse
repurchase agreements, which are described on page 30 of the prospectus. No
portfolio may obligate more than 10% of its net assets in connection with
reverse repurchase agreements, except that the Diversified Bond, High Yield
Bond, and Government Income Portfolios, as well as the fixed income portions of
the Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios, may obligate up to
30% of their net assets in connection with reverse repurchase agreements and
dollar rolls.
    

6. When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities. From time to time, in the
ordinary course of business, the Money Market Portfolio may purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis (i.e., delivery and payment can take
place a month or more after the date of the transaction). The purchase price and
the interest rate payable on the securities are fixed on the transaction date.
The securities so purchased are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest
accrues to the portfolio until delivery and payment take place. At the time the
portfolio makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or
delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction and thereafter reflect
the value, each day, of such securities in determining its net asset value. The
portfolio will make commitments for when-issued transactions only with the
intention of actually acquiring the securities and, to facilitate such
acquisitions, the Series Fund's custodian bank will maintain in a separate
account securities of the portfolio having a value equal to or greater than such
commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the portfolio will meet
its obligations from maturities or sales of the securities held in the separate
account and/or from then available cash flow. If the portfolio chooses to
dispose of the right to acquire a when issued security prior to its acquisition,
it could, as with the disposition of any other obligation, incur a gain or loss
due to market fluctuation. No when-issued commitments will be made if, as a
result, more than 15% of the portfolio's net assets would be so committed.

The Board of Directors of the Series Fund has adopted policies for the Money
Market Portfolio to conform to amendments of an SEC rule applicable to money
market funds, like the portfolio. These policies do not apply to any other
portfolio. The policies are as follows: (1) The portfolio will not invest more
than 5% of its assets in the securities of any one issuer (except U.S.
Government securities); however, the portfolio may exceed the 5% limit with
respect to a single security rated in the highest rating category for up to
three business days after the purchase thereof; (2) To be eligible for
investment, a security must be a United States dollar-denominated instrument
that the Series Fund's Board has determined to present minimal credit risks and
must be rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two
nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs") assigning a
rating to the security or issue, or if only one NRSRO has assigned a rating,
that NRSRO. An unrated security must be deemed to be of comparable quality as
determined by the Series Fund's Board. In other words, the portfolio will invest
in only first tier or second tier securities. First tier securities are
securities which are rated by at least two NRSROs, or by the only NRSRO that has
rated the security, in the highest short-term rating category, or unrated
securities of comparable quality as determined by the Series Fund's Board.

                                A2 - Series Fund


<PAGE>


Second tier securities are eligible securities that are not first tier
securities; (3) The portfolio will not invest more than 5% of its total assets
in second tier securities; (4) The portfolio may not invest more than 1% of its
assets in second tier securities of any one issuer; (5) In the event a first
tier security held by the portfolio is downgraded and becomes a second tier
security, or in the case of an unrated security the Series Fund's Board
determines it is no longer of comparable quality to a first tier security, or in
the event The Prudential becomes aware that a NRSRO has rated a second tier
security or an unrated portfolio security below its second highest rating, the
Board will reassess promptly whether the security presents minimal credit risks
and shall cause the portfolio to take such action as the Board determines is in
the best interests of the portfolio and its shareholders; (6) In the event of a
default or because of a rating downgrade a security held in the portfolio is no
longer an eligible investment, the portfolio will sell the security as soon as
practicable unless the Series Fund's Board makes a specific finding that such
action would not be in the best interest of the portfolio; and (7) The
portfolio's dollar-weighted average maturity will be no more than 90 days. The
Series Fund's Board of Directors has adopted written procedures delegating to
the investment advisor under certain guidelines the responsibility to make
several of the above-described determinations, including certain credit quality
determinations.

                                A3 - Series Fund
<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS

   
May 1, 1996
    

THE PRUDENTIAL 

SERIES FUND, INC.

THIS  PROSPECTUS  IS  FOR  USE  ONLY  WITH  THE  PRUDENTIAL   VARIABLE  CONTRACT
ACCOUNT-24, AS IT DESCRIBES ONLY THE PORTFOLIOS AVAILABLE FOR INVESTMENT THROUGH
THAT ACCOUNT.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION  WITH THE CURRENT
PROSPECTUS FOR THE PRUDENTIAL VARIABLE CONTRACT ACCOUNT-24.

   
The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund") is a diversified,  open-end
management  investment  company  (commonly  known as a  "mutual  fund")  that is
intended  to provide a range of  investment  alternatives  through  its  fifteen
separate  portfolios,  each of which is, for  investment  purposes,  in effect a
separate fund. Seven of the Series Fund's Portfolios are currently available for
investment  by   Participants  in   Prudential's   MEDLEY(sm)   Program  through
corresponding  subaccounts of The Prudential Variable Contract  Account-24.  The
Portfolios are: the Diversified Bond Portfolio, the Government Income Portfolio,
the Conservative Balanced Portfolio,  the Flexible Managed Portfolio,  the Stock
Index Portfolio,  the Equity  Portfolio,  and the Global  Portfolio.  A separate
class of capital stock is issued for each  portfolio.  Shares of the Series Fund
are currently sold only to separate  accounts (the "Accounts") of The Prudential
Insurance  Company of America ("The  Prudential")  and certain other insurers to
fund the benefits under variable life insurance and variable  annuity  contracts
(the  "Contracts")  issued by those Companies.  The Accounts invest in shares of
the Series Fund through  subaccounts  that  correspond  to the  portfolios.  The
Accounts  will  redeem  shares of the  Series  Fund to the extent  necessary  to
provide  benefits  under the  Contracts  or for such  other  purposes  as may be
consistent with the Contracts.
    

           ----------------------------------------------------------

THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE SEVEN PORTFOLIOS CAN BE FOUND ON THE NEXT PAGE.

           ----------------------------------------------------------

   
Information  contained  in  this  prospectus  should  be  read  carefully  by  a
prospective investor before an investment is made. Additional  information about
the Series Fund has been filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission in a
statement of additional  information,  dated May 1, 1996,  which  information is
incorporated  herein by reference and is available  without  charge upon written
request to The Prudential  Insurance Company of America,  c/o Prudential Defined
Contribution Services, 30 Scranton Office Park, Moosic, Pennsylvania 18507-1789,
or by telephoning 1 (800) 458-6333.
    

           ----------------------------------------------------------


PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND KEEP IT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                        The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                            Telephone: (800) 445-4571

   
PSF-1A Ed 5-96
    


<PAGE>



             INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIOS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIOS

   
Diversified Bond Portfolio (formerly the Bond Portfolio). A high level of income
over the  longer  term while  providing  reasonable  safety of  capital  through
investment  primarily in readily  marketable  intermediate  and long-term  fixed
income securities that provide attractive yields but do not involve  substantial
risk of loss of capital through default.

Government  Income  Portfolio  (formerly the Government  Securities  Portfolio).
Achievement of a high level of income over the longer term  consistent  with the
preservation  of  capital  through  investment   primarily  in  U.S.  Government
securities,  including  intermediate and long-term U.S. Treasury  securities and
debt  obligations  issued  by  agencies  of  or  instrumentalities  established,
sponsored or guaranteed by the U.S. Government. At least 65% of the total assets
of the portfolio will be invested in U.S. Government securities.
    

BALANCED PORTFOLIOS

   
Conservative  Balanced Portfolio  (formerly the Conservatively  Managed Flexible
Portfolio). Achievement of a favorable total investment return consistent with a
portfolio having a conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed
income securities,  and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment
manager to be appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment
who  prefers a  relatively  lower  risk of loss than  that  associated  with the
Flexible  Managed  Portfolio while  recognizing that this reduces the chances of
greater appreciation.

Flexible  Managed   Portfolio   (formerly  the  Aggressively   Managed  Flexible
Portfolio).  Achievement  of a high total  return  consistent  with a  portfolio
having an  aggressively  managed mix of money market  instruments,  fixed income
securities, and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment manager
to be appropriate for an investor desiring  diversification of investment who is
willing  to accept a  relatively  high  level of loss in an  effort  to  achieve
greater appreciation.
    

DIVERSIFIED STOCK  PORTFOLIOS

Stock Index Portfolio.  Achievement of investment results that correspond to the
price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in the aggregate by
following a policy of attempting to duplicate the price and yield performance of
the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.

   
Equity Portfolio  (formerly the Common Stock  Portfolio).  Capital  appreciation
through  investment  primarily in common  stocks of companies,  including  major
established  corporations  as well as  smaller  capitalization  companies,  that
appear to offer attractive  prospects of price  appreciation that is superior to
broadly-based stock indices. Current income, if any, is incidental.

Global  Portfolio  (formerly the Global Equity  Portfolio).  Long-term growth of
capital  through   investment   primarily  in  common  stock  and  common  stock
equivalents  of  foreign  and  domestic  issuers.  Current  income,  if any,  is
incidental.
    

There can be no assurance that the objectives of any portfolio will be realized.
See  INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE  PORTFOLIOS,  page 5. The Series
Fund may in the future  establish  other  portfolios  with different  investment
objectives.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            CONTENTS

                                                                                                                            Page

<S>                                                                                                                           <C>
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS...........................................................................................................1

THE SERIES FUND................................................................................................................5

THE ACCOUNTS AND THE CONTRACTS.................................................................................................5

INVESTMENT MANAGER.............................................................................................................5

   
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS...........................................................................5
         Fixed Income Portfolios...............................................................................................6
         Diversified Bond Portfolio............................................................................................6
         Government Income Portfolio...........................................................................................6
         Balanced Portfolios...................................................................................................9
         Conservative Balanced Portfolio.......................................................................................9
         Flexible Managed Portfolio...........................................................................................10
         Diversified Stock Portfolios.........................................................................................11
         Stock Index Portfolio................................................................................................11
         Equity Portfolio.....................................................................................................12
         Global Portfolio.....................................................................................................13
         Convertible Securities...............................................................................................14
         Foreign Securities...................................................................................................14
         Options on Equity Securities.........................................................................................15
         Options on Debt Securities...........................................................................................16
         Options on Stock Indices.............................................................................................17
         Options on Foreign Currencies........................................................................................17
         Futures Contracts....................................................................................................18
         Options on Futures Contracts.........................................................................................18
         Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.......................................................................19
         When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities..........................................................................19
         Short Sales..........................................................................................................19
         Short Sales Against the Box..........................................................................................20
         Interest Rate Swaps..................................................................................................20
         Loans of Portfolio Securities........................................................................................20

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PORTFOLIOS..........................................................................20

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES...............................................................................21

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES.............................................................................................21

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..............................................................................................22

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES...........................................................................................23

OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND..................................................................................23
         Incorporation and Authorized Stock...................................................................................23
         Voting Rights........................................................................................................24
         Monitoring for Possible Conflict.....................................................................................24
         Periodic Reports.....................................................................................................24
         Portfolio Brokerage and Related Practices............................................................................25
         Custodian, Transfer Agent, and Dividend Disbursing Agent.............................................................25
         Additional Information...............................................................................................25
    

APPENDIX: SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST.................................................A1
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

   
THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

                              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

           (For a share outstanding throughout the periods indicated)

        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b).

                                    pages 1-4

                                 Series Fund - 1
    

<PAGE>



                                 THE SERIES FUND

   
The Prudential  Series Fund,  Inc. (the "Series Fund"),  a diversified  open-end
management  investment company, is a Maryland corporation  organized on November
15, 1982. On October 31, 1986,  the Pruco Life Series Fund,  Inc., a diversified
open-end management investment company that sold its shares to separate accounts
of Pruco Life Insurance  Company and Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey,
was merged into the Series Fund. The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24 may
currently invest in seven of the Series Fund's Portfolios:  the Diversified Bond
Portfolio, the Government Income Portfolio, the Conservative Balanced Portfolio,
the Flexible Managed Portfolio, the Stock Index Portfolio, the Equity Portfolio,
and the Global Portfolio.  Each portfolio is, for investment purposes, in effect
a separate  investment fund, and a separate class of capital stock is issued for
each portfolio. In other respects the Series Fund is treated as one entity. Each
share of  capital  stock  issued  with  respect  to a  portfolio  has a pro-rata
interest  in the assets of that  portfolio  and has no interest in the assets of
any other  portfolio.  Each  portfolio  bears its own  liabilities  and also its
proportionate  share of the general  liabilities  of the Series Fund. The Series
Fund is registered under the Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as
an open-end, diversified,  management investment company. This registration does
not imply any  supervision by the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  over the
Series Fund's management or its investment policies or practices.
    

                         THE ACCOUNTS AND THE CONTRACTS

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  sold only to separate  accounts of The
Prudential  Insurance  Company of America ("The  Prudential")  and certain other
insurers to fund benefits  under  variable life  insurance and variable  annuity
contracts issued by those Companies.  All the separate  accounts are referred to
as the  "Accounts",  and all the contracts  are referred to as the  "Contracts".
Each  Contract  owner or  Participant  allocates the net premiums and the assets
relating to the Contract,  within the  limitations  described in the  Contracts,
among the subaccounts of the Accounts which in turn invest in the  corresponding
portfolios  of the  Series  Fund.  The  attached  prospectus  for the  Contracts
describes the particular type of Contract selected and the relationship  between
changes in the value of shares of each  portfolio  and  changes in the  benefits
payable under the Contracts.  The rights of the Accounts as shareholders  should
be  distinguished  from the rights of a Contract owner or Participant  which are
described in the Contracts.  The terms  "shareholder" or  "shareholders" in this
prospectus refer to the Accounts.

                               INVESTMENT MANAGER

The  Prudential is the investment  advisor of the Series Fund. The  Prudential's
principal business address is Prudential Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777.

The  Prudential  has  entered  into a Service  Agreement  with its  wholly-owned
subsidiary The Prudential  Investment  Corporation ("PIC"),  which provides that
PIC will furnish to The  Prudential  such services as The Prudential may require
in  connection  with the  performance  of its  obligations  under an  Investment
Advisory Agreement with the Series Fund. See INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT  ARRANGEMENTS
AND EXPENSES, page 21.

The Prudential will continue to have  responsibility for all investment advisory
services  under its  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  with respect to the Series
Fund.

                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                                OF THE PORTFOLIOS

Each portfolio of the Series Fund has a different  investment objective which it
pursues through  separate  investment  policies as described  below.  Since each
portfolio  has a different  investment  objective,  each can be expected to have
different investment results and incur different market and financial risks. The
Series  Fund  may  in the  future  establish  other  portfolios  with  different
investment objectives.

The  investment  objectives  of each  portfolio are  fundamental  and may not be
changed  without the  approval  of the holders of a majority of the  outstanding
shares of the portfolio  affected (which for this purpose and under the 1940 Act
means the lesser of:  (i) 67% of the  shares  represented  at a meeting at which
more than 50% of the outstanding  shares are represented;  or (ii) more than 50%
of the outstanding  shares).  The policies by which a portfolio seeks to achieve
its investment objectives,  however, are not fundamental. They may be changed by
the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Series  Fund  without  the  approval  of the
shareholders.

   
The portfolio turnover rate of the portfolios that were available for investment
as of December 31, 1995 can be found in the FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS table on pages
1 through 4. The portfolio turnover rate is, generally,  the percentage computed
by dividing the lesser of portfolio  purchases or sales by the average  value of
the portfolio,
    

                                 5 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



in each case excluding securities with maturities of 1 year or less.  Generally,
the higher the portfolio turnover rate, the greater the brokerage costs incurred
by a portfolio.

The following paragraphs describe the investment objectives and policies of each
portfolio  available  for  investment by  Participants  in  Prudential's  MEDLEY
Program through  corresponding  subaccounts of The Prudential  Variable Contract
Account-24. There is no guarantee that any of these objectives will be met.

Fixed Income Portfolios

   
Diversified Bond Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a high
level of income  over the  longer  term  while  providing  reasonable  safety of
capital through  investment  primarily in readily  marketable  intermediate  and
long-term  fixed income  securities  that provide  attractive  yields but do not
involve substantial risk of loss of capital through default.

The  portfolio  seeks to achieve this  objective  by  following  the policies of
purchasing  primarily debt  securities of investment  grade or, if not rated, of
comparable quality in the opinion of the portfolio manager and of investing from
time to time a portion of its assets in short-term debt  obligations of the kind
held  in the  Money  Market  Portfolio  as  described  in the  Appendix  to this
prospectus.  Since the value of fixed  income  securities  generally  fluctuates
inversely with changes in interest  rates,  the  proportions of  intermediate or
longer-term  securities and short-term  debt  obligations  held in the portfolio
will vary to reflect  The  Prudential's  assessment  of  prospective  changes in
interest   rates,  so  that  the  portfolio  may  benefit  from  relative  price
appreciation  when interest  rates  decline and suffer lesser  declines in value
when  interest  rates  rise.  The  success of this  strategy  will depend on The
Prudential's  ability to  forecast  changes in  interest  rates,  and there is a
corresponding  risk that the value of the securities  held in the portfolio will
decline.
    

At least 80% of the portfolio's holdings (including short-term debt obligations)
will generally  consist of debt  securities  that at the time of purchase have a
rating within the four highest grades  determined by Moody's Investor  Services,
Inc.   ("Moody's"),   Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation  ("S&P"),  or  a  similar
nationally-recognized  rating service. The portfolio may retain a security whose
rating has dropped  below the four highest  grades as determined by a commercial
rating service.  Without limitation,  the portfolio may invest in obligations of
the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities.  The Appendix to the
statement of additional  information  defines the ratings that are given to debt
securities by Moody's and S&P and  describes  the  standards  applied by them in
assigning these ratings.

The  remaining  assets of the  portfolio may be invested in, among other things,
debt  securities  that are not  rated  within  the  four  highest  grades  or in
convertible  debt securities and preferred or convertible  preferred stocks that
are rated within the four  highest  grades  applicable  to such  securities.  On
occasion,  however,  the portfolio may acquire common stock,  not through direct
investment but by the conversion of convertible  debt securities or the exercise
of warrants.  For  additional  information  regarding  warrants,  see INVESTMENT
OBJECTIVES  AND  POLICIES  OF THE  PORTFOLIOS  in the  statement  of  additional
information.  No more than 10% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
will be held in common  stocks,  and  those  will  usually  be sold as soon as a
favorable opportunity is available.

The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its total assets in United States currency
denominated  debt  securities  issued  outside  the United  States by foreign or
domestic  issuers.  For additional  information  regarding such securities,  see
Foreign Securities on page 14.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may:  (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  debt
securities;  (ii) purchase and sell interest rate futures  contracts and options
thereon;  (iii) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis;
(iv) use interest rate swaps;  and (v) make short sales.  These  techniques  are
described on pages 16 through 20, and further  information about some of them is
included in the statement of additional information.

   
Barbara  Kenworthy,   Managing  Director,   Prudential  Mutual  Fund  Investment
Management  ("PMFIM"),  a division  of PIC,  has been  portfolio  manager of the
Diversified Bond Portfolio since 1995. Ms.  Kenworthy is also portfolio  manager
of the Prudential  Diversified Bond Fund, Inc., the Prudential Government Income
Fund,  Inc., and the Government  Income and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and
2005 of the Series Fund.  Prior to 1994, Ms.  Kenworthy was a portfolio  manager
and president of several taxable fixed-income funds for The Dreyfus Corp.

Government  Income  Portfolio.  The objective of this  portfolio is to achieve a
high level of income over the longer term  consistent  with the  preservation of
capital through investment primarily in intermediate and long-term U.S. Treasury
securities  and debt  obligations  issued by  agencies  of or  instrumentalities
established, sponsored or guaranteed by the U.S. Government. At least 65% of the
total assets of the portfolio will be invested in U.S. Government securities.
    

The portfolio  seeks to achieve this  objective by investing at least 65% of its
assets in U.S.  Treasury  securities,  obligations  issued or guaranteed by U.S.
Government agencies and instrumentalities, mortgage-related securities issued by
U.S. Government instrumentalities or non-governmental  corporations,  or related
collateralized mortgage

                                 6 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
obligations.  These instruments are described below. The portfolio may invest up
to a  total  of  35% of  its  assets  in the  following  three  categories:  (1)
short-term  debt  obligations  of the kind  held in the  types  of money  market
instruments  described in the Appendix to this  prospectus;  (2)  securities  of
issuers other than the U.S.  government and related  entities,  usually  foreign
governments,  where the  principal  and  interest are  substantially  guaranteed
(generally  to the extent of 90%  thereof)  by U.S.  Government  agencies  whose
guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United  States and where
an  assurance  of  payment on the  unguaranteed  portion  is  provided  for in a
comparable  way; (3) Foreign  Government  Securities  including debt  securities
issued or guaranteed,  as to payment of principal and interest,  by governments,
governmental  agencies,  supranational  entities and other governmental entities
denominated in U.S. dollars. A supranational  entity is an entity constituted by
the national  governments of several countries to promote economic  development.
Examples of such  supranational  entities include,  among others, the World Bank
(International Bank for Reconstruction and Development), the European Investment
Bank and the Asian  Development  Bank; and (4) asset-backed  securities rated in
either of the top two ratings by Moody's or Standard & Poor's,  or if not rated,
determined by the portfolio manager to be of comparable  quality.  A description
of corporate  bond  ratings is  contained  in the  Appendix to the  statement of
additional information.
    

U.S. Treasury  Securities.  U.S. Treasury  securities include bills,  notes, and
bonds issued by the U.S.  Treasury.  These instruments are direct obligations of
the U.S. Government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the
United  States.  They differ  primarily in their  coupons,  the lengths of their
maturities, and the dates of their issuances.

Obligations   Issued   or   Guaranteed   by   U.S.   Government   Agencies   and
Instrumentalities.  Obligations  issued by  agencies of the U.S.  Government  or
instrumentalities  established  or  sponsored  by the  U.S.  Government  include
securities that are guaranteed by federal agencies or instrumentalities, and may
or may not be  backed  by the  full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States.
Obligations  of the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA"),  the
Farmers Home  Administration,  and the Export-Import Bank are backed by the full
faith and credit of the United  States.  Securities  in which the  portfolio may
invest  that are not backed by the full  faith and  credit of the United  States
include  obligations  issued by the  Tennessee  Valley  Authority,  The  Federal
National  Mortgage  Association   ("FNMA"),   the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage
Corporation  ("FHLMC"),  the United States Postal Service, each of which has the
right to borrow from the United  States  Treasury to meet its  obligations,  and
obligations  of the Federal Farm Credit Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank, the
obligations  of which  may be  satisfied  only by the  individual  credit of the
issuing  agency.  In the case of  securities  not  backed by the full  faith and
credit of the U.S. Government, the portfolio must look principally to the agency
issuing or  guaranteeing  the obligation  for ultimate  repayment and may not be
able  to  assert  a  claim  against  the  U.S.   Government  if  the  agency  or
instrumentality does not meet its commitments.

U.S.  Government  Securities are considered among the most creditworthy of fixed
income  investments.  The yields available from U.S.  Government  Securities are
generally lower than the yields  available from corporate debt  securities.  The
values of U.S.  Government  Securities  (like those of fixed income  securities,
generally)  will change as interest rates  fluctuate.  During periods of falling
U.S.  interest  rates,  the  values of  outstanding  long-term  U.S.  Government
Securities generally rise. Conversely,  during periods of rising interest rates,
the  values  of such  securities  generally  decline.  The  magnitude  of  these
fluctuations  will generally be greater for securities  with longer  maturities.
Although  changes  in the value of U.S.  Government  Securities  will not affect
investment  income from those  securities,  they will affect the portfolio's net
asset value.  The proportions of intermediate  and long-term  securities held in
the portfolio  will vary to reflect The  Prudential's  assessment of prospective
changes in interest rates, so that the portfolio may benefit from relative price
appreciation  when interest  rates  decline and suffer lesser  declines in value
when  interest  rates  rise.  The  success of this  strategy  will depend on The
Prudential's  ability to  forecast  changes in  interest  rates,  and there is a
corresponding  risk that the value of the securities  held in the portfolio will
decline.

   
Mortgage-Related  Securities Issued by U.S. Government  Instrumentalities  or by
Non-Governmental  Corporations.  The portfolio may invest in the following three
types of mortgage-backed  securities: (i) those issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government  or one of its  agencies  or  instrumentalities,  such as  Government
National Mortgage  Association  (GNMA),  Federal National  Mortgage  Association
(FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC):  (ii) those issued by
private  issuers  that  represent  an  interest  in  or  are  collateralized  by
mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of
its agencies or  instrumentalities;  and (iii) those  issued by private  issuers
that represent an interest in or are  collateralized  by whole mortgage loans or
mortgage-backed  securities without government guarantee but usually having some
form of private credit enhancement.  The portfolio may invest in adjustable rate
and fixed rate  mortgage  securities.  With  respect to private  mortgage-backed
securities  not  collateralized  by  securities  of the U.S.  Government  or its
agencies,  the portfolio will only purchase such securities rated not lower than
As by  Moody's  or AA by  Standard  &  Poor's  or  similarly  rated  by  another
nationally  recognized rating service or, if unrated,  of comparable  quality in
the opinion of the portfolio  manager.  The mortgages  backing these  securities
include conventional 30 year fixed rate mortgages, 15 year fixed rate
    

                                 7 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
mortgages,  graduated payment  mortgages,  and adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs).
The  mortgage-backed  securities  may include  those  representing  an undivided
ownership  interest  in  a  pool  of  mortgages,   e.g.  GNMA,  FNMA  and  FHLMC
certificates.  The U.S.  Government or the issuing agency guarantees the payment
of interest and  principal  of  mortgaged-backed  securities  issued by the U.S.
Government or its  agencies/instrumentalities.  However, these guarantees do not
extend to the  securities'  yield or value,  which are likely to vary  inversely
with  fluctuations in interest rates, nor do the guarantees  extend to the yield
or value of the portfolio's shares. Mortgage-backed securities are in most cases
pass-through  instruments,  through  which  the  holders  receive a share of all
interest and principal  payments from the mortgages  underlying the  securities,
net of certain fees.  Because the prepayment  characteristics  of the underlying
mortgages  vary, it is not possible to predict  accurately the average life of a
particular  issue of  pass-through  securities.  Mortgage-backed  securities are
often  subject to more rapid  repayment  then their stated  maturity  date would
indicate as a result of the  pass-through  of  prepayments  of  principal on the
underlying  mortgage  obligations.  For example,  securities backed by mortgages
with 30 year maturities are  customarily  treated as prepaying fully in the 12th
year and securities  backed by mortgages with 15 year maturities are customarily
treated as prepaying fully in the seventh year.  While the timing of prepayments
of  graduated  payment  mortgages  differs  somewhat  from that of  conventional
mortgages, the prepayment experience of graduated payment mortgages is basically
the same as that of the  conventional  mortgages of the same maturity dates over
the life of the pool. During periods of declining interest rates,  prepayment of
mortgages underlying  mortgage-backed  securities can be expected to accelerate.
When the mortgage  obligations are prepaid,  the portfolio reinvests the prepaid
amounts in securities,  the yields of which reflect interest rates prevailing at
the time.  Therefore,  the  portfolio's  ability to maintain a portfolio of high
yielding  mortgage-backed  securities  will be adversely  affected to the extent
that  prepayments of mortgages must be reinvested in securities which have lower
yields than the prepaid  mortgages.  Moreover,  prepayments  of mortgages  which
underlie  securities  purchased  at a premium  could  result in capital  losses.
Mortgage-backed  securities of the types  described under (i) and (ii) above are
considered  to be  U.S.  Government  Securities  for  purposes  of  meeting  the
requirement  that at least 65% of the  portfolio's  assets be  invested  in U.S.
Government Securities.

Adjustable  rate  mortgage  securities  are  pass-through   mortgage  securities
collateralized by mortgages with adjustable  rather than fixed rates.  Generally
ARMs have a specified  maturity date and amortize  principal over their life. In
periods of declining interest rates, there is a reasonable  likelihood that ARMs
will experience increased rates of pre-payment of principal,  However, the major
difference between ARMs and fixed rate mortgage  securities is that the interest
rate and the rate of  amortization  of  principal  of ARMs can and do  change in
accordance with movements in a particular pre-specified, published interest rate
index.

CMOs.  The  portfolio  may also  purchase  collateralized  mortgage  obligations
("CMOs").  A CMO is a  security  issued by a  corporation  or a U.S.  Government
instrumentality  that is backed by a portfolio of  mortgages or  mortgage-backed
securities.  The issuer's  obligation to make interest and principal payments is
secured by the underlying portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed  securities.
CMOs are  partitioned  into several  classes with a ranked priority by which the
classes of obligations are redeemed.  The portfolio may invest in CMOs issued by
agencies or  instrumentalities  of the U.S. Government or by private originators
of, or investors in mortgage loans, including depository institutions,  mortgage
banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.  With
respect  to  privately  issued  CMOs,  the  portfolio  will only  purchase  such
securities  rated not lower  than Aa by  Moody's  or AA by  Standard & Poor's or
similarly rated by another nationally  recognized rating service, or if unrated,
of comparable quality in the opinion of the portfolio manager.  Privately issued
CMOs that are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA, FHLMC
or FNMA, and CMOs issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government
are  considered  to be U.S.  Government  Securities  for purposes of meeting the
requirement  that at least 65% of the  portfolio's  assets be  invested  in U.S.
Government  Securities.  Neither  the  United  States  Government  nor any  U.S.
Government  agency  guarantees  the  payment of  principal  or interest on these
securities.

Asset-Backed  Securities.  Asset-backed securities represent a participation in,
or are secured by and payable from, a stream of payments generated by particular
assets, such as automobile or credit card receivables.  Asset-backed  securities
present  certain risks,  including the risk that the  underlying  obligor on the
asset, such as the automobile  purchaser or the credit card holder,  may default
on his or her  obligation.  In addition,  asset-backed  securities  often do not
provide a security interest in the related collateral.  For example, credit card
receivables are generally unsecured, and for automobile receivables the security
interests in the underlying  automobiles are often not transferred when the pool
is created, with the resulting possibility that the collateral could be resold.
    

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may:  (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  debt
securities;  (ii) purchase and sell interest rate futures  contracts and options
thereon;  (iii) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis;
(iv) use interest rate swaps;  and (v) make short sales.  These  techniques  are
described on pages 16 through 20, and further  information about some of them is
included in the statement of additional information.

                                 8 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




Under normal  circumstances,  this portfolio's  turnover rate is not expected to
exceed 200%.  Purchases of U.S.  Government  Securities  are generally made from
dealers at prices which  usually  include a profit to the dealer.  See Portfolio
Brokerage and Related Practices, page 24.

   
Barbara Kenworthy,  Managing Director,  PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the
Government  Income Portfolio since 1995. Ms. Kenworthy is also portfolio manager
of the Prudential  Diversified Bond Fund, Inc., the Prudential Government Income
Fund,  Inc., and the  Diversified  Bond and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and
2005 of the Series Fund.  Prior to 1994, Ms.  Kenworthy was a portfolio  manager
and president of several taxable fixed-income funds for The Dreyfus Corp.
    

Balanced Portfolios

   
Conservative Balanced Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a
favorable  total  investment   return  consistent  with  a  portfolio  having  a
conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed income securities,
and  common  stocks in  proportions  believed  by the  investment  manager to be
appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment who prefers a
relatively  lower risk of loss than that  associated  with the Flexible  Managed
Portfolio   while   recognizing   that  this  reduces  the  chances  of  greater
appreciation.

To achieve this objective,  the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio will follow a
policy of  maintaining a more  conservative  asset mix among  stocks,  bonds and
money market  instruments than the Flexible Managed Portfolio.  In general,  the
portfolio  manager will observe the following  range of target asset  allocation
mixes:

         Asset Type            Minimum        Normal          Maximum
         ----------            -------        ------          -------
           Stocks                15%            35%             50%
   Bonds and Money Market        25%            65%             70%


The portfolio manager will make variations in the proportions of each investment
category in accordance with its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment  categories,  but will maintain at least 25% of the value
of the portfolio's assets in fixed-income senior securities.

The bond portion of this portfolio will be invested primarily in securities with
maturities of 2 to 10 years and ratings at the time of purchase  within the four
highest grades  determined by Moody's,  S&P, or a similar  nationally-recognized
rating  service or if  unrated,  of  comparable  quality  in the  opinion of the
portfolio  manager.  A description of corporate bond ratings is contained in the
Appendix to the  statement of additional  information.  Because of their shorter
maturities,  the value of the notes  and  bonds in this  portfolio  will be less
sensitive to changes in interest rates than the  longer-term  bonds likely to be
held in the Flexible  Managed  Portfolio.  Thus, there will be less of a risk of
loss of principal,  but not as much of a likelihood for greater  appreciation in
value. Up to 20% of the bond portion of this portfolio may be invested in United
States currency  denominated debt securities issued outside the United States by
foreign or domestic issuers.  The common stock portion of this portfolio will be
invested primarily in the equity securities of major,  established  corporations
in sound  financial  condition  that appear to offer  attractive  prospects of a
total return from dividends and capital appreciation that is superior to broadly
based  stock  indices.  The money  market  portion  of the  portfolio  will hold
high-quality  short-term debt  obligations  with a maturity of 12 months or less
(as  described  in  the  Appendix  to  this  prospectus)  and  will  maintain  a
dollar-weighted average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited States currency  denominated debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investments in foreign securities are described under Foreign Securities on page
14.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may:  (i)  purchase  and sell  options  on equity
securities, debt securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index,  interest rate and foreign currency futures  contracts and
options thereon;  (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;
(iv) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis;  (v) use
interest rate swaps;  and (vi) make short sales.  These techniques are described
on pages 15 through 20, and further  information  about some of them is included
in the statement of additional information.

   
The Conservative  Balanced Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.
Mark Stumpp,  Managing  Director,  PIC, has been lead  portfolio  manager of the
Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  since 1994 and is responsible for the overall
asset allocation decisions.  Mr Stumpp shares supervisory  responsibility of the
portfolio  management team with Theresa Hamacher,  Managing  Director,  PIC. Ms.
Hamacher and Mr. Stumpp also  supervise  the team of portfolio  managers for the
Flexible  Managed  Portfolio.  Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio  manager for several
employee  benefit  trusts  including The Prudential  Retirement  System for U.S.
Employees and Special  Agents.  Prior to 1994, he was  responsible for corporate
pension asset  management  for  Prudential  Diversified  Investment  Strategies'
corporate  clients.  Ms. Hamacher  supervises a team of portfolio  managers that
manage over $65 billion in assets for PIC.
    

                                 9 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




   
Flexible Managed Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is achievement of a
high total return consistent with a portfolio having an aggressively managed mix
of money market  instruments,  fixed income  securities,  and common stocks,  in
proportions believed by the investment manager to be appropriate for an investor
desiring  diversification  of  investment  who is willing to accept a relatively
high level of loss in an effort to achieve greater appreciation.

To achieve this objective,  the Flexible Managed  Portfolio will follow a policy
of maintaining a more aggressive asset mix among stocks,  bonds and money market
investments than the Conservative Balanced Portfolio.  In general, the portfolio
manager will observe the following range of target asset allocation mixes:
    

         Asset Type            Minimum         Normal         Maximum
         ----------            -------         ------         -------
           Stocks                25%             60%           100%
            Bonds                0%              40%            75%
        Money Market             0%              0%             75%


The portfolio manager may make short-run, and sometimes substantial,  variations
in the asset mix based upon its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment  categories.  In varying the asset mix in accordance with
these  judgments,  The Prudential will also seek to take advantage of imbalances
in fundamental values among the different markets.

   
The bond component of this portfolio is expected under normal  circumstances  to
have a weighted  average  maturity of greater than 10 years. The values of bonds
with long  maturities  are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates
than those of  shorter  maturities.  The bond  portion  of this  portfolio  will
primarily be invested in  securities  that have a rating at the time of purchase
within  the four  highest  grades  determined  by  Moody's,  S&P,  or a  similar
nationally-recognized rating service. A description of corporate bond ratings is
included in the Appendix to the statement of additional information. However, up
to 25% of the bond  component of this  portfolio  may be invested in  securities
having ratings at the time of purchase of "BB",  "Ba" or lower, or if not rated,
of comparable quality in the opinion of the portfolio manager,  these securities
are also known as high risk  securities.  Up to 20% of the bond  portion of this
portfolio may be invested in United States currency  denominated debt securities
issued outside the United States by foreign or domestic issuers. The established
company  common  stock  component of this  portfolio  will consist of the equity
securities  of major  corporations  that are  believed to be in sound  financial
condition.  In  selecting  stocks  of  smaller  capitalization   companies,  the
portfolio  manager will concentrate on companies with a capitalization  below $5
billion that show above  average  profitability  (measured by  return-on-equity,
earnings,  and dividend  growth rates) with modest  price/earnings  ratios.  The
individual  equity  selections for this portfolio may tend to have more volatile
market values than the equity  securities  selected for the Equity  Portfolio or
the Conservative  Balanced Portfolio.  The money market portion of the portfolio
will hold high-quality  short-term debt obligations with a maturity of 12 months
or less (as  described in the Appendix to this  prospectus)  and will maintain a
dollar-weighted average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in non-United States currency denominated debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investments in foreign securities are described under Foreign Securities on page
14.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may:  (i)  purchase  and sell  options  on equity
securities, debt securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index,  interest rate and foreign currency futures  contracts and
options thereon;  (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;
(iv) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis;  (v) use
interest rate swaps;  and (vi) make short sales.  These techniques are described
on pages 15 through 20, and further  information  about some of them is included
in the statement of additional information.

   
The facts that this  portfolio  will invest in common stocks  regarded as having
higher  risks than those that will be  purchased  by the  Conservative  Balanced
Portfolio;  that it will  invest in bonds with longer  maturities;  and that the
"normal" mix for this portfolio  will include a higher  percentage of stocks all
combine  to mean that the risk of  investing  in this  portfolio  is  relatively
higher--to the extent that each of these factors results in greater  risks--than
the risk of investing in the Conservative Balanced Portfolio.

The Flexible Managed Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.  Mark
Stumpp,  Managing Director, PIC, has been lead portfolio manager of the Flexible
Managed Portfolio since 1994 and is responsible for the overall asset allocation
decisions.  Mr  Stumpp  shares  supervisory   responsibility  of  the  portfolio
management team with Theresa Hamacher,  Managing Director, PIC. Ms. Hamacher and
Mr. Stumpp also  supervise the team of portfolio  managers for the  Conservative
Balanced  Portfolio.  Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio  manager for several employee
benefit trusts including The Prudential Retirement System for U.S. Employees and
Special Agents.  Prior to 1994, he was  responsible for corporate  pension asset
management for Prudential  Diversified Investment Strategies' corporate clients.
Ms.  Hamacher  supervises  a team of  portfolio  managers  that  manage over $65
billion in assets for PIC.
    

                                10 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



Diversified Stock Portfolios

Stock Index Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is to achieve investment
results that  correspond to the price and yield  performance of  publicly-traded
common stocks in the aggregate.

The  portfolio  seeks to  achieve  this  objective  by  following  the policy of
attempting to duplicate the price and yield performance of the Standard & Poor's
500 Composite Stock Price Index (the "S&P 500 Index"), an index which represents
more than 70% of the total market value of all publicly-traded common stocks and
is widely  viewed  among  investors  as  representative  of the  performance  of
publicly-traded  common stocks as a whole.  The S&P 500 Index is composed of 500
selected  common  stocks,  over 95% of which are  listed  on the New York  Stock
Exchange  ("NYSE").  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  chooses  the  stocks to be
included in the index on a statistical  basis taking into account  market values
and  industry  diversification.  Inclusion  in the  index in no way  implies  an
opinion by Standard & Poor's  Corporation as to a stock's  attractiveness  as an
investment.  "Standard  &  Poor's",  "Standard  &  Poor's  500"  and  "500"  are
trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by The Prudential
Insurance  Company of America and its  affiliates and  subsidiaries.  The Series
Fund is not  sponsored,  endorsed,  sold or  promoted  by S&P and S&P  makes  no
representation  regarding  the  advisability  of  investing  in the Series Fund.
Reference is made to the  statement of additional  information  which sets forth
certain additional disclaimers and limitations of liabilities on behalf of S&P.

   
The S&P 500 Index is a  "weighted"  index in which the  weighting  of each stock
depends on its relative total market value: its market price per share times the
number of shares  outstanding.  Because of this weighting,  approximately 10% of
the S&P 500 Index's  value is  accounted  for by the stocks of the five  largest
companies by relative  market  value.  As of December  31, 1995 those  companies
were:  General  Electric Co.,  American  Telephone & Telegraph Co., Exxon Corp.,
Coca-Cola Co., and Merck & Co., Inc.
    

This portfolio will not be "managed" in the traditional sense of using economic,
financial  or market  analysis to  determine  the stocks to be  purchased by the
portfolio.  Rather, the portfolio manager will purchase stocks for the portfolio
in proportion to their weighting in the S&P 500 Index.  Thus,  adverse financial
performance  by a company  will not result in reduction  or  elimination  of the
portfolio's   holdings  of  its  stock  and,   conversely,   superior  financial
performance by a company will not lead the portfolio to increase its holdings of
the company's  stock.  If a stock held by this portfolio is eliminated  from the
S&P 500 Index,  the portfolio will sell its holdings of the stock  regardless of
the prospects of the company. Because the portfolio will not be "managed" in the
traditional sense, portfolio turnover is expected to be low and is generally not
expected to exceed 10%. A 10%  portfolio  turnover rate would occur if one-tenth
of the  portfolio's  securities  were sold and either  repurchased  or  replaced
within 1 year. Because of the expected low turnover,  transaction costs, such as
brokerage commissions, are also expected to be relatively low.

   
The following  table shows the performance of the S&P 500 Index for the 25 years
ending in 1995.  The period  covered by this  table is one of  generally  rising
stock prices, and the performance of the S&P 500 Index in this period should not
be viewed as a  representation  of any  future  performance  by that  index.  In
addition,  the fees and costs  involved  in the  operation  of the  Stock  Index
Portfolio mean that the performance of a share of stock in the portfolio may not
equal the  performance of the S&P 500 Stock Index even if the assets held by the
portfolio do equal that performance.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       *S&P 500 WITH DIVIDENDS REINVESTED

                            Annual Percentage Change
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         1971            +14.56                  1984                   +6.10
         1972            +18.90                  1985                  +31.57
         1973            -14.77                  1986                  +18.56
         1974            -26.39                  1987                   +5.10
         1975            +37.16                  1988                  +16.61
         1976            +23.57                  1989                  +31.69
         1977             -7.42                  1990                   -3.10
         1978             +6.38                  1991                  +30.47
         1979            +18.20                  1992                   +7.61
         1980            +32.27                  1993                  +10.08
         1981             -5.01                  1994                   +1.32
         1982            +21.44                  1995                  +37.58
         1983            +22.38
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source:   Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation.   Percentage  change  calculated  in
accordance with specifications of SEC release number IA-327.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                11 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




   
In the eight full years since this portfolio was  established  its total return,
compared to that of the S&P 500 Index, was as follows:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Annual Percentage Change                  Total Return
                         S&P 500 with                    Stock Index Portfolio
                     Dividends Reinvested          (after deduction of expenses)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1988                    +16.61                              +15.44
    1989                    +31.69                              +30.93
    1990                     -3.10                               -3.63
    1991                    +30.47                              +29.72
    1992                     +7.61                               +7.13
    1993                    +10.08                               +9.66
    1994                     +1.32                               +1.01
    1995                    +37.58                              +37.06
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    

Under normal circumstances,  the portfolio generally intends to purchase all 500
stocks  represented  in the S&P 500 Index and to invest  its  assets as fully in
those stocks (in  proportion to their  weighting in the index) as is feasible in
light  of  cash  flows  into  and  out of the  portfolio.  In  order  to  reduce
transaction  costs, a weighted  investment in the 500 stocks  comprising the S&P
500 Index is most efficiently  made in relatively  large amounts.  As additional
cash is received  from the purchase of shares in the  portfolio,  it may be held
temporarily in the types of money market  instruments  described in the Appendix
to this prospectus until the portfolio has a sufficient amount of assets in such
investments  to  make  an  efficient  weighted  investment  in  the  500  stocks
comprising  the S&P 500  Index.  If net cash  outflows  from the  portfolio  are
anticipated,  the portfolio may sell stocks (in proportion to their weighting in
the S&P 500  Index) in amounts  in excess of those  needed to  satisfy  the cash
outflows and hold the balance of the proceeds in short-term  investments if such
a  transaction  appears,  taking  into  account  transaction  costs,  to be more
efficient  than  selling  only the  amount  of  stocks  needed  to meet the cash
requirements.  The portfolio will not, however, increase its holdings of cash in
anticipation  of any  decline  in the value of the S&P 500 Index or of the stock
markets  generally.  The portfolio  will instead remain as fully invested in the
S&P 500 Index  stocks as  feasible  in light of its cash  flow  patterns  during
periods of market  declines as well as advances,  and investors in the portfolio
thus run the risk of remaining  fully  invested in common stocks during a period
of general decline in the stock markets.

Tracking accuracy is measured by the difference between total return for the S&P
Index  with  dividends  reinvested  and  total  return  for the  portfolio  with
dividends reinvested before deductions of portfolio fees and expenses.  Tracking
accuracy is monitored by the  portfolio  manager on a daily basis.  All tracking
accuracy  deviations are reviewed to determine the  effectiveness  of investment
policies and techniques.

If the portfolio does hold short-term investments as a result of the patterns of
cash flows to and from the portfolio, such holdings may cause its performance to
differ from that of the S&P 500 Index.  The  portfolio  will attempt to minimize
any such difference in performance  through  transactions  involving stock index
futures  contracts,  options on stock  indices,  and/or  options on stock  index
future contracts.  These derivative  investment  instruments are described under
Options on Stock Indices, Stock Index Futures Contracts,  and Options on Futures
Contracts on pages 17 through 18. The  portfolio  will not use such  instruments
for  speculative  purposes  or to hedge  against any decline in the value of the
stocks held in the  portfolio,  but instead will employ them only as a temporary
substitute for  investment of cash holdings  directly in the 500 stocks when the
portfolio's  cash  holdings  are too  small  to make  such an  investment  in an
efficient manner.

For  example,  if the  portfolio's  cash  reserves  are  insufficient  to invest
efficiently  in  another  unit of the  basket of stocks  comprising  the S&P 500
Index,  the portfolio may purchase S&P 500 futures  contracts to hedge against a
rise in the value of the stocks the portfolio intends to acquire. In its attempt
to minimize any difference in performance  between the portfolio and the S&P 500
Index, the portfolio  currently intends to engage in transactions  involving the
S&P 500 Index futures  contracts,  the NYSE Composite  Index futures  contracts,
options on the S&P 500 Index,  the S&P 100 Index,  and the NYSE Composite Index,
and options on the S&P 500 Index futures  contracts and the NYSE Composite Index
futures  contracts.  There can be no assurance that the  portfolio's  attempt to
minimize such performance difference through the use of any of these instruments
will succeed.  See the statement of additional  information  for a more detailed
discussion  of the manner in which the portfolio  will employ these  instruments
and for a description of other risks involved in the use of such instruments.

The above  described  investment  policies  and  techniques  of the Stock  Index
Portfolio are non-fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval if
it is determined that alternative  investment techniques would be more effective
in achieving the portfolio's objective.

   
Equity  Portfolio.  The  objective  of  this  portfolio  is to  achieve  capital
appreciation  through  investment  primarily  in  common  stocks  of  companies,
including  major  established  corporations  as well as  smaller  capitalization
companies,
    

                                12 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



that appear to offer attractive prospects of price appreciation that is superior
to broadly-based stock indices. Current income, if any, is incidental.

Although the portfolio will be invested  primarily in common stocks, it may also
invest to a limited  extent in short,  intermediate  or long-term  debt,  either
convertible or  nonconvertible  into common stock, as well as in  nonconvertible
preferred stock.  The portfolio will attempt to maintain a flexible  approach to
the selection of common stocks of various  types of companies  whose  valuations
appear  to  offer  opportunities  for  above-average  appreciation.   Thus,  the
portfolio  may invest in  securities  of  companies  whose  estimated  growth in
earnings  exceeds that  projected  for the market as a whole  because of factors
such as expanding market share,  new products or changes in market  environment.
Or it may invest in "undervalued"  securities which are often characterized by a
lack  of  investor  recognition  of  the  basic  value  of a  company's  assets.
Securities  of  companies  with sales and earnings  trends  which are  currently
unfavorable but which are expected to reverse may also be in the portfolio.  The
effort to achieve  price  appreciation  that is superior to broadly  based stock
indices  necessarily  involves  accepting a greater  risk of  declining  values.
During periods when stock prices decline generally,  it can be expected that the
value of the portfolio will also decline.

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited  States currency  denominated  common
stock and fixed-income  securities  convertible into common stock of foreign and
U.S.  issuers.  The particular  risks of  investments in foreign  securities are
described under Foreign Securities on page 14.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may:  (i)  purchase  and sell  options  on equity
securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies;  (ii) purchase and sell stock
index and foreign  currency futures  contracts and options thereon;  (iii) enter
into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;  and (iv) purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed  delivery basis.  These  techniques are described on
pages 15 through 20, and further  information  about some of them is included in
the statement of additional information.

A portion of the portfolio may be invested in short-term debt obligations of the
kind held in the Money  Market  Portfolio  as  described in the Appendix to this
prospectus in order to make effective use of cash reserves pending investment in
common stocks.

   
Thomas Jackson,  Managing  Director,  PMFIM,  has been portfolio  manager of the
Equity  Portfolio  since  1990.  Mr.  Jackson is also  portfolio  manager of the
Prudential Equity Fund, Inc.

Global Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is long-term growth of capital
through investment primarily in common stocks and common stock equivalents (such
as convertible debt securities) of foreign and domestic issuers. Current income,
if any, is incidental.
    

The portfolio is intended to provide investors with the opportunity to invest in
a portfolio of securities of companies  located  throughout the world. In making
the allocation of assets among the various countries and geographic regions, the
portfolio  manager  ordinarily  considers such factors as prospects for relative
economic  growth between  foreign  countries;  expected  levels of inflation and
interest rates;  government policies influencing business conditions;  the range
of individual investment opportunities available to international investors; and
other pertinent financial,  tax, social,  political and national factors--all in
relation to the prevailing prices of the securities in each country or region.

There are,  generally,  no  geographic  limitations  on  companies  in which the
portfolio may invest.  Depending  upon market  conditions,  the portfolio may be
invested primarily in foreign  securities.  Investments may be made in companies
based  in the  Pacific  Basin  (for  example,  Japan,  Australia,  New  Zealand,
Singapore,  Malaysia, and Hong Kong) and Western Europe (for example, the United
Kingdom, Spain, Germany, Switzerland, the Netherlands, France, and Scandinavia),
as well as the United States,  Canada, and such other areas and countries as the
portfolio  manager may  determine  from time to time.  The portfolio may seek to
hedge its position in foreign currencies as more fully described herein.

The portfolio is not required to maintain any particular  geographic or currency
mix of its  investments.  The portfolio  intends to maintain  investments  in at
least  three  countries  (including  the United  States),  but may,  when market
conditions  warrant,  invest up to 35% of its assets in companies located in any
one country (other than the United States).

In analyzing  companies for investment,  the portfolio manager  ordinarily looks
for one or more of the following  characteristics:  prospects for  above-average
earnings  growth per share;  high return on invested  capital;  healthy  balance
sheet; sound financial and accounting  policies and overall financial  strength;
strong competitive  advantages;  effective research and product  development and
marketing;  efficient service; pricing flexibility;  strength of management; and
general  operating  characteristics  which will enable the  companies to compete
successfully in their  marketplace--all  in relation to the prevailing prices of
the securities of such companies.

                                13 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




Investing in securities of foreign  companies  and  countries  involves  special
risks. The particular  risks of investments in foreign  securities are described
under Foreign Securities on page 14.

When the  portfolio  manager  believes  market  conditions  dictate a  temporary
defensive  strategy,  or during periods of  structuring  and  restructuring  the
portfolio, the portfolio may invest without limit in money market investments of
the kind  described  in the  Appendix to the  prospectus,  including  repurchase
agreements.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may:  (i)  purchase  and sell  options  on equity
securities,  stock indices and foreign  currencies  (ii) purchase and sell stock
index, interest rate and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon;
(iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts;  and (iv) purchase
securities on a when-issued  or delayed  delivery  basis.  These  techniques are
described on pages 14 through 20, and further  information about some of them is
included in the statement of additional information.

The operating expense ratio of the portfolio can be expected to be significantly
higher than that of a fund investing  exclusively in domestic  securities  since
the expenses of the portfolio,  such as custodial,  valuation and  communication
costs,  as well as the  rate of the  investment  management  fee  (0.75%  of the
portfolio's average daily net assets),  though similar to such expenses of other
global funds, are higher than those generally incurred by funds investing solely
in the securities of U.S. issuers.

As a result of its investment policies, the portfolio's turnover rate may exceed
100% although it is not expected to exceed 200%.

   
Daniel Duane,  Managing  Director,  PMFIM, has been the portfolio manager of the
Global  Portfolio  since 1990.  Mr.  Duane also  manages  several  mutual  funds
including the Prudential Global Fund, Inc.
    

Convertible Securities

   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Equity, and Global Portfolios may
invest in convertible securities and such securities may constitute a major part
of  the  holdings  of  the  Global  Portfolio.   A  convertible  security  is  a
fixed-income  security (a bond or  preferred  stock) which may be converted at a
stated  price within a specified  period of time into a certain  quantity of the
common  stock of the same or a  different  issuer.  Convertible  securities  are
senior to common stocks in a corporation's  capital  structure,  but are usually
subordinated  to similar  nonconvertible  securities.  While  providing  a fixed
income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from a common
stock but lower than that  afforded  by a similar  nonconvertible  security),  a
convertible  security  also  affords an investor  the  opportunity,  through its
conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation  attendant upon a
market price advance in the convertible  security's underlying common stock. The
price of a  convertible  security  tends to increase as the market  value of the
underlying stock rises,  whereas it tends to decrease as the market value of the
underlying  stock  declines.  While no  securities  investment  is without risk,
investments  in  convertible   securities   generally   entail  less  risk  than
investments in the common stock of the same issuer.
    

Foreign Securities

   
The Global  Portfolio  may invest up to 100% of its total assets in common stock
and  convertible  securities  denominated  in a foreign  currency  and issued by
foreign or domestic issuers. The Diversified Bond Portfolio may invest up to 20%
of its assets in United  States  currency  denominated  debt  securities  issued
outside the United States by foreign or domestic issuers. In addition,  the bond
components of the Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios may each
invest up to 20% of their assets in such securities.  To the extent permitted by
applicable law, the Conservative  Balanced,  and Flexible Managed Portfolios may
invest up to 30% of their total assets in debt and equity securities denominated
in a foreign currency and issued by foreign or domestic issuers. Further, to the
extent permitted by applicable insurance law, the Equity Portfolio may invest up
to 30% of its total assets in  non-United  States  currency  denominated  common
stock and fixed-income  securities  convertible into common stock of foreign and
U.S.  issuers.  Securities  issued  outside the United  States and not  publicly
traded in the United States, as well as American  Depository  Receipts ("ADRs"),
and securities denominated in a foreign currency are referred to collectively in
this prospectus as "foreign securities."
    

ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated  certificates issued by a United States bank or
trust company and represent the right to receive  securities of a foreign issuer
deposited  in a domestic  bank or  foreign  branch of a United  States  bank and
traded on a United States exchange or in an over-the-counter market.  Investment
in ADRs has certain  advantages over direct investment in the underlying foreign
securities because they are easily  transferable,  have readily available market
quotations,  and the foreign issuers are usually subject to comparable auditing,
accounting, and financial reporting standards as domestic issuers.

Foreign securities  involve certain risks, which should be considered  carefully
by an investor.  These risks include  political or economic  instability  in the
country  of  the  issuer,  the  difficulty  of  predicting  international  trade
patterns, the possibility of imposition of exchange controls and, in the case of
securities  not  denominated  in United  States  currency,  the risk of currency
fluctuations.  Such  securities may be subject to greater  fluctuations in price
than

                                14 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



domestic securities. Under certain market conditions,  foreign securities may be
less liquid than domestic  securities.  In addition,  there may be less publicly
available  information  about a foreign  company than about a domestic  company.
Foreign companies generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and
financial  reporting  standards  comparable  to  those  applicable  to  domestic
companies.   There  is  generally  less  government   regulation  of  securities
exchanges,  brokers, and listed companies abroad than in the United States, and,
with  respect  to  certain  foreign   countries,   there  is  a  possibility  of
expropriation,  confiscatory  taxation or  diplomatic  developments  which could
affect investment in those countries.  Finally, in the event of a default of any
foreign debt obligations,  it may be more difficult for a portfolio to obtain or
to enforce a judgment against the issuers of such securities.

If the  security  is  denominated  in foreign  currency,  it may be  affected by
changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations,  and costs may be
incurred in connection with conversions between currencies.  The portfolios that
may invest in foreign  securities  may, but need not, enter into forward foreign
currency  exchange  contracts  for the purchase or sale of foreign  currency for
hedging  purposes,  including:  locking-in the U.S.  dollar price  equivalent of
interest  or  dividends  to be paid on such  securities  which  are  held by the
portfolio;  and protecting the U.S.  dollar value of such  securities  which are
held by the portfolio. The portfolios will not enter into such forward contracts
or  maintain a net  exposure to such  contracts  where the  consummation  of the
contracts would obligate the portfolio to deliver an amount of foreign  currency
in excess of the value of the portfolio's  portfolio  securities or other assets
denominated in that currency. See Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts in
the statement of additional  information.  In addition,  the portfolios may, for
hedging purposes,  enter into certain transactions  involving options on foreign
currencies,  foreign currency futures  contracts and options on foreign currency
futures contracts.  See Options on Foreign  Currencies,  Futures Contracts,  and
Options on Futures Contracts on pages 17 through 18.

Options on Equity Securities

   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Equity, and Global Portfolios may
purchase and write (i.e.,  sell) put and call options on equity  securities that
are traded on securities  exchanges,  are listed on the National  Association of
Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation System  ("NASDAQ"),  or that result from
privately negotiated  transactions with broker-dealers  ("OTC options").  A call
option is a short-term  contract  pursuant to which the purchaser or holder,  in
return for a premium paid, has the right to buy the equity  security  underlying
the  option at a  specified  exercise  price at any time  during the term of the
option.  The  writer of the call  option,  who  receives  the  premium,  has the
obligation,  upon  exercise of the  option,  to deliver  the  underlying  equity
security  against  payment  of the  exercise  price.  A put  option is a similar
contract which gives the purchaser or holder, in return for a premium, the right
to sell the underlying  equity  security at a specified price during the term of
the option. The writer of the put, who receives the premium,  has the obligation
to buy the underlying equity security at the exercise price upon exercise by the
holder of the put.
    

A  portfolio  will write only  "covered"  options  on stocks.  A call  option is
covered if: (1) the portfolio owns the security  underlying  the option;  or (2)
the  portfolio  has an absolute and  immediate  right to acquire  that  security
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated  account by its custodian)  upon conversion or exchange of other
securities it holds;  or (3) the portfolio  holds on a  share-for-share  basis a
call on the same  security as the call written  where the exercise  price of the
call held is equal to or less than the  exercise  price of the call  written  or
greater  than the  exercise  price  of the call  written  if the  difference  is
maintained  by the  portfolio  in  cash,  Treasury  bills or  other  high  grade
short-term debt  obligations in a segregated  account with its custodian.  A put
option  is  covered  if:  (1) the  portfolio  deposits  and  maintains  with its
custodian in a segregated  account  cash,  U.S.  Government  securities or other
liquid  high-grade debt obligations  having a value equal to or greater than the
exercise price of the option;  or (2) the portfolio  holds on a  share-for-share
basis a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise  price of
the put held is equal to or greater than the  exercise  price of the put written
or less than the exercise price if the difference is maintained by the portfolio
in cash,  Treasury bills or other high grade  short-term  debt  obligations in a
segregated account with its custodian.

   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Equity, and Global Portfolios may
also purchase  "protective  puts" (i.e., put options acquired for the purpose of
protecting a portfolio security from a decline in market value). In exchange for
the premium paid for the put option,  the  portfolio  acquires the right to sell
the  underlying  security at the  exercise  price of the put  regardless  of the
extent to which  the  underlying  security  declines  in value.  The loss to the
portfolio  is  limited  to the  premium  paid  for,  and  transaction  costs  in
connection with, the put plus the initial excess, if any, of the market price of
the underlying security over the exercise price. However, if the market price of
the security  underlying the put rises, the profit the portfolio realizes on the
sale of the security will be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less
any amount  (net of  transaction  costs) for which the put may be sold.  Similar
principles  apply to the purchase of puts on debt  securities and stock indices,
as  described  under  Options  on Debt  Securities,  below and  Options on Stock
Indices, page 17.
    

These portfolios may purchase call options for hedging and investment  purposes.
No portfolio intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in
the purchase of call options on stocks. These portfolios may

                                15 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



also  purchase  putable and callable  equity  securities,  which are  securities
coupled with a put or a call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may effect a "closing purchase transaction" by buying an option of the
same  series as the  option  previously  written.  Similarly,  the  holder of an
exchange-traded  option may  liquidate  his or her  position  by exercise of the
option or by effecting a "closing sale  transaction" by selling an option of the
same  series as the option  previously  purchased.  A portfolio  will  realize a
profit from a closing  transaction if the price of the  transaction is less than
the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to
purchase the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option will
generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security,  any
loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction with respect to a call option
is likely to be offset  in whole or in part by  appreciation  of the  underlying
equity  security owned by the portfolio.  Unlike  exchange-traded  options,  OTC
options  generally do not have a continuous  liquid  market.  Consequently,  the
portfolio  will  generally  be able to realize the value of an OTC option it has
purchased  only by  exercising  it or  reselling it to the dealer who issued it.
Similarly, when the portfolio writes an OTC option, it generally will be able to
close out the OTC option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing
purchase transaction with the dealer to which the portfolio originally wrote the
OTC option.  There is, in general, no guarantee that closing purchase or closing
sale transactions can be effected.

There are certain special risks associated with the portfolios'  transactions in
stock options,  in addition to a risk that the market value of the security will
move adversely to the portfolio's  option  position.  These risks,  which relate
primarily  to   liquidity,   are   discussed  in  the  statement  of  additional
information.

Options on Debt Securities

   
The Diversified Bond,  Government Income,  Conservative  Balanced,  and Flexible
Managed  Portfolios  may purchase and write (i.e.  sell) put and call options on
debt securities  (including U.S.  Government debt securities) that are traded on
U.S. securities exchanges or that result from privately negotiated  transactions
with  primary  U.S.  Government  securities  dealers  recognized  by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York ("OTC options"). Options on debt are similar to options
on stock,  except that the option  holder has the right to take or make delivery
of a debt security, rather than stock.
    

A portfolio will write only "covered"  options.  Options on debt  securities are
covered in the same manner as options on stocks,  discussed above,  except that,
in the case of call options on U.S. Treasury Bills, the portfolio might own U.S.
Treasury Bills of a different series from those underlying the call option,  but
with a principal  amount and value  corresponding  to the option contract amount
and a maturity date no later than that of the securities  deliverable  under the
call option.  The principal  reason for a portfolio to write an option on one or
more of its securities is to realize through the receipt of the premiums paid by
the purchaser of the option a greater  current  return than would be realized on
the underlying  security  alone.  Calls on debt  securities  will not be written
when,  in the opinion of The  Prudential,  interest  rates are likely to decline
significantly, because under those circumstances the premium received by writing
the call likely would not fully offset the foregone appreciation in the value of
the underlying security.

These  portfolios may also write straddles  (i.e., a combination of a call and a
put written on the same  security at the same strike  price where the same issue
of the security is  considered  "cover" for both the put and the call).  In such
cases,  the  portfolio  will also  segregate  or deposit  for the benefit of the
portfolio's broker cash or liquid high-grade debt obligations  equivalent to the
amount, if any, by which the put is "in the money." It is contemplated that each
portfolio's use of straddles will be limited to 5% of the portfolio's net assets
(meaning that the  securities  used for cover or  segregated as described  above
will not exceed 5% of the  portfolio's  net assets at the time the  straddle  is
written).  The  writing  of a call  and a put on the same  security  at the same
strike price where the call and the put are covered by different  securities  is
not considered a straddle for purposes of this limit.

These  portfolios  may  purchase  "protective  puts" in an effort to protect the
value of a security that it owns against a substantial  decline in market value.
Protective  puts are  described  in  Options  on Equity  Securities,  page 15. A
portfolio may wish to protect certain portfolio  securities against a decline in
market value at a time when put options on those  particular  securities are not
available  for  purchase.  A portfolio  may  therefore  purchase a put option on
securities  other than those it wishes to protect  even  though it does not hold
such other  securities in its  portfolio.  While changes in the value of the put
option should  generally  offset  changes in the value of the  securities  being
hedged,  the  correlation  between  the two  values may not be as close in these
transactions as in transactions in which the portfolio purchases a put option on
an underlying security it owns.

These  portfolios may also purchase call options on debt  securities for hedging
or investment purposes. No portfolio currently intends to invest more than 5% of
its  net  assets  at any one  time  in the  purchase  of  call  options  on debt
securities.  A portfolio may also purchase putable and callable debt securities,
which are securities coupled with a put or call option provided by the issuer.

                                16 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




If the writer of an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may  effect  a  "closing  purchase  transaction"  or a  "closing  sale
transaction"  in a manner  similar to that  discussed  above in connection  with
options on equity securities.

The staff of the Securities and Exchange  Commission has taken the position that
purchased OTC options and the assets used as "cover" for written OTC options are
illiquid for purposes of a portfolio's  15% limitation on investment in illiquid
securities.  However,  pursuant to the terms of certain no-action letters issued
by the staff,  the  securities  used as cover for  written  OTC  options  may be
considered  liquid  provided  that  the  portfolio  sells  OTC  options  only to
qualified  dealers who agree that the portfolio may repurchase any OTC option it
writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined  formula. In such
cases,  the OTC option would be considered  illiquid only to the extent that the
maximum  repurchase  price under the formula  exceeds the intrinsic value of the
option.

There are certain risks  associated  with the  portfolios'  transactions in debt
options,  in addition to a risk that the market value of the security  will move
adversely  to  the  portfolio's  option  position.  These  risks,  which  relate
primarily  to   liquidity,   are   discussed  in  the  statement  of  additional
information.

Options on Stock Indices

   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Equity, and Global Portfolios may
purchase and sell put and call  options on stock  indices  traded on  securities
exchanges,   listed  on  NASDAQ  or  that  result  from   privately   negotiated
transactions with broker-dealers ("OTC options").  The Stock Index Portfolio may
utilize options on stock indices by constructing  "put/call"  combinations  that
are economically comparable to a long stock index futures position, as described
in the statement of additional information. Options on stock indices are similar
to options on stock except that,  rather than the right to take or make delivery
of stock at a specified  price,  an option on a stock index gives the holder the
right to receive,  upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing
level of the stock index upon which the option is based is greater  than, in the
case of a call,  or less than,  in the case of a put, the exercise  price of the
option.  This  amount of cash is equal to such  difference  between  the closing
price of the index and the  exercise  price of the option  expressed  in dollars
times a  specified  multiple  (the  "multiplier").  The  writer of the option is
obligated,  in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount.
Unlike stock options,  all  settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on
price  movements in the stock market  generally (or in a particular  industry or
segment of the market) rather than price movements in individual stocks.
    

The  multiplier for an index option  performs a function  similar to the unit of
trading for a stock option. It determines the total dollar value per Contract of
each point in the  difference  between the  exercise  price of an option and the
current  level  of the  underlying  index.  A  multiplier  of 100  means  that a
one-point  difference  will yield $100.  Options on  different  indices may have
different multipliers.

A portfolio  will write only "covered"  options on stock indices.  The manner in
which these  options are covered is  discussed in the  statement  of  additional
information.

These  portfolios  may purchase put and call options for hedging and  investment
purposes.  No portfolio  intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any
time in the purchase of puts and calls on stock indices.  A portfolio may effect
closing sale and purchase  transactions  involving options on stock indices,  as
described above in connection with stock options.

Options on Foreign Currencies

   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Equity, and Global Portfolios may
purchase and write put and call options on foreign  currencies traded on U.S. or
foreign securities exchanges or boards of trade for hedging purposes in a manner
similar to that in which forward foreign currency exchange contracts  (discussed
under Foreign  Securities,  page 14 and futures contracts on foreign  currencies
(discussed under Futures Contracts,  below) will be employed. Options on foreign
currencies  are similar to options on stock,  except that the option  holder has
the right to take or make  delivery of a specified  amount of foreign  currency,
rather than stock.
    

A portfolio may purchase and write options to hedge the  portfolio's  securities
denominated in foreign currencies.  If there is a decline in the dollar value of
a foreign  currency in which the  portfolio's  securities are  denominated,  the
dollar value of such  securities  will decline even though the foreign  currency
value remains the same. To hedge against the decline of the foreign currency,  a
portfolio may purchase put options on such foreign currency. If the value of the
foreign currency declines,  the gain realized on the put option would offset, in
whole or in part, the adverse effect such decline would have on the value of the
portfolio's  securities.  Alternatively,  a portfolio may write a call option on
the foreign currency. If the foreign currency declines,  the option would not be
exercised and the decline in the value of the portfolio  securities  denominated
in such foreign  currency  would be offset in part by the premium the  portfolio
received for the option.

If, on the other hand, the portfolio  manager  anticipates  purchasing a foreign
security  and  also  anticipates  a  rise  in  such  foreign  currency  (thereby
increasing the cost of such security), a portfolio may purchase call options on

                                17 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



the foreign  currency.  The  purchase of such  options  could  offset,  at least
partially,  the  effects  of  the  adverse  movements  of  the  exchange  rates.
Alternatively,  a portfolio could write a put option on the currency and, if the
exchange rates move as anticipated, the option would expire unexercised.

A portfolio's  successful use of currency exchange options on foreign currencies
depends  upon the  manager's  ability to predict the  direction  of the currency
exchange markets and political  conditions,  which requires different skills and
techniques  than predicting  changes in the securities  markets  generally.  For
instance,  if the currency being hedged has moved in a favorable direction,  the
corresponding  appreciation  of the portfolio's  securities  denominated in such
currency would be partially offset by the premiums paid on the options. Further,
if the currency exchange rate does not change, the portfolio net income would be
less than if the portfolio had not hedged since there are costs  associated with
options.

The use of these options is subject to various additional risks. The correlation
between  movements in the price of options and the price of the currencies being
hedged is imperfect.  The use of these  instruments will hedge only the currency
risks associated with investments in foreign  securities,  not market risks. The
portfolio's  ability to establish and maintain  positions  will depend on market
liquidity.  The ability of the  portfolio to close out an option  depends upon a
liquid secondary  market.  There is no assurance that liquid  secondary  markets
will exist for any particular option at any particular time.

Futures Contracts

   
The Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Stock Index,  Equity, and Global
Portfolios may, to the extent  permitted by applicable  regulations,  attempt to
reduce the risk of investment in equity securities by hedging a portion of their
equity  portfolios  through the use of stock index  futures  contracts.  A stock
index  futures  contract  is an  agreement  in which the seller of the  contract
agrees to  deliver  to the buyer an amount of cash  equal to a  specific  dollar
amount times the  difference  between the value of a specific stock index at the
close  of the last  trading  day of the  contract  and the  price  at which  the
agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is
made.

The  Diversified  Bond,  Government  Income,   Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible
Managed,  and Global  Portfolios  may,  to the extent  permitted  by  applicable
regulations,  purchase  and  sell  for  hedging  purpose  futures  contracts  on
interest-bearing  securities (such as U.S. Treasury bonds and notes) or interest
rate indices (referred to collectively as "interest rate futures contracts").

The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed, Equity, and Global Portfolios may,
to the extent  permitted by  applicable  regulations,  purchase and sell futures
contracts  on foreign  currencies  or groups of foreign  currencies  for hedging
purposes.
    

When the futures  contract is entered into, each party deposits with a broker or
in a segregated  custodial  account  approximately  5% of the  contract  amount,
called the "initial margin." Subsequent payments to and from the broker,  called
the  "variation  margin,"  will  be  made on a  daily  basis  as the  underlying
security,  index or rate  fluctuates  making the long and short positions in the
futures  contracts  more or less  valuable,  a process  known as "marking to the
market." The Board of Directors  currently  intends to limit futures  trading so
that a portfolio will not enter into futures contracts or related options if the
aggregate initial margins and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of its
assets,  after taking into account  unrealized  profits and unrealized losses on
any such contracts and options.

A portfolio's  successful use of futures  contracts  depends upon the investment
manager's  ability  to  predict  the  direction  of  the  relevant  market.  The
correlation  between movement in the price of the futures contract and the price
of the  securities  or currencies  being hedged is  imperfect.  The ability of a
portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a liquid secondary  market.
There  is no  assurance  that  liquid  secondary  markets  will  exist  for  any
particular futures contract at any particular time.

Options on Futures Contracts

   
To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law and federal regulations, the
Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible  Managed,  Stock  Index,  Equity,  and  Global
Portfolios may enter into certain transactions  involving options on stock index
futures  contracts;  the  Diversified  Bond,  Government  Income,   Conservative
Balanced,  Flexible  Managed,  and  Global  Portfolios  may enter  into  certain
transactions  involving  options on interest  rate  futures  contracts;  and the
Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity, and Global Portfolios may enter
into  certain  transactions   involving  options  on  foreign  currency  futures
contracts.  An option on a futures  contract  gives the  purchaser or holder the
right,  but not the  obligation,  to assume a position in a futures  contract (a
long  position  if the option is a call and a short  position if the option is a
put) at a specified  price at any time during the option  exercise  period.  The
writer of the option is required upon  exercise to assume an offsetting  futures
position  (a short  position  if the option is a call and long  position  if the
option is a put).  Upon  exercise of the option,  the  assumption  of offsetting
futures positions by the writer and holder of the option will be accomplished by
delivery of the accumulated balance in the
    

                                18 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



writer's  futures margin account which represents the amount by which the market
price of the futures contract,  at exercise,  exceeds, in the case of a call, or
is less  than,  in the case of a put,  the  exercise  price of the option on the
futures  contract.  As an  alternative  to exercise,  the holder or writer of an
option may  terminate a position by selling or  purchasing an option of the same
series.  There is no guarantee that such closing  transactions  can be effected.
The Stock Index  Portfolio  intends to utilize  options on stock  index  futures
contracts  by  constructing   "put/call"   combinations  that  are  economically
comparable to a long stock index futures position, as described in the statement
of additional  information.  The other  portfolios  intend to utilize options on
futures  contracts for the same purposes  that they use the  underlying  futures
contracts.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

   
The  Diversified  Bond and Government  Income  Portfolios,  as well as the fixed
income portions of the Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios,
may use reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. The money market portion
of any  portfolio  may use reverse  repurchase  agreements.  Reverse  repurchase
agreements  involve the sale of securities held by a portfolio with an agreement
by the portfolio to repurchase  the same  securities at an agreed upon price and
date.  During the reverse  repurchase  period,  the portfolio often continues to
receive  principal and interest  payments on the sold  securities.  The terms of
each  agreement  reflect a rate of interest for use of the funds for the period,
and  thus  these  agreements  have  the  characteristics  of  borrowing  by  the
portfolio.  Dollar rolls involve sales by a portfolio of securities for delivery
in the current month with a  simultaneous  contract to repurchase  substantially
similar  securities (same type and coupon) from the same party at an agreed upon
price and date.  During the roll period,  the  portfolio  forgoes  principal and
interest paid on the  securities.  A portfolio is  compensated by the difference
between the current  sales price and the forward  price for the future  purchase
(often  referred to as the "drop") as well as by the interest earned on the cash
proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered roll" is a specific type of dollar roll
for which there is an  offsetting  cash position or a cash  equivalent  security
position  which matures on or before the forward  settlement  date of the dollar
roll  transaction.  A portfolio  will  establish a  segregated  account with its
custodian in which it will maintain cash,  U.S.  Government  securities or other
liquid  high-grade debt obligations equal in value to its obligations in respect
of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. Reverse repurchase agreements
and  dollar  rolls  involve  the risk that the  market  value of the  securities
retained by the  portfolio  may decline  below the price of the  securities  the
portfolio has sold but is obligated to repurchase  under the  agreement.  In the
event the buyer of  securities  under a reverse  repurchase  agreement or dollar
roll files for  bankruptcy  or becomes  insolvent,  the  portfolio's  use of the
proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other
party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the portfolio's obligation
to  repurchase  the  securities.  The  Diversified  Bond and  Government  Income
Portfolios,  as well as the fixed income portions of the  Conservative  Balanced
and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios,  will not obligate more than 30% of their net
assets in connection  with reverse  repurchase  agreements and dollar rolls.  No
other portfolio will obligate more than 10% of its net assets in connection with
reverse repurchase agreements.
    

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities

   
From time to time, in the ordinary  course of business,  the  Diversified  Bond,
Government Income,  Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Equity and Global
Portfolios may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery
basis,  that is,  delivery  and payment can take place a month or more after the
date of the  transaction.  Each of these portfolios will limit such purchases to
those in which the date for  delivery  and payment  falls within 120 days of the
date of the commitment.  A portfolio will make  commitments for such when-issued
transactions  only with the intention of actually  acquiring the  securities.  A
portfolio's  custodian  will  maintain,  in  a  separate  account,   cash,  U.S.
Government  securities or other high grade debt obligations having a value equal
to or greater than such  commitments.  If a portfolio  chooses to dispose of the
right to acquire a when-issued  security prior to its acquisition,  it could, as
with the disposition of any other portfolio  security,  incur a gain or loss due
to market fluctuations.
    

In addition, the short-term portions of any of the portfolios may purchase money
market  securities on  when-issued  or delayed  delivery  basis on the terms set
forth in the Appendix to this prospectus.

Short Sales

   
The Diversified  Bond,  Government  Income,  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible
Managed  Portfolios may sell  securities  they do not own in  anticipation  of a
decline in the market value of those  securities  ("short  sales").  To complete
such a  transaction,  the portfolio will borrow the security to make delivery to
the buyer.  The portfolio is then obligated to replace the security  borrowed by
purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement.  The price at such
time may be more or less than the price at which  the  security  was sold by the
portfolio.  Until the security is replaced,  the portfolio is required to pay to
the lender any interest  which accrues  during the period of the loan. To borrow
the security the portfolio may be required to pay a premium which would increase
the cost of the security  sold.  The proceeds of the short sale will be retained
by the broker to the extent  necessary  to meet  margin  requirements  until the
short  position  is  closed  out.  Until the  portfolio  replaces  the  borrowed
security,  it will (a) maintain in a segregated account cash or U.S.  Government
securities at such a level that the amount deposited
    

                                19 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



in the account  plus the amount  deposited  with the broker as  collateral  will
equal the current  market value of the security  sold short and will not be less
than the  market  value  of the  security  at the time it was sold  short or (b)
otherwise cover its short position.

The  portfolio  will  incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of
the security  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which
the portfolio replaces the borrowed security.  The portfolio will realize a gain
if the  security  declines  in price  between  those  dates.  This result is the
opposite of what one would expect from a cash  purchase of a long  position in a
security.  The amount of any gain will be decreased,  and the amount of any loss
will be  increased,  by the amount of any premium or interest paid in connection
with the short  sale.  No more than 25% of any  portfolio's  net assets will be,
when added  together:  (i) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace
securities  borrowed to effect  short  sales and (ii)  allocated  to  segregated
accounts in connection with short sales.

Short Sales Against the Box

All portfolios available to The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24 may make
short sales of  securities  or maintain a short  position,  provided that at all
times when a short  position is open the portfolio  owns an equal amount of such
securities  or  securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable,  with or without
payment of any further  consideration,  for an equal amount of the securities of
the same issuer as the  securities  sold short (a "short sale against the box");
provided,  that if further  consideration  is  required in  connection  with the
conversion or exchange, cash or U.S. Government securities in an amount equal to
such consideration must be put in a segregated account.

Interest Rate Swaps

   
The  Diversified  Bond and  Government  Income  Portfolios  and the fixed income
portions of the Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may use
interest rate swaps to increase or decrease a  portfolio's  exposure to long- or
short-term interest rates. No portfolio currently intends to invest more than 5%
of its net assets at any one time in interest rate swaps. For more  information,
see the statement of additional information.
    

Loans of Portfolio Securities

All of the portfolios  available to The Prudential  Variable Contract Account-24
may from time to time lend the securities they hold to broker-dealers,  provided
that such loans are made  pursuant to written  agreements  and are  continuously
secured  by  collateral  in the  form of cash,  U.S.  Government  securities  or
irrevocable  standby letters of credit in an amount equal to at least the market
value at all  times of the  loaned  securities  plus the  accrued  interest  and
dividends.  During the time  securities are on loan, the portfolio will continue
to receive the interest  and  dividends or amounts  equivalent  thereto,  on the
loaned securities while receiving a fee from the borrower or earning interest on
the investment of the cash  collateral.  The right to terminate the loan will be
given to either party subject to  appropriate  notice.  Upon  termination of the
loan, the borrower will return to the lender securities  identical to the loaned
securities.  The portfolio  will not have the right to vote  securities on loan,
but  would  terminate  the  loan  and  retain  the  right  to vote if that  were
considered important with respect to the investment.

The primary risk in lending securities is that the borrower may become insolvent
on a day on which the loaned  security is rapidly  advancing  in price.  In such
event,  if the  borrower  fails to return the loaned  securities,  the  existing
collateral  might be  insufficient  to  purchase  back the  full  amount  of the
security  loaned,  and the  borrower  would  be  unable  to  furnish  additional
collateral.  The borrower  would be liable for any  shortage;  but the portfolio
would be an unsecured  creditor  with respect to such  shortage and might not be
able to  recover  all or any of it.  However,  this risk may be  minimized  by a
careful  selection  of borrowers  and  securities  to be lent and by  monitoring
collateral.

No  portfolio  will  lend  securities  to  broker-dealers  affiliated  with  The
Prudential, including Prudential Securities Incorporated. This will not affect a
portfolio's ability to maximize its securities lending opportunities.

                       INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE
                                TO THE PORTFOLIOS

The  Series  Fund is  subject  to  certain  investment  restrictions  which  are
fundamental  to the  operations of the Series Fund and may not be changed except
with the approval of a majority vote (as defined under INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND
POLICIES  OF THE  PORTFOLIOS  on page  5) of the  persons  participating  in the
affected portfolio.

The investments of the various portfolios  currently available to The Prudential
Variable  Contract  Account-24  are  generally  subject  to  certain  additional
restrictions  under  state  laws.  In the  event  of  future  amendments  to the
applicable statutes,  each of these portfolios will comply, without the approval
of the shareholders, with the statutory requirements as so modified.

                                20 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




For a detailed  discussion of investment  restrictions  applicable to the Series
Fund, see INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS in the statement of additional information.

                       INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS
                                  AND EXPENSES

The Series Fund has  entered  into an  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  with The
Prudential  under which The  Prudential  will,  subject to the  direction of the
Board of Directors of the Series Fund, be responsible  for the management of the
Series  Fund,  and  provide  investment  advice  and  related  services  to each
portfolio.  The  directors,  in addition to reviewing  the actions of the Series
Fund's  investment  advisor,  decide upon matters of general policy.  The Series
Fund's  officers  conduct and  supervise  the daily  business  operations of the
Series Fund.

The  Prudential,  founded  in 1875 under the laws of New  Jersey,  is subject to
regulation by the  Department of Insurance of the State of New Jersey as well as
by the insurance  departments of all the other states and jurisdictions in which
it does business. The Prudential is registered both as a broker-dealer under the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  as an  investment  advisor  under  the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Prudential's  principal business address is
Prudential Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777.

   
The  Prudential  manages  the  assets  that it owns as well as those of  various
separate  accounts  established  by The  Prudential  and  those  held  by  other
investment companies for which it acts as investment advisor. Total assets under
management  as of  December  31,  1995 were  approximately  $xxx  billion  which
includes  approximately  $xxx billion owned by The Prudential and  approximately
$xx billion of external assets under The Prudential's management.

Subject to The  Prudential's  supervision,  substantially  all of the investment
advisory services provided to the Series Fund by The Prudential, with respect to
the  portfolios   currently   available  to  The  Prudential  Variable  Contract
Account-24,  are furnished by its wholly-owned subsidiary,  PIC, pursuant to the
Service  Agreement  between The Prudential and PIC which provides that a portion
of the fee received by The Prudential for providing investment advisory services
will be paid to PIC. The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed  Portfolios
are managed by PIC, using a team of portfolio  managers under the supervision of
Theresa Hamacher and Mark Stumpp, Managing Directors,  PIC. PIC is registered as
an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
    

Under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge,  payable  quarterly,  equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio.

   
The  investment  management  fee for the Stock  Index  Portfolio  is equal to an
annual  rate of 0.35% of the  average  daily net  assets of the  portfolio.  The
investment  management  fee for  the  Diversified  Bond  and  Government  Income
Portfolios is equal to an annual rate of 0.4% of the average daily net assets of
each of the portfolios.  For the Equity Portfolio, the fee is equal to an annual
rate of 0.45% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio.  The fee for the
Conservative  Balanced is equal to an annual rate of 0.55% of the average  daily
net assets of the  portfolio.  For the Flexible  Managed  Portfolio,  the fee is
equal  to an  annual  rate  of 0.6%  of the  average  daily  net  assets  of the
portfolio.  The fee for the Global Portfolio is equal to an annual rate of 0.75%
of the average daily net assets of the portfolio.

For the year ended  December 31, 1995,  the Series  Fund's total  expenses  were
0.xx% of the  average  net assets of all of the Series  Fund's  portfolios.  The
investment  management fee for that period  constituted 0.xx% of the average net
assets.  For further  information  about the  expenses of the Series  Fund,  see
INVESTMENT  MANAGEMENT  ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES in the statement of additional
information.
    

                        PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  offered  continuously,  without  sales
charge,  at prices equal to the respective  net asset values of the  portfolios,
only to the Accounts to fund benefits  payable under the  Contracts.  The Series
Fund may at some later date also offer its shares to other separate  accounts of
The Prudential or other insurers.  Pruco Securities Corporation  ("Prusec"),  an
indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of The  Prudential,  acts  as the  principal
underwriter  of the Series Fund.  Prusec's  principal  business  address is 1111
Durham Avenue, South Plainfield, New Jersey 07080.

The Series  Fund is  required  to redeem all full and  fractional  shares of the
Series  Fund for cash within 7 days of receipt of proper  notice of  redemption.
The redemption  price is the net asset value per share next determined after the
initial receipt of proper notice of redemption.

The right to redeem shares or to receive  payment with respect to any redemption
may be  suspended  only  for any  period  during  which  trading  on the NYSE is
restricted as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission

                                21 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



or when such  exchange  is closed  (other  than  customary  weekend  and holiday
closings),  for any period  during which an  emergency  exists as defined by the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  a  result  of  which  disposal  of  a
portfolio's securities or determination of the net asset value of each portfolio
is not reasonably practicable,  and for such other periods as the Securities and
Exchange  Commission may by order permit for the protection of  shareholders  of
each portfolio.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   
The net asset value of the shares of each portfolio  available to The Prudential
Variable Contract  Account-24 is determined once daily, as of 4:15 p.m. New York
City time on each day during  which the NYSE is open for  business.  The NYSE is
open for  business  Monday  through  Friday  except  for the  days on which  the
following holidays are observed:  New Year's Day,  Presidents' Day, Good Friday,
Memorial Day,  Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.
In the event the New York Stock  Exchange  closes early on any business day, the
net asset value of each  portfolio  shall be  determined  at a time between such
closing and 4:15 p.m. New York City time.  The net asset value per share of each
such portfolio is computed by adding the sum of the value of the securities held
by that  portfolio plus any cash or other assets it holds,  subtracting  all its
liabilities,  and dividing the result by the total number of shares  outstanding
of that portfolio at such time.  Expenses,  including the investment  management
fee payable to The Prudential, are accrued daily.

In determining the net asset value of the Diversified Bond and Government Income
Portfolios, securities (other than debt obligations with remaining maturities of
less than 60 days,  which are valued at amortized cost) will be valued utilizing
an independent pricing service to determine  valuations for normal institutional
size trading units of securities.  The pricing service considers such factors as
security prices, yields,  maturities,  call features,  ratings, and developments
relating to specific securities in arriving at securities valuations.

The net asset value of the Stock Index,  Equity,  and Global  Portfolios will be
determined in the following manner. Any security for which the primary market is
on an exchange is generally valued at the last sale price on such exchange as of
the close of the NYSE (which is  currently  4:00 p.m. New York City time) or, in
the absence of recorded  sales, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid
and asked prices.  NASDAQ National Market System equity securities are valued at
the last sale  price or, if there was no sale on such day,  at the mean  between
the most recently  quoted bid and asked prices.  Other  over-the-counter  equity
securities are valued at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked
prices.   Convertible   debt   securities   that  are  actively  traded  in  the
over-the-counter  market,  including  listed  securities  for which the  primary
market is believed to be  over-the-counter,  are valued at the mean  between the
most recently  quoted bid and asked prices.  Short-term debt  instruments  which
mature  in less  than 60 days  are  valued  at  amortized  cost.  For  valuation
purposes,  quotations of foreign  securities in a foreign currency are converted
to U.S. dollar equivalents.
    

Generally,  trading in foreign  securities,  as well as  corporate  bonds,  U.S.
Government securities, and money market instruments,  is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE.  The value of any such
securities  is  determined  as  of  such  times  for  purposes  of  computing  a
portfolio's net asset value.  Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally
determined  prior to the close of the NYSE.  If an  extraordinary  event  occurs
after the close of an exchange on which that  security is traded,  the  security
will be valued  at fair  value as  determined  in good  faith by the  applicable
portfolio  manager  under  procedures  established  by  and  under  the  general
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

   
In  determining  the net asset  value of each of the  Balanced  Portfolios,  the
method of valuation of a security  depends on the type of  investment  involved.
Intermediate or long-term fixed income  securities are valued in the same way as
such  securities  in the  Diversified  Bond  Portfolio,  and  common  stocks and
convertible  debt  securities are valued in the same way as such  securities are
valued in the Equity Portfolio.  With respect to the money market portion of the
Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios,  all  short-term  debt
obligations with a maturity of 12 months or less are valued on an amortized cost
basis in  accordance  with an order  obtained from the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.  Each Balanced  Portfolio  must maintain a  dollar-weighted  average
maturity for its  short-term  debt  obligations  of 120 days or less. The values
determined  by the  amortized  cost method may deviate  from market  value under
certain  circumstances.  The Board of Directors  has  established  procedures to
monitor whether any material deviation occurs and, if so, will promptly consider
what action,  if any,  should be initiated to prevent unfair results to Contract
owners.  The short-term portion of these portfolios may be invested only in high
quality instruments, as described in the Appendix to this prospectus.

With respect to all the portfolios  which utilize such  investments,  options on
stock and stock indices  traded on national  securities  exchanges are valued at
the  average  of the bid and  asked  prices  as of the  close of the  respective
exchange  (which is currently 4:10 p.m. New York City time).  Futures  contracts
and  options  thereon  are  valued  at the last  sale  price at the close of the
applicable commodities exchanges or board of trade (which is currently 4:15 p.m.
New York  City  time) or,  if there  was no sale on the  applicable  commodities
exchange or board of trade
    

                                22 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
on such day, at the mean between the most  recently  quoted bid and asked prices
on such exchange or board of trade.
    

Securities or assets for which market  quotations are not readily available will
be valued at fair value as determined by The  Prudential  under the direction of
the Board of Directors of the Series Fund.

                       DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

The Series Fund intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company
under certain  provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code").  Under such
provisions,  the Series  Fund will not be  subject to federal  income tax on the
part  of its  net  ordinary  income  and  net  realized  capital  gains  that it
distributes  to the Accounts.  The Series Fund intends to meet the  requirements
for treatment as a regulated investment company both on a portfolio-by-portfolio
basis and for the Series  Fund as a whole.  The Series  Fund's  compliance  with
those  requirements  may prevent a portfolio from utilizing  options and futures
contracts  as  much as the  portfolio  manager  might  otherwise  believe  to be
desirable.

The Series Fund intends to  distribute  as dividends  substantially  all the net
investment  income,  if any,  of each  portfolio.  For  dividend  purposes,  net
investment  income  of  each  portfolio  available  to The  Prudential  Variable
Contract  Account-24 will consist of all payments of dividends (other than stock
dividends) or interest received by such portfolio less the estimated expenses of
such portfolio  (including  fees payable to the Investment  Manager).  Dividends
from  investment  income  of  the  portfolios  will  normally  be  declared  and
reinvested in additional full and fractional shares quarter-annually.

The Series  Fund will also  declare and  distribute  annually  all net  realized
capital gains of the portfolios  available to The Prudential  Variable  Contract
Account-24.

The Code  generally  imposes a 4% excise tax on a portion  of the  undistributed
income of a regulated  investment  company if that company  fails to  distribute
required  percentages  of its ordinary  income and capital gain net income.  The
Series Fund  intends to employ  practices  that will  eliminate  or minimize the
imposition of this excise tax.

In addition, Section 817(h) of the Code requires that assets underlying variable
life insurance and variable annuity contracts must meet certain  diversification
requirements  if the  contracts  are to qualify as life  insurance  and  annuity
contracts. The diversification requirements ordinarily must be met within 1 year
after Contract owner funds are first allocated to the particular portfolio,  and
within 30 days after the end of each calendar  quarter  thereafter.  In order to
meet the diversification  requirements set forth in Treasury  Regulations issued
pursuant to Section  817(h),  each  portfolio  must meet one of two  alternative
tests.  Under the first test, no more than 55% of the portfolio's  assets can be
invested in any one  investment;  no more than 70% of the assets can be invested
in any two  investments;  no more than 80% of the assets can be  invested in any
three investments; and no more than 90% can be invested in any four investments.
Under the  second  test,  the  portfolio  must meet the tax law  diversification
requirements  for a  regulated  investment  company  and no more than 55% of the
value of the portfolio's assets can be invested in cash, cash items,  Government
securities, and securities of other regulated investment companies.

For  purposes  of   determining   whether  a  variable   account  is  adequately
diversified,  each United States Government agency or instrumentality is treated
as a separate issuer for purposes of determining  whether a variable  account is
adequately  diversified.  The Series Fund's compliance with the  diversification
requirements  will generally  limit the amount of assets that may be invested in
federally insured  certificates of deposit and all types of securities issued or
guaranteed by each United States Government agency or instrumentality.

   
The Global  Portfolio  may be  required  to pay  withholding  or other  taxes to
foreign  governments.  If so, the taxes will reduce the  portfolio's  dividends.
Foreign tax withholding from dividends and interest (if any) is typically set at
a rate  between 10% and 15%.  While  Contract  owners will thus bear the cost of
foreign tax withholding,  they will not be able to claim a foreign tax credit or
deduction for foreign taxes paid by the portfolio.
    

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable  provisions
of the Code and  Treasury  Regulations  currently  in effect.  For the  complete
provisions,  reference  should be made to the  pertinent  Code  sections and the
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.  The Code and these Regulations are
subject to change by legislative or administrative actions.

                  OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND

Incorporation and Authorized Stock

   
The Series Fund was  incorporated  under  Maryland law on November 15, 1982. The
authorized  Capital Stock of the Series Fund consists of 2 billion  shares,  par
value  $0.01 per share.  The shares of Capital  Stock are divided  into  fifteen
classes: Money Market Portfolio Capital Stock (225 million shares),  Diversified
Bond Portfolio Capital
    

                                23 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



   
Stock (200 million  shares),  Government  Income  Portfolio  Capital  Stock (100
million  shares),  Zero Coupon Bond  Portfolio  2000  Capital  Stock (25 million
shares),  Zero Coupon Bond  Portfolio  2005 Capital  Stock (50 million  shares),
Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  Capital Stock (300 million shares),  Flexible
Managed Portfolio Capital Stock (300 million shares),  High Yield Bond Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million  shares),  Stock Index  Portfolio  Capital Stock (100
million  shares),  Equity Income  Portfolio  Capital Stock (100 million shares),
Equity  Portfolio  Capital  Stock  (200  million  shares),  Prudential  Jennison
Portfolio  Capital  Stock  (50  million  shares),   Small  Capitalization  Stock
Portfolio Capital Stock (50 million shares), Global Portfolio Capital Stock (100
million shares), Natural Resources Portfolio Capital Stock (100 million shares).
The  shares  of  each   portfolio,   when   issued,   will  be  fully  paid  and
non-assessable, will have no conversion, exchange or similar rights, and will be
freely transferable.
    

Each share of stock will have a pro rata interest in the assets of the portfolio
to which the stock of that class relates and will have no interest in the assets
of any other  portfolio.  Holders of shares of any  portfolio  are  entitled  to
redeem their shares as set forth under PURCHASE AND  REDEMPTION OF SHARES,  page
21.

   
The Prudential provided the initial capital for the Series Fund. With respect to
the seven portfolios  currently  available to The Prudential  Variable  Contract
Account-24, The Prudential initially purchased $5,000,000 worth of shares of the
Diversified  Bond Portfolio,  $300,000 worth of shares of the Equity  Portfolio,
$2,500,000  worth  of  shares  of  the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio,   and
$3,000,000 worth of shares of the Flexible Managed Portfolio. The Prudential has
since  purchased  $25,000,000  worth of  shares of the  Stock  Index and  Global
Portfolios;  and $10,000,000 worth of shares of the Government Income Portfolio.
These  shares  were  acquired  for  investment  and can be  disposed  of only by
redemption.  They will not be redeemed by The Prudential  until the other assets
of the portfolios are large enough so that  redemption  will not have an adverse
effect  upon  investment  performance.  From  the  inception  of the  respective
portfolios  through  December 31, 1995,  The  Prudential has redeemed a total of
$7,752,850 worth of shares from the Diversified  Bond Portfolio,  $304,065 worth
of shares from the Equity Portfolio,  $31,019,279 worth of shares from the Stock
Index  Portfolio,  $3,825,023  worth of shares  from the  Conservative  Balanced
Portfolio,  and $4,645,305 worth of shares from the Flexible Managed  Portfolio,
and  $11,056,195  worth of shares from the Government  Income  Portfolio  (these
amounts reflect total redemption of the shares purchased by The Prudential).  In
addition,  The  Prudential  has  redeemed  $xx,xxx,xxx  worth of shares from the
Global  Portfolio  (this  amount  reflects  partial  redemption  of  the  shares
purchased by The  Prudential).  The Prudential  will vote its shares in the same
manner and in the same  proportion  as the shares  held in the  Accounts,  which
generally are voted in accordance with instructions of Contract owners.
    

Voting Rights

The voting rights of Contract owners or  Participants,  and limitations on those
rights,  are explained in the  accompanying  prospectus for the  Contracts.  The
Prudential and certain other insurers with separate accounts which invest in the
Series Fund, as the owners of the assets in the Accounts, vote all of the shares
of the  Series  Fund,  but they  will  generally  do so in  accordance  with the
instructions  of  Contract  owners or  Participants  pursuant to the current SEC
requirements and staff  interpretations  regarding  pass-through  voting.  Under
certain circumstances,  however, the Companies may disregard voting instructions
received from  Contract  owners or  Participants.  The Series Fund does not hold
annual  shareholders  meetings in any year in which it is not  required to do so
either under Maryland law or the Investment  Company Act of 1940. For additional
information  describing  how the  Companies  will vote the  shares of the Series
Fund, see Voting Rights in the accompanying prospectus for the Contracts.

Monitoring for Possible Conflict

As stated  above,  Series Fund  shares will be sold to separate  accounts of The
Prudential  and certain other  insurers to fund both variable life insurance and
variable annuity contracts. The Board of Directors of the Series Fund intends to
monitor events for the existence of any material  conflict between the interests
of variable life insurance and variable annuity  contract owners.  The Companies
have agreed to be responsible for reporting any potential or existing  conflicts
to  the  Board  of  Directors.   Moreover,  the  Companies  have  agreed  to  be
responsible, at their cost, to remedy any material irreconcilable conflict up to
and including  establishing a new registered  management  investment company and
segregating  the assets  underlying  the variable  life  insurance  and variable
annuity contracts.

Periodic Reports

The  Series  Fund will  send each  shareholder,  at least  annually,  statements
showing as of a specified date the number of shares in each  portfolio  credited
to the  shareholder.  The  Series  Fund  will  also  send  Contract  owners  and
Participants   semi-annual  reports  showing  the  financial  condition  of  the
portfolios in which they may invest and the investments held in each. The annual
report  may  take  the  form  of an  updated  copy of  this  prospectus  and its
accompanying statement of additional information.

                                24 - Series Fund


<PAGE>




Portfolio Brokerage and Related Practices

   
The Prudential is responsible  for decisions to buy and sell  securities for the
portfolios,  the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and
the  negotiation  of  brokerage  commissions,  if any.  Transactions  on a stock
exchange in equity  securities will be executed  primarily  through brokers that
will  receive a  commission  paid by the  portfolio.  The  Diversified  Bond and
Government  Income  Portfolios,  on the other hand,  will not normally incur any
brokerage  commissions.  Fixed income  securities,  as well as equity securities
traded in the  over-the-counter  market,  are generally  traded on a "net" basis
with  dealers  acting as  principals  for their  own  accounts  without a stated
commission,  although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the
dealer.  In  underwritten  offerings,  securities are purchased at a fixed price
that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter,  generally  referred
to as the underwriter's concession or discount.  Certain of these securities may
also be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case neither commissions nor
discounts are paid.
    

An affiliated broker may be employed to execute brokerage transactions on behalf
of the  portfolios,  as long as the commissions are reasonable and fair compared
to the  commissions  received by other  brokers in  connection  with  comparable
transactions   involving  similar  securities  being  purchased  or  sold  on  a
securities  exchange during a comparable period of time. The Series Fund may not
engage in any transactions in which The Prudential or its affiliates,  including
Prudential    Securities    Incorporated,    acts   as   principal,    including
over-the-counter purchases and negotiated trades in which such a party acts as a
principal.   Additional   information  about  portfolio  brokerage  and  related
transactions is included in the statement of additional information.

Custodian, Transfer Agent, and Dividend Disbursing Agent

   
Chemical  Bank,  4 New York Plaza,  New York,  NY 10004 is the  custodian of the
assets held by all the  portfolios  in which The  Prudential  Variable  Contract
Account-24 may currently invest, except the Global Portfolio,  and is authorized
to use the facilities of the Depository  Trust Company and the facilities of the
book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Bank with respect to securities held by
these  portfolios.  Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("Brown  Brothers"),  40 Water
Street, Boston MA 02109, is the custodian of the assets of the Global Portfolio.
Brown Brothers employs subcustodians,  who were approved by the directors of the
Series Fund in  accordance  with  regulations  of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  for the  purpose  of  providing  custodial  service  for the Global
Portfolio's foreign assets held outside the United States. Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company,  60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10260 is the custodian of the assets held
in connection with repurchase  agreements  entered into by the portfolios and is
authorized to use the facilities of the book-entry system of the Federal Reserve
Bank.  The directors of the Series Fund monitor the activities of the custodians
and the subcustodians.
    

The  Prudential  is the  transfer  agent and dividend  disbursing  agent for the
Series Fund. The Prudential's  principal  business address is Prudential  Plaza,
Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777.

Additional Information

This prospectus and the statement of additional  information  referred to on the
cover page do not  contain  all the  information  set forth in the  registration
statement, certain portions of which have been omitted pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission.  The omitted information
may be obtained from the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C., upon
payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission.

For further information, shareholders may also contact the Series Fund's office,
the  address  and  phone  number  of which  are set  forth on the  cover of this
prospectus.

                                25 - Series Fund


<PAGE>



                                                                        APPENDIX

                 SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                              MAY CURRENTLY INVEST*

The  Money  Market  Portfolio,  and the other  portfolios  to the  extent  their
investment policies so provide, may invest in the following liquid,  short-term,
debt securities regularly bought and sold by financial institutions:

1. U.S.  Treasury Bills and other  obligations  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government,  its  agencies  or  instrumentalities.  These  are  debt  securities
(including  bills,  certificates of  indebtedness,  notes,  and bonds) issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or  instrumentality  of the U.S.
Government  that is  established  under  the  authority  of an act of  Congress.
Although  all  obligations  of  agencies  and  instrumentalities  are not direct
obligations of the U.S. Treasury,  payment of the interest and principal on them
is generally backed directly or indirectly by the U.S. Government.  This support
can range from the backing of the full faith and credit of the United States, to
U.S. Treasury guarantees or to the backing solely of the issuing instrumentality
itself.  Securities  which are not  backed by the full  faith and  credit of the
United States include but are not limited to obligations of the Tennessee Valley
Authority,  the Federal  National  Mortgage  Association,  the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage  Corporation,  and the United States Postal Service,  each of which has
the  right to  borrow  from  the U.S.  Treasury  to meet  its  obligations,  and
obligations  of the Federal Farm Credit  System and the Federal Home Loan Banks,
the  obligations of which may only be satisfied by the individual  credit of the
issuing agency. Obligations of the Government National Mortgage Association, the
Farmers  Home  Administration,  and  the  Export-Import  Bank  are  examples  of
securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

2. Obligations  (including  certificates of deposit,  bankers' acceptances,  and
time deposits) of domestic banks,  foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches
of foreign banks,  and foreign  offices of foreign banks provided that such bank
has,  at the time of the  portfolio's  investment,  total  assets of at least $1
billion or the  equivalent.  Obligations of any savings and loan  association or
savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,
provided  that  such  association  or  savings  bank  has,  at the  time  of the
portfolio's  investment,   total  assets  of  at  least  $1  billion.  The  term
"certificates  of deposit"  includes both  Eurodollar  certificates  of deposit,
which are traded in the  over-the-counter  market, and Eurodollar time deposits,
for which there is generally not a market.  "Eurodollars"  are dollars deposited
in banks outside the United  States.  An  investment  in Eurodollar  instruments
involves  risks that are  different in some  respects from an investment in debt
obligations  of  domestic  issuers,  including  future  political  and  economic
developments such as possible  expropriation or confiscatory taxation that might
adversely  affect the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on the  Eurodollar
instruments.

"Certificates  of deposit" are  certificates  evidencing the  indebtedness  of a
commercial  bank to repay funds  deposited with it for a definite period of time
(usually from 14 days to 1 year).  "Bankers' acceptances" are credit instruments
evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft which has been drawn on it by
a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the
drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument  upon maturity.  "Time deposits"
are non-negotiable deposits in a bank for a fixed period of time.

3. Commercial  paper,  variable amount demand master notes,  bills,  notes,  and
other  obligations  issued by a U.S.  company,  a foreign  company  or a foreign
government,   its  agencies,   instrumentalities   or  political   subdivisions,
denominated in U.S. dollars, and, at the date of investment, rated at least A or
A-2 by Standard & Poor's Corporation  ("S&P"), A or Prime-2 by Moody's Investors
Service  ("Moody's") or, if not rated, issued by an entity having an outstanding
unsecured  debt issue rated at least A or A-2 by S&P or A or Prime-2 by Moody's.
A  description  of  corporate  bond  ratings is contained in the Appendix to the
statement of  additional  information.  If such  obligations  are  guaranteed or
supported by a letter of credit issued by a bank, such bank (including a foreign
bank)  must  meet the  requirements  set  forth in  paragraph  2 above.  If such
obligations are guaranteed or insured by an insurance  company or other non-bank
entity,  such insurance company or other non-bank entity must represent a credit
of high quality, as determined by the Series Fund's investment adviser under the
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

As stated above in paragraphs 2 and 3, the Money Market Portfolio and short-term
portions of the other portfolios may contain  obligations of foreign branches of
domestic  banks and domestic  branches of foreign  banks,  as well as commercial
paper,  bills,  notes,  and other  obligations  issued in the  United  States by
foreign   issuers,   including   foreign   governments,   their  agencies,   and
instrumentalities.  This involves certain  additional risks. These risks include
future  political and economic  developments  in the country of the issuer,  the
possible  imposition of  withholding  taxes on interest  income  payable on such
obligations held by the Series Fund, the possible seizure or  nationalization of
foreign deposits,  and the possible  establishment of exchange controls or other
foreign

*Although the Money Market Portfolio is not available to The Prudential Variable
Contract Account-24,  any short-term portion of the various portfolios available
through  subaccounts  of that Account may be invested in the types of securities
described in this Appendix.

                                A1 - Series Fund


<PAGE>


governmental  laws or restrictions  which might affect  adversely the payment of
principal and interest on such obligations held by the Series Fund. In addition,
there may be less publicly  available  information  about a foreign  issuer than
about a  domestic  one,  and  foreign  issuers  may not be  subject  to the same
accounting,  auditing and financial recordkeeping standards, and requirements as
domestic issuers. Securities issued by foreign issuers may be subject to greater
fluctuations in price than securities issued by U.S. entities.  Finally,  in the
event of a default with respect to any such foreign debt obligations,  it may be
more  difficult  for the Series Fund to obtain or to enforce a judgment  against
the issuers of such securities.

4. Repurchase Agreements. When the Money Market Portfolio purchases money market
securities  of the  types  described  above,  it may on  occasion  enter  into a
repurchase  agreement  with the seller wherein the seller and the buyer agree at
the time of sale to a repurchase of the security at a mutually  agreed upon time
and price. The period of maturity is usually quite short,  possibly overnight or
a few days,  although it may extend over a number of months. The resale price is
in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon market rate effective
for the period of time the portfolio's money is invested in the security, and is
not related to the coupon rate of the purchased security.  Repurchase agreements
may be considered loans of money to the seller of the underlying security, which
are collateralized by the securities  underlying the repurchase  agreement.  The
Series Fund will not enter into  repurchase  agreements  unless the agreement is
"fully  collateralized"  (i.e.,  the value of the  securities is, and during the
entire term of the agreement remains, at least equal to the amount of the `loan'
including  accrued  interest).  The  Series  Fund  will take  possession  of the
securities  underlying  the  agreement  and will value them daily to assure that
this  condition  is met. The Series Fund has adopted  standards  for the parties
with  whom it will  enter  into  repurchase  agreements  which it  believes  are
reasonably  designed  to assure that such a party  presents  no serious  risk of
becoming involved in bankruptcy  proceedings  within the time frame contemplated
by the repurchase agreement. In the event that a seller defaults on a repurchase
agreement,  the  Series  Fund  may  incur  a loss  in the  market  value  of the
collateral,  as well as disposition  costs; and, if a party with whom the Series
Fund had entered  into a repurchase  agreement  becomes  involved in  bankruptcy
proceedings,  the Series  Fund's  ability to  realize on the  collateral  may be
limited or delayed  and a loss may be incurred if the  collateral  securing  the
repurchase agreement declines in value during the bankruptcy proceedings.

The Series Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with The Prudential or
its affiliates,  including  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated.  This will not
affect the Series  Fund's  ability to maximize  its  opportunities  to engage in
repurchase agreements.

5. Reverse  Repurchase  Agreements.  The Money Market  Portfolio may use reverse
repurchase  agreements,  which are  described on page 19 of the  prospectus.  No
portfolio  may  obligate  more  than 10% of its net  assets in  connection  with
reverse repurchase  agreements,  except that the Diversified Bond and Government
Income  Portfolios,  as well as the fixed  income  portions of the  Conservative
Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios,  may obligate up to 30% of their net
assets in connection with reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls.

6.  When-Issued  and  Delayed  Delivery  Securities.  From time to time,  in the
ordinary course of business,  the Money Market Portfolio may purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis (i.e.,  delivery and payment can take
place a month or more after the date of the transaction). The purchase price and
the interest rate payable on the securities are fixed on the  transaction  date.
The securities so purchased are subject to market  fluctuation,  and no interest
accrues to the portfolio  until delivery and payment take place. At the time the
portfolio  makes the  commitment  to purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed  delivery basis,  it will record the transaction and thereafter  reflect
the value,  each day, of such securities in determining its net asset value. The
portfolio  will make  commitments  for  when-issued  transactions  only with the
intention  of  actually   acquiring  the  securities  and,  to  facilitate  such
acquisitions,  the Series  Fund's  custodian  bank will  maintain  in a separate
account securities of the portfolio having a value equal to or greater than such
commitments.  On delivery dates for such  transactions,  the portfolio will meet
its obligations  from maturities or sales of the securities held in the separate
account  and/or  from then  available  cash flow.  If the  portfolio  chooses to
dispose of the right to acquire a when issued security prior to its acquisition,
it could, as with the disposition of any other obligation,  incur a gain or loss
due to market  fluctuation.  No  when-issued  commitments  will be made if, as a
result, more than 15% of the portfolio's net assets would be so committed.


*Although the Money Market Portfolio is not available to The Prudential Variable
Contract Account-24,  any short-term portion of the various portfolios available
through  subaccounts  of that Account may be invested in the types of securities
described in this Appendix.

                                A2 - Series Fund
<PAGE>
                                                                    Prudential's

                                                                        Variable

                                                             Appreciable Life(R)

                                                                       Insurance





   
                                                                     May 1, 1996
    
                                                                      PROSPECTUS





                                                The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
                                                                             and
                                     The Prudential Variable Appreciable Account





   
PVAL-1 Ed 5-96                       The Prudential Insurance Company of America
Catalog No. 646960S
    


<PAGE>


   
PROSPECTUS
May 1, 1996
    

THE PRUDENTIAL
VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT

Variable
APPRECIABLE
LIFE(R)___________________
INSURANCE CONTRACTS

PROVIDING FOR THE INVESTMENT
OF ASSETS IN THE
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS OF

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES
FUND, INC.

This  prospectus  describes  two forms of a  variable  life  insurance  contract
offered by The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America under the name Variable
Appreciable  Life(R)  Insurance.  The first form  provides a death  benefit that
generally  remains fixed in an amount chosen by the purchaser and cash surrender
values that vary daily. The second form also provides cash surrender values that
vary  daily but the death  benefit  will also vary  daily.  Under  both forms of
contract,  the  death  benefit  will  never be less than the  "face  amount"  of
insurance chosen by the purchaser. There is no guaranteed minimum cash surrender
value.

   
The assets held for the purpose of paying benefits under these and other similar
contracts  are  segregated  from the  other  assets  of The  Prudential  and are
invested  in one or more of  fifteen  investment  portfolios  of The  Prudential
Series Fund, Inc.  chosen by the contract owner.  This prospectus also describes
the securities  issued by the Series Fund. The contract owner may also choose to
have the assets  invested in a fixed-rate  option or in The Prudential  Variable
Contract Real Property Account, described in a prospectus attached to this one.
    

Although it is advantageous  to the purchaser to pay a Scheduled  Premium amount
on the  dates  due,  which  are at  least  once a year  but may be  more  often,
purchasers have considerable flexibility as to when and in what amounts they pay
premiums.

Before you sign an  application to purchase this life  insurance  contract,  you
should  read  this  prospectus  with  care and have any  questions  you may have
answered by your Prudential representative. If you do purchase the contract, you
should retain this prospectus for future  reference,  together with the contract
itself that you will receive.

Additional  information about the contract and the Series Fund is set forth in a
separate Statement of Additional  Information which is incorporated by reference
into this  prospectus.  It is  available  without  charge  upon  request  to The
Prudential Insurance Company of America at the address shown below.

REPLACING  EXISTING  INSURANCE WITH A CONTRACT  DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS MAY
NOT BE TO YOUR ADVANTAGE.  IF YOU CURRENTLY OWN A LIFE INSURANCE  CONTRACT,  THE
BENEFITS AND COSTS OF PURCHASING  ADDITIONAL INSURANCE UNDER THE EXISTING POLICY
SHOULD BE  COMPARED  WITH THE  BENEFITS  AND COSTS OF  PURCHASING  THE  CONTRACT
DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. IN MAKING THIS COMPARISON, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH
A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISOR.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                   The Prudential Insurance Company of America
                        The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                        Telephone: (800) 437-4016 Ext. 46
   
*Appreciable Life is a registered mark of The Prudential.

PVAL-1 Ed 5-96
    


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                       Page

<S>                                                                                                                              <C>
   
INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY .....................................................................................................    1
         Brief Description of the Contract ...................................................................................    1
         Fixed Income Portfolios .............................................................................................    3
                  Money Market Portfolio .....................................................................................    3
                  Diversified Bond Portfolio .................................................................................    3
                  Government Income Portfolio ................................................................................    3
                  Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and 2005 ..................................................................    3
         Balanced Portfolios .................................................................................................    3
                  Conservative Balanced Portfolio ............................................................................    3
                  Flexible Managed Portfolio .................................................................................    3
         High Yield Bond Portfolios ..........................................................................................    3
                  High Yield Bond Portfolio ..................................................................................    3
         Diversified Stock Portfolios ........................................................................................    3
                  Stock Index Portfolio ......................................................................................    3
                  Equity Income Portfolio ....................................................................................    3
                  Equity Portfolio ...........................................................................................    3
                  Prudential Jennison Portfolio ..............................................................................    4
                  Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio .......................................................................    4
                  Global Portfolio ...........................................................................................    4
         Specialized Portfolios ..............................................................................................    4
                  Natural Resources Portfolio ................................................................................    4
         Real Property Account ...............................................................................................    4
         Fixed-Rate Option ...................................................................................................    4
         Transfers Between Investment Options ................................................................................    4
         Which Investment Option Should Be Selected? .........................................................................    4
         The Scheduled Premium ...............................................................................................    4
         Payment of Substantially Higher Premiums ............................................................................    5
         Contract Loans ......................................................................................................    5
         Variable Appreciable Life Insurance Contracts .......................................................................    5
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PORTFOLIOS OF THE SERIES FUND ....................................................................    5

PORTFOLIO RATES OF RETURN ....................................................................................................   14

HYPOTHETICAL ILLUSTRATION OF DEATH BENEFITS AND CASH SURRENDER VALUES ........................................................   15

INFORMATION ABOUT THE ACCOUNT, THE REAL PROPERTY ACCOUNT AND THE
         FIXED RATE OPTION ...................................................................................................   16
         The Prudential Variable Appreciable Account .........................................................................   16
         The Prudential Variable Contract Real Property Account ..............................................................   16
         The Fixed-Rate Option ...............................................................................................   16

DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT ......................................................................................   17
         Requirements for Issuance of a Contract .............................................................................   17
         Contract Forms ......................................................................................................   17
         Short-Term Cancellation Right or "Free Look" ........................................................................   18
         Contract Fees and Charges ...........................................................................................   18
                  Deductions from Premiums ...................................................................................   18
                  Deductions from Portfolios .................................................................................   18
                  Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund ......................................................................   19
                  Daily Deduction from the Contract Fund .....................................................................   20
                  Surrender or Withdrawal Charges ............................................................................   20
                  Transaction Charges ........................................................................................   21
         Contract Date .......................................................................................................   21
         Premiums ............................................................................................................   21
         Allocation of Premiums ..............................................................................................   22
         Transfers ...........................................................................................................   23
         How the Contract Fund Changes with Investment Experience ............................................................   24
         How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary ............................................................................   24
         Contract Loans ......................................................................................................   25
         Surrender of a Contract .............................................................................................   26
         Lapse and Reinstatement .............................................................................................   26
                  Fixed Extended Term Insurance ..............................................................................   26
                  Fixed Reduced Paid-Up Insurance ............................................................................   26
    
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                                Page

<S>                                                                                                                              <C>
   
                  Variable Reduced Paid-Up Insurance .........................................................................   27
                  What Happens If No Request Is Made? ........................................................................   27
         When Proceeds Are Paid ..............................................................................................   27
         Living Needs Benefit ................................................................................................   27
                  Terminal Illness Option ....................................................................................   27
                  Nursing Home Option ........................................................................................   27
         Voting Rights .......................................................................................................   28
         Reports to Contract Owners ..........................................................................................   28
         Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits ..................................................................................   29
         Riders ..............................................................................................................   30
         Participation in Divisible Surplus ..................................................................................   30
         Other Contract Provisions ...........................................................................................   30

FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE SERIES FUND ....................................................................................   30

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS .........................................................................   31
         Fixed Income Portfolios .............................................................................................   31
                  Money Market Portfolio .....................................................................................   31
                  Diversified Bond Portfolio .................................................................................   31
                  Government Income Portfolio ................................................................................   32
                  Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and 2005 ..................................................................   34
         Balanced Portfolios .................................................................................................   35
                  Conservative Balanced Portfolio ............................................................................   35
                  Flexible Managed Portfolio .................................................................................   36
         High Yield Bond Portfolios ..........................................................................................   37
                  High Yield Bond Portfolio ..................................................................................   37
         Diversified Stock Portfolios ........................................................................................   38
                  Stock Index Portfolio ......................................................................................   38
                  Equity Income Portfolio ....................................................................................   39
                  Equity Portfolio ...........................................................................................   40
                  Prudential Jennison Portfolio ..............................................................................   40
                  Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio .......................................................................   41
                  Global Portfolio ...........................................................................................   42
         Specialized Portfolios ..............................................................................................   43
                  Natural Resources Portfolio ................................................................................   43
         Foreign Securities ..................................................................................................   44
         Options, Futures Contracts and Swaps ................................................................................   44
         Short Sales .........................................................................................................   44
         Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls ......................................................................   45
         Loans of Portfolio Securities .......................................................................................   45

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PORTFOLIOS .........................................................................   45

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES ..............................................................................   46
         Portfolio Brokerage and Related Practices ...........................................................................   46

STATE REGULATION .............................................................................................................   46

EXPERTS ......................................................................................................................   47

LITIGATION ...................................................................................................................   47

EXPANDED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ............................................................   47

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................   49

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .........................................................................................................   49

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT ..........................................................   A1

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE

COMPANY OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES ..........................................................................................   B1
    
</TABLE>

THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY  JURISDICTION  IN WHICH
SUCH  OFFERING MAY NOT  LAWFULLY BE MADE.  NO PERSON IS  AUTHORIZED  TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS, ITS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND THE PROSPECTUS FOR
THE REAL PROPERTY ACCOUNT.


<PAGE>


                            INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY

This section provides only an overview of the more significant provisions of the
Contract. It omits details which are provided in the rest of this prospectus, as
well as in a Statement of Additional  Information which is available to you upon
request  without  charge.  A  description  of the contents of that  Statement of
Additional Information is on page 47.

As you read this prospectus you should keep in mind that you are considering the
purchase of a life insurance contract.  Because it is variable life insurance --
and variable life insurance has significant  investment aspects and requires you
to make  investment  decisions -- it is also a "security."  That is why you have
been given this  prospectus.  Securities which are offered to the public must be
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  and the prospectus that
is a part of the registration statement must be given to all prospective buyers.
But because a substantial part of your premium pays for life insurance that will
pay to your  beneficiary,  in the event of your death,  an amount far  exceeding
your total premium  payments,  you should not buy this  contract  unless a major
reason for the purchase is to provide  life  insurance  protection.  Because the
contract  provides  whole-life or permanent  insurance,  it also serves a second
important objective.  It can be expected to provide an increasing cash surrender
value that can be used during your lifetime.

Brief Description of the Contract

The Variable Appreciable Life Insurance Contract (referred to from now on as the
"Contract")  is issued and sold by The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America
("The Prudential"), a mutual insurance company founded in 1875 under the laws of
the State of New Jersey.  It is licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in
all 50 states,  the District of Columbia and Guam.  It is also  registered  as a
broker  and  dealer  under The  Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934 and as an
investment  adviser under The Investment  Advisers Act of 1940. The Prudential's
consolidated financial statements begin on page B1.

The Contract is a form of flexible premium variable life insurance.  It is built
around a Contract  Fund,  the amount of which changes  every  business day. That
amount  represents the value of your Contract on that day although you will have
to pay a surrender  charge if you decide to surrender  the  Contract  during the
first ten Contract years.

   
A broad  objective of the Contract is to provide  benefits that will increase in
value  if  favorable  investment  results  are  achieved.   The  Prudential  has
established a separate  account,  like a separate  division  within the Company,
called The Prudential Variable Appreciable Account (from now on, the "Account").
Whenever  you pay a  premium,  The  Prudential  first  deducts  certain  charges
(described below) and, unless you decide otherwise (as explained below) puts the
remainder  -- often called the "net  premium" -- into the  Account,  where it is
combined with the net premiums from all other contracts like this one. The money
in the Account,  including your Contract Fund, is then invested in the following
way. The Account is divided into fifteen  subaccounts  and you must decide which
subaccount or subaccounts  will hold the assets of your Contract Fund. The money
allocated  to  each  subaccount  is  immediately  invested  in  a  corresponding
portfolio of The Prudential  Series Fund,  Inc. (from now on the "Series Fund").
Those  fifteen  portfolios  are  described  in more  detail  below.  Each  has a
different investment objective (for example,  common stocks, bonds, money market
securities,  government  securities) so that you have a wide range of investment
options to choose from.

You also have two additional  options which are regulated  differently  from the
other fifteen because neither one is an investment  company registered under the
Investment  Company Act of 1940. The first of these is a fixed-rate  option that
increases  the  portion of your  Contract  Fund  allocated  to this  option at a
guaranteed  rate of interest.  The remaining  option is a real  property  option
which invests in income-producing  real property.  It is described in a separate
prospectus  that is attached to this one.  Thus your Contract Fund value changes
every day depending  upon the change in the value of the  particular  portfolios
(or the other two investment  options) that you have selected for the investment
of your Contract Fund.
    

Although  the  selection  of any of the  investment  portfolios  or of the  real
property  option  offers  the  possibility  that your  Contract  Fund value will
increase if there is favorable  investment  performance,  you are subject to the
risk that investment  performance will be unfavorable and that the value of your
Contract Fund will  decrease.  The risk will be different,  depending upon which
investment  options you choose.  See Which Investment Option Should Be Selected,
page 4. If you select the fixed-rate option, you are credited with a stated rate
of interest but you assume the risk that this rate may change in later years.

The Prudential  deducts  certain  charges from each premium payment and from the
amounts held in the designated  investment options. In addition,  The Prudential
makes certain  additional  charges if a Contract lapses or is surrendered during
the first 10 Contract years.  All these charges,  which are largely  designed to
cover  insurance costs and risks as well as sales and  administrative  expenses,
are fully described under Contract Fees and Charges,  on page 18. In brief,  and
subject to that fuller  description,  the following diagram outlines the charges
which may be made:


                                        1


<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Premium Payment
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             o less charge for taxes
                               attributable to premiums
                             o less $2 processing fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Invested Premium Amount

o    To be invested in one or a combination of:

     o    The Investment Portfolios of the Series Fund described below

     o    The Fixed-Rate Option

     o    The Real Property Account
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Daily Charges

o    Management  fees and expenses  are  deducted  from the assets of the Series
     Fund.

o    A daily charge  equivalent to an annual rate of up to 0.9% is deducted from
     the assets of the variable  investment  options for  mortality  and expense
     risks.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Monthly Charges

o    A sales charge is currently  deducted  from the Contract Fund in the amount
     of1/2of 1% of the primary annual premium.

o    The Contract  Fund is reduced by a guaranteed  minimum  death  benefit risk
     charge of not more than $0.01 per $1,000 of the face amount of insurance.

   
o    The Contract  Fund is reduced by an  administrative  charge of up to $3 per
     Contract  and $0.03 per  $1,000 of face  amount of  insurance;  if the face
     amount of the  Contract is greater  than  $100,000 or if premiums  are paid
     under the Pru-Matic Plan, the charge is reduced.
    

o    A charge for  anticipated  mortality is deducted,  with the maximum  charge
     based on the Non-Smoker/Smoker 1980 CSO Tables.

o    If the Contract includes riders, a deduction from the Contract Fund will be
     made for charges  applicable to those riders; a deduction will also be made
     if the rating class of the insured results in an extra charge.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Possible Additional Charges

o    If the  Contract  lapses or is  surrendered  during  the first 10 years,  a
     contingent  deferred  sales  charge is  assessed;  the  maximum  contingent
     deferred  sales charge  during the first 5 years is 50% of the first year's
     primary annual  premium but this charge is both subject to other  important
     limitations and reduced for Contracts that have been in force for more than
     5 years.

o    If the  Contract  lapses or is  surrendered  during  the first 10 years,  a
     contingent deferred  administrative charge is assessed;  during the first 5
     years,  this  charge  equals $5 per $1,000 of face  amount and it begins to
     decline  uniformly  after the fifth  Contract year so that it disappears on
     the tenth Contract anniversary.

o    An administrative processing charge of up to $15 will be made in connection
     with each  withdrawal of excess cash surrender  value or a decrease in face
     amount.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


An important feature of the Contract is its death benefit.  You have a choice of
two  different  forms of the  Contract  which  differ in the amount of the death
benefit.  Under Contract Form A the death benefit will generally be equal to the
face  amount of  insurance.  It can never be less  than this  amount,  but it is
possible,  after the  Contract  has been held for many years,  that the Contract
Fund will become so large that The Prudential -- to meet certain requirements of
the Internal  Revenue Code -- will increase the death  benefit.  Under  Contract
Form B, the death  benefit  will  increase  and  decrease  as the  amount of the
Contract Fund varies with the investment  performance  of the selected  options.
However,  the death benefit under Form B, as is true under Form A, will never be
less than the initial face amount and it may also  increase to satisfy  Internal
Revenue Code requirements. Throughout this prospectus the word "Contract" refers
to both Form A and B unless specifically stated otherwise. Under both Form A and
B Contracts there is no guaranteed minimum cash surrender value.

When you first buy the Contract you give  instructions  to The  Prudential as to
which subaccounts (and, therefore,  which corresponding portfolios of the Series
Fund) you wish your Contract Fund  invested.  Thereafter you may make changes in
these allocations either in writing or by telephone.  The investment  objectives
of each  portfolio,  described more fully at pages 31 to 43 of this  prospectus,
and of the other two investment options are as follows:


                                        2


<PAGE>


Fixed Income Portfolios

Money Market  Portfolio.  The maximum  current  income that is  consistent  with
stability  of  capital  and  maintenance  of  liquidity  through  investment  in
high-quality  short-term  debt  obligations.  The rate of return will  generally
follow the fluctuations in short term interest rates.

   
Diversified Bond Portfolio (formerly the Bond Portfolio). A high level of income
over the  longer  term while  providing  reasonable  safety of  capital  through
investment  primarily in readily  marketable  intermediate  and long-term  fixed
income securities that provide attractive yields but do not involve  substantial
risk of loss of capital  through  default.  The securities will be of investment
grade and  should  result in higher  returns,  but market  value will  fluctuate
inversely with changes in interest rates of longer maturities.

Government  Income  Portfolio  (formerly the Government  Securities  Portfolio).
Achievement of a high level of income over the longer term  consistent  with the
preservation  of  capital  through  investment   primarily  in  U.S.  Government
securities,  including  intermediate and long-term U.S. Treasury  securities and
debt  obligations  issued  by  agencies  of  or  instrumentalities  established,
sponsored or guaranteed by the U.S. Government. At least 65% of the total assets
of the portfolio  will be invested in U.S.  Government  securities.  The rate of
return  is  likely  to be  somewhat  lower  than  that of the  Diversified  Bond
Portfolio,  but the risk of loss through default is significantly  lower. Market
value will also vary inversely with changes in interest rates.

Zero  Coupon  Bond  Portfolios  2000  and  2005.   Achievement  of  the  highest
predictable  compounded  investment  return  for  a  specific  period  of  time,
consistent with the safety of invested capital,  by investing  primarily in debt
obligations of the United States Treasury and investment-grade corporations that
have been  issued  without  interest  coupons  or  stripped  of their  unmatured
interest  coupons,  in interest  coupons that have been  stripped from such debt
obligations, and receipts and in certificates for such stripped debt obligations
and stripped coupons (collectively  "stripped  securities").  The two portfolios
differ only in their liquidation  dates, which for each portfolio is November 15
of the  specified  year.  Market values are subject to greater  fluctuations  in
interest  rates  than they are for the  other  fixed-income  portfolios  so that
redemption,  by transfer or otherwise prior to the maturity date could result in
a loss.
    

Balanced Portfolios

   
Conservative  Balanced Portfolio  (formerly the Conservatively  Managed Flexible
Portfolio). Achievement of a favorable total investment return consistent with a
portfolio having a conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed
income securities,  and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment
manager to be appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment
who  prefers a  relatively  lower  risk of loss than  that  associated  with the
Flexible  Managed  Portfolio while  recognizing that this reduces the chances of
greater appreciation.

Flexible  Managed   Portfolio   (formerly  the  Aggressively   Managed  Flexible
Portfolio).  Achievement  of a high total  return  consistent  with a  portfolio
having an  aggressively  managed mix of money market  instruments,  fixed income
securities, and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment manager
to be appropriate for an investor desiring  diversification of investment who is
willing  to accept a  relatively  high  level of loss in an  effort  to  achieve
greater appreciation.
    

High Yield Bond Portfolios

High Yield Bond Portfolio. Achievement of a high total return through investment
in high  yield/high  risk fixed income  securities  in the medium to low quality
ranges.  These  securities  are  sometimes  known as "junk  bonds."  Even higher
returns  are likely to be  achieved  but with  greater  risk of loss  because of
investment in lower grade speculative debt securities.

Diversified Stock Portfolios

Stock Index Portfolio.  Achievement of investment results that correspond to the
price and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in the aggregate by
following a policy of attempting to duplicate the price and yield performance of
the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.

   
Equity  Income  Portfolio  (formerly the High Dividend  Stock  Portfolio).  Both
current income and capital  appreciation  through investment primarily in common
stocks  and  convertible   securities  that  provide  favorable   prospects  for
investment  income  returns above those of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index
or the NYSE Composite Index.

Equity Portfolio  (formerly the Common Stock  Portfolio).  Capital  appreciation
through  investment  primarily in common  stocks of companies,  including  major
established  corporations  as well as  smaller  capitalization  companies,  that
appear to offer attractive  prospects of price  appreciation that is superior to
broadly-based stock indices. Current income, if any, is incidental. Higher total
return, through assumption of greater risk, can be expected from this portfolio.
As with all the equity portfolios,  significant fluctuations in market value can
be expected, with losses in some years.
    


                                        3


<PAGE>


   
Prudential Jennison Portfolio (formerly the Growth Stock Portfolio). Long-term
growth of capital through investment primarily in equity securities of
established companies with above-average growth prospects. Current
income, if any, is incidental.
    

Small  Capitalization  Stock  Portfolio.  Long-term  growth of  capital  through
investment  primarily in equity  securities of  publicly-traded  companies  with
small market capitalization. Current income, if any, is incidental.

   
Global  Portfolio  (formerly the Global Equity  Portfolio).  Long-term growth of
capital  through   investment   primarily  in  common  stock  and  common  stock
equivalents  of  foreign  and  domestic  issuers.  Current  income,  if any,  is
incidental.  While the  characteristics  of this  portfolio are similar to other
equity  portfolios,  there will be an  additional  risk  because  the  portfolio
invests a significant portion of its assets in foreign securities.
    

Specialized Portfolios

Natural  Resources  Portfolio.  Long-term  growth of capital through  investment
primarily  in common  stocks and  convertible  securities  of "natural  resource
companies" and in securities (typically debt securities and preferred stock) the
terms of which are related to the market value of a natural resource.  While the
characteristics  of this  portfolio are similar to the other equity  portfolios,
there will be additional risk because the portfolio is concentrated in a limited
number of sectors.

Real Property  Account.  High current income plus capital  appreciation  through
investment in a partnership  whose assets are primarily  100%-owned  unmortgaged
commercial real property and mortgages on real properties.

Investment in real property is also subject to fluctuations in market values.

Fixed-Rate  Option.  Guarantee  against loss of principal  plus income at a rate
which may change at yearly intervals,  but will never be lower than an effective
annual rate of 4%.

Transfers Between Investment Options

You may at any time change the  instructions for the allocation of your premiums
to the various  investment  options.  You may also transfer  amounts held in one
option  to  another.  There  are  restrictions  upon  transfers  out of the Real
Property Account and the fixed-rate option which The Prudential may waive.

Which Investment Option Should Be Selected?

   
Historically,  for investments held over relatively long periods, the investment
performance  of common  stocks has  generally  been superior to that of short or
long-term debt  securities,  even though common stocks have been subject to much
more  dramatic  changes in value over short  periods of time.  Accordingly,  the
Stock Index, Equity Income,  Equity,  Prudential Jennison,  Small Capitalization
Stock,  Global, or Natural Resources  Portfolios may be desirable options if you
are willing to accept such  volatility  in your Contract  values.  Each of these
equity portfolios involves somewhat different policies and investment risks.

You may prefer the somewhat  greater  protection  against loss of principal (and
reduced  chance of high  total  return)  provided  by the  Government  Income or
Diversified  Bond  Portfolios.  There may be times when you desire even  greater
safety of  principal  and may then  prefer  the Money  Market  Portfolio  or the
fixed-rate  option,  recognizing  that the level of short-term  rates may change
rather  rapidly.  Money invested in a Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio and held to its
liquidation  date will realize a predictable  return,  although the  portfolio's
value may fluctuate  significantly  with changes in interest  rates prior to its
liquidation date. If you are willing to take risks and possibly achieve a higher
total return,  you may prefer the High Yield Bond  Portfolio,  recognizing  that
with higher yielding, lower quality bonds the risks are greater. You may wish to
divide your invested  premium among two or more of the portfolios.  You may wish
to  obtain  diversification  by  relying  on The  Prudential's  judgment  for an
appropriate  asset mix by  choosing  one of the  Balanced  Portfolios.  The Real
Property  Account permits you to diversify your investment under the Contract to
include an interest in a pool of income-producing real property, and real estate
is often considered to be a hedge against inflation.
    

You should make a choice  that takes into  account how willing you are to accept
investment  risks, the manner in which your other assets are invested,  and your
own predictions  about what  investment  results are likely to be in the future.
The  Prudential  does recommend  against  frequent  transfers  among the several
options as  experience  generally  indicates  that  "market  timing"  investing,
particularly by non-professional investors, is likely to prove unsuccessful.

The Scheduled Premium

Your Contract  sets forth an annual  Scheduled  Premium,  or one that is payable
more  frequently,  such as  monthly.  The  Prudential  guarantees  that,  if the
Scheduled Premiums are paid when due (or if missed premiums are paid later, with
interest),  the death  benefit will be paid upon the death of the  insured.  The
Contract  will not  lapse  even if  investment  experience  is  unexpectedly  so
unfavorable that the Contract Fund value drops to below zero.

Your Scheduled  Premium consists of two amounts.  The first or initial amount is
payable from the time you purchase your Contract until the Contract  anniversary
immediately following your 65th birthday or the Contract's


                                        4


<PAGE>


seventh anniversary,  whichever is later (the "Premium Change Date"). The second
amount is the  guaranteed  maximum amount payable after the Premium Change Date.
See Premiums, page 21.

Payment of Substantially Higher Premiums

   
The payment of premiums in excess of  scheduled  premiums may cause the Contract
to become a Modified  Endowment  Contract for federal  income tax purposes.  See
Premiums, page 21 and Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 29.
    

Contract Loans

The  Contract  permits  the owner to borrow up to 90% of the  amount of the cash
surrender  value (100% of the portion  allocated  to the  fixed-rate  option) on
favorable  terms.  See Contract Loans,  page 25. When a loan is made, the amount
held under the investment  options described above is reduced,  proportionately,
by the amount of the loan.

       

   
Variable Appreciable Life Insurance Contracts

The Prudential  Variable  Appreciable Life Insurance  Contract is a form of life
insurance  that provides much of the  flexibility  of variable  universal  life,
however, it differs in two important ways. First, The Prudential guarantees that
if the  Scheduled  Premiums  are paid when due,  or within the grace  period (or
missed premiums are paid later with  interest),  the Contract will not lapse and
the face amount of insurance will be paid upon the death of the insured even if,
because of  unfavorable  investment  experience,  the Contract Fund value should
drop to below zero.  Second, if all premiums are not paid when due (or made up),
the Contract will not lapse as long as the Contract Fund is higher than a stated
amount set forth in a table in the  Contract  -- an amount that  increases  each
year and in later years becomes  quite high; it is called the "Tabular  Contract
Fund." The  Contract  lapses when the  Contract  Fund falls to below this stated
amount,  rather than when it drops to zero.  Thus,  when a Variable  Appreciable
Life  Contract  lapses,  it may  still  have  considerable  value  and you will,
therefore,  have  a  substantial  incentive  to  reinstate  it,  as  well  as an
opportunity  to make a considered  decision  whether to do so or to take, in one
form or another, the cash surrender value. In effect, The Prudential provides an
early and timely warning against the imprudent use of the  flexibility  provided
by the Contract.
    

In the following pages of this prospectus we describe in much greater detail all
of the provisions of the Contract.  That  description is preceded by two sets of
tables. The first set provides,  in condensed form, financial  information about
the portfolios of the Series Fund,  beginning on the date each of them was first
established.  The  second  set shows  what the cash  surrender  values and death
benefits  would be under a  Contract  issued on a  hypothetical  person,  making
certain  assumptions.  These  tables  show  generally  how the values  under the
Contract would vary, with different investment performances.

              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PORTFOLIOS OF THE SERIES
                                      FUND

   
The tables that follow provide  information about the annual investment  income,
capital  appreciation  and expenses of the 15 portfolios of the Series Fund that
were  available as of December 31, 1995 for each year,  beginning  with the year
after the Series Fund was  established.  They are  prepared on a per share basis
and therefore  provide useful  information  about the investment  performance of
each portfolio.
    

Note,  however,  that these tables do not tell you how your  Contract Fund would
have changed during this period because they do not reflect the deductions  from
the Contract Fund other than the deductions for the investment  management  fees
and expenses.


                                        5


<PAGE>


                   THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. FINANCIAL
                                   HIGHLIGHTS

   
        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b).
    


                                        6-13


<PAGE>


   
                            PORTFOLIO RATES OF RETURN



        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b).
    




                                       14


<PAGE>


                          HYPOTHETICAL ILLUSTRATION OF
                    DEATH BENEFITS AND CASH SURRENDER VALUES

The four tables that follow show how the death benefit and cash surrender values
change with the investment  experience of the Account.  They are  "hypothetical"
because  they are based,  in part,  upon several  assumptions,  each of which is
described  below.  All four tables  assume,  first,  that a Contract with a face
amount of $100,000  has been  bought by a 35 year old man in a preferred  rating
class.  It is  assumed  that the  Scheduled  Premium  of $894.06 is paid on each
anniversary  date, and that the deduction for taxes  attributable to premiums is
3.25%. The first table assumes that a Form A Contract has been purchased and the
second table assumes that a Form B Contract has been purchased. Both assume that
the current  charges will continue for the indefinite  future.  They assume also
that a termination dividend will be paid, since that is The Prudential's current
intention,  upon death or  surrender  after the 16th year.  The third and fourth
tables are based upon the same  assumptions  except that it is assumed  that the
maximum charges  permitted by the Contract have been made from the beginning and
that no termination  dividends are paid. In effect,  the third and fourth tables
represent a kind of "worst case" scenario.

   
Another  assumption is that the Contract Fund has been invested in equal amounts
in each of the 15 available  portfolios of the Series Fund.  Finally,  there are
four assumptions,  shown separately, about the average investment performance of
the  portfolios.  The first is that  there  will be a uniform  0% gross  rate of
return,  that is, that the average value of the Contract Fund will  uniformly be
adversely affected by very unfavorable investment  performance.  The other three
assumptions  are that investment  performance  will be at a uniform gross annual
rate of 4%, 8% and 12%. These,  of course,  are  unrealistic  assumptions  since
actual returns will fluctuate from year to year. Nevertheless, these assumptions
help show how the Contract values will change with investment experience.

The first column in the  following  tables shows the Contract  year.  The second
column,  to provide  context,  shows what the  aggregate  amount would be if the
Scheduled  Premiums had been invested in a savings  account paying 4% compounded
interest.  Of  course,  if that  were  done,  there  would be no life  insurance
protection.  The next four columns show the death benefit payable in each of the
years shown for the four different assumed investment returns. Note that a gross
return (as well as the net return) is shown at the top of each column. The gross
return represents the combined effect of income and capital  appreciation of the
portfolios  before any reduction is made for  investment  advisory fees or other
Series Fund expenses.  The net return  reflects an average total annual expenses
of the 15 portfolios of 0.55%, and the daily deduction from the Contract Fund of
0.6% per year for the first two tables,  which are based on current charges, and
0.9% per year for the two  tables  that are  based  upon  maximum  charges.  For
Contracts  with face amounts of less than  $100,000,  the current charge is 0.9%
per year. Thus,  assuming  maximum charges,  gross returns of 0%, 4%, 8% and 12%
are  the  equivalent  of  net  returns  of  -1.45%,   2.55%,  6.55%  and  10.55%
respectively.  The death  benefits and cash  surrender  values shown reflect the
deduction  of all  expenses  and charges both from the Series Fund and under the
Contract.
    

The amounts shown assume that there is no loan. The cash surrender  values shown
for the first 10 years reflect the  surrender  charges that would be deducted if
the Contract were  surrendered  in those years.  For years after the tenth,  the
cash surrender values are equal to the Contract Fund value, plus any termination
dividend.

Note that  under  the Form B  Contract  the death  benefit  changes  to  reflect
investment returns,  while under the Form A Contract the death benefit increases
only when the cash  surrender  value becomes quite large (the small  increase in
death benefit in years 20 to 35 reflects a termination dividend,  not investment
results).  Correspondingly,  the cash surrender values under the Form A Contract
are slightly larger than those under the Form B Contract.

If you are considering  the purchase of a variable life insurance  contract from
another insurance company,  you should not rely upon these tables for comparison
purposes. A comparison between two tables, each showing values for a 35 year old
man, may be useful for a 35 year old man but would be  inaccurate  if made for a
35 year old  woman or a 50 year old man.  To take a second  example,  the  death
benefit and cash surrender  values under a $50,000 Contract cannot be determined
by dividing  by two the amount  shown in a table for a $100,000  Contract.  Your
Prudential  representative  can  provide  you  with  a  comparable  hypothetical
illustration for a person of your own age, sex, and rating class. You can obtain
an  illustration  using  premium  amounts and payment  patterns that you wish to
follow.  You may use assumed  gross  returns  different  than those shown in the
tables, although they may not be higher than 12%.


                                       15


<PAGE>


   
                                  ILLUSTRATIONS
                                  -------------

                  VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                          FORM A -- FIXED DEATH BENEFIT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                        $100,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                $894.06 MINIMUM INITIAL SCHEDULED PREMIUM (1) (3)
                        USING CURRENT CONTRACTUAL CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Death Benefit (2)                                     Cash Surrender Value (2)
                             ----------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
                                    Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)                 Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                          Annual Investment Return of
   End of     Accumulated    ----------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
   Policy    at 4% Interest    0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross     0% Gross    4% Gross     8% Gross    12% Gross
    Year      Per Year (3)   (-1.15% Net)  (2.85% Net)  (6.85% Net)  (10.85% Net) (-1.15% Net) (2.85% Net)  (6.85% Net) (10.85% Net)
   ------    --------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------ ------------ -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>             <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>     
      1         $    930       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $     0      $     0     $      0      $      0
      2         $  1,897       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $   273      $   352     $    433      $    516
      3         $  2,903       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $   761      $   914     $  1,075      $  1,245
      4         $  3,948       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $ 1,232      $ 1,481     $  1,751      $  2,045
      5         $  5,036       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $ 1,685      $ 2,053     $  2,464      $  2,922
      6         $  6,167       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $ 2,373      $ 2,883     $  3,470      $  4,142
      7         $  7,344       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $ 3,046      $ 3,724     $  4,525      $  5,468
      8         $  8,568       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $ 3,696      $ 4,566     $  5,622      $  6,901
      9         $  9,840       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $ 4,323      $ 5,410     $  6,766      $  8,455
     10         $ 11,164       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $ 4,924      $ 6,252     $  7,957      $ 10,140
     15         $ 18,618       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $ 6,566      $ 9,461     $ 13,758      $ 20,140
     20         $ 27,688       $101,115     $101,115     $101,115      $101,115      $ 8,477      $13,582     $ 22,459      $ 37,922
     25         $ 38,723       $102,229     $102,229     $102,229      $126,807      $ 9,524      $17,428     $ 33,767      $ 67,221
 30 (Age 65)    $ 52,149       $102,225     $102,225     $102,225      $187,948      $ 7,483      $18,819     $ 47,202      $112,671
     35         $ 88,305       $102,455     $102,455     $102,455      $275,357      $21,092      $37,151     $ 65,482      $184,655
     40         $132,295       $102,672     $102,672     $121,997      $402,438      $31,034      $57,205     $ 90,604      $297,264
     45         $185,816       $102,863     $102,863     $152,950      $590,020      $35,265      $80,898     $122,553      $471,103
</TABLE>

(1)  If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the initial payments
     would be $456.85 semi-annually, $231.52 quarterly or $78.55 monthly. The
     ultimate payments would be $2,411.37 semi-annually, $1,218.60 quarterly or
     $410.34 monthly. The death benefits and cash surrender values would be
     slightly different for a Contract with more frequent premium payments.

(2)  Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

(3)  For a hypothetical gross investment return of 0%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $4,726.61. For a gross return of 4%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $4,412.98. For a gross return of 8%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $894.06. For a gross return of 12%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $894.06. The premiums accumulated at 4% interest in column
     2 are those payable if the gross investment return is 4%. For an
     explanation of why the scheduled premium may increase on the premium change
     date, see Premiums.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY THE PRUDENTIAL
OR THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR
ANY ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.


                                       T1
    


<PAGE>


   
                  VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                        FORM B -- VARIABLE DEATH BENEFIT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                        $100,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                $894.06 MINIMUM INITIAL SCHEDULED PREMIUM (1) (3)
                        USING CURRENT CONTRACTUAL CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Death Benefit (2)                                     Cash Surrender Value (2)
                            ----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------
                                   Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)                 Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
               Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                          Annual Investment Return of
   End of    Accumulated    ----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------
   Policy   at 4% Interest    0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross     0% Gross    4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross
    Year     Per Year (3)   (-1.15% Net)  (2.85% Net)  (6.85% Net)  (10.85% Net) (-1.15% Net) (2.85% Net)  (6.85% Net)  (10.85% Net)
   ------   --------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------ ------------ -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>            <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>     
      1        $    930       $100,000     $100,000     $100,022      $100,050      $     0      $     0      $     0      $      0
      2        $  1,897       $100,000     $100,000     $100,062      $100,145      $   218      $   296      $   377      $    460
      3        $  2,903       $100,000     $100,000     $100,120      $100,290      $   705      $   857      $ 1,018      $  1,187
      4        $  3,948       $100,000     $100,000     $100,201      $100,493      $ 1,191      $ 1,439      $ 1,708      $  2,000
      5        $  5,036       $100,000     $100,000     $100,305      $100,761      $ 1,675      $ 2,041      $ 2,449      $  2,905
      6        $  6,167       $100,000     $100,000     $100,485      $101,153      $ 2,369      $ 2,878      $ 3,460      $  4,128
      7        $  7,344       $100,000     $100,000     $100,696      $101,632      $ 3,043      $ 3,717      $ 4,512      $  5,448
      8        $  8,568       $100,000     $100,000     $100,940      $102,207      $ 3,692      $ 4,558      $ 5,605      $  6,872
      9        $  9,840       $100,000     $100,000     $101,220      $102,890      $ 4,319      $ 5,401      $ 6,743      $  8,413
     10        $ 11,164       $100,000     $100,000     $101,538      $103,692      $ 4,921      $ 6,242      $ 7,926      $ 10,080
     15        $ 18,618       $100,000     $100,000     $103,802      $110,018      $ 6,563      $ 9,443      $13,641      $ 19,857
     20        $ 27,688       $101,115     $101,115     $109,180      $124,036      $ 8,537      $13,663      $22,244      $ 37,100
     25        $ 38,723       $102,229     $102,381     $117,885      $149,586      $ 9,651      $17,651      $33,155      $ 64,856
 30 (Age 65)   $ 52,149       $102,225     $104,159     $130,070      $193,244      $ 7,674      $19,159      $45,070      $108,244
     35        $ 88,175       $102,455     $106,807     $128,946      $266,449      $21,423      $37,108      $59,247      $178,708
     40        $132,007       $102,672     $111,053     $131,964      $392,900      $31,646      $55,880      $76,791      $290,235
     45        $185,334       $102,863     $117,595     $141,056      $581,032      $36,346      $75,122      $98,583      $463,935
</TABLE>

(1)  If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the initial payments
     would be $456.85 semi-annually, $231.52 quarterly or $78.55 monthly. The
     ultimate payments would be $2,411.37 semi-annually, $1,218.60 quarterly or
     $410.34 monthly. The death benefits and cash surrender values would be
     slightly different for a Contract with more frequent premium payments.

(2)  Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

(3)  For a hypothetical gross investment return of 0%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $4,726.61. For a gross return of 4%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $4,389.87. For a gross return of 8%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $894.06. For a gross return of 12%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $894.06. The premiums accumulated at 4% interest in column
     2 are those payable if the gross investment return is 4%. For an
     explanation of why the scheduled premium may increase on the premium change
     date, see Premiums.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY THE PRUDENTIAL
OR THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR
ANY ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.


                                       T2
    


<PAGE>


   
                  VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                          FORM A -- FIXED DEATH BENEFIT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                        $100,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                $894.06 MINIMUM INITIAL SCHEDULED PREMIUM (1) (3)
                        USING MAXIMUM CONTRACTUAL CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Death Benefit (2)                                    Cash Surrender Value (2)
                             ---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
                                    Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)                Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                         Annual Investment Return of
   End of     Accumulated    ---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
   Policy    at 4% Interest    0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross     0% Gross    4% Gross     8% Gross    12% Gross
    Year      Per Year (3)   (-1.45% Net)  (2.55% Net)  (6.55% Net)  (10.55% Net) (-1.45% Net) (2.55% Net)  (6.55% Net) (10.55% Net)
   ------    --------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------ ------------ -----------  ----------- ------------
<S>             <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>     
      1         $    930       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $    0      $     0     $      0      $      0
      2         $  1,897       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $  267      $   346     $    427      $    510
      3         $  2,903       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $  750      $   902     $  1,062      $  1,232
      4         $  3,948       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $1,215      $ 1,461     $  1,730      $  2,022
      5         $  5,036       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $1,659      $ 2,024     $  2,431      $  2,886
      6         $  6,167       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $2,288      $ 2,792     $  3,372      $  4,036
      7         $  7,344       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $2,902      $ 3,567     $  4,354      $  5,281
      8         $  8,568       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $3,491      $ 4,340     $  5,371      $  6,622
      9         $  9,840       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $4,057      $ 5,110     $  6,426      $  8,069
     10         $ 11,164       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $4,597      $ 5,875     $  7,519      $  9,631
     15         $ 18,618       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $5,922      $ 8,626     $ 12,665      $ 18,694
     20         $ 27,688       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $100,000      $6,196      $10,776     $ 18,817      $ 32,934
     25         $ 38,723       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $106,835      $4,691      $11,467     $ 25,775      $ 55,736
 30 (Age 65)    $ 52,149       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $153,081      $  114      $ 9,162     $ 33,113      $ 91,034
     35         $ 90,072       $100,000     $100,000     $100,000      $214,200      $8,187      $21,463     $ 51,929      $143,009
     40         $136,211       $100,000     $100,000     $105,742      $297,951      $8,551      $30,173     $ 77,922      $219,563
     45         $192,347       $100,000     $100,000     $138,439      $412,067      $    0      $30,745     $110,401      $328,611
</TABLE>

(1)  If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
     $456.85 semi-annually, $231.52 quarterly or $78.55 monthly. The death
     benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
     Contract with more frequent premium payments.

(2)  Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

(3)  For a hypothetical gross investment return of 0%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $4,726.61; for a gross return of 4% the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $4,726.61; for a gross return of 8% the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $2,950.08; for a gross return of 12% the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $894.06. The premiums accumulated at 4% interest in column
     2 are those payable if the gross investment return is 4%. For an
     explanation of why the scheduled premium may increase on the premium change
     date, see Premiums.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY THE PRUDENTIAL
OR THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR
ANY ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.


                                       T3
    


<PAGE>


   
                  VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                        FORM B -- VARIABLE DEATH BENEFIT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                        $100,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                $894.06 MINIMUM INITIAL SCHEDULED PREMIUM (1) (3)
                        USING MAXIMUM CONTRACTUAL CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Death Benefit (2)                                    Cash Surrender Value (2)
                            ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
                                   Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)                Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
               Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                         Annual Investment Return of
   End of    Accumulated    ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
   Policy   at 4% Interest    0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross     0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross
    Year     Per Year (3)   (-1.45% Net)  (2.55% Net)  (6.55% Net)  (10.55% Net) (-1.45% Net)  (2.55% Net)  (6.55% Net) (10.55% Net)
   ------   --------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------ ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>            <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>     
      1        $    930       $100,000     $100,000     $100,020      $100,048       $    0      $     0     $      0      $      0
      2        $  1,897       $100,000     $100,000     $100,056      $100,139       $  212      $   290     $    371      $    454
      3        $  2,903       $100,000     $100,000     $100,108      $100,277       $  694      $   845     $  1,005      $  1,174
      4        $  3,948       $100,000     $100,000     $100,180      $100,471       $1,174      $ 1,420     $  1,687      $  1,978
      5        $  5,036       $100,000     $100,000     $100,273      $100,725       $1,649      $ 2,012     $  2,417      $  2,869
      6        $  6,167       $100,000     $100,000     $100,388      $101,048       $2,285      $ 2,787     $  3,363      $  4,023
      7        $  7,344       $100,000     $100,000     $100,526      $101,446       $2,899      $ 3,561     $  4,342      $  5,262
      8        $  8,568       $100,000     $100,000     $100,690      $101,929       $3,488      $ 4,333     $  5,355      $  6,594
      9        $  9,840       $100,000     $100,000     $100,882      $102,507       $4,054      $ 5,102     $  6,405      $  8,030
     10        $ 11,164       $100,000     $100,000     $101,104      $103,189       $4,594      $ 5,866     $  7,492      $  9,577
     15        $ 18,618       $100,000     $100,000     $102,733      $108,606       $5,919      $ 8,616     $ 12,572      $ 18,445
     20        $ 27,688       $100,000     $100,000     $105,456      $118,899       $6,193      $10,765     $ 18,520      $ 31,963
     25        $ 38,723       $100,000     $100,000     $109,605      $137,023       $4,688      $11,453     $ 24,875      $ 52,293
 30 (Age 65)   $ 52,149       $100,000     $100,000     $115,485      $167,449       $  112      $ 9,145     $ 30,485      $ 82,449
     35        $ 90,072       $100,000     $100,000     $120,259      $198,068       $8,184      $21,441     $ 50,560      $128,369
     40        $136,211       $100,000     $100,000     $129,182      $269,782       $8,547      $30,141     $ 74,009      $198,805
     45        $192,347       $100,000     $100,000     $143,749      $375,417       $    0      $30,693     $101,276      $299,384
</TABLE>

(1)  If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
     $456.85 semi-annually, $231.52 quarterly or $78.55 monthly. The death
     benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
     Contract with more frequent premium payments.

(2)  Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

(3)  For a hypothetical gross investment return of 0%, the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $4,726.61; for a gross return of 4% the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $4,726.61; for a gross return of 8% the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $3,902.07; for a gross return of 12% the second Scheduled
     Premium will be $1,135.16. The premiums accumulated at 4% interest in
     column 2 are those payable if the gross investment return is 4%. For an
     explanation of why the scheduled premium may increase on the premium change
     date, see Premiums.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY THE PRUDENTIAL
OR THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR
ANY ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.


                                       T4
    


<PAGE>


                         INFORMATION ABOUT THE ACCOUNT,
                        THE REAL PROPERTY ACCOUNT AND THE
                                FIXED RATE OPTION

The Prudential Variable Appreciable Account.

The  Account  was  established  on August  11,  1987  under New  Jersey law as a
separate  investment  account.  The Account meets the  definition of a "separate
account"  under the federal  securities  laws. The Account holds assets that are
segregated from all of The Prudential's other assets.

The obligations to Contract owners and beneficiaries  arising under the Contract
are general corporate obligations of The Prudential.  The Prudential is also the
legal owner of the assets in the Account.  But The Prudential  will at all times
maintain  assets in the Account  with a total market value at least equal to the
liabilities relating to the variable benefits attributable to the Account. These
assets may not be charged with  liabilities  which arise from any other business
The Prudential  conducts.  Accordingly,  Contract owners,  under New Jersey law,
have a prior claim to these assets.  In addition to these assets,  the Account's
assets may include funds contributed by The Prudential to commence  operation of
the Account and may include  accumulations  of the charges The Prudential  makes
against the Account. From time to time these additional assets will be withdrawn
by The Prudential  but before making any such  withdrawal,  The Prudential  will
consider any possible adverse impact the withdrawal might have on the Account.

   
The Account is registered  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")
under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940  ("1940  Act") as a unit  investment
trust,  which  is a type of  investment  company.  This  does  not  involve  any
supervision by the SEC of the management or investment  policies or practices of
the  Account.  For state law  purposes,  the  Account  is  treated  as a part or
division of The Prudential.  There are currently fifteen  subaccounts within the
Account  that  are  available   investments   under  the  Contract.   Additional
subaccounts may be added in the future. The Account's financial statements begin
on page A1.
    

The Prudential Variable Contract Real Property Account.

The  Prudential  Variable  Contract  Real Property  Account (the "Real  Property
Account")  is a  separate  account  of The  Prudential  that,  through a general
partnership  formed  by The  Prudential  and  two of its  subsidiaries,  invests
primarily in income-producing  real property such as office buildings,  shopping
centers, agricultural land, hotels, apartments or industrial properties. It also
invests in mortgage loans and other real estate-related  investments,  including
sale-leaseback transactions. It is not registered as an investment company under
the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 and is  therefore  not subject to the same
regulation as the Series Fund. The  objectives of the Real Property  Account and
the Partnership are to preserve and protect capital,  provide for compounding of
income as a result of  reinvestment of cash flow from  investments,  and provide
for increases over time in the amount of such income through appreciation in the
value of assets.

The  Partnership  has entered into an investment  management  agreement with The
Prudential,  under  which  The  Prudential  selects  the  properties  and  other
investments  held by the Partnership.  The Prudential  charges the Partnership a
daily  fee for  investment  management  which  amounts  to 1.25% per year of the
average daily gross assets of the Partnership.

A full description of the Real Property Account, its management,  policies,  and
restrictions,  its charges and expenses,  the risks  associated  with investment
therein, the Partnership's  investment objectives,  and all other aspects of the
Real  Property  Account's and the  Partnership's  operations is contained in the
attached prospectus for the Real Property Account, which should be read together
with  this  prospectus  by  any  Contract  owner  considering  the  real  estate
investment option. There is no assurance that the investment  objectives will be
met.

The Fixed-Rate Option.

Because of exemptive and  exclusionary  provisions,  interests in the fixed-rate
option under the Contract have not been  registered  under the Securities Act of
1933 and The Prudential has not been  registered as an investment  company under
the  Investment  Company Act of 1940.  Accordingly,  interests in the fixed-rate
option are not subject to the  provisions of these Acts,  and The Prudential has
been advised that the staff of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission has not
reviewed the disclosure in this  Prospectus  relating to the fixed-rate  option.
Any inaccurate or misleading  disclosure  regarding the  fixed-rate  option may,
however,  subject The  Prudential  and its directors to civil  liability if that
results in any damage.

As  explained  earlier,  you may  elect  to  allocate,  either  initially  or by
transfer,  all  or  part  of the  amount  credited  under  the  Contract  to the
fixed-rate  option,  and the amount so allocated or transferred  becomes part of
The  Prudential's  general  assets.   Sometimes  this  is  referred  to  as  The
Prudential's  general  account,  which  consists  of  all  assets  owned  by The
Prudential  other than those in the Account and in other separate  accounts that
have been or may be established by The  Prudential.  Subject to applicable  law,
The Prudential has sole discretion over the investment


                                       16


<PAGE>


of the assets of the general  account,  and Contract  owners do not share in the
investment  experience of those assets.  Instead, The Prudential guarantees that
the part of the Contract  Fund  allocated to the  fixed-rate  option will accrue
interest  daily  at an  effective  annual  rate  that  The  Prudential  declares
periodically.  This rate may not be less than an  effective  annual  rate of 4%.
Currently,  declared  interest  rates  remain in effect  from the date  money is
allocated to the  fixed-rate  option until the Monthly date in the same month in
the following year. See Contract Date, page 21. Thereafter, a new crediting rate
will be declared each year and will remain in effect for the calendar  year. The
Prudential  reserves the right to change this  practice.  The  Prudential is not
obligated  to credit  interest  at a higher  rate than 4%,  although in its sole
discretion it may do so. Different crediting rates may be declared for different
portions of the Contract  Fund  allocated  to the  fixed-rate  option.  At least
annually and on request,  a Contract owner will be advised of the interest rates
that currently apply to his or her Contract.

Transfers  from the  fixed-rate  option  are  subject  to  strict  limits.  (See
Transfers, page 23). The payment of any cash surrender value attributable to the
fixed-rate  option may be delayed up to 6 months  (see When  Proceeds  Are Paid,
page 27).

                     DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT

Requirements for Issuance of a Contract

Generally,  the minimum initial guaranteed death benefit that can be applied for
is $60,000;  however,  higher  minimums  apply to  insureds  over the age of 75.
Insureds  14 years of age or less may  apply for a  minimum  initial  guaranteed
death benefit of $40,000, which will increase by 50% at age 21. The Contract may
generally  be  issued  on  insureds  below  the age of 81.  Before  issuing  any
Contract, The Prudential requires evidence of insurability,  which may include a
medical examination.  Non-Smokers who meet preferred  underwriting  requirements
are offered the most  favorable  premium rate. A higher premium is charged if an
extra mortality risk is involved.  Certain  classes of Contracts,  for example a
Contract issued in connection  with a tax-qualified  pension plan, may be issued
on a "guaranteed issue" basis and may have a lower minimum initial death benefit
than a  Contract  which is  individually  underwritten.  These  are the  current
underwriting requirements. The Prudential reserves the right to change them on a
non-discriminatory basis.

Contract Forms

A  purchaser  may  select  either of two forms of the  Contract.  The  Scheduled
Premiums shown in the Contract will be the same for a given insured,  regardless
of which  Contract Form is chosen.  Contract Form A has a death benefit equal to
the initial  face amount of  insurance.  The death  benefit of a Form A Contract
does not vary with the investment performance of the investment options selected
by the owner,  unless the death benefit is increased to ensure that the Contract
meets the  Internal  Revenue  Code's  definition  of life  insurance.  See How a
Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary, page 24. Favorable investment results of the
investment options to which the assets related to the Contract are allocated and
payment of greater than Scheduled Premiums will generally result in increases in
the cash  surrender  value.  See How the Contract  Fund Changes With  Investment
Experience, page 24.

Contract  Form B also has an initial  face  amount of  insurance  but  favorable
investment  performance and payment of greater than Scheduled Premiums generally
result in an increase in the death benefit and, over time, in a lesser  increase
in the cash surrender value than under the Form A Contract. See How the Contract
Fund  Changes With  Investment  Experience,  page 24 and How a Contract's  Death
Benefit Will Vary, page 24.  Unfavorable  investment  performance will result in
decreases in the death  benefit  (but never below the face amount  stated in the
Contract) and in the cash surrender value.

Purchasers  should  select the form that best meets their needs and  objectives.
All permanent  insurance provides both protection for beneficiaries in the event
of death and the  opportunity  to  accumulate  savings for possible use in later
years.  The  Prudential's  Variable  Appreciable  Life  Contract  provides  more
flexible  investment  opportunities  than do more  conventional  life  insurance
policies  because it permits  the owner to decide how the assets  held under the
Contract  will be  invested,  because it  permits  considerable  flexibility  in
determining  the  amount  and  timing of  premium  payments,  because it permits
adjustment of the face amount of insurance (subject, in the case of an increase,
to evidence of insurability), and because favorable investment returns result in
an  increase  in  Contract  values.  Purchasers  who  prefer  to have  favorable
investment  results and greater than Scheduled Premiums reflected in part in the
form of an increased death benefit should choose Contract Form B. Purchasers who
are  satisfied  with the  amount of their  insurance  coverage  and wish to have
favorable  investment  results and additional  premiums reflected to the maximum
extent in increasing cash surrender values should choose Contract Form A.

In choosing a Contract form, purchasers should also consider whether they intend
to use the withdrawal  feature.  Purchasers of Form A Contracts should note that
an early  withdrawal  may  result in a portion  of the  surrender  charge  being
deducted  from the  Contract  Fund.  Furthermore,  a purchaser of a minimum face
amount  Form A Contract  cannot make  withdrawals  unless the  Contract's  death
benefit has been increased to comply with the Internal Revenue Code's definition
of life insurance. Purchasers of Form B Contracts will not incur a surrender


                                       17


<PAGE>


charge for a withdrawal  and are not precluded  from making  withdrawals if they
purchase a minimum size Contract.  See Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender Value
in the  Statement  of  Additional  Information.  Withdrawal  of part of the cash
surrender  value  may have  tax  consequences,  see Tax  Treatment  of  Contract
Benefits, page 29.

Short-Term Cancellation Right or "Free Look"

Generally,  you may return the  Contract  for a refund  within 10 days after you
receive it,  within 45 days after Part I of the  application  for  insurance  is
signed,  or within 10 days after The  Prudential  mails or  delivers a Notice of
Withdrawal Right, whichever is latest. Some states allow a longer period of time
during which a Contract may be returned for a refund.  A refund can be requested
by mailing or delivering  the Contract to the  representative  who sold it or to
The  Prudential  Home Office  specified  in the  Contract.  A Contract  returned
according to this provision  shall be deemed void from the  beginning.  You will
then receive a refund of all premium payments made, plus or minus any change due
to investment  experience in the value of the invested  portion of the premiums,
calculated  as if no charges  had been made  against  the  Account or the Series
Fund.  However,  if applicable law so requires,  if you exercise your short-term
cancellation right, you will receive a refund of all premium payments made, with
no adjustment for investment experience.

Contract Fees and Charges

This section  provides a detailed  description  of each charge that is described
briefly in the chart on page 2, and an explanation of the purpose of the charge.

   
In  several  instances  we will use the  terms  "maximum  charge"  and  "current
charge." The "maximum charge," in each instance, will be the highest charge that
The Prudential is entitled to make under the Contract.  The "current  charge" is
the lower amount that The Prudential is now charging.  However, if circumstances
change, The Prudential reserves the right to increase each current charge, up to
but to no more than the maximum charge, without giving any advance notice.
    

A  Contract  owner  may add  several  "riders"  to the  Contract  which  provide
additional  benefits,  which are  charged  for  separately.  The  statement  and
description of charges that follows assumes there are no riders to the Contract.

Deductions from Premiums

   
(a) A charge for taxes  attributable  to premiums is deducted  from each premium
payment.  That charge is currently made up of two parts. The first part is in an
amount  equal to the state or local  premium  tax. It varies from state to state
and generally  ranges from 0.75% to 5% (but in some  instances can exceed 5%) of
the premium  received by The  Prudential.  The second part is for federal income
taxes  measured  by  premiums  and it is  equal to  1.25%  of the  premium.  The
Prudential  believes that this charge is a reasonable estimate of an increase in
its federal income taxes  resulting  from a 1990 change in the Internal  Revenue
Code. It is intended to recover this  increased  tax.  During 1995 and 1994, The
Prudential  deducted  a total  of  approximately  $xx,xxx,xxx  and  $22,131,000,
respectively, in taxes attributable to premiums.

(b) A charge of $2 is deducted  from each  premium  payment to cover the cost of
collecting and processing  premiums.  Thus, if you pay premiums  annually,  this
charge will be $2 per year. If you pay premiums monthly,  the charge will be $24
per year.  If you pay  premiums  more  frequently,  for example  under a payroll
deduction  plan with your  employer,  the  charge may be more than $24 per year.
During  1995  and  1994,  The  Prudential  received  a  total  of  approximately
$xx,xxx,xxx and $28,372,000, respectively, in processing charges.
    

Deductions from Portfolios

(a) An investment  advisory fee is deducted daily from each portfolio at a rate,
on an annualized  basis,  from 0.35% for the Stock Index  Portfolio to 0.75% for
the Global Portfolio.

   
(b) The  expenses  incurred  in  conducting  the  investment  operations  of the
portfolios (such as investment advisory fees, custodian fees and preparation and
distribution of annual reports) are paid out of the  portfolio's  income.  These
expenses  also vary from  portfolio  to  portfolio.  The total  expenses of each
portfolio  for the year 1995  expressed  as a percentage  of the average  assets
during the year are shown below:
    


                                       18


<PAGE>


   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Investment           Other            Total
Portfolio                           Advisory          Expenses *      Expenses *
                                       Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Money Market                          0.40%             0.04%            0.44%
Diversified Bond                      0.40%             0.04%            0.44%
Government Income                     0.40%             0.05%            0.45%
Zero Coupon Bond 2000                 0.40%             0.00%            0.40%
Zero Coupon Bond 2005                 0.40%             0.00%            0.40%
Conservative Balanced                 0.55%             0.03%            0.58%
Flexible Managed                      0.60%             0.03%            0.63%
High Yield Bond                       0.55%             0.06%            0.61%
Stock Index                           0.35%             0.03%            0.38%
Equity Income                         0.40%             0.03%            0.43%
Equity                                0.45%             0.03%            0.48%
Prudential Jennison                   0.60%             0.19%            0.79%
Small Capitalization Stock            0.40%             0.20%            0.60%
Global                                0.75%             0.31%            1.06%
Natural Resources                     0.45%             0.05%            0.50%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    For some of the  portfolios,  the actual  expenses  were  higher than those
     shown in the second  and third  columns.  The  Prudential  currently  makes
     payments to the following seven subaccounts so that the portfolio  expenses
     indirectly borne by a Contract owner investing in: (1) the Zero Coupon Bond
     Portfolios will not exceed the investment  management fee; and (2) the High
     Yield Bond, Stock Index,  Equity Income,  and Natural Resources  Portfolios
     will not exceed the investment  advisory fee plus 0.1% of the average daily
     net  assets  of the  Portfolio.  Without  such  adjustments  the  portfolio
     expenses indirectly borne by a Contract owner, expressed as a percentage of
     the average  daily net assets by  portfolio,  would have been 0.48% for the
     Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio  2000,  0.49% for the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio
     2005. No such  adjustments  were  necessary for the High Yield Bond,  Stock
     Index,  Equity Income and Natural  Resources  Portfolios  during 1995.  The
     Prudential  intends to continue  making  these  adjustments  in the future,
     although it retains  the right to stop doing so. For the years  1995,  1994
     and 1993, The Prudential received a total of $77,610,206,  $66,413,260, and
     $51,197,499, respectively in investment advisory fees.
    

       

Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund

The  following  monthly  charges are  deducted  proportionately  from the dollar
amounts held in each of the chosen investment option[s].

   
(a) An  administrative  charge  of $3 plus  $0.03 per  $1,000  per month of face
amount of insurance is deducted  each month.  Thus,  for a Contract with $60,000
face  amount,  the charge is $3 plus  $1.80 for a total of $4.80.  The charge is
intended to pay for processing claims,  keeping records,  and communicating with
Contract owners. The current charge for Contracts with face amounts greater than
$100,000  is lower.  The $0.03 per  $1,000  portion  of the charge is reduced to
$0.01 per $1,000 for that part of the face amount that exceeds $100,000 and will
not  exceed  $12.  If  premiums  are  paid  by  automatic   transfer  under  The
Prudential's  Pru-Matic  Plan,  as  described  on page 21,  the $0.03 per $1,000
charge is reduced to $0.01 for all Contract face amounts and will not exceed $1.
During  1995  and  1994,  The  Prudential  received  a  total  of  approximately
$xx,xxx,xxx, and $56,055,000, respectively, in monthly administrative charges.
    

(b) A  mortality  charge is  deducted  that is  intended to be used to pay death
benefits.  When an insured dies, the amount payable to the beneficiary is larger
than the Contract Fund and significantly larger if the insured dies in the early
years of a Contract.  The mortality  charges  collected from all Contract owners
enables The  Prudential  to pay the death  benefit for the few insureds who die.
The maximum  mortality  charge is determined by  multiplying  the "net amount at
risk" under a Contract (the amount by which the Contract's death benefit exceeds
the Contract Fund) by a rate based upon the insured's  current  attained age and
sex (except  where unisex rates apply) and the  anticipated  mortality  for that
class of persons.  The  anticipated  mortality  is based upon  mortality  tables
published by The National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners  called the
Non-Smoker/Smoker  1980 CSO Tables. The Prudential's current mortality charge is
lower than the maximum for  insureds of 50 years of age and older.  In addition,
for insureds of all ages,  if a Contract has a face amount of at least  $100,000
and the insured under the Contract has met strict underwriting  requirements and
qualifies for a "select  rating" basis for the particular  risk  classification,
the current mortality charges may be lower still.

Certain Contracts, for example Contracts issued in connection with tax-qualified
pension plans, may be issued on a "guaranteed  issue" basis and may have current
mortality charges which are different from those mortality charges


                                       19


<PAGE>


for  Contracts  which  are  individually  underwritten.   These  Contracts  with
different  current mortality charges may be offered to categories of individuals
meeting eligibility guidelines determined by The Prudential.

(c) A sales  charge,  often called a sales load,  is deducted to pay part of the
costs The  Prudential  incurs in selling the Contracts,  including  commissions,
advertising  and  the  printing  and  distribution  of  prospectuses  and  sales
literature. The charge is equal to 0.5% of the "primary annual premium" which is
equal to the Scheduled Premium that would be payable if premiums were being paid
annually,  less the two deductions from premiums (taxes attributable to premiums
and the $2  processing  charge),  and less the $3 part of the monthly  deduction
described in (a) above.  The  deduction  is made  whether the Contract  owner is
paying premiums annually or more frequently.  It is lower on Contracts issued on
insureds  over 60 years of age. At present this sales charge is made only during
the first five Contract years.  For Contracts with face amounts of at least $7.5
million,  this sales  charge is made only during the first two  Contract  years.
However,  The Prudential  reserves the right to make this charge in all Contract
years. To summarize, for most Contracts, this charge is somewhat less than 6% of
the annual  Scheduled  Premium for each of the first five Contract  years and it
may but probably will not continue to be charged after that.

   
There is a second sales load, which will be charged only if a Contract lapses or
is surrendered  before the end of the 10th Contract year. It is often  described
as a  contingent  deferred  sales load  ("CDSL")  and is  described  below under
Surrender or Withdrawal Charges. During 1995 and 1994, The Prudential received a
total of approximately $xx,xxx,xxx and $96,357,000, in sales charges.

(d) A  charge  of  $0.01  per  $1000  of face  amount  of  insurance  is made to
compensate  The  Prudential  for the risk it assumes by  guaranteeing  that,  no
matter how  unfavorable  investment  experience  may be, the death  benefit will
never be less than the  guaranteed  minimum  death  benefit so long as Scheduled
Premiums are paid on or before the due date or during the grace  period.  During
1995 and 1994, The Prudential  received a total of approximately  $x,xxx,xxx and
$9,487,000, respectively, for this risk charge.
    

(e) If a  rider  is  added  to the  basic  Contract,  or if an  insured  is in a
substandard  risk   classification   (for  example,  a  person  in  a  hazardous
occupation),  the annual Scheduled  Premium will be increased and the additional
charges will be deducted monthly.

(f) A charge may be deducted to cover federal,  state or local taxes (other than
"taxes  attributable  to  premiums"  described  above) that are imposed upon the
operations of the Account. At present no such taxes are imposed and no charge is
made.

   
The  earnings  of the  Account  are  taxed  as  part  of the  operations  of The
Prudential. No charge is being made currently to the Account for Company federal
income taxes. The Prudential will review the question of a charge to the Account
for Company  federal  income  taxes  periodically.  Such a charge may be made in
future  years for any federal  income  taxes that would be  attributable  to the
Contracts.
    

Daily Deduction from the Contract Fund

   
Each day a charge is deducted from the assets of each of the subaccounts  and/or
the Real  Property  Account  (the  "variable  investment  options") in an amount
equivalent to an effective  annual rate of 0.9%. For Contracts with face amounts
of $100,000  or more,  the  current  charge is 0.6%.  This charge is intended to
compensate  The  Prudential  for assuming  mortality and expense risks under the
Contract.  The  mortality  risk  assumed is that  insureds  may live for shorter
periods of time than The Prudential  estimated when it determined what mortality
charge to make.  The expense risk assumed is that  expenses  incurred in issuing
and administering the Contract will be greater than The Prudential  estimated in
fixing its  administrative  charges.  The Prudential  will realize a profit from
this risk  charge to the  extent it is not needed to  provide  benefits  and pay
expenses  under the Contracts.  During 1995 and 1994, The Prudential  received a
total of approximately $xx,xxx,xxx and $16,959,000,  respectively,  in mortality
and expense risk charges.  This charge is not assessed against amounts allocated
to the fixed-rate option.
    

Surrender or Withdrawal Charges

   
(a) An additional  sales load (the CDSL) is charged if a Contract is surrendered
in total or in part for its cash  surrender  value or lapses during the first 10
Contract  years. It is not deducted from the death benefit if the insured should
die during this  period.  This  contingent  deferred  charge is generally at its
highest in dollar amount during the  Contract's  fourth and fifth years and then
is reduced daily at a constant rate until it reaches zero at the end of the 10th
year.  The exact amount is determined by a complex  formula that is described in
the Statement of Additional  Information.  The amount of this charge can be more
easily  understood  by  reference to the  following  table which shows the sales
loads  that  would be paid by a 35 year  old man  under a Form B  Contract  with
$100,000 face amount of insurance,  both through the monthly deductions from the
Contract Fund  described  above and upon the  surrender of the Contract.  If the
Contract is partially  surrendered  or the face amount is  decreased  during the
first 10 years, a proportionate  amount of the contingent  deferred sales charge
will be deducted from the Contract Fund.
    


                                       20


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                Cumulative
                                                                                                                Total Sales
                                               Cumulative                                                         Load as
      Surrender,     Cumulative                Sales Load            Contingent              Total                  Per-
     Last Day of      Scheduled                 Deducted              Deferred               Sales               centage of
       Year No.       Premiums                    from                 Sales                 Load                Scheduled
                        Paid                    Contract                Load                                     Premiums
                                                  Fund                                                             Paid
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                    <C>                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>   
           1           $  894.06              $  49.56                $218.66               $268.22               30.00%
           2            1,788.12                 99.12                 367.64                466.76               26.10%
           3            2,682.18                148.68                 398.55                547.23               20.40%
           4            3,576.24                198.24                 414.00                612.24               17.12%
           5            4,470.30                247.80                 414.00                661.80               14.80%
           6            5,364.36                247.80                 331.00                578.80               10.79%
           7            6,258.42                247.80                 248.00                495.80                7.92%
           8            7,152.48                247.80                 166.00                413.80                5.79%
           9            8,046.54                247.80                  83.00                330.80                4.11%
          10            8,940.60                247.80                   0.00                247.80                2.77%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



The percentages  shown in the last column will not be appreciably  different for
insureds of different ages.

   
(b) An  administrative  charge of $5 per $1,000 of face amount of  insurance  is
deducted upon lapse or surrender to cover the cost of  processing  applications,
conducting  medical  examinations,  determining  insurability  and the insured's
rating  class,  and  establishing  records.  However,  this  charge  is  reduced
beginning on the Contract's  fifth  anniversary and declines daily at a constant
rate until it  disappears  entirely on the tenth  Contract  anniversary.  If the
Contract is partially  surrendered  or the face amount is  decreased  during the
first 10 years, a  proportionate  amount of the charge will be deducted from the
Contract  Fund.  During  1995  and  1994,  The  Prudential  received  a total of
approximately  $x,xxx,xxx  and  $7,971,000,  respectively,  from  surrendered or
lapsed  Contracts.  The  Prudential  does not  expect  to make a profit  on this
charge.
    

Transaction Charges

There may be transaction charges if certain events take place. Examples are: the
face amount of insurance is  decreased  or part of the cash  surrender  value is
withdrawn.  The  Prudential  is entitled  under the  Contract to charge a fee in
these situations,  which will generally be $15 or less. Currently, it waives the
fee in some instances. These fees are described at the appropriate place in this
prospectus or in the Statement of Additional Information.

Contract Date

When the first premium payment is paid with the application for a Contract,  the
Contract Date will ordinarily be the later of the date of the application or the
date of any medical  examination.  In most cases no medical  examination will be
necessary.  If the first premium is not paid with the application,  the Contract
Date will  ordinarily  be the date the first premium is paid and the Contract is
delivered.  It may be  advantageous  for a  Contract  owner  to have an  earlier
Contract  Date  when that will  result in the use by The  Prudential  of a lower
issue age in  determining  the amount of the Scheduled  Premium.  The Prudential
will permit a Contract to be  back-dated  but only to a date not earlier  than 6
months prior to the date of the  application.  The  Prudential  will require the
payment  of all  premiums  that  would  have been due had the  application  date
coincided with the back-dated  Contract Date. No Contract may be back-dated to a
date prior to that which is in accordance with The Prudential's regulations. The
death benefit and cash surrender  value under the Contract will be equal to what
they would have been had the  Contract  been issued on the  Contract  Date,  all
Scheduled  Premiums been received on their due dates,  and all Contract  charges
been made. The term Monthly Date means the day of each month that is the same as
the Contract Date.

Premiums

As already  explained,  the Contract  provides for a Scheduled Premium which, if
paid when due or within a 61 day grace  period,  ensures that the Contract  will
not lapse. If you pay premiums other than on a monthly basis, you will receive a
notice  that a premium  is due about 3 weeks  before  each due date.  If you pay
premiums  monthly,  you will  receive each year a book with 12 coupons that will
serve as a reminder. With The Prudential's consent, you may change the frequency
of premium payments.

You may elect to have monthly premiums paid  automatically  under the "Pru-Matic
Premium Plan" by pre-authorized  transfers from a bank checking account.  If you
select the Pru-Matic  Premium Plan, one of the current  monthly  charges will be
reduced.  See Monthly  Deductions  From  Contract  Fund,  page 19. Some Contract
owners may also be  eligible to have  monthly  premiums  paid by  pre-authorized
deductions from an employer's payroll.


                                       21


<PAGE>


   
As stated above,  your Contract sets forth two Scheduled  Premium amounts.  Your
first or initial  amount is payable  from the time you  purchase  your  Contract
until the Contract anniversary  immediately  following your 65th birthday or the
Contract's 7th anniversary,  whichever is later (the "Premium Change Date").  If
your Contract  Fund, net of any excess  premiums,  on the Premium Change Date is
higher than it would have been had all  Scheduled  Premiums  been paid when due,
maximum contractual  charges been deducted,  and only a net rate of return of 4%
been earned,  then the second  Scheduled  Premium  Amount will be lower than the
maximum amount stated in your Contract. You will be told what the amount of your
second  Scheduled  Premium  will be. For  examples of what the second  Scheduled
Premium might be, see Footnote 3 to the tables on pages T1 through T4.

A  significant  feature of this  Contract  is that it permits you to pay greater
than  Scheduled  Premiums.  This may be done by  making  occasional  unscheduled
premium  payments or on a periodic  basis.  If you wish, you may select a higher
contemplated  premium than the Scheduled Premium.  The Prudential will then bill
you for the chosen premium.  In general,  the regular payment of higher premiums
will  result in higher  cash  surrender  values  and,  at least under Form B, in
higher death benefits.  Conversely,  payment of a Scheduled  Premium need not be
made if the Contract Fund is sufficiently  large to enable the charges due under
the  Contract to be made without  causing the  Contract to lapse.  See Lapse and
Reinstatement,  page 26. The payment of premiums in excess of Scheduled Premiums
may cause the Contract to become a Modified Endowment Contract. If this happens,
loans and other  distributions  which would otherwise not be taxable events will
be subject to federal income taxation.  See Tax Treatment of Contract  Benefits,
page 29.
    

If you  elect  to add a  "rider"  to  your  Contract  that  provides  additional
benefits,  see Riders,  page 30, the Scheduled  Premium may be  increased.  Some
riders provide  additional  term insurance in a stated amount that does not vary
with investment experience. One of these "term riders" also allows you to choose
different insurance amounts in different years. For these riders, you may choose
to pay a billed premium higher than your initial Scheduled  Premium.  Under some
circumstances  this  could  result in a higher  cash  surrender  value and death
benefit  than if the same  premium had been paid under a Contract  with the same
death benefit but without the rider. After several years,  however,  even if the
billed premiums are paid on time, the Contract could lose its guarantee  against
lapse and, after many more years, could have lower cash surrender values.

   
The Contract  allows you to choose a level  premium  option.  In that case,  the
Scheduled  Premium,  (the  amount  of which  can be  quoted  by your  Prudential
representative),  will be higher and the Scheduled  Premium will not increase at
age 65 (or 7 years after issue,  if later),  even if investment  experience  has
been  unfavorable.  If that level Scheduled  Premium is paid when due, or within
the grace period (or missed premiums are paid later with interest), the Contract
will not lapse.
    

The Prudential  will generally  accept any premium  payment if the payment is at
least $25. The Prudential does reserve the right,  however, to limit unscheduled
premiums  to a total of $10,000 in any  Contract  year,  and to refuse to accept
premiums that would immediately result in more than a dollar-for-dollar increase
in the death benefit. See How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary, page 24. The
flexibility  of  premium  payments   provides  Contract  owners  with  different
opportunities  under  the two  Forms of the  Contract.  Greater  than  scheduled
payments  under a Form A Contract  increase  the  Contract  Fund.  Greater  than
scheduled  payments under a Form B Contract  increase both the Contract Fund and
the death  benefit,  but any future  increases in the Contract Fund will be less
than under a Form A  Contract.  This is because the  monthly  mortality  charges
under the Form B Contract will be higher to compensate  for the higher amount of
insurance.  For all  Contracts,  the  privilege  of making  large or  additional
premium  payments  offers a way of investing  amounts which  accumulate  without
current income taxation.

Unless you elect  otherwise,  your  Contract  will include a "waiver of premium"
provision  under which The Prudential  will pay your  Scheduled  Premiums if you
incur a disability  before age 60 that lasts over six months.  If the disability
begins  after you become 60 and before  you are 65,  premiums  will be paid only
until the first Contract anniversary following your 65th birthday. The waiver of
premium  provision  does not  apply  if you  become  disabled  after  your  65th
birthday.

Allocation of Premiums

   
On the  Contract  Date,  the $2  processing  charge  and the  charge  for  taxes
attributable  to premiums are deducted from the initial  premium,  and the first
monthly  deductions  are made.  See  Contract  Fees and  Charges,  page 18.  The
remainder of the initial  premium  will be allocated on the Contract  Date among
the subaccounts, the fixed-rate option or the Real Property Account according to
the desired  allocation  specified in the application form. The invested portion
of any part of the  initial  premium  in  excess  of the  Scheduled  Premium  is
generally placed in the selected investment options on the date of receipt,  but
not earlier  than the Contract  Date.  Thus,  to the extent that The  Prudential
receives the initial premium prior to the Contract Date,  there will be a period
during which it will not be invested. All subsequent premium payments, after the
deductions from premiums,  when received by The Prudential will be placed in the
subaccounts,  the fixed-rate  option or the Real Property  Account in accordance
with the  allocation  previously  designated.  Provided  the  Contract is not in
default,  you may change the way in which  subsequent  premiums are allocated by
giving written notice to the Prudential Home Office stated in the Contract.  You
may  also  change  the  way  in  which  subsequent  premiums  are  allocated  by
telephoning your Prudential Home
    


                                       22


<PAGE>


Office, provided you are enrolled to use the Telephone Transfer System. There is
no charge for reallocating future premiums.  If any part of the invested portion
of a premium is allocated to a particular  investment option,  that portion must
be at  least  10% on the  date  the  allocation  takes  effect.  All  percentage
allocations  must be in whole  numbers.  For  example,  33% can be selected  but
331/3%  cannot.  Of course,  the total  allocation  of all  selected  investment
options must equal 100%.

   
Additionally,  a feature  called Dollar Cost  Averaging  ("DCA") is available to
Contract  owners.  If you wish,  premiums may be allocated to the portion of the
Money  Market  Subaccount  used  for  this  feature  (the  "DCA  account"),  and
designated  dollar amounts will be  transferred  monthly from the DCA account to
other  investment  options  available  under the  Contract,  excluding the Money
Market  Subaccount  and the fixed-rate  option,  but including the Real Property
Account. Automatic monthly transfers must be at least 3% of the amount allocated
to the DCA  account  (that is, if you  designate  $5,000,  the  minimum  monthly
transfer is $150),  with a minimum of $20  transferred  into any one  investment
option. These amounts are subject to change at The Prudential's discretion.  The
minimum  transfer amount will only be recalculated if the amount  designated for
transfer is increased.

When you  establish  DCA at issue,  you must  allocate  to the DCA  account  the
greater of $2,000 or 10% of the initial premium payment.  When you establish DCA
after  issue,  you must  allocate  to the DCA  account  at least  $2,000.  These
minimums  are subject to change at The  Prudential's  discretion.  After DCA has
been established and as long as the DCA account has a positive balance,  you may
allocate or transfer  amounts to the DCA account,  subject to the limitations on
premium payments and transfers generally. In addition, if you pay premiums on an
annual or semi-annual basis, and you have already  established DCA, your premium
allocation  instructions  may include an  allocation  of all or a portion of all
your premium payments to the DCA account.

Each automatic  monthly transfer will take effect as of the end of the valuation
period on the Monthly Date, provided the New York Stock Exchange is open on that
date.  A valuation  period is the period of time from one  determination  of the
value of the amount  invested in a subaccount to the next.  Such  determinations
are made when the net asset  values of the  portfolios  of the  Series  Fund are
calculated,  which is generally  4:15 p.m. New York City time on each day during
which the New York Stock Exchange is open. If the New York Stock Exchange is not
open on that  date,  or if the  Monthly  Date does not occur in that  particular
month,  the transfer will take effect as of the end of the last valuation period
which  immediately  follows that Monthly Date.  Automatic monthly transfers will
continue  until  the  balance  in the DCA  account  reaches  zero,  or until the
Contract owner gives  notification  of a change in allocation or cancellation of
the feature.  If you have an outstanding  premium allocation to the DCA account,
but your DCA option has previously been canceled,  premiums allocated to the DCA
account will be allocated to the Money Market Subaccount.  Currently there is no
charge for using the DCA feature.
    

Transfers

If the  Contract is not in default,  or if the  Contract is in force as variable
reduced paid-up insurance (see Lapse and Reinstatement, page 26), you may, up to
four times in each  Contract  year,  transfer  amounts  from one  subaccount  to
another  subaccount,  to the fixed-rate  option or to the Real Property Account.
There is no charge.  All or a portion of the amount credited to a subaccount may
be transferred.

In addition,  the total amount credited to a Contract held in the subaccounts or
the Real Property  Account may be transferred  to the  fixed-rate  option at any
time during the first two Contract  years.  If you wish to convert your variable
Contract to a fixed-benefit Contract in this manner, you must request a complete
transfer  of funds to the  fixed-rate  option and also  change  your  allocation
instructions regarding future premiums.

   
Transfers  among  subaccounts  will take  effect as of the end of the  valuation
period (usually the business day) in which a proper transfer request is received
at your Prudential Home Office. The request may be in terms of dollars,  such as
a request to transfer $10,000 from one subaccount to another, or may be in terms
of a percentage  reallocation  among  subaccounts.  In the latter case,  as with
premium  reallocations,  the  percentages  must  be in  whole  numbers.  You may
transfer amounts by proper written notice to your Prudential Home Office,  or by
telephone,  provided you are enrolled to use the Telephone  Transfer System. You
will  automatically be enrolled to use the Telephone  Transfer System unless you
elect not to have this privilege. The Prudential has adopted procedures designed
to ensure that requests by telephone  are genuine.  The  Prudential  will not be
held liable for following  telephone  instructions that we reasonably believe to
be genuine. The Prudential cannot guarantee that you will be able to get through
to complete a telephone  transfer during peak periods such as periods of drastic
economic or market change.
    

On the liquidation date of a Zero Coupon Bond Subaccount, all the shares held by
it in the  corresponding  portfolio  of the Series Fund will be redeemed and the
proceeds of the  redemption  applicable to each Contract will be  transferred to
the Money Market  Subaccount  unless the owner directs that it be transferred to
another  subaccount.  Affected  owners will be notified in writing  prior to the
liquidation date and given the opportunity to transfer their proceeds to another
subaccount.  A transfer that occurs upon the  liquidation  date of a Zero Coupon
Bond Subaccount will not be counted as one of the four permissible  transfers in
a Contract year.


                                       23


<PAGE>


Transfers  from the  fixed-rate  option to the  subaccounts or the Real Property
Account are  currently  permitted  once each  Contract  year and only during the
30-day period  beginning on the Contract  anniversary.  The maximum amount which
may be  transferred  out of the  fixed-rate  option each year is  currently  the
greater of: (a) 25% of the amount in the fixed-rate option, or (b) $2,000.  Such
transfer requests received prior to the Contract anniversary will be effected on
the Contract  anniversary.  Transfer  requests received within the 30-day period
beginning  on the  Contract  anniversary  will be  effected as of the end of the
valuation  period  in  which a  proper  transfer  request  is  received  at your
Prudential  Home  Office.  These  limits are  subject  to change in the  future.
Transfers from the Real Property Account are also subject to  restrictions,  and
these restrictions are described in the attached  prospectus for that investment
option.

How the Contract Fund Changes with Investment Experience

As explained  above,  after the tenth Contract  year,  there will no longer be a
surrender  charge and, if there is no Contract loan,  the cash  surrender  value
will be equal to the Contract Fund, plus any termination dividend. This section,
therefore,  also  describes  how the cash  surrender  value of the Contract will
change with investment experience.

On the Contract  Date,  the Contract Fund value is the initial  premium less the
deductions from premiums and the first monthly deductions. See Contract Fees and
Charges,  page 18. This amount is placed in the investment options designated by
the  owner.  Thereafter  the  Contract  Fund  value  changes  daily,  reflecting
increases or decreases in the value of the securities in which the assets of the
subaccount have been invested,  the performance of the Real Property  Account if
that option has been selected, and interest credited on any amounts allocated to
the  fixed-rate  option.  It is also  reduced  by the  daily  asset  charge  for
mortality and expense risks assessed  against the variable  investment  options.
The  Contract  Fund value also  increases  to reflect the receipt of  additional
premium payments and is decreased by the monthly deductions.

A Contract's  cash  surrender  value on any date will be the Contract Fund value
plus any termination dividend, reduced by the withdrawal charges, if any, and by
any Contract debt.  Upon request,  The Prudential will tell a Contract owner the
cash surrender  value of his or her Contract.  It is possible,  although  highly
unlikely,  that the cash  surrender  value of a Contract  could  decline to zero
because  of  unfavorable  investment  performance,  even  if  a  Contract  owner
continues to pay Scheduled Premiums when due.

The tables on pages T1 through T4 of this  prospectus  illustrate what the death
benefit  and  cash  surrender  values  would be for a  representative  Contract,
assuming uniform hypothetical  investment results in the selected  portfolio[s],
and also provide  information  about the  aggregate  premiums  payable under the
Contract. The tables also show, if the level premium option has not been chosen,
the  maximum  Scheduled  Premium  that may be payable  for the period  after the
insured  reaches the age of 65 for the  illustrated  Contract  under each of the
assumed investment returns.

How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary

The death benefit  under a Form A Contract  will  generally be equal to the face
amount of  insurance  chosen by the  purchaser  when the  Contract  was  bought.
Generally the investment experience affects only the value of the Contract Fund.
This means that as the Contract Fund value grows,  the deduction for the cost of
mortality may decrease because the "amount at risk" becomes  smaller.  The death
benefit  cannot ever fall below the face amount of  insurance.  It could happen,
however,  that it will  become  higher.  If the  Contract  is kept in force  for
several  years  and if  investment  performance  is  relatively  favorable,  the
Contract Fund value may grow to the point where,  to meet certain  provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code which require that the death benefit always be greater
than the Contract Fund value, the death benefit must be increased.  The required
difference  between  the death  benefit  and  Contract  Fund  value is higher at
younger ages than at older ages. A precise  description  is in the  Statement of
Additional Information.

If the Contract Fund value reaches this level,  each premium  payment  increases
the death  benefit  by an amount  greater  than the  premium.  Accordingly,  The
Prudential,  when that  occurs,  reserves  the right to refuse  further  premium
payments,  although in  practice  it will  accept a payment  equal to two years'
Scheduled Premiums.

Under a Form B  Contract,  the death  benefit  will  change from the outset with
investment  experience.  Here again the  precise way in which that will occur is
complicated  and is described in the  Statement of  Additional  Information.  In
general,  if the net investment  performance is 4% per year or higher, the death
benefit  will  increase;  if it is below 4%, it will  decrease.  The  Prudential
guarantees,  however,  that it will  not  decrease  below  the  face  amount  of
insurance.  If  unfavorable  experience  of that kind should  occur,  it must be
offset by  favorable  experience  before the death  benefit  begins to  increase
again.

The  death  benefit  could  also  increase  to  satisfy  Internal  Revenue  Code
requirements, for the same reasons described above respecting Form A Contracts.


                                       24


<PAGE>


Contract Loans

The owner may borrow from The Prudential up to the "loan value" of the Contract,
using the Contract as the only security for the loan. The loan value is equal to
(1)  90%  of an  amount  equal  to  the  portion  of  the  Contract  Fund  value
attributable  to the  variable  investment  options  and to  any  prior  loan[s]
supported by the variable investment  options,  minus the portion of any charges
attributable  to  variable  investment  options  that would be  payable  upon an
immediate  surrender;  plus (2) 100% of an amount  equal to the  portion  of the
Contract  Fund  value  attributable  to the  fixed-rate  option and to any prior
loan[s]  supported by the  fixed-rate  option,  minus the portion of any charges
attributable  to the  fixed-rate  option that would be payable upon an immediate
surrender.  The  minimum  amount  that may be  borrowed  at any one time is $200
unless the proceeds are used to pay premiums on the Contract.

If you request a loan you may choose one of two interest rates. You may elect to
have interest  charges accrued daily at a fixed  effective  annual rate of 5.5%.
Alternatively,  you may elect a variable interest rate that changes from time to
time.  You may switch from the fixed to variable  interest  loan  provision,  or
vice-versa, with The Prudential's consent.

   
If you elect the variable loan interest rate provision,  interest charged on any
loan will accrue daily at an annual rate The Prudential  determines at the start
of each Contract  year  (instead of at the fixed 5.5% rate).  This interest rate
will not exceed the  greatest of (1) the  "Published  Monthly  Average"  for the
calendar  month  ending two months  before the  calendar  month of the  Contract
anniversary;  (2) 5%; or (3) the rate  permitted by law in the state of issue of
the Contract. The "Published Monthly Average" means Moody's Corporate Bond Yield
Average  -- Monthly  Average  Corporates,  as  published  by  Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc. or any successor to that service, or if that average is no longer
published,   a  substantially  similar  average  established  by  the  insurance
regulator  where the Contract is issued.  For  example,  the  Published  Monthly
Average in 1995 ranged from 7.11% to 8.71%.

Interest  payments  on any loan  are due at the end of each  Contract  year.  If
interest is not paid when due, it is added to the principal  amount of the loan.
The term  "Contract  debt"  means the amount of all  outstanding  loans plus any
interest  accrued but not yet due. If at any time the Contract debt exceeds what
the cash surrender value would be if there were no Contract debt, The Prudential
will notify the  Contract  owner of its intent to  terminate  the Contract in 61
days,  within which time the owner may repay all or enough of the loan to reduce
it to below the cash surrender value and thus keep the Contract in force. If the
Contract  owner  fails to keep the  Contract  in  force,  the  amount  of unpaid
Contract debt will be treated as a distribution which may be taxable.  See Lapse
and  Reinstatement,  page 26, and Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits - Pre-Death
Distributions, page 29.

When a loan is made, an amount equal to the loan  proceeds  (the "loan  amount")
will be  transferred  out of the  subaccounts  and  the  Real  Property  Account
(collectively,   the  "variable  options"),  and/or  the  fixed-rate  option  to
Prudential's  general account.  The investment  options will normally be reduced
proportionally  based on their  balances at the time the loan is made.  The loan
amount is treated as part of the Contract Fund.  While a fixed-rate  (5.5%) loan
is outstanding, the loan amount will be credited with the daily equivalent or an
annual  return of 4% rather than with the actual rate of return of the  variable
options or the  fixed-rate  option.  While a loan made  pursuant to the variable
loan interest rate  provision is  outstanding,  the loan amount will be credited
with the daily  equivalent of a rate that is 1% less than the loan interest rate
for the Contract  year. If a loan remains  outstanding  at a time The Prudential
fixes a new rate, the new interest rate will apply. When the loan is repaid, the
repayment is made to the investment options. The loan repayment is first divided
between the variable  options as a group and the  fixed-rate  option in the same
proportions  used for the transfer at the time the loan was made. The portion of
the loan repayment allocated to the variable options as a group is divided among
those  options  proportionately  based  on  their  balances  at the time of loan
repayment.

Choosing the variable rate option may mean a higher outlay of cash when interest
payments  are made or when  the loan is  repaid,  but it may  also  result  in a
greater increase in the Contract Fund value.
    

A loan will not affect the amount of the premiums due.  Should the death benefit
become  payable  while  a  loan  is  outstanding,  or  should  the  Contract  be
surrendered,  any Contract  debt will be deducted  from the death benefit or the
cash surrender value.

A loan will have an effect on a Contract's  cash surrender value and may have an
effect on the  death  benefit,  even if the loan is fully  repaid,  because  the
investment  results of the  selected  investment  options will apply only to the
amount  remaining  invested  under  those  options.   The  longer  the  loan  is
outstanding,  the  greater  the  effect  is likely to be.  The  effect  could be
favorable or unfavorable.  If investment results are greater than the rate being
credited on the loan  balance  while the loan is  outstanding,  values under the
Contract  will not  increase  as  rapidly as they would have if no loan had been
made. If investment results are below that rate,  Contract values will be higher
than they would have been had no loan been made.  A loan that is repaid will not
have any effect upon the guaranteed minimum death benefit.


                                       25


<PAGE>


   
Consider,  for example,  a Contract issued on a 35 year old male, as illustrated
in the table on page T1,  with an 8% gross  investment  return.  Assume a $2,500
fixed-rate  (5.5%) loan was made under this Contract at the end of Contract year
8 and repaid at the end of Contract year 10 and loan interest was paid when due.
Upon  repayment,  the cash  surrender  value would be $7,811.48.  This amount is
lower than the cash  surrender  value shown on that page for the end of Contract
year 10 because the loan amount was credited  with the 4% assumed rate of return
rather than the 6.85% net return for the designated subaccount[s] resulting from
the 8% gross return in the underlying Series Fund. Loans from Modified Endowment
Contracts may be treated for tax purposes as  distributions  of income.  See Tax
Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 29.
    

Surrender of a Contract

You may  surrender a Contract in whole or in part for its cash  surrender  value
while the insured is living.  Partial surrender  involves splitting the Contract
into two Contracts.  One Contract is surrendered  for its cash surrender  value;
the  other is  continued  in force on the same  terms as the  original  Contract
except that premiums  will be based on the new face amount.  You will be given a
new Contract document. The cash surrender value and the guaranteed minimum death
benefit  of the new  Contract  will be  proportionately  reduced  based upon the
reduction in the face amount of  insurance.  The new  Contract  must have a face
amount of insurance at least equal to the minimum face amount  applicable to the
insured.  Otherwise a partial  surrender is not permitted.  See Requirements for
Issuance of a Contract, page 17.

To  surrender  a  Contract  in whole or in part,  you must  deliver  or mail it,
together  with a written  request,  to your  Prudential  Home  Office.  The cash
surrender value of a surrendered or partially  surrendered Contract (taking into
account  the  deferred  sales  and  administrative  charges,  if  any)  will  be
determined  as of the end of the  valuation  period in which  such a request  is
received in the Home Office. Surrender of all or part of a Contract may have tax
consequences. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 29.

Lapse and Reinstatement

As has already been explained,  if Scheduled Premiums are paid on or before each
due date,  or within  the grace  period  after  each due date,  and there are no
withdrawals,  a Contract will remain in force even if the investment  results of
that Contract's variable investment  option[s] have been so unfavorable that the
Contract Fund has decreased to zero or less.

In addition,  even if a Scheduled  Premium is not paid, the Contract will remain
in force as long as the Contract Fund on any Monthly Date is equal to or greater
than the Tabular Contract Fund value on the following  Monthly Date. (A Table of
Tabular  Contract Fund Values is included in the Contract;  the values  increase
with each year the Contract  remains in force.) This could occur because of such
factors as favorable  investment  experience,  deduction of current  rather than
maximum charges, or the previous payment of greater than Scheduled Premiums.

However,  if a  Scheduled  Premium  is  not  paid,  and  the  Contract  Fund  is
insufficient  to keep the Contract in force,  the Contract will go into default.
Should this happen,  The  Prudential  will send the  Contract  owner a notice of
default  setting forth the payment  necessary to keep the Contract in force on a
premium  paying  basis.  This  payment must be received at the  Prudential  Home
Office  within the 61 day grace  period after the notice of default is mailed or
the Contract  will lapse.  A Contract that lapses with an  outstanding  Contract
loan may have tax consequences. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 29.

Neither  transfers  nor  reallocations  of  premium  payments  may be  made if a
Contract is in default.

A Contract  that has lapsed may be  reinstated  within 5 years after the date of
default unless the Contract has been  surrendered for its cash surrender  value.
To reinstate a lapsed  Contract,  The Prudential  requires  renewed  evidence of
insurability, and submission of certain payments due under the Contract.

If your  Contract  does lapse,  it will still  provide  some  benefits.  You can
receive the cash surrender value by making a request of The Prudential  prior to
the end of the 61 day grace  period.  You may also choose one of the three forms
of insurance described below for which no further premiums are payable.

Fixed Extended Term Insurance. The amount of insurance that would have been paid
on the date of default will  continue for a stated  period of time.  You will be
told in writing  how long that will be. The  insurance  amount  will not change.
There will be a diminishing  cash  surrender  value but no loan value.  Extended
term  insurance  is not  available to insureds in high risk  classifications  or
under Contracts issued in connection with tax-qualified pension plans.

Fixed Reduced Paid-Up  Insurance.  This insurance  continues for the lifetime of
the insured but at an insurance amount that is lower than that provided by fixed
extended term  insurance.  It will increase in amount only if dividends are paid
and it will decrease only if a Contract loan is taken.  You will be told, if you
ask,  what the amount of the insurance  will be. Fixed  paid-up  insurance has a
cash surrender  value and a loan value both of which will gradually  increase in
value. It is possible for this Contract to be classified as a Modified Endowment


                                       26


<PAGE>


Contract if this option is exercised  during the first 7 Contract years. See Tax
Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 29.

Variable Reduced Paid-Up  Insurance.  This is similar to fixed paid-up insurance
and will  initially be in the same amount.  The Contract  Fund will  continue to
vary to reflect the experience of the selected investment options. There will be
a new guaranteed  minimum death benefit.  Loans will be available subject to the
same rules that apply to premium-paying Contracts.

Variable  paid-up  insurance  is not  available  to insureds in high risk rating
classes or if the new guaranteed  amount is less than $5,000. It is possible for
this Contract to be classified as a Modified  Endowment  Contract if this option
is exercised  during the first 7 Contract  years.  See Tax Treatment of Contract
Benefits, page 29.

What  Happens  If No  Request Is Made?  Except in the two  situations  described
below, if no request is made the "automatic  option" will be fixed extended term
insurance.  If that is not available to the insured,  then fixed reduced paid-up
insurance will be provided.  However,  if variable reduced paid-up  insurance is
available  and the amount is at least as great as the  amount of fixed  extended
term  insurance,  then the  automatic  option will be variable  reduced  paid-up
insurance.  This could occur when there is a Contract debt  outstanding when the
Contract lapses.

When Proceeds Are Paid

The Prudential will generally pay any death benefit,  cash surrender value, loan
proceeds or withdrawal  within 7 days after receipt at a Prudential  Home Office
of all the documents required for such a payment.  Other than the death benefit,
which is determined as of the date of death, the amount will be determined as of
the end of the valuation  period in which the necessary  documents are received.
However, The Prudential may delay payment of proceeds from the subaccount[s] and
the variable  portion of the death benefit due under the Contract if the sale or
valuation of the Account's assets is not reasonably  practicable because the New
York  Stock  Exchange  is closed for other  than a regular  holiday or  weekend,
trading is restricted by the SEC or the SEC declares that an emergency exists.

With  respect  to the  amount  of any  cash  surrender  value  allocated  to the
fixed-rate  option,  and with  respect to a Contract  in force as fixed  reduced
paid-up  insurance,  The  Prudential  expects  to pay the cash  surrender  value
promptly upon request. However, The Prudential has the right to delay payment of
such cash surrender value for up to 6 months (or a shorter period if required by
applicable  law). The  Prudential  will pay interest of at least 3% a year if it
delays  such a payment  for 30 days or more (or a shorter  period if required by
applicable law).

Living Needs Benefit

Contract  applicants  may elect to add the  Living  Needs  Benefit(sm)  to their
Contracts at issue, subject to The Prudential's receipt of satisfactory evidence
of insurability. The benefit may vary state-by-state.  It can generally be added
only to Contracts of $50,000 or more.  There is no charge for adding the benefit
to the Contract.  However, an administrative charge (not to exceed $150) will be
made at the time the Living Needs Benefit is paid.

The  Living  Needs  Benefit  allows  the  Contract  owner to elect to receive an
accelerated payment of all or part of the Contract's death benefit,  adjusted to
reflect current value, at a time when certain special needs exist.  The adjusted
death benefit will always be less than the death benefit,  but will generally be
greater  than  the  Contract's  cash  surrender  value.   Depending  upon  state
regulatory  approval,  one or both of the following options may be available.  A
Prudential  representative  should be consulted as to whether additional options
may be available.

Terminal Illness Option. This option is available if the insured is diagnosed as
terminally  ill with a life  expectancy of 6 months or less.  When  satisfactory
evidence is provided,  The Prudential will provide an accelerated payment of the
portion of the death  benefit  selected by the Contract  owner as a Living Needs
Benefit. You may (1) elect to receive the benefit in a single sum or (2) receive
equal monthly payments for 6 months. If the insured dies before all the payments
have been made, the present value of the remaining  payments will be paid to the
beneficiary designated in the Living Needs Benefit claim form in a single sum.

Nursing  Home  Option.  This  option is  available  after the  insured  has been
confined to an eligible  nursing  home for 6 months or more.  When  satisfactory
evidence is provided,  including certification by a licensed physician, that the
insured is expected to remain in the nursing  home until death,  The  Prudential
will provide an accelerated payment of the portion of the death benefit selected
by the Contract  owner as a Living Needs  Benefit.  You may (1) elect to receive
the  benefit  in a  single  sum or (2)  receive  equal  monthly  payments  for a
specified number of years (not more than 10 nor less than 2), depending upon the
age of the insured.  If the insured  dies before all of the  payments  have been
made,  the  present  value  of  the  remaining  payments  will  be  paid  to the
beneficiary designated in the Living Needs Benefit claim form in a single sum.

All or part of the Contract's death benefit may be accelerated  under the Living
Needs Benefit. If the benefit is only partially accelerated,  a death benefit of
at least $25,000 must remain under the  Contract.  The  Prudential  reserves the
right to determine the minimum amount that may be accelerated.


                                       27


<PAGE>


No benefit  will be payable if the  Contract  owner is  required  to elect it in
order to meet the claims of  creditors or to obtain a  government  benefit.  The
Prudential can furnish  details about the amount of Living Needs Benefit that is
available to an eligible  Contract  owner under a particular  Contract,  and the
adjusted  premium payments that would be in effect if less than the entire death
benefit is accelerated.

The Contract  owner should  consider  whether adding this  settlement  option is
appropriate  in his or her given  situation.  Adding the Living Needs Benefit to
the Contract  has no adverse  consequences;  however,  electing to use it could.
Contract  owners  should  consult a  qualified  tax advisor  before  electing to
receive this benefit. Unlike a death benefit received by a beneficiary after the
death of an insured,  receipt of a Living Needs Benefit payment may give rise to
a federal or state  income tax.  Receipt of a Living Needs  Benefit  payment may
also affect a Contract owner's  eligibility for certain  government  benefits or
entitlements.

Voting Rights

As stated above,  all of the assets held in the  subaccounts of the Account will
be invested in shares of the  corresponding  portfolios of the Series Fund.  The
Prudential  is the legal owner of those shares and as such has the right to vote
on any  matter  voted on at Series  Fund  shareholders  meetings.  However,  The
Prudential  will vote the shares of the Series  Fund at any  regular and special
shareholders  meetings  it  is  required  to  hold  in  accordance  with  voting
instructions received from Contract owners. The Series Fund will not hold annual
shareholders  meetings  when not  required  to do so under  Maryland  law or the
Investment  Company  Act of  1940.  Series  Fund  shares  for  which  no  timely
instructions from Contract owners are received,  and any shares indirectly owned
by The  Prudential,  will be voted  in the  same  proportion  as  shares  in the
respective portfolios for which instructions are received.

Matters  on which  Contract  owners may give  voting  instructions  include  the
following:  (1)  election  of the Board of  Directors  of the Series  Fund;  (2)
ratification of the  independent  accountant of the Series Fund; (3) approval of
the  investment   advisory   agreement  for  a  portfolio  of  the  Series  Fund
corresponding to the Contract owner's selected subaccount[s];  (4) any change in
the fundamental  investment policy of a portfolio  corresponding to the Contract
owner's selected subaccount[s]; and (5) any other matter requiring a vote of the
shareholders  of the Series  Fund.  With  respect to approval of the  investment
advisory agreement or any change in a portfolio's fundamental investment policy,
Contract  owners  participating  in such  portfolios will vote separately on the
matter.

The  number of  shares in a  portfolio  for which you may give  instructions  is
determined  by dividing the portion of your Contract  Fund  attributable  to the
portfolio,  by the value of one share of the portfolio.  The number of votes for
which  each  Contract  owner  may  give  The  Prudential  instructions  will  be
determined  as of the record date chosen by the Board of Directors of the Series
Fund. The Prudential will furnish  Contract owners with proper forms and proxies
to enable them to give these instructions.  The Prudential reserves the right to
modify  the  manner  in which  the  weight to be given  voting  instructions  is
calculated  where such a change is  necessary  to comply  with  current  federal
regulations.

The Prudential may, if required by state insurance regulations, disregard voting
instructions  if such  instructions  would  require  shares to be voted so as to
cause a change in the sub-classification or investment objectives of one or more
of the Series  Fund's  portfolios,  or to approve or  disapprove  an  investment
advisory  contract for the Series Fund. In addition,  The Prudential  itself may
disregard  voting  instructions  that would  require  changes in the  investment
policy or  investment  advisor of one or more of the Series  Fund's  portfolios,
provided that The Prudential  reasonably  disapproves such changes in accordance
with applicable  federal  regulations.  If The Prudential does disregard  voting
instructions,  it will advise Contract owners of that action and its reasons for
such action in the next annual or semi-annual report to Contract owners.

Contract  owners  also  share with the owners of all  Prudential  Contracts  and
policies the right to vote in elections for members of the Board of Directors of
The Prudential.

Reports to Contract Owners

Once each Contract year (except where the Contract is in force as fixed extended
term insurance or fixed reduced paid-up insurance), you will be sent a statement
that  provides  certain  information  pertinent  to  your  own  Contract.  These
statements show all transactions during the year that affected the value of your
Contract Fund, including monthly changes attributable to investment  experience.
That statement will also show the current death benefit,  cash surrender  value,
and loan  values  of your  Contract.  On  request,  you  will be sent a  current
statement in a form similar to that of the annual statement described above, but
The  Prudential  may limit the number of such  requests  or impose a  reasonable
charge if such requests are made too frequently.

You will also receive,  usually at the end of February,  an annual report of the
operations  of the  Account  and of the Series  Fund.  That report will list the
investments held in each portfolio and include audited financial  statements for
the Account and the Series Fund. A semi-annual  report,  with similar  unaudited
information  for the  Series  Fund,  will be sent to you,  usually at the end of
August.


                                       28


<PAGE>


Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits

   
Each  prospective  purchaser is urged to consult a qualified  tax  advisor.  The
following  discussion  is not  intended as tax advice,  and it is not a complete
statement  of what  the  effect  of  federal  income  taxes  will be  under  all
circumstances. Rather, it provides information about how The Prudential believes
the current laws apply in the most commonly occurring circumstances. There is no
guarantee,  however,  that the current  federal income tax laws,  regulations or
interpretations will not change.

Treatment as Life Insurance. The Contract will be treated as "life insurance" as
long as it satisfies certain definitional tests set forth in section 7702 of the
Internal Revenue Code ("the Code") and as long as the underlying  investment for
the Contract satisfies diversification  requirements under section 817(h) of the
Code. (For further details on diversification requirements, see Tax Treatment of
Contract Benefits in the Statement of Additional Information.)

The  Prudential   believes  that  the  Contract  meets  these  definitional  and
diversification  requirements  and accordingly will be treated as life insurance
for tax  purposes.  This means that (1) the death  benefit  should be excludible
from the gross income of the  beneficiary  under section 101(a) of the Code; and
(2) except as noted below, the Contract owner should not be taxed on any part of
the Contract fund,  including additions  attributable to interest,  dividends or
appreciation.

However,  Section 7702 of the Code which defines life insurance for tax purposes
gives the Secretary of the Treasury authority to prescribe  regulations to carry
out the purposes of the section. In this regard,  proposed regulations governing
mortality  charges were issued in 1991 and proposed  regulations  under sections
101,  7702, and 7702A  governing the treatment of life  insurance  policies that
provide  accelerated  death benefits were issued in 1992. None of these proposed
regulations has yet been finalized.  Additional  regulations  under section 7702
may also be promulgated in the future. Moreover, in connection with the issuance
of temporary regulations under section 817(h), the Treasury Department announced
that such  regulations  do not provide  guidance  concerning the extent to which
Contract  owners may direct  their  investments  to  particular  divisions  of a
separate account. Such guidance will be included in regulations or rulings under
section 817(d) relating to the definition of a variable contract.

The Prudential  intends to comply with final  regulations under section 7702 and
817. Therefore, it reserves the right to make such changes as it deems necessary
to assure  that the  Contract  continues  to qualify as life  insurance  for tax
purposes.  Any such changes will apply uniformly to affected Contract owners and
will be made only after advance written notice to affected Contract owners.
    

Pre-Death  Distributions.  The tax treatment of any distribution  received by an
owner  prior to an  insured's  death will depend  upon  whether the  Contract is
classified as a Modified Endowment Contract.

   
If the Contract is not  classified as a Modified  Endowment  Contract,  proceeds
received in the event of a lapse, total or partial surrender of the Contract, or
withdrawal  of part of the cash  surrender  value will  generally not be taxable
unless  the total  amount  received  exceeds  the gross  premiums  paid less the
untaxed portion of any prior withdrawals. The amount of any unpaid Contract debt
will, upon surrender or lapse, be added to the cash surrender value and treated,
for this purpose, as if it had been received. In certain limited  circumstances,
all or a portion  of a  withdrawal  or  partial  surrender  during  the first 15
contract  years may be taxable  even if total  withdrawals  do not exceed  total
premiums paid to date. The proceeds of any loan will be treated as  indebtedness
of the owner and will not be treated as taxable income.
    

If the  Contract  is  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract,  pre-death
distributions,  including loans,  withdrawals and partial surrenders (even those
made during the 2 year period  before the Contract  became a Modified  Endowment
Contract), will be taxed first as investment income to the extent of gain in the
Contract,  and  then as a  return  of the  Contract  owner's  investment  in the
Contract. In addition,  pre-death distributions (including full surrenders) will
be subject to a penalty of 10% of the  amount  includible  in income  unless the
amount is  distributed  on or after the owner  reaches age 59 1/2, on account of
the owner's disability, or as a life annuity.

   
It is  possible  for this  Contract  to be  classified  as a Modified  Endowment
Contract  under at least two  circumstances:  premiums  in  excess of  Scheduled
Premiums  are paid;  or a decrease in the face amount of insurance is made (or a
rider removed)  during the first 7 Contract years.  Moreover,  the addition of a
rider or the  increase in the face amount of insurance  after the Contract  date
may have an impact on the Contract's  status as a Modified  Endowment  Contract.
Contract  owners  contemplating  any of  these  steps  should  first  consult  a
qualified tax advisor and their Prudential representative.
    

Other Tax  Consequences.  There may be federal  estate taxes and state and local
estate and  inheritance  taxes  payable if either the owner or the insured dies.
The  transfer  or  assignment  of the  Contract to a new owner may also have tax
consequences.  The  individual  situation of each Contract  owner or beneficiary
will be significant.


                                       29


<PAGE>


Riders

   
Contract  owners  may be able to  obtain  additional  fixed  benefits  which may
increase the  Scheduled  Premium.  If they do cause an increase in the Scheduled
Premium, they will be charged for by making monthly deductions from the Contract
Fund. These optional  insurance benefits will be described in what is known as a
"rider" to the Contract. One rider pays an additional amount if the insured dies
in an  accident.  Another  waives  certain  premiums  if the insured is disabled
within the meaning of the provision (or, in the case of a Contract  issued on an
insured under the age of 15, if the applicant  dies or becomes  disabled  within
the meaning of the  provision).  Others pay an additional  amount if the insured
dies  within a stated  number of years  after  issue;  similar  benefits  may be
available  if the  insured's  spouse or child  should die.  The amounts of these
benefits are fully guaranteed at issue; they do not depend on the performance of
the Account,  although  they will no longer be available if the Contract  should
lapse.  Certain  restrictions  may  apply;  they are  clearly  described  in the
applicable rider.
    

Under other riders,  which provide a fixed amount of term  insurance in exchange
for increasing total scheduled annual premiums, the amount payable upon death of
the insured may be  substantially  increased  for a given total  initial  annual
premium.  The rider may be appropriate for Contract owners who reasonably expect
their  incomes  to  increase  regularly  so that they will be able to afford the
increasing  scheduled  annual  premiums or who may be willing to rely upon their
future Contract Fund values to prevent the Contract from lapsing in later years.

Certain  term riders  issued by The  Prudential  may  provide  for a  conversion
premium  credit if the rider or policy is converted  to a Prudential  whole life
policy,  including the Contracts described in this prospectus.  If a Contract is
purchased  through  exercise of such a  conversion  privilege,  the first year's
scheduled  premium  will be  reduced by the amount of the  premium  credit.  The
Prudential will add to first year scheduled  premiums paid by the Contract owner
the pro rata portion of the premium credit.

Any Prudential  representative authorized to sell the Contract can explain these
extra  benefits  further.  Samples  of the  provisions  are  available  from The
Prudential upon written request.

Participation in Divisible Surplus

   
The  Contract  is eligible to be  credited  part of The  Prudential's  divisible
surplus  attributable to the Contracts,  as determined by The Prudential's Board
of  Directors.  That  determination  is  made,  with  respect  to the  insurance
contracts issued by The Prudential, every year. However, The Prudential does not
expect to credit any dividends upon these  Contracts  while they remain in force
because  favorable  investment  performance will be reflected in Contract values
and because The Prudential intends, if experience indicates that current charges
are greater than needed to cover  expenses,  to reduce those charges  further so
that  there will be no source of  distributable  surplus  attributable  to these
Contracts.  If a Contract is kept in force for a number of years, The Prudential
currently  intends to add a  termination  dividend to the proceeds  payable upon
death or surrender.
    

Other Contract Provisions

There are several other Contract provisions that are of less significance to you
than those  already  described in detail  either  because they relate to options
that you may  choose  under the  Contract  but are not  likely to  exercise  for
several  years  after you first  purchase  it or  because  they are of a routine
nature  not  likely  to  influence  your  decision  to buy the  Contract.  These
provisions  are summarized in the Expanded Table of Contents of the Statement of
Additional Information, page 47 and described in greater detail in the Statement
of Additional Information.

                    FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE SERIES FUND

The Prudential  Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund") is a Maryland  corporation
organized on November 15, 1982. It is registered  under the  Investment  Company
Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as an open-end, diversified,  management investment
company.  This registration does not imply any supervision by the Securities and
Exchange Commission over the Series Fund's management or its investment policies
or practices.

   
The Series  Fund is  currently  made up of  fifteen  separate  portfolios.  Each
portfolio is, for many  purposes,  in effect a separate  investment  fund, and a
separate  class of  capital  stock is issued for each  portfolio.  Each share of
capital stock issued with respect to a portfolio has a pro-rata  interest in the
assets  of that  portfolio  and  has no  interest  in the  assets  of any  other
portfolio.  Each portfolio bears its own liabilities and also its  proportionate
share of the general  liabilities  of the Series  Fund.  In other  respects  the
Series Fund is treated as one entity. For example,  the Series Fund has only one
Board of Directors  and owners of the shares of each  portfolio  are entitled to
vote for members of the Board.
    

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  sold and redeemed at the close of each
business day, at their net asset value,  determined  in the manner  described in
the  Statement  of  Additional  Information,  only to  separate  accounts of The
Prudential  and its  subsidiaries.  They may,  in the  future,  be sold to other
insurers to fund benefits  under  variable life  insurance and variable  annuity
contracts issued by those companies.


                                       30


<PAGE>


   
The Prudential is the investment  advisor of the Series Fund. The Prudential has
entered into a Service Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary The Prudential
Investment  Corporation  ("PIC"),  which  provides  that PIC will furnish to The
Prudential  such services as The Prudential  may require in connection  with the
performance of its obligations under an Investment  Advisory  Agreement with the
Series  Fund.  In  addition,  The  Prudential  has  entered  into a  Subadvisory
Agreement with its wholly-owned  subsidiary  Jennison  Associates  Capital Corp.
("Jennison"),  under which Jennison  furnishes  investment  advisory services in
connection  with  the  management  of the  Prudential  Jennison  Portfolio.  See
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES, page 46.
    

                    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE
                                   PORTFOLIOS

Each  portfolio  of the Series Fund has a different  objective  which it pursues
through separate  investment  policies as described below.  Since each portfolio
has a different  investment  objective,  each can be expected to have  different
investment  results and incur different market and financial risks. Those risks,
as explained  above, are borne by the Contract owner. The Series Fund may in the
future establish other portfolios with different investment objectives.

The  investment  objectives  of each  portfolio are  fundamental  and may not be
changed  without the  approval  of the holders of a majority of the  outstanding
shares of the portfolio  affected (which for this purpose and under the 1940 Act
means the lesser of:  (i) 67% of the  shares  represented  at a meeting at which
more than 50% of the outstanding  shares are represented;  or (ii) more than 50%
of the outstanding  shares).  The policies by which a portfolio seeks to achieve
its investment objectives,  however, are not fundamental. They may be changed by
the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Series  Fund  without  the  approval  of the
shareholders.

The investment  objectives of each portfolio are set forth on pages 3 through 4.
For the sake of convenience,  they are repeated here, followed in each case by a
brief  description  of the  policies of each  portfolio.  In some cases a fuller
description  of those  policies is in the Statement of  Additional  Information.
There is no guarantee that any of these objectives will be met.

Fixed Income Portfolios

Money Market Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is to achieve,  through
investment in  high-quality  short-term  debt  obligations,  the maximum current
income  that  is  consistent  with  stability  of  capital  and  maintenance  of
liquidity.

   
The  portfolio  seeks to  achieve  this  objective  by  following  the policy of
investing primarily in money market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars that
mature  in 397  days  or  less  from  the  date  the  portfolio  acquires  them.
Money-market instruments include short-term obligations of the United States and
foreign   governments,   their   agencies,   instrumentalities,   and  political
subdivisions,  and of domestic  and foreign  banks and  corporations.  They also
include  commercial paper, other corporate  obligations,  obligations of savings
and loan  associations  and savings  banks,  and variable  amount  demand master
notes.  The  portfolio  may also enter into  repurchase  and reverse  repurchase
agreements  and may purchase and sell  securities on a  when-issued  and delayed
delivery basis.  These  investment  techniques may involve  additional  risks. A
detailed  description of the money market instruments in which the portfolio may
invest, of the repurchase and reverse  repurchase  agreements it may enter into,
and of the risks  associated  with those  instruments  and  agreements is in the
Statement of Additional Information.
    

Because of the high  quality,  short-term  nature of the  portfolio's  holdings,
increases in the value of an investment in the portfolio  will be derived almost
entirely from interest on the securities  held by it.  Accordingly,  the results
for the portfolio will follow  generally the fluctuation in short-term  interest
rates.

   
Diversified Bond Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a high
level of income  over the  longer  term  while  providing  reasonable  safety of
capital through  investment  primarily in readily  marketable  intermediate  and
long-term  fixed income  securities  that provide  attractive  yields but do not
involve substantial risk of loss of capital through default.

The  portfolio  seeks to achieve this  objective  by  following  the policies of
purchasing  primarily debt  securities of investment  grade or, if not rated, of
comparable quality in the opinion of the portfolio manager and of investing from
time to time a portion of its assets in short-term debt  obligations of the kind
held in the Money Market  Portfolio as described in the  Statement of Additional
Information.  Since the value of fixed income  securities  generally  fluctuates
inversely with changes in interest  rates,  the  proportions of  intermediate or
longer-term  securities and short-term  debt  obligations  held in the portfolio
will vary to reflect  The  Prudential's  assessment  of  prospective  changes in
interest   rates,  so  that  the  portfolio  may  benefit  from  relative  price
appreciation  when interest  rates  decline and suffer lesser  declines in value
when  interest  rates  rise.  The  success of this  strategy  will depend on The
Prudential's  ability to  forecast  changes in  interest  rates,  and there is a
corresponding  risk that the value of the securities  held in the portfolio will
decline.
    


                                       31


<PAGE>


At least 80% of the portfolio's holdings (including short-term debt obligations)
will generally  consist of debt  securities  that at the time of purchase have a
rating within the four highest grades  determined by Moody's Investor  Services,
Inc.   ("Moody's"),   Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation  ("S&P"),  or  a  similar
nationally-recognized  rating service. The portfolio may retain a security whose
rating has dropped  below the four highest  grades as determined by a commercial
rating service.  Without limitation,  the portfolio may invest in obligations of
the U.S.  Government  and its agencies and  instrumentalities.  The Statement of
Additional  Information defines the ratings that are given to debt securities by
Moody's and S&P and describes the standards  applied by them in assigning  these
ratings.

The  remaining  assets of the  portfolio may be invested in, among other things,
debt  securities  that are not  rated  within  the  four  highest  grades  or in
convertible  debt securities and preferred or convertible  preferred stocks that
are rated within the four  highest  grades  applicable  to such  securities.  On
occasion,  however,  the portfolio may acquire common stock,  not through direct
investment but by the conversion of convertible  debt securities or the exercise
of warrants.  No more than 10% of the value of the total assets of the portfolio
will be held in common  stocks,  and  those  will  usually  be sold as soon as a
favorable opportunity is available.

The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its total assets in United States currency
denominated  debt  securities  issued  outside  the United  States by foreign or
domestic issuers.  The particular risks of investments in foreign securities are
described under Foreign Securities on page 44.

In addition, the portfolio may (i) purchase and sell options on debt securities;
(ii)  purchase and sell interest  rate futures  contracts  and options  thereon;
(iii) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis;  (iv) use
interest rate swaps;  and (v) make short sales.  These  techniques are described
briefly under Options,  Futures  Contracts and Swaps and Short Sales on page 44,
and in detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

   
Barbara  Kenworthy,   Managing  Director,   Prudential  Mutual  Fund  Investment
Management  ("PMFIM"),  a division  of PIC,  has been  portfolio  manager of the
Diversified Bond Portfolio since 1995. Ms.  Kenworthy is also portfolio  manager
of the Prudential  Diversified Bond Fund, Inc., the Prudential Government Income
Fund,  Inc., and the Government  Income and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and
2005 of the Series Fund.  Prior to 1994, Ms.  Kenworthy was a portfolio  manager
and president of several taxable fixed-income funds for The Dreyfus Corp.

Government  Income  Portfolio.  The objective of this  portfolio is to achieve a
high level of income over the longer term  consistent  with the  preservation of
capital through investment  primarily in U.S. Government  securities,  including
intermediate and long-term U.S. Treasury  securities and debt obligations issued
by agencies of or instrumentalities established,  sponsored or guaranteed by the
U.S.  Government.  At least 65% of the total  assets  of the  portfolio  will be
invested in U.S. Government securities.

The portfolio  seeks to achieve this  objective by investing at least 65% of its
assets in U.S.  Treasury  securities,  obligations  issued or guaranteed by U.S.
Government agencies and instrumentalities, mortgage-related securities issued by
U.S. Government instrumentalities or non-governmental  corporations,  or related
collateralized mortgage obligations.  These instruments are described below. The
portfolio may invest up to a total of 35% of its assets in the  following  three
categories: (1) short-term debt obligations of the kind held in the Money Market
Portfolio;  (2) securities of issuers other than the U.S. government and related
entities,  usually  foreign  governments,  where the  principal and interest are
substantially  guaranteed  (generally  to the  extent  of 90%  thereof)  by U.S.
Government  agencies  whose  guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of
the United States and where an assurance of payment on the unguaranteed  portion
is provided  for in a  comparable  way;  and (3) Foreign  Government  Securities
including debt securities  issued or guaranteed,  as to payment of principal and
interest,  by governments,  governmental  agencies,  supranational  entities and
other governmental  entities denominated in U.S. dollars. A supranational entity
is an entity  constituted by the national  governments  of several  countries to
promote economic development.  Examples of such supranational  entities include,
among  others,  the  World  Bank  (International  Bank  for  Reconstruction  and
Development),  the European  Investment Bank and the Asian Development Bank; and
(4) asset-backed securities rated in either of the top two ratings by Moody's or
Standard & Poor's, or if not rated, determined by the portfolio manager to be of
comparable  quality.  A  description  of debt  ratings  is in the  Statement  of
Additional Information.

U.S. Treasury  Securities.  U.S. Treasury  securities include bills,  notes, and
bonds issued by the U.S.  Treasury.  These instruments are direct obligations of
the U.S. Government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the
United  States.  They differ  primarily in their  coupons,  the lengths of their
maturities, and the dates of their issuances.

Obligations   Issued   or   Guaranteed   by   U.S.   Government   Agencies   and
Instrumentalities.  Obligations  issued by  agencies of the U.S.  Government  or
instrumentalities  established  or  sponsored  by the  U.S.  Government  include
securities that are guaranteed by federal agencies or instrumentalities, and may
or may not be  backed  by the  full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States.
Obligations  of the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA"),  the
Farmers Home  Administration,  and the Export-Import Bank are backed by the full
faith and credit of the United  States.  Securities  in which the  portfolio may
invest  that are not backed by the full  faith and  credit of the United  States
include  obligations  issued by the  Tennessee  Valley  Authority,  The  Federal
National Mortgage Association
    


                                       32


<PAGE>


   
("FNMA"),  the Federal  Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC"),  the United
States  Postal  Service,  each of which has the right to borrow  from the United
States  Treasury to meet its  obligations,  and  obligations of the Federal Farm
Credit  Bank and the Federal  Home Loan Bank,  the  obligations  of which may be
satisfied only by the individual  credit of the issuing  agency.  In the case of
securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.  Government,  the
portfolio  must look  principally  to the  agency  issuing or  guaranteeing  the
obligation for ultimate  repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against
the  U.S.  Government  if the  agency  or  instrumentality  does  not  meet  its
commitments.

U.S.  Government  Securities are considered among the most creditworthy of fixed
income  investments.  The yields available from U.S.  Government  Securities are
generally lower than the yields  available from corporate debt  securities.  The
values of U.S.  Government  Securities  (like those of fixed income  securities,
generally)  will change as interest rates  fluctuate.  During periods of falling
U.S.  interest  rates,  the  values of  outstanding  long-term  U.S.  Government
Securities generally rise. Conversely,  during periods of rising interest rates,
the  values  of such  securities  generally  decline.  The  magnitude  of  these
fluctuations  will generally be greater for securities  with longer  maturities.
Although  changes  in the value of U.S.  Government  Securities  will not affect
investment  income from those  securities,  they will affect the portfolio's net
asset value.  The proportions of intermediate  and long-term  securities held in
the portfolio  will vary to reflect The  Prudential's  assessment of prospective
changes in interest rates, so that the portfolio may benefit from relative price
appreciation  when interest  rates  decline and suffer lesser  declines in value
when  interest  rates  rise.  The  success of this  strategy  will depend on The
Prudential's  ability to  forecast  changes in  interest  rates,  and there is a
corresponding  risk that the value of the securities  held in the portfolio will
decline.

Mortgage-Related  Securities Issued by U.S. Government  Instrumentalities  or by
Non-Governmental  Corporations.  The portfolio may invest in the following three
types of mortgage-backed  securities: (i) those issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government  or one of its  agencies  or  instrumentalities,  such as  Government
National Mortgage  Association  (GNMA),  Federal National  Mortgage  Association
(FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC):  (ii) those issued by
private  issuers  that  represent  an  interest  in  or  are  collateralized  by
mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of
its agencies or  instrumentalities;  and (iii) those  issued by private  issuers
that represent an interest in or are  collateralized  by whole mortgage loans or
mortgage-backed  securities without government guarantee but usually having some
form of private credit enhancement.  The portfolio may invest in adjustable rate
and fixed rate  mortgage  securities.  With  respect to private  mortgage-backed
securities  not  collateralized  by  securities  of the U.S.  Government  or its
agencies,  the portfolio will only purchase such securities rated not lower than
As by  Moody's  or AA by  Standard  &  Poor's  or  similarly  rated  by  another
nationally  recognized rating service or, if unrated,  of comparable  quality in
the opinion of the portfolio  manager.  The mortgages  backing these  securities
include conventional 30 year fixed rate mortgages, 15 year fixed rate mortgages,
graduated  payment   mortgages,   and  adjustable  rate  mortgages  (ARMs).  The
mortgage-backed securities may include those representing an undivided ownership
interest in a pool of mortgages,  e.g. GNMA,  FNMA and FHLMC  certificates.  The
U.S.  Government or the issuing  agency  guarantees  the payment of interest and
principal of  mortgaged-backed  securities issued by the U.S.  Government or its
agencies/instrumentalities.  However,  these  guarantees  do not  extend  to the
securities' yield or value, which are likely to vary inversely with fluctuations
in interest  rates,  nor do the  guarantees  extend to the yield or value of the
portfolio's  shares.  Mortgage-backed  securities are in most cases pass-through
instruments,  through  which the  holders  receive a share of all  interest  and
principal payments from the mortgages underlying the securities,  net of certain
fees. Because the prepayment  characteristics of the underlying  mortgages vary,
it is not possible to predict  accurately the average life of a particular issue
of pass-through securities. Mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more
rapid  repayment  then their stated  maturity date would indicate as a result of
the  pass-through  of  prepayments  of  principal  on  the  underlying  mortgage
obligations. For example, securities backed by mortgages with 30 year maturities
are  customarily  treated  as  prepaying  fully in the 12th year and  securities
backed by mortgages with 15 year maturities are customarily treated as prepaying
fully in the seventh year. While the timing of prepayments of graduated  payment
mortgages differs somewhat from that of conventional  mortgages,  the prepayment
experience of graduated  payment  mortgages is basically the same as that of the
conventional  mortgages  of the same  maturity  dates over the life of the pool.
During periods of declining interest rates,  prepayment of mortgages  underlying
mortgage-backed  securities  can be expected to  accelerate.  When the  mortgage
obligations  are  prepaid,  the  portfolio  reinvests  the  prepaid  amounts  in
securities,  the yields of which reflect  interest rates prevailing at the time.
Therefore,  the  portfolio's  ability to maintain a portfolio  of high  yielding
mortgage-backed  securities  will  be  adversely  affected  to the  extent  that
prepayments  of mortgages  must be  reinvested  in  securities  which have lower
yields than the prepaid  mortgages.  Moreover,  prepayments  of mortgages  which
underlie  securities  purchased  at a premium  could  result in capital  losses.
Mortgage-backed  securities of the types  described under (i) and (ii) above are
considered  to be  U.S.  Government  Securities  for  purposes  of  meeting  the
requirement  that at least 65% of the  portfolio's  assets be  invested  in U.S.
Government Securities.

Adjustable  rate  mortgage  securities  are  pass-through   mortgage  securities
collateralized by mortgages with adjustable  rather than fixed rates.  Generally
ARMs have a specified maturity date and amortize principal over their
    


                                       33


<PAGE>


   
life. In periods of declining interest rates,  there is a reasonable  likelihood
that ARMs will experience increased rates of pre-payment of principal,  However,
the major difference between ARMs and fixed rate mortgage securities is that the
interest  rate  and the rate of  amortization  of  principal  of ARMs can and do
change in accordance  with  movements in a particular  pre-specified,  published
interest rate index.

CMOs.  The  portfolio  may also  purchase  collateralized  mortgage  obligations
("CMOs").  A CMO is a  security  issued by a  corporation  or a U.S.  Government
instrumentality  that is backed by a portfolio of  mortgages or  mortgage-backed
securities.  The issuer's  obligation to make interest and principal payments is
secured by the underlying portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed  securities.
CMOs are  partitioned  into several  classes with a ranked priority by which the
classes of obligations are redeemed.  The portfolio may invest in CMOs issued by
agencies or  instrumentalities  of the U.S. Government or by private originators
of, or investors in mortgage loans, including depository institutions,  mortgage
banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.  With
respect  to  privately  issued  CMOs,  the  portfolio  will only  purchase  such
securities  rated not lower  than Aa by  Moody's  or AA by  Standard & Poor's or
similarly rated by another nationally  recognized rating service, or if unrated,
of comparable quality in the opinion of the portfolio manager.  Privately issued
CMOs that are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA, FHLMC
or FNMA, and CMOs issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government
are  considered  to be U.S.  Government  Securities  for purposes of meeting the
requirement  that at least 65% of the  portfolio's  assets be  invested  in U.S.
Government  Securities.  Neither  the  United  States  Government  nor any  U.S.
Government  agency  guarantees  the  payment of  principal  or interest on these
securities.

Asset-Backed  Securities.  Asset-backed securities represent a participation in,
or are secured by and payable from, a stream of payments generated by particular
assets, such as automobile or credit card receivables.  Asset-backed  securities
present  certain risks,  including the risk that the  underlying  obligor on the
asset, such as the automobile  purchaser or the credit card holder,  may default
on his or her  obligation.  In addition,  asset-backed  securities  often do not
provide a security interest in the related collateral.  For example, credit card
receivables are generally unsecured, and for automobile receivables the security
interests in the underlying  automobiles are often not transferred when the pool
is created, with the resulting possibility that the collateral could be resold.
    

In addition, the portfolio may (i) purchase and sell options on debt securities;
(ii)  purchase and sell interest  rate futures  contracts  and options  thereon;
(iii) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis;  (iv) use
interest rate swaps;  and (v) make short sales.  These  techniques are described
briefly under Options,  Futures  Contracts and Swaps and Short Sales on page 44,
and in detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

Under normal  circumstances,  this portfolio's  turnover rate is not expected to
exceed 200%.  Purchases of U.S.  Government  Securities  are generally made from
dealers at prices which usually include a profit to the dealer.

   
Barbara Kenworthy,  Managing Director,  PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the
Government  Income Portfolio since 1995. Ms. Kenworthy is also portfolio manager
of the Prudential  Diversified Bond Fund, Inc., the Prudential Government Income
Fund,  Inc., and the  Diversified  Bond and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and
2005 of the Series Fund.  Prior to 1994, Ms.  Kenworthy was a portfolio  manager
and president of several taxable fixed-income funds for The Dreyfus Corp.

Zero  Coupon  Bond  Portfolios  2000 and 2005.  The  objective  of both of these
portfolios is to achieve the highest  predictable  compounded  investment return
for a specific period of time,  consistent with the safety of invested  capital,
by investing  primarily in debt  obligations  of the United States  Treasury and
investment-grade  corporations that have been issued without interest coupons or
stripped of their unmatured  interest  coupons,  interest coupons that have been
stripped  from such debt  obligations,  and receipts and  certificates  for such
stripped  debt   obligations  and  stripped  coupons   (collectively   "stripped
securities").  The two portfolios differ only in their liquidation  dates, which
for each portfolio is November 15 of the specified year.

In pursuing  this  objective,  each Zero Coupon Bond  portfolio  invests only in
readily marketable debt securities that do not involve  substantial risk of loss
of capital through default,  although their value may vary because of changes in
the general level of interest  rates.  It is the policy of each Zero Coupon Bond
portfolio to invest at least 70% of its assets in stripped  securities  that are
obligations  of the  United  States  Government  maturing  within 2 years of the
portfolio  liquidation  date.  Up to 30% of the assets may be invested  and held
either in stripped  securities  issued by  investment-grade  corporations  or in
high-grade  interest  bearing  corporate  debt  securities,  in each case with a
quality rating of Baa or better, provided that no more than 20% of the assets of
the  portfolio may be invested in interest  bearing  securities.  However,  as a
defensive  position,  as the liquidation date of each portfolio draws near, more
than 20% of assets may be invested in interest  bearing  securities  when deemed
appropriate  in the  view  of the  portfolio  manager  given  prevailing  market
conditions  and investment  opportunities  available at the time. The Prudential
will evaluate the  creditworthiness  of the potential  investments  in corporate
securities  in order to  determine  whether  such  securities  are  suitable for
purchase by the portfolios. A small portion of the portfolios may be invested in
short-term  debt  obligations of the kind held in the Money Market  Portfolio in
order  to  make  effective  use of  cash  reserves  pending  investments  in the
securities described above.
    


                                       34


<PAGE>


At the beginning of each week,  The Prudential  will  calculate the  anticipated
compounded  growth rate that investors  purchasing shares of each portfolio that
day are  predicted  to  achieve  if their  investment  is  maintained  until the
portfolio  liquidation  date. That rate will change from day to day depending on
various factors, including particularly the general level of interest rates, but
daily  changes will  generally  not be  significant.  If there is a  significant
change in interest  rates  (greater  than a 0.30%  change in the yield of a zero
coupon  Treasury bond  maturing in the  specified  year),  The  Prudential  will
recalculate  the predicted  yield.  The Prudential  will furnish the anticipated
compounded growth rate on request.

In  order  to  achieve  a  predictable  compounded  investment  return  to  each
portfolio's  liquidation  date that will be as little  affected  as  possible by
variations in the general level of interest rates during the intervening period,
the  composition  of the  securities  held in each  portfolio  is such  that the
weighted  average  period of time  until  receipt  of  scheduled  cash  payments
(whether of principal or interest) -- sometimes  referred to as the  portfolio's
"duration"  -- will be kept  within 1 year of the  period  remaining  until  the
portfolio  liquidation  date. When the portfolio's  duration is thus maintained,
differences  between the market value and the face amount of unmatured  bonds on
the portfolio's  liquidation date resulting from changes in the general level of
interest  rates will be  approximately  equal in  magnitude  to, but opposite in
direction  from,  the  difference  between  the amount of  interest  accumulated
through the reinvestment of earlier coupon or principal  payments and the amount
that  would  have  been  accumulated  at the  originally  predicted  rate.  Each
portfolio  is  thus  able to  hold  interest  bearing  securities  and  stripped
securities  with  maturity  dates  before,  during,  and after  the  portfolio's
liquidation  date.  The concept of  "duration"  is  explained  more fully in the
Statement of Additional Information.

Each portfolio  seeks to realize a higher yield than would be obtained simply by
maintaining the  portfolio's  initial  investments.  The portfolios are actively
managed by The  Prudential to take advantage of trading  opportunities  that may
exist  from time to time  when,  for  various  reasons,  some of the  securities
available  for  purchase  by  the  portfolio  appear  underpriced.  There  is  a
corresponding  risk that, to the extent that this strategy is unsuccessful,  the
initial yield objective will not be met.

Stripped  securities  are purchased at a substantial  (or "deep")  discount from
their  principal  amounts  payable  at  maturity.  If  held to  maturity,  these
obligations  provide a  predictable  yield.  But  because  interest  on stripped
securities  is not paid in cash on a  current  basis  but  rather  is in  effect
compounded  until  maturity (or the payment  date in the case of a coupon),  the
market values of securities of this type are subject to greater fluctuations, as
a result of changes in interest  rates,  than are the values of debt  securities
that  provide for the periodic  payment of interest;  and the longer the term to
maturity of a portfolio, the greater the risk of such fluctuations. Accordingly,
if you redeem an  interest  in the  portfolio  (for  example,  by a transfer  to
another  portfolio) prior to the portfolio  liquidation  date, you are likely to
achieve quite a different  investment  return than the return that was predicted
on the date your investment was made. You may suffer a loss.

On the liquidation  date of a Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio,  all of the securities
held by the portfolio will be sold, all outstanding shares of the portfolio will
be  redeemed,  and the  proceeds  will,  unless  otherwise  directed by Contract
owners,  be allocated to the Money Market  Subaccount  and invested in the Money
Market Portfolio.

   
Barbara Kenworthy,  Managing Director,  PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the
Zero Coupon Bond  Portfolios  2000 and 2005 since 1995.  Ms.  Kenworthy  is also
portfolio manager of the Prudential  Diversified Bond Fund, Inc., the Prudential
Government  Income Fund,  Inc., and the Diversified  Bond and Government  Income
Portfolios  of the Series Fund.  Prior to 1994,  Ms.  Kenworthy  was a portfolio
manager and  president  of several  taxable  fixed-income  funds for The Dreyfus
Corp.
    

Balanced Portfolios

   
Conservative Balanced Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a
favorable  total  investment   return  consistent  with  a  portfolio  having  a
conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed income securities,
and  common  stocks in  proportions  believed  by the  investment  manager to be
appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment who prefers a
relatively  lower risk of loss than that  associated  with the Flexible  Managed
Portfolio   while   recognizing   that  this  reduces  the  chances  of  greater
appreciation.

To achieve this objective,  the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio will follow a
policy of  maintaining a more  conservative  asset mix among  stocks,  bonds and
money market  instruments than the Flexible Managed Portfolio.  In general,  the
portfolio  manager will observe the following  range of target asset  allocation
mixes:

      Asset Type             Minimum                Normal            Maximum
      ----------             -------                ------            -------
        Stocks                 15%                    35%               50%
Bonds and Money Market         25%                    65%               70%

The portfolio manager will make variations in the proportions of each investment
category in accordance with its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment  categories,  but will maintain at least 25% of the value
of the portfolio's assets in fixed-income senior securities.
    


                                       35


<PAGE>


   
The bond portion of the portfolio will be invested  primarily in securities with
maturities of 2 to 10 years and ratings at the time of purchase  within the four
highest grades  determined by Moody's,  S&P, or a similar  nationally-recognized
rating  service or if  unrated,  of  comparable  quality  in the  opinion of the
portfolio  manager.  A  description  of  debt  ratings  is in the  Statement  of
Additional  Information.  Because of their shorter maturities,  the value of the
notes and bonds in this  portfolio will be less sensitive to changes in interest
rates  than the  longer-term  bonds  likely to be held in the  Flexible  Managed
Portfolio.  Thus, there will be less of a risk of loss of principal,  but not as
much of a likelihood for greater  appreciation  in value.  Up to 20% of the bond
portion of this portfolio may be invested in United States currency  denominated
debt securities issued outside the United States by foreign or domestic issuers.
The common stock  portion of this  portfolio  will be invested  primarily in the
equity  securities  of  major,   established  corporations  in  sound  financial
condition  that  appear to offer  attractive  prospects  of a total  return from
dividends  and capital  appreciation  that is  superior  to broadly  based stock
indices.  The money  market  portion  of the  portfolio  will hold  high-quality
short-term debt  obligations  with a maturity of 12 months or less (as described
in the Statement of Additional  Information) and will maintain a dollar-weighted
average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited States currency  denominated debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investments in foreign securities are described under Foreign Securities on page
44.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities, debt securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index,  interest rate and foreign currency futures  contracts and
options thereon;  (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;
(iv) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis;  (v) use
interest rate swaps;  and (vi) make short sales.  These techniques are described
briefly under Options,  Futures  Contracts and Swaps and Short Sales on page 44,
and in detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

   
The Conservative  Balanced Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.
Mark Stumpp,  Managing  Director,  PIC, has been lead  portfolio  manager of the
Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  since 1994 and is responsible for the overall
asset allocation decisions.  Mr Stumpp shares supervisory  responsibility of the
portfolio  management team with Theresa Hamacher,  Managing  Director,  PIC. Ms.
Hamacher and Mr. Stumpp also  supervise  the team of portfolio  managers for the
Flexible  Managed  Portfolio.  Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio  manager for several
employee  benefit  trusts  including The Prudential  Retirement  System for U.S.
Employees and Special  Agents.  Prior to 1994, he was  responsible for corporate
pension asset  management  for  Prudential  Diversified  Investment  Strategies'
corporate  clients.  Ms. Hamacher  supervises a team of portfolio  managers that
manage over $65 billion in assets for PIC.

Flexible Managed Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is achievement of a
high total return consistent with a portfolio having an aggressively managed mix
of money market  instruments,  fixed income  securities,  and common stocks,  in
proportions  believed  by The  Prudential  to be  appropriate  for  an  investor
desiring  diversification  of  investment  who is willing to accept a relatively
high level of loss in an effort to achieve greater appreciation.

To achieve this objective,  the Flexible Managed  Portfolio will follow a policy
of maintaining a more aggressive asset mix among stocks,  bonds and money market
investments than the Conservative Balanced Portfolio.  In general, the portfolio
manager will observe the following range of target asset allocation mixes:
    

 Asset Type               Minimum               Normal                Maximum
 ----------               -------               ------                -------
   Stocks                   25%                   60%                  100%
    Bonds                   0%                    40%                   75%
Money Market                0%                    0%                    75%

   
The portfolio manager may make short-run, and sometimes substantial,  variations
in the asset mix based upon its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment  categories.  In varying the asset mix in accordance with
these  judgments,  The Prudential will also seek to take advantage of imbalances
in fundamental values among the different markets.
    

The bond component of this portfolio is expected under normal  circumstances  to
have a weighted  average  maturity of greater than 10 years. The values of bonds
with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates
than those of  shorter  maturities.  The bond  portion  of this  portfolio  will
primarily be invested in  securities  that have a rating at the time of purchase
within  the four  highest  grades  determined  by  Moody's,  S&P,  or a  similar
nationally-recognized  rating  service.  A description of debt ratings is in the
Statement of Additional Information. However, up to 25% of the bond component of
this  portfolio  may be invested  in  securities  having  ratings at the time of
purchase of "BB," "Ba" or lower, or if not rated,  of comparable  quality in the
opinion of the portfolio  manager,  these securities are also known as high risk
securities.  Up to 20% of the bond portion of this  portfolio may be invested in
United States currency  denominated  debt  securities  issued outside the United
States by foreign or domestic  issuers.  The  established  company  common stock
component  of this  portfolio  will  consist of the equity  securities  of major
corporations that are believed to be in sound financial condition. In selecting


                                       36


<PAGE>


   
stocks  of  smaller  capitalization   companies,   the  portfolio  manager  will
concentrate  on  companies  with a  capitalization  below $5  billion  that show
above-average   profitability  (measured  by  return-on-equity,   earnings,  and
dividend growth rates) with modest price/earnings  ratios. The individual equity
selections for this portfolio may tend to have more volatile  market values than
the equity  securities  selected for the Equity  Portfolio  or the  Conservative
Balanced  Portfolio.  The  money  market  portion  of the  portfolio  will  hold
high-quality  short-term debt  obligations  with a maturity of 12 months or less
(as described in the Statement of  Additional  Information)  and will maintain a
dollar-weighted average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited States currency  denominated debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investment in foreign  securities are described under Foreign  Securities,  page
44.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities, debt securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index,  interest rate and foreign currency futures  contracts and
options thereon;  (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;
(iv) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis;  (v) use
interest rate swaps;  and (vi) make short sales.  These techniques are described
briefly under Options,  Futures  Contracts and Swaps and Short Sales on page 44,
and in detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

   
The Flexible Managed Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.  Mark
Stumpp,  Managing Director, PIC, has been lead portfolio manager of the Flexible
Managed Portfolio since 1994 and is responsible for the overall asset allocation
decisions.  Mr.  Stumpp  shares  supervisory  responsibility  of  the  portfolio
management team with Theresa Hamacher,  Managing Director, PIC. Ms. Hamacher and
Mr. Stumpp also  supervise the team of portfolio  managers for the  Conservative
Balanced  Portfolio.  Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio  manager for several employee
benefit trusts including The Prudential Retirement System for U.S. Employees and
Special Agents.  Prior to 1994, he was  responsible for corporate  pension asset
management for Prudential  Diversified Investment Strategies' corporate clients.
Ms.  Hamacher  supervises  a team of  portfolio  managers  that  manage over $65
billion in assets for PIC.
    

High Yield Bond Portfolios

High Yield Bond Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a high
total return through  investment in a diversified  portfolio of high  yield/high
risk fixed income securities.

The portfolio  seeks to achieve its objective by following a policy of generally
investing in fixed income  securities rated in the medium to lower categories by
recognized  rating services or in unrated fixed income  securities of comparable
quality.  The portfolio expects to invest principally in fixed income securities
rated Baa or lower by Moody's, or BBB or lower by S&P. Corporate bonds which are
rated Baa by Moody's are described by Moody's as being investment grade, but are
also characterized as having speculative characteristics.  Corporate bonds rated
below Baa by Moody's and BBB by S&P are considered speculative. A description of
corporate bond ratings is in the Statement of Additional Information.

Medium to lower rated fixed income  securities  tend to offer higher yields than
higher  rated  securities  because  they are  subject to the  higher  risk of an
issuer's  inability to meet principal and interest  payments on the  obligations
(credit  risk)  and also to  higher  price  volatility  due to such  factors  as
interest rate  sensitivity,  market  perception of the  creditworthiness  of the
issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). In the lower quality segments
of  the  fixed  income   securities   market,   changes  in  perception  of  the
creditworthiness  of individual  issuers tend to occur more  frequently and in a
more pronounced  manner than do changes in higher quality  segments of the fixed
income securities market.  The Prudential  considers both credit risk and market
risk in selecting  securities for the portfolio.  It will evaluate,  among other
things, an issuer's financial history,  condition,  prospects and management. It
will make its own independent  credit analysis and will not rely  principally on
the ratings assigned by the ratings services (e.g.,  Moody's and S&P),  although
such  ratings will be  considered.  By holding a  diversified  selection of such
securities, the portfolio seeks to reduce both credit risk and volatility.

   
The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its total assets in United States currency
denominated  fixed-income securities issued outside the United States by foreign
and domestic issuers.  The particular risks of investments in foreign securities
are described under Foreign Securities on page 44.
    

The  portfolio may also (i) purchase and sell options on debt  securities;  (ii)
purchase and sell interest rate futures  contracts  and options  thereon;  (iii)
purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed  delivery  basis;  (iv) use
interest rate swaps;  and (v) make short sales.  These  techniques are described
briefly under Options,  Futures  Contracts and Swaps and Short Sales on page 44,
and in detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

Although  the  portfolio  is not  expected to engage in  substantial  short-term
trading,  it may sell  securities  it owns without  regard to the length of time
they have been held.  The  portfolio's  turnover  rate is not expected to exceed
150%.


                                       37


<PAGE>


   
Lars Berkman,  Managing  Director,  PMFIM,  and Michael Snyder,  Vice President,
PMFIM,  have been  co-managers of the High Yield Bond Portfolio  since 1995. Mr.
Berkman is also portfolio manager of the Prudential High Yield Bond Fund and has
been  employed  as a portfolio  manager in the mutual fund unit since 1990.  Mr.
Snyder is also the portfolio manager of the High Yield Income Fund, Inc. for The
Prudential and has been employed as a portfolio  manager in the mutual fund unit
since 1987.
    

Diversified Stock Portfolios

Stock Index Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is to achieve investment
results that  correspond to the price and yield  performance of  publicly-traded
common stocks in the aggregate.

The  portfolio  seeks to  achieve  this  objective  by  following  the policy of
attempting to duplicate the price and yield performance of the Standard & Poor's
500 Composite Stock Price Index (the "S&P 500 Index"), an index which represents
more than 70% of the total market value of all publicly-traded common stocks and
is widely  viewed  among  investors  as  representative  of the  performance  of
publicly-traded  common stocks as a whole.  The S&P 500 Index is composed of 500
selected  common  stocks,  over 95% of which are  listed  on the New York  Stock
Exchange  ("NYSE").  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  chooses  the  stocks to be
included in the index on a statistical  basis taking into account  market values
and  industry  diversification.  Inclusion  in the  index in no way  implies  an
opinion by Standard & Poor's  Corporation as to a stock's  attractiveness  as an
investment,  and Standard & Poor's Corporation is not in any way affiliated with
this  portfolio.  "Standard  & Poor's,"  "Standard  & Poor's  500" and "500" are
trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by The Prudential
Insurance  Company of America and its  affiliates and  subsidiaries.  The Series
Fund is not  sponsored,  endorsed,  sold or  promoted  by S&P and S&P  makes  no
representation  regarding  the  advisability  of  investing  in the Series Fund.
Reference is made to the  Statement of Additional  Information  which sets forth
certain additional disclaimers and limitations of liabilities on behalf of S&P.

   
The S&P 500 Index is a  "weighted"  index in which the  weighting  of each stock
depends on its relative total market value: its market price per share times the
number of shares  outstanding.  Because of this weighting,  approximately 10% of
the S&P 500 Index's  value is  accounted  for by the stocks of the five  largest
companies by relative  market  value.  As of December  31, 1995 those  companies
were:  General Electric Co., American  Telephone and Telegraph Co., Exxon Corp.,
Coca-Cola Co., and Merck & Co.,Inc.
    

This portfolio will not be "managed" in the traditional sense of using economic,
financial  or market  analysis to  determine  the stocks to be  purchased by the
portfolio.  Rather, the portfolio manager will purchase stocks for the portfolio
in proportion to their weighting in the S&P 500 Index.  Thus,  adverse financial
performance  by a company  will not result in reduction  or  elimination  of the
portfolio's   holdings  of  its  stock  and,   conversely,   superior  financial
performance by a company will not lead the portfolio to increase its holdings of
the company's  stock.  If a stock held by this portfolio is eliminated  from the
S&P 500 Index,  the portfolio will sell its holdings of the stock  regardless of
the prospects of the company. Because the portfolio will not be "managed" in the
traditional sense, portfolio turnover is expected to be low and is generally not
expected  to  exceed  10% and  brokerage  commissions  are also  expected  to be
correspondingly low.

   
The following  table shows the performance of the S&P 500 Index for the 25 years
ending in 1995.  The period  covered by this  table is one of  generally  rising
stock prices, and the performance of the S&P 500 Index in this period should not
be viewed as a  representation  of any  future  performance  by that  index.  In
addition,  the fees and costs  involved  in the  operation  of the  Stock  Index
Portfolio mean that the performance of a share of stock in the portfolio may not
equal the  performance of the S&P 500 Stock Index even if the assets held by the
portfolio do equal that performance.
    


                                       38


<PAGE>


   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       *S&P 500 WITH DIVIDENDS REINVESTED
                            Annual Percentage Change
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1971                 +14.56                           1984                +6.10
1972                 +18.90                           1985               +31.57
1973                 -14.77                           1986               +18.56
1974                 -26.39                           1987                +5.10
1975                 +37.16                           1988               +16.61
1976                 +23.57                           1989               +31.69
1977                  -7.42                           1990                -3.10
1978                  +6.38                           1991               +30.47
1979                 +18.20                           1992                +7.61
1980                 +32.27                           1993               +10.08
1981                  -5.01                           1994                +1.32
1982                 +21.44                           1995               +37.58
1983                 +22.38
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source:   Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation.   Percentage  change  calculated  in
accordance with specifications of SEC release number IA-327.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

In the eight full years since this portfolio was  established  its total return,
compared to that of the S&P 500 Index, was as follows:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Annual Percentage                     Total Return
                        Change S&P 500                        Stock Index
                             with                              Portfolio
                           Dividends                      (after deduction of
                          Reinvested                           expenses)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1988                    +16.61                              +15.44
    1989                    +31.69                              +30.93
    1990                     -3.10                               -3.63
    1991                    +30.47                              +29.72
    1992                     +7.61                               +7.13
    1993                    +10.08                               +9.66
    1994                     +1.32                               +1.01
    1995                    +37.58                              +37.06
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    

A fuller description of the policies followed by the Stock Index Portfolio is in
the Statement of Additional Information.

   
Equity Income Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is both current income
and capital  appreciation  through  investment  primarily  in common  stocks and
convertible  securities that provide  favorable  prospects for investment income
returns  above  those of the  Standard  &  Poor's  500  Stock  Index or the NYSE
Composite Index.
    

The  portfolio  seeks to  achieve  this  objective  by  following  the policy of
investing in such  securities,  giving  emphasis to earnings,  balance sheet and
cash flow analysis,  and the relationships  that these factors have to the price
and  return of a given  security.  Under  normal  circumstances,  the  portfolio
intends to invest at least 65% of its total assets in such securities.

The  portfolio  may invest the  balance  of its  assets in other  stocks,  other
securities  convertible  into common  stocks and in debt  securities  (including
money market  instruments).  The portfolio may under normal circumstances invest
up to 35% of its total assets in money market  instruments  of the type invested
in by the Money Market Portfolio and without limit when the portfolio's  manager
believes market conditions warrant a temporary  defensive posture or pending the
investment of proceeds from sales of the portfolio  shares.  In addition,  up to
35% of the  portfolio's  total  assets  may be  invested  in other  fixed-income
obligations.  The portfolio  anticipates that these will primarily be rated A or
better by Moody's or S&P. However,  the portfolio may also invest in lower-rated
fixed-income  securities,  although it will not invest in securities rated lower
than CC or Ca by  Moody's  or S&P,  respectively.  The  risks of medium to lower
rated  securities,  also known as high risk  securities,  are described above in
connection with the High Yield Bond Portfolio.  A description of debt ratings is
in the  Statement of  Additional  Information.  The portfolio may also invest in
non-rated fixed-income securities which, in the opinion of the manager, are of a
quality comparable to rated securities in which the portfolio will invest.

To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law, the portfolio may invest up
to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited  States  currency  denominated  debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investments in foreign securities are described under Foreign Securities on page
44.


                                       39


<PAGE>


In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities,  stock indices and foreign  currencies  (ii) purchase and sell stock
index and foreign  currency futures  contracts and options thereon;  (iii) enter
into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;  and (iv) purchase securities
on a when-issued  or delayed  delivery  basis.  These  techniques  are described
briefly under Options,  Futures Contracts and Swaps on page 44, and in detail in
the Statement of Additional Information.

As a result of its investment policies, the portfolio's turnover rate may exceed
100%, although it is not expected to exceed 200%.

   
Warren Spitz, Managing Director, PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the Equity
Income  Portfolio  since 1988.  Mr. Spitz is also the  portfolio  manager of the
Prudential Equity Income Fund, Inc.

Equity  Portfolio.  The  objective  of  this  portfolio  is to  achieve  capital
appreciation  through  investment  primarily  in  common  stocks  of  companies,
including  major  established  corporations  as well as  smaller  capitalization
companies,  that appear to offer attractive prospects of price appreciation that
is superior to broadly-based stock indices.
    

Current income, if any, is incidental.

The  portfolio  seeks to  achieve  this  objective  by  following  the policy of
investing  primarily in common stocks. It may also invest to a limited extent in
short, intermediate or long term debt, either convertible or nonconvertible into
common stock, as well as in  nonconvertible  preferred stock. The portfolio will
attempt to maintain a flexible  approach to the  selection  of common  stocks of
various types of companies whose valuations  appear to offer  opportunities  for
above-average  appreciation.  Thus,  the  portfolio  may invest in securities of
companies  whose  estimated  growth in earnings  exceeds that  projected for the
market as a whole  because  of  factors  such as  expanding  market  share,  new
products  or changes in market  environment.  Or it may invest in  "undervalued"
securities which are often  characterized  by a lack of investor  recognition of
the basic value of a company's  assets.  Securities of companies  with sales and
earnings  trends  which are  currently  unfavorable  but which are  expected  to
reverse may also be in the portfolio.  The effort to achieve price  appreciation
that is superior to broadly based stock indices necessarily involves accepting a
greater  risk of declining  values.  During  periods  when stock prices  decline
generally, it can be expected that the value of the portfolio will also decline.

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited  States currency  denominated  common
stock and fixed-income  securities  convertible into common stock of foreign and
U.S.  issuers.  The particular  risks of  investments in foreign  securities are
described in further detail under Foreign Securities on page 44.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities,  stock indices and foreign  currencies  (ii) purchase and sell stock
index and foreign  currency futures  contracts and options thereon;  (iii) enter
into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;  and (iv) purchase securities
on a when-issued  or delayed  delivery  basis.  These  techniques  are described
briefly under Options,  Futures Contracts and Swaps on page 44, and in detail in
the Statement of Additional Information.

A portion of the portfolio may be invested in short-term debt obligations of the
kind held in the  Money  Market  portfolio  as  described  in the  Statement  of
Additional  Information in order to make effective use of cash reserves  pending
investment in common stocks.

   
Thomas Jackson,  Managing  Director,  PMFIM,  has been portfolio  manager of the
Equity  Portfolio  since  1990.  Mr.  Jackson is also  portfolio  manager of the
Prudential Equity Fund, Inc.

Prudential  Jennison  Portfolio.   The  objective  of  the  Prudential  Jennison
Portfolio is to achieve long-term growth of capital through investment primarily
in  equity  securities  of  established   companies  with  above-average  growth
prospects. Current income, if any, is incidental.

In order to achieve this  objective,  the  Prudential  Jennison  Portfolio  will
follow a policy of  selecting  stocks on a  company-by-company  basis  primarily
through the use of  fundamental  analysis.  The portfolio  manager will look for
companies that have  demonstrated  growth in earnings and sales, high returns on
equity and assets, or other strong financial characteristics, and in the opinion
of the portfolio manager,  are attractively valued. These companies tend to have
a unique  market  niche,  a strong new product  profile or superior  management.
Under normal market conditions, at least 65% of the value of the total assets of
the  portfolio  will be  invested  in  common  stocks  and  preferred  stocks of
companies which exceed $1 billion in market capitalization.

The  portfolio  may invest up to 35% of its total assets in: (i) common  stocks,
preferred  stocks,  and other equity-  related  securities of companies that are
undergoing  changes in management or product and marketing  dynamics  which have
not yet been  reflected  in reported  earnings  but which are expected to impact
earnings  in the  intermediate  term -- these  securities  often  lack  investor
recognition  and  are  often  favorably   valued;   (ii)  other   equity-related
securities;  (iii) with respect to a maximum of 30% of its total assets,  common
stocks,  preferred  stocks and other  equity-related  securities  of  non-United
States currency  denominated  issuers or American  Depository Receipts ("ADRs");
(iv) investment grade fixed income  securities and  mortgage-backed  securities,
including lower rated securities [rated in the fourth highest rating category by
a nationally recognized rating service
    


                                       40


<PAGE>


   
(e.g. Baa by Moody's Investor  Services or BBB by Standard & Poor's)] or, if not
rated,  determined  by the  portfolio  manager  to be of  comparable  quality to
securities so rated. A description of debt ratings is contained in the Statement
of Additional Information;  and (v) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government, its agencies and instrumentalities.
    

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may:  (i)  purchase  and sell  options  on equity
securities,  stock  indices,  and foreign  currencies;  (ii) lend its  portfolio
securities;  (iii)  purchase and sell stock index and foreign  currency  futures
contracts and options thereon; (iv) enter into forward foreign currency exchange
contracts; and (v) enter into repurchase agreements and purchase securities on a
when-issued or delayed  delivery basis.  These techniques are described on pages
44 through  45, and  further  information  about some of them is included in the
Statement of Additional Information.

The effort to achieve superior investment returns necessarily involves a risk of
exposure to declining  values.  Securities  in which the portfolio may primarily
invest  have  historically  been more  volatile  than the  Standard & Poor's 500
Composite  Stock Price  Index.  Accordingly,  during  periods  when stock prices
decline  generally,  it can be  expected  that the value of the  portfolio  will
decline more than the market indices.

   
David Poiesz,  Director and Senior Vice President of Jennison Associates Capital
Corp., has been portfolio manager of the Prudential Jennison Portfolio since its
inception in 1995. Poiesz also manages the Prudential  Institutional Growth Fund
and the Prudential  Jennison Fund. Mr. Poiesz joined Jennison Associates in 1983
as an equity  research  analyst and has been an equity  portfolio  manager since
1991.
    

Small  Capitalization  Stock  Portfolio.  The objective of this  portfolio is to
achieve  long-term  growth of capital  through  investment  primarily  in equity
securities of publicly-traded companies with small market capitalization.

Current income, if any, is incidental.

The  portfolio  seeks to  achieve  this  objective  by  following  the policy of
attempting to duplicate the price and yield performance of the Standard & Poor's
Small  Capitalization Stock Index (the "S&P SmallCap 600 Index"), an index which
consists of six-hundred smaller capitalization domestic stocks chosen for market
size,  liquidity,  and industry group  representation.  Stocks in the index have
market  capitalizations  between $35 million and $1.215 billion.  However, to be
included in the index,  stock  selections are also screened for trading  volume,
share turnover,  ownership  concentration,  share price and bid/ask spreads. The
initial sector weightings were selected to reflect the industry  distribution of
all small capitalization  stocks followed by S&P. The S&P SmallCap 600 Index has
above average risk and may  fluctuate  more than the S&P 500 Index which invests
in stocks of larger, more established firms.

The S&P SmallCap 600 Index is a market  weighted index (stock price times shares
outstanding),  with each stock  affecting  the index in proportion to its market
value.   Standard  &  Poor's   Corporation  is  responsible  for  selecting  and
maintaining  the list of stocks to be  included in the index.  Inclusion  in the
index in no way  implies  an opinion by  Standard & Poor's  Corporation  as to a
stock's attractiveness as an investment. "Standard & Poor's", "Standard & Poor's
Small  Capitalization  Stock  Index" and  "Standard & Poor's  SmallCap  600" are
trademarks of McGraw Hill. Inc. The Series Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold
or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation regarding the advisability of
investing in the Series Fund.  Reference is made to the  statement of additional
information which sets forth certain  additional  disclaimers and limitations of
liabilities on behalf of S&P.

   
The following  table shows the performance of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index for the
10 years  ending in 1995.  Although the index was first  published in 1994,  S&P
reconstructed  its  performance  for earlier years.  The  performance of the S&P
SmallCap 600 Index in this period  should not be viewed as a  representation  of
any future  performance by that index. In addition,  the fees and costs involved
in the  operation  of the Small  Capitalization  Stock  Portfolio  mean that the
performance  of a share of stock in the portfolio may not equal the  performance
of the S&P Small Cap 600 Stock Index even if the assets held by the portfolio do
equal that performance.
    


                                       41


<PAGE>


   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        S&P SmallCap 600 With Dividends
                                   Reinvested
                            Annual Percentage Change
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           1986                                                 +3.23
           1987                                                -13.50
           1988                                                +19.49
           1989                                                +13.89
           1990                                                 -9.90
           1991                                                +48.49
           1992                                                +21.04
           1993                                                +18.79
           1994                                                 -4.77
           1995                                                +29.96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source:   Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation.   Percentage  change  calculated  in
accordance with specifications of SEC release number IA-327.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    

Under normal  circumstances,  this portfolio  intends to be invested in all or a
representative sample of the stocks in the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. The portfolio
may hold cash or its  equivalent,  these  holdings may cause its  performance to
differ from that of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.  The  portfolio  will attempt to
minimize any such  differences in  performance  through  transactions  involving
stock index futures contracts, options on stock indices, and/or options on stock
index future contracts.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may:  (i)  purchase  and sell  options  on equity
securities; (ii) lend its portfolio securities; and (iii) purchase securities on
a when-issued or delayed delivery basis.  These techniques are described briefly
under  Options,  Futures  Contracts  and Swaps on page 44,  and in detail in the
Statement of Additional Information.

The  investment  policies  and  techniques  of the  Small  Capitalization  Stock
Portfolio are not fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval if
it is determined that alternative  investment techniques would be more effective
in achieving the portfolio's objective.

   
Wai Chiang, Director of Portfolio Management,  Prudential Diversified Investment
Strategies,  has  been  portfolio  manager  of the  Small  Capitalization  Stock
Portfolio since its inception in 1995. Mr. Chiang also manages the  unregistered
separate accounts, Pridex and Pridex 500 for The Prudential. Mr. Chiang has been
employed by The Prudential as a portfolio manager since 1986.

Global Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is long-term growth of capital
through investment primarily in common stocks and common stock equivalents (such
as convertible debt securities) of foreign and domestic issuers. Current income,
if any, is incidental.
    

The portfolio is intended to provide investors with the opportunity to invest in
a portfolio of securities of companies  located  throughout the world. In making
the allocation of assets among the various countries and geographic regions, the
portfolio  manager  ordinarily  considers such factors as prospects for relative
economic  growth between  foreign  countries;  expected  levels of inflation and
interest rates;  government policies influencing business conditions;  the range
of individual investment opportunities available to international investors; and
other pertinent financial,  tax, social,  political and national factors--all in
relation to the prevailing prices of the securities in each country or region.

The portfolio is not required to maintain any particular  geographic or currency
mix of its  investments.  The portfolio  intends to maintain  investments  in at
least  three  countries  (including  the United  States),  but may,  when market
conditions  warrant,  invest up to 35% of its assets in companies located in any
one country (other than the United States).

In analyzing  companies for investment,  the portfolio manager  ordinarily looks
for one or more of the following  characteristics:  prospects for  above-average
earnings  growth per share;  high return on invested  capital;  healthy  balance
sheet; sound financial and accounting  policies and overall financial  strength;
strong competitive  advantages;  effective research and product  development and
marketing;  efficient service; pricing flexibility;  strength of management; and
general  operating  characteristics  which will enable the  companies to compete
successfully in their  marketplace--all  in relation to the prevailing prices of
the securities of such companies.

Investing in securities of foreign  companies  and  countries  involves  special
risks. See Foreign Securities on page 44.


                                       42


<PAGE>


When the  portfolio  manager  believes  market  conditions  dictate a  temporary
defensive  strategy,  or during periods of  structuring  and  restructuring  the
portfolio, the portfolio may invest without limit in money market investments of
the kind in which the  Money  Market  Portfolio  invests,  including  repurchase
agreements.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies;  (ii) purchase and sell stock
index, interest rate and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon;
(iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts;  and (iv) purchase
securities on a when-issued  or delayed  delivery  basis.  These  techniques are
described briefly under Options,  Futures Contracts and Swaps on page 44, and in
detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

   
Daniel Duane,  Managing  Director,  PMFIM, has been the portfolio manager of the
Global  Portfolio  since 1990.  Mr.  Duane also  manages  several  mutual  funds
including the Prudential Global Fund, Inc.
    

Specialized Portfolios

Natural Resources Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is long-term growth
of  capital  through  investment  primarily  in common  stocks  and  convertible
securities of "natural resource  companies" (as defined below) and in securities
(typically debt securities and preferred  stocks) the terms of which are related
to the market value of some natural resource ("asset-indexed securities"). Under
normal circumstances, the portfolio will invest at least 65% of its total assets
in such securities.

   
Companies  that  primarily  own,  explore,  mine,  process or otherwise  develop
natural  resources,  or supply goods and services  primarily to such  companies,
will be considered  "natural resource  companies."  Natural resources  generally
include  precious  metals  (e.g.,  gold,  silver  and  platinum),   ferrous  and
nonferrous  metals (e.g.,  iron,  aluminum and copper),  strategic metals (e.g.,
uranium and titanium),  hydrocarbons (e.g., coal, oil and natural gases), timber
land, undeveloped real property and agricultural commodities.
    

The value of equity  securities of natural resource  companies  (including those
companies that are primarily involved in providing goods and services to natural
resource companies) will fluctuate pursuant to market conditions  generally,  as
well as to the market for the particular natural resource in which the issuer is
involved.  The Prudential  will seek  securities  that are  attractively  priced
relative to the intrinsic values of the relevant natural resource or that are of
companies which are positioned to benefit under existing or anticipated economic
conditions.  Accordingly,  the portfolio may shift its emphasis from one natural
resource  industry to another  depending upon prevailing trends or developments.
However,  the  portfolio  will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in the
securities of companies in any one natural resource industry.

"Asset-indexed  securities,"  in  which  the  portfolio  may  also  invest,  are
securities  whose principal  amount,  redemption  terms or conversion  terms are
related to the market price of a natural resource asset.  The portfolio  expects
to purchase  asset-indexed  securities which are rated, or are issued by issuers
that have outstanding obligations which are rated, at least BBB or Baa by S&P or
Moody's,  respectively, or commercial paper rated at least A-2, or P-2 by S&P or
Moody's,  respectively,  or in unrated securities that The Prudential determines
to be of comparable  quality.  The  portfolio  reserves the right,  however,  to
invest in  asset-indexed  securities rated as low as CC or Ca by Moody's or S&P,
respectively, or in unrated securities of comparable quality, also known as high
risk securities. The portfolio may invest a small portion of its assets in other
stocks, other securities convertible into common stocks, fixed-income securities
that are primarily  rated A or better by Moody's or S&P (including  money market
instruments),  and  options  on stocks  and on  natural  resource-related  stock
indices.  A  description  of debt  ratings  is in the  Statement  of  Additional
Information.  The portfolio may under normal  circumstances  invest up to 35% of
its total  assets in money  market  instruments  of the type  invested in by the
Money Market  Portfolio and without limit when the  portfolio  manager  believes
market  conditions  warrant a temporary  defensive  posture or during periods of
structuring and restructuring the portfolio.

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited  States currency  denominated  common
stock and fixed-income  securities  convertible into common stock of foreign and
U.S.  issuers.  The particular  risks of  investments in foreign  securities are
described under Foreign Securities on page 44.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities,  stock indices and foreign  currencies  (ii) purchase and sell stock
index and foreign  currency futures  contracts and options thereon;  (iii) enter
into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;  and (iv) purchase securities
on a when-issued  or delayed  delivery  basis.  These  techniques  are described
briefly under Options,  Futures Contracts and Swaps on page 44, and in detail in
the Statement of Additional Information.

The  portfolio's  turnover rate may exceed 100%,  although it is not expected to
exceed 200%.

   
Leigh Goehring, Vice President, PMFIM, has been portfolio manager of the Natural
Resources  Portfolio since 1992. Mr. Goehring also manages the Prudential Global
Natural Resource Fund, Inc. Prior to 1992, Mr. Goehring was portfolio manager of
The Prudential-Bache Option Growth Fund.
    


                                       43


<PAGE>


Foreign Securities

   
The Global  Portfolio  may invest up to 100% of its total assets in common stock
and  convertible  securities  denominated  in a foreign  currency  and issued by
foreign or domestic issuers. The Diversified Bond and High Yield Bond Portfolios
may each invest up to 20% of their assets in United States currency  denominated
debt securities issued outside the United States by foreign or domestic issuers.
In  addition,  the bond  components  of the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible
Managed Portfolios may each invest up to 20% of their assets in such securities.
To the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  insurance  law,  the  Equity  Income,
Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may invest up to 30% of
their  total  assets  in debt and  equity  securities  denominated  in a foreign
currency  and issued by  foreign or  domestic  issuers.  Further,  to the extent
permitted by applicable  insurance  law, the Equity,  Prudential  Jennison,  and
Natural Resources  Portfolios may invest up to 30% of their assets in non-United
States currency denominated common stock and fixed income securities convertible
into common stock of foreign and domestic issuers. Securities issued outside the
United States and not publicly traded in the United States,  as well as American
Depository  Receipts  ("ADRs") and securities  denominated in a foreign currency
are referred to collectively in this prospectus as "foreign securities."
    

ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated  certificates issued by a United States bank or
trust company and represent the right to receive  securities of a foreign issuer
deposited  in a domestic  bank or  foreign  branch of a United  States  bank and
traded on a United States exchange or in an over-the-counter market.  Investment
in ADRs has certain  advantages over direct investment in the underlying foreign
securities because they are easily  transferable,  have readily available market
quotations,  and the foreign issuers are usually subject to comparable auditing,
accounting, and financial reporting standards as domestic issuers.

Foreign  securities  involve risks of political and economic  instability in the
country  of  the  issuer,  the  difficulty  of  predicting  international  trade
patterns, the possibility of imposition of exchange controls and, in the case of
securities  not  denominated  in United  States  currency,  the risk of currency
fluctuations.  Such  securities may be subject to greater  fluctuations in price
than domestic  securities.  Under certain market conditions,  foreign securities
may be less liquid than  domestic  securities.  In  addition,  there may be less
publicly  available  information  about a foreign  company than about a domestic
company.   Foreign  companies  generally  are  subject  to  uniform  accounting,
auditing,  and financial reporting  standards  comparable to those applicable to
domestic companies.  There is generally less government regulation of securities
exchanges,  brokers, and listed companies abroad than in the United States, and,
with  respect  to  certain  foreign   countries,   there  is  a  possibility  of
expropriation,  confiscatory  taxation or  diplomatic  developments  which could
affect investment in those countries.  If the security is denominated in foreign
currency,  it may be  affected  by changes  in  currency  rates and in  exchange
control  regulations,  and costs may be incurred in connection with  conversions
between  currencies.  Finally,  in the event of a default  of any  foreign  debt
obligations,  it may be more difficult for a portfolio to obtain or to enforce a
judgment  against the issuers of such  securities.  See Forward Foreign Currency
Exchange Contracts in the Statement of Additional Information.

Options, Futures Contracts and Swaps

The description of each portfolio's  investment policies also state whether they
will invest in what are sometimes called  derivative  securities.  These include
options (which may be to buy or sell equity securities,  debt securities,  stock
indices,  foreign  currencies  and  stock  index  futures  contracts);   futures
contracts on interest bearing securities,  stock and interest rate indices,  and
foreign  currencies;  and interest rate swaps. These investments have not in the
past represented more than a very minor part of the investments of any portfolio
but may increase in the future.

A call  option  gives the owner the right to buy and a put  option  the right to
sell a designated  security or index at a predetermined price for a given period
of time.  They will be used primarily to hedge or minimize  fluctuations  in the
principal value of a portfolio or to generate  additional  income.  They involve
risks which differ,  depending upon the particular  option. But they often offer
an attractive alternative to the purchase or sale of the related security.

Futures contracts represent a contractual obligation to buy or sell a designated
security or index within a stated period. They can be used as a hedge against or
to minimize  fluctuations  of a portfolio or as an efficient way of establishing
certain positions more quickly than direct purchase of the securities.  They can
also be used to speculate,  but this will not be done by any of the  portfolios.
They involve risks of various kinds,  all of which could result in losses rather
than in achieving the intended objective of any particular purchase.

Because options, futures and swaps are now used to such a limited extent, a full
description of these  investments  and the risks  associated with them is in the
Statement of Additional Information.

Short Sales

   
The Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, Government Income,  Conservative Balanced
and  Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  may  sell  securities  they  do  not  own in
anticipation  of a  decline  in the  market  value of those  securities  ("short
sales").  The  portfolio  will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the
price of the security increases between
    


                                       44


<PAGE>


the date of the short  sale and the date on which  the  portfolio  replaces  the
borrowed security. The portfolio will realize a gain if the security declines in
price between those dates.  This result is the opposite of what one would expect
from a cash  purchase of a long  position in a security.  The amount of any gain
will be decreased,  and the amount of any loss will be increased,  by the amount
of any premium or interest paid in connection with the short sale.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

   
The Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, and Government Income Portfolios, as well
as the fixed income portions of the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed
Portfolios,  may use reverse  repurchase  agreements and dollar rolls. The Money
Market  Portfolio and the money market  portion of any portfolio may use reverse
repurchase  agreements.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements  involve  the  sale  of
securities  held by a portfolio with an agreement by the portfolio to repurchase
the same  securities  at an  agreed  upon  price and date.  During  the  reverse
repurchase  period,  the  portfolio  often  continues to receive  principal  and
interest payments on the sold securities.  The terms of each agreement reflect a
rate of interest for use of the funds for the period,  and thus these agreements
have the  characteristics  of borrowing by the  portfolio.  Dollar rolls involve
sales by a portfolio  of  securities  for  delivery in the current  month with a
simultaneous contract to repurchase  substantially similar securities (same type
and  coupon)  from the same party at an agreed  upon price and date.  During the
roll  period,   the  portfolio  forgoes  principal  and  interest  paid  on  the
securities.  A portfolio is compensated  by the  difference  between the current
sales price and the forward price for the future  purchase (often referred to as
the  "drop")  as well as by the  interest  earned  on the cash  proceeds  of the
initial sale. A "covered roll" is a specific type of dollar roll for which there
is an offsetting  cash position or a cash  equivalent  security  position  which
matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction.
A portfolio will  establish a segregated  account with its custodian in which it
will maintain cash, U.S.  Government  securities or other liquid high-grade debt
obligations  equal in value to its obligations in respect of reverse  repurchase
agreements  and dollar rolls.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements  and dollar rolls
involve  the  risk  that the  market  value of the  securities  retained  by the
portfolio may decline below the price of the  securities  the portfolio has sold
but is obligated to repurchase  under the  agreement.  In the event the buyer of
securities  under a  reverse  repurchase  agreement  or  dollar  roll  files for
bankruptcy  or becomes  insolvent,  the  portfolio's  use of the proceeds of the
agreement may be restricted  pending a determination  by the other party, or its
trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the portfolio's obligation to repurchase
the  securities.  The Diversified  Bond, High Yield Bond, and Government  Income
Portfolios,  as well as the fixed income portions of the  Conservative  Balanced
and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios,  will not obligate more than 30% of their net
assets in connection  with reverse  repurchase  agreements and dollar rolls.  No
other portfolio will obligate more than 10% of its net assets in connection with
reverse repurchase agreements.
    

Loans of Portfolio Securities

All of the  portfolios  except the Money Market  Portfolio may from time to time
lend the securities  they hold to  broker-dealers,  provided that such loans are
made pursuant to written  agreements and are continuously  secured by collateral
in the form of cash, U.S.  Government  Securities or irrevocable standby letters
of credit in an amount  equal to at least the  market  value at all times of the
loaned  securities  plus the accrued  interest  and  dividends.  During the time
securities  are on loan, the portfolio will continue to receive the interest and
dividends,  or  amounts  equivalent  thereto,  on the loaned  securities,  while
receiving a fee from the borrower or earning  interest on the  investment of the
cash collateral.

There is a slight risk that the borrower may become insolvent, which might delay
carrying out a decision to sell the loaned security.  This risk can be minimized
by careful  selection of borrowers and requiring and  monitoring the adequacy of
capital. No loans will be made to any broker affiliated with The Prudential.

                    INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE
                                   PORTFOLIOS

The  Series  Fund is  subject  to  certain  investment  restrictions  which  are
fundamental  to the  operations of the Series Fund and may not be changed except
with  the  approval  of a  majority  vote of the  persons  participating  in the
affected portfolio.

The  investments  of the various  portfolios  are  generally  subject to certain
additional  restrictions  under state laws. In the event of future amendments to
the applicable  New Jersey  statutes,  each  portfolio will comply,  without the
approval of the shareholders, with the statutory requirements as so modified.

A detailed discussion of investment  restrictions  applicable to the Series Fund
is in the Statement of Additional Information.


                                       45


<PAGE>


                     INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND
                                    EXPENSES

   
The Series Fund has  entered  into an  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  with The
Prudential  under which The  Prudential  will,  subject to the  direction of the
Board of Directors of the Series Fund, be responsible  for the management of the
Series  Fund,  and  provide  investment  advice  and  related  services  to each
portfolio.  The  Prudential  manages the assets that it owns as well as those of
various separate accounts  established by The Prudential and those held by other
investment companies for which it acts as investment advisor. Total assets under
management  as of  December  31,  1995 was  approximately  $xxx  billion,  which
includes  approximately  $xxx billion owned by The Prudential and  approximately
$xx billion of external assets under The Prudential's management.

Subject to The  Prudential's  supervision,  substantially  all of the investment
advisory  services  provided to the Series Fund by The Prudential are furnished,
with  respect  to 14 of the Series  Fund's 15  portfolios,  by its  wholly-owned
subsidiary  PIC,  pursuant to the Service  Agreement  between The Prudential and
PIC. The Agreement provides that a portion of the fee received by The Prudential
for providing investment advisory services will be paid to PIC. The Conservative
Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  are managed by PIC,  using a team of
portfolio  managers under the  supervision of Theresa  Hamacher and Mark Stumpp,
Managing  Directors,  PIC.  Investment  advisory  services  with  respect to the
Prudential  Jennison  Portfolio  provided by The  Prudential  are  furnished  by
another wholly-owned subsidiary, Jennison Associates Capital Corp. ("Jennison"),
pursuant to an  Investment  Subadvisory  Agreement  between The  Prudential  and
Jennison.  That  Agreement  provides  that a portion of the fee  received by The
Prudential for providing investment advisory services to the Prudential Jennison
Portfolio  will be paid to Jennison.  PIC and Jennison  are both  registered  as
investment advisors under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

    
Under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge,  payable  quarterly,  equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio. It is set forth on page 18.
   

For the year ended  December 31, 1995,  the Series  Fund's total  expenses  were
0.xx% of the  average  net assets of all of the Series  Fund's  portfolios.  The
investment  management fee for that period  constituted 0.xx% of the average net
assets. Further information about the investment management arrangements and the
expenses of the Series Fund is in the Statement of Additional Information.
    

Portfolio Brokerage and Related Practices

The Prudential is responsible  for decisions to buy and sell  securities for the
portfolios, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions, and
the negotiation of brokerage  commissions,  if any. Fixed income securities,  as
well as equity securities traded in the  over-the-counter  market, are generally
traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts
without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes
a profit to the dealer.

An affiliated broker may be employed to execute brokerage transactions on behalf
of the  portfolios,  as long as the commissions are reasonable and fair compared
to the  commissions  received by other  brokers in  connection  with  comparable
transactions   involving  similar  securities  being  purchased  or  sold  on  a
securities  exchange during a comparable period of time. The Series Fund may not
engage in any transactions in which The Prudential or its affiliates,  including
The   Prudential   Securities   Incorporated,   acts  as  principal,   including
over-the-counter purchases and negotiated trades in which such a party acts as a
principal.   Additional   information  about  portfolio  brokerage  and  related
transactions is in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                STATE REGULATION

The  Prudential is subject to regulation  and  supervision  by the Department of
Insurance of the State of New Jersey, which periodically examines its operations
and  financial  condition.  It  is  also  subject  to  the  insurance  laws  and
regulations of all jurisdictions in which it is authorized to do business.

The  Prudential  is  required to submit  annual  statements  of its  operations,
including  financial  statements,  to the insurance  departments  of the various
jurisdictions  in which it does  business to determine  solvency and  compliance
with local insurance laws and regulations.

In  addition  to the annual  statements  referred to above,  The  Prudential  is
required to file with New Jersey and other  jurisdictions  a separate  statement
with respect to the operations of all its variable contract accounts,  in a form
promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.


                                       46


<PAGE>


                                     EXPERTS

The  financial  statements  included  in this  prospectus  have been  audited by
Deloitte  & Touche  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as  stated  in  their  reports
appearing  herein,  and are  included in reliance  upon the reports of such firm
given upon their  authority as experts in accounting  and  auditing.  Deloitte &
Touche LLP's principal  business  address is Two Hilton Court,  Parsippany,  New
Jersey  07054-0319.  Actuarial  matters  included in this  prospectus  have been
examined by Nancy D. Davis,  FSA, MAAA,  whose opinion is filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement.

                                   LITIGATION

No litigation  is pending that would have a material  effect upon the Account or
the Series Fund.

                   EXPANDED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Included in the registration statements for the Contracts and the Series Fund is
a Statement  of  Additional  Information  which is available  without  charge by
writing to The Prudential at Prudential Plaza,  Newark,  New Jersey  07102-3777.
The following  table of contents of that  Statement  provides a brief summary of
what is included in each section.

I.   MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT.

     Sales  Load Upon  Surrender.  A  description  is given of  exactly  how The
     Prudential  determines  the  amount of the part of the  sales  load that is
     imposed only upon  surrenders or  withdrawals  during the first 10 Contract
     years.

     Reduction of Charges for Concurrent Sales to Several Individuals. Where the
     Contract is sold at the same time to several individuals who are members of
     an associated class and The Prudential's  expenses will be reduced, some of
     the charges under those Contracts may be reduced.

     Sales to Persons 14 Years of Age or Younger. The face amount will increase,
     on the insured's  21st  birthday,  to 150% of the initial face amount.  The
     application of some of the other Contract provisions may be affected.

     Paying  Premiums  by  Payroll  Deduction.  Your  employer  may pay  monthly
     premiums for you with deductions from your salary.

     Unisex   Premiums  and   Benefits.   In  some  states  and  under   certain
     circumstances,  premiums  and  benefits  will not vary  with the sex of the
     insured.

     How the Death Benefit Will Vary. A description  is given of exactly how the
     death benefit may increase to satisfy Internal Revenue Code requirements.

     Withdrawal of Excess Cash  Surrender  Value.  If the Contract Fund value is
     high enough you may be able to withdraw  part of the cash  surrender  value
     while keeping the Contract in effect.  There will be a transaction  charge.
     For Form A Contracts  there will be a surrender  charge.  The death benefit
     will  change.  There  may be tax  consequences.  You  should  consult  your
     Prudential  representative  to discuss  whether a  withdrawal  or a loan is
     preferable.

     Increases  in Face  Amount.  If you wish to  increase  the  amount  of your
     insurance,  it may be  preferable  to increase the amount of this  Contract
     rather than to buy another Contract.  Conditions will apply, and there will
     be changes in the premiums and charges.  Other  provisions of your Contract
     will be affected.

     Decreases in Face Amount.  In addition to effecting a partial  surrender of
     the Contract,  you may,  within limits,  reduce the Contract's  face amount
     without  withdrawing  any cash.  This  reduces  the  amount at risk and the
     monthly mortality charge. There could be tax consequences.  Your Prudential
     representative should first be consulted.

     Tax  Treatment of Contract  Benefits.  A fuller  account is provided of how
     Contract owners may be affected by federal income taxes.

   
     Sale of the Contract and Sales Commissions.  The Contract is sold primarily
     by agents of The Prudential who are also registered  representatives of one
     of its  subsidiaries,  Pruco  Securities  Corporation,  a broker and dealer
     registered  under  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934.  Generally,
     selling agents receive a commission of 50% of the Scheduled  Premium in the
     first  year,  10%  for  the  next  three  years  and  smaller   commissions
     thereafter.  For  new  Contracts  issued  on or  about  July  1,  1996  the
     commission rates for the
    


                                       47


<PAGE>


   
     second  through tenth years will change to no more than 6% of the Scheduled
     Premiums and smaller commissions thereafter.
    

     Tax-Qualified  Pension Plans. Certain restrictions apply if the Contract is
     purchased to fund, in part, a tax- advantaged pension plan.

     Other  Standard   Contract   Provisions.   The  Contract  contains  several
     provisions commonly included in all life insurance  policies.  They include
     provisions relating to beneficiaries,  misstatement of age or sex, suicide,
     assignment, incontestability, and settlement options.

     Exchange  of  Fixed-Dollar  Contract  to  Variable  Contract.  Owners of an
     existing  Prudential  fixed-dollar  life insurance  contract may be able to
     exchange it for a Contract upon favorable terms.

II.  INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS.

         General
         Convertible Securities
         Warrants
         Options and Futures
         When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities
         Short Sales
         Short Sales Against the Box
         Interest Rate Swaps
         Loans of Portfolio Securities
         Illiquid Securities
         Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
         Further Information About the Policies of the
           Stock Index Portfolio
         Further Information About the Zero Coupon
           Bond Portfolios

        A more  detailed  description  is  given of  these  investments  and the
policies of these portfolios.

III. INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS.

     There are many  restrictions  upon the  investments the portfolios may make
     and the practices in which they may engage; these are fundamental,  meaning
     they may not be changed without Contract owner approval.

IV.  INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES.

     A fuller description than that in the prospectus is given.

V.   PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE.

     A description is given of how securities  transactions are effected and how
     The Prudential selects the brokers.

VI.  DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE.

     A full  description  is  given of how the  daily  net  asset  value of each
     portfolio is determined.

VII. SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST.

     A full description is given.

VIII. DEBT RATINGS.

     A description is given of how Moody's Investors Services, Inc. and Standard
     & Poor's Corporation describe the creditworthiness of debt securities.

IX.  POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND.

     Although it is most unlikely,  it is conceivable  that The Prudential might
     wish to replace the Series Fund portfolios with other  investment  options.
     SEC approval will be needed.

X.   OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND.

         Incorporation and Authorized Stock
         Dividends, Distributions and Taxes
         Custodian and Transfer Agent
         Experts
         Licenses


                                       48


<PAGE>


      More detail is provided about these matters.

XI.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE PRUDENTIAL AND MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND.

      The  names and  recent  affiliations  of The  Prudential's  directors  and
      executive officers are given. The same information is given for the Series
      Fund.

XII.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

XIII. THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of
1933, relating to the offering described in this prospectus. This prospectus and
the Statement of Additional  Information  do not include all of the  information
set forth in the  registration  statement.  Certain  portions  have been omitted
pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The omitted  information  may,
however,  be obtained from the SEC's principal office in Washington,  D.C., upon
payment of a prescribed fee.

Further  information may also be obtained from The  Prudential.  Its address and
telephone number are on the cover of this prospectus.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  financial  statements  of the  Account  should  be  distinguished  from the
consolidated financial statements of The Prudential,  which should be considered
only as bearing upon the ability of The Prudential to meet its obligations under
the Contracts.  The financial statements of the Series Fund are in the Statement
of Additional Information.


                                       49


<PAGE>








       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT

                                       and

      CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY

                           OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       To be filed Pursuant to Rule 485(b)









                                       50


<PAGE>

                                                                        PRUvider
                                                                        Variable
                                                             Appreciable Life(R)
                                                                       Insurance




   
                                                                     May 1, 1996
                                                                      PROSPECTUS
    




                                                The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
                                                                             and
                            The Pruco Life PRUvider Variable Appreciable Account




   
SVAL-1 Ed 5-96                                      Pruco Life Insurance Company
Catalog No. 6469898
    


<PAGE>



PROSPECTUS

   
May 1, 1996
    

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT

PRUvider(sm)
Variable Appreciable Life(R)
Insurance Contract

This  prospectus  describes a variable life insurance  contract  issued by Pruco
Life Insurance  Company ("Pruco Life"), a stock life insurance company that is a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of The  Prudential  Insurance  Company of America ("The
Prudential").   Pruco  Life  calls  this  contract  its  PRUvider(sm)   Variable
Appreciable Life(R) Insurance Contract* (the "Contract").  The Contract provides
whole-life insurance protection.  The death benefit varies daily with investment
experience  but will never be less than a  guaranteed  minimum  amount (the face
amount specified in the Contract).  The Contract also generally  provides a cash
surrender value which does not have a guaranteed minimum amount.

   
The assets held for the purpose of paying benefits under these and other similar
contracts are segregated from the other assets of Pruco Life and are invested in
one or both of the  current  subaccounts  of the Pruco  Life  PRUvider  Variable
Appreciable Account (from now on, the "Account").  In this case, the assets will
be invested in the  corresponding  portfolio of The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
(from  now on,  the  "Series  Fund").  The two  portfolios  of the  Series  Fund
currently  available to Contract owners are the Conservative  Balanced Portfolio
and the Flexible Managed  Portfolio.  The contract owner may also choose to have
the assets  invested in a  fixed-rate  option.  This  prospectus  describes  the
Contract generally, the Pruco Life PRUvider Variable Appreciable Account and the
securities issued by the Series Fund.
    

Although it is advantageous  to the purchaser to pay a Scheduled  Premium amount
on the  dates  due,  which  are at  least  once a year  but may be  more  often,
purchasers have flexibility as to when and in what amounts they pay premiums.

   
Before you sign an  application to purchase this life  insurance  contract,  you
should  read  this  prospectus  with  care and have any  questions  you may have
answered by your Pruco Life representative. If you do purchase the Contract, you
should retain this prospectus for future  reference,  together with the Contract
itself that you will receive.
    

Additional  information about the contract and the Series Fund is set forth in a
separate Statement of Additional  Information which is incorporated by reference
into this prospectus.  It is available  without charge upon request to the Pruco
Life Insurance Company at the address shown below.

REPLACING  EXISTING LIFE INSURANCE WITH A CONTRACT  DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
MAY NOT BE TO YOUR  ADVANTAGE.  IF YOU CURRENTLY OWN A LIFE INSURANCE  CONTRACT,
THE BENEFITS AND COSTS OF  PURCHASING  ADDITIONAL  INSURANCE  UNDER THE EXISTING
POLICY SHOULD BE COMPARED WITH THE BENEFITS AND COSTS OF PURCHASING THE CONTRACT
DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. IN MAKING THIS COMPARISON, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH
A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISOR.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                          Pruco Life Insurance Company
                              213 Washington Street
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992
                       Telephone: (800) 437-4016, Ext. 46

*PRUvider is a service mark of The Prudential.
  Appreciable Life is a registered mark of The Prudential.

   
SVAL-1 Ed. 5-96
    

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                            Page

<S>                                                                                                                           <C>
   
INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY.......................................................................................................1
         Brief Description of the Contract.....................................................................................1
         Balanced Portfolios...................................................................................................3
                  Conservative Balanced Portfolio..............................................................................3
                  Flexible Managed Portfolio...................................................................................3
         Fixed-Rate Option.....................................................................................................3
         Transfers Between Investment Options..................................................................................3
         The Scheduled Premium.................................................................................................3
         Payment of Higher Premiums............................................................................................3
         Contract Loans........................................................................................................3
         PRUvider Variable Appreciable Life Insurance Contracts................................................................3
    

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PORTFOLIOS OF THE SERIES FUND......................................................................4

Illustrations of Cash Surrender Values, Death Benefits and Accumulated Premiums................................................7

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT PRUCO LIFE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT

         AND THE FIXED RATE OPTION.............................................................................................8
         Pruco Life PRUvider Variable Appreciable Account......................................................................8
         The Fixed-Rate Option.................................................................................................8

DETAILED INFORMATION FOR PROSPECTIVE CONTRACT OWNERS...........................................................................9
         Requirements for Issuance of a Contract...............................................................................9
         Short-Term Cancellation Right or "Free Look"..........................................................................9
         Contract Fees and Charges.............................................................................................9

                  Deductions from Premiums.....................................................................................9
                  Deductions from Portfolios...................................................................................9
                  Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund.......................................................................10
                  Daily Deduction from the Contract Fund......................................................................11
                  Surrender or Withdrawal Charges.............................................................................11
                  Transaction Charges.........................................................................................11

         Contract Date........................................................................................................12
         Premiums ............................................................................................................12
         Allocation of Premiums...............................................................................................13
         Transfers............................................................................................................13
         How the Contract Fund Changes with Investment Experience.............................................................14
         How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary.............................................................................14
         Contract Loans.......................................................................................................14
         Surrender of a Contract..............................................................................................15
         Lapse and Reinstatement..............................................................................................15

                  Fixed Extended Term Insurance...............................................................................15
                  Fixed Reduced Paid-Up Insurance.............................................................................16
                  Variable Reduced Paid-Up Insurance..........................................................................16
                  What Happens If No Request Is Made?.........................................................................16

         Paid-Up Insurance Option.............................................................................................16
         When Proceeds Are Paid...............................................................................................16
         Living Needs Benefit.................................................................................................17

                  Terminal Illness Option.....................................................................................17
                  Nursing Home Option.........................................................................................17

         Voting Rights........................................................................................................17
         Reports to Contract Owners...........................................................................................18
         Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits...................................................................................18

                  Treatment as Life Insurance.................................................................................18
                  Pre-Death Distributions.....................................................................................18
                  Other Tax Consequences......................................................................................19

         Other Contract Provisions............................................................................................19

FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE SERIES FUND.....................................................................................19
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                            Page

<S>                                                                                                                          <C>
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS..........................................................................20
         Balanced Portfolios..................................................................................................20

                  Conservative Balanced Portfolio.............................................................................20
                  Flexible Managed Portfolio..................................................................................21

         Foreign Securities...................................................................................................22
         Options, Futures Contracts and Swaps.................................................................................22
         Short Sales..........................................................................................................23
         Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.......................................................................23
         Loans of Portfolio Securities........................................................................................23

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PORTFOLIOS..........................................................................23

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES...............................................................................24
         Portfolio Brokerage and Related Practices............................................................................24

STATE REGULATION..............................................................................................................24

EXPERTS  .....................................................................................................................24

LITIGATION....................................................................................................................25

EXPANDED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.............................................................25

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................................................................................................26

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................................................................27

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUCO LIFE PRUvider VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT..................................................A1

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES............................................B1
</TABLE>

THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY  JURISDICTION  IN WHICH
SUCH  OFFERING MAY NOT  LAWFULLY BE MADE.  NO PERSON IS  AUTHORIZED  TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS AND THE PROSPECTUS AND STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION FOR
THE SERIES FUND.


<PAGE>

                            INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY

This section provides only an overview of the more significant provisions of the
Contract. It omits details which are provided in the rest of this prospectus, as
well as in a Statement of Additional  Information which is available to you upon
request  without  charge.  A  description  of the contents of that  Statement of
Additional Information is on page 25.

As you read this prospectus you should keep in mind that you are considering the
purchase of a life insurance  contract.  Because it is variable life insurance -
and variable life insurance has significant  investment aspects and requires you
to make  investment  decisions - it is also a  "security."  That is why you have
been given this  prospectus.  Securities which are offered to the public must be
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  and the prospectus that
is a part of the registration statement must be given to all prospective buyers.
But because a substantial part of your premium pays for life insurance that will
pay to your  beneficiary,  in the event of your death,  an amount far  exceeding
your total premium  payments,  you should not buy this  contract  unless a major
reason for the purchase is to provide  life  insurance  protection.  Because the
contract  provides  whole-life or permanent  insurance,  it also serves a second
important objective.  It can be expected to provide an increasing cash surrender
value that can be used during your lifetime.

Brief Description of the Contract

The PRUvider Variable  Appreciable Life Contract (referred to from now on as the
"Contract")  is issued  and sold by the Pruco  Life  Insurance  Company  ("Pruco
Life"), a stock life insurance company,  organized in 1971 under the laws of the
State of Arizona.  It is licensed to sell life  insurance  and  annuities in the
District of Columbia,  Guam, and in all states except New York.  These Contracts
are not offered in any state in which the necessary  approvals have not yet been
obtained.

   
Pruco Life is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of The Prudential,  a mutual  insurance
company  founded  in 1875  under  the  laws of the  State of New  Jersey.  As of
December 31, 1995,  The  Prudential has invested over $xxx million in Pruco Life
in connection  with Pruco Life's  organization  and  operation.  The  Prudential
intends from time to time to make additional capital contributions to Pruco Life
as  needed  to  enable  it to meet its  reserve  requirements  and  expenses  in
connection with its business. The Prudential is under no obligation to make such
contributions  and its  assets  do not  back  the  benefits  payable  under  the
Contract.  Pruco Life's consolidated  financial  statements begin on page B1 and
should be  considered  only as  bearing  upon Pruco  Life's  ability to meet its
obligations under the Contracts.
    

The Contract is a form of flexible premium variable life insurance.  It is built
around a Contract  Fund,  the amount of which changes  every  business day. That
amount  represents the value of your Contract on that day although you will have
to pay a surrender  charge if you decide to surrender  the  Contract  during the
first ten Contract years.

   
A broad  objective of the Contract is to provide  benefits that will increase in
value if favorable investment results are achieved. Pruco Life has established a
separate account, like a separate division within the Company,  called the Pruco
Life PRUvider Variable  Appreciable Account.  Whenever you pay a premium,  Pruco
Life first deducts  certain  charges  (described  below) and,  unless you decide
otherwise  puts  the  remainder  - often  called  the "net  premium"  - into the
Account,  where it is combined  with the net premiums  from all other  contracts
like this one. The money in the Account,  including  your Contract Fund, is then
invested in the following way. The Account is divided into 2 subaccounts and you
must decide which one[s] will hold the assets of your Contract  Fund.  The money
allocated  to  each  subaccount  is  immediately  invested  in  a  corresponding
portfolio of The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. Those two portfolios -- called the
Conservative  Balanced Portfolio and the Flexible Managed Portfolio -- differ in
the amount of risk associated with them and are described in more detail below.
    

Because the assets that relate to the Contract may be invested in these variable
investment  options,  the Contract offers an opportunity for your cash surrender
value to appreciate  more rapidly than it would under  comparable  fixed-benefit
whole-life  insurance.  You,  however,  must accept the risk that if  investment
performance  is  unfavorable  the cash  surrender  value may not  appreciate  as
rapidly and, indeed, may decrease in value. If you prefer to avoid this risk you
may elect to allocate  part or all of the net  premiums in a  fixed-rate  option
under which a stated  interest  rate is credited to the amount of your  Contract
Fund allocated to that option. See The Fixed-Rate Option, page 8.

Pruco Life  deducts  certain  charges  from each  premium  payment  and from the
amounts held in the designated investment options. In addition, Pruco Life makes
certain  additional  charges if a Contract  lapses or is surrendered  during the
first 10 Contract years. All these charges,  which are largely designed to cover
insurance  costs  and risks as well as sales and  administrative  expenses,  are
fully described under Contract Fees and Charges on page 9. In brief, and subject
to that fuller description, the following diagram outlines the charges which may
be made:

                                        1


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Premium Payment
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       ----------------------------------------
                             o  less charge for taxes
                                attributable to premiums
                             o  less $2 processing fee
                       ----------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Invested Premium Amount
   
o    To be invested in one or a combination of:
     o  The Conservative Balanced Portfolio
     o  The Flexible Managed Portfolio
     o  The Fixed Rate Option
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Daily Charges

o    A daily charge equivalent to an annual rate of up to 0.9% is deducted from
     the assets of the subaccounts for mortality and expense risks.
o    Management fees and expenses are deducted from the assets of the Series
     Fund. See Deductions from Portfolios, page 9.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Monthly Charges
   
o    A sales charge is deducted from the Contract Fund in the amount of1/2of 1% 
     of the primary annual premium.
o    The Contract Fund is reduced by a guaranteed minimum death benefit risk
     charge of not more than $0.01 per $1,000 of the face amount of insurance.
o    The Contract Fund is reduced by an administrative charge of up to $6 per
     Contract and up to $0.19 per $1,000 of face amount of insurance (currently,
     on a non-guaranteed basis, the $0.19 charge is decreased to $0.09 per
     $1,000); if the face amount of the Contract is less than $10,000, there is
     an additional charge of $0.30 per $1,000 of face amount.
o    A charge for anticipated mortality is deducted, with the maximum charge
     based on the non-smoker/smoker 1980 CSO Tables.
o    If the Contract includes riders, a deduction from the Contract Fund will be
     made for charges applicable to those riders; a deduction will also be made
     if the rating class of the insured results in an extra charge.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Possible Additional Charges

o    If the Contract lapses or is surrendered during the first 10 years, a
     contingent deferred sales charge is assessed; the maximum contingent
     deferred sales charge during the first 5 years is 50% of the first year's
     primary annual premium but this charge is both subject to other important
     limitations and reduced for Contracts that have been in force for more than
     5 years.
o    If the Contract lapses or is surrendered during the first 10 years, a
     contingent deferred administrative charge is assessed; during the first 5
     years, this charge equals $5 per $1,000 of face amount and it begins to
     decline uniformly after the fifth Contract year so that it disappears on
     the tenth Contract anniversary.
o    An administrative processing charge of $15 will be made in connection with
     each withdrawal of excess cash surrender value.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Because  of  the  charges  listed  above,  and  in  particular  because  of  the
significant  charges deducted upon early surrender or lapse, you should purchase
a Contract  only if you intend and have the  financial  capability to keep it in
force for a substantial period.

When you first buy the Contract you give  instructions to Pruco Life as to which
of the two subaccounts (and,  therefore,  which corresponding  portfolios of the
Series  Fund) you wish your  Contract  Fund  invested.  Thereafter  you may make
changes in these allocations  either in writing or by telephone.  The investment
objectives of the  portfolios,  described more fully starting on page 20 of this
prospectus, and of the fixed rate option are as follows:

                                        2


<PAGE>


Balanced Portfolios

   
Conservative  Balanced Portfolio  (formerly the Conservatively  Managed Flexible
Portfolio). Achievement of a favorable total investment return consistent with a
portfolio having a conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed
income securities,  and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment
manager  to be  appropriate  for an  investor  who  desires  diversification  of
investment  who prefers a  relatively  lower risk of loss and a  correspondingly
reduced chance of high appreciation.

Flexible  Managed   Portfolio   (formerly  the  Aggressively   Managed  Flexible
Portfolio).  Achievement of a high total  investment  return  consistent  with a
portfolio having an aggressively managed mix of money market instruments,  fixed
income securities,  and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment
manager to be appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment
who is willing to accept a relatively high level of loss in an effort to achieve
greater appreciation.
    

Fixed-Rate Option

Guarantee  against loss of  principal  plus income at a rate which may change at
yearly intervals, but will never be lower than an effective annual rate of 4%.

Transfers Between Investment Options

You may at any time change the  instructions for the allocation of your premiums
to the various  investment  options.  You may also transfer  amounts held in one
option to another.  There are restrictions  upon transfers out of the fixed-rate
option which Pruco Life may waive.

The Scheduled Premium

Your Contract  sets forth an annual  Scheduled  Premium,  or one that is payable
more frequently,  such as monthly.  Pruco Life guarantees that, if the Scheduled
Premiums  are  paid  when  due (or if  missed  premiums  are  paid  later,  with
interest),  the death  benefit will be paid upon the death of the  insured.  The
Contract  will not  lapse  even if  investment  experience  is  unexpectedly  so
unfavorable that the Contract Fund value drops to below zero.

The amount of the scheduled  premium depends on the Contract's face amount,  the
insured's sex (except where unisex rates apply) and age at issue,  the insured's
risk  classification,  the rate for  taxes  attributable  to  premiums,  and the
frequency of premium payments selected.  Under certain low face amount Contracts
issued on younger  insureds,  the payment of the Scheduled Premium may cause the
Contract to be classified as a Modified Endowment Contract. See Tax Treatment of
Contract Benefits,  page 18. The scheduled premium will not be increased (except
to  reflect  changes  in the rate  for  taxes  attributable  to  premiums).  See
Premiums, page 12.

Payment of Higher Premiums

   
The payment of premiums in excess of Scheduled Premiums may cause the Contract
to be classified as a Modified Endowment Contract. See Premiums, page 12 and Tax
Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.
    

Contract Loans

The  Contract  permits  the owner to borrow up to 90% of the  amount of the cash
surrender  value (100% of the portion  allocated  to the  fixed-rate  option) on
favorable  terms.  See Contract Loans,  page 14. When a loan is made, the amount
held under the investment  options described above is reduced,  proportionately,
by the amount of the loan.

   
PRUvider Variable Appreciable Life Insurance Contracts

Pruco Life's PRUvider Variable  Appreciable Life Insurance Contract is a form of
life insurance that provides much of the flexibility of variable universal life.
However,  it differs in two important ways. First, Pruco Life guarantees that if
the  Scheduled  Premiums are paid when due or within the grace period (or missed
premiums are paid later with interest), the Contract will not lapse and the face
amount of insurance  will be paid upon the death of the insured even if, because
of  unfavorable  investment  experience,  the Contract Fund value should drop to
below zero.  Second,  if all  premiums  are not paid when due (or made up),  the
Contract  will not lapse as long as the  Contract  Fund is higher  than a stated
amount set forth in a table in the Contract - an amount that increases each year
and in later years becomes quite high; it is called the "Tabular Contract Fund."
The Contract  lapses when the Contract  Fund falls to below this stated  amount,
rather than when it drops to zero.  Thus, when a PRUvider  Variable  Appreciable
Life  Contract  lapses,  it may  still  have  considerable  value  and you will,
therefore,  have  a  substantial  incentive  to  reinstate  it,  as  well  as an
opportunity  to  make  a  considered  decision  whether  to do so or to take, in
    

                                        3


<PAGE>

one form or another, the cash surrender value. In effect, Pruco Life provides an
early and timely warning against the imprudent use of the  flexibility  provided
by the Contract.

In the following pages of this prospectus we describe in much greater detail all
of the provisions of the Contract.  That  description is preceded by two sets of
tables. The first set provides,  in condensed form, financial  information about
the portfolios of the Series Fund,  beginning on the date each of them was first
established.  The  second  set shows  what the cash  surrender  values and death
benefits  would be under a  Contract  issued on a  hypothetical  person,  making
certain  assumptions.  These  tables  show  generally  how the values  under the
Contract would vary, with different investment performances.

                    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PORTFOLIOS OF
                                 THE SERIES FUND

The tables that follow provide  information about the annual investment  income,
capital  appreciation  and expenses of the 2 available  portfolios of the Series
Fund  for  each  year,  beginning  with  the  year  after  the  Series  Fund was
established. They are prepared on a per share basis and therefore provide useful
information about the investment performance of each portfolio.

Note,  however,  that these tables do not tell you how your  Contract Fund would
have changed during this period because they do not reflect the deductions  from
the Contract Fund other than the portfolio deductions.

                                        4


<PAGE>

              THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS



         To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b)









                                        5


<PAGE>

                            PORTFOLIO RATES OF RETURN



         To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b)









                                        6


<PAGE>

             Illustrations of Cash Surrender Values, Death Benefits
                            and Accumulated Premiums

The  following  tables  have been  prepared  to help show how  values  under the
Contract  change with investment  performance of the Account.  The tables assume
that no portion of the Contract Fund is allocated to the fixed-rate  option. The
tables  illustrate  how cash  surrender  values  (reflecting  the  deduction  of
deferred sales load and  administrative  charges,  if any) and death benefits of
Contracts  issued on an insured of a given age would vary over time if the gross
investment return on the assets held in the selected Series Fund portfolios were
a uniform,  after tax, annual rate of 0%, 4%, 8%, and 12% and minimum  scheduled
premiums  were paid.  The death  benefits  and cash  surrender  values  would be
different  from  those  shown if the  returns  averaged  0%, 4%, 8%, and 12% but
fluctuated over and under those averages throughout the years.

The death  benefits and cash  surrender  values shown in the first two tables on
pages T1 and T2 reflect Pruco Life's current charges.  The values shown in these
tables are calculated  upon the assumption  that Pruco Life will continue to use
the administrative  charges and mortality rates that it is currently using, even
though it is permitted under the Contract to use higher  administrative  charges
and the higher mortality  charges  specified in the 1980 CSO Table.  While Pruco
Life  does not  currently  intend to  withdraw  or modify  these  reductions  in
charges, it reserves the right to do so.

The death  benefits  and cash  surrender  values shown in the next two tables on
pages  T3  and  T4  are  calculated   upon  the  assumption   that  the  maximum
administrative  charges  allowable under the Contract and the maximum  mortality
charges  specified  by the 1980 CSO  Table are made  throughout  the life of the
Contract;  they do not reflect  Pruco  Life's  current  practice of reducing the
administrative and mortality charges.

   
The  amounts  shown for the death  benefit and cash  surrender  value as of each
Contract year reflect the fact that the net investment return on the assets held
in the  subaccounts  is lower  than the  gross,  after-tax  return of the Series
Fund's portfolios.  This is because these tables assume an investment management
fee and other estimated Series Fund expenses totaling 0.61% and also reflect the
daily charge to the Account for assuming  mortality and expense risks,  which is
equivalent to an effective  annual rate of 0.9%. The 0.61% figure is based on an
average of the current  management  fees of the two available  portfolios and an
analysis of historical  operating  expenses other than management  fees,  taking
into account any  applicable  expense  offsets.  Actual fees and expenses of the
portfolios  associated with a Contract may be more or less than 0.61%, will vary
from year to year, and will depend on how the Contract Fund is allocated.  Based
on the above  assumptions,  gross  annual rates of return of 0%, 4%, 8%, and 12%
correspond  in the tables to  approximate  net annual rates of return of -1.51%,
2.49%,  6.49%,  and 10.49%,  respectively.  The tables  reflect the fact that no
charges for federal or state income taxes are currently made against the Account
(other than "taxes  attributable to premiums").  If such a charge is made in the
future,  it will take  higher  gross  rates of return  to  produce  the same net
after-tax returns. The tables assume that the insured is in the preferred rating
class,  and the  charge  for  federal,  state and local  taxes  attributable  to
premiums is 3.25%.
    

Upon request, Pruco Life will furnish a comparable hypothetical illustration
based on the proposed insured's age and sex (except where unisex rates apply)
and on the face amount or premium amount requested. The illustrations can be
prepared upon the assumptions that the insured is in the preferred or standard
rating class or in a different risk classification, and can assume that annual,
semi-annual, quarterly or monthly premiums are paid.

                                        7


<PAGE>

   
                                  ILLUSTRATIONS
                                  -------------

            THE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                         $5,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                           $173.70 ANNUAL PREMIUM (1)
                        USING CURRENT CONTRACTUAL CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Death Benefit (2)                                Cash Surrender Value (2)
                            ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
                                       Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)              Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                 Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                          Annual Investment Return of
   End of       Accumulated ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
   Policy     at 4% Interest   0% Gross    4% Gross    8% Gross     12% Gross      0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross
    Year         Per Year   (-1.51% Net) (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net)  (10.49% Net)  (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net) (10.49% Net)
    ----         --------   ------------ -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------------------
<S>               <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>    
      1           $   181      $5,003       $5,007      $ 5,011       $ 5,016          $  0       $    0       $    2       $     6
      2           $   369      $5,002       $5,013      $ 5,024       $ 5,036          $ 48       $   59       $   70       $    82
      3           $   564      $5,000       $5,019      $ 5,040       $ 5,063          $101       $  121       $  142       $   165
      4           $   767      $5,000       $5,024      $ 5,058       $ 5,096          $153       $  185       $  219       $   256
      5           $   978      $5,000       $5,028      $ 5,079       $ 5,136          $204       $  249       $  300       $   357
      6           $ 1,198      $5,000       $5,033      $ 5,104       $ 5,187          $268       $  329       $  400       $   482
      7           $ 1,427      $5,000       $5,038      $ 5,134       $ 5,247          $330       $  411       $  506       $   620
      8           $ 1,665      $5,000       $5,042      $ 5,167       $ 5,319          $392       $  493       $  618       $   770
      9           $ 1,912      $5,000       $5,046      $ 5,204       $ 5,403          $452       $  577       $  735       $   934
     10           $ 2,169      $5,000       $5,050      $ 5,246       $ 5,501          $511       $  663       $  859       $ 1,114
     15           $ 3,617      $5,000       $5,056      $ 5,541       $ 6,266          $719       $1,045       $1,529       $ 2,255
     20           $ 5,379      $5,000       $5,044      $ 6,020       $ 9,093          $880       $1,454       $2,430       $ 4,111
     25           $ 7,523      $5,000       $5,010      $ 6,960       $13,506          $967       $1,876       $3,631       $ 7,046
 30 (Age 65)      $10,132      $5,000       $5,000      $ 8,713       $19,529          $936       $2,294       $5,181       $11,613
     35           $13,305      $5,000       $5,000      $10,670       $27,840          $694       $2,681      $ 7,124       $18,587
     40           $17,166      $5,000       $5,000      $12,902       $39,427          $ 44       $2,995      $ 9,507       $29,054
     45           $21,864      $5,000       $5,000      $15,510       $55,797          $  0       $3,146      $12,369       $44,496
</TABLE>

(1) If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
    $89.46 semi-annually, $46.15 quarterly or $16.90 monthly. The death
    benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
    Contract with more frequent premium payments.

(2) Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

THE  HYPOTHETICAL  INVESTMENT  RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE  ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A  REPRESENTATION  OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN  THOSE  SHOWN AND WILL  DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF  FACTORS  INCLUDING  THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION.  THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH  SURRENDER  VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT  FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL  RATES OF RETURN  AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL  CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS  CAN BE MADE BY PRUCO LIFE OR
THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE  HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR ANY
ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.

    
                                       T1


<PAGE>

   
            THE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                        $20,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                           $390.90 ANNUAL PREMIUM (1)
                        USING CURRENT CONTRACTUAL CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Death Benefit (2)                               Cash Surrender Value (2)
                            ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
                                       Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)              Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                          Annual Investment Return of
   End of     Accumulated   ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
   Policy    at 4% Interest   0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross      0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross    12% Gross
    Year        Per Year    (-1.51% Net) (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net)  (10.49% Net)  (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net) (10.49% Net)
    ----        --------    ------------ -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>             <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>     
      1         $   407        $20,012      $20,024      $20,036      $ 20,048        $   38       $   50      $    62      $     74
      2         $   829        $20,013      $20,046      $20,080      $ 20,115        $  243       $  276      $   310      $    345
      3         $ 1,269        $20,002      $20,065      $20,132      $ 20,204        $  442       $  505      $   573      $    644
      4         $ 1,726        $20,000      $20,081      $20,194      $ 20,316        $  635       $  739      $   851      $    974
      5         $ 2,202        $20,000      $20,095      $20,265      $ 20,456        $  832       $  985      $ 1,156      $  1,346
      6         $ 2,697        $20,000      $20,111      $20,355      $ 20,635        $1,083       $1,295      $ 1,539      $  1,818
      7         $ 3,211        $20,000      $20,126      $20,459      $ 20,851        $1,334       $1,616      $ 1,948      $  2,340
      8         $ 3,746        $20,000      $20,139      $20,577      $ 21,108        $1,581       $1,942      $ 2,380      $  2,911
      9         $ 4,302        $20,000      $20,149      $20,712      $ 21,412        $1,822       $2,273      $ 2,835      $  3,535
     10         $ 4,881        $20,000      $20,157      $20,863      $ 21,768        $2,058       $2,609      $ 3,315      $  4,220
     15         $ 8,140        $20,000      $20,157      $21,938      $ 24,573        $2,896       $4,111      $ 5,892      $  8,528
     20         $12,106        $20,000      $20,078      $23,714      $ 34,411        $3,541       $5,716      $ 9,352      $ 15,557
     25         $16,931        $20,000      $20,000      $26,772      $ 51,149        $3,888       $7,368      $13,967      $ 26,684
 30 (Age 65)    $22,801        $20,000      $20,000      $33,547      $ 73,995        $3,759       $8,994      $19,950      $ 44,003
     35         $29,942        $20,000      $20,000      $41,116      $105,519        $2,780      $10,454      $27,451      $ 70,449
     40         $38,631        $20,000      $20,000      $49,746      $149,472        $  153      $11,532      $36,658      $110,146
     45         $49,203        $20,000      $20,000      $59,831      $211,561        $    0      $11,760      $47,713      $168,712
</TABLE>

  (1) If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
      $202.79 semi-annually, $103.98 quarterly or $36.59 monthly. The death
      benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
      Contract with more frequent premium payments.

  (2) Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY PRUCO LIFE OR
THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR ANY
ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.
    

                                       T2


<PAGE>

   
            THE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                         $5,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                           $173.70 ANNUAL PREMIUM (1)
                        USING MAXIMUM CONTRACTUAL CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Death Benefit (2)                                Cash Surrender Value (2)
                               --------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
                                       Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)              Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                   Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                       Annual Investment Return of
   End of         Accumulated  --------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
   Policy       at 4% Interest    0% Gross     4% Gross    8% Gross     12% Gross    0% Gross     4% Gross   8% Gross    12% Gross
    Year           Per Year    (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net) (6.49% Net)  (10.49% Net) (-1.51% Net) (2.49% Net) (6.49% Net) (10.49% Net)
    ----           --------    ------------  ----------- -----------  ------------ ------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
<S>                 <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>    
      1             $   181       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,004       $ 5,009       $  0       $    0       $    0       $     0
      2             $   369       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,010       $ 5,022       $ 35       $   45       $   56       $    67
      3             $   564       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,018       $ 5,039       $ 82       $  100       $  120       $   142
      4             $   767       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,028       $ 5,063       $128       $  157       $  189       $   224
      5             $   978       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,040       $ 5,093       $172       $  214       $  261       $   314
      6             $ 1,198       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,054       $ 5,129       $228       $  284       $  350       $   425
      7             $ 1,427       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,070       $ 5,174       $283       $  356       $  442       $   546
      8             $ 1,665       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,089       $ 5,227       $336       $  428       $  540       $   678
      9             $ 1,912       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,111       $ 5,290       $388       $  500       $  642       $   821
     10             $ 2,169       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,136       $ 5,364       $438       $  574       $  749       $   977
     15             $ 3,617       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,318       $ 5,950       $601       $  885       $1,306       $ 1,938
     20             $ 5,379       $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,622       $ 7,682       $712       $1,202       $2,031       $ 3,473
     25             $ 7,523       $5,000       $5,000      $ 6,099       $11,204       $739       $1,498       $2,965       $ 5,845
 30 (Age 65)        $10,132       $5,000       $5,000      $ 6,993       $15,870       $632       $1,736       $4,159       $ 9,438
     35             $13,305       $5,000       $5,000      $ 8,411       $22,115       $280       $1,840       $5,616       $14,765
     40             $17,166       $5,000       $5,000      $ 9,959       $30,539       $  0       $1,651       $7,339       $22,504
     45             $21,864       $5,000       $5,000      $11,677       $41,993       $  0       $  731       $9,312       $33,488
</TABLE>

  (1) If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
      $89.46 semi-annually, $46.15 quarterly or $16.90 monthly. The death
      benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
      Contract with more frequent premium payments.

  (2) Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY PRUCO LIFE OR
THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR ANY
ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.
    
                                       T3


<PAGE>

   
            THE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                        $20,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                           $390.90 ANNUAL PREMIUM (1)
                        USING MAXIMUM CONTRACTUAL CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Death Benefit (2)                              Cash Surrender Value (2)
                           ----------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
                                       Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)             Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                          Annual Investment Return of
   End of     Accumulated  ----------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
   Policy    at 4% Interest  0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross      0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross    12% Gross
    Year        Per Year   (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net)  (10.49% Net)  (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net) (10.49% Net)
    ----        --------   ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------------------
<S>              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>     
      1          $   407      $20,000      $20,000      $20,009      $ 20,028        $   12       $   24      $    35      $     46
      2          $   829      $20,000      $20,000      $20,024      $ 20,056        $  191       $  221      $   253      $    286
      3          $ 1,269      $20,000      $20,000      $20,045      $ 20,111        $  364       $  423      $   485      $    551
      4          $ 1,726      $20,000      $20,000      $20,073      $ 20,185        $  532       $  627      $   730      $    843
      5          $ 2,202      $20,000      $20,000      $20,109      $ 20,283        $  704       $  843      $   999      $  1,173
      6          $ 2,697      $20,000      $20,000      $20,153      $ 20,406        $  924       $1,116      $ 1,337      $  1,590
      7          $ 3,211      $20,000      $20,000      $20,206      $ 20,559        $1,144       $1,397      $ 1,696      $  2,048
      8          $ 3,746      $20,000      $20,000      $20,269      $ 20,744        $1,358       $1,681      $ 2,072      $  2,547
      9          $ 4,302      $20,000      $20,000      $20,343      $ 20,965        $1,567       $1,968      $ 2,466      $  3,089
     10          $ 4,881      $20,000      $20,000      $20,428      $ 21,227        $1,769       $2,257      $ 2,880      $  3,679
     15          $ 8,140      $20,000      $20,000      $21,061      $ 23,332        $2,429       $3,480      $ 5,015      $  7,287
     20          $12,106      $20,000      $20,000      $22,149      $ 28,871        $2,874       $4,713      $ 7,787      $ 13,052
     25          $16,931      $20,000      $20,000      $23,887      $ 42,162        $2,984       $5,854      $11,349      $ 21,996
 30 (Age 65)     $22,801      $20,000      $20,000      $26,744      $ 59,769        $2,553       $6,742      $15,904      $ 35,543
     35          $29,942      $20,000      $20,000      $32,210      $ 83,331        $1,136       $7,056      $21,505      $ 55,635
     40          $38,631      $20,000      $20,000      $38,177      $115,111        $    0       $6,109      $28,133      $ 84,826
     45          $49,203      $20,000      $20,000      $44,799      $158,323        $    0       $2,012      $35,726      $126,256
</TABLE>

  (1) If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
      $202.79 semi-annually, $103.98 quarterly or $36.59 monthly. The death
      benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
      Contract with more frequent premium payments.

  (2) Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY PRUCO LIFE OR
THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR ANY
ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.
    

                                       T4


<PAGE>

                            GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT
                PRUCO LIFE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT
                            AND THE FIXED RATE OPTION

Pruco Life PRUvider Variable Appreciable Account

Pruco Life PRUvider  Variable  Appreciable  Account was  established on July 10,
1992 under Arizona law as a separate investment  account.  The Account meets the
definition  of a "separate  account"  under the  federal  securities  laws.  The
Account holds assets that are segregated from all of Pruco Life's other assets.

The obligations to Contract owners and beneficiaries  arising under the Contract
are general  corporate  obligations of Pruco Life.  Pruco Life is also the legal
owner of the assets in the Account. Pruco Life will at all times maintain assets
in the Account with a total market value at least equal to the reserve and other
liabilities relating to the variable benefits attributable to the Account. These
assets may not be charged with  liabilities  which arise from any other business
Pruco Life  conducts.  In addition to these  assets,  the  Account's  assets may
include funds contributed by Pruco Life to commence operation of the Account and
may include  accumulations  of the charges Pruco Life makes against the Account.
From time to time these  additional  assets will be  transferred to Pruco Life's
general account.  Before making any such transfer,  Pruco Life will consider any
possible adverse impact the transfer might have on the Account.

   
The Account is registered  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")
under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940  ("1940  Act") as a unit  investment
trust,  which  is a type of  investment  company.  This  does  not  involve  any
supervision by the SEC of the management or investment  policies or practices of
the  Account.  For state law  purposes,  the  Account  is  treated  as a part or
division of Pruco Life. There are currently two subaccounts  within the Account,
one of which  invests in the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio and the other of
which invests in the Flexible Managed  Portfolio of the Series Fund.  Additional
subaccounts may be added in the future. The Account's financial statements begin
on page A1.
    

The Fixed-Rate Option

Because of exemptive and  exclusionary  provisions,  interests in the fixed-rate
option under the Contract have not been  registered  under the Securities Act of
1933 and the general  account has not been  registered as an investment  company
under  the  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940.  Accordingly,  interests  in the
fixed-rate  option are not subject to the  provisions  of these Acts,  and Pruco
Life has been advised that the staff of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
has not reviewed the  disclosure in this  Prospectus  relating to the fixed-rate
option. Any inaccurate or misleading  disclosure regarding the fixed-rate option
may,  however,  subject Pruco Life and its directors to civil  liability if that
results in any damage.

As  explained  earlier,  you may  elect  to  allocate,  either  initially  or by
transfer,  all  or  part  of the  amount  credited  under  the  Contract  to the
fixed-rate  option,  and the amount so allocated or transferred  becomes part of
The Pruco Life's general  assets.  Sometimes this is referred to as Pruco Life's
general  account,  which  consists of all assets  owned by Pruco Life other than
those in the Account  and in other  separate  accounts  that have been or may be
established  by Pruco  Life.  Subject  to  applicable  law,  Pruco Life has sole
discretion  over the  investment  of the  assets  of the  general  account,  and
Contract  owners  do not share in the  investment  experience  of those  assets.
Instead,  Pruco Life  guarantees that the part of the Contract Fund allocated to
the fixed-rate  option will accrue  interest  daily at an effective  annual rate
that  Pruco  Life  declares  periodically.  This  rate  may not be less  than an
effective annual rate of 4%. Currently, declared interest rates remain in effect
from the date money is allocated to the fixed-rate option until the Monthly date
in the same month in the following year. See Contract Date, page 12. Thereafter,
a new  crediting  rate will be declared  each year and will remain in effect for
the calendar year. Pruco Life reserves the right to change this practice.  Pruco
Life is not obligated to credit  interest at a higher rate than 4%,  although in
its sole discretion it may do so. Different  crediting rates may be declared for
different  portions of the Contract Fund allocated to the fixed-rate  option. At
least annually and on request,  a Contract owner will be advised of the interest
rates that currently apply to his or her Contract.

Transfers  from the  fixed-rate  option  are  subject  to  strict  limits.  (See
Transfers, page 13). The payment of any cash surrender value attributable to the
fixed-rate  option may be delayed up to 6 months  (see When  Proceeds  Are Paid,
page 16).

                                        8


<PAGE>

                      DETAILED INFORMATION FOR PROSPECTIVE
                                 CONTRACT OWNERS

Requirements for Issuance of a Contract

   
Generally,  the minimum initial guaranteed death benefit that can be applied for
is $5,000 and the  maximum  that can be applied  for is  $25,000.  For  proposed
insureds  21 years of age or  younger,  the  minimum  initial  guaranteed  death
benefit that can be applied for is $10,000. The Contract may generally be issued
on  insureds  below the age of 76.  Before  issuing  any  Contract,  Pruco  Life
requires  evidence  of  insurability  which may  include a medical  examination.
Non-smokers who meet preferred  underwriting  requirements  are offered the most
favorable  premium rate. A higher premium is charged if an extra  mortality risk
is  involved.  These are the  current  underwriting  requirements.  The  Company
reserves the right to change these requirements on a non-discriminatory basis.
    

Short-Term Cancellation Right or "Free Look"

Generally,  you may return the  Contract  for a refund  within 10 days after you
receive it,  within 45 days after Part I of the  application  for  insurance  is
signed,  or  within 10 days  after  Pruco  Life  mails or  delivers  a Notice of
Withdrawal Right, whichever is latest. Some states allow a longer period of time
during which a Contract may be returned for a refund.  A refund can be requested
by mailing or delivering  the Contract to the  representative  who sold it or to
the Home Office specified in the Contract. A Contract returned according to this
provision  shall be deemed  void  from the  beginning.  You will then  receive a
refund of all premium  payments made, plus or minus any change due to investment
experience in the value of the invested  portion of the premiums,  calculated as
if no charges had been made against the Account or the Series Fund.  However, if
applicable law so requires, if you exercise your short-term  cancellation right,
you will receive a refund of all premium  payments made,  with no adjustment for
investment experience.

Contract Fees and Charges

This section  provides a detailed  description  of each charge that is described
briefly in the chart on page 1, and an explanation of the purpose of the charge.

In  several  instances  we will use the  terms  "maximum  charge"  and  "current
charge." The "maximum charge," in each instance, will be the highest charge that
Pruco Life is entitled to make under the Contract.  The "current  charge" is the
lower amount that Pruco Life is now charging.  However, if circumstances change,
Pruco Life reserves the right to increase each current  charge,  up to but to no
more than the maximum charge, without giving any advance notice.

A  Contract  owner  may add  several  "riders"  to the  Contract  which  provide
additional  benefits,  which are  charged  for  separately.  The  statement  and
description of charges that follows assumes there are no riders to the Contract.

Deductions from Premiums

   
(a) A charge for taxes  attributable  to premiums is deducted from each premium.
That charge is  currently  made up of two parts.  The first part is in an amount
equal to the  state  or local  premium  tax.  It  varies  from  jurisdiction  to
jurisdiction and generally ranges from 0.75% to 5% (but in some instances it may
exceed 5%) of the premium received by Pruco Life. The second part is for federal
income taxes measured by premiums and it is equal to 1.25% of the premium. Pruco
Life  believes  that this charge is a reasonable  estimate of an increase in its
federal income taxes resulting from a 1990 change in the Internal  Revenue Code.
It is intended to recover this increased tax.  During 1995 and 1994,  Pruco Life
received a total of approximately  $x,xxx,xxx and $2,412,598,  respectively,  in
taxes attributable to premiums.

(b) A charge of $2 is deducted  from each  premium  payment to cover the cost of
collecting and processing  premiums.  Thus, if you pay premiums  annually,  this
charge will be $2 per year. If you pay premiums monthly,  the charge will be $24
per year.  If you pay  premiums  more  frequently,  for example  under a payroll
deduction  plan with your  employer,  the  charge may be more than $24 per year.
During 1995 and 1994, Pruco Life received a total of approximately  $xxx,xxx and
$753,128, respectively, in processing charges.
    

Deductions from Portfolios

   
(a) An  investment  advisory  fee is deducted  daily from each  portfolio  at an
annual rate of 0.55% for the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio and 0.6% for the
Flexible Managed Portfolio.

(b) The  expenses  incurred  in  conducting  the  investment  operations  of the
portfolios (such as investment advisory fees, custodian fees and preparation and
distribution of annual reports) are paid out of the  portfolio's  income.  These
expenses  also vary from  portfolio  to  portfolio.  The total  expenses of each
portfolio  for the year 1995  expressed  as a percentage  of the average  assets
during the year are shown below:
    

                                        9


<PAGE>

   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Other               Total
      Portfolio                Advisory            Expenses            Expenses
                                  Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conservative Balanced            0.55%               0.03%               0.58%
   Flexible Managed              0.60%               0.03%               0.63%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For the  years  1995,  1994,  and  1993,  The  Prudential  received  a total  of
$77,610,206,   $66,413,206,   and  $51,197,499,   respectively,   in  investment
management fees for all of the Series Fund's portfolios.
    

Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund

The  following  monthly  charges are  deducted  proportionately  from the dollar
amounts held in each of the chosen investment option[s].

(a) A sales  charge,  often called a sales load,  is deducted to pay part of the
costs  Pruco  Life  incurs in  selling  the  Contracts,  including  commissions,
advertising  and  the  printing  and  distribution  of  prospectuses  and  sales
literature. The charge is equal to 0.5% of the "primary annual premium" which is
equal to the Scheduled Premium that would be payable if premiums were being paid
annually,  less the two deductions from premiums (taxes attributable to premiums
and the $2  processing  charge),  and less the $6 part of the monthly  deduction
described in (c) below, the $0.30 per $1,000 of face amount for Contracts with a
face  amount  of less  than  $10,000,  and any  extra  premiums  for  riders  or
substandard  risks.  The deduction is made whether the Contract  owner is paying
premiums  annually  or more  frequently.  It is lower  on  Contracts  issued  on
insureds over 60 years of age. To  summarize,  this charge is somewhat less than
(significantly  less for  Contracts  with small face  amounts)  6% of the annual
Scheduled Premium.

   
There is a second sales load, which will be charged only if a Contract lapses or
is surrendered  before the end of the 10th Contract year. It is often  described
as a  contingent  deferred  sales load  ("CDSL")  and is  described  later under
Surrender or  Withdrawal  Charges.  During 1995 and 1994,  Pruco Life received a
total of approximately  $x,xxx,xxx and $1,785,222,  respectively,  in sales load
charges.

(b) A charge of not more than  $0.01 per $1000 of face  amount of  insurance  is
made to compensate  Pruco Life for the risk it assumes by guaranteeing  that, no
matter how  unfavorable  investment  experience  may be, the death  benefit will
never be less than the  guaranteed  minimum  death  benefit so long as Scheduled
Premiums  are paid on or before  the due date or during the grace  period.  This
charge will not be made if the Contract has been  continued in force pursuant to
an  option on  lapse.  During  1995 and 1994,  Pruco  Life  received  a total of
approximately $xx,xxx and $92,140, respectively, for this risk charge.

(c) An administrative charge of $6 plus up to $0.19 per $1,000 per month of face
amount of  insurance  is deducted  each month.  Currently,  on a  non-guaranteed
basis,  this  charge is reduced  from $0.19 to $0.09 per  $1,000.  The charge is
intended to pay for processing claims,  keeping records,  and communicating with
Contract owners. If premiums are paid by automatic  transfer under the Pru-Matic
Plan,  as described on page 12, the current  charge is further  reduced to $0.07
per $1,000 of face amount.  There is an additional charge of $0.30 per $1,000 of
face  amount if the face  amount of the  Contract  is less  than  $10,000.  This
monthly  administrative  charge  will  not be  made  if the  Contract  has  been
continued in force pursuant to an option on lapse.  During 1995 and 1994,  Pruco
Life received a total of approximately $x,xxx,xxx and $5,161,744,  respectively,
in monthly administrative charges.
    

(d) A  mortality  charge is  deducted  that is  intended to be used to pay death
benefits.  When an insured dies, the amount payable to the beneficiary is larger
than the Contract Fund and significantly larger if the insured dies in the early
years of a Contract.  The mortality  charges  collected from all Contract owners
enables  Pruco Life to pay the death  benefit for the few  insureds who die. The
maximum  mortality  charge is determined by multiplying the "net amount at risk"
under a Contract (the amount by which the Contract's death benefit,  computed as
if there were neither riders nor Contract debt,  exceeds the Contract Fund) by a
rate based upon the insured's  current attained age and sex (except where unisex
rates  apply)  and the  anticipated  mortality  for that class of  persons.  The
anticipated  mortality is based upon mortality  tables published by The National
Association of Insurance  Commissioners  called the  Non-Smoker/Smoker  1980 CSO
Tables.  Pruco Life may  determine  that a lesser amount than that called for by
these mortality  tables will be adequate for insureds of particular ages and may
thus make a lower mortality charge for such persons. Any lower current mortality
charges are not applicable to Contracts in force pursuant to an option on lapse.
See Lapse and Reinstatement, page 15.

   
(e) If the Contract includes riders,  Pruco Life deducts any charges  applicable
to those riders from the Contract Fund on each Monthly date. In addition,  Pruco
Life will deduct on each Monthly date any extra charge  incurred  because of the
rating class of the insured.
    

                                       10


<PAGE>

(f) A charge may be deducted to cover federal,  state or local taxes (other than
"taxes  attributable  to  premiums"  described  above) that are imposed upon the
operations of the Account. At present no such taxes are imposed and no charge is
made.

Daily Deduction from the Contract Fund

   
Each day a charge is deducted from the assets of each of the  subaccounts  in an
amount  equivalent  to an  effective  annual rate of up to 0.9%.  This charge is
intended to compensate Pruco Life for assuming mortality and expense risks under
the Contract.  The mortality  risk assumed is that insureds may live for shorter
periods of time than Pruco Life  estimated  when it  determined  what  mortality
charge to make.  The expense risk assumed is that  expenses  incurred in issuing
and  administering  the Contract  will be greater  than Pruco Life  estimated in
fixing its  administrative  charges.  Pruco Life will realize a profit from this
risk charge to the extent it is not needed to provide  benefits and pay expenses
under the Contracts.  This charge is not assessed  against amounts  allocated to
the  fixed-rate  option.  During 1995 and 1994,  Pruco Life  received a total of
approximately $xxx,xxx and $576,113, respectively, in mortality and expense risk
charges.
    

Surrender or Withdrawal Charges

(a) An additional  sales load (the CDSL) is charged if a Contract is surrendered
for its cash surrender value or lapses during the first 10 Contract years. It is
not  deducted  from the death  benefit if the  insured  should  die during  this
period.  This maximum  contingent  deferred  charge is equal to 50% of the first
year's  primary  annual  premium  upon  Contracts  that lapse during the first 5
Contract years.  That percentage is reduced  uniformly on a daily basis starting
from  the  Contract's  fifth  anniversary  until  it  disappears  on  the  tenth
anniversary. Other important limitations apply. They are described more fully in
the Statement of Additional  Information.  The amount of this charge can be more
easily  understood  by  reference to the  following  table which shows the sales
loads  that  would be paid by a 35 year  old man with  $20,000  face  amount  of
insurance,  both through the monthly deductions from the Contract Fund described
above and upon the surrender of the Contract.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                             Cumulative
                                                Cumulative                                                   Total Sales
Surrender,              Cumulative              Sales Load            Contingent                               Load as
 Last Day               Scheduled                Deducted              Deferred             Total               Per-
    of                   Premiums                  from                  Sales              Sales            centage of
 Year No.                  Paid                  Contract                Load               Load              Scheduled
                                                   Fund                                                       Premiums
                                                                                                                Paid
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                 <C>                     <C>                    <C>             <C>                    <C>   
     1                   $ 390.90                $ 18.24                $ 87.22         $105.46                26.98%
     2                    781.80                   36.48                 104.16          140.64                17.99%
     3                   1,172.70                  54.72                 121.10          175.82                14.99%
     4                   1,563.60                  72.96                 138.04          211.00                13.49%
     5                   1,954.50                  91.20                 146.55          237.75                12.16%
     6                   2,345.40                 109.44                 121.80          231.24                  9.86%
     7                   2,736.30                 127.68                 91.40           219.08                  8.01%
     8                   3,127.20                 145.92                 60.80           206.72                  6.61%
     9                   3,518.10                 164.16                 30.40           194.56                  5.53%
    10                   3,909.00                 182.40                  0.00           182.40                  4.67%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


The percentages  shown in the last column will not be appreciably  different for
insureds of different ages.

   
(b) An  administrative  charge of $5 per $1,000 of face amount of  insurance  is
deducted upon lapse or surrender to cover the cost of  processing  applications,
conducting  medical  examinations,  determining  insurability  and the insured's
rating  class,  and  establishing  records.  However,  this  charge  is  reduced
beginning on the Contract's  fifth  anniversary and declines daily at a constant
rate until it disappears entirely on the tenth Contract anniversary. During 1995
and 1994,  Pruco Life  received a total of  approximately  $xx,xxx and  $94,251,
respectively, for surrendered or lapsed Contracts.
    

Transaction Charges

An administrative  processing charge of $15 will be made in connection with each
withdrawal  of  excess  cash  surrender  value of a  Contract.  This  charge  is
described in more detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                       11


<PAGE>

Contract Date

When the first premium payment is paid with the application for a Contract,  the
Contract date will ordinarily be the later of the date of the application or the
date of any medical  examination.  In most cases no medical  examination will be
necessary.  If the first premium is not paid with the application,  the Contract
date will ordinarily be the date the first premium was paid and the Contract was
delivered. Under certain circumstances,  Pruco Life will permit a Contract to be
back-dated but only to a date not earlier than 6 months prior to the date of the
application.  It may be  advantageous  for a  Contract  owner to have an earlier
Contract  date since that will  result in the use by Pruco Life of a lower issue
age in determining the amount of the scheduled premium.  Pruco Life will require
the payment of all premiums  that would have been due had the  application  date
coincided  with  the  back-dated  Contract  date.  The  death  benefit  and cash
surrender  value under the  Contract  will be equal to what they would have been
had the Contract been issued on the Contract date,  all scheduled  premiums been
received on their due dates, and all Contract charges been made.

Premiums

   
The Contract  provides for a Scheduled Premium which, if paid when due or within
a 61 day grace  period,  ensures  that the Contract  will not lapse.  If you pay
premiums other than on a monthly basis, you will receive a notice that a premium
is due about 3 weeks before each due date. If you pay premiums monthly, you will
receive a book each year with 12  coupons  that will serve as a  reminder.  With
Pruco Life's consent, you may change the frequency of premium payments.
    

You may elect to have monthly premiums paid  automatically  under the "Pru-Matic
Premium Plan" by pre-authorized  transfers from a bank checking account.  If you
select the Pru-Matic  Premium Plan, one of the current  monthly  charges will be
reduced.  See Monthly  Deductions  From  Contract  Fund,  page 10. Some Contract
owners may also be  eligible to have  monthly  premiums  paid by  pre-authorized
deductions from an employer's payroll.

The following table shows,  for two face amounts,  representative  preferred and
standard annual premium  amounts under Contracts  issued on insureds who are not
substandard  risks.  These  premiums  do not reflect  any  additional  riders or
supplementary benefits.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      $10,000 Face Amount              $20,000 Face Amount
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   Preferred        Standard        Preferred        Standard
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Male, age 35       $233.70         $274.01          $390.90        $ 471.52
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Female, age 45      $278.04         $308.53          $479.59        $ 540.57
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Male, age 55       $450.96         $562.17          $825.43        $1047.86
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following table compares annual and monthly premiums for insureds who are in
the preferred  rating class.  Note that in these  examples the sum of 12 monthly
premiums for a particular  Contract is approximately  110% to 116% of the annual
scheduled premium for that Contract.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      $10,000 Face Amount              $20,000 Face Amount
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                    Monthly          Annual         Monthly           Annual
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Male, age 35       $22.43          $233.70         $36.59           $390.90
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Female, age 45      $26.46          $278.04         $44.65           $479.59
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Male, age 55       $41.96          $450.96         $75.66           $825.43
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A  significant  feature of this  Contract  is that it permits you to pay greater
than  Scheduled  Premiums.  This may be done by  making  occasional  unscheduled
premium  payments or on a periodic  basis.  If you wish, you may select a higher
contemplated  premium than the Scheduled Premium.  Pruco Life will then bill you
for  the  chosen  premium.   In  general,   the   regular   payment  of   higher
premiums  will  result  in  higher  cash  surrender   values  and   higher death

                                       12


<PAGE>

benefits.  Conversely,  payment of a Scheduled  Premium  need not be made if the
Contract Fund is sufficiently large to enable the charges due under the Contract
to be made without causing the Contract to lapse.  See Lapse and  Reinstatement,
page 15. The payment of premiums in excess of  Scheduled  Premiums may cause the
Contract to become a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  If this happens,  loans and
other  distributions which would otherwise not be taxable events will be subject
to federal income taxation. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.

Pruco Life will generally  accept any premium payment if the payment is at least
$25. Pruco Life does reserve the right,  however, to limit unscheduled  premiums
to a total of $5,000 in any Contract year, and to refuse to accept premiums that
would immediately result in more than a dollar-for-dollar  increase in the death
benefit. See How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary, page 14. The privilege of
making large or additional  premium  payments offers a way of investing  amounts
which  accumulate  without  current income  taxation,  but again,  there are tax
consequences  if the Contract  becomes a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  See Tax
Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.

Allocation of Premiums

On  the  Contract  date,  a $2  processing  charge  and  the  charge  for  taxes
attributable to premiums are deducted from the initial premium. The remainder is
allocated on the Contract date among the  subaccount[s] or the fixed-rate option
according to the desired allocation specified in the application form. From this
invested portion of the initial premium,  the first monthly deductions are made.
See Contract Fees and Charges,  page 9. The invested  portion of any part of the
initial  premium in excess of the  Scheduled  Premium is placed in the  selected
investment  option[s] on the date of receipt,  but not earlier than the Contract
date.  Thus,  to the extent that the receipt of the first  premium  precedes the
Contract date,  there will be a period during which the Contract owner's initial
premium  will not be  invested.  All  subsequent  premium  payments,  after  the
deduction  from  premiums,  when  received  by Pruco  Life will be placed in the
subaccount[s]  or the  fixed-rate  option  in  accordance  with  the  allocation
previously  designated.  Provided the Contract is not in default, you may change
the way in which subsequent premiums are allocated by giving written notice to a
Home  Office.  You may also  change  the way in which  subsequent  premiums  are
allocated by telephoning  the Home Office,  provided you are enrolled to use the
Telephone Transfer system.  There is no charge for reallocating future premiums.
If any part of the  invested  portion of a premium is  allocated to a particular
investment option,  that portion must be at least 10% on the date the allocation
takes effect. All percentage  allocations must be in whole numbers. For example,
33% can be selected but 331/3% cannot.  Of course,  the total  allocation of all
selected investment options must equal 100%.

Transfers

If the  Contract is not in default,  or if the  Contract is in force as variable
reduced paid-up insurance (see Lapse and Reinstatement, page 15), you may, up to
four times in each Contract  year,  transfer  amounts from one subaccount to the
other  subaccount  or to the  fixed-rate  option.  There is no charge.  All or a
portion of the amount credited to a subaccount may be transferred.

In addition, the total amount credited to a Contract held in the subaccounts may
be  transferred  to the  fixed-rate  option  at any time  during  the  first two
Contract years. If you wish to convert your variable Contract to a fixed-benefit
Contract in this manner,  you must  request a complete  transfer of funds to the
fixed-rate option and should also change your allocation  instructions regarding
any future premiums.

   
Transfers  between  subaccounts  will take effect as of the end of the valuation
period (usually the business day) in which a proper transfer request is received
at a Home Office. The valuation period is defined as the period of time from one
determination  of the value of the amount  invested in a subaccount to the next.
Such  determinations  are made when the net asset values of the  portfolios  are
calculated,  which is  generally  at 4:15  p.m.  New York  City time on each day
during which the New York Stock Exchange is open. The request may be in terms of
dollars,  such as a request to transfer $1,000 from one subaccount to the other,
or may be in terms of a  percentage  reallocation  between  subaccounts.  In the
latter case, as with premium  reallocations,  the  percentages  must be in whole
numbers.  You may transfer amounts by proper written notice to a Home Office, or
by telephone  using the Telephone  Transfer  System unless you elect not to have
this  privilege.  Pruco Life has  adopted  procedures  designed  to ensure  that
requests by telephone  are genuine and will require  appropriate  identification
for that  purpose.  Pruco Life will not be held liable for  following  telephone
instructions  that we  reasonably  believe  to be  genuine.  Pruco  Life  cannot
guarantee that you will be able to get through to complete a telephone  transfer
during peak periods such as periods of drastic economic or market change.
    

Transfers from the fixed-rate option are subject to restrictions and may only be
made with Pruco Life's  consent.  Transfers  from the  fixed-rate  option to the
subaccounts are currently  permitted once each Contract year and only during the
30-day period  beginning on the Contract  anniversary.  The maximum amount which
may be  transferred  out of the  fixed-rate  option each year is  currently  the
greater of: (a) 25% of the amount in the fixed-rate option, or (b) $2,000.  Such
transfer requests received prior to the Contract anniversary will be effected on
the Contract

                                       13


<PAGE>

anniversary.  Transfer  requests  received within the 30-day period beginning on
the Contract  anniversary will be effected as of the end of the valuation period
in which a proper  transfer  request is received at a Home Office.  These limits
are subject to change in the future.

How the Contract Fund Changes with Investment Experience

   
As previously  stated,  after the tenth Contract year, there will no longer be a
surrender  charge and, if there is no Contract loan,  the cash  surrender  value
will be equal to the Contract Fund. This section,  therefore, also describes how
the cash surrender value of the Contract will change with investment experience.
    

On the Contract  Date,  the Contract Fund value is the initial  premium less the
deductions from premiums and the first monthly deductions. See Contract Fees and
Charges,  page 9. This amount is placed in the investment  options designated by
the  owner.  Thereafter  the  Contract  Fund  value  changes  daily,  reflecting
increases or decreases in the value of the securities in which the assets of the
subaccount have been invested, and interest credited on any amounts allocated to
the  fixed-rate  option.  It is also  reduced  by the  daily  asset  charge  for
mortality and expense risks assessed  against the variable  investment  options.
The  Contract  Fund value also  increases  to reflect the receipt of  additional
premium payments and is decreased by the monthly deductions.

A Contract's  cash  surrender  value on any date will be the Contract Fund value
reduced by the  withdrawal  charges,  if any,  and by any  Contract  debt.  Upon
request,  Pruco Life will tell a Contract owner the cash surrender  value of his
or her  Contract.  It is  possible,  although  highly  unlikely,  that  the cash
surrender  value of a  Contract  could  decline to zero  because of  unfavorable
investment  performance,  even if a Contract  owner  continues to pay  Scheduled
Premiums when due.

The tables on pages T1 through T4 of this  prospectus  illustrate what the death
benefit  and  cash  surrender  values  would be for a  representative  Contract,
assuming uniform hypothetical  investment results in the selected  portfolio[s],
and also provide  information  about the  aggregate  premiums  payable under the
Contract.

How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary

The death benefit will change from the outset with  investment  experience.  The
precise  way in which that will occur is  complicated  and is  described  in the
Statement  of  Additional  Information.  In general,  and  assuming the optional
paid-up benefit is not in effect,  see Paid-Up  Insurance Option, on page 16, if
the net investment  performance is 4% per year or higher, the death benefit will
increase; if it is below 4%, it will decrease.  Pruco Life guarantees,  however,
that it will not decrease  below the face amount of  insurance.  If  unfavorable
experience of that kind should occur, it must be offset by favorable  experience
before the death benefit begins to increase again.

If the Contract is kept in force for several years and if investment performance
is relatively favorable, the Contract Fund value may grow to the point where, to
meet  certain  provisions  of the Internal  Revenue Code which  require that the
death benefit always be greater than the Contract Fund value,  the death benefit
must be  increased.  The  required  difference  between  the death  benefit  and
Contract  Fund value is higher at  younger  ages than at older  ages.  A precise
description is in the Statement of Additional Information.

Contract Loans

   
The owner may borrow  from Pruco  Life up to the "loan  value" of the  Contract,
using the Contract as the only security for the loan. The loan value is equal to
(1)  90%  of an  amount  equal  to  the  portion  of  the  Contract  Fund  value
attributable  to the  variable  investment  options  and to  any  prior  loan[s]
supported by the variable investment  options,  minus the portion of any charges
attributable  to  variable  investment  options  that would be  payable  upon an
immediate  surrender;  plus (2) 100% of an amount  equal to the  portion  of the
Contract  Fund  value  attributable  to the  fixed-rate  option and to any prior
loan[s]  supported by the  fixed-rate  option,  minus the portion of any charges
attributable  to the  fixed-rate  option that would be payable upon an immediate
surrender.  The  minimum  amount  that may be  borrowed  at any one time is $200
unless the proceeds are used to pay premiums on the Contract.

Interest  charged on a loan accrues  daily at a fixed  effective  annual rate of
5.5%. Interest payments on any loan are due at the end of each Contract year. If
interest is not paid when due, it is added to the principal  amount of the loan.
The term  "Contract  debt"  means the amount of all  outstanding  loans plus any
interest  accrued but not yet due. If at any time the Contract debt exceeds what
the cash  surrender  value would be if there were no Contract  debt,  Pruco Life
will notify you of its intent to terminate the Contract in 61 days, within which
time you may repay all or enough of the loan to obtain a positive cash surrender
value and thus keep the  Contract  in force for a limited  time.  If you fail to
keep the Contract in force,  the amount of unpaid  Contract debt will be treated
as a distribution which may be taxable.  See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits,
page 18, and Lapse and Reinstatement, page 15.
    

                                       14


<PAGE>

When a loan is made, an amount equal to the loan  proceeds  will be  transferred
out  of the  variable  investment  options  and/or  the  fixed-rate  option,  as
applicable.  The reduction will normally be made in the same  proportions as the
value in each  subaccount and the fixed-rate  option bears to the total value of
the Contract.  While a loan is  outstanding,  the amount that was so transferred
will continue to be treated as part of the Contract Fund but it will be credited
with the assumed rate of return of 4% rather than with the actual rate of return
of the subaccount[s] or fixed-rate option.

A loan will not affect the amount of the premiums due.  Should the death benefit
become  payable  while  a  loan  is  outstanding,  or  should  the  Contract  be
surrendered,  any Contract  debt will be deducted  from the death benefit or the
cash surrender value.

A loan will have an effect on a Contract's  cash surrender value and may have an
effect on the  death  benefit,  even if the loan is fully  repaid,  because  the
investment  results of the  selected  investment  options will apply only to the
amount  remaining  invested  under  those  options.   The  longer  the  loan  is
outstanding,  the  greater  the  effect  is likely to be.  The  effect  could be
favorable or unfavorable.  If investment results are greater than the rate being
credited upon the amount of the loan while the loan is outstanding, values under
the Contract will not increase as rapidly as they would have if no loan had been
made. If investment results are below that rate,  Contract values will be higher
than they would have been had no loan been made.  A loan that is repaid will not
have any effect upon the guaranteed minimum death benefit.

   
Consider the Contract  issued on a 35 year old male insured  illustrated  in the
table on page T2 with an 8% gross  investment  return.  Assume a $1,500 loan was
made under this  Contract at the end of Contract year 8 and repaid at the end of
Contract year 10 and loan interest was paid when due. Upon  repayment,  the cash
surrender value would be $3,239.13. This amount is lower than the cash surrender
value shown on that page for the end of Contract year 10 because the loan amount
was credited with the 4% assumed rate of return rather than the 6.49% net return
for the  designated  subaccount[s]  resulting  from the 8% gross  return  in the
underlying Series Fund. Loans from Modified  Endowment  Contracts may be treated
for tax  purposes as  distributions  of income.  See Tax  Treatment  of Contract
Benefits, page 18.
    

Surrender of a Contract

You may surrender a Contract for its cash  surrender  value while the insured is
living.  To surrender a Contract,  you must deliver or mail it,  together with a
written  request,  to a Home Office.  The cash surrender  value of a surrendered
Contract (taking into account the deferred sales and administrative  charges, if
any) will be determined  as of the end of the  valuation  period in which such a
request is received in the Home  Office.  Surrender  of a Contract  may have tax
consequences. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.

Lapse and Reinstatement

If Scheduled  Premiums are paid on or before each due date,  or within the grace
period after each due date, and there are no withdrawals, a Contract will remain
in force even if the investment results of that Contract's  variable  investment
option[s] have been so unfavorable  that the Contract Fund has decreased to zero
or less.

In addition,  even if a Scheduled  Premium is not paid, the Contract will remain
in force as long as the Contract Fund on any Monthly Date is equal to or greater
than the Tabular Contract Fund value on the following  Monthly Date. (A Table of
Tabular  Contract Fund Values is included in the Contract;  the values  increase
with each year the Contract  remains in force.) This could occur because of such
factors as favorable  investment  experience,  deduction of current  rather than
maximum charges, or the previous payment of greater than Scheduled Premiums.

However,  if a  Scheduled  Premium  is  not  paid,  and  the  Contract  Fund  is
insufficient  to keep the Contract in force,  the Contract will go into default.
Should this happen,  Pruco Life will send you a notice of default  setting forth
the payment  necessary to keep the Contract in force on a premium  paying basis.
This  payment  must be received at a Home Office  within the 61 day grace period
after the notice of default is mailed or the  Contract  will  lapse.  A Contract
that lapses with an outstanding Contract loan may have tax consequences. See Tax
Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.

A Contract  that has lapsed may be  reinstated  within 5 years after the date of
default unless the Contract has been  surrendered for its cash surrender  value.
To  reinstate  a lapsed  Contract,  Pruco  Life  requires  renewed  evidence  of
insurability, and submission of certain payments due under the Contract.

If your  Contract  does lapse,  it will still  provide  some  benefits.  You can
receive the cash surrender  value by making a request of Pruco Life prior to the
end of the 61 day grace  period.  You may also  choose one of the three forms of
insurance described below for which no further premiums are payable.

Fixed Extended Term Insurance. The amount of insurance that would have been paid
on the date of default will  continue for a stated  period of time.  You will be
told in writing  how long that will be. The  insurance  amount  will not change.
There will be a diminishing  cash  surrender  value but no loan value.  Extended
term insurance is not

                                       15


<PAGE>

available to insureds in high risk  classifications or under Contracts issued in
connection with tax-qualified pension plans.

Fixed Reduced Paid-Up  Insurance.  This insurance  continues for the lifetime of
the  insured  but at an  insurance  amount  that is  generally  lower  than that
provided by fixed extended term  insurance.  It will decrease only if a Contract
loan is taken.  You will be told,  if you ask,  what the amount of the insurance
will be. Fixed paid-up insurance has a cash surrender value and a loan value. It
is possible for this Contract to be classified as a Modified  Endowment Contract
if this option is exercised during the first 7 Contract years. See Tax Treatment
of Contract Benefits, page 18.

Variable Reduced Paid-Up  Insurance.  This is similar to fixed paid-up insurance
and will  initially be in the same amount.  The Contract  Fund will  continue to
vary to reflect the experience of the selected investment options. There will be
a new guaranteed  minimum death benefit.  Variable reduced paid-up insurance has
cash surrender and loan values.

Variable reduced paid-up  insurance is the automatic option provided upon lapse,
if the amount of variable reduced paid-up  insurance is at least as great as the
amount of fixed  extended  term  insurance  which would have been  provided upon
lapse.  Variable reduced paid-up insurance will be available only if the insured
is not in one of the high risk  rating  classes  for which  Pruco  Life does not
offer fixed  extended  term  insurance.  It is possible for this  Contract to be
classified as a Modified  Endowment  Contract if this option is exercised during
the first 7 Contract years. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.

What  Happens  If No  Request Is Made?  Except in the two  situations  described
below, if no request is made the "automatic  option" will be fixed extended term
insurance.  If that is not available to the insured,  then fixed reduced paid-up
insurance will be provided.  However,  if variable reduced paid-up  insurance is
available  and the amount is at least as great as the  amount of fixed  extended
term  insurance,  then the  automatic  option will be variable  reduced  paid-up
insurance.  This could occur when there is a Contract debt  outstanding when the
Contract lapses.

Paid-Up Insurance Option

   
In  certain  circumstances  you may elect to stop  paying  premiums  and to have
guaranteed  insurance coverage for the lifetime of the insured.  This benefit is
available  only if the following  conditions are met: (1) the Contract is not in
default; (2) Pruco Life is not paying premiums in accordance with any payment of
premium benefit that may be included in the Contract;  and (3) the Contract Fund
is sufficiently large so that the calculated guaranteed paid-up insurance amount
is at least equal to the face amount of  insurance  plus the excess,  if any, of
the  Contract  Fund over the tabular  Contract  Fund.  The amount of  guaranteed
paid-up  insurance  coverage may be greater.  It will be equal to the difference
between the Contract Fund and the present value of future  monthly  charges from
the Contract Fund (other than charges for  anticipated  mortality  costs and for
payment of premium  riders)  multiplied by the attained age factor.  This option
will  generally be  available  only when the Contract has been in force for many
years and the Contract Fund has grown because of favorable investment experience
or the  payment of  unscheduled  premiums or both.  Once the  paid-up  insurance
option is  exercised,  the actual  death  benefit is equal to the greater of the
guaranteed  paid-up  insurance  amount and the Contract  Fund  multiplied by the
attained age factor.  Upon  request,  Pruco Life will quote the amount needed to
pay up the Contract and to guarantee the paid-up  insurance  amount as long as a
payment equal to or greater than the quoted amount is received  within two weeks
of the quote. There is no guarantee if the remittance is received within the two
week period and is less than the quoted amount or if the  remittance is received
outside the two week period. In this case, Pruco Life will add the remittance to
the Contract Fund and recalculate the guaranteed  paid-up  insurance  amount. If
the  guaranteed  paid-up  insurance  amount is equal to or greater than the face
amount,  the  paid-up  request  will be  processed.  If the  guaranteed  paid-up
insurance  amount is  calculated  below the face  amount,  the  insured  will be
notified that the amount is insufficient to process the request.  In some cases,
the quoted  amount,  if paid,  would  increase the death benefit by more than it
increases the Contract Fund. In these situations, underwriting might be required
to accept the premium  payment and to process  the paid-up  request.  Pruco Life
reserves  the right to change  this  procedure  in the  future.  After the first
Contract year, you must make a proper written request for the Contract to become
fully  paid-up and send the Contract to a Pruco Life Home Office to be endorsed.
If this option is exercised  during the first 7 Contract years, the Contract may
be classified as a "Modified Endowment  Contract," see Tax Treatment of Contract
Benefits,  page 18. A Contract in effect under a paid-up  insurance  option will
have cash surrender and loan values.
    

When Proceeds Are Paid

Pruco Life will generally pay any death  benefit,  cash  surrender  value,  loan
proceeds or  withdrawal  within 7 days after receipt at a Home Office of all the
documents  required for such a payment.  Other than the death benefit,  which is
determined as of the date of death,  the amount will be determined as of the end
of the valuation period in which the necessary documents are received.  However,
Pruco Life may delay payment of proceeds from the

                                       16


<PAGE>

subaccount[s]  and the  variable  portion  of the  death  benefit  due under the
Contract if the sale or  valuation  of the  Account's  assets is not  reasonably
practicable  because  the New York  Stock  Exchange  is closed  for other than a
regular holiday or weekend, trading is restricted by the SEC or the SEC declares
that an emergency exists.

With  respect  to the  amount  of any  cash  surrender  value  allocated  to the
fixed-rate  option,  and with  respect to a Contract  in force as fixed  reduced
paid-up  insurance or as extended term insurance,  Pruco Life expects to pay the
cash surrender value promptly upon request. However, Pruco Life has the right to
delay  payment  of such cash  surrender  value for up to 6 months  (or a shorter
period if required by applicable  law). Pruco Life will pay interest of at least
3% a year if it delays such a payment for more than 30 days (or a shorter period
if required by applicable law).

Living Needs Benefit

Contract  applicants  may elect to add the  Living  Needs  Benefit(sm)  to their
Contracts at issue, subject to Pruco Life's receipt of satisfactory  evidence of
insurability.  The benefit may vary  state-by-state.  It can  generally be added
only when the aggregate face amounts of the insured's  eligible  contracts equal
$50,000 or more.  There is no charge for  adding  the  benefit to the  Contract.
However, an administrative  charge (not to exceed $150) will be made at the time
the Living Needs Benefit is paid.

The  Living  Needs  Benefit  allows  the  Contract  owner to elect to receive an
accelerated payment of all or part of the Contract's death benefit,  adjusted to
reflect current value, at a time when certain special needs exist.  The adjusted
death benefit will always be less than the death benefit,  but will generally be
greater  than  the  Contract's  cash  surrender  value.   Depending  upon  state
regulatory  approval,  one or both of the following options may be available.  A
Pruco Life  representative  should be consulted as to whether additional options
may be available.

Terminal Illness Option. This option is available if the insured is diagnosed as
terminally  ill with a life  expectancy of 6 months or less.  When  satisfactory
evidence is  provided,  Pruco Life will  provide an  accelerated  payment of the
portion of the death  benefit  selected by the Contract  owner as a Living Needs
Benefit. You may (1) elect to receive the benefit in a single sum or (2) receive
equal monthly payments for 6 months. If the insured dies before all the payments
have been made, the present value of the remaining  payments will be paid to the
beneficiary designated in the Living Needs Benefit claim form in a single sum.

Nursing  Home  Option.  This  option is  available  after the  insured  has been
confined to an eligible  nursing  home for 6 months or more.  When  satisfactory
evidence is provided,  including certification by a licensed physician, that the
insured is expected to remain in the nursing home until  death,  Pruco Life will
provide an accelerated  payment of the portion of the death benefit  selected by
the Contract owner as a Living Needs  Benefit.  You may (1) elect to receive the
benefit in a single sum or (2) receive  equal  monthly  payments for a specified
number of years  (not more than 10 nor less than 2),  depending  upon the age of
the insured.  If the insured dies before all of the payments have been made, the
present  value  of the  remaining  payments  will  be  paid  to the  beneficiary
designated in the Living Needs Benefit claim form in a single sum.

All or part of the Contract's death benefit may be accelerated  under the Living
Needs Benefit. If the benefit is only partially accelerated,  a death benefit of
at least $25,000 must remain under the  Contract.  Pruco Life reserves the right
to determine the minimum amount that may be accelerated.

No benefit  will be payable if the  Contract  owner is  required  to elect it in
order to meet the claims of creditors or to obtain a government  benefit.  Pruco
Life can  furnish  details  about the  amount of Living  Needs  Benefit  that is
available to an eligible  Contract  owner under a particular  Contract,  and the
adjusted  premium payments that would be in effect if less than the entire death
benefit is accelerated.

The Contract  owner should  consider  whether adding this  settlement  option is
appropriate  in his or her given  situation.  Adding the Living Needs Benefit to
the Contract  has no adverse  consequences;  however,  electing to use it could.
Contract  owners  should  consult a  qualified  tax advisor  before  electing to
receive this benefit. Unlike a death benefit received by a beneficiary after the
death of an insured,  receipt of a Living Needs Benefit payment may give rise to
a federal or state  income tax.  Receipt of a Living Needs  Benefit  payment may
also affect a Contract owner's  eligibility for certain  government  benefits or
entitlements.

Voting Rights

As stated above,  all of the assets held in the  subaccounts of the Account will
be invested in shares of the corresponding  portfolios of the Series Fund. Pruco
Life is the legal owner of those shares and as such has the right to vote on any
matter voted on at Series Fund shareholders meetings.  However, Pruco Life will,
as  required  by law,  vote the shares of the  Series  Fund at any  regular  and
special  shareholders  meetings it is required to hold in accordance with voting
instructions received from Contract owners. The Series Fund will not hold annual
shareholders  meetings  when not  required  to do so under  Maryland  law or the
Investment  Company  Act of  1940.  Series  Fund  shares  for  which  no  timely
instructions from Contract owners are received, and any shares attributable

                                       17


<PAGE>

to  general  account  investments  of  Pruco  Life  will be  voted  in the  same
proportion as shares in the  respective  portfolios for which  instructions  are
received.

Matters on which  Contract  owners may give voting  instructions  including  the
following:  (1)  election  of the Board of  Directors  of the Series  Fund;  (2)
ratification of the  independent  accountant of the Series Fund; (3) approval of
the  investment   advisory   agreement  for  a  portfolio  of  the  Series  Fund
corresponding to the Contract owner's selected subaccount[s];  (4) any change in
the fundamental  investment policy of a portfolio  corresponding to the Contract
owner's selected subaccount[s]; and (5) any other matter requiring a vote of the
shareholders  of the Series  Fund.  With  respect to approval of the  investment
advisory agreement or any change in a portfolio's fundamental investment policy,
Contract  owners  participating  in such  portfolios will vote separately on the
matter.

The  number of  shares in a  portfolio  for which you may give  instructions  is
determined  by dividing the portion of your Contract  Fund  attributable  to the
portfolio,  by the value of one share of the portfolio.  The number of votes for
which each Contract owner may give Pruco Life instructions will be determined as
of the record date chosen by the Board of Directors  of the Series  Fund.  Pruco
Life will furnish  Contract  owners with proper forms and proxies to enable them
to give these  instructions.  Pruco Life reserves the right to modify the manner
in which the weight to be given voting  instructions is calculated  where such a
change  is   necessary   to  comply  with   current   federal   regulations   or
interpretations of those regulations.

Pruco Life may, if required by state  insurance  regulations,  disregard  voting
instructions  if such  instructions  would  require  shares to be voted so as to
cause a change in the sub-classification or investment objectives of one or more
of the Series  Fund's  portfolios,  or to approve or  disapprove  an  investment
advisory  contract  for the Series  Fund.  In  addition,  Pruco Life  itself may
disregard  voting  instructions  that would  require  changes in the  investment
policy or  investment  advisor of one or more of the Series  Fund's  portfolios,
provided that Pruco Life reasonably  disapproves such changes in accordance with
applicable   federal   regulations.   If  Pruco  Life  does   disregard   voting
instructions,  it will advise Contract owners of that action and its reasons for
such action in the next annual or semi-annual report to Contract owners.

Reports to Contract Owners

Once each Contract year (except where the Contract is in force as fixed extended
term insurance or fixed reduced paid-up insurance), you will be sent a statement
that  provides  certain  information  pertinent  to  your  own  Contract.  These
statements show all transactions during the year that affected the value of your
Contract Fund, including monthly changes attributable to investment  experience.
That statement will also show the current death benefit,  cash surrender  value,
and loan  values  of your  Contract.  On  request,  you  will be sent a  current
statement in a form similar to that of the annual statement described above, but
Pruco Life may limit the number of such  requests or impose a reasonable  charge
if such requests are made too frequently.

You will be sent an annual  report of the Account.  You will also be sent annual
and  semi-annual  reports of the Series Fund showing the financial  condition of
the portfolios and the investments held in both.

Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits

   
The tax treatment of life insurance is complex and may change.  Each prospective
purchaser is urged to consult a qualified tax advisor.  The following discussion
is not  intended as tax advice,  and it is not a complete  statement of what the
effect of federal  income  taxes  will be under all  circumstances.  Rather,  it
provides  information  about how Pruco Life  believes  the tax laws apply in the
most  commonly  occurring  circumstances.  A more  technical  discussion of what
follows is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

Treatment  as Life  Insurance.  Pruco Life  believes  that the  Contract  should
qualify as "life  insurance"  under the Internal  Revenue Code. This means that:
(1) except as noted below, the Contract owner should not be taxed on any part of
the Contract Fund, including additions attributable to interest or appreciation;
and (2) the death  benefit  should be  excludable  from the gross  income of the
beneficiary under section 101(a) of the Code.
    

Although Pruco Life believes the Contract should qualify as "life insurance" for
federal  tax  purposes,  there  are  uncertainties,   particularly  because  the
Secretary of the Treasury has not yet issued permanent  regulations that bear on
this question.  Accordingly, we have reserved the right to make changes -- which
will be applied uniformly to all Contract owners after advance written notice --
that we deem  necessary to insure that the Contract  will continue to qualify as
life insurance.

Pre-Death  Distributions.  The tax treatment of any distribution  received by an
owner  prior to an  insured's  death will depend  upon  whether the  Contract is
classified as a Modified Endowment Contract.

If the Contract is not  classified as a Modified  Endowment  Contract,  proceeds
received in the event of a lapse,  surrender of the  Contract,  or withdrawal of
part of the cash surrender  value will generally not be taxable unless the total
amount received  exceeds the gross premiums paid less the untaxed portion of any
prior withdrawals. In

                                       18


<PAGE>

certain limited circumstances, all or a portion of a withdrawal during the first
15 contract years may be taxable even if total withdrawals do not exceed total
premiums paid to date. The proceeds of any loan will be treated as indebtedness
of the owner and will not be treated as taxable income.

If the  Contract  is  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract,  pre-death
distributions,  including  loans and  withdrawals  (even those made during the 2
year period before the Contract became a Modified Endowment  Contract),  will be
taxed first as investment income to the extent of gain in the Contract, and then
as a return of the Contract  owner's  investment in the  Contract.  In addition,
pre-death distributions (including full surrenders) will be subject to a penalty
of 10% of the amount includible in income unless the amount is distributed on or
after the owner reaches age 59 1/2, on account of the owner's disability,  or as
a life annuity.

A Contract may be  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract  under various
circumstances. For example, low face amount Contracts issued on younger insureds
may be  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract  even though the Contract
owner pays only the Scheduled Premiums or even less than the Scheduled Premiums.
Before  purchasing such a Contract,  you should  understand the tax treatment of
pre-death distributions and consider the purpose for which the Contract is being
purchased.  More generally, a Contract may be classified as a Modified Endowment
Contract if premiums in excess of Scheduled Premiums are paid or the face amount
of insurance is decreased  during the first seven Contract years, or if the face
amount of  insurance  is  increased  or if a rider is added or removed  from the
Contract.  You should  consult with your tax advisor  before making any of these
policy changes.

Other Tax  Consequences.  There may be federal  estate taxes and state and local
estate and  inheritance  taxes  payable if either the owner or the insured dies.
The  transfer  or  assignment  of the  Contract to a new owner may also have tax
consequences.  The  individual  situation of each Contract  owner or beneficiary
will be significant.

Other Contract Provisions

There are several other Contract provisions that are of less significance to you
than those  already  described in detail  either  because they relate to options
that you may  choose  under the  Contract  but are not  likely to  exercise  for
several  years  after you first  purchase  it or  because  they are of a routine
nature  not  likely  to  influence  your  decision  to buy the  Contract.  These
provisions  are summarized in the Expanded Table of Contents of the Statement of
Additional Information, page 25 and described in greater detail in the Statement
of Additional Information.

                    FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE SERIES FUND

The Prudential  Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund") is a Maryland  corporation
organized on November 15, 1982. It is registered  under the  Investment  Company
Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as an open-end, diversified,  management investment
company.  This registration does not imply any supervision by the Securities and
Exchange Commission over the Series Fund's management or its investment policies
or practices.

   
The Series Fund is  currently  made up of fifteen  separate  portfolios,  two of
which, the Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed  Portfolios are available
to Contract owners.  Each portfolio is, for many purposes,  in effect a separate
investment  fund,  and a  separate  class of  capital  stock is issued  for each
portfolio.  Each share of capital stock issued with respect to a portfolio has a
pro-rata  interest  in the assets of that  portfolio  and has no interest in the
assets of any other portfolio. Each portfolio bears its own liabilities and also
its proportionate  share of the general liabilities of the Series Fund. In other
respects the Series Fund is treated as one entity. For example,  the Series Fund
has only one Board of Directors  and owners of the shares of each  portfolio are
entitled to vote for members of the Board.
    

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  sold and redeemed at the close of each
business day, at their net asset value,  determined  in the manner  described in
the  Statement  of  Additional  Information,  only to  separate  accounts of The
Prudential  and its  subsidiaries.  They may,  in the  future,  be sold to other
insurers to fund benefits  under  variable life  insurance and variable  annuity
contracts issued by those companies.

The Prudential is the investment  advisor of the Series Fund. The Prudential has
entered into a Service Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary The Prudential
Investment  Corporation  ("PIC"),  which  provides  that PIC will furnish to The
Prudential  such services as The Prudential  may require in connection  with the
performance of its obligations under an Investment  Advisory  Agreement with the
Series Fund. See Investment Management Arrangements and Expenses, page 24.

                                       19


<PAGE>

                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                                OF THE PORTFOLIOS

Each  portfolio  of the Series Fund has a different  objective  which it pursues
through separate  investment  policies as described below.  Since each portfolio
has a different  investment  objective,  each can be expected to have  different
investment  results and incur different market and financial risks. Those risks,
as explained  above, are borne by the Contract owner. The Series Fund may in the
future establish other portfolios with different investment objectives.

The  investment  objectives  of each  portfolio are  fundamental  and may not be
changed  without the  approval  of the holders of a majority of the  outstanding
shares of the portfolio  affected (which for this purpose and under the 1940 Act
means the lesser of:  (i) 67% of the  shares  represented  at a meeting at which
more than 50% of the outstanding  shares are represented;  or (ii) more than 50%
of the outstanding  shares).  The policies by which a portfolio seeks to achieve
its investment objectives,  however, are not fundamental. They may be changed by
the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Series  Fund  without  the  approval  of the
shareholders.

The  investment  objectives of both  portfolios  available to PRUvider  Contract
owners are set forth on page 3. For the sake of  convenience,  they are repeated
here,  followed  in each case by a brief  description  of the  policies  of both
portfolios.  In some  cases a fuller  description  of those  policies  is in the
Statement of  Additional  Information.  There is no guarantee  that any of these
objectives will be met.

Balanced Portfolios

   
Conservative Balanced Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a
favorable  total  investment   return  consistent  with  a  portfolio  having  a
conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed income securities,
and  common  stocks in  proportions  believed  by the  investment  manager to be
appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment who prefers a
relatively  lower risk of loss than that  associated  with the Flexible  Managed
Portfolio   while   recognizing   that  this  reduces  the  chances  of  greater
appreciation.

To achieve this objective,  the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio will follow a
policy of  maintaining a more  conservative  asset mix among  stocks,  bonds and
money market  instruments than the Flexible Managed Portfolio.  In general,  the
portfolio  manager will observe the following  range of target asset  allocation
mixes:

      Asset Type                  Minimum             Normal            Maximum
      ----------                  -------             ------            -------
        Stocks                      15%                 35%               50%
Bonds and Money Market              25%                 65%               70%
    


The portfolio manager will make variations in the proportions of each investment
category in accordance with its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment  categories,  but will maintain at least 25% of the value
of the portfolio's assets in fixed-income senior securities.

   
The bond portion of the portfolio will be invested  primarily in securities with
maturities of 2 to 10 years and ratings at the time of purchase  within the four
highest grades  determined by Moody's,  S&P, or a similar  nationally-recognized
rating  service  or, if  unrated,  of  comparable  quality in the opinion of the
portfolio  manager.  A  description  of  debt  ratings  is in the  Statement  of
Additional  Information.  Because of their shorter maturities,  the value of the
notes and bonds in this  portfolio will be less sensitive to changes in interest
rates  than the  longer-term  bonds  likely to be held in the  Flexible  Managed
Portfolio.  Thus, there will be less of a risk of loss of principal,  but not as
much of a likelihood for greater  appreciation  in value.  Up to 20% of the bond
portion of this portfolio may be invested in United States currency  denominated
debt securities issued outside the United States by foreign or domestic issuers.
The common stock  portion of this  portfolio  will be invested  primarily in the
equity  securities  of  major,   established  corporations  in  sound  financial
condition  that  appear to offer  attractive  prospects  of a total  return from
dividends  and capital  appreciation  that is  superior  to broadly  based stock
indices.  The money  market  portion  of the  portfolio  will hold  high-quality
short-term debt  obligations  with a maturity of 12 months or less (as described
in the Statement of Additional  Information) and will maintain a dollar-weighted
average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited States currency  denominated debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investments in foreign securities are described under Foreign Securities on page
22.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities, debt securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index,  interest rate and foreign currency futures  contracts and
options thereon;  (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;
(iv) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis;  (v) use
interest rate swaps; and (vi) make short sales. These techniques are described

                                       20


<PAGE>

briefly under Options,  Futures  Contracts and Swaps and Short Sales on page 22,
and in detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

   
The Conservative  Balanced Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.
Mark Stumpp,  Managing  Director,  PIC, has been lead  portfolio  manager of the
Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  since 1994 and is responsible for the overall
asset allocation decisions.  Mr Stumpp shares supervisory  responsibility of the
portfolio  management team with Theresa Hamacher,  Managing  Director,  PIC. Ms.
Hamacher and Mr. Stumpp also  supervise  the team of portfolio  managers for the
Flexible  Managed  Portfolio.  Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio  manager for several
employee  benefit  trusts  including The Prudential  Retirement  System for U.S.
Employees and Special  Agents.  Prior to 1994, he was  responsible for corporate
pension asset  management  for  Prudential  Diversified  Investment  Strategies'
corporate  clients.  Ms. Hamacher  supervises a team of portfolio  managers that
manage over $65 billion in assets for PIC.

Flexible Managed Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is achievement of a
high total return consistent with a portfolio having an aggressively managed mix
of money market  instruments,  fixed income  securities,  and common stocks,  in
proportions  believed  by The  Prudential  to be  appropriate  for  an  investor
desiring  diversification  of  investment  who is willing to accept a relatively
high level of loss in an effort to achieve greater appreciation.

To achieve this objective,  the Flexible Managed  Portfolio will follow a policy
of maintaining a more aggressive asset mix among stocks,  bonds and money market
investments than the Conservative Balanced Portfolio.  In general, the portfolio
manager will observe the following range of target asset allocation mixes:
    

 Asset Type                  Minimum            Normal              Maximum
 ----------                  -------            ------              -------
   Stocks                      25%                60%                100%
    Bonds                      0%                 40%                 75%
Money Market                   0%                 0%                  75%


   
The portfolio manager may make short-run, and sometimes substantial,  variations
in the asset mix based upon its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment  categories.  In varying the asset mix in accordance with
these  judgments,  The Prudential will also seek to take advantage of imbalances
in fundamental values among the different markets.

The bond component of this portfolio is expected under normal  circumstances  to
have a weighted  average  maturity of greater than 10 years. The values of bonds
with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates
than those of  shorter  maturities.  The bond  portion  of this  portfolio  will
primarily be invested in  securities  that have a rating at the time of purchase
within  the four  highest  grades  determined  by  Moody's,  S&P,  or a  similar
nationally-recognized  rating  service.  A description of debt ratings is in the
Statement of Additional Information. However, up to 25% of the bond component of
this  portfolio  may be invested  in  securities  having  ratings at the time of
purchase of "BB," "Ba" or lower, or if not rated,  of comparable  quality in the
opinion of the portfolio  manager,  these securities are also known as high risk
securities.  Up to 20% of the bond portion of this  portfolio may be invested in
United States currency  denominated  debt  securities  issued outside the United
States by foreign or domestic  issuers.  The  established  company  common stock
component  of this  portfolio  will  consist of the equity  securities  of major
corporations that are believed to be in sound financial condition.  In selecting
stocks  of  smaller  capitalization   companies,   the  portfolio  manager  will
concentrate  on  companies  with a  capitalization  below $5  billion  that show
above-average   profitability  (measured  by  return-on-equity,   earnings,  and
dividend growth rates) with modest price/earnings  ratios. The individual equity
selections for this portfolio may tend to have more volatile  market values than
the equity  securities  selected for the Equity  Portfolio  or the  Conservative
Balanced  Portfolio.  The  money  market  portion  of the  portfolio  will  hold
high-quality  short-term debt  obligations  with a maturity of 12 months or less
(as described in the Statement of  Additional  Information)  and will maintain a
dollar-weighted average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited States currency  denominated debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investment in foreign securities are described under Foreign Securities, below.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities, debt securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index,  interest rate and foreign currency futures  contracts and
options thereon;  (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;
(iv) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis;  (v) use
interest rate swaps;  and (vi) make short sales.  These techniques are described
briefly under Options,  Futures Contracts and Swaps and Short Sales,  below, and
in detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

   
The Flexible Managed Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.  Mark
Stumpp,  Managing Director, PIC, has been lead portfolio manager of the Flexible
Managed Portfolio since 1994 and is responsible for the overall asset allocation
decisions.  Mr  Stumpp  shares  supervisory   responsibility  of  the  portfolio
management team with
    

                                       21


<PAGE>

   
Theresa  Hamacher,  Managing  Director,  PIC. Ms.  Hamacher and Mr.  Stumpp also
supervise  the  team  of  portfolio  managers  for  the  Conservative   Balanced
Portfolio.  Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio  manager for several  employee  benefit
trusts including The Prudential Retirement System for U.S. Employees and Special
Agents. Prior to 1994, he was responsible for corporate pension asset management
for  Prudential   Diversified  Investment  Strategies'  corporate  clients.  Ms.
Hamacher supervises a team of portfolio managers that manage over $65 billion in
assets for PIC.
    

Foreign Securities

   
The bond components of the Conservative  Balanced Portfolio and Flexible Managed
Portfolios  may each invest up to 20% of their assets in United States  currency
denominated  debt  securities  issued  outside  the United  States by foreign or
domestic  issuers.  To the extent  permitted by  applicable  insurance  law, the
Conservative Balanced Portfolio and Flexible Managed Portfolios may invest up to
30% of their total assets in debt and equity securities denominated in a foreign
currency and issued by foreign or domestic  issuers.  Securities  issued outside
the United  States and not  publicly  traded in the  United  States,  as well as
American  Depository  Receipts ("ADRs") and securities  denominated in a foreign
currency  are  referred  to   collectively   in  this   prospectus  as  "foreign
securities."
    

ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated  certificates issued by a United States bank or
trust company and represent the right to receive  securities of a foreign issuer
deposited  in a domestic  bank or  foreign  branch of a United  States  bank and
traded on a United States exchange or in an over-the-counter market.  Investment
in ADRs has certain  advantages over direct investment in the underlying foreign
securities because they are easily  transferable,  have readily available market
quotations,  and the foreign issuers are usually subject to comparable auditing,
accounting, and financial reporting standards as domestic issuers.

Foreign  securities  involve risks of political and economic  instability in the
country  of  the  issuer,  the  difficulty  of  predicting  international  trade
patterns, the possibility of imposition of exchange controls and, in the case of
securities  not  denominated  in United  States  currency,  the risk of currency
fluctuations.  Such  securities may be subject to greater  fluctuations in price
than domestic  securities.  Under certain market conditions,  foreign securities
may be less liquid than  domestic  securities.  In  addition,  there may be less
publicly  available  information  about a foreign  company than about a domestic
company.   Foreign  companies  generally  are  subject  to  uniform  accounting,
auditing,  and financial reporting  standards  comparable to those applicable to
domestic companies.  There is generally less government regulation of securities
exchanges,  brokers, and listed companies abroad than in the United States, and,
with  respect  to  certain  foreign   countries,   there  is  a  possibility  of
expropriation,  confiscatory  taxation or  diplomatic  developments  which could
affect investment in those countries.  If the security is denominated in foreign
currency,  it may be  affected  by changes  in  currency  rates and in  exchange
control  regulations,  and costs may be incurred in connection with  conversions
between  currencies.  Finally,  in the event of a default  of any  foreign  debt
obligations,  it may be more difficult for a portfolio to obtain or to enforce a
judgment  against the issuers of such  securities.  See Forward Foreign Currency
Exchange Contracts in the Statement of Additional Information.

Options, Futures Contracts and Swaps

The description of the portfolios'  investment  policies also state whether they
will invest in what are sometimes called  derivative  securities.  These include
options (which may be to buy or sell equity securities,  debt securities,  stock
indices,  foreign  currencies  and  stock  index  futures  contracts);   futures
contracts on interest bearing securities,  stock and interest rate indices,  and
foreign  currencies;  and interest rate swaps. These investments have not in the
past represented more than a very minor part of the investments of any portfolio
but may increase in the future.

A call  option  gives the owner the right to buy and a put  option  the right to
sell a designated  security or index at a predetermined price for a given period
of time.  They will be used primarily to hedge or minimize  fluctuations  in the
principal value of a portfolio or to generate  additional  income.  They involve
risks which differ,  depending upon the particular  option. But they often offer
an attractive alternative to the purchase or sale of the related security.

Futures contracts represent a contractual obligation to buy or sell a designated
security or index within a stated period. They can be used as a hedge against or
to minimize  fluctuations  of a portfolio or as an efficient way of establishing
certain positions more quickly than direct purchase of the securities.  They can
also be used to speculate,  but this will not be done by any of the  portfolios.
They involve risks of various kinds,  all of which could result in losses rather
than in achieving the intended objective of any particular purchase.

Because options, futures and swaps are now used to such a limited extent, a full
description of these  investments  and the risks  associated with them is in the
Statement of Additional Information.

                                       22


<PAGE>

Short Sales

   
The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may sell securities
they do not own in  anticipation  of a  decline  in the  market  value  of those
securities  ("short sales").  The portfolio will incur a loss as a result of the
short sale if the price of the security  increases between the date of the short
sale and the date on which the  portfolio  replaces the borrowed  security.  The
portfolio  will realize a gain if the security  declines in price  between those
dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase
of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased,  and
the  amount of any loss will be  increased,  by the  amount  of any  premium  or
interest paid in connection with the short sale.
    

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

   
The fixed income  portions of the  Conservative  Balanced  and Flexible  Managed
Portfolios may use reverse  repurchase  agreements  and dollar rolls.  The money
market  portion  of these  portfolios  may use  reverse  repurchase  agreements.
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by a portfolio
with an  agreement by the  portfolio to  repurchase  the same  securities  at an
agreed upon price and date. During the reverse  repurchase period, the portfolio
often  continues  to  receive  principal  and  interest  payments  on  the  sold
securities.  The terms of each  agreement  reflect a rate of interest for use of
the funds for the period, and thus these agreements have the  characteristics of
borrowing  by the  portfolio.  Dollar  rolls  involve  sales by a  portfolio  of
securities  for delivery in the current  month with a  simultaneous  contract to
repurchase substantially similar securities (same type and coupon) from the same
party at an agreed upon price and date.  During the roll period,  the  portfolio
forgoes  principal  and  interest  paid  on  the  securities.   A  portfolio  is
compensated  by the  difference  between the current sales price and the forward
price for the future  purchase  (often  referred to as the "drop") as well as by
the interest  earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered  roll"
is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position
or a cash  equivalent  security  position which matures on or before the forward
settlement  date of the dollar roll  transaction.  A portfolio  will establish a
segregated  account with its  custodian  in which it will  maintain  cash,  U.S.
Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations equal in value
to its obligations in respect of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls.
Reverse repurchase  agreements and dollar rolls involve the risk that the market
value of the securities retained by the portfolio may decline below the price of
the securities  the portfolio has sold but is obligated to repurchase  under the
agreement.  In the  event  the buyer of  securities  under a reverse  repurchase
agreement  or dollar  roll  files  for  bankruptcy  or  becomes  insolvent,  the
portfolio's  use of the proceeds of the agreement  may be  restricted  pending a
determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce
the  portfolio's  obligation to repurchase  the  securities.  No portfolio  will
obligate more than 30% of its net assets in connection  with reverse  repurchase
agreements and dollar rolls.
    

Loans of Portfolio Securities

Both of the portfolios  may from time to time lend the  securities  they hold to
broker-dealers, provided that such loans are made pursuant to written agreements
and are continuously  secured by collateral in the form of cash, U.S. Government
Securities  or  irrevocable  standby  letters of credit in an amount equal to at
least the market  value at all times of the loaned  securities  plus the accrued
interest and  dividends.  During the time  securities are on loan, the portfolio
will  continue to receive the  interest  and  dividends,  or amounts  equivalent
thereto,  on the loaned  securities,  while receiving a fee from the borrower or
earning interest on the investment of the cash collateral.

There is a slight risk that the borrower may become insolvent, which might delay
carrying out a decision to sell the loaned security.  This risk can be minimized
by careful  selection of borrowers and requiring and  monitoring the adequacy of
capital. No loans will be made to any broker affiliated with The Prudential.

                      INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO
                                 THE PORTFOLIOS

The  Series  Fund is  subject  to  certain  investment  restrictions  which  are
fundamental  to the  operations of the Series Fund and may not be changed except
with  the  approval  of a  majority  vote of the  persons  participating  in the
affected portfolio.

The  investments  of the various  portfolios  are  generally  subject to certain
additional  restrictions  under state laws. In the event of future amendments to
the applicable  New Jersey  statutes,  each  portfolio will comply,  without the
approval of the shareholders, with the statutory requirements as so modified.

A detailed discussion of investment  restrictions  applicable to the Series Fund
is in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                       23


<PAGE>

                     INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND
                                    EXPENSES

   
The Series Fund has  entered  into an  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  with The
Prudential  under which The  Prudential  will,  subject to the  direction of the
Board of Directors of the Series Fund, be responsible  for the management of the
Series  Fund,  and  provide  investment  advice  and  related  services  to each
portfolio.  The  Prudential  manages the assets that it owns as well as those of
various separate accounts  established by The Prudential and those held by other
investment companies for which it acts as investment advisor. Total assets under
management  as of  December  31,  1995 was  approximately  $xxx  billion,  which
includes  approximately  $xxx billion owned by The Prudential and  approximately
$xx billion of external assets under The Prudential's management.

Subject to The  Prudential's  supervision,  substantially  all of the investment
advisory  services provided to the Series Fund by The Prudential with respect to
the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  and  Flexible  Managed  Portfolios,  are
furnished by its wholly-owned subsidiary, PIC, pursuant to the Service Agreement
between The Prudential and PIC which provides that a portion of the fee received
by The Prudential  for providing  investment  advisory  services will be paid to
PIC. The Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios are
managed by PIC,  using a team of portfolio  managers  under the  supervision  of
Theresa Hamacher and Mark Stumpp, Managing Directors,  PIC. PIC is registered as
an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
    

Under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge,  payable  quarterly,  equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio. It is set forth on page 9.

   
For the year ended  December 31, 1995,  the Series  Fund's total  expenses  were
x.xx% of the  average  net assets of all of the Series  Fund's  portfolios.  The
investment  management fee for that period  constituted x.xx% of the average net
assets. Further information about the investment management arrangements and the
expenses of the Series Fund is in the Statement of Additional Information.
    

Portfolio Brokerage and Related Practices

The Prudential is responsible  for decisions to buy and sell  securities for the
portfolios, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions, and
the negotiation of brokerage  commissions,  if any. Fixed income securities,  as
well as equity securities traded in the  over-the-counter  market, are generally
traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts
without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes
a profit to the dealer.

An affiliated broker may be employed to execute brokerage transactions on behalf
of the  portfolios,  as long as the commissions are reasonable and fair compared
to the  commissions  received by other  brokers in  connection  with  comparable
transactions   involving  similar  securities  being  purchased  or  sold  on  a
securities  exchange during a comparable period of time. The Series Fund may not
engage in any transactions in which The Prudential or its affiliates,  including
The   Prudential   Securities   Incorporated,   acts  as  principal,   including
over-the-counter purchases and negotiated trades in which such a party acts as a
principal.   Additional   information  about  portfolio  brokerage  and  related
transactions is in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                STATE REGULATION

Pruco  Life is  subject to  regulation  and  supervision  by the  Department  of
Insurance of the State of Arizona,  which  periodically  examines its operations
and  financial  condition.  It  is  also  subject  to  the  insurance  laws  and
regulations of all jurisdictions in which it is authorized to do business.

Pruco Life is required to submit annual statements of its operations,  including
financial statements,  to the insurance departments of the various jurisdictions
in which it does  business  to  determine  solvency  and  compliance  with local
insurance laws and regulations.

In addition to the annual statements  referred to above,  Pruco Life is required
to file with Arizona and other  jurisdictions a separate  statement with respect
to the operations of all its variable contract  accounts,  in a form promulgated
by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

                                     EXPERTS

The  financial  statements  included  in this  prospectus  have been  audited by
Deloitte  & Touche  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as  stated  in  their  reports
appearing  herein,  and are  included in reliance  upon the reports of such firm
given upon their  authority as experts in accounting  and  auditing.  Deloitte &
Touche LLP's principal business address is

                                       24


<PAGE>

Two Hilton Court, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-0319.  Actuarial matters included
in this  prospectus  have been  examined by Nancy D.  Davis,  FSA,  MAAA,  whose
opinion is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

                                   LITIGATION

No litigation  is pending that would have a material  effect upon the Account or
the Series Fund.

                   EXPANDED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Included in the registration statements for the Contracts and the Series Fund is
a Statement  of  Additional  Information  which is available  without  charge by
writing to Pruco Life at 213 Washington  Street,  Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992.
The following  table of contents of that  Statement  provides a brief summary of
what is included in each section.

I.    MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT.

      Sales Load Upon  Surrender.  A  description  is given of exactly how Pruco
      Life  determines  the amount of the part of the sales load that is imposed
      only upon surrenders or withdrawals during the first 10 Contract years.

      Reduction of Charges for Concurrent  Sales to Several  Individuals.  Where
      the  Contract  is sold at the same  time to  several  individuals  who are
      members of an associated  class and Pruco Life's expenses will be reduced,
      some of the charges under those Contracts may be reduced.

      Paying  Premiums  by Payroll  Deduction.  Your  employer  may pay  monthly
      premiums for you with deductions from your salary.

      Unisex   Premiums  and   Benefits.   In  some  states  and  under  certain
      circumstances,  premiums  and  benefits  will not vary with the sex of the
      insured.

      How the Death Benefit Will Vary. A description is given of exactly how the
      death benefit may increase to satisfy Internal Revenue Code requirements.

      Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender  Value.  If the Contract Fund value is
      high enough you may be able to withdraw part of the cash  surrender  value
      while keeping the Contract in effect.  There will be a transaction charge.
      The death benefit will change.  There may be tax consequences.  You should
      consult your Pruco Life  representative to discuss whether a withdrawal or
      a loan is preferable.

      Tax Treatment of Contract  Benefits.  A fuller  account is provided of how
      Contract owners may be affected by federal income taxes.

   
      Sale of the Contract and Sales Commissions. The Contract is sold primarily
      by agents of The Prudential who are also registered representatives of one
      of its  subsidiaries,  Pruco Securities  Corporation,  a broker and dealer
      registered  under the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934.  Generally,
      selling agents receive a commission of 50% of the Scheduled Premium in the
      first  year,  10%  for  the  next  three  years  and  smaller  commissions
      thereafter.  For new  Contracts  issued  on or  about  July 1,  1996,  the
      commission rates for the second through tenth years will change to no more
      than 6% of the Scheduled Premiums and smaller commissions thereafter.
    

      Riders. Various extra fixed-benefits may be obtained for an extra premium.
      They are described in what are known as "riders" to the Contract.

      Other  Standard  Contract   Provisions.   The  Contract  contains  several
      provisions commonly included in all life insurance policies.  They include
      provisions relating to beneficiaries, misstatement of age or sex, suicide,
      assignment, incontestability, and settlement options.

II.   INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS.

                 General
                 Convertible Securities
                 Warrants
                 Options and Futures
                 When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities
                 Short Sales
                 Short Sales Against the Box
                 Interest Rate Swaps

                                       25


<PAGE>

                 Loans of Portfolio Securities
                 Illiquid Securities
                 Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

      A more detailed description is given of these investments and the policies
      of these portfolios.

III.  INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS.

      There are many  restrictions  upon the investments the portfolios may make
      and the practices in which they may engage; these are fundamental, meaning
      they may not be changed without Contract owner approval.

IV.   INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES.

      A fuller description than that in the prospectus is given.

V.    PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE.

      A description is given of how securities transactions are effected and how
      The Prudential selects the brokers.

VI.   DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE.

      A full  description  is given of how the  daily  net  asset  value of each
      portfolio is determined.

VII.  SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST.

      A full description is given.

VIII. DEBT RATINGS.

      A  description  is given  of how  Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  and
      Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation  describe  the  creditworthiness  of debt
      securities.

IX.   POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND.

      Although it is most unlikely, it is conceivable that Pruco Life might wish
      to replace the Series Fund portfolios with other investment  options.  SEC
      approval will be needed.

X.    OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND.

                 Incorporation and Authorized Stock
                 Dividends, Distributions and Taxes
                 Custodian and Transfer Agent
                 Experts
                 License

      More detail is provided about these matters.

XI.   DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRUCO LIFE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND.

      The names and recent  affiliations of Pruco Life's directors and executive
      officers are given. The same information is given for the Series Fund.

XII.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

XIII. THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of
1933, relating to the offering described in this prospectus. This prospectus and
the Statement of Additional  Information  do not include all of the  information
set forth in the  registration  statement.  Certain  portions  have been omitted
pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The omitted  information  may,
however,  be obtained from the SEC's principal office in Washington,  D.C., upon
payment of a prescribed fee.

Further  information  may also be  obtained  from Pruco  Life.  Its  address and
telephone number are on the cover of this prospectus.

                                       26


<PAGE>

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  financial  statements  of the  Account  should  be  distinguished  from the
consolidated  financial statements of Pruco Life which should be considered only
as bearing  upon the  ability of Pruco  Life to meet its  obligations  under the
Contracts.  The financial  statements of the Series Fund are in the Statement of
Additional Information.

                                       27


<PAGE>



            Updated financials will be filed pursuant to Rule 485(b)



<PAGE>









PRUvider(sm)
Variable Appreciable Life(R)
Insurance Contract














                          PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              213 Washington Street
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992
                       Telephone: (800) 437-4016, Ext. 46

<PAGE>

                                                                        PRUvider
                                                                        Variable
                                                             Appreciable Life(R)
                                                                       Insurance








   
                                                                     May 1, 1996
                                                                      PROSPECTUS
    

                                                The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
                                                                             and
                       The Pruco Life of New Jersey Variable Appreciable Account











   
SVAL-2 Ed 5-96                        Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey
Catalog No. 640189U
    


<PAGE>



PROSPECTUS

   
May 1, 1996
    

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY
PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT


PRUvider(sm)
Variable Appreciable Life(R)
Insurance Contract

This  prospectus  describes a variable life insurance  contract  issued by Pruco
Life Insurance Company of New Jersey ("Pruco Life of New Jersey"),  a stock life
insurance company that is an indirect wholly-owned  subsidiary of The Prudential
Insurance Company of America ("The Prudential").  Pruco Life of New Jersey calls
this contract its PRUvider(sm)  Variable Appreciable Life(R) Insurance Contract*
(the "Contract").  The Contract provides whole-life  insurance  protection.  The
death benefit  varies daily with  investment  experience  but will never be less
than a guaranteed  minimum  amount (the face amount  specified in the Contract).
The Contract also generally  provides a cash surrender value which does not have
a guaranteed minimum amount.

   
The assets held for the purpose of paying benefits under these and other similar
contracts are  segregated  from the other assets of Pruco Life of New Jersey and
are invested in one or both of the current  subaccounts of the Pruco Life of New
Jersey Variable Appreciable Account (from now on, the "Account").  In this case,
the assets will be invested in the  corresponding  portfolio  of The  Prudential
Series Fund,  Inc. (from now on, the "Series  Fund").  The two portfolios of the
Series Fund currently available to Contract owners are the Conservative Balanced
Portfolio and the Flexible Managed Portfolio. The Contract owner may also choose
to have the assets invested in a fixed-rate  option.  This prospectus  describes
the  Contract  generally,  the Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  Variable  Appreciable
Account and the securities issued by the Series Fund.
    

Although it is advantageous  to the purchaser to pay a Scheduled  Premium amount
on the  dates  due,  which  are at  least  once a year  but may be  more  often,
purchasers have flexibility as to when and in what amounts they pay premiums.

   
Before you sign an  application to purchase this life  insurance  contract,  you
should  read  this  prospectus  with  care and have any  questions  you may have
answered by your Pruco Life of New Jersey representative. If you do purchase the
Contract, you should retain this prospectus for future reference,  together with
the Contract itself that you will receive.
    

Additional  information about the contract and the Series Fund is set forth in a
separate Statement of Additional  Information which is incorporated by reference
into this prospectus.  It is available  without charge upon request to the Pruco
Life Insurance Company of New Jersey at the address shown below.

REPLACING EXISTING LIFE INSURANCE WITH A CONTRACT DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
MAY NOT BE TO YOUR ADVANTAGE. IF YOU CURRENTLY OWN A LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT,
THE BENEFITS AND COSTS OF PURCHASING ADDITIONAL INSURANCE UNDER THE EXISTING
POLICY SHOULD BE COMPARED WITH THE BENEFITS AND COSTS OF PURCHASING THE CONTRACT
DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. IN MAKING THIS COMPARISON, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH
A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISOR.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                   Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey
                              213 Washington Street
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992
                       Telephone: (800) 437-4016, Ext. 46


*PRUvider is a service mark of The Prudential.
 Appreciable Life is a registered mark of The Prudential.

   
SVAL-2 Ed. 5-96
    


<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                               Page
<S>                                                                                                                             <C>

INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY.......................................................................................................  1
         Brief Description of the Contract.....................................................................................  1
         Balanced Portfolios...................................................................................................  3
                  Conservative Balanced Portfolio..............................................................................  3
                  Flexible Managed Portfolio...................................................................................  3
         Fixed-Rate Option.....................................................................................................  3
         Transfers Between Investment Options..................................................................................  3
         The Scheduled Premium.................................................................................................  3
         Payment of Higher Premiums............................................................................................  3
         Contract Loans........................................................................................................  3
         PRUvider Variable Appreciable Life Insurance Contracts................................................................  3

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PORTFOLIOS
         OF THE SERIES FUND....................................................................................................  4

Illustrations of Cash Surrender Values, Death Benefits
         and Accumulated Premiums..............................................................................................  7

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT
         PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE FIXED RATE OPTION.......................................  8
         Pruco Life of New Jersey Variable Appreciable Account.................................................................  8
         The Fixed-Rate Option.................................................................................................  8

DETAILED INFORMATION FOR PROSPECTIVE
         CONTRACT OWNERS.......................................................................................................  9
         Requirements for Issuance of a Contract...............................................................................  9
         Short-Term Cancellation Right or "Free Look"..........................................................................  9
         Contract Fees and Charges.............................................................................................  9
                  Deductions from Premiums.....................................................................................  9
                  Deductions from Portfolios...................................................................................  9
                  Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund.......................................................................  10
                  Daily Deduction from the Contract Fund......................................................................  11
                  Surrender or Withdrawal Charges.............................................................................  11
                  Transaction Charges.........................................................................................  11
         Contract Date........................................................................................................  12
         Premiums ............................................................................................................  12
         Allocation of Premiums...............................................................................................  13
         Transfers............................................................................................................  13
         How the Contract Fund Changes with Investment Experience.............................................................  14
         How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary.............................................................................  14
         Contract Loans.......................................................................................................  14
         Surrender of a Contract..............................................................................................  15
         Lapse and Reinstatement..............................................................................................  15
                  Fixed Extended Term Insurance...............................................................................  16
                  Fixed Reduced Paid-Up Insurance.............................................................................  16
                  Variable Reduced Paid-Up Insurance..........................................................................  16
                  What Happens If No Request Is Made?.........................................................................  16
         Paid-Up Insurance Option.............................................................................................  16
         Reduced Paid-Up Insurance Option.....................................................................................  17
         When Proceeds Are Paid...............................................................................................  17
         Living Needs Benefit.................................................................................................  17
                  Terminal Illness Option.....................................................................................  17
         Voting Rights........................................................................................................  18
         Reports to Contract Owners...........................................................................................  18
         Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits...................................................................................  18
                  Treatment as Life Insurance.................................................................................  18
                  Pre-Death Distributions.....................................................................................  19
                  Other Tax Consequences......................................................................................  19
         Other Contract Provisions............................................................................................  19

</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                               Page
<S>                                                                                                                             <C>

FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE SERIES FUND.....................................................................................  19

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
         OF THE PORTFOLIOS....................................................................................................  20
         Balanced Portfolios.................................................................................................   20
                  Conservative Balanced Portfolio.............................................................................  20
                  Flexible Managed Portfolio..................................................................................  21
         Foreign Securities...................................................................................................  22
         Options, Futures Contracts and Swaps.................................................................................  22
         Short Sales..........................................................................................................  23
         Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.......................................................................  23
         Loans of Portfolio Securities........................................................................................  23

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PORTFOLIOS..........................................................................  23

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES...............................................................................  24
         Portfolio Brokerage and Related Practices............................................................................  24

STATE REGULATION..............................................................................................................  24

EXPERTS  .....................................................................................................................  25

LITIGATION....................................................................................................................  25

EXPANDED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.............................................................  25

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................................................................................................  26

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................................................................  27

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUCO LIFE PRUvider VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT..................................................  A1

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY
         AND SUBSIDIARIES.....................................................................................................  B1

THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY  JURISDICTION  IN WHICH
SUCH  OFFERING MAY NOT  LAWFULLY BE MADE.  NO PERSON IS  AUTHORIZED  TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS AND THE PROSPECTUS AND STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION FOR
THE SERIES FUND.

</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>



                            INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY

This section provides only an overview of the more significant provisions of the
Contract. It omits details which are provided in the rest of this prospectus, as
well as in a Statement of Additional  Information which is available to you upon
request  without  charge.  A  description  of the contents of that  Statement of
Additional Information is on page 25.

As you read this prospectus you should keep in mind that you are considering the
purchase of a life insurance  contract.  Because it is variable life insurance -
and variable life insurance has significant  investment aspects and requires you
to make  investment  decisions - it is also a  "security."  That is why you have
been given this  prospectus.  Securities which are offered to the public must be
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  and the prospectus that
is a part of the registration statement must be given to all prospective buyers.
But because a substantial part of your premium pays for life insurance that will
pay to your  beneficiary,  in the event of your death,  an amount far  exceeding
your total premium  payments,  you should not buy this  contract  unless a major
reason for the purchase is to provide  life  insurance  protection.  Because the
contract  provides  whole-life or permanent  insurance,  it also serves a second
important objective.  It can be expected to provide an increasing cash surrender
value that can be used during your lifetime.

Brief Description of the Contract

The PRUvider Variable  Appreciable Life Contract (referred to from now on as the
"Contract") is issued and sold by the Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey
("Pruco Life of New Jersey"), a stock life insurance company,  organized in 1982
under the laws of the State of New Jersey. It is licensed to sell life insurance
and annuities only in the States of New Jersey and New York. These Contracts are
not  offered  in any state in which the  necessary  approvals  have not yet been
obtained.

   
Pruco Life of New Jersey is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of Pruco Life  Insurance
Company, which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential,  a mutual
insurance  company founded in 1875 under the laws of the State of New Jersey. As
of December 31, 1995,  The Prudential has invested $xxx million in Pruco Life of
New Jersey  through its subsidiary  Pruco Life  Insurance  Company in connection
with Pruco Life of New  Jersey's  organization  and  operation.  The  Prudential
intends from time to time to make additional capital contributions to Pruco Life
of New  Jersey  as needed to  enable  it to meet its  reserve  requirements  and
expenses in connection with its business.  The Prudential is under no obligation
to make such contributions and its assets do not back the benefits payable under
the Contract. Pruco Life of New Jersey's consolidated financial statements begin
on page B1 and  should be  considered  only as  bearing  upon  Pruco Life of New
Jersey's ability to meet its obligations under the Contracts.
    

The Contract is a form of flexible premium variable life insurance.  It is built
around a Contract  Fund,  the amount of which changes  every  business day. That
amount  represents the value of your Contract on that day although you will have
to pay a surrender  charge if you decide to surrender  the  Contract  during the
first ten Contract years.

   
A broad  objective of the Contract is to provide  benefits that will increase in
value if favorable investment results are achieved. Pruco Life of New Jersey has
established a separate  account,  like a separate  division  within the Company,
called the Pruco Life of New Jersey Variable Appreciable  Account.  Whenever you
pay a premium, Pruco Life of New Jersey first deducts certain charges (described
below) and,  unless you decide  otherwise  puts the remainder - often called the
"net  premium" - into the  Account,  where it is combined  with the net premiums
from all other contracts like this one. The money in the Account, including your
Contract  Fund, is then  invested in the  following  way. The Account is divided
into 2 subaccounts and you must decide which one[s] will hold the assets of your
Contract Fund. The money allocated to each subaccount is immediately invested in
a  corresponding  portfolio  of The  Prudential  Series  Fund,  Inc.  Those  two
portfolios  -- called  the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  and the  Flexible
Managed  Portfolio -- differ in the amount of risk  associated with them and are
described in more detail below.
    

Because the assets that relate to the Contract may be invested in these variable
investment  options,  the Contract offers an opportunity for your cash surrender
value to appreciate  more rapidly than it would under  comparable  fixed-benefit
whole-life  insurance.  You,  however,  must accept the risk that if  investment
performance  is  unfavorable  the cash  surrender  value may not  appreciate  as
rapidly and, indeed, may decrease in value. If you prefer to avoid this risk you
may elect to allocate  part or all of the net  premiums in a  fixed-rate  option
under which a stated  interest  rate is credited to the amount of your  Contract
Fund allocated to that option. See The Fixed-Rate Option, page 8.

Pruco Life of New Jersey deducts  certain  charges from each premium payment and
from the amounts held in the designated  investment options. In addition,  Pruco
Life of New Jersey makes certain  additional  charges if a Contract lapses or is
surrendered  during the first 10 Contract  years.  All these charges,  which are
largely  designed  to cover  insurance  costs  and  risks  as well as sales  and
administrative expenses, are fully described under Contract

                                        1


<PAGE>



Fees and Charges on page 9. In brief, and subject to that fuller description,
the following diagram outlines the charges which may be made:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Premium Payment
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    ----------------------------------------
                             o less charge for taxes
                               attributable to premiums
                             o less $2 processing fee
                    ----------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Invested Premium Amount

   
o    To be invested in one or a combination of:
     o  The Conservative Balanced Portfolio
     o  The Flexible Managed Portfolio
     o  The Fixed Rate Option
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Daily Charges

o    A daily charge equivalent to an annual rate of up to 0.9% is  deducted from
     the assets of the subaccounts for mortality and expense risks.

o    Management fees  and  expenses  are  deducted from the assets of the Series
     Fund. See Deductions from Portfolios, page 9.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Monthly Charges

   
o    A sales charge is deducted from the Contract Fund in the amount of 1/2of 1%
     of the primary annual premium.
o    The  Contract  Fund  is  reduced by a guaranteed minimum death benefit risk
     charge of not more than $0.01 per $1,000 of the face amount of insurance.
o    The Contract Fund is reduced by an administrative charge of up to $6 per
     Contract and up to $0.19 per $1,000 of face amount of insurance (currently,
     on a non-guaranteed basis, the $0.19 charge is decreased to $0.09 per
     $1,000); if the face amount of the Contract is less than $10,000, there is
     an additional charge of $0.30 per $1,000 of face amount.
o    A charge for anticipated mortality is deducted, with the maximum charge
     based on the non-smoker/smoker 1980 CSO Tables.
o    If the Contract includes riders, a deduction from the Contract Fund will be
     made for charges applicable to those riders; a deduction will also be made
     if the rating class of the insured results in an extra charge.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Possible Additional Charges

o    If the Contract lapses or is surrendered during the first 10 years, a
     contingent deferred sales charge is assessed; the maximum contingent
     deferred sales charge during the first 5 years is 50% of the first year's
     primary annual premium but this charge is both subject to other important
     limitations and reduced for Contracts that have been in force for more than
     5 years.
o    If the Contract lapses or is surrendered during the first 10 years, a
     contingent deferred administrative charge is assessed; during the first 5
     years, this charge equals $5 per $1,000 of face amount and it begins to
     decline uniformly after the fifth Contract year so that it disappears on
     the tenth Contract anniversary.
o    An administrative processing charge of $15 will be made in connection with
     each withdrawal of excess cash surrender value.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Because  of  the  charges  listed  above,  and  in  particular  because  of  the
significant  charges deducted upon early surrender or lapse, you should purchase
a Contract  only if you intend and have the  financial  capability to keep it in
force for a substantial period.

When you first  buy the  Contract  you give  instructions  to Pruco  Life of New
Jersey as to which of the two subaccounts (and,  therefore,  which corresponding
portfolios of the Series Fund) you wish your Contract Fund invested.  Thereafter
you may make changes in these allocations either in writing or by telephone. The
investment

                                        2


<PAGE>



objectives of the  portfolios,  described more fully starting on page 20 of this
prospectus, and of the fixed rate option are as follows:

Balanced Portfolios

   
Conservative  Balanced Portfolio  (formerly the Conservatively  Managed Flexible
Portfolio). Achievement of a favorable total investment return consistent with a
portfolio having a conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed
income securities,  and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment
manager  to be  appropriate  for an  investor  who  desires  diversification  of
investment  who prefers a  relatively  lower risk of loss and a  correspondingly
reduced chance of high appreciation.

Flexible  Managed   Portfolio   (formerly  the  Aggressively   Managed  Flexible
Portfolio).  Achievement of a high total  investment  return  consistent  with a
portfolio having an aggressively managed mix of money market instruments,  fixed
income securities,  and common stocks, in proportions believed by the investment
manager to be appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment
who is willing to accept a relatively high level of loss in an effort to achieve
greater appreciation.
    

Fixed-Rate Option

Guarantee  against loss of  principal  plus income at a rate which may change at
yearly intervals, but will never be lower than an effective annual rate of 4%.

Transfers Between Investment Options

You may at any time change the  instructions for the allocation of your premiums
to the various  investment  options.  You may also transfer  amounts held in one
option to another.  There are restrictions  upon transfers out of the fixed-rate
option which Pruco Life of New Jersey may waive.

The Scheduled Premium

Your Contract  sets forth an annual  Scheduled  Premium,  or one that is payable
more frequently,  such as monthly.  Pruco Life of New Jersey guarantees that, if
the Scheduled  Premiums are paid when due (or if missed premiums are paid later,
with  interest),  the death  benefit will be paid upon the death of the insured.
The Contract will not lapse even if investment  experience  is  unexpectedly  so
unfavorable that the Contract Fund value drops to below zero.

The amount of the scheduled  premium depends on the Contract's face amount,  the
insured's sex (except where unisex rates apply) and age at issue,  the insured's
risk  classification,  the rate for  taxes  attributable  to  premiums,  and the
frequency of premium payments selected.  Under certain low face amount Contracts
issued on younger  insureds,  the payment of the Scheduled Premium may cause the
Contract to be classified as a Modified Endowment Contract. See Tax Treatment of
Contract Benefits,  page 18. The scheduled premium will not be increased (except
to  reflect  changes  in the rate  for  taxes  attributable  to  premiums).  See
Premiums, page 12.

Payment of Higher Premiums

   
The payment of premiums in excess of  Scheduled  Premiums may cause the Contract
to be classified as a Modified Endowment Contract. See Premiums, page 12 and Tax
Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.
    

Contract Loans

The  Contract  permits  the owner to borrow up to 90% of the  amount of the cash
surrender  value (100% of the portion  allocated  to the  fixed-rate  option) on
favorable  terms.  See Contract Loans,  page 14. When a loan is made, the amount
held under the investment  options described above is reduced,  proportionately,
by the amount of the loan.

PRUvider Variable Appreciable Life Insurance Contracts

   
Pruco Life of New Jersey's PRUvider Variable Appreciable Life Insurance Contract
is a form of life  insurance  that provides much of the  flexibility of variable
universal life.  However, it differs in two important ways. First, Pruco Life of
New Jersey guarantees that if the Scheduled Premiums are paid when due or within
the grace period (or missed premiums are paid later with interest), the Contract
will not lapse and the face amount of  insurance  will be paid upon the death of
the insured even if, because of unfavorable investment experience,  the Contract
Fund value should drop to below zero.  Second, if all premiums are not paid when
due (or made up),  the Contract  will not lapse as long as the Contract  Fund is
higher  than a stated  amount  set forth in a table in the  Contract - an amount
that increases each year and in later years becomes quite high; it is called the
"Tabular  Contract  Fund." The Contract  lapses when the Contract  Fund falls to
below this stated amount, rather than when it drops to zero.
    

                                        3


<PAGE>



Thus, when a PRUvider  Variable  Appreciable Life Contract lapses,  it may still
have considerable value and you will, therefore, have a substantial incentive to
reinstate it, as well as an opportunity to make a considered decision whether to
do so or to take, in one form or another,  the cash surrender  value. In effect,
Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  provides  an early and timely  warning  against  the
imprudent use of the flexibility provided by the Contract.

In the following pages of this prospectus we describe in much greater detail all
of the provisions of the Contract.  That  description is preceded by two sets of
tables. The first set provides,  in condensed form, financial  information about
the portfolios of the Series Fund,  beginning on the date each of them was first
established.  The  second  set shows  what the cash  surrender  values and death
benefits  would be under a  Contract  issued on a  hypothetical  person,  making
certain  assumptions.  These  tables  show  generally  how the values  under the
Contract would vary, with different investment performances.

                     FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PORTFOLIOS
                               OF THE SERIES FUND

The tables that follow provide  information about the annual investment  income,
capital  appreciation  and expenses of the 2 available  portfolios of the Series
Fund  for  each  year,  beginning  with  the  year  after  the  Series  Fund was
established. They are prepared on a per share basis and therefore provide useful
information about the investment performance of each portfolio.

Note, however, that these tables do not tell you how your Contract Fund would
have changed during this period because they do not reflect the deductions from
the Contract Fund other than the portfolio deductions.

                                        4


<PAGE>



              THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

         To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b)

                                        5


<PAGE>



                            PORTFOLIO RATES OF RETURN

        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b)

                                        6


<PAGE>



             Illustrations of Cash Surrender Values, Death Benefits
                            and Accumulated Premiums

The  following  tables  have been  prepared  to help show how  values  under the
Contract  change with investment  performance of the Account.  The tables assume
that no portion of the Contract Fund is allocated to the fixed-rate  option. The
tables  illustrate  how cash  surrender  values  (reflecting  the  deduction  of
deferred sales load and  administrative  charges,  if any) and death benefits of
Contracts  issued on an insured of a given age would vary over time if the gross
investment return on the assets held in the selected Series Fund portfolios were
a uniform,  after tax, annual rate of 0%, 4%, 8%, and 12% and minimum  scheduled
premiums  were paid.  The death  benefits  and cash  surrender  values  would be
different  from  those  shown if the  returns  averaged  0%, 4%, 8%, and 12% but
fluctuated over and under those averages throughout the years.

The death  benefits and cash  surrender  values shown in the first two tables on
pages T1 and T2 reflect Pruco Life of New Jersey's current  charges.  The values
shown in these tables are calculated  upon the assumption that Pruco Life of New
Jersey will continue to use the administrative  charges and mortality rates that
it is currently  using,  even though it is  permitted  under the Contract to use
higher administrative  charges and the higher mortality charges specified in the
1980 CSO Table.  While  Pruco Life of New Jersey  does not  currently  intend to
withdraw or modify these reductions in charges, it reserves the right to do so.

The death  benefits  and cash  surrender  values shown in the next two tables on
pages  T3  and  T4  are  calculated   upon  the  assumption   that  the  maximum
administrative  charges  allowable under the Contract and the maximum  mortality
charges  specified  by the 1980 CSO  Table are made  throughout  the life of the
Contract;  they do not reflect  Pruco Life of New Jersey's  current  practice of
reducing the administrative and mortality charges.

   
The  amounts  shown for the death  benefit and cash  surrender  value as of each
Contract year reflect the fact that the net investment return on the assets held
in the  subaccounts  is lower  than the  gross,  after-tax  return of the Series
Fund's portfolios.  This is because these tables assume an investment management
fee and other estimated Series Fund expenses totaling 0.61% and also reflect the
daily charge to the Account for assuming  mortality and expense risks,  which is
equivalent to an effective  annual rate of 0.9%. The 0.61% figure is based on an
average of the current  management  fees of the two available  portfolios and an
analysis of historical  operating  expenses other than management  fees,  taking
into account any  applicable  expense  offsets.  Actual fees and expenses of the
portfolios  associated with a Contract may be more or less than 0.61%, will vary
from year to year, and will depend on how the Contract Fund is allocated.  Based
on the above  assumptions,  gross  annual rates of return of 0%, 4%, 8%, and 12%
correspond  in the tables to  approximate  net annual rates of return of -1.51%,
2.49%,  6.49%,  and 10.49%,  respectively.  The tables  reflect the fact that no
charges for federal or state income taxes are currently made against the Account
(other than "taxes  attributable to premiums").  If such a charge is made in the
future,  it will take  higher  gross  rates of return  to  produce  the same net
after-tax returns. The tables assume that the insured is in the preferred rating
class,  and the  charge  for  federal,  state and local  taxes  attributable  to
premiums is 3.25%.
    

Upon  request,  Pruco Life of New Jersey will furnish a comparable  hypothetical
illustration  based on the proposed  insured's  age and sex (except where unisex
rates  apply)  and  on  the  face  amount  or  premium  amount  requested.   The
illustrations  can be prepared upon the  assumptions  that the insured is in the
preferred or standard  rating class or in a different risk  classification,  and
can assume that annual, semi-annual, quarterly or monthly premiums are paid.

                                        7


<PAGE>

   
                                  ILLUSTRATIONS
                                  -------------

            THE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                         $5,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                           $173.70 ANNUAL PREMIUM (1)
                        USING CURRENT CONTRACTUAL CHARGES

<TABLE>

                                               Death Benefit (2)                                Cash Surrender Value (2)
                            ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
                                      Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)               Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                        Annual Investment Return of
  End of      Accumulated   ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
  Policy     at 4% Interest   0% Gross      4% Gross    8% Gross     12% Gross      0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross   12% Gross
   Year         Per Year    (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net) (6.49% Net)  (10.49% Net)  (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net) (10.49% Net)
   ----         --------    ------------  ----------- -----------  ------------  ------------  -----------  ----------- ------------
<S>             <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>    
     1          $   181        $5,003       $5,007      $ 5,011       $ 5,016          $  0       $    0      $     2       $     6
     2          $   369        $5,002       $5,013      $ 5,024       $ 5,036          $ 48       $   59      $    70       $    82
     3          $   564        $5,000       $5,019      $ 5,040       $ 5,063          $101       $  121      $   142       $   165
     4          $   767        $5,000       $5,024      $ 5,058       $ 5,096          $153       $  185      $   219       $   256
     5          $   978        $5,000       $5,028      $ 5,079       $ 5,136          $204       $  249      $   300       $   357
     6          $ 1,198        $5,000       $5,033      $ 5,104       $ 5,187          $268       $  329      $   400       $   482
     7          $ 1,427        $5,000       $5,038      $ 5,134       $ 5,247          $330       $  411      $   506       $   620
     8          $ 1,665        $5,000       $5,042      $ 5,167       $ 5,319          $392       $  493      $   618       $   770
     9          $ 1,912        $5,000       $5,046      $ 5,204       $ 5,403          $452       $  577      $   735       $   934
    10          $ 2,169        $5,000       $5,050      $ 5,246       $ 5,501          $511       $  663      $   859       $ 1,114
    15          $ 3,617        $5,000       $5,056      $ 5,541       $ 6,266          $719       $1,045      $ 1,529       $ 2,255
    20          $ 5,379        $5,000       $5,044      $ 6,020       $ 9,093          $880       $1,454      $ 2,430       $ 4,111
    25          $ 7,523        $5,000       $5,010      $ 6,960       $13,506          $967       $1,876      $ 3,631       $ 7,046
30 (Age 65)     $10,132        $5,000       $5,000      $ 8,713       $19,529          $936       $2,294      $ 5,181       $11,613
    35          $13,305        $5,000       $5,000      $10,670       $27,840          $694       $2,681      $ 7,124       $18,587
    40          $17,166        $5,000       $5,000      $12,902       $39,427          $ 44       $2,995      $ 9,507       $29,054
    45          $21,864        $5,000       $5,000      $15,510       $55,797          $  0       $3,146      $12,369       $44,496
</TABLE>

  (1) If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
      $89.46 semi-annually, $46.15 quarterly or $16.90 monthly. The death
      benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
      Contract with more frequent premium payments.

  (2) Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY PRUCO LIFE OF
NEW JERSEY OR THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE
ACHIEVED FOR ANY ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.
    
                                       T1


<PAGE>
   

            THE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                        $20,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                           $390.90 ANNUAL PREMIUM (1)
                        USING CURRENT CONTRACTUAL CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Death Benefit (2)                                Cash Surrender Value (2)
                               ----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------
                                      Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)               Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
               Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                          Annual Investment Return of
  End of      Accumulated   ---------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------
  Policy     at 4% Interest   0% Gross    4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross      0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross
   Year         Per Year    (-1.51% Net) (2.49% Net) (6.49% Net)   (10.49% Net)  (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net) (10.49% Net)
   ----         --------    ------------ ----------- -----------   ------------  ------------  -----------  ----------- ------------
<S>             <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>     
     1          $   407       $20,012      $20,024      $20,036      $ 20,048        $   38      $    50      $    62      $     74
     2          $   829       $20,013      $20,046      $20,080      $ 20,115        $  243      $   276      $   310      $    345
     3          $ 1,269       $20,002      $20,065      $20,132      $ 20,204        $  442      $   505      $   573      $    644
     4          $ 1,726       $20,000      $20,081      $20,194      $ 20,316        $  635      $   739      $   851      $    974
     5          $ 2,202       $20,000      $20,095      $20,265      $ 20,456        $  832      $   985      $ 1,156      $  1,346
     6          $ 2,697       $20,000      $20,111      $20,355      $ 20,635        $1,083      $ 1,295      $ 1,539      $  1,818
     7          $ 3,211       $20,000      $20,126      $20,459      $ 20,851        $1,334      $ 1,616      $ 1,948      $  2,340
     8          $ 3,746       $20,000      $20,139      $20,577      $ 21,108        $1,581      $ 1,942      $ 2,380      $  2,911
     9          $ 4,302       $20,000      $20,149      $20,712      $ 21,412        $1,822      $ 2,273      $ 2,835      $  3,535
    10          $ 4,881       $20,000      $20,157      $20,863      $ 21,768        $2,058      $ 2,609      $ 3,315      $  4,220
    15          $ 8,140       $20,000      $20,157      $21,938      $ 24,573        $2,896      $ 4,111      $ 5,892      $  8,528
    20          $12,106       $20,000      $20,078      $23,714      $ 34,411        $3,541      $ 5,716      $ 9,352      $ 15,557
    25          $16,931       $20,000      $20,000      $26,772      $ 51,149        $3,888      $ 7,368      $13,967      $ 26,684
30 (Age 65)     $22,801       $20,000      $20,000      $33,547      $ 73,995        $3,759      $ 8,994      $19,950      $ 44,003
    35          $29,942       $20,000      $20,000      $41,116      $105,519        $2,780      $10,454      $27,451      $ 70,449
    40          $38,631       $20,000      $20,000      $49,746      $149,472        $  153      $11,532      $36,658      $110,146
    45          $49,203       $20,000      $20,000      $59,831      $211,561        $    0      $11,760      $47,713      $168,712
</TABLE>

  (1) If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
      $202.79 semi-annually, $103.98 quarterly or $36.59 monthly. The death
      benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
      Contract with more frequent premium payments.

  (2) Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY PRUCO LIFE OF
NEW JERSEY OR THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE
ACHIEVED FOR ANY ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.
    
                                       T2


<PAGE>
   

            THE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                         $5,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                           $173.70 ANNUAL PREMIUM (1)
                        USING MAXIMUM CONTRACTUAL CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Death Benefit (2)                                Cash Surrender Value (2)
                              ---------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
                                      Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)               Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                 Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                        Annual Investment Return of
  End of       Accumulated    ---------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
  Policy      at 4% Interest    0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross      0% Gross   4% Gross    8% Gross    12% Gross
   Year         Per Year      (-1.51% Net) (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net)  (10.49% Net)  (-1.51% Net) (2.49% Net) (6.49% Net) (10.49% Net)
   ----         --------      ------------ -----------  -----------  ------------  ------------ ----------- ----------- ------------
<S>              <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>    
     1           $   181        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,004       $ 5,009          $  0       $    0       $    0       $     0
     2           $   369        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,010       $ 5,022          $ 35       $   45       $   56       $    67
     3           $   564        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,018       $ 5,039          $ 82       $  100       $  120       $   142
     4           $   767        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,028       $ 5,063          $128       $  157       $  189       $   224
     5           $   978        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,040       $ 5,093          $172       $  214       $  261       $   314
     6           $ 1,198        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,054       $ 5,129          $228       $  284       $  350       $   425
     7           $ 1,427        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,070       $ 5,174          $283       $  356       $  442       $   546
     8           $ 1,665        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,089       $ 5,227          $336       $  428       $  540       $   678
     9           $ 1,912        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,111       $ 5,290          $388       $  500       $  642       $   821
    10           $ 2,169        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,136       $ 5,364          $438       $  574       $  749       $   977
    15           $ 3,617        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,318       $ 5,950          $601       $  885       $1,306       $ 1,938
    20           $ 5,379        $5,000       $5,000      $ 5,622       $ 7,682          $712       $1,202       $2,031       $ 3,473
    25           $ 7,523        $5,000       $5,000      $ 6,099       $11,204          $739       $1,498       $2,965       $ 5,845
30 (Age 65)      $10,132        $5,000       $5,000      $ 6,993       $15,870          $632       $1,736       $4,159       $ 9,438
    35           $13,305        $5,000       $5,000      $ 8,411       $22,115          $280       $1,840       $5,616       $14,765
    40           $17,166        $5,000       $5,000      $ 9,959       $30,539          $  0       $1,651       $7,339       $22,504
    45           $21,864        $5,000       $5,000      $11,677       $41,993          $  0       $  731       $9,312       $33,488
</TABLE>

  (1) If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
      $89.46 semi-annually, $46.15 quarterly or $16.90 monthly. The death
      benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
      Contract with more frequent premium payments.

  (2) Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY PRUCO LIFE OF
NEW JERSEY OR THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE
ACHIEVED FOR ANY ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.
    
                                       T3


<PAGE>
   

            THE PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                           MALE PREFERRED ISSUE AGE 35
                        $20,000 GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT
                           $390.90 ANNUAL PREMIUM (1)
                        USING MAXIMUM CONTRACTUAL CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Death Benefit (2)                                 Cash Surrender Value (2)
                            ----------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------
                                      Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)                 Assuming Hypothetical Gross (and Net)
                Premiums                 Annual Investment Return of                          Annual Investment Return of
  End of       Accumulated  ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
  Policy     at 4% Interest    0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross    0% Gross     4% Gross     8% Gross     12% Gross
   Year         Per Year    (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net)  (10.49% Net) (-1.51% Net)  (2.49% Net)  (6.49% Net) (10.49% Net)
   ----         --------    ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------ ------------  -----------  ----------- ------------
<S>              <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>     
     1           $   407       $20,000      $20,000      $20,009      $ 20,028        $   12       $   24      $    35      $     46
     2           $   829       $20,000      $20,000      $20,024      $ 20,056        $  191       $  221      $   253      $    286
     3           $ 1,269       $20,000      $20,000      $20,045      $ 20,111        $  364       $  423      $   485      $    551
     4           $ 1,726       $20,000      $20,000      $20,073      $ 20,185        $  532       $  627      $   730      $    843
     5           $ 2,202       $20,000      $20,000      $20,109      $ 20,283        $  704       $  843      $   999      $  1,173
     6           $ 2,697       $20,000      $20,000      $20,153      $ 20,406        $  924       $1,116      $ 1,337      $  1,590
     7           $ 3,211       $20,000      $20,000      $20,206      $ 20,559        $1,144       $1,397      $ 1,696      $  2,048
     8           $ 3,746       $20,000      $20,000      $20,269      $ 20,744        $1,358       $1,681      $ 2,072      $  2,547
     9           $ 4,302       $20,000      $20,000      $20,343      $ 20,965        $1,567       $1,968      $ 2,466      $  3,089
    10           $ 4,881       $20,000      $20,000      $20,428      $ 21,227        $1,769       $2,257      $ 2,880      $  3,679
    15           $ 8,140       $20,000      $20,000      $21,061      $ 23,332        $2,429       $3,480      $ 5,015      $  7,287
    20           $12,106       $20,000      $20,000      $22,149      $ 28,871        $2,874       $4,713      $ 7,787      $ 13,052
    25           $16,931       $20,000      $20,000      $23,887      $ 42,162        $2,984       $5,854      $11,349      $ 21,996
30 (Age 65)      $22,801       $20,000      $20,000      $26,744      $ 59,769        $2,553       $6,742      $15,904      $ 35,543
    35           $29,942       $20,000      $20,000      $32,210      $ 83,331        $1,136       $7,056      $21,505      $ 55,635
    40           $38,631       $20,000      $20,000      $38,177      $115,111        $    0       $6,109      $28,133      $ 84,826
    45           $49,203       $20,000      $20,000      $44,799      $158,323        $    0       $2,012      $35,726      $126,256
</TABLE>

  (1) If premiums are paid more frequently than annually, the payments would be
      $202.79 semi-annually, $103.98 quarterly or $36.59 monthly. The death
      benefits and cash surrender values would be slightly different for a
      Contract with more frequent premium payments.

  (2) Assumes no Contract loan has been made.

THE HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN SHOWN ABOVE AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE INVESTMENT RATES OF RETURN. ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN MAY BE MORE OR
LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN AND WILL DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS INCLUDING THE
INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS MADE BY AN OWNER, PREVAILING INTEREST RATES, AND RATES OF
INFLATION. THE DEATH BENEFIT AND CASH SURRENDER VALUE FOR A CONTRACT WOULD BE
DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN IF THE ACTUAL RATES OF RETURN AVERAGED 0%, 4%, 8%,
AND 12% OVER A PERIOD OF YEARS BUT ALSO FLUCTUATED ABOVE OR BELOW THOSE AVERAGES
FOR INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT YEARS. NO REPRESENTATIONS CAN BE MADE BY PRUCO LIFE OF
NEW JERSEY OR THE SERIES FUND THAT THESE HYPOTHETICAL RATES OF RETURN CAN BE
ACHIEVED FOR ANY ONE YEAR OR SUSTAINED OVER ANY PERIOD OF TIME.
    
                                       T4


<PAGE>


                            GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT
                  PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY VARIABLE APPRECIABLE
                        ACCOUNT AND THE FIXED RATE OPTION

Pruco Life of New Jersey Variable Appreciable Account

The Pruco Life of New Jersey  Variable  Appreciable  Account was  established on
January  13,  1984 under New Jersey law as a separate  investment  account.  The
Account  meets  the  definition  of  a  "separate  account"  under  the  federal
securities  laws. The Account holds assets that are segregated from all of Pruco
Life of New Jersey's other assets.

The obligations to Contract owners and beneficiaries  arising under the Contract
are general corporate obligations of Pruco Life of New Jersey. Pruco Life of New
Jersey is also the legal owner of the assets in the  Account.  Pruco Life of New
Jersey  will at all times  maintain  assets in the Account  with a total  market
value at least  equal to the  reserve  and  other  liabilities  relating  to the
variable benefits  attributable to the Account.  These assets may not be charged
with  liabilities  which arise from any other  business Pruco Life of New Jersey
conducts.  In addition to these assets,  the Account's  assets may include funds
contributed by Pruco Life of New Jersey to commence operation of the Account and
may include  accumulations of the charges Pruco Life of New Jersey makes against
the Account.  From time to time these  additional  assets will be transferred to
Pruco Life of New Jersey's  general  account.  Before making any such  transfer,
Pruco Life of New Jersey will consider any possible  adverse impact the transfer
might have on the Account.

   
The Account is registered  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")
under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940  ("1940  Act") as a unit  investment
trust,  which  is a type of  investment  company.  This  does  not  involve  any
supervision by the SEC of the management or investment  policies or practices of
the  Account.  For state law  purposes,  the  Account  is  treated  as a part or
division of Pruco Life of New Jersey. There are currently two subaccounts within
the Account, one of which invests in the Conservative Balanced Portfolio and the
other of which  invests in the  Flexible  Managed  Portfolio of the Series Fund.
Additional  subaccounts  may be added in the  future.  The  Account's  financial
statements begin on page A1.
    

The Fixed-Rate Option

Because of exemptive and  exclusionary  provisions,  interests in the fixed-rate
option under the Contract have not been  registered  under the Securities Act of
1933 and the general  account has not been  registered as an investment  company
under  the  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940.  Accordingly,  interests  in the
fixed-rate  option are not subject to the  provisions  of these Acts,  and Pruco
Life of New  Jersey  has been  advised  that the  staff  of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission has not reviewed the disclosure in this Prospectus relating
to the fixed-rate option. Any inaccurate or misleading  disclosure regarding the
fixed-rate  option  may,  however,  subject  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  and its
directors to civil liability if that results in any damage.

As  explained  earlier,  you may  elect  to  allocate,  either  initially  or by
transfer,  all  or  part  of the  amount  credited  under  the  Contract  to the
fixed-rate  option,  and the amount so allocated or transferred  becomes part of
The Pruco Life of New Jersey's general assets.  Sometimes this is referred to as
Pruco Life of New Jersey's general  account,  which consists of all assets owned
by  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  other  than  those in the  Account  and in other
separate  accounts  that have been or may be  established  by Pruco  Life of New
Jersey.  Subject to applicable law, Pruco Life of New Jersey has sole discretion
over the investment of the assets of the general account, and Contract owners do
not share in the investment experience of those assets.  Instead,  Pruco Life of
New  Jersey  guarantees  that the part of the  Contract  Fund  allocated  to the
fixed-rate  option will accrue  interest daily at an effective  annual rate that
Pruco Life of New Jersey declares  periodically.  This rate may not be less than
an effective  annual rate of 4%.  Currently,  declared  interest rates remain in
effect  from the date money is  allocated  to the  fixed-rate  option  until the
Monthly date in the same month in the following  year. See Contract  Date,  page
12. Thereafter,  a new crediting rate will be declared each year and will remain
in effect for the calendar year.  Pruco Life of New Jersey reserves the right to
change  this  practice.  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey is not  obligated  to credit
interest at a higher rate than 4%, although in its sole discretion it may do so.
Different crediting rates may be declared for different portions of the Contract
Fund allocated to the  fixed-rate  option.  At least annually and on request,  a
Contract owner will be advised of the interest rates that currently apply to his
or her Contract.

Transfers  from the  fixed-rate  option  are  subject  to  strict  limits.  (See
Transfers, page 13). The payment of any cash surrender value attributable to the
fixed-rate  option may be delayed up to 6 months  (see When  Proceeds  Are Paid,
page 17).

                                        8


<PAGE>

                      DETAILED INFORMATION FOR PROSPECTIVE
                                 CONTRACT OWNERS

Requirements for Issuance of a Contract

   
The Contract may generally be issued on insureds below the age of 76. Generally,
the minimum initial  guaranteed  death benefit that can be applied for is $5,000
and the maximum  that can be applied for is $25,000.  For  proposed  insureds 21
years of age or younger,  the minimum initial  guaranteed death benefit that can
be applied for is $10,000. Before issuing any Contract, Pruco Life of New Jersey
requires  evidence  of  insurability  which may  include a medical  examination.
Non-smokers who meet preferred  underwriting  requirements  are offered the most
favorable  premium rate. A higher premium is charged if an extra  mortality risk
is  involved.  These are the  current  underwriting  requirements.  The  Company
reserves the right to change these requirements on a non-discriminatory basis.
    

Short-Term Cancellation Right or "Free Look"

Generally,  you may return the  Contract  for a refund  within 10 days after you
receive it,  within 45 days after Part I of the  application  for  insurance  is
signed,  or within 10 days after  Pruco Life of New Jersey  mails or  delivers a
Notice of  Withdrawal  Right,  whichever  is latest.  Some states allow a longer
period of time during which a Contract  may be returned  for a refund.  A refund
can be requested by mailing or delivering the Contract to the representative who
sold it or to the Home Office  specified in the  Contract.  A Contract  returned
according to this provision  shall be deemed void from the  beginning.  You will
then receive a refund of all premium payments made, plus or minus any change due
to investment  experience in the value of the invested  portion of the premiums,
calculated  as if no charges  had been made  against  the  Account or the Series
Fund.  However,  if applicable law so requires,  if you exercise your short-term
cancellation right, you will receive a refund of all premium payments made, with
no adjustment for investment experience.

Contract Fees and Charges

This section  provides a detailed  description  of each charge that is described
briefly in the chart on page 2, and an explanation of the purpose of the charge.

In  several  instances  we will use the  terms  "maximum  charge"  and  "current
charge." The "maximum charge," in each instance, will be the highest charge that
Pruco Life of New Jersey is entitled to make under the  Contract.  The  "current
charge" is the lower  amount  that  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey is now  charging.
However, if circumstances change, Pruco Life of New Jersey reserves the right to
increase  each  current  charge,  up to but to no more than the maximum  charge,
without giving any advance notice.

A  Contract  owner  may add  several  "riders"  to the  Contract  which  provide
additional  benefits,  which are  charged  for  separately.  The  statement  and
description of charges that follows assumes there are no riders to the Contract.

Deductions from Premiums

   
(a) A charge for taxes  attributable  to premiums is deducted from each premium.
That charge is  currently  made up of two parts.  The first part is in an amount
equal to the  state  or local  premium  tax.  It  varies  from  jurisdiction  to
jurisdiction and generally ranges from 0.75% to 5% (but in some instances it may
exceed 5%) of the premium received by Pruco Life of New Jersey.  The second part
is for federal income taxes measured by premiums and it is equal to 1.25% of the
premium.  Pruco Life of New Jersey  believes  that this  charge is a  reasonable
estimate of an increase in its federal income taxes resulting from a 1990 change
in the Internal  Revenue  Code.  It is intended to recover this  increased  tax.
During 1995 and 1994, Pruco Life of New Jersey received a total of approximately
$xxx,xxx  and   $149,988,   respectively,   in  charges  for  payment  of  taxes
attributable to premiums.


(b) A charge of $2 is deducted  from each  premium  payment to cover the cost of
collecting and processing  premiums.  Thus, if you pay premiums  annually,  this
charge will be $2 per year. If you pay premiums monthly,  the charge will be $24
per year.  If you pay  premiums  more  frequently,  for example  under a payroll
deduction  plan with your  employer,  the  charge may be more than $24 per year.
During 1995 and 1994, Pruco Life of New Jersey received a total of approximately
$xxx,xxx and $116,312, respectively, in processing charges.

Deductions from Portfolios

(a) An  investment  advisory  fee is deducted  daily from each  portfolio  at an
annual rate of 0.55% for the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio and 0.6% for the
Flexible Managed Portfolio.
    
(b) The  expenses  incurred  in  conducting  the  investment  operations  of the
portfolios (such as investment advisory fees, custodian fees and preparation and
distribution of annual reports) are paid out of the portfolio's income.

                                        9


<PAGE>


   

These expenses also vary from portfolio to portfolio. The total expenses of each
portfolio  for the year 1995  expressed  as a percentage  of the average  assets
during the year are shown below:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Other               Total
           Portfolio      Advisory            Expenses            Expenses
                            Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Conservative Balanced      0.55%              0.03%               0.58%
    Flexible Managed        0.60%              0.03%               0.63%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


For the  years  1995,  1994,  and  1993,  The  Prudential  received  a total  of
$77,610,206,   $66,413,206,   and  $51,197,499,   respectively,   in  investment
management fees for all of the Series Fund's portfolios.
    
Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund

The  following  monthly  charges are  deducted  proportionately  from the dollar
amounts held in each of the chosen investment option[s].

(a) A sales  charge,  often called a sales load,  is deducted to pay part of the
costs  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  incurs in selling  the  Contracts,  including
commissions,  advertising and the printing and  distribution of prospectuses and
sales  literature.  The charge is equal to 0.5% of the "primary  annual premium"
which is equal to the  Scheduled  Premium that would be payable if premiums were
being paid annually,  less the two deductions from premiums (taxes  attributable
to premiums and the $2 processing  charge),  and less the $6 part of the monthly
deduction  described  in (c)  below,  the $0.30 per  $1,000 of face  amount  for
Contracts  with a face amount of less than $10,000,  and any extra  premiums for
riders or substandard risks. The deduction is made whether the Contract owner is
paying premiums annually or more frequently.  It is lower on Contracts issued on
insureds over 60 years of age. To  summarize,  this charge is somewhat less than
(significantly  less for  Contracts  with small face  amounts)  6% of the annual
Scheduled Premium.

   
There is a second sales load, which will be charged only if a Contract lapses or
is surrendered  before the end of the 10th Contract year. It is often  described
as a  contingent  deferred  sales load  ("CDSL")  and is  described  later under
Surrender or Withdrawal Charges.  During 1995 and 1994, Pruco Life of New Jersey
received a total of approximately $xxx,xxx and $203,885,  respectively, in sales
load charges.

(b) A charge of not more than  $0.01 per $1000 of face  amount of  insurance  is
made  to  compensate  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  for the  risk  it  assumes  by
guaranteeing that, no matter how unfavorable  investment  experience may be, the
death  benefit will never be less than the  guaranteed  minimum death benefit so
long as  Scheduled  Premiums  are paid on or before  the due date or during  the
grace period. This charge will not be made if the Contract has been continued in
force  pursuant to an option on lapse.  During 1995 and 1994,  Pruco Life of New
Jersey received a total of approximately $xx,xxx and $12,917,  respectively, for
this risk charge.

(c) An administrative charge of $6 plus up to $0.19 per $1,000 per month of face
amount of  insurance  is deducted  each month.  Currently,  on a  non-guaranteed
basis,  this  charge is reduced  from $0.19 to $0.09 per  $1,000.  The charge is
intended to pay for processing claims,  keeping records,  and communicating with
Contract owners. If premiums are paid by automatic  transfer under the Pru-Matic
Plan,  as described on page 12, the current  charge is further  reduced to $0.07
per $1,000 of face amount.  There is an additional charge of $0.30 per $1,000 of
face  amount if the face  amount of the  Contract  is less  than  $10,000.  This
monthly  administrative  charge  will  not be  made  if the  Contract  has  been
continued in force pursuant to an option on lapse.  During 1995 and 1994,  Pruco
Life of New Jersey  received a total of  approximately  $xxx,xxx  and  $680,579,
respectively, in monthly administrative charges.
    

(d) A  mortality  charge is  deducted  that is  intended to be used to pay death
benefits.  When an insured dies, the amount payable to the beneficiary is larger
than the Contract Fund and significantly larger if the insured dies in the early
years of a Contract.  The mortality  charges  collected from all Contract owners
enables  Pruco Life of New Jersey to pay the death  benefit for the few insureds
who die. The maximum  mortality  charge is  determined by  multiplying  the "net
amount at risk"  under a  Contract  (the  amount by which the  Contract's  death
benefit, computed as if there were neither riders nor Contract debt, exceeds the
Contract Fund) by a rate based upon the insured's  current  attained age and sex
(except where unisex rates apply) and the  anticipated  mortality for that class
of persons.  The anticipated  mortality is based upon mortality tables published
by  The   National   Association   of   Insurance   Commissioners   called   the
Non-Smoker/Smoker 1980 CSO Tables. Pruco Life of New Jersey may determine that a
lesser  amount than that called for by these  mortality  tables will be adequate
for insureds of particular ages and may thus make a lower  mortality  charge for
such  persons.  Any  lower  current  mortality  charges  are not  applicable  to
Contracts in force pursuant to an option on lapse. See Lapse and  Reinstatement,
page 15.

                                       10


<PAGE>




(e) If the  Contract  includes  riders,  Pruco  Life of New Jersey  deducts  any
charges  applicable to those riders from the Contract Fund on each Monthly date.
In addition, Pruco Life of New Jersey will deduct on each Monthly date any extra
charge incurred because of the rating class of the insured.

(f) A charge may be deducted to cover federal,  state or local taxes (other than
"taxes  attributable  to  premiums"  described  above) that are imposed upon the
operations of the Account. At present no such taxes are imposed and no charge is
made.

Daily Deduction from the Contract Fund

   
Each day a charge is deducted from the assets of each of the  subaccounts  in an
amount  equivalent  to an  effective  annual rate of up to 0.9%.  This charge is
intended  to  compensate  Pruco Life of New Jersey for  assuming  mortality  and
expense  risks under the Contract.  The mortality  risk assumed is that insureds
may live for  shorter  periods of time than  Pruco Life of New Jersey  estimated
when it determined  what  mortality  charge to make. The expense risk assumed is
that expenses incurred in issuing and administering the Contract will be greater
than Pruco Life of New Jersey  estimated in fixing its  administrative  charges.
Pruco  Life of New Jersey  will  realize a profit  from this risk  charge to the
extent  it is not  needed  to  provide  benefits  and  pay  expenses  under  the
Contracts.  This  charge  is  not  assessed  against  amounts  allocated  to the
fixed-rate  option.  During 1995 and 1994,  Pruco Life of New Jersey  received a
total of  approximately  $xx,xxx and $31,792,  respectively,  in  mortality  and
expense risk charges.
    

Surrender or Withdrawal Charges

(a) An additional  sales load (the CDSL) is charged if a Contract is surrendered
for its cash surrender value or lapses during the first 10 Contract years. It is
not  deducted  from the death  benefit if the  insured  should  die during  this
period.  This maximum  contingent  deferred  charge is equal to 50% of the first
year's  primary  annual  premium  upon  Contracts  that lapse during the first 5
Contract years.  That percentage is reduced  uniformly on a daily basis starting
from  the  Contract's  fifth  anniversary  until  it  disappears  on  the  tenth
anniversary. Other important limitations apply. They are described more fully in
the Statement of Additional  Information.  The amount of this charge can be more
easily  understood  by  reference to the  following  table which shows the sales
loads  that  would be paid by a 35 year  old man with  $20,000  face  amount  of
insurance,  both through the monthly deductions from the Contract Fund described
above and upon the surrender of the Contract.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        Cumulative
                                             Cumulative                                                Total Sales
 Surrender,           Cumulative             Sales Load         Contingent            Total             Load as Per-
Last Day of            Scheduled              Deducted           Deferred             Sales             centage of
  Year No.             Premiums                 from            Sales Load            Load              Scheduled
                         Paid                 Contract                                                  Premiums
                                                Fund                                                      Paid
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                   <C>                 <C>                 <C>                    <C>   
     1             $     390.90          $    18.24          $    87.22          $   105.46             26.98%
     2                   781.80               36.48              104.16              140.64             17.99%
     3                 1,172.70               54.72              121.10              175.82             14.99%
     4                 1,563.60               72.96              138.04              211.00             13.49%
     5                 1,954.50               91.20              146.55              237.75             12.16%
     6                 2,345.40              109.44              121.80              231.24              9.86%
     7                 2,736.30              127.68               91.40              219.08              8.01%
     8                 3,127.20              145.92               60.80              206.72              6.61%
     9                 3,518.10              164.16               30.40              194.56              5.53%
    10                 3,909.00              182.40                0.00              182.40              4.67%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


The percentages  shown in the last column will not be appreciably  different for
insureds of different ages.

   
(b) An  administrative  charge of $5 per $1,000 of face amount of  insurance  is
deducted upon lapse or surrender to cover the cost of  processing  applications,
conducting  medical  examinations,  determining  insurability  and the insured's
rating  class,  and  establishing  records.  However,  this  charge  is  reduced
beginning on the Contract's  fifth  anniversary and declines daily at a constant
rate until it disappears entirely on the tenth Contract anniversary. During 1995
and 1994, Pruco Life of New Jersey received a total of approximately $xx,xxx and
$10,806, respectively, for surrendered or lapsed Contracts.
    

Transaction Charges

An administrative  processing charge of $15 will be made in connection with each
withdrawal  of  excess  cash  surrender  value of a  Contract.  This  charge  is
described in more detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                       11


<PAGE>



Contract Date

When the first premium payment is paid with the application for a Contract,  the
Contract date will ordinarily be the later of the date of the application or the
date of any medical  examination.  In most cases no medical  examination will be
necessary.  If the first premium is not paid with the application,  the Contract
date will ordinarily be the date the first premium was paid and the Contract was
delivered.  Under certain circumstances,  Pruco Life of New Jersey will permit a
Contract to be back-dated  but only to a date not earlier than 6 months prior to
the date of the application. It may be advantageous for a Contract owner to have
an earlier  Contract date since that will result in the use by Pruco Life of New
Jersey of a lower issue age in determining the amount of the scheduled  premium.
Pruco Life of New Jersey will  require the  payment of all  premiums  that would
have been due had the  application  date coincided with the back-dated  Contract
date.  The death  benefit and cash  surrender  value under the Contract  will be
equal to what they would have been had the Contract  been issued on the Contract
date, all scheduled  premiums been received on their due dates, and all Contract
charges been made.

Premiums

As already  explained,  the Contract  provides for a Scheduled Premium which, if
paid when due or within a 61 day grace  period,  ensures that the Contract  will
not lapse. If you pay premiums other than on a monthly basis, you will receive a
notice  that a premium  is due about 3 weeks  before  each due date.  If you pay
premiums  monthly,  you will  receive a book each year with 12 coupons that will
serve as a reminder. With Pruco Life of New Jersey's consent, you may change the
frequency of premium payments.

You may elect to have monthly premiums paid  automatically  under the "Pru-Matic
Premium Plan" by pre-authorized  transfers from a bank checking account.  If you
select the Pru-Matic  Premium Plan, one of the current  monthly  charges will be
reduced.  See Monthly  Deductions  From  Contract  Fund,  page 10. Some Contract
owners may also be  eligible to have  monthly  premiums  paid by  pre-authorized
deductions from an employer's payroll.

The following table shows,  for two face amounts,  representative  preferred and
standard annual premium  amounts under Contracts  issued on insureds who are not
substandard  risks.  These  premiums  do not reflect  any  additional  riders or
supplementary benefits.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           $10,000 Face Amount            $20,000 Face Amount
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                       Preferred        Standard       Preferred        Standard
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Male, age 35           $233.70         $274.01         $390.90        $ 471.52
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Female, age 45          $278.04         $308.53         $479.59        $ 540.57
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Male, age 55           $450.96         $562.17         $825.43        $1047.86
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The following table compares annual and monthly premiums for insureds who are in
the preferred  rating class.  Note that in these  examples the sum of 12 monthly
premiums for a particular  Contract is approximately  110% to 116% of the annual
scheduled premium for that Contract.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          $10,000 Face Amount             $20,000 Face Amount
                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     Monthly            Annual          Monthly          Annual
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Male, age 35        $22.43            $233.70          $36.59           $390.90
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Female, age 45       $26.46            $278.04          $44.65           $479.59
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Male, age 55        $41.96            $450.96          $75.66           $825.43
   at issue
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


A  significant  feature of this  Contract  is that it permits you to pay greater
than  Scheduled  Premiums.  This may be done by  making  occasional  unscheduled
premium  payments or on a periodic  basis.  If you wish, you may select a higher
contemplated  premium than the Scheduled Premium.  Pruco Life of New Jersey will
then bill you for the chosen premium. In general,  the regular payment of higher
premiums will result in higher cash surrender values

                                       12


<PAGE>



and higher death benefits.  Conversely,  payment of a Scheduled Premium need not
be made if the  Contract  Fund is  sufficiently  large to enable the charges due
under the Contract to be made without  causing the Contract to lapse.  See Lapse
and  Reinstatement,  page 15. The  payment of  premiums  in excess of  Scheduled
Premiums may cause the Contract to become a Modified Endowment Contract. If this
happens,  loans and other  distributions  which would  otherwise  not be taxable
events will be subject to federal income taxation. See Tax Treatment of Contract
Benefits, page 18.

Pruco Life of New  Jersey  will  generally  accept  any  premium  payment if the
payment  is at least  $25.  Pruco Life of New  Jersey  does  reserve  the right,
however,  to limit  unscheduled  premiums  to a total of $5,000 in any  Contract
year,  and to refuse to accept  premiums that would  immediately  result in more
than a  dollar-for-dollar  increase in the death  benefit.  See How a Contract's
Death  Benefit Will Vary,  page 14. The  privilege of making large or additional
premium  payments  offers a way of investing  amounts which  accumulate  without
current income taxation,  but again,  there are tax consequences if the Contract
becomes a Modified Endowment  Contract.  See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits,
page 18.

Allocation of Premiums

On  the  Contract  date,  a $2  processing  charge  and  the  charge  for  taxes
attributable to premiums are deducted from the initial premium. The remainder is
allocated on the Contract date among the  subaccount[s] or the fixed-rate option
according to the desired allocation specified in the application form. From this
invested portion of the initial premium,  the first monthly deductions are made.
See Contract Fees and Charges,  page 9. The invested  portion of any part of the
initial  premium in excess of the  Scheduled  Premium is placed in the  selected
investment  option[s] on the date of receipt,  but not earlier than the Contract
date.  Thus,  to the extent that the receipt of the first  premium  precedes the
Contract date,  there will be a period during which the Contract owner's initial
premium  will not be  invested.  All  subsequent  premium  payments,  after  the
deduction  from  premiums,  when  received  by Pruco Life of New Jersey  will be
placed in the  subaccount[s]  or the  fixed-rate  option in accordance  with the
allocation previously  designated.  Provided the Contract is not in default, you
may change the way in which subsequent  premiums are allocated by giving written
notice  to a Home  Office.  You may  also  change  the way in  which  subsequent
premiums are allocated by telephoning the Home Office, provided you are enrolled
to use the Telephone Transfer system. There is no charge for reallocating future
premiums.  If any part of the  invested  portion of a premium is  allocated to a
particular  investment option, that portion must be at least 10% on the date the
allocation  takes effect.  All percentage  allocations must be in whole numbers.
For  example,  33% can be  selected  but 331/3%  cannot.  Of  course,  the total
allocation of all selected investment options must equal 100%.

Transfers

If the  Contract is not in default,  or if the  Contract is in force as variable
reduced paid-up  insurance (see Lapse and  Reinstatement , page 15), you may, up
to four times in each Contract year, transfer amounts from one subaccount to the
other  subaccount  or to the  fixed-rate  option.  There is no charge.  All or a
portion of the amount credited to a subaccount may be transferred.

In addition, the total amount credited to a Contract held in the subaccounts may
be  transferred  to the  fixed-rate  option  at any time  during  the  first two
Contract years. If you wish to convert your variable Contract to a fixed-benefit
Contract in this manner,  you must  request a complete  transfer of funds to the
fixed-rate option and should also change your allocation  instructions regarding
any future premiums.

   
Transfers  between  subaccounts  will take effect as of the end of the valuation
period (usually the business day) in which a proper transfer request is received
at a Home Office. The valuation period is defined as the period of time from one
determination  of the value of the amount  invested in a subaccount to the next.
Such  determinations  are made when the net asset values of the  portfolios  are
calculated,  which is  generally  at 4:15  p.m.  New York  City time on each day
during which the New York Stock Exchange is open. The request may be in terms of
dollars,  such as a request to transfer $1,000 from one subaccount to the other,
or may be in terms of a  percentage  reallocation  between  subaccounts.  In the
latter case, as with premium  reallocations,  the  percentages  must be in whole
numbers.  You may transfer amounts by proper written notice to a Home Office, or
by telephone  using the Telephone  Transfer  System unless you elect not to have
this  privilege.  Pruco Life of New Jersey has  adopted  procedures  designed to
ensure that  requests by  telephone  are  genuine and will  require  appropriate
identification  for that  purpose.  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  will not be held
liable for following  telephone  instructions  that we reasonably  believe to be
genuine.  Pruco Life of New Jersey cannot guarantee that you will be able to get
through to complete a telephone  transfer during peak periods such as periods of
drastic economic or market change.
    

Transfers from the fixed-rate option are subject to restrictions and may only be
made with Pruco Life of New  Jersey's  consent.  Transfers  from the  fixed-rate
option to the  subaccounts  are currently  permitted once each Contract year and
only during the 30-day period beginning on the Contract anniversary. The maximum
amount  which  may be  transferred  out of the  fixed-rate  option  each year is
currently the greater of: (a) 25% of the amount

                                       13


<PAGE>



in the fixed-rate  option, or (b) $2,000.  Such transfer requests received prior
to the  Contract  anniversary  will be  effected  on the  Contract  anniversary.
Transfer  requests  received within the 30-day period  beginning on the Contract
anniversary  will be effected as of the end of the  valuation  period in which a
proper transfer  request is received at a Home Office.  These limits are subject
to change in the future.

How the Contract Fund Changes with Investment Experience

As explained  above,  after the tenth Contract  year,  there will no longer be a
surrender  charge and, if there is no Contract loan,  the cash  surrender  value
will be equal to the Contract Fund. This section,  therefore, also describes how
the cash surrender value of the Contract will change with investment experience.

On the Contract  Date,  the Contract Fund value is the initial  premium less the
deductions from premiums and the first monthly deductions. See Contract Fees and
Charges,  page 9. This amount is placed in the investment  options designated by
the  owner.  Thereafter  the  Contract  Fund  value  changes  daily,  reflecting
increases or decreases in the value of the securities in which the assets of the
subaccount have been invested, and interest credited on any amounts allocated to
the  fixed-rate  option.  It is also  reduced  by the  daily  asset  charge  for
mortality and expense risks assessed  against the variable  investment  options.
The  Contract  Fund value also  increases  to reflect the receipt of  additional
premium payments and is decreased by the monthly deductions.

A Contract's  cash  surrender  value on any date will be the Contract Fund value
reduced by the  withdrawal  charges,  if any,  and by any  Contract  debt.  Upon
request,  Pruco Life of New Jersey will tell a Contract owner the cash surrender
value of his or her Contract. It is possible, although highly unlikely, that the
cash surrender  value of a Contract could decline to zero because of unfavorable
investment  performance,  even if a Contract  owner  continues to pay  Scheduled
Premiums when due.

The tables on pages T1 through T4 of this  prospectus  illustrate what the death
benefit  and  cash  surrender  values  would be for a  representative  Contract,
assuming uniform hypothetical  investment results in the selected  portfolio[s],
and also provide  information  about the  aggregate  premiums  payable under the
Contract.

How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary

The death benefit will change from the outset with  investment  experience.  The
precise  way in which that will occur is  complicated  and is  described  in the
Statement  of  Additional  Information.  In general,  and  assuming the optional
paid-up benefit is not in effect,  see Paid-Up  Insurance Option, on page 16, if
the net investment  performance is 4% per year or higher, the death benefit will
increase;  if it is  below  4%,  it will  decrease.  Pruco  Life  of New  Jersey
guarantees,  however,  that it will  not  decrease  below  the  face  amount  of
insurance.  If  unfavorable  experience  of that kind should  occur,  it must be
offset by  favorable  experience  before the death  benefit  begins to  increase
again.

If the Contract is kept in force for several years and if investment performance
is relatively favorable, the Contract Fund value may grow to the point where, to
meet  certain  provisions  of the Internal  Revenue Code which  require that the
death benefit always be greater than the Contract Fund value,  the death benefit
must be  increased.  The  required  difference  between  the death  benefit  and
Contract  Fund value is higher at  younger  ages than at older  ages.  A precise
description is in the Statement of Additional Information.

Contract Loans

The owner may borrow from Pruco Life of New Jersey up to the "loan value" of the
Contract,  using the Contract as the only security for the loan.  The loan value
is equal to (1) 90% of an amount equal to the portion of the Contract Fund value
attributable  to the  variable  investment  options  and to  any  prior  loan[s]
supported by the variable investment  options,  minus the portion of any charges
attributable  to  variable  investment  options  that would be  payable  upon an
immediate  surrender;  plus (2) 100% of an amount  equal to the  portion  of the
Contract  Fund  value  attributable  to the  fixed-rate  option and to any prior
loan[s]  supported by the  fixed-rate  option,  minus the portion of any charges
attributable  to the  fixed-rate  option that would be payable upon an immediate
surrender.  The  minimum  amount  that may be  borrowed  at any one time is $200
unless the proceeds are used to pay premiums on the Contract.

   
Interest  charged on a loan accrues  daily at a fixed  effective  annual rate of
5.5%. Interest payments on any loan are due at the end of each Contract year. If
interest is not paid when due, it is added to the principal  amount of the loan.
The term  "Contract  debt"  means the amount of all  outstanding  loans plus any
interest  accrued but not yet due. If at any time the Contract debt exceeds what
the cash surrender value would be if there were no Contract debt,  Pruco Life of
New Jersey will notify you of its intent to  terminate  the Contract in 61 days,
within  which  time you may repay all or enough of the loan to obtain a positive
cash surrender  value and thus keep the Contract in force for a limited time. If
you fail to keep the Contract in force, the amount of unpaid Contract debt
    

                                       14


<PAGE>



   
will be treated as a  distribution  which may be taxable.  See Tax  Treatment of
Contract Benefits, page 18, and Lapse and Reinstatement, page 15 .
    

When a loan is made, an amount equal to the loan  proceeds  will be  transferred
out  of the  variable  investment  options  and/or  the  fixed-rate  option,  as
applicable.  The reduction will normally be made in the same  proportions as the
value in each  subaccount and the fixed-rate  option bears to the total value of
the Contract.  While a loan is  outstanding,  the amount that was so transferred
will continue to be treated as part of the Contract Fund but it will be credited
with the assumed rate of return of 4% rather than with the actual rate of return
of the subaccount[s] or fixed-rate option.

A loan will not affect the amount of the premiums due.  Should the death benefit
become  payable  while  a  loan  is  outstanding,  or  should  the  Contract  be
surrendered,  any Contract  debt will be deducted  from the death benefit or the
cash surrender value.

A loan will have an effect on a Contract's  cash surrender value and may have an
effect on the  death  benefit,  even if the loan is fully  repaid,  because  the
investment  results of the  selected  investment  options will apply only to the
amount  remaining  invested  under  those  options.   The  longer  the  loan  is
outstanding,  the  greater  the  effect  is likely to be.  The  effect  could be
favorable or unfavorable.  If investment results are greater than the rate being
credited upon the amount of the loan while the loan is outstanding, values under
the Contract will not increase as rapidly as they would have if no loan had been
made. If investment results are below that rate,  Contract values will be higher
than they would have been had no loan been made.  A loan that is repaid will not
have any effect upon the guaranteed minimum death benefit.

   
Consider the Contract  issued on a 35 year old male insured  illustrated  in the
table on page T2 with an 8% gross  investment  return.  Assume a $1,500 loan was
made under this  Contract at the end of Contract year 8 and repaid at the end of
Contract year 10 and loan interest was paid when due. Upon  repayment,  the cash
surrender value would be $3,239.13. This amount is lower than the cash surrender
value shown on that page for the end of Contract year 10 because the loan amount
was credited with the 4% assumed rate of return rather than the 6.49% net return
for the  designated  subaccount[s]  resulting  from the 8% gross  return  in the
underlying Series Fund. Loans from Modified  Endowment  Contracts may be treated
for tax  purposes as  distributions  of income.  See Tax  Treatment  of Contract
Benefits, page 18.
    

Surrender of a Contract

You may surrender a Contract for its cash  surrender  value while the insured is
living.  To surrender a Contract,  you must deliver or mail it,  together with a
written  request,  to a Home Office.  The cash surrender  value of a surrendered
Contract (taking into account the deferred sales and administrative  charges, if
any) will be determined  as of the end of the  valuation  period in which such a
request is received in the Home  Office.  Surrender  of a Contract  may have tax
consequences. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.

Lapse and Reinstatement

As has already been explained,  if Scheduled Premiums are paid on or before each
due date,  or within  the grace  period  after  each due date,  and there are no
withdrawals,  a Contract will remain in force even if the investment  results of
that Contract's variable investment  option[s] have been so unfavorable that the
Contract Fund has decreased to zero or less.

In addition,  even if a Scheduled  Premium is not paid, the Contract will remain
in force as long as the Contract Fund on any Monthly Date is equal to or greater
than the Tabular Contract Fund value on the following  Monthly Date. (A Table of
Tabular  Contract Fund Values is included in the Contract;  the values  increase
with each year the Contract  remains in force.) This could occur because of such
factors as favorable  investment  experience,  deduction of current  rather than
maximum charges, or the previous payment of greater than Scheduled Premiums.

However,  if a  Scheduled  Premium  is  not  paid,  and  the  Contract  Fund  is
insufficient  to keep the Contract in force,  the Contract will go into default.
Should this  happen,  Pruco Life of New Jersey will send you a notice of default
setting  forth the payment  necessary to keep the Contract in force on a premium
paying  basis.  This payment must be received at a Home Office within the 61 day
grace period after the notice of default is mailed or the Contract will lapse. A
Contract   that  lapses  with  an   outstanding   Contract  loan  may  have  tax
consequences. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.

A Contract  that has lapsed may be  reinstated  within 5 years after the date of
default unless the Contract has been  surrendered for its cash surrender  value.
To  reinstate  a lapsed  Contract,  Pruco  Life of New Jersey  requires  renewed
evidence of  insurability,  and  submission  of certain  payments  due under the
Contract.

                                       15


<PAGE>




If your  Contract  does lapse,  it will still  provide  some  benefits.  You can
receive the cash surrender value by making a request of Pruco Life of New Jersey
prior to the end of the 61 day  grace  period.  You may also  choose  one of the
three  forms of  insurance  described  below for which no further  premiums  are
payable.

Fixed Extended Term Insurance. The amount of insurance that would have been paid
on the date of default will  continue for a stated  period of time.  You will be
told in writing  how long that will be. The  insurance  amount  will not change.
There will be a diminishing  cash  surrender  value but no loan value.  Extended
term  insurance  is not  available to insureds in high risk  classifications  or
under Contracts issued in connection with tax-qualified pension plans.

Fixed Reduced Paid-Up  Insurance.  This insurance  continues for the lifetime of
the  insured  but at an  insurance  amount  that is  generally  lower  than that
provided by fixed extended term  insurance.  It will decrease only if a Contract
loan is taken.  You will be told,  if you ask,  what the amount of the insurance
will be. Fixed paid-up insurance has a cash surrender value and a loan value. It
is possible for this Contract to be classified as a Modified  Endowment Contract
if this option is exercised during the first 7 Contract years. See Tax Treatment
of Contract Benefits, page 18.

Variable Reduced Paid-Up  Insurance.  This is similar to fixed paid-up insurance
and will  initially be in the same amount.  The Contract  Fund will  continue to
vary to reflect the experience of the selected investment options. There will be
a new guaranteed  minimum death benefit.  Variable reduced paid-up insurance has
cash surrender and loan values.

Variable reduced paid-up  insurance is the automatic option provided upon lapse,
if the amount of variable reduced paid-up  insurance is at least as great as the
amount of fixed  extended  term  insurance  which would have been  provided upon
lapse.  Variable reduced paid-up insurance will be available only if the insured
is not in one of the high risk rating classes for which Pruco Life of New Jersey
does not offer fixed extended term  insurance.  It is possible for this Contract
to be  classified as a Modified  Endowment  Contract if this option is exercised
during the first 7 Contract years. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits,  page
18.

What Happens If No Request Is Made? Except in the two situations described
below, if no request is made the "automatic option" will be fixed extended term
insurance. If that is not available to the insured, then fixed reduced paid-up
insurance will be provided. However, if variable reduced paid-up insurance is
available and the amount is at least as great as the amount of fixed extended
term insurance, then the automatic option will be variable reduced paid-up
insurance. This could occur when there is a Contract debt outstanding when the
Contract lapses.

Paid-Up Insurance Option

   
In  certain  circumstances  you may elect to stop  paying  premiums  and to have
guaranteed  insurance coverage for the lifetime of the insured.  This benefit is
available  only if the following  conditions are met: (1) the Contract is not in
default;  (2) Pruco Life of New Jersey is not paying premiums in accordance with
any payment of premium benefit that may be included in the Contract; and (3) the
Contract Fund is sufficiently  large so that the calculated  guaranteed  paid-up
insurance  amount is at least  equal to the face  amount of  insurance  plus the
excess,  if any, of the Contract Fund over the tabular Contract Fund. The amount
of guaranteed paid-up insurance coverage may be greater. It will be equal to the
difference  between the Contract  Fund and the present  value of future  monthly
charges from the Contract  Fund (other than  charges for  anticipated  mortality
costs and for payment of premium riders)  multiplied by the attained age factor.
This option will generally be available only when the Contract has been in force
for many years and the Contract Fund has grown  because of favorable  investment
experience  or the payment of  unscheduled  premiums  or both.  Once the paid-up
insurance option is exercised,  the actual death benefit is equal to the greater
of the guaranteed  paid-up  insurance amount and the Contract Fund multiplied by
the attained age factor.  Upon request,  Pruco Life of New Jersey will quote the
amount  needed to pay up the  Contract and to  guarantee  the paid-up  insurance
amount  as long as a  payment  equal to or  greater  than the  quoted  amount is
received within two weeks of the quote.  There is no guarantee if the remittance
is received  within the two week period and is less than the quoted amount or if
the remittance is received outside the two week period. In this case, Pruco Life
of New Jersey will add the remittance to the Contract Fund and  recalculate  the
guaranteed  paid-up insurance amount. If the guaranteed paid-up insurance amount
is equal  to or  greater  than the face  amount,  the  paid-up  request  will be
processed.  If the guaranteed  paid-up  insurance amount is calculated below the
face amount,  the insured will be notified  that the amount is  insufficient  to
process the request.  In some cases, the quoted amount,  if paid, would increase
the  death  benefit  by more  than it  increases  the  Contract  Fund.  In these
situations,  underwriting might be required to accept the premium payment and to
process  the paid-up  request.  Pruco Life of New Jersey  reserves  the right to
change this  procedure in the future.  After the first  Contract  year, you must
make a proper written  request for the Contract to become fully paid-up and send
the Contract to a Pruco Life of New Jersey Home Office to be  endorsed.  If this
option is  exercised  during the first 7 Contract  years,  the  Contract  may be
classified  as a "Modified  Endowment  Contract,"  see Tax Treatment of Contract
Benefits,  page 18. A Contract in effect under a paid-up  insurance  option will
have cash surrender and loan values.
    

                                       16


<PAGE>



Reduced Paid-Up Insurance Option

Like the paid-up  insurance  option,  reduced  paid-up  insurance  provides  the
insured  with  lifetime  insurance  coverage  without the payment of  additional
premiums.  However,  reduced paid-up insurance provides insurance coverage which
is  generally  lower than the death  benefit of the  Contract.  Reduced  paid-up
insurance is based upon a Contract's current net cash value and can be requested
at any time.  This option is available  only when the Contract is not in default
and Pruco Life of New Jersey is not paying any premiums in  accordance  with any
payment of premium  benefit  that may be included in the  Contract.  In order to
receive reduced paid-up  insurance,  a Contract owner must make a proper written
request,  and Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  may  request  that the owner  send the
Contract  to a Home  Office  to be  endorsed.  Acquisition  of  reduced  paid-up
insurance within the first 7 Contract years may result in the Contract  becoming
a Modified Endowment Contract. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 18.

When Proceeds Are Paid

Pruco Life of New Jersey will  generally pay any death  benefit,  cash surrender
value,  loan proceeds or withdrawal within 7 days after receipt at a Home Office
of all the documents required for such a payment.  Other than the death benefit,
which is determined as of the date of death, the amount will be determined as of
the end of the valuation  period in which the necessary  documents are received.
However,  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  may delay  payment  of  proceeds  from the
subaccount[s]  and the  variable  portion  of the  death  benefit  due under the
Contract if the sale or  valuation  of the  Account's  assets is not  reasonably
practicable  because  the New York  Stock  Exchange  is closed  for other than a
regular holiday or weekend, trading is restricted by the SEC or the SEC declares
that an emergency exists.

With  respect  to the  amount  of any  cash  surrender  value  allocated  to the
fixed-rate  option,  and with  respect to a Contract  in force as fixed  reduced
paid-up  insurance  or as  extended  term  insurance,  Pruco  Life of New Jersey
expects to pay the cash surrender  value promptly upon request.  However,  Pruco
Life of New Jersey has the right to delay payment of such cash  surrender  value
for up to 6 months (or a shorter  period if required by applicable  law).  Pruco
Life of New Jersey  will pay  interest of at least 3% a year if it delays such a
payment for more than 30 days (or a shorter  period if  required  by  applicable
law).

Living Needs Benefit

Contract  applicants  may elect to add the  Living  Needs  Benefit(sm)  to their
Contracts at issue, subject to Pruco Life's receipt of satisfactory  evidence of
insurability.  The benefit may vary  state-by-state.  It can  generally be added
only when the aggregate face amounts of the insured's  eligible  contracts equal
$50,000 or more.  There is no charge for  adding  the  benefit to the  Contract.
However, an administrative  charge (not to exceed $150) will be made at the time
the Living Needs Benefit is paid.

The  Living  Needs  Benefit  allows  the  Contract  owner to elect to receive an
accelerated payment of all or part of the Contract's death benefit,  adjusted to
reflect current value, at a time when certain special needs exist.  The adjusted
death benefit will always be less than the death benefit,  but will generally be
greater  than  the  Contract's  cash  surrender  value.   Depending  upon  state
regulatory approval,  the following option may be available. A Pruco Life of New
Jersey  representative  should be consulted as to whether additional options may
be available.

Terminal Illness Option. This option is available if the insured is diagnosed as
terminally  ill with a life  expectancy of 6 months or less.  When  satisfactory
evidence  is  provided,  Pruco Life of New Jersey  will  provide an  accelerated
payment of the portion of the death benefit  selected by the Contract owner as a
Living Needs  Benefit.  You may (1) elect to receive the benefit in a single sum
or (2) receive equal monthly  payments for 6 months.  If the insured dies before
all the payments have been made,  the present  value of the  remaining  payments
will be paid to the  beneficiary  designated  in the Living Needs  Benefit claim
form in a single sum.

All or part of the Contract's death benefit may be accelerated  under the Living
Needs Benefit. If the benefit is only partially accelerated,  a death benefit of
at least  $25,000  must  remain  under the  Contract.  Pruco  Life of New Jersey
reserves the right to determine the minimum amount that may be accelerated.

No benefit  will be payable if the  Contract  owner is  required  to elect it in
order to meet the claims of creditors or to obtain a government  benefit.  Pruco
Life of New Jersey can furnish  details about the amount of Living Needs Benefit
that is available to an eligible Contract owner under a particular Contract, and
the adjusted  premium  payments  that would be in effect if less than the entire
death benefit is accelerated.

The Contract  owner should  consider  whether adding this  settlement  option is
appropriate  in his or her given  situation.  Adding the Living Needs Benefit to
the Contract  has no adverse  consequences;  however,  electing to use it could.
Contract  owners  should  consult a  qualified  tax advisor  before  electing to
receive this benefit. Unlike a death benefit received by a beneficiary after the
death of an insured, receipt of a Living Needs Benefit payment

                                       17


<PAGE>


may give  rise to a federal  or state  income  tax.  Receipt  of a Living  Needs
Benefit  payment  may also  affect a Contract  owner's  eligibility  for certain
government benefits or entitlements.

Voting Rights

As stated above,  all of the assets held in the  subaccounts of the Account will
be invested in shares of the corresponding  portfolios of the Series Fund. Pruco
Life of New Jersey is the legal owner of those  shares and as such has the right
to vote on any matter voted on at Series Fund  shareholders  meetings.  However,
Pruco Life of New Jersey will, as required by law, vote the shares of the Series
Fund at any regular and special shareholders  meetings it is required to hold in
accordance with voting  instructions  received from Contract owners.  The Series
Fund will not hold annual shareholders meetings when not required to do so under
Maryland law or the Investment Company Act of 1940. Series Fund shares for which
no timely  instructions  from  Contract  owners  are  received,  and any  shares
attributable to general account  investments of Pruco Life of New Jersey will be
voted in the same  proportion as shares in the  respective  portfolios for which
instructions are received.

Matters on which  Contract  owners may give voting  instructions  including  the
following:  (1)  election  of the Board of  Directors  of the Series  Fund;  (2)
ratification of the  independent  accountant of the Series Fund; (3) approval of
the  investment   advisory   agreement  for  a  portfolio  of  the  Series  Fund
corresponding to the Contract owner's selected subaccount[s];  (4) any change in
the fundamental  investment policy of a portfolio  corresponding to the Contract
owner's selected subaccount[s]; and (5) any other matter requiring a vote of the
shareholders  of the Series  Fund.  With  respect to approval of the  investment
advisory agreement or any change in a portfolio's fundamental investment policy,
Contract  owners  participating  in such  portfolios will vote separately on the
matter.

The  number of  shares in a  portfolio  for which you may give  instructions  is
determined  by dividing the portion of your Contract  Fund  attributable  to the
portfolio,  by the value of one share of the portfolio.  The number of votes for
which each Contract owner may give Pruco Life of New Jersey instructions will be
determined  as of the record date chosen by the Board of Directors of the Series
Fund.  Pruco Life of New Jersey will furnish  Contract  owners with proper forms
and proxies to enable them to give these instructions.  Pruco Life of New Jersey
reserves  the right to modify the manner in which the weight to be given  voting
instructions  is  calculated  where such a change is  necessary  to comply  with
current federal regulations or interpretations of those regulations.

Pruco  Life of New Jersey  may,  if  required  by state  insurance  regulations,
disregard voting  instructions if such  instructions  would require shares to be
voted so as to cause a change in the sub-classification or investment objectives
of one or more of the Series Fund's  portfolios,  or to approve or disapprove an
investment advisory contract for the Series Fund. In addition, Pruco Life of New
Jersey itself may disregard  voting  instructions  that would require changes in
the investment policy or investment  advisor of one or more of the Series Fund's
portfolios,  provided that Pruco Life of New Jersey reasonably  disapproves such
changes in accordance with applicable federal regulations.  If Pruco Life of New
Jersey does disregard  voting  instructions,  it will advise  Contract owners of
that action and its  reasons  for such action in the next annual or  semi-annual
report to Contract owners.

Reports to Contract Owners

Once each Contract year (except where the Contract is in force as fixed extended
term insurance or fixed reduced paid-up insurance), you will be sent a statement
that  provides  certain  information  pertinent  to  your  own  Contract.  These
statements show all transactions during the year that affected the value of your
Contract Fund, including monthly changes attributable to investment  experience.
That statement will also show the current death benefit,  cash surrender  value,
and loan  values  of your  Contract.  On  request,  you  will be sent a  current
statement in a form similar to that of the annual statement described above, but
Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  may limit the  number of such  requests  or impose a
reasonable charge if such requests are made too frequently.

You will be sent an annual  report of the Account.  You will also be sent annual
and  semi-annual  reports of the Series Fund showing the financial  condition of
the portfolios and the investments held in both.

Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits

   
The tax treatment of life insurance is complex and may change.  Each prospective
purchaser is urged to consult a qualified tax advisor.  The following discussion
is not  intended as tax advice,  and it is not a complete  statement of what the
effect of federal  income  taxes  will be under all  circumstances.  Rather,  it
provides  information  about how Pruco Life of New Jersey  believes the tax laws
apply in the most commonly occurring circumstances.  A more technical discussion
of what follows is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

Treatment as Life Insurance. Pruco Life of New Jersey believes that the Contract
should qualify as "life  insurance"  under the Internal Revenue Code. This means
that:  (1) except as noted below,  the Contract owner should not be taxed on any
part of the  Contract  Fund,  including  additions  attributable  to interest or
appreciation;  and (2) the death  benefit  should be  excludible  from the gross
income of the beneficiary under section 101(a) of the Code.
    

                                       18


<PAGE>


Although Pruco Life of New Jersey  believes the Contract should qualify as "life
insurance"  for  federal tax  purposes,  there are  uncertainties,  particularly
because the Secretary of the Treasury has not yet issued  permanent  regulations
that bear on this  question.  Accordingly,  we have  reserved  the right to make
changes -- which will be applied  uniformly to all Contract owners after advance
written  notice -- that we deem  necessary  to  insure  that the  Contract  will
continue to qualify as life insurance.

Pre-Death  Distributions.  The tax treatment of any distribution  received by an
owner  prior to an  insured's  death will depend  upon  whether the  Contract is
classified as a Modified Endowment Contract.

If the Contract is not  classified as a Modified  Endowment  Contract,  proceeds
received in the event of a lapse,  surrender of the  Contract,  or withdrawal of
part of the cash surrender  value will generally not be taxable unless the total
amount received  exceeds the gross premiums paid less the untaxed portion of any
prior  withdrawals.  In  certain  limited  circumstances,  all or a portion of a
withdrawal  during  the first 15  contract  years may be  taxable  even if total
withdrawals  do not exceed total premiums paid to date. The proceeds of any loan
will be treated as  indebtedness of the owner and will not be treated as taxable
income.

If the  Contract  is  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract,  pre-death
distributions,  including  loans and  withdrawals  (even those made during the 2
year period before the Contract became a Modified Endowment  Contract),  will be
taxed first as investment income to the extent of gain in the Contract, and then
as a return of the Contract  owner's  investment in the  Contract.  In addition,
pre-death distributions (including full surrenders) will be subject to a penalty
of 10% of the amount includible in income unless the amount is distributed on or
after the owner reaches age 59 1/2, on account of the owner's disability,  or as
a life annuity.

A Contract may be  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract  under various
circumstances. For example, low face amount Contracts issued on younger insureds
may be  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract  even though the Contract
owner pays only the Scheduled Premiums or even less than the Scheduled Premiums.
Before  purchasing such a Contract,  you should  understand the tax treatment of
pre-death distributions and consider the purpose for which the Contract is being
purchased.  More generally, a Contract may be classified as a Modified Endowment
Contract if premiums in excess of Scheduled Premiums are paid or the face amount
of insurance is decreased  during the first seven Contract years, or if the face
amount of  insurance  is  increased  or if a rider is added or removed  from the
Contract.  You should  consult with your tax advisor  before making any of these
policy changes.

Other Tax  Consequences.  There may be federal  estate taxes and state and local
estate and  inheritance  taxes  payable if either the owner or the insured dies.
The  transfer  or  assignment  of the  Contract to a new owner may also have tax
consequences.  The  individual  situation of each Contract  owner or beneficiary
will be significant.

Other Contract Provisions

There are several other Contract provisions that are of less significance to you
than those  already  described in detail  either  because they relate to options
that you may  choose  under the  Contract  but are not  likely to  exercise  for
several  years  after you first  purchase  it or  because  they are of a routine
nature  not  likely  to  influence  your  decision  to buy the  Contract.  These
provisions  are summarized in the Expanded Table of Contents of the Statement of
Additional Information, page 25 and described in greater detail in the Statement
of Additional Information.

                    FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE SERIES FUND

The Prudential  Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund") is a Maryland  corporation
organized on November 15, 1982. It is registered  under the  Investment  Company
Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as an open-end, diversified,  management investment
company.  This registration does not imply any supervision by the Securities and
Exchange Commission over the Series Fund's management or its investment policies
or practices.

   
The Series Fund is  currently  made up of fifteen  separate  portfolios,  two of
which, the Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed  Portfolios are available
to Contract owners.  Each portfolio is, for many purposes,  in effect a separate
investment  fund,  and a  separate  class of  capital  stock is issued  for each
portfolio.  Each share of capital stock issued with respect to a portfolio has a
pro-rata  interest  in the assets of that  portfolio  and has no interest in the
assets of any other portfolio. Each portfolio bears its own liabilities and also
its proportionate  share of the general liabilities of the Series Fund. In other
respects the Series Fund is treated as one entity. For example,  the Series Fund
has only one Board of Directors  and owners of the shares of each  portfolio are
entitled to vote for members of the Board.
    

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  sold and redeemed at the close of each
business day, at their net asset value,  determined  in the manner  described in
the Statement of Additional Information, only to separate accounts

                                       19


<PAGE>



of The  Prudential  and its  subsidiaries.  They may, in the future,  be sold to
other  insurers to fund  benefits  under  variable  life  insurance and variable
annuity contracts issued by those companies.

The Prudential is the investment  advisor of the Series Fund. The Prudential has
entered into a Service Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary The Prudential
Investment  Corporation  ("PIC"),  which  provides  that PIC will furnish to The
Prudential  such services as The Prudential  may require in connection  with the
performance of its obligations under an Investment  Advisory  Agreement with the
Series Fund. See Investment Management Arrangements and Expenses, page 24.

                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                                OF THE PORTFOLIOS

Each  portfolio  of the Series Fund has a different  objective  which it pursues
through separate  investment  policies as described below.  Since each portfolio
has a different  investment  objective,  each can be expected to have  different
investment  results and incur different market and financial risks. Those risks,
as explained  above, are borne by the Contract owner. The Series Fund may in the
future establish other portfolios with different investment objectives.

The  investment  objectives  of each  portfolio are  fundamental  and may not be
changed  without the  approval  of the holders of a majority of the  outstanding
shares of the portfolio  affected (which for this purpose and under the 1940 Act
means the lesser of:  (i) 67% of the  shares  represented  at a meeting at which
more than 50% of the outstanding  shares are represented;  or (ii) more than 50%
of the outstanding  shares).  The policies by which a portfolio seeks to achieve
its investment objectives,  however, are not fundamental. They may be changed by
the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Series  Fund  without  the  approval  of the
shareholders.

The  investment  objectives of both  portfolios  available to PRUvider  Contract
owners are set forth on page 3. For the sake of  convenience,  they are repeated
here,  followed  in each case by a brief  description  of the  policies  of both
portfolios.  In some  cases a fuller  description  of those  policies  is in the
Statement of  Additional  Information.  There is no guarantee  that any of these
objectives will be met.

Balanced Portfolios

   
Conservative Balanced Portfolio. The objective of this portfolio is to achieve a
favorable  total  investment   return  consistent  with  a  portfolio  having  a
conservatively managed mix of money market instruments, fixed income securities,
and  common  stocks in  proportions  believed  by the  investment  manager to be
appropriate for an investor desiring diversification of investment who prefers a
relatively  lower risk of loss than that  associated  with the Flexible  Managed
Portfolio   while   recognizing   that  this  reduces  the  chances  of  greater
appreciation.

To achieve this objective,  the  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio will follow a
policy of  maintaining a more  conservative  asset mix among  stocks,  bonds and
money market  instruments than the Flexible Managed Portfolio.  In general,  the
portfolio  manager will observe the following  range of target asset  allocation
mixes:

      Asset Type                  Minimum             Normal            Maximum
      ----------                  -------             ------            -------
        Stocks                      15%                 35%               50%
Bonds and Money Market              25%                 65%               70%

The portfolio manager will make variations in the proportions of each investment
category in accordance with its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment  categories,  but will maintain at least 25% of the value
of the portfolio's assets in fixed-income senior securities.

The bond portion of the portfolio will be invested  primarily in securities with
maturities of 2 to 10 years and ratings at the time of purchase  within the four
highest grades  determined by Moody's,  S&P, or a similar  nationally-recognized
rating  service  or, if  unrated,  of  comparable  quality in the opinion of the
portfolio  manager.  A  description  of  debt  ratings  is in the  Statement  of
Additional  Information.  Because of their shorter maturities,  the value of the
notes and bonds in this  portfolio will be less sensitive to changes in interest
rates  than the  longer-term  bonds  likely to be held in the  Flexible  Managed
Portfolio.  Thus, there will be less of a risk of loss of principal,  but not as
much of a likelihood for greater  appreciation  in value.  Up to 20% of the bond
portion of this portfolio may be invested in United States currency  denominated
debt securities issued outside the United States by foreign or domestic issuers.
The common stock  portion of this  portfolio  will be invested  primarily in the
equity  securities  of  major,   established  corporations  in  sound  financial
condition  that  appear to offer  attractive  prospects  of a total  return from
dividends  and capital  appreciation  that is  superior  to broadly  based stock
indices.  The money  market  portion  of the  portfolio  will hold  high-quality
short-term debt  obligations  with a maturity of 12 months or less (as described
in the Statement of Additional  Information) and will maintain a dollar-weighted
average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

                                       20


<PAGE>


To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited States currency  denominated debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investments in foreign securities are described under Foreign Securities on page
22.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities, debt securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index,  interest rate and foreign currency futures  contracts and
options thereon;  (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;
(iv) purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis;  (v) use
interest rate swaps;  and (vi) make short sales.  These techniques are described
briefly under Options,  Futures  Contracts and Swaps and Short Sales on page 22,
and in detail in the Statement of Additional Information.

   
The Conservative  Balanced Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.
Mark Stumpp,  Managing  Director,  PIC, has been lead  portfolio  manager of the
Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  since 1994 and is responsible for the overall
asset allocation decisions.  Mr Stumpp shares supervisory  responsibility of the
portfolio  management team with Theresa Hamacher,  Managing  Director,  PIC. Ms.
Hamacher and Mr. Stumpp also  supervise  the team of portfolio  managers for the
Flexible  Managed  Portfolio.  Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio  manager for several
employee  benefit  trusts  including The Prudential  Retirement  System for U.S.
Employees and Special  Agents.  Prior to 1994, he was  responsible for corporate
pension asset  management  for  Prudential  Diversified  Investment  Strategies'
corporate  clients.  Ms. Hamacher  supervises a team of portfolio  managers that
manage over $65 billion in assets for PIC.

Flexible Managed Portfolio.  The objective of this portfolio is achievement of a
high total return consistent with a portfolio having an aggressively managed mix
of money market  instruments,  fixed income  securities,  and common stocks,  in
proportions  believed  by The  Prudential  to be  appropriate  for  an  investor
desiring  diversification  of  investment  who is willing to accept a relatively
high level of loss in an effort to achieve greater appreciation.

To achieve this objective,  the Flexible Managed  Portfolio will follow a policy
of maintaining a more aggressive asset mix among stocks,  bonds and money market
investments than the Conservative Balanced Portfolio.  In general, the portfolio
manager will observe the following range of target asset allocation mixes:
    

 Asset Type               Minimum               Normal                  Maximum
 ----------               -------               ------                  -------
   Stocks                   25%                   60%                    100%
    Bonds                   0%                    40%                     75%
Money Market                0%                    0%                      75%


   
The portfolio manager may make short-run, and sometimes substantial,  variations
in the asset mix based upon its judgment about the expected returns and risks of
the various investment  categories.  In varying the asset mix in accordance with
these  judgments,  The Prudential will also seek to take advantage of imbalances
in fundamental values among the different markets.

The bond component of this portfolio is expected under normal  circumstances  to
have a weighted  average  maturity of greater than 10 years. The values of bonds
with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates
than those of  shorter  maturities.  The bond  portion  of this  portfolio  will
primarily be invested in  securities  that have a rating at the time of purchase
within  the four  highest  grades  determined  by  Moody's,  S&P,  or a  similar
nationally-recognized  rating  service.  A description of debt ratings is in the
Statement of Additional Information. However, up to 25% of the bond component of
this  portfolio  may be invested  in  securities  having  ratings at the time of
purchase of "BB," "Ba" or lower, or if not rated,  of comparable  quality in the
opinion of the portfolio  manager,  these securities are also known as high risk
securities.  Up to 20% of the bond portion of this  portfolio may be invested in
United States currency  denominated  debt  securities  issued outside the United
States by foreign or domestic  issuers.  The  established  company  common stock
component  of this  portfolio  will  consist of the equity  securities  of major
corporations that are believed to be in sound financial condition.  In selecting
stocks  of  smaller  capitalization   companies,   the  portfolio  manager  will
concentrate  on  companies  with a  capitalization  below $5  billion  that show
above-average   profitability  (measured  by  return-on-equity,   earnings,  and
dividend growth rates) with modest price/earnings  ratios. The individual equity
selections for this portfolio may tend to have more volatile  market values than
the equity  securities  selected for the Equity  Portfolio  or the  Conservative
Balanced  Portfolio.  The  money  market  portion  of the  portfolio  will  hold
high-quality  short-term debt  obligations  with a maturity of 12 months or less
(as described in the Statement of  Additional  Information)  and will maintain a
dollar-weighted average maturity of 120 days or less.
    

To the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance law, this portfolio may invest
up to 30% of its total assets in nonUnited States currency  denominated debt and
equity  securities  of  foreign  and  U.S.  issuers.  The  particular  risks  of
investment in foreign securities are described under Foreign Securities, below.

In  addition,  the  portfolio  may (i)  purchase  and  sell  options  on  equity
securities, debt securities,  stock indices and foreign currencies (ii) purchase
and sell stock index,  interest rate and foreign currency futures  contracts and
options thereon;  (iii) enter into forward foreign currency exchange  contracts;
(iv) purchase securities on a when-issued or

                                       21


<PAGE>


delayed  delivery basis; (v) use interest rate swaps; and (vi) make short sales.
These  techniques  are described  briefly under Options,  Futures  Contracts and
Swaps and Short  Sales,  below,  and in detail in the  Statement  of  Additional
Information.

   
The Flexible Managed Portfolio is managed by a team of portfolio managers.  Mark
Stumpp,  Managing Director, PIC, has been lead portfolio manager of the Flexible
Managed Portfolio since 1994 and is responsible for the overall asset allocation
decisions.  Mr  Stumpp  shares  supervisory   responsibility  of  the  portfolio
management team with Theresa Hamacher,  Managing Director, PIC. Ms. Hamacher and
Mr. Stumpp also  supervise the team of portfolio  managers for the  Conservative
Balanced  Portfolio.  Mr. Stumpp is also portfolio  manager for several employee
benefit trusts including The Prudential Retirement System for U.S. Employees and
Special Agents.  Prior to 1994, he was  responsible for corporate  pension asset
management for Prudential  Diversified Investment Strategies' corporate clients.
Ms.  Hamacher  supervises  a team of  portfolio  managers  that  manage over $65
billion in assets for PIC.
    

Foreign Securities

   
The bond components of the Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios
may each invest up to 20% of their assets in United States currency  denominated
debt securities issued outside the United States by foreign or domestic issuers.
To the extent permitted by applicable  insurance law, the Conservative  Balanced
and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  may invest up to 30% of their total assets in
debt and  equity  securities  denominated  in a foreign  currency  and issued by
foreign or domestic issuers. Securities issued outside the United States and not
publicly traded in the United States,  as well as American  Depository  Receipts
("ADRs")  and  securities  denominated  in a foreign  currency  are  referred to
collectively in this prospectus as "foreign securities."
    

ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated  certificates issued by a United States bank or
trust company and represent the right to receive  securities of a foreign issuer
deposited  in a domestic  bank or  foreign  branch of a United  States  bank and
traded on a United States exchange or in an over-the-counter market.  Investment
in ADRs has certain  advantages over direct investment in the underlying foreign
securities because they are easily  transferable,  have readily available market
quotations,  and the foreign issuers are usually subject to comparable auditing,
accounting, and financial reporting standards as domestic issuers.

Foreign  securities  involve risks of political and economic  instability in the
country  of  the  issuer,  the  difficulty  of  predicting  international  trade
patterns, the possibility of imposition of exchange controls and, in the case of
securities  not  denominated  in United  States  currency,  the risk of currency
fluctuations.  Such  securities may be subject to greater  fluctuations in price
than domestic  securities.  Under certain market conditions,  foreign securities
may be less liquid than  domestic  securities.  In  addition,  there may be less
publicly  available  information  about a foreign  company than about a domestic
company.   Foreign  companies  generally  are  subject  to  uniform  accounting,
auditing,  and financial reporting  standards  comparable to those applicable to
domestic companies.  There is generally less government regulation of securities
exchanges,  brokers, and listed companies abroad than in the United States, and,
with  respect  to  certain  foreign   countries,   there  is  a  possibility  of
expropriation,  confiscatory  taxation or  diplomatic  developments  which could
affect investment in those countries.  If the security is denominated in foreign
currency,  it may be  affected  by changes  in  currency  rates and in  exchange
control  regulations,  and costs may be incurred in connection with  conversions
between  currencies.  Finally,  in the event of a default  of any  foreign  debt
obligations,  it may be more difficult for a portfolio to obtain or to enforce a
judgment  against the issuers of such  securities.  See Forward Foreign Currency
Exchange Contracts in the Statement of Additional Information.

Options, Futures Contracts and Swaps

The description of the portfolios'  investment  policies also state whether they
will invest in what are sometimes called  derivative  securities.  These include
options (which may be to buy or sell equity securities,  debt securities,  stock
indices,  foreign  currencies  and  stock  index  futures  contracts);   futures
contracts on interest bearing securities,  stock and interest rate indices,  and
foreign  currencies;  and interest rate swaps. These investments have not in the
past represented more than a very minor part of the investments of any portfolio
but may increase in the future.

A call  option  gives the owner the right to buy and a put  option  the right to
sell a designated  security or index at a predetermined price for a given period
of time.  They will be used primarily to hedge or minimize  fluctuations  in the
principal value of a portfolio or to generate  additional  income.  They involve
risks which differ,  depending upon the particular  option. But they often offer
an attractive alternative to the purchase or sale of the related security.

Futures contracts represent a contractual obligation to buy or sell a designated
security or index within a stated period. They can be used as a hedge against or
to minimize  fluctuations  of a portfolio or as an efficient way of establishing
certain positions more quickly than direct purchase of the securities.  They can
also be used to

                                       22


<PAGE>



speculate,  but this  will not be done by any of the  portfolios.  They  involve
risks of various  kinds,  all of which  could  result in losses  rather  than in
achieving the intended objective of any particular purchase.

Because options, futures and swaps are now used to such a limited extent, a full
description of these  investments  and the risks  associated with them is in the
Statement of Additional Information.

Short Sales

   
The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may sell securities
they do not own in  anticipation  of a  decline  in the  market  value  of those
securities  ("short sales").  The portfolio will incur a loss as a result of the
short sale if the price of the security  increases between the date of the short
sale and the date on which the  portfolio  replaces the borrowed  security.  The
portfolio  will realize a gain if the security  declines in price  between those
dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase
of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased,  and
the  amount of any loss will be  increased,  by the  amount  of any  premium  or
interest paid in connection with the short sale.
    

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

   
The fixed income  portions of the  Conservative  Balanced  and Flexible  Managed
Portfolios may use reverse  repurchase  agreements  and dollar rolls.  The money
market  portion  of these  portfolios  may use  reverse  repurchase  agreements.
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by a portfolio
with an  agreement by the  portfolio to  repurchase  the same  securities  at an
agreed upon price and date. During the reverse  repurchase period, the portfolio
often  continues  to  receive  principal  and  interest  payments  on  the  sold
securities.  The terms of each  agreement  reflect a rate of interest for use of
the funds for the period, and thus these agreements have the  characteristics of
borrowing  by the  portfolio.  Dollar  rolls  involve  sales by a  portfolio  of
securities  for delivery in the current  month with a  simultaneous  contract to
repurchase substantially similar securities (same type and coupon) from the same
party at an agreed upon price and date.  During the roll period,  the  portfolio
forgoes  principal  and  interest  paid  on  the  securities.   A  portfolio  is
compensated  by the  difference  between the current sales price and the forward
price for the future  purchase  (often  referred to as the "drop") as well as by
the interest  earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered  roll"
is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position
or a cash  equivalent  security  position which matures on or before the forward
settlement  date of the dollar roll  transaction.  A portfolio  will establish a
segregated  account with its  custodian  in which it will  maintain  cash,  U.S.
Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations equal in value
to its obligations in respect of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls.
Reverse repurchase  agreements and dollar rolls involve the risk that the market
value of the securities retained by the portfolio may decline below the price of
the securities  the portfolio has sold but is obligated to repurchase  under the
agreement.  In the  event  the buyer of  securities  under a reverse  repurchase
agreement  or dollar  roll  files  for  bankruptcy  or  becomes  insolvent,  the
portfolio's  use of the proceeds of the agreement  may be  restricted  pending a
determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce
the  portfolio's  obligation to repurchase  the  securities.  No portfolio  will
obligate more than 30% of its net assets in connection  with reverse  repurchase
agreements and dollar rolls.
    

Loans of Portfolio Securities

Both of the portfolios  may from time to time lend the  securities  they hold to
broker-dealers, provided that such loans are made pursuant to written agreements
and are continuously  secured by collateral in the form of cash, U.S. Government
Securities  or  irrevocable  standby  letters of credit in an amount equal to at
least the market  value at all times of the loaned  securities  plus the accrued
interest and  dividends.  During the time  securities are on loan, the portfolio
will  continue to receive the  interest  and  dividends,  or amounts  equivalent
thereto,  on the loaned  securities,  while receiving a fee from the borrower or
earning interest on the investment of the cash collateral.

There is a slight risk that the borrower may become insolvent, which might delay
carrying out a decision to sell the loaned security.  This risk can be minimized
by careful  selection of borrowers and requiring and  monitoring the adequacy of
capital. No loans will be made to any broker affiliated with The Prudential.

                    INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO THE
                                   PORTFOLIOS

The  Series  Fund is  subject  to  certain  investment  restrictions  which  are
fundamental  to the  operations of the Series Fund and may not be changed except
with  the  approval  of a  majority  vote of the  persons  participating  in the
affected portfolio.

The  investments  of the various  portfolios  are  generally  subject to certain
additional  restrictions  under state laws. In the event of future amendments to
the applicable  New Jersey  statutes,  each  portfolio will comply,  without the
approval of the shareholders, with the statutory requirements as so modified.

                                       23


<PAGE>


A detailed discussion of investment  restrictions  applicable to the Series Fund
is in the Statement of Additional Information.

                     INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND
                                    EXPENSES

   
The Series Fund has  entered  into an  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  with The
Prudential  under which The  Prudential  will,  subject to the  direction of the
Board of Directors of the Series Fund, be responsible  for the management of the
Series  Fund,  and  provide  investment  advice  and  related  services  to each
portfolio.  The  Prudential  manages the assets that it owns as well as those of
various separate accounts  established by The Prudential and those held by other
investment companies for which it acts as investment advisor. Total assets under
management  as of  December  31,  1995 was  approximately  $xxx  billion,  which
includes  approximately  $xxx billion owned by The Prudential and  approximately
$xx billion of external assets under The Prudential's management.

Subject to The  Prudential's  supervision,  substantially  all of the investment
advisory services provided to the Series Fund by The Prudential, with respect to
the Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios,  are furnished by its
wholly-owned  subsidiary  PIC,  pursuant  to the Service  Agreement  between The
Prudential  and PIC which  provides  that a portion of the fee  received  by The
Prudential for providing  investment  advisory services will be paid to PIC. The
Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios are managed by PIC, using
a team of portfolio  managers under the supervision of Theresa Hamacher and Mark
Stumpp,  Managing  Directors,  PIC. PIC is registered  as an investment  advisor
under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
    

Under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge,  payable  quarterly,  equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio. It is set forth on page 9.

   
For the year ended  December 31, 1995,  the Series  Fund's total  expenses  were
x.xx% of the  average  net assets of all of the Series  Fund's  portfolios.  The
investment  management fee for that period  constituted x.xx% of the average net
assets. Further information about the investment management arrangements and the
expenses of the Series Fund is in the Statement of Additional Information.
    

Portfolio Brokerage and Related Practices

The Prudential is responsible  for decisions to buy and sell  securities for the
portfolios, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions, and
the negotiation of brokerage  commissions,  if any. Fixed income securities,  as
well as equity securities traded in the  over-the-counter  market, are generally
traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts
without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes
a profit to the dealer.

An affiliated broker may be employed to execute brokerage transactions on behalf
of the  portfolios,  as long as the commissions are reasonable and fair compared
to the  commissions  received by other  brokers in  connection  with  comparable
transactions   involving  similar  securities  being  purchased  or  sold  on  a
securities  exchange during a comparable period of time. The Series Fund may not
engage in any transactions in which The Prudential or its affiliates,  including
The   Prudential   Securities   Incorporated,   acts  as  principal,   including
over-the-counter purchases and negotiated trades in which such a party acts as a
principal.   Additional   information  about  portfolio  brokerage  and  related
transactions is in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                STATE REGULATION

Pruco  Life of New  Jersey is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by the
Department of Insurance of the State of New Jersey, which periodically  examines
its operations and financial condition. It is also subject to the insurance laws
and regulations of all jurisdictions in which it is authorized to do business.

Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  is  required  to  submit  annual  statements  of its
operations,  including financial statements, to the insurance departments of the
various  jurisdictions  in which it does  business  to  determine  solvency  and
compliance with local insurance laws and regulations.

In addition to the annual statements referred to above, Pruco Life of New Jersey
is required to file with New Jersey and other jurisdictions a separate statement
with respect to the operations of all its variable contract accounts,  in a form
promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

                                       24


<PAGE>

                                     EXPERTS

The  financial  statements  included  in this  prospectus  have been  audited by
Deloitte  & Touche  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as  stated  in  their  reports
appearing  herein,  and are  included in reliance  upon the reports of such firm
given upon their  authority as experts in accounting  and  auditing.  Deloitte &
Touche LLP's principal  business  address is Two Hilton Court,  Parsippany,  New
Jersey  07054-0319.  Actuarial  matters  included in this  prospectus  have been
examined by Nancy D. Davis,  FSA, MAAA,  whose opinion is filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement.

                                   LITIGATION

No litigation  is pending that would have a material  effect upon the Account or
the Series Fund.

                   EXPANDED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Included in the registration statements for the Contracts and the Series Fund is
a Statement  of  Additional  Information  which is available  without  charge by
writing to Pruco Life of New Jersey at 213 Washington Street, Newark, New Jersey
07102-2992.  The following table of contents of that Statement  provides a brief
summary of what is included in each section.

I.     MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT.

       Sales Load Upon  Surrender.  A description  is given of exactly how Pruco
       Life of New  Jersey  determines  the amount of the part of the sales load
       that is imposed only upon  surrenders or withdrawals  during the first 10
       Contract years.

       Reduction of Charges for Concurrent Sales to Several  Individuals.  Where
       the  Contract  is sold at the same time to  several  individuals  who are
       members of an  associated  class and Pruco Life of New Jersey's  expenses
       will be  reduced,  some  of the  charges  under  those  Contracts  may be
       reduced.

       Paying  Premiums  by Payroll  Deduction.  Your  employer  may pay monthly
       premiums for you with deductions from your salary.

       Unisex   Premiums  and  Benefits.   In  some  states  and  under  certain
       circumstances,  premiums and  benefits  will not vary with the sex of the
       insured.

       How the Death  Benefit Will Vary. A  description  is given of exactly how
       the  death  benefit  may  increase  to  satisfy   Internal  Revenue  Code
       requirements.

       Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender  Value. If the Contract Fund value is
       high enough you may be able to withdraw part of the cash surrender  value
       while keeping the Contract in effect. There will be a transaction charge.
       The death benefit will change. There may be tax consequences.  You should
       consult your Pruco Life of New Jersey representative to discuss whether a
       withdrawal or a loan is preferable.

       Tax Treatment of Contract  Benefits.  A fuller account is provided of how
       Contract owners may be affected by federal income taxes.

   
       Sale  of the  Contract  and  Sales  Commissions.  The  Contract  is  sold
       primarily  by  agents  of  The   Prudential   who  are  also   registered
       representatives of one of its subsidiaries, Pruco Securities Corporation,
       a broker and dealer  registered  under the Securities and Exchange Act of
       1934.  Generally,  selling  agents  receive  a  commission  of 50% of the
       Scheduled  Premium in the first  year,  10% for the next three  years and
       smaller commissions thereafter. For new Contracts issued on or about July
       1, 1996,  the  commission  rates for the second  through tenth years will
       change  to no  more  than  6%  of  the  Scheduled  Premiums  and  smaller
       commissions thereafter.
    

       Riders.  Various  extra  fixed-benefits  may be  obtained  for  an  extra
       premium.  They  are  described  in what  are  known  as  "riders"  to the
       Contract.

       Other  Standard  Contract  Provisions.   The  Contract  contains  several
       provisions commonly included in all life insurance policies. They include
       provisions  relating  to  beneficiaries,  misstatement  of  age  or  sex,
       suicide, assignment, incontestability, and settlement options.

                                       25


<PAGE>


II.    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS.

                 General
                 Convertible Securities
                 Warrants
                 Options and Futures
                 When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities
                 Short Sales
                 Short Sales Against the Box
                 Interest Rate Swaps
                 Loans of Portfolio Securities
                 Illiquid Securities
                 Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

       A more  detailed  description  is  given  of  these  investments  and the
       policies of these portfolios.

III.   INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS.

       There are many  restrictions upon the investments the portfolios may make
       and the  practices  in which  they may  engage;  these  are  fundamental,
       meaning they may not be changed without Contract owner approval.

IV.    INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES.

       A fuller description than that in the prospectus is given.

V.     PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE.

       A description  is given of how securities  transactions  are effected and
       how The Prudential selects the brokers.

VI.    DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE.

       A full  description  is given of how the daily  net  asset  value of each
       portfolio is determined.

VII.   SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST.

       A full description is given.

VIII.  DEBT RATINGS.

       A  description  is given of how  Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  and
       Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  describe  the  creditworthiness  of debt
       securities.

IX.    POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND.

       Although it is most unlikely,  it is  conceivable  that Pruco Life of New
       Jersey  might  wish to  replace  the Series  Fund  portfolios  with other
       investment options. SEC approval will be needed.

X.     OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND.

                 Incorporation and Authorized Stock
                 Dividends, Distributions and Taxes
                 Custodian and Transfer Agent
                 Experts
                 License

       More detail is provided about these matters.

XI.    DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRUCO LIFE NEW JERSEY AND MANAGEMENT OF THE 
       SERIES FUND.

       The names and recent affiliations of Pruco Life of New Jersey's directors
       and executive  officers are given.  The same information is given for the
       Series Fund.

XII.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

XIII.  THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of
1933, relating to the offering described in this prospectus. This prospectus and
the Statement of Additional  Information  do not include all of the  information
set forth in the  registration  statement.  Certain  portions  have been omitted
pursuant to the rules

                                       26


<PAGE>


and regulations of the SEC. The omitted  information may,  however,  be obtained
from  the  SEC's  principal  office  in  Washington,  D.C.,  upon  payment  of a
prescribed fee.

Further  information  may also be obtained  from Pruco Life of New  Jersey.  Its
address and telephone number are on the cover of this prospectus.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  financial  statements  of the  Account  should  be  distinguished  from the
consolidated  financial  statements  of Pruco Life of New Jersey which should be
considered  only as bearing upon the ability of Pruco Life of New Jersey to meet
its obligations under the Contracts. The financial statements of the Series Fund
are in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                       27


<PAGE>




            Updated financials will be filed pursuant to Rule 485(b)








                                       29


<PAGE>


















PRUvider(sm)
Variable Appreciable Life(R)
Insurance Contract














                   PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY
                              213 Washington Street
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992
                       Telephone: (800) 437-4016, Ext. 46

<PAGE>

      
                                     PART B

                       INFORMATION REQUIRED IN STATEMENT
                           OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

<PAGE>


STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
MAY 1, 1996
    

THE PRUDENTIAL                                          

SERIES FUND, INC.

   
The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund") is a diversified, open-end
management investment company (commonly known as a "mutual fund") that is
intended to provide a range of investment alternatives through its fifteen
separate portfolios, each of which is, for investment purposes, in effect a
separate fund. A separate class of capital stock is issued for each portfolio.
    

Shares of the Series Fund are currently sold only to separate accounts (the
"Accounts") of The Prudential Insurance Company of America ("The Prudential")
and certain other insurers to fund the benefits under variable life insurance
and variable annuity contracts (the "Contracts") issued by those Companies. The
Accounts invest in shares of the Series Fund through subaccounts that correspond
to the portfolios. The Accounts will redeem shares of the Series Fund to the
extent necessary to provide benefits under the Contracts or for such other
purposes as may be consistent with the Contracts.

NOT EVERY PORTFOLIO IS AVAILABLE UNDER ALL OF THE VARIABLE CONTRACTS. THE
PROSPECTUS FOR EACH CONTRACT LISTS THE PORTFOLIOS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE UNDER THAT
PARTICULAR CONTRACT.

   
This statement of additional information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction with the Series Fund's prospectus dated May 1, 1996, which is
available without charge upon written request to The Prudential Series Fund,
Inc., Prudential Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777 or by telephoning (800)
445-4571.
    

                                    CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                            CROSS-REFERENCE TO
                                                                                              PAGE          PAGE IN PROSPECTUS
                                                                                              ----          ------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>                  <C>
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS

   GENERAL...............................................................................      1                   10
   WARRANTS..............................................................................      1
   OPTIONS ON STOCK, OPTIONS ON DEBT SECURITIES, OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES,
      OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES, FUTURES CONTRACTS, AND OPTIONS ON
      FUTURES CONTRACTS..................................................................      1                   30
   FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS...........................................      4                   26
   INTEREST RATE SWAPS...................................................................      6
   ILLIQUID SECURITIES...................................................................      6

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS..................................................................      7                   32

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES..........................................     10                   32

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE.........................................................     11                   33

FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE ZERO COUPON BOND PORTFOLIOS................................     13                   14

OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND
   PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE..................................................     14                   37
   CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT..............................     15                   38
   EXPERTS...............................................................................     15
   LICENSES..............................................................................     16

MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND............................................................     16                   10

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC..................................     A1

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS.................................     B1

   
APPENDIX: DEBT RATINGS...................................................................     C1
    
</TABLE>


                        THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.
                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                            Telephone: (800) 445-4571

   
PSF-2 Ed 5-96      Catalog No. 646674P
    


<PAGE>



                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                                OF THE PORTFOLIOS

GENERAL

   
The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund") is made up of fifteen
separate portfolios: the Money Market Portfolio, the Diversified Bond Portfolio,
the Government Income Portfolio, the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000 and 2005,
the Conservative Balanced Portfolio, the Flexible Managed Portfolio, the High
Yield Bond Portfolio, the Stock Index Portfolio, the Equity Income Portfolio,
the Equity Portfolio, the Prudential Jennison Portfolio, the Small
Capitalization Stock Portfolio, the Global Portfolio, and the Natural Resources
Portfolio. Not every portfolio is available under all of the variable contracts.
The prospectus for each Contract lists the portfolios currently available under
that particular Contract. The portfolios are managed by The Prudential Insurance
Company of America ("The Prudential") as discussed in INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES, page 10.

Each of the fifteen portfolios seeks to achieve a different investment
objective. Accordingly, each portfolio can be expected to have different
investment results and to be subject to different financial and market risks.
Financial risk refers to the ability of an issuer of a debt security to pay
principal and interest and to the earnings stability and overall financial
soundness of an issuer of an equity security. Market risk refers to the degree
to which the price of a security will react to changes in conditions in
securities markets in general, and with particular reference to debt securities,
to changes in the overall level of interest rates.
    

The investment objectives of the Series Fund's portfolios can be found in
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS in the prospectus. The
policies employed to manage the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios are discussed in
greater detail in a separate section below.

WARRANTS

   
The Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may invest in warrants on common stocks. Warrants are options to buy a number of
shares of stock at a predetermined price during a specified period. The risk
associated with the purchase of a warrant is that the purchase price will be
lost if the market price of the stock does not reach a level that justifies the
exercise or sale of the warrant before it expires. From time to time, the
Diversified Bond and the High Yield Bond Portfolios may invest in debt
securities that are offered together with warrants but only when the debt
security meets the portfolio's investment criteria and the value of the warrant
is relatively very small. If the warrant later becomes valuable, it will
ordinarily be sold rather than be exercised.
    

OPTIONS ON STOCK, OPTIONS ON DEBT SECURITIES, OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES,
OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES, FUTURES CONTRACTS, AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES
CONTRACTS

   
A. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE USE OF FUTURES AND OPTIONS BY THE
DIVERSIFIED BOND, GOVERNMENT INCOME, CONSERVATIVE BALANCED, FLEXIBLE MANAGED,
HIGH YIELD BOND, EQUITY INCOME, EQUITY, PRUDENTIAL JENNISON, SMALL
CAPITALIZATION STOCK, GLOBAL, AND NATURAL RESOURCES PORTFOLIOS.
    

A portfolio will write only "covered" options on stock indices. A call option is
covered if the portfolio holds a portfolio of stocks at least equal to the value
of the index times the multiplier times the number of contracts. When a
portfolio writes a call option on a broadly based stock market index, the
portfolio will segregate or put into escrow with its custodian or pledge to a
broker as collateral for the option, cash, cash equivalents or "qualified
securities" (defined below) with a market value at the time the option is
written of not less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier
times the number of contracts. If a portfolio has written an option on an
industry or market segment index, it will segregate or put into escrow with its
custodian or pledge to a broker as collateral for the option, at least five
"qualified securities", all of which are stocks of issuers in such industry or
market segment, with a market value at the time the option is written of not
less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier times the number
of contracts. Such stocks will include stocks which represent at least 50% of
the weighting of the industry or market segment index and will represent at
least 50% of the portfolio's holdings in that industry or market segment. No
individual security will represent more than 15% of the amount so segregated,
pledged or escrowed in the case of broadly based stock market index options or
25% of such amount in the case of industry or market segment index options. If
at the close of business on any day the market value of such qualified
securities so segregated, escrowed or pledged falls below 100% of the current
index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts, the portfolio
will so segregate, escrow or pledge an amount in cash, Treasury bills or other
high-grade short-term obligations equal in value to the difference. In addition,
when a portfolio writes a call on an index which is in-the-money at the time the
call is written, the portfolio will segregate with its custodian or pledge to
the broker as collateral, cash or U.S. Government or other high-grade short-term
debt obligations equal in value to the amount by which the call is in-the-money
times the multiplier times the

                                        1


<PAGE>



number of contracts. Any amount segregated pursuant to the foregoing sentence
may be applied to the portfolio's obligation to segregate additional amounts in
the event that the market value of the qualified securities falls below 100% of
the current index value times the multiplier times the number of contracts. A
"qualified security" is an equity security which is listed on a securities
exchange or listed on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotation System ("NASDAQ") against which the portfolio has not written a stock
call option and which has not been hedged by the portfolio by the sale of stock
index futures. However, if the portfolio holds a call on the same index as the
call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to or less than
the exercise price of the call written or greater than the exercise price of the
call written if the difference is maintained by the portfolio in cash, Treasury
bills or other high-grade short-term obligations in a segregated account with
its custodian, it will not be subject to the requirement described in this
paragraph.

A put option is covered if: (1) the portfolio holds in a segregated account
cash, Treasury bills or other high-grade short-term debt obligations of a value
equal to the strike price times the multiplier times the number of contracts; or
(2) the portfolio holds a put on the same index as the put written where the
strike price of the put held is equal to or greater than the strike price of the
put written or less than the strike price of the put written if the difference
is maintained by the portfolio in cash, Treasury bills or other high-grade
short-term debt obligations in a segregated account with its custodian. In
instances involving the purchase of futures contracts by a portfolio, an amount
of cash and cash equivalents, equal to the market value of the futures
contracts, will be deposited in a segregated account with the portfolio's
custodian and/or in a margin account with a broker to collateralize the position
and thereby ensure that the use of such futures is unleveraged.

B. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE USE OF FUTURES AND OPTIONS BY THE STOCK
INDEX AND SMALL CAPITALIZATION STOCK PORTFOLIOS.

As explained in the prospectus, the Stock Index Portfolio seeks to duplicate the
performance of the S&P 500 Index and the Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio
seeks to duplicate the performance of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. The portfolios
will be as fully invested in the S&P Indices stocks as is feasible in light of
cash flow patterns and the cash requirements for efficiently investing in a unit
of the basket of stocks comprising the S&P 500 and S&P SmallCap 600 Indices,
respectively. When the portfolios do have short-term investments, they may
purchase stock index futures contracts in an effort to have the portfolio better
mimic the performance of a fully invested portfolio. When a portfolio purchases
stock index futures contracts, an amount of cash and cash equivalents, equal to
the market value of the futures contracts, will be deposited in a segregated
account with the portfolio's custodian and/or in a margin account with a broker
to collateralize the position and thereby ensure that the use of futures is
unleveraged. As with the other portfolios, the Board of Directors currently
intends to limit futures trading so that the Stock Index and Small
Capitalization Stock Portfolios will not enter into futures contracts or related
options if the aggregate initial margins and premiums exceed 5% of the fair
market value of its assets, after taking into account unrealized profits and
unrealized losses on any such contracts and options.

As an alternative to the purchase of a stock index futures contract, the
portfolio may construct synthetic positions involving options on stock indices
and options on stock index futures that are equivalent to such a long futures
position. In particular, the portfolio may utilize "put/call combinations" as
synthetic long stock index futures positions. A put/call combination is the
simultaneous purchase of a call and the sale of a put with the same strike price
and maturity. It is equivalent to a forward position and, if settled every day,
is equivalent to a long futures position. When constructing put/call
combinations, the portfolio will segregate cash or cash equivalents in a
segregated account equal to the market value of the portfolio's forward position
to collateralize the position and ensure that it is unleveraged.

C. RISKS OF TRANSACTIONS IN OPTIONS ON EQUITY AND DEBT SECURITIES.

A portfolio's use of options on equity or debt securities is subject to certain
special risks, in addition to the risk that the market value of the security
will move adversely to the portfolio's option position. An exchange-traded
option position may be closed out only on an exchange, board of trade or other
trading facility which provides a secondary market for an option of the same
series. Although these portfolios will generally purchase or write only those
exchange-traded options for which there appears to be an active secondary
market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will
exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and for some options
no secondary market on an exchange or otherwise may exist. In such event it
might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with
the result that the portfolio would have to exercise its options in order to
realize any profit and would incur brokerage commissions upon the exercise of
such options and upon the subsequent disposition of underlying securities
acquired through the exercise of call options or upon the purchase of underlying
securities for the exercise of put options. If a portfolio as a covered call
option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary
market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option
expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

                                        2


<PAGE>




Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the
following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options;
(ii) restrictions imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing
transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may
be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying
securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal
operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or a clearing
corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume;
or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be
compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a
particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on
that exchange (or in the class or series of options) would cease to exist,
although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by a clearing
corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be
exercisable in accordance with their terms. There is no assurance that higher
than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at
times, render certain of the facilities of any of the clearing corporations
inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by an exchange of special
procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of customers' orders.

The purchase and sale of options that result from privately negotiated
transactions with broker-dealers ("OTC options") will also be subject to certain
risks. Unlike exchange-traded options, OTC options generally do not have a
continuous liquid market. Consequently, a portfolio will generally be able to
realize the value of an OTC option it has purchased only by exercising it or
reselling it to the dealer who issued it. Similarly, when a portfolio writes an
OTC option, it generally will be able to close out the OTC option prior to its
expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer
to which the portfolio originally wrote the OTC option. While the portfolios
will seek to enter into OTC options only with dealers who agree to and which are
expected to be able to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the
portfolio, there can be no assurance that the portfolio will be able to
liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. In
the event of insolvency of the other party, the portfolio may be unable to
liquidate an OTC option. The Prudential monitors the creditworthiness of dealers
with whom the Series Fund enters into OTC option transactions under the Board of
Directors' general supervision.

D. RISKS OF TRANSACTIONS IN OPTIONS ON STOCK INDICES.

A portfolio's purchase and sale of options on stock indices will be subject to
the same risks as stock options, described in the previous section. In addition,
the distinctive characteristics of options on indices create certain risks that
are not present with stock options. Index prices may be distorted if trading of
certain stocks included in the index is interrupted. Trading in the index
options also may be interrupted in certain circumstances, such as if trading
were halted in a substantial number of stocks included in the index. If this
occurred, a portfolio would not be able to close out options which it had
purchased or written and, if restrictions on exercise were imposed, may be
unable to exercise an option it holds, which could result in substantial losses
to the portfolio. It is the policy of the portfolios to purchase or write
options only on stock indices which include a number of stocks sufficient to
minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in options on the index.

The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject
to the development and maintenance of a liquid secondary market. A portfolio
will not purchase or sell any index option contract unless and until, in its
manager's opinion, the market for such options has developed sufficiently that
the risk in connection with such transactions is no greater than the risk in
connection with options on stocks.

There are certain special risks associated with writing calls on stock indices.
Because exercises of index options are settled in cash, a call writer such as a
portfolio cannot determine the amount of its settlement obligations in advance
and, unlike call writing on specific stocks, cannot precisely provide in advance
for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the
underlying securities. However, the portfolios will follow the "cover"
procedures described in item A above.

Price movements in a portfolio's equity security portfolio probably will not
correlate precisely with movements in the level of the index and, therefore, in
writing a call on a stock index a portfolio bears the risk that the price of the
securities held by the portfolio may not increase as much as the index. In such
event, the portfolio would bear a loss on the call which is not completely
offset by movement in the price of the portfolio's equity securities. It is also
possible that the index may rise when the portfolio's securities do not rise in
value. If this occurred, the portfolio would experience a loss on the call which
is not offset by an increase in the value of its securities portfolio and might
also experience a loss in its securities portfolio. However, because the value
of a diversified securities portfolio will, over time, tend to move in the same
direction as the market, movements in the value of a portfolio's securities in
the opposite direction as the market would be likely to occur for only a short
period or to a small degree.

When a portfolio has written a call, there is also a risk that the market may
decline between the time the portfolio has a call exercised against it, at a
price which is fixed as of the closing level of the index on the date of
exercise, and the time the portfolio is able to sell stocks in its portfolio. As
with stock options, a portfolio will not learn that an index option has been
exercised until the day following the exercise date but, unlike a call on stock
where the

                                        3


<PAGE>



portfolio would be able to deliver the underlying securities in settlement, the
portfolio may have to sell part of its stock portfolio in order to make
settlement in cash, and the price of such stocks might decline before they can
be sold. This timing risk makes certain strategies involving more than one
option substantially more risky with options in stock indices than with stock
options. For example, even if an index call which a portfolio has written is
"covered" by an index call held by the portfolio with the same strike price, the
portfolio will bear the risk that the level of the index may decline between the
close of trading on the date the exercise notice is filed with the clearing
corporation and the close of trading on the date the portfolio exercises the
call it holds or the time the portfolio sells the call which in either case
would occur no earlier than the day following the day the exercise notice was
filed.

There are also certain special risks involved in purchasing put and call options
on stock indices. If a portfolio holds an index option and exercises it before
final determination of the closing index value for that day, it runs the risk
that the level of the underlying index may change before closing. If such a
change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the portfolio will
be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the
exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned
writer. Although the portfolio may be able to minimize the risk by withholding
exercise instructions until just before the daily cutoff time or by selling
rather than exercising an option when the index level is close to the exercise
price, it may not be possible to eliminate this risk entirely because the cutoff
times for index options may be earlier than those fixed for other types of
options and may occur before definitive closing index values are announced.

E. RISKS OF TRANSACTIONS IN OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCY.

Because there are two currencies involved, developments in either or both
countries can affect the values of options on foreign currencies. Risks include
those described in the prospectus under FOREIGN SECURITIES and OPTIONS ON
FOREIGN CURRENCIES. In addition, the quantities of currency underlying option
contracts represent odd lots in a market dominated by transactions between
banks; this can mean extra transaction costs upon exercise. Option markets may
be closed while round-the-clock interbank currency markets are open, and this
can create price and rate discrepancies.

F. RISKS OF TRANSACTIONS IN FUTURES CONTRACTS.

There are several risks associated with a portfolio's use of futures contracts
for hedging purposes. One such risk arises because of imperfect correlation
between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the
securities or currency that are the subject of the hedge. In the case of futures
contracts on stock or interest rate indices, the correlation between the price
of the futures contract and movements in the index might not be perfect. To
compensate for differences in historical volatility, a portfolio could purchase
or sell futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities or
currency it wished to hedge or purchase. In addition, temporary price
distortions in the futures market could be caused by a variety of factors.
Further, the ability of a portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a
liquid secondary market. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on
an exchange will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular
time. Further, each portfolio's successful use of futures contracts is to some
extent dependent on the ability of the portfolio manager to predict correctly
movements in the direction of the market, interest rates and/or currency
exchange rates.

The hours of trading of futures contracts may not conform to the hours during
which the portfolio may trade the underlying securities and/or currency. To the
extent that the futures markets close before the securities or currency markets,
significant price and rate movements can take place in the securities and/or
currency markets that cannot be reflected in the futures markets.

G. RISKS OF TRANSACTIONS IN OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS.

Options on futures contracts are subject to risks similar to those described
above with respect to options on securities, options on stock indices, and
futures contracts. These risks include the risk that the portfolio manager may
not correctly predict changes in the market, the risk of imperfect correlation
between the option and the securities being hedged, and the risk that there
might not be a liquid secondary market for the option. There is also the risk of
imperfect correlation between the option and the underlying futures contract. If
there were no liquid secondary market for a particular option on a futures
contract, the portfolio might have to exercise an option it held in order to
realize any profit and might continue to be obligated under an option it had
written until the option expired or was exercised. If the portfolio were unable
to close out an option it had written on a futures contract, it would continue
to be required to maintain initial margin and make variation margin payments
with respect to the option position until the option expired or was exercised
against the portfolio.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS

   
As explained in the prospectus, the Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed,
Equity Income, Equity, Prudential Jennison, Global, and Natural Resources
Portfolios may purchase debt and equity securities denominated in foreign
currencies. To address the currency fluctuation risk that such investments
entail, these portfolios may enter into
    

                                        4


<PAGE>



forward foreign currency exchange contracts in several circumstances. When a
portfolio enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security
denominated in a foreign currency, or when a portfolio anticipates the receipt
in a foreign currency of dividends or interest payments on a security which it
holds, the portfolio may desire to "lock-in" the U.S. dollar price of the
security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend or interest payment, as
the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for a fixed amount of
dollars, for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign currency involved in
the underlying transactions, the portfolio will be able to protect itself
against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship
between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period
between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the
dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments
are made or received.

Additionally, when a portfolio's manager believes that the currency of a
particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S.
dollar, the portfolio may enter into a forward contract for a fixed amount of
dollars, to sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some
or all of the portfolio securities denominated in such foreign currency. The
precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities
involved will not generally be possible since the future value of securities in
foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value
of those securities between the date on which the forward contract is entered
into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market
movement is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term
hedging strategy is highly uncertain. The portfolios will not enter into such
forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts where the
consummation of the contracts would obligate a portfolio to deliver an amount of
foreign currency in excess of the value of the securities or other assets
denominated in that currency held by the portfolio. Under normal circumstances,
consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into
the long-term investment decisions made with regard to overall diversification
strategies. However, the portfolios believe that it is important to have the
flexibility to enter into such forward contracts when it is determined that the
best interests of the portfolios will thereby be served. A portfolio's custodian
will place cash or liquid, high-grade equity or debt securities into a
segregated account of the portfolio in an amount equal to the value of the
portfolio's total assets committed to the consummation of forward foreign
currency exchange contracts. If the value of the securities placed in the
segregated account declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in the
account on a daily basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount
of the portfolio's commitments with respect to such contracts.

The portfolios generally will not enter into a forward contract with a term of
greater than 1 year. At the maturity of a forward contract, a portfolio may
either sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency or
it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver
the foreign currency by purchasing an "offsetting" contract with the same
currency trader obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same
amount of the foreign currency.

It is impossible to forecast with absolute precision the market value of a
particular portfolio security at the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, it
may be necessary for a portfolio to purchase additional foreign currency on the
spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the
security is less than the amount of foreign currency that the portfolio is
obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make
delivery of the foreign currency.

If a portfolio retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting
transaction, the portfolio will incur a gain or a loss (as described below) to
the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. Should
forward prices decline during the period between the portfolio's entering into a
forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into
an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the portfolio
will realize a gain to the extent that the price of the currency it has agreed
to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should
forward prices increase, the portfolio will suffer a loss to the extent that the
price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the
currency it has agreed to sell.

The portfolios' dealing in forward foreign currency exchange contracts will be
limited to the transactions described above. Of course, the portfolios are not
required to enter into such transactions with regard to their foreign
currency-denominated securities. It also should be realized that this method of
protecting the value of the portfolio securities against a decline in the value
of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the
securities which are unrelated to exchange rates. Additionally, although such
contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the
hedged currency, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which
might result should the value of such currency increase.

Although the portfolios value their assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, they
do not intend physically to convert their holdings of foreign currencies into
U.S. dollars on a daily basis. They will do so from time to time, and investors
should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange
dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on
the difference (the "spread") between the prices at which

                                        5


<PAGE>



they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell
a foreign currency to a portfolio at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of
exchange should the portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

The High Yield Bond Portfolio may also invest up to 10% of its total assets in
foreign currency denominated debt securities of foreign or domestic issuers;
however, the portfolio will not engage in such investment activity unless it has
been first authorized to do so by the Series Fund's Board of Directors. If the
portfolio does engage in such investment activity, it may also enter into
forward foreign currency exchange contracts.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS

   
The Diversified Bond, Government Income, and High Yield Bond Portfolios and the
fixed income portions of the Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed
Portfolios may use interest rate swaps subject to the limitations set forth in
the prospectus.
    

Interest rate swaps, in their most basic form, involve the exchange by a
portfolio with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive
interest. For example, a portfolio might exchange its right to receive certain
floating rate payments in exchange for another party's right to receive fixed
rate payments. Interest rate swaps can take a variety of other forms, such as
agreements to pay the net differences between two different indices or rates,
even if the parties do not own the underlying instruments. Despite their
differences in form, the function of interest rate swaps is generally the same
- -- to increase or decrease a portfolio's exposure to long- or short-term
interest rates. For example, a portfolio may enter into a swap transaction to
preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or a portion of its
portfolio or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the
portfolio anticipates purchasing at a later date.

The use of swap agreements is subject to certain risks. As with options and
futures, if the investment manager's prediction of interest rate movements is
incorrect, the portfolio's total return will be less than if the portfolio had
not used swaps. In addition, if the counterparty's creditworthiness declines,
the value of the swap would likely decline. Moreover, there is no guarantee that
a portfolio could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding swap agreement by
entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party.

A portfolio will maintain appropriate liquid assets in a segregated custodial
account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If a portfolio
enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a
daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued
obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is
entitled to receive under the agreement. If a portfolio enters into a swap
agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal
to the full amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

Each portfolio, other than the Money Market Portfolio, may invest up to 15% of
its net assets in illiquid securities. The Money Market Portfolio may invest up
to 10% of its net assets in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities are those
which may not be sold in the ordinary course of business within seven days at
approximately the value at which the portfolio has valued them. Repurchase
agreements with a maturity of greater than seven days are considered illiquid.

The portfolios may purchase securities which are not registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 but which can be sold to qualified institutional buyers
in accordance with Rule 144A under that Act. Any such security will not be
considered illiquid so long as it is determined by the adviser, acting under
guidelines approved and monitored by the Board of Directors, that an adequate
trading market exists for that security. In making that determination, the
adviser will consider, among other relevant factors: (1) the frequency of trades
and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or
sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer
undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the
security and the nature of the marketplace trades. A portfolio's treatment of
Rule 144A securities as liquid could have the effect of increasing the level of
portfolio illiquidity to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become,
for a time, uninterested in purchasing these securities. In addition, the
adviser, acting under guidelines approved and monitored by the Board of
Directors, may conditionally determine, for purposes of the 15% test, that
certain commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from registration
in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 will not be considered illiquid,
whether or not it may be resold under Rule 144A. To make that determination, the
following conditions must be met: (1) the security must not be traded flat or in
default as to principal or interest; (2) the security must be rated in one of
the two highest rating categories by at least two nationally recognized
statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs"), or if only one NRSRO rates the
security, by that NRSRO; if the security is unrated, the adviser must determine
that the security is of equivalent quality; and (3) the adviser must consider
the trading market for the specific security, taking into account all relevant
factors. The adviser will continue to monitor the liquidity of any Rule 144A
security or any Section 4(2) commercial paper which has been determined to be
liquid

                                        6


<PAGE>



and, if a security is no longer liquid because of changed conditions, the
holdings of illiquid securities will be reviewed to determine if any steps are
required to assure that the 15% test continues to be satisfied.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Set forth below are certain investment restrictions applicable to the
portfolios. Restrictions 1, 3, 5, and 8-11 are fundamental and may not be
changed without shareholder approval as required by the 1940 Act. Restrictions
2, 4, 6, 7, and 12 are not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of
Directors without shareholder approval.

None of the portfolios will:

   
1.   Buy or sell real estate and mortgages, although the portfolios may buy and
     sell securities that are secured by real estate and securities of real
     estate investment trusts and of other issuers that engage in real estate
     operation. Buy or sell commodities or commodities contracts, except that
     the Diversified Stock, Balanced, and Specialized Portfolios may purchase
     and sell stock index futures contracts and related options; the Fixed
     Income Portfolios (other than the Money Market and Zero Coupon Bond
     Portfolios), the Global Portfolio, and the Balanced Portfolios may purchase
     and sell interest rate futures contracts and related options; and all
     portfolios (other than the Money Market, Government Income, Zero Coupon
     Bond, and Small Capitalization Stock Portfolios) may purchase and sell
     foreign currency futures contracts and related options and forward foreign
     currency exchange contracts.
    


2.   Except as part of a merger, consolidation, acquisition or reorganization,
     invest more than 5% of the value of its total assets in the securities of
     any one investment company or more than 10% of the value of its total
     assets, in the aggregate, in the securities of two or more investment
     companies, or acquire more than 3% of the total outstanding voting
     securities of any one investment company.

3.   Acquire securities for the purpose of exercising control or management of
     any company except in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition
     or reorganization.

   
4.   Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except that
     the Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, Government Income, Conservative
     Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios may sell securities short up to
     25% of their net assets and except that the portfolios (other than the
     Money Market and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios) may make short sales against
     the box. Collateral arrangements entered into with respect to options,
     futures contracts and forward contracts are not deemed to be short sales.
     Collateral arrangements entered into with respect to interest rate swap
     agreements are not deemed to be short sales.

5.   Purchase securities on margin or otherwise borrow money or issue senior
     securities except that the Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond and Government
     Income Portfolios, as well as the fixed income portions of the Balanced
     Portfolios, may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and
     may purchase securities on a when-issued and delayed delivery basis; except
     that the Money Market Portfolio and the money market portion of any
     portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and may purchase
     securities on a when-issued and delayed delivery basis; and except that the
     Equity, Prudential Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Equity Income,
     Natural Resources, Global, Flexible Managed and Conservative Balanced
     Portfolios may purchase securities on a when-issued or a delayed delivery
     basis. The Series Fund may also obtain such short-term credit as it needs
     for the clearance of securities transactions and may borrow from a bank for
     the account of any portfolio as a temporary measure to facilitate
     redemptions (but not for leveraging or investment) or to exercise an
     option, an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the portfolio's
     total assets (including the amount owed as a result of the borrowing) at
     the time the borrowing is made. Interest paid on borrowings will not be
     available for investment. Collateral arrangements with respect to futures
     contracts and options thereon and forward foreign currency exchange
     contracts (as permitted by restriction no. 1) are not deemed to be the
     issuance of a senior security or the purchase of a security on margin.
     Collateral arrangements with respect to the writing of the following
     options by the following portfolios are not deemed to be the issuance of a
     senior security or the purchase of a security on margin: Diversified Stock
     and Specialized Portfolios other than the Stock Index Portfolio (options on
     equity securities, stock indices, foreign currencies) and the Small
     Capitalization Stock Portfolio (options on equity securities, stock
     indices); Balanced Portfolios (options on debt securities, equity
     securities, stock indices, foreign currencies); Diversified Bond and High
     Yield Bond Portfolios (options on debt securities, foreign currencies);
     Government Income Portfolio (options on debt securities). Collateral
     arrangements entered into by the Fixed Income Portfolios (other than the
     Money Market and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios) and the Balanced Portfolios
     with respect to interest rate swap agreements are not deemed to be the
     issuance of a senior security or the purchase of a security on margin.
    

6.   Enter into reverse repurchase agreements if, as a result, the portfolio's
     obligations with respect to reverse repurchase agreements would exceed 10%
     of the portfolio's net assets (defined to mean total assets at

                                        7


<PAGE>



   
     market value less liabilities other than reverse repurchase agreements);
     except that the Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, and Government Income
     Portfolios, as well as the fixed income portions of the Conservative
     Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios, may enter into reverse repurchase
     agreements and dollar rolls provided that the portfolio's obligations with
     respect to those instruments do not exceed 30% of the portfolio's net
     assets (defined to mean total assets at market value less liabilities other
     than reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls).
    

7.   Pledge or mortgage assets, except that no more than 10% of the value of any
     portfolio may be pledged (taken at the time the pledge is made) to secure
     authorized borrowing and except that a portfolio may enter into reverse
     repurchase agreements. Collateral arrangements entered into with respect to
     futures and forward contracts and the writing of options are not deemed to
     be the pledge of assets. Collateral arrangements entered into with respect
     to interest rate swap agreements are not deemed to be the pledge of assets.

8.   Lend money, except that loans of up to 10% of the value of each portfolio
     may be made through the purchase of privately placed bonds, debentures,
     notes, and other evidences of indebtedness of a character customarily
     acquired by institutional investors that may or may not be convertible into
     stock or accompanied by warrants or rights to acquire stock. Repurchase
     agreements and the purchase of publicly traded debt obligations are not
     considered to be "loans" for this purpose and may be entered into or
     purchased by a portfolio in accordance with its investment objectives and
     policies.

9.   Underwrite the securities of other issuers, except where the Series Fund
     may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of certain federal
     securities laws in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities
     and with loans that a portfolio may make pursuant to item 8 above.

10.  Make an investment unless, when considering all its other investments, 75%
     of the value of a portfolio's assets would consist of cash, cash items,
     obligations of the United States Government, its agencies or
     instrumentalities, and other securities. For purposes of this restriction,
     "other securities" are limited for each issuer to not more than 5% of the
     value of a portfolio's assets and to not more than 10% of the issuer's
     outstanding voting securities held by the Series Fund as a whole. Some
     uncertainty exists as to whether certain of the types of bank obligations
     in which a portfolio may invest, such as certificates of deposit and
     bankers' acceptances, should be classified as "cash items" rather than
     "other securities" for purposes of this restriction, which is a
     diversification requirement under the 1940 Act. Interpreting most bank
     obligations as "other securities" limits the amount a portfolio may invest
     in the obligations of any one bank to 5% of its total assets. If there is
     an authoritative decision that any of these obligations are not
     "securities" for purposes of this diversification test, this limitation
     would not apply to the purchase of such obligations.


11.  Purchase securities of a company in any industry if, as a result of the
     purchase, a portfolio's holdings of securities issued by companies in that
     industry would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio, except that this
     restriction does not apply to purchases of obligations issued or guaranteed
     by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities or issued by
     domestic banks. For purposes of this restriction, neither finance companies
     as a group nor utility companies as a group are considered to be a single
     industry and will be grouped instead according to their services; for
     example, gas, electric, and telephone utilities will each be considered a
     separate industry. For purposes of this exception, domestic banks shall
     include all banks which are organized under the laws of the United States
     or a state (as defined in the 1940 Act), U.S. branches of foreign banks
     that are subject to the same regulations as U.S. banks and foreign branches
     of domestic banks (as permitted by the SEC).


   
12.  Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities or invest
     more than 10% of its net assets in the securities of unseasoned issuers.
     (The Money Market Portfolio will not invest more than 10% of its net assets
     in illiquid securities.) For purposes of this restriction, (a) illiquid
     securities are those deemed illiquid pursuant to SEC regulations and
     guidelines, as they may be revised from time to time; and (b) unseasoned
     issuers are issuers (other than U.S. Government agencies or
     instrumentalities) having a record, together with predecessors, of less
     than 3 years' continuous operation. This restriction shall not apply to
     mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations or
     obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
     instrumentalities.
    


The Natural Resources Portfolio will generally invest a substantial majority of
its total assets in securities of natural resource companies. With respect to
item 11 above, as it relates to the Natural Resources Portfolio, the following
categories will be considered separate and distinct industries: integrated
oil/domestic, integrated oil/international, crude oil production, natural gas
production, gas pipeline, oil service, coal, forest products, paper, foods
(including corn and wheat), tobacco, fertilizers, aluminum, copper, iron and
steel, all other basic metals (e.g., nickel, lead), gold, silver, platinum,
mining finance, plantations (e.g., edible oils), mineral sands, and diversified
resources. A company will be deemed to be in a particular industry if the
majority of its revenues is derived from or the majority

                                        8


<PAGE>



of its assets is dedicated to one of the categories described in the preceding
sentence. The Board of Directors of the Series Fund will review these industry
classifications from time to time to determine whether they are reasonable under
the circumstances and may change such classifications, without shareholder
approval, to the extent necessary.

Certain additional non-fundamental investment policies are applicable only to
the Money Market Portfolio. That portfolio will not:

     1.   Invest in oil and gas interests, common stock, preferred stock,
          warrants or other equity securities.

   
     2.   Write or purchase any put or call option or combination of them,
          except that it may purchase putable or callable securities.

     3.   Invest in any security with a remaining maturity in excess of 397
          days, except that securities held pursuant to repurchase agreements
          may have a remaining maturity of more than 397 days.
    

Certain additional non-fundamental investment policies are applicable only to
the High Yield Bond Portfolio. That portfolio will not:

     1.   Invest in any non-fixed income equity securities, including warrants,
          except when attached to or included in a unit with fixed income
          securities, but not including preferred stock.

     2.   Invest more than 20% of the market or other fair value of its total
          assets in United States currency denominated issues of foreign
          governments and other foreign issuers; or invest more than 10% of the
          market or other fair value of its total assets in securities which are
          payable in currencies other than United States dollars. The portfolio
          will not engage in investment activity in non-U.S. dollar denominated
          issues without first obtaining authorization to do so from the Series
          Fund's Board of Directors. See INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF
          THE PORTFOLIOS, page 1.

The investments of the various portfolios are generally subject to certain
additional restrictions under the laws of the State of New Jersey. In the event
of future amendments to the applicable New Jersey statutes, each portfolio will
comply, without the approval of the shareholders, with the statutory
requirements as so modified. The pertinent provisions of New Jersey law as they
stand are, in summary form, as follows:

     1.   An Account may not purchase any evidence of indebtedness issued,
          assumed or guaranteed by any institution created or existing under the
          laws of the U.S., any U.S. state or territory, District of Columbia,
          Puerto Rico, Canada or any Canadian province, if such evidence of
          indebtedness is in default as to interest. "Institution" includes any
          corporation, joint stock association, business trust, business joint
          venture, business partnership, savings and loan association, credit
          union or other mutual savings institution.

     2.   The stock of a corporation may not be purchased unless: (i) the
          corporation has paid a cash dividend on the class of stock during each
          of the past 5 years preceding the time of purchase; or (ii) during the
          5-year period the corporation had aggregate earnings available for
          dividends on such class of stock sufficient to pay average dividends
          of 4% per annum computed upon the par value of such stock or upon
          stated value if the stock has no par value. This limitation does not
          apply to any class of stock which is preferred as to dividends over a
          class of stock whose purchase is not prohibited.

     3.   Any common stock purchased must be: (i) listed or admitted to trading
          on a securities exchange in the United States or Canada; or (ii)
          included in the National Association of Securities Dealers' national
          price listings of "over-the-counter" securities; or (iii) determined
          by the Commissioner of Insurance of New Jersey to be publicly held and
          traded and have market quotations available.

     4.   Any security of a corporation may not be purchased if after the
          purchase more than 10% of the market value of the assets of a
          portfolio would be invested in the securities of such corporation.

As a result of these currently applicable requirements of New Jersey law, which
impose substantial limitations on the ability of the Series Fund to invest in
the stock of companies whose securities are not publicly traded or who have not
recorded a 5-year history of dividend payments or earnings sufficient to support
such payments, the portfolios will not generally hold the stock of newly
organized corporations. Nonetheless, an investment not otherwise eligible under
items 1 or 2 above may be made if, after giving effect to the investment, the
total cost of all such non-eligible investments does not exceed 5% of the
aggregate market value of the assets of the portfolio.

Investment limitations also arise under the insurance laws and regulations of
Arizona and may arise under the laws and regulations of other states. Although
compliance with the requirements of New Jersey law set forth above will
ordinarily result in compliance with any applicable laws of other states, under
some circumstances the laws of other states could impose additional restrictions
on the portfolios. For example, the Series Fund will generally invest no more
than 10% of its assets in the obligations of banks of the foreign countries
enumerated in item 2

                                        9


<PAGE>



   
of the Appendix to the prospectus. In addition, the Series Fund adheres to
additional restrictions relating to such practices as the lending of securities,
borrowing, and the purchase of put and call options, futures contracts, and
derivative instruments on securities to comply with investment guidelines issued
by the California Department of Insurance.
    

Current federal income tax laws require that the assets of each portfolio be
adequately diversified so that The Prudential and other insurers with separate
accounts which invest in the Series Fund, as applicable, and not the Contract
owners, are considered the owners of assets held in the Accounts for federal
income tax purposes. See DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES in the prospectus.
The Prudential intends to maintain the assets of each portfolio pursuant to
those diversification requirements.

                       INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS
                                  AND EXPENSES

   
The Prudential is the investment advisor of the Series Fund. It is the largest
insurance company in the United States. The Series Fund has entered into an
Investment Advisory Agreement with The Prudential under which The Prudential
will, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors of the Series Fund, be
responsible for the management of the Series Fund, and provide investment advice
and related services to each portfolio. The Prudential has entered into a
Service Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary The Prudential Investment
Corporation ("PIC"), which provides that PIC will furnish to The Prudential such
services as The Prudential may require in connection with The Prudential's
performance of its obligations under advisory agreements with clients which are
registered investment companies. In addition, The Prudential has entered into a
Subadvisory Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary Jennison Associates
Capital Corp. ("Jennison") under which Jennison furnishes investment advisory
services in connection with the management of the Prudential Jennison Portfolio.
More detailed information about The Prudential and its role as investment
advisor can be found in INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES in the
prospectus.
    

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge, payable quarterly, equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio.

   
The investment management fee for the Stock Index Portfolio is equal to an
annual rate of 0.35% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. For the
Money Market, Diversified Bond, Government Income, Zero Coupon Bond, Equity
Income, and Small Capitalization Stock Portfolios that fee is equal to an annual
rate of 0.4% of the average daily net assets of each of the portfolios. For the
Equity and Natural Resources Portfolios, the fee is equal to an annual rate of
0.45% of the average daily net assets of each of the portfolios. The fee for the
Conservative Balanced and High Yield Bond Portfolios is equal to an annual rate
of 0.55% of the average daily net assets of each of the portfolios. For the
Flexible Managed and Prudential Jennison Portfolios, the fee is equal to an
annual rate of 0.6% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. The fee
for the Global Portfolio is equal to an annual rate of 0.75% of the average
daily net assets of the portfolio. Under the Service Agreement, The Prudential
pays PIC a portion of the fee it receives for providing investment advisory
services. The Prudential pays Jennison a portion of the fee it receives for
providing investment advisory services to the Prudential Jennison Portfolio.

For the years 1995, 1994, and 1993, The Prudential received a total of
$xx,xxx,xxx, $66,413,206, and $51,197,499, respectively, in investment
management fees for all of the Series Fund's portfolios.
    

The Investment Advisory Agreement requires The Prudential to pay for maintaining
any Prudential staff and personnel who perform clerical, accounting,
administrative, and similar services for the Series Fund, other than investor
services and any daily Series Fund accounting services. It also requires The
Prudential to pay for the equipment, office space and related facilities
necessary to perform these services and the fees or salaries of all officers and
directors of the Series Fund who are affiliated persons of The Prudential or of
any subsidiary of The Prudential.

Each portfolio pays all other expenses incurred in its individual operation and
also pays a portion of the Series Fund's general administrative expenses
allocated on the basis of the asset size of the respective portfolios. Expenses
that will be borne directly by the portfolios include redemption expenses,
expenses of portfolio transactions, shareholder servicing costs, interest,
certain taxes, charges of the Custodian and Transfer Agent, and other expenses
attributable to a particular portfolio. Expenses that will be allocated among
all portfolios include legal expenses, state franchise taxes, auditing services,
costs of printing proxies, costs of stock certificates, Securities and Exchange
Commission fees, accounting costs, the fees and expenses of directors of the
Series Fund who are not affiliated persons of The Prudential or any subsidiary
of The Prudential, and other expenses properly payable by the entire Series
Fund. If the Series Fund is sued, litigation costs may be directly applicable to
one or more portfolio or allocated on the basis of the size of the respective
portfolios, depending upon the nature of the

                                       10


<PAGE>



lawsuit. The Series Fund's Board of Directors has determined that this is an
appropriate method of allocating expenses.

   
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, The Prudential has agreed to refund to
a portfolio (except the Global Portfolio) the portion of the investment
management fee for that portfolio equal to the amount that the aggregate annual
ordinary operating expenses of that portfolio (excluding interest, taxes, and
brokerage fees and commissions but including investment management fees) exceeds
0.75% of the portfolio's average daily net assets. There is no expense
limitation or reimbursement provision for the Global Portfolio.

The Investment Advisory Agreement with The Prudential was most recently approved
by the Series Fund's Board of Directors, including a majority of the Directors
who are not interested persons of The Prudential, on March 1, 1996 with respect
to all portfolios. The Investment Advisory Agreement was most recently approved
by the shareholders in accordance with instructions from Contract owners at
their 1989 annual meeting with respect to all portfolios except the Prudential
Jennison and Small Capitalization Stock Portfolios. A Supplemental Advisory
Agreement regarding the Prudential Jennison and Small Capitalization Stock
Portfolios was approved by the Series Fund Board of Directors on December 20,
1994 and by the sole shareholder of the Prudential Jennison and Small
Capitalization Stock Portfolios on April 5, 1995. The Investment Advisory and
Supplemental Investment Advisory Agreements will continue in effect if approved
annually by: (1) a majority of the non-interested persons of the Series Fund's
Board of Directors; and (2) by a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by
a majority vote of the shareholders of each portfolio. The required shareholder
approval of the Agreements shall be effective with respect to any portfolio if a
majority of the voting shares of that portfolio vote to approve the Agreements,
even if the Agreements are not approved by a majority of the voting shares of
any other portfolio or by a majority of the voting shares of the entire Series
Fund. The Agreements provide that they may not be assigned by The Prudential and
that they may be terminated upon 60 days' notice by the Series Fund's Board of
Directors or by a majority vote of its shareholders. The Prudential may
terminate the Agreements upon 90 days' notice.

The Service Agreement between The Prudential and PIC was most recently ratified
by shareholders of the Series Fund at their 1989 annual meeting with respect to
all portfolios except for the Prudential Jennison and Small Capitalization Stock
Portfolios, which had not yet been established. The Service Agreement with
respect to those portfolios and the Investment Subadvisory Agreement with
Jennison were ratified by the sole shareholder of those portfolios, April 5,
1995. The Service Agreement between The Prudential and PIC will continue in
effect as to the Series Fund for a period of more than 2 years from its
execution, only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least
annually in the same manner as the Investment Advisory Agreement between The
Prudential and the Series Fund. The Service Agreement may be terminated by
either party upon not less than 30 days prior written notice to the other party,
will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, and will terminate
automatically as to the Series Fund in the event of the assignment or
termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement between The Prudential and the
Series Fund. The Prudential is not relieved of its responsibility for all
investment advisory services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
    

The Prudential also serves as the investment advisor to several other investment
companies. When investment opportunities arise that may be appropriate for more
than one entity for which The Prudential serves as investment advisor, The
Prudential will not favor one over another and may allocate investments among
them in an impartial manner believed to be equitable to each entity involved.
The allocations will be based on each entity's investment objectives and its
current cash and investment positions. Because the various entities for which
The Prudential acts as investment advisor have different investment objectives
and positions, The Prudential may from time to time buy a particular security
for one or more such entities while at the same time it sells such securities
for another.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Shares in the Series Fund are currently offered continuously, without sales
charge, at prices equal to the respective net asset values of the portfolios,
only to the Accounts to fund benefits payable under the Contracts described in
the variable life insurance and variable annuity prospectuses. The Series Fund
may at some later date also offer its shares to other separate accounts of The
Prudential or other insurers. The Prudential acts as principal underwriter of
the Series Fund. As such, The Prudential receives no underwriting compensation
from the Series Fund. The Prudential's principal business address is Prudential
Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777.

   
The net asset value of the shares of each portfolio is determined once daily, as
of 4:15 p.m. New York City time (12:00 noon New York City time in the case of
the Money Market Portfolio) on each day during which the New York Stock Exchange
("NYSE") is open for business. The NYSE is open for business Monday through
Friday except for the days on which the following holidays are observed: New
Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. In the event the New York Stock
Exchange closes early on any business day, the net asset value of each portfolio
shall be determined at a
    

                                       11


<PAGE>



   
time between such closing and 4:15 p.m. New York City time. The net asset value
per share of each portfolio except the Money Market Portfolio is computed by
adding the sum of the value of the securities held by that portfolio plus any
cash or other assets it holds, subtracting all its liabilities, and dividing the
result by the total number of shares outstanding of that portfolio at such time.
Expenses, including the investment management fee payable to The Prudential, are
accrued daily.

In determining the net asset value of the Diversified Bond, Government Income,
and High Yield Bond Portfolios, securities (other than debt obligations with
remaining maturities of less than 60 days, which are valued at amortized cost)
will be valued utilizing an independent pricing service to determine valuations
for normal institutional size trading units of securities. The pricing service
considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities, call features,
ratings, and developments relating to specific securities in arriving at
securities valuations.
    

The net asset value of shares of the Money Market Portfolio will normally remain
at $10 per share, because the net investment income of this portfolio (including
realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio holdings) will be declared
as a dividend each time the portfolio's net income is determined, see DIVIDENDS,
DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES, in the prospectus. If in the view of the Board of
Directors of the Series Fund it is inadvisable to continue to maintain the net
asset value of the Money Market Portfolio at $10 per share, the Board reserves
the right to alter the procedure. The Series Fund will notify shareholders of
any such alteration.

   
All short-term debt obligations in the Money Market Portfolio of 397 days'
maturity or less are valued on an amortized cost basis. This means that each
obligation will be valued initially at its purchase price and thereafter by
amortizing any discount or premium uniformly to maturity, regardless of the
impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the obligation. This
highly practical method of valuation is in widespread use and almost always
results in a value that is extremely close to the actual market value. In order
to continue to utilize the amortized cost method of valuation, the Money Market
Portfolio may not purchase any security with a remaining maturity of more than
397 days and must maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90
days or less. In the event of sizeable changes in interest rates, however, the
value determined by this method may be higher or lower than the price that would
be received if the obligation were sold. The Board of Directors has established
procedures to determine whether, on these occasions, if any should occur, the
deviation might be enough to affect the value of shares in the Money Market
Portfolio by more than 1/2 of one percent, and, if it does, an appropriate
adjustment will be made in the value of the obligations. The portfolio may only
be invested in securities of high quality as described in detail in the Appendix
to the prospectus.

The net asset value of the Stock Index, Equity Income, Equity, Prudential
Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
will be determined in the following manner. Any security for which the primary
market is on an exchange is generally valued at the last sale price on such
exchange as of the close of the NYSE (which is currently 4:00 p.m. New York City
time) or, in the absence of recorded sales, at the mean between the most
recently quoted bid and asked prices. NASDAQ National Market System equity
securities are valued at the last sale price or, if there was no sale on such
day, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices. Other
over-the-counter equity securities are valued at the mean between the most
recently quoted bid and asked prices. Convertible debt securities that are
actively traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed securities for
which the primary market is believed to be over-the-counter, are valued at the
mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices. Corporate bonds
(other than convertible debt securities) and Government bonds held by the Equity
Income and Natural Resources Portfolios are valued on the same basis as
securities in the Diversified Bond and High Yield Bond Portfolios, as described
above. Short-term debt instruments which mature in less than 60 days are valued
at amortized cost. For valuation purposes, quotations of foreign securities in a
foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.
    

Generally, trading in foreign securities, as well as corporate bonds, U.S.
Government securities, and money market instruments, is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. The value of any such
securities are determined as of such times for purposes of computing a
portfolio's net asset value. Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally
determined prior to the close of the NYSE. If an extraordinary event occurs
after the close of an exchange on which that security is traded, the security
will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the applicable
portfolio manager under procedures established by and under the general
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

   
In determining the net asset value of each of the Balanced Portfolios, the
method of valuation of a security depends on the type of investment involved.
Intermediate or long-term fixed income securities are valued in the same way as
such securities in the Diversified Bond Portfolio, and common stocks and
convertible debt securities are valued in the same way as such securities are
valued in the Equity Portfolio. Short-term debt obligations with a maturity of
12 months or less are valued on an amortized cost basis in accordance with an
order obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each Balanced
Portfolio must maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity for its short-term
debt obligations of 120 days or less. As discussed above in connection with the
Money Market Portfolio, the values determined by the amortized cost method may
deviate from market value under certain
    

                                       12


<PAGE>



circumstances. The Board of Directors has established procedures to monitor
whether any material deviation occurs and, if so, will promptly consider what
action, if any, should be initiated to prevent unfair results to Contract
owners. The short-term portion of these portfolios may be invested only in high
quality instruments, as described in the Appendix to the prospectus.

In determining the net asset value of the shares of the Zero Coupon Bond
Portfolios 2000 and 2005, securities (other than debt obligations with
maturities of less than 60 days, which are valued at amortized cost) will be
valued utilizing an independent pricing service to determine valuations for
normal institutional size trading units of securities. The pricing service
considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities, call features,
ratings, and developments relating to specific securities in arriving at
securities valuations.

   
With respect to all the portfolios which utilize such investments, options on
stock and stock indices traded on national securities exchanges are valued at
the average of the bid and asked prices as of the close of the respective
exchange (which is currently 4:10 p.m. New York City time). Futures contracts
and options thereon are valued at the last sale price at the close of the
applicable commodities exchanges or board of trade (which is currently 4:15 p.m.
New York City time) or, if there was no sale on the applicable commodities
exchange or board of trade on such day, at the mean between the most recently
quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange or board of trade.
    

Securities or assets for which market quotations are not readily available will
be valued at fair value as determined by The Prudential under the direction of
the Board of Directors of the Series Fund.

                          FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE
                           ZERO COUPON BOND PORTFOLIOS
   
As stated in the prospectus, the objective of Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios 2000
and 2005 is to achieve the highest predictable compounded investment return for
a specified period of time, consistent with the safety of invested capital. This
discussion provides a more detailed explanation of the investment policies that
will be employed to manage these portfolios.
    
If each Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio held only stripped securities that were
obligations of the United States Government, maturing on the liquidation date,
the compounded yield of the portfolio from the date of initial investment until
the liquidation date could be calculated arithmetically to a high degree of
accuracy. By: (i) including stripped corporate obligations and interest bearing
debt securities; (ii) including securities with maturity dates within 2 years of
the liquidation date; and (iii) more actively managing the portfolio, the
accuracy of the predicted yield is reduced somewhat with the objective of
achieving an increased yield. The reduction in accuracy is kept to an acceptably
small amount, however, by an investment technique known as "immunization." By
purchasing securities with maturity dates or with interest payment dates prior
to the liquidation date, a risk is incurred that the payments received will not
be able to be reinvested at interest rates as high as or higher than the yield
initially predicted. This is known as "reinvestment risk." By including
securities with maturity dates after the liquidation date, a risk is incurred
that, because interest rates have increased, the market value of such securities
will be lower than had been anticipated. This is known as "market risk." It is
also possible, conversely, that payments received prior to the liquidation date
can be reinvested at higher rates than the predicted yield and that the value of
unmatured securities on the liquidation date will be greater than anticipated.
Reinvestment risk and market risk are thus reciprocal in that any change in the
general level of interest rates has an opposite effect on the two classes of
securities described above.

The portfolios' investment advisor seeks to balance these risks by making use of
the concept of "duration." A bond's duration is the average weighted period of
time until receipt of all scheduled cash payments under the bond (whether
principal or interest), where the weights are the present value of the amounts
to be received on each payment date. Unlike the concept of a bond's "term to
maturity," therefore, duration takes into account both the amount and timing of
a bond's interest payments, in addition to its maturity date and yield to
maturity. The duration of a zero coupon bond is the product of the face amount
of the bond and the time until maturity. As applied to a portfolio of bonds, a
portfolio's "duration" is the average weighted period of time until receipt of
all scheduled payments, whether principal or interest, from all bonds in the
portfolio.

When a portfolio's duration is equal to the length of time remaining until its
liquidation date, fluctuations in the amount of income accumulated by the
portfolio through reinvestment of coupon or principal payments received prior to
the liquidation date (i.e., fluctuations caused by reinvestment risk) will, over
the period ending on the liquidation date, be approximately equal in magnitude
to, but opposite in direction from, fluctuations in the market value on the
liquidation date of the portfolio's unmatured bonds (i.e., fluctuations caused
by market risk). By maintaining each portfolio's duration within 1 year of the
length of time remaining until its liquidation date, The Prudential believes
that each portfolio's value on its liquidation date, and hence an investor's
compounded

                                       13


<PAGE>



investment return to that date, will largely be immunized against changes in the
general level of interest rates. The success of this technique could be
affected, however, by such factors as changes in the relationship between
long-term and short-term interest rates and changes in the difference between
the yield on corporate and Treasury securities.

The Prudential will also calculate a projected yield for each Zero Coupon Bond
Portfolio. At the beginning of each week, after the net asset value of each Zero
Coupon Bond Portfolio has been determined, The Prudential will calculate the
compounded annual yield that will result if all securities in the portfolio are
held until the liquidation date or, if earlier, until their maturity dates (with
the proceeds reinvested until the liquidation date). This is the predicted yield
for that date. It can also be expressed as the amount to which a premium of
$10,000 is predicted to grow by the portfolio's liquidation date. Both of these
numbers will be furnished upon request. Unless there is a significant change in
the general level of interest rates--in which case a recalculation will be
made--the predicted yield is not likely to vary materially over the course of
each week.

   
As stated in the prospectus, as much as 30% of each portfolio's assets may be
invested in zero coupon debt securities issued by United States corporations or
in high grade interest bearing debt securities, provided that no more than 20%
of the assets of the portfolio may be invested in interest bearing securities.
The extent to which the portfolio invests in interest bearing securities may
rise above 20% as the portfolio moves closer to its liquidation date since both
reinvestment risk and market risk become smaller as the period to the
liquidation date decreases.
    

                  OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Prudential is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities, options
on securities and indices, and futures and related options for the Series Fund.
The Prudential is also responsible for the selection of brokers, dealers, and
futures commission merchants to effect the transactions and the negotiation of
brokerage commissions, if any. Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions
on Series Fund portfolio transactions, including options and the purchase and
sale of underlying securities upon the exercise of options. Orders may be
directed to any broker or futures commission merchant including, to the extent
and in the manner permitted by applicable law, Prudential Securities
Incorporated, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential.

Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market and bonds, including
convertible bonds, are generally traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as
principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price
of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten
offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes an amount of
compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter's
concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments and U.S.
Government agency securities may be purchased directly from the issuer, in which
case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Series Fund will not deal with
Prudential Securities Incorporated in any transaction in which Prudential
Securities Incorporated acts as principal. Thus, it will not deal with
Prudential Securities Incorporated if execution involves Prudential Securities
Incorporated's acting as principal with respect to any part of the Series Fund's
order.

Portfolio securities may not be purchased from any underwriting or selling
syndicate of which Prudential Securities Incorporated, during the existence of
the syndicate, is a principal underwriter (as defined in the 1940 Act) except in
accordance with rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. This
limitation, in the opinion of the Series Fund, will not significantly affect the
portfolios' current ability to pursue their respective investment objectives.
However, in the future it is possible that the Series Fund may under other
circumstances be at a disadvantage because of this limitation in comparison to
other funds not subject to such a limitation.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Series Fund, The Prudential is
required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and
efficient execution. Within the framework of this policy, The Prudential will
consider the research and investment services provided by brokers, dealers or
futures commission merchants who effect or are parties to portfolio transactions
of the Series Fund, The Prudential or The Prudential's other clients. Such
research and investment services are those which brokerage houses customarily
provide to institutional investors and include statistical and economic data and
research reports on particular companies and industries. Such services are used
by The Prudential in connection with all of its investment activities, and some
of such services obtained in connection with the execution of transactions for
the Series Fund may be used in managing other investment accounts. Conversely,
brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants furnishing such services may be
selected for the execution of transactions for such other accounts, and the
services furnished by such brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants may
be used by The Prudential in providing investment management for the Series
Fund. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker,
dealer or futures commission merchant based on the quality and quantity of
execution services provided by the broker in the light of generally prevailing
rates. The Prudential's policy is to pay higher commissions to brokers,

                                       14


<PAGE>



other than Prudential Securities Incorporated, for particular transactions than
might be charged if a different broker had been selected on occasions when, in
The Prudential's opinion, this policy furthers the objective of obtaining best
price and execution. The Prudential's present policy is not to permit higher
commissions to be paid on Series Fund transactions in order to secure research,
statistical, and investment services from brokers. The Prudential might in the
future authorize the payment of such higher commissions but only with the prior
concurrence of the Board of Directors of the Series Fund, if it is determined
that the higher commissions are necessary in order to secure desired research
and are reasonable in relation to all the services that the broker provides.

Subject to the above considerations, Prudential Securities Incorporated may act
as a securities broker or futures commission merchant for the Series Fund. In
order for Prudential Securities Incorporated to effect any portfolio
transactions for the Series Fund, the commissions received by Prudential
Securities Incorporated must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions
received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving
similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a
comparable period of time. This standard would allow Prudential Securities
Incorporated to receive no more than the remuneration that would be expected to
be received by an unaffiliated broker or futures commission merchant in a
commensurate arm's-length transaction. Furthermore, the Board of Directors of
the Series Fund, including a majority of the directors who are not "interested"
persons, has adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that
any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to Prudential Securities
Incorporated are consistent with the foregoing standard. In accordance with Rule
11a2-2(T) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Prudential Securities
Incorporated may not retain compensation for effecting transactions on a
national securities exchange for the Series Fund unless the Series Fund has
expressly authorized the retention of such compensation in a written contract
executed by the Series Fund and Prudential Securities Incorporated. Rule
11a2-2(T) provides that Prudential Securities Incorporated must furnish to the
Series Fund at least annually a statement setting forth the total amount of all
compensation retained by Prudential Securities Incorporated from transactions
effected for the Series Fund during the applicable period. Brokerage and futures
transactions with Prudential Securities Incorporated are also subject to such
fiduciary standards as may be imposed by applicable law.

   
For the years 1995, 1994, and 1993, the Series Fund paid a total of $xx,xxx,xxx,
$11,579,886, and $9,492,283, respectively, in brokerage commissions. Of those
amounts, $xxx,xxx, $560,155, and $977,695, for 1995, 1994, and 1993,
respectively, was paid out to Prudential Securities Incorporated. For 1995, the
commissions paid to this affiliated broker constituted x.x% of the total
commissions paid by the Series Fund for that year. Transactions through this
affiliated broker accounted for x.x% of the aggregate dollar amount of
transactions for the Series Fund involving the payment of commissions.
    

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

   
Chemical Bank, 4 New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004 is the custodian of the
assets held by all the portfolios, except the Global Portfolio, and is
authorized to use the facilities of the Depository Trust Company and the
facilities of the book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Bank with respect to
securities held by these portfolios. Chemical Bank is also authorized to use the
facilities of the Mortgage Backed Security Clearing Corporation (a subsidiary of
the Midwest Stock Exchange) with respect to mortgage-backed securities held by
any of these portfolios. Chemical Bank maintains certain financial and
accounting books and records pursuant to an agreement with the Series Fund.
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("Brown Brothers"), 40 Water Street, Boston, MA
02109 is the custodian of the assets of the Global Portfolio and in that
capacity maintains certain financial and accounting books and records pursuant
to an agreement with the Series Fund. Brown Brothers employs subcustodians, who
were approved by the directors of the Series Fund in accordance with regulations
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, for the purpose of providing
custodial service for the Global Portfolio's foreign assets held outside the
United States. Morgan Guaranty Trust Company, 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10260
is the custodian of the assets held in connection with repurchase agreements
entered into by the portfolios and is authorized to use the facilities of the
book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Bank. The directors of the Series Fund
monitor the activities of the custodians and the subcustodians.
    

The Prudential is the transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent for the
Series Fund. The Prudential as transfer agent issues and redeems shares of the
Series Fund and maintains records of ownership for the shareholders.

EXPERTS

The financial statements included in this statement of additional information
and the FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS included in the Series Fund's prospectus have been
audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their
report appearing herein and are included in reliance upon the report of such
firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Deloitte
& Touche LLP's principal business address is Two Hilton Court, Parsippany, NJ
07054-0319.

                                       15


<PAGE>




LICENSES

As part of the Investment Advisory Agreement, The Prudential has granted the
Series Fund a royalty-free, non-exclusive license to use the words "The
Prudential" and its registered service mark of a rock representing the Rock of
Gibraltar. However, The Prudential may terminate this license if The Prudential
or a company controlled by it ceases to be the Series Fund's investment advisor.
The Prudential may also terminate the license for any other reason upon 60 days
written notice; but, in this event, the Investment Advisory Agreement shall also
terminate 120 days following receipt by the Series Fund of such notice, unless a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Series Fund vote to
continue the Agreement notwithstanding termination of the license.

The Series Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard &
Poor's ("S&P"). S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to
Contract owners or any member of the public regarding the advisability of
investing in securities generally or in the Series Fund particularly or the
ability of the S&P 500 Index or the S&P SmallCap 600 Index to track general
stock market performance. S&P's only relationship to the Series Fund is the
licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and the S&P 500 Index.
The S&P 500 Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Index are determined, composed and
calculated by S&P without regard to the Series Fund, the Stock Index Portfolio
or the Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio. S&P has no obligation to take the
needs of the Series Fund or the Contract owners into consideration in
determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 Index or the S&P SmallCap 600
Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination
of the prices and amount of the Series Fund shares or the timing of the issuance
or sale of those shares or in the determination or calculation of the equation
by which the shares are to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or
liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the
Series Fund Shares.

S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500
INDEX, THE S&P SMALLCAP 600 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL
HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES
NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE SERIES FUND,
CONTRACT OWNERS, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500
INDEX, THE S&P SMALLCAP 600 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE
S&P 500 INDEX, THE S&P SMALLCAP 600 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT
LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY
SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS),
EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

                          MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND

The names of all directors and officers of the Series Fund and the principal
occupation of each during the last 5 years are shown below. Unless otherwise
stated, the address of each director and officer is Prudential Plaza, Newark,
New Jersey 07102-3777.

   
MENDEL A. MELZER*, Chairman of the Board--Chief Financial Officer of the Money
Management Group of The Prudential since 1995; 1993 to 1995: Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Prudential Preferred Financial
Services; 1991 to 1993: Managing Director, The Prudential Investment
Corporation; Prior to 1991: Senior Vice President, Prudential Capital
Corporation.

E. MICHAEL CAULFIELD*, President and Director--Chief Executive Officer of the
Money Management Group of The Prudential since 1995; 1995: Chief Executive
Officer, Prudential Preferred Financial Services; 1993 to 1995: President,
Prudential Preferred Financial Services; 1992 to 1993: President, Prudential
Property and Casualty Insurance Company; Prior to 1992: President of Investment
Services of The Prudential.
    

SAUL K. FENSTER, Director--President of New Jersey Institute of Technology.
Address: 323 Martin Luther King Boulevard, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

W. SCOTT McDONALD, JR., Director--Executive Vice President of Fairleigh
Dickinson University since 1991: Prior to 1991: Executive Vice President of Drew
University. Address: 23 Forest Road, Madison, New Jersey 07940.

JOSEPH WEBER, Director--Vice President, Interclass (international corporate
learning). Address: 37 Beachmont Terrace, North Caldwell, New Jersey 07006.

   
STEPHEN P. TOOLEY, Comptroller--Vice President and Comptroller of the Individual
Insurance Group of The Prudential since 1995; 1993 to 1995: Vice President and
Comptroller of Prudential Insurance and Financial

Services; Prior to 1993: Director, Financial Analysis of The Prudential.
    

THOMAS C. CASTANO, Secretary and Treasurer--Assistant General Counsel of The
Prudential since 1993; Prior to 1993: Assistant General Counsel of Pruco Life
Insurance Company.

                                       16


<PAGE>




No director or officer of the Series Fund who is also an officer, director or
employee of The Prudential or its affiliates is entitled to any remuneration
from the Series Fund for services as one of its directors or officers. Each
director of the Series Fund who is not an interested person of the Series Fund
will receive a fee of $2,000 per year plus $200 per portfolio for each meeting
of the Board attended and will be reimbursed for all expenses incurred in
connection with attendance at meetings.

   
*These members of the Board are interested persons of The Prudential, its
affiliates or the Series Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Certain actions of the
Board, including the annual continuance of the Investment Advisory Agreement
between the Series Fund and The Prudential, must be approved by a majority of
the members of the Board who are not interested persons of The Prudential, its
affiliates or the Series Fund. Mr. Melzer and Mr. Caulfield, two of the five
members of the Board, are interested persons of The Prudential and the Series
Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, because they are officers and/or
affiliated persons of The Prudential, the investment advisor to the Series Fund.
Messrs. Fenster, McDonald, and Weber are not interested persons of The
Prudential, its affiliates or the Series Fund. However, Mr. Fenster is President
of the New Jersey Institute of Technology. The Prudential has issued a group
annuity contract to the Institute and provides group life and group health
insurance to its employees.

    
                                       17

<PAGE>



                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                        THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.



   

        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b).

    




                                       A1


<PAGE>



                        THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.
                             SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS



   

        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b).

    




                                       B1


<PAGE>



                                                                       APPENDIX

                                  DEBT RATINGS

Moody's Investors Services, Inc. describes its categories of corporate debt
securities and its "Prime-1" and "Prime-2" commercial paper as follows:

Bonds:

Aaa   -- Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.
      They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally
      referred to as "gilt edge." Interest payments are protected by a large
      or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While
      the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as
      can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong
      position of such issues.

Aa    -- Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
      standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are
      generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the
      best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
      securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater
      amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long
      term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A     -- Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
      attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations.
      Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered
      adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to
      impairment sometime in the future.

Baa   -- Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade
      obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
      secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for
      the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be
      characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such
      bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
      speculative characteristics as well.

Ba    -- Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
      their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the
      protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and
      thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the
      future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B     -- Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
      desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or
      of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of
      time may be small.

Caa   -- Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be
      in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
      principal or interest.

Ca    -- Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
      speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have
      other marked shortcomings.

Commercial paper:

o Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics:

- --Leading market positions in well-established industries.

- --High rates of return of funds employed.

- --Conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt and
ample asset protection.

- --Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high
internal cash generation.

- --Well established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of
alternate liquidity.

o Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

                                       C1


<PAGE>





Standard & Poor's Corporation describes its grades of corporate debt securities
and its "A" commercial paper as follows:

Bonds:

AAA       Bonds rated AAA are highest grade obligations. They possess the
          ultimate degree of protection as to principal and interest. Marketwise
          they move with interest rates, and hence provide the maximum safety on
          all counts.

AA        Bonds rated AA also qualify as high grade obligations, and in the
          majority of instances differ from AAA issues only in small degree.
          Here, too, prices move with the long term money market.

A         Bonds rated A are regarded as upper medium grade. They have
          considerable investment strength but are not entirely free from
          adverse effects of changes in economic and trade conditions. Interest
          and principal are regarded as safe. They predominantly reflect money
          rates in their market behavior, but to some extent, also economic
          conditions.

BBB       The BBB, or medium grade category, is borderline between definitely
          sound obligations and those where the speculative element begins to
          predominate. These bonds have adequate asset coverage and normally are
          protected by satisfactory earnings. Their susceptibility to changing
          conditions, particularly to depressions, necessitates constant
          watching. Marketwise, the bonds are more responsive to business and
          trade conditions than to interest rates. This group is the lowest
          which qualifies for commercial bank investment.

BB-B-CCC-CC

          Bonds rated BB, B, CCC and CC are regarded, on balance, as
          predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay
          interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the
          obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the
          highest degree of speculation. While such bonds will likely have some
          quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large
          uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

Commercial paper: Commercial paper rated A by Standard & Poor's Corporation has
the following characteristics: Liquidity ratios are better than the industry
average. Long term senior debt rating is "A" or better. In some cases BBB
credits may be acceptable. The issuer has access to at least two additional
channels of borrowing. Basic earnings and cash flow have an upward trend with
allowances made for unusual circumstances. Typically, the issuer's industry is
well established, the issuer has a strong position within its industry and the
reliability and quality of management is unquestioned. Issuers rated A are
further referred to by use of numbers 1, 2 and 3 to denote relative strength
within this classification.

                                       C2


<PAGE>







THE PRUDENTIAL 
SERIES FUND, INC.









                   THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA
                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                            Telephone: (800) 445-4571



<PAGE>
   
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
May 1, 1996
    


THE PRUDENTIAL 

SERIES FUND, INC.
THIS  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  IS FOR USE ONLY WITH THE  PRUDENTIAL
VARIABLE CONTRACT ACCOUNT-24.


The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. (the "Series Fund") is a diversified,  open-end
management  investment  company  (commonly  known as a  "mutual  fund")  that is
intended  to provide a range of  investment  alternatives  through  its  fifteen
separate  portfolios,  each of which is, for  investment  purposes,  in effect a
separate fund. A separate class of capital stock is issued for each portfolio.


Shares of the Series  Fund are  currently  sold only to separate  accounts  (the
"Accounts") of The Prudential  Insurance  Company of America ("The  Prudential")
and certain other  insurers to fund the benefits  under  variable life insurance
and variable annuity contracts (the "Contracts") issued by those Companies.  The
Accounts invest in shares of the Series Fund through subaccounts that correspond
to the  portfolios.  The Accounts  will redeem  shares of the Series Fund to the
extent  necessary  to provide  benefits  under the  Contracts  or for such other
purposes as may be consistent with the Contracts.


Unless otherwise  indicated,  this statement of additional  information provides
information  only  with  respect  to the seven  portfolios  of the  Series  Fund
currently available to The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24.


           ----------------------------------------------------------

   
This statement of additional  information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction  with the Series Fund's  prospectus dated May 1, 1996 that is for
use with The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24, which is available without
charge upon written request to The Prudential  Insurance Company of America, c/o
Prudential  Defined  Contribution  Services,  30 Scranton  Office Park,  Moosic,
Pennsylvania 18507-1789, or by telephoning 1 (800) 458-6333.
    
           ----------------------------------------------------------



                                    CONTENTS


<TABLE>
   
                                                                                                         Cross-Reference to
                                                                                           Page          Page in Prospectus
                                                                                           ----          ------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>                  <C>
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS
   General...............................................................................      1                    5
   Warrants..............................................................................      1
   Options on Stock, Options on Debt Securities, Options on Stock Indices,
      Options on Foreign Currencies, Futures Contracts, and Options on
      Futures Contracts..................................................................      1                   15
   Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts...........................................      4                   14
   Interest Rate Swaps...................................................................      5
   Illiquid Securities...................................................................      6


INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS..................................................................      6                   20


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES..........................................      9                   21


DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE.........................................................     10                   22


OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND
   Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage..................................................     11                   25
   Custodian, Transfer Agent, and Dividend Disbursing Agent..............................     13                   25
   Experts...............................................................................     13
   Licenses..............................................................................     13


MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND............................................................     14                    5
    


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC..................................     A1


THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS.................................     B1


APPENDIX: DEBT RATINGS...................................................................     C1

</TABLE>


                        The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                            Telephone: (800) 445-4571

   
PSF-2A Ed 5-96
    


<PAGE>



                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                                OF THE PORTFOLIOS

General


   
The  Prudential  Variable  Contract  Account-24  may  currently  invest in seven
portfolios  of The  Prudential  Series  Fund,  Inc.  (the  "Series  Fund"):  the
Diversified Bond Portfolio,  the Government Income  Portfolio,  the Conservative
Balanced Portfolio,  the Flexible Managed Portfolio,  the Stock Index Portfolio,
the Equity Portfolio,  and the Global  Portfolio.  The portfolios are managed by
The Prudential  Insurance Company of America ("The  Prudential") as discussed in
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES, page 9.
    


Each of the  portfolios  seeks to  achieve  a  different  investment  objective.
Accordingly, each portfolio can be expected to have different investment results
and to be subject to different financial and market risks. Financial risk refers
to the ability of an issuer of a debt security to pay principal and interest and
to the earnings  stability  and overall  financial  soundness of an issuer of an
equity  security.  Market  risk  refers  to the  degree  to which the price of a
security will react to changes in  conditions in securities  markets in general,
and with  particular  reference  to debt  securities,  to changes in the overall
level of interest rates.


The investment objective of each of the Series Fund's seven portfolios currently
available  to The  Prudential  Variable  Contract  Account-24  can be  found  in
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS in the prospectus.


Warrants


   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Equity, and Global Portfolios may
invest in warrants  on common  stocks.  Warrants  are options to buy a number of
shares of stock at a  predetermined  price during a specified  period.  The risk
associated  with the  purchase of a warrant is that the  purchase  price will be
lost if the market price of the stock does not reach a level that  justifies the
exercise  or sale of the  warrant  before it  expires.  From  time to time,  the
Diversified  Bond  Portfolio  may  invest in debt  securities  that are  offered
together  with warrants but only when the debt  security  meets the  portfolio's
investment  criteria and the value of the warrant is relatively  very small.  If
the warrant later becomes  valuable,  it will  ordinarily be sold rather than be
exercised.
    


Options on Stock, Options on Debt Securities,  Options on Stock Indices, Options
on Foreign Currencies, Futures Contracts, and Options on Futures Contracts


   
A.  Additional  Information  Regarding  the Use of  Futures  and  Options by the
Diversified Bond, Government Income,  Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible Managed,
Equity, and Global Portfolios.
    


A portfolio will write only "covered" options on stock indices. A call option is
covered if the portfolio holds a portfolio of stocks at least equal to the value
of the  index  times  the  multiplier  times the  number  of  contracts.  When a
portfolio  writes a call  option on a broadly  based  stock  market  index,  the
portfolio  will  segregate or put into escrow with its  custodian or pledge to a
broker as  collateral  for the option,  cash,  cash  equivalents  or  "qualified
securities"  (defined  below)  with a market  value at the  time the  option  is
written of not less than 100% of the current  index  value times the  multiplier
times the  number of  contracts.  If a  portfolio  has  written  an option on an
industry or market segment index,  it will segregate or put into escrow with its
custodian  or pledge to a broker as  collateral  for the  option,  at least five
"qualified  securities",  all of which are stocks of issuers in such industry or
market  segment,  with a market  value at the time the  option is written of not
less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier  times the number
of contracts.  Such stocks will include  stocks which  represent at least 50% of
the  weighting of the  industry or market  segment  index and will  represent at
least 50% of the  portfolio's  holdings in that industry or market  segment.  No
individual  security will  represent  more than 15% of the amount so segregated,
pledged or escrowed in the case of broadly  based stock market index  options or
25% of such amount in the case of industry or market segment index  options.  If
at the  close  of  business  on any  day the  market  value  of  such  qualified
securities  so  segregated,  escrowed or pledged falls below 100% of the current
index value times the  multiplier  times the number of contracts,  the portfolio
will so segregate,  escrow or pledge an amount in cash,  Treasury bills or other
high-grade short-term obligations equal in value to the difference. In addition,
when a portfolio writes a call on an index which is in-the-money at the time the
call is written,  the portfolio  will  segregate with its custodian or pledge to
the broker as collateral, cash or U.S. Government or other high-grade short-term
debt obligations  equal in value to the amount by which the call is in-the-money
times the  multiplier  times the  number of  contracts.  Any  amount  segregated
pursuant to the foregoing sentence may be applied to the portfolio's  obligation
to  segregate  additional  amounts  in the event  that the  market  value of the
qualified  securities  falls  below 100% of the  current  index  value times the
multiplier  times the number of contracts.  A "qualified  security" is an equity
security  which is listed on a  securities  exchange  or listed on the  National
Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation System ("NASDAQ") against
which the  portfolio  has not written a stock call option and which has not been
hedged by the  portfolio  by the sale of stock index  futures.  However,  if the
portfolio holds a


                                        1

<PAGE>



call on the same index as the call written where the exercise  price of the call
held is equal to or less than the exercise  price of the call written or greater
than the exercise  price of the call written if the  difference is maintained by
the portfolio in cash, Treasury bills or other high-grade short-term obligations
in a  segregated  account  with its  custodian,  it will not be  subject  to the
requirement described in this paragraph.


A put option is covered  if: (1) the  portfolio  holds in a  segregated  account
cash, Treasury bills or other high-grade  short-term debt obligations of a value
equal to the strike price times the multiplier times the number of contracts; or
(2) the  portfolio  holds a put on the same index as the put  written  where the
strike price of the put held is equal to or greater than the strike price of the
put written or less than the strike  price of the put written if the  difference
is  maintained  by the  portfolio in cash,  Treasury  bills or other  high-grade
short-term  debt  obligations  in a segregated  account with its  custodian.  In
instances involving the purchase of futures contracts by a portfolio,  an amount
of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  equal  to the  market  value  of the  futures
contracts,  will be  deposited  in a  segregated  account  with the  portfolio's
custodian and/or in a margin account with a broker to collateralize the position
and thereby ensure that the use of such futures is unleveraged.


B. Additional  Information Regarding the Use of Futures and Options by the Stock
Index Portfolio.


As explained in the prospectus, the Stock Index Portfolio seeks to duplicate the
performance of the S&P 500 Index. The portfolio will be as fully invested in the
S&P 500 Index stocks as is feasible in light of cash flow  patterns and the cash
requirements  for  efficiently  investing  in a unit  of the  basket  of  stocks
comprising  the  S&P  500  Index.   When  the  portfolio  does  have  short-term
investments,  it may purchase stock index futures contracts in an effort to have
the portfolio better mimic the performance of a fully invested  portfolio.  When
the portfolio  purchases  stock index futures  contracts,  an amount of cash and
cash equivalents,  equal to the market value of the futures  contracts,  will be
deposited in a segregated  account with the  portfolio's  custodian  and/or in a
margin  account with a broker to  collateralize  the position and thereby ensure
that the use of futures is unleveraged.  As with the other portfolios, the Board
of Directors  currently intends to limit futures trading so that the Stock Index
Portfolio  will not enter  into  futures  contracts  or  related  options if the
aggregate initial margins and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of its
assets,  after taking into account  unrealized  profits and unrealized losses on
any such contracts and options.


As an  alternative  to the  purchase  of a stock  index  futures  contract,  the
portfolio may construct  synthetic  positions involving options on stock indices
and options on stock index  futures that are  equivalent  to such a long futures
position.  In particular,  the portfolio may utilize "put/call  combinations" as
synthetic  long stock index futures  positions.  A put/call  combination  is the
simultaneous purchase of a call and the sale of a put with the same strike price
and maturity.  It is equivalent to a forward position and, if settled every day,
is  equivalent  to  a  long  futures  position.   When   constructing   put/call
combinations,  the  portfolio  will  segregate  cash  or cash  equivalents  in a
segregated account equal to the market value of the portfolio's forward position
to collateralize the position and ensure that it is unleveraged.


C. Risks of Transactions in Options on Equity and Debt Securities.


A portfolio's  use of options on equity or debt securities is subject to certain
special  risks,  in addition to the risk that the market  value of the  security
will move  adversely to the  portfolio's  option  position.  An  exchange-traded
option  position may be closed out only on an exchange,  board of trade or other
trading  facility  which  provides a secondary  market for an option of the same
series.  Although these  portfolios will generally  purchase or write only those
exchange-traded  options  for which  there  appears  to be an  active  secondary
market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will
exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and for some options
no  secondary  market on an exchange or  otherwise  may exist.  In such event it
might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with
the result that the  portfolio  would have to  exercise  its options in order to
realize any profit and would incur  brokerage  commissions  upon the exercise of
such  options  and upon the  subsequent  disposition  of  underlying  securities
acquired through the exercise of call options or upon the purchase of underlying
securities  for the  exercise of put  options.  If a portfolio as a covered call
option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase  transaction in a secondary
market,  it will not be able to sell the  underlying  security  until the option
expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.


Reasons for the absence of a liquid  secondary market on an exchange include the
following:  (i) there may be insufficient  trading  interest in certain options;
(ii)  restrictions  imposed by an  exchange on opening  transactions  or closing
transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may
be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying
securities;  (iv)  unusual or  unforeseen  circumstances  may  interrupt  normal
operations  on an  exchange;  (v) the  facilities  of an  exchange or a clearing
corporation  may not at all times be adequate to handle current  trading volume;
or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be
compelled  at some  future  date to  discontinue  the  trading of options  (or a
particular  class or series of options),  in which event the secondary market on
that  exchange  (or in the  class or series of  options)  would  cease to exist,
although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by a clearing
corporation  as a  result  of  trades  on that  exchange  would  continue  to be
exercisable in accordance with their terms.


                                        2

<PAGE>



There is no assurance  that higher than  anticipated  trading  activity or other
unforeseen  events might not, at times,  render certain of the facilities of any
of the clearing corporations  inadequate,  and thereby result in the institution
by an  exchange  of  special  procedures  which may  interfere  with the  timely
execution of customers' orders.


The  purchase  and  sale  of  options  that  result  from  privately  negotiated
transactions with broker-dealers ("OTC options") will also be subject to certain
risks.  Unlike  exchange-traded  options,  OTC options  generally  do not have a
continuous  liquid market.  Consequently,  a portfolio will generally be able to
realize the value of an OTC option it has  purchased  only by  exercising  it or
reselling it to the dealer who issued it. Similarly,  when a portfolio writes an
OTC option,  it generally  will be able to close out the OTC option prior to its
expiration only by entering into a closing purchase  transaction with the dealer
to which the portfolio  originally  wrote the OTC option.  While the  portfolios
will seek to enter into OTC options only with dealers who agree to and which are
expected to be able to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the
portfolio,  there  can be no  assurance  that  the  portfolio  will  be  able to
liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. In
the event of  insolvency  of the other  party,  the  portfolio  may be unable to
liquidate an OTC option. The Prudential monitors the creditworthiness of dealers
with whom the Series Fund enters into OTC option transactions under the Board of
Directors' general supervision.


D. Risks of Transactions in Options on Stock Indices.


A  portfolio's  purchase and sale of options on stock indices will be subject to
the same risks as stock options, described in the previous section. In addition,
the distinctive  characteristics of options on indices create certain risks that
are not present with stock options.  Index prices may be distorted if trading of
certain  stocks  included  in the  index is  interrupted.  Trading  in the index
options also may be  interrupted  in certain  circumstances,  such as if trading
were halted in a  substantial  number of stocks  included in the index.  If this
occurred,  a  portfolio  would  not be able to close  out  options  which it had
purchased or written  and, if  restrictions  on exercise  were  imposed,  may be
unable to exercise an option it holds,  which could result in substantial losses
to the  portfolio.  It is the  policy of the  portfolios  to  purchase  or write
options only on stock  indices  which  include a number of stocks  sufficient to
minimize the likelihood of a trading halt in options on the index.


The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject
to the  development and maintenance of a liquid  secondary  market.  A portfolio
will not purchase or sell any index  option  contract  unless and until,  in its
manager's opinion,  the market for such options has developed  sufficiently that
the risk in  connection  with such  transactions  is no greater than the risk in
connection with options on stocks.


There are certain special risks  associated with writing calls on stock indices.
Because  exercises of index options are settled in cash, a call writer such as a
portfolio cannot  determine the amount of its settlement  obligations in advance
and, unlike call writing on specific stocks, cannot precisely provide in advance
for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the
underlying   securities.   However,  the  portfolios  will  follow  the  "cover"
procedures described in item A above.


Price  movements in a portfolio's  equity security  portfolio  probably will not
correlate precisely with movements in the level of the index and, therefore,  in
writing a call on a stock index a portfolio bears the risk that the price of the
securities  held by the portfolio may not increase as much as the index. In such
event,  the  portfolio  would  bear a loss on the call  which is not  completely
offset by movement in the price of the portfolio's equity securities. It is also
possible that the index may rise when the portfolio's  securities do not rise in
value. If this occurred, the portfolio would experience a loss on the call which
is not offset by an increase in the value of its securities  portfolio and might
also experience a loss in its securities portfolio.  However,  because the value
of a diversified  securities portfolio will, over time, tend to move in the same
direction as the market,  movements in the value of a portfolio's  securities in
the  opposite  direction as the market would be likely to occur for only a short
period or to a small degree.


When a portfolio  has  written a call,  there is also a risk that the market may
decline  between the time the  portfolio has a call  exercised  against it, at a
price  which  is  fixed  as of the  closing  level  of the  index on the date of
exercise, and the time the portfolio is able to sell stocks in its portfolio. As
with stock  options,  a portfolio  will not learn that an index  option has been
exercised  until the day following the exercise date but, unlike a call on stock
where the  portfolio  would be able to  deliver  the  underlying  securities  in
settlement,  the portfolio may have to sell part of its stock portfolio in order
to make  settlement in cash,  and the price of such stocks might decline  before
they can be sold. This timing risk makes certain strategies  involving more than
one option  substantially  more risky with  options in stock  indices  than with
stock options. For example,  even if an index call which a portfolio has written
is "covered" by an index call held by the portfolio  with the same strike price,
the portfolio will bear the risk that the level of the index may decline between
the close of trading on the date the exercise  notice is filed with the clearing
corporation  and the close of trading on the date the  portfolio  exercises  the
call it holds or the time the  portfolio  sells the call  which in  either  case
would occur no earlier than the day  following  the day the exercise  notice was
filed.



                                        3

<PAGE>




There are also certain special risks involved in purchasing put and call options
on stock indices.  If a portfolio  holds an index option and exercises it before
final  determination  of the closing  index value for that day, it runs the risk
that the level of the  underlying  index may change  before  closing.  If such a
change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money,  the portfolio will
be  required  to pay the  difference  between  the  closing  index value and the
exercise price of the option (times the  applicable  multiplier) to the assigned
writer.  Although the portfolio may be able to minimize the risk by  withholding
exercise  instructions  until just  before the daily  cutoff  time or by selling
rather than  exercising  an option when the index level is close to the exercise
price, it may not be possible to eliminate this risk entirely because the cutoff
times for index  options  may be  earlier  than those  fixed for other  types of
options and may occur before definitive closing index values are announced.


E. Risks of Transactions in Options on Foreign Currency.


Because  there  are two  currencies  involved,  developments  in  either or both
countries can affect the values of options on foreign currencies.  Risks include
those  described  in the  prospectus  under  Foreign  Securities  and Options on
Foreign  Currencies.  In addition,  the quantities of currency underlying option
contracts  represent  odd lots in a market  dominated  by  transactions  between
banks; this can mean extra  transaction costs upon exercise.  Option markets may
be closed while  round-the-clock  interbank  currency markets are open, and this
can create price and rate discrepancies.


F. Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts.


There are several risks  associated with a portfolio's use of futures  contracts
for hedging  purposes.  One such risk arises  because of  imperfect  correlation
between  movements  in the price of the  futures  contract  and the price of the
securities or currency that are the subject of the hedge. In the case of futures
contracts on stock or interest rate indices,  the correlation  between the price
of the futures  contract  and  movements  in the index might not be perfect.  To
compensate for differences in historical volatility,  a portfolio could purchase
or sell futures  contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities or
currency  it  wished  to  hedge  or  purchase.  In  addition,   temporary  price
distortions  in the  futures  market  could be caused by a variety  of  factors.
Further, the ability of a portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a
liquid secondary market. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on
an exchange will exist for any  particular  futures  contract at any  particular
time. Further,  each portfolio's  successful use of futures contracts is to some
extent  dependent on the ability of the portfolio  manager to predict  correctly
movements  in the  direction  of the  market,  interest  rates  and/or  currency
exchange rates.


The hours of trading of futures  contracts  may not conform to the hours  during
which the portfolio may trade the underlying  securities and/or currency. To the
extent that the futures markets close before the securities or currency markets,
significant  price and rate  movements can take place in the  securities  and/or
currency markets that cannot be reflected in the futures markets.


G. Risks of Transactions in Options on Futures Contracts.


Options on futures  contracts  are subject to risks  similar to those  described
above  with  respect to options on  securities,  options on stock  indices,  and
futures  contracts.  These risks include the risk that the portfolio manager may
not correctly predict changes in the market,  the risk of imperfect  correlation
between  the option and the  securities  being  hedged,  and the risk that there
might not be a liquid secondary market for the option. There is also the risk of
imperfect correlation between the option and the underlying futures contract. If
there  were no liquid  secondary  market  for a  particular  option on a futures
contract,  the  portfolio  might have to  exercise an option it held in order to
realize  any profit and might  continue to be  obligated  under an option it had
written until the option expired or was exercised.  If the portfolio were unable
to close out an option it had written on a futures  contract,  it would continue
to be required to maintain  initial  margin and make variation  margin  payments
with respect to the option  position  until the option  expired or was exercised
against the portfolio.


Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts


   
As explained in the prospectus,  the Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible  Managed,
Equity,   and  Global   Portfolios  may  purchase  debt  and  equity  securities
denominated in foreign currencies. To address the currency fluctuation risk that
such  investments  entail,  these  portfolios  may enter  into  forward  foreign
currency exchange  contracts in several  circumstances.  When a portfolio enters
into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security  denominated in a foreign
currency,  or when a portfolio  anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of
dividends or interest  payments on a security which it holds,  the portfolio may
desire to "lock-in"  the U.S.  dollar  price of the security or the U.S.  dollar
equivalent of such dividend or interest payment, as the case may be. By entering
into a forward contract for a fixed amount of dollars,  for the purchase or sale
of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying  transactions,  the
portfolio  will be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from
an adverse change in the  relationship  between the U.S.  dollar and the subject
foreign  currency  during the period  between the date on which the  security is
purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and
the date on which such payments are made or received.
    



                                        4

<PAGE>




Additionally,  when a  portfolio's  manager  believes  that  the  currency  of a
particular  foreign  country may suffer a substantial  decline  against the U.S.
dollar,  the portfolio  may enter into a forward  contract for a fixed amount of
dollars, to sell the amount of foreign currency  approximating the value of some
or all of the portfolio  securities  denominated in such foreign  currency.  The
precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities
involved will not generally be possible  since the future value of securities in
foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value
of those  securities  between the date on which the forward  contract is entered
into and the date it matures.  The  projection  of  short-term  currency  market
movement is extremely  difficult,  and the successful  execution of a short-term
hedging  strategy is highly  uncertain.  The portfolios will not enter into such
forward  contracts  or  maintain  a net  exposure  to such  contracts  where the
consummation of the contracts would obligate a portfolio to deliver an amount of
foreign  currency  in  excess  of the value of the  securities  or other  assets
denominated in that currency held by the portfolio.  Under normal circumstances,
consideration  of the prospect for currency  parities will be incorporated  into
the long-term investment  decisions made with regard to overall  diversification
strategies.  However,  the  portfolios  believe that it is important to have the
flexibility to enter into such forward  contracts when it is determined that the
best interests of the portfolios will thereby be served. A portfolio's custodian
will  place  cash  or  liquid,  high-grade  equity  or  debt  securities  into a
segregated  account  of the  portfolio  in an  amount  equal to the value of the
portfolio's  total  assets  committed  to the  consummation  of forward  foreign
currency  exchange  contracts.  If the  value of the  securities  placed  in the
segregated account declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in the
account on a daily basis so that the value of the account  will equal the amount
of the portfolio's commitments with respect to such contracts.


The portfolios  generally will not enter into a forward  contract with a term of
greater than 1 year.  At the  maturity of a forward  contract,  a portfolio  may
either sell the portfolio  security and make delivery of the foreign currency or
it may retain the security and terminate its  contractual  obligation to deliver
the foreign  currency  by  purchasing  an  "offsetting"  contract  with the same
currency trader  obligating it to purchase,  on the same maturity date, the same
amount of the foreign currency.


It is  impossible  to forecast  with  absolute  precision  the market value of a
particular portfolio security at the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, it
may be necessary for a portfolio to purchase  additional foreign currency on the
spot market (and bear the expense of such  purchase)  if the market value of the
security  is less than the  amount of foreign  currency  that the  portfolio  is
obligated  to deliver  and if a decision is made to sell the  security  and make
delivery of the foreign currency.


If a  portfolio  retains the  portfolio  security  and engages in an  offsetting
transaction,  the portfolio will incur a gain or a loss (as described  below) to
the extent  that there has been  movement  in forward  contract  prices.  Should
forward prices decline during the period between the portfolio's entering into a
forward  contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into
an offsetting  contract for the purchase of the foreign currency,  the portfolio
will  realize a gain to the extent that the price of the  currency it has agreed
to sell  exceeds  the price of the  currency it has agreed to  purchase.  Should
forward prices increase, the portfolio will suffer a loss to the extent that the
price of the  currency  it has  agreed  to  purchase  exceeds  the  price of the
currency it has agreed to sell.


The portfolios'  dealing in forward foreign currency exchange  contracts will be
limited to the transactions  described above. Of course,  the portfolios are not
required  to  enter  into  such   transactions  with  regard  to  their  foreign
currency-denominated  securities. It also should be realized that this method of
protecting the value of the portfolio  securities against a decline in the value
of a currency does not eliminate  fluctuations  in the underlying  prices of the
securities  which are unrelated to exchange rates.  Additionally,  although such
contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the
hedged  currency,  at the same time they tend to limit any potential  gain which
might result should the value of such currency increase.


Although the portfolios value their assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars,  they
do not intend  physically to convert their holdings of foreign  currencies  into
U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  They will do so from time to time, and investors
should be aware of the costs of currency  conversion.  Although foreign exchange
dealers do not charge a fee for  conversion,  they do realize a profit  based on
the difference  (the  "spread")  between the prices at which they are buying and
selling various currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency
to a portfolio at one rate,  while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the
portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.


Interest Rate Swaps


   
The  Diversified  Bond and  Government  Income  Portfolios  and the fixed income
portions of the Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may use
interest rate swaps subject to the limitations set forth in the prospectus.
    


Interest  rate  swaps,  in their most basic  form,  involve  the  exchange  by a
portfolio with another party of their  respective  commitments to pay or receive
interest.  For example,  a portfolio might exchange its right to receive certain
floating  rate  payments in exchange for another  party's right to receive fixed
rate  payments.  Interest rate swaps can take a variety of other forms,  such as
agreements to pay the net differences between two different


                                        5

<PAGE>



indices or rates,  even if the  parties do not own the  underlying  instruments.
Despite  their  differences  in form,  the  function of  interest  rate swaps is
generally the same - to increase or decrease a portfolio's  exposure to long- or
short-term  interest  rates.  For  example,  a  portfolio  may enter into a swap
transaction  to  preserve  a return or spread on a  particular  investment  or a
portion of its  portfolio  or to protect  against  any  increase in the price of
securities the portfolio anticipates purchasing at a later date.


The use of swap  agreements  is subject to certain  risks.  As with  options and
futures,  if the investment  manager's  prediction of interest rate movements is
incorrect,  the portfolio's  total return will be less than if the portfolio had
not used swaps. In addition,  if the counterparty's  creditworthiness  declines,
the value of the swap would likely decline. Moreover, there is no guarantee that
a portfolio could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding  swap agreement by
entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party.


A portfolio will maintain  appropriate  liquid assets in a segregated  custodial
account to cover its current  obligations under swap agreements.  If a portfolio
enters into a swap  agreement on a net basis,  it will  segregate  assets with a
daily  value at least equal to the excess,  if any, of the  portfolio's  accrued
obligations  under the swap  agreement  over the accrued amount the portfolio is
entitled  to receive  under the  agreement.  If a  portfolio  enters into a swap
agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal
to the full amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.


Illiquid Securities


Each portfolio  available to The  Prudential  Variable  Contract  Account-24 may
invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid  securities.  Illiquid securities
are those which may not be sold in the ordinary  course of business within seven
days at  approximately  the  value at  which  the  portfolio  has  valued  them.
Repurchase  agreements with a maturity of greater than seven days are considered
illiquid.


The  portfolios  may  purchase  securities  which are not  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933 but which can be sold to qualified  institutional  buyers
in  accordance  with Rule 144A under  that Act.  Any such  security  will not be
considered  illiquid so long as it is  determined  by the adviser,  acting under
guidelines  approved and monitored by the Board of  Directors,  that an adequate
trading  market  exists for that  security.  In making that  determination,  the
adviser will consider, among other relevant factors: (1) the frequency of trades
and quotes for the  security;  (2) the number of dealers  willing to purchase or
sell the  security  and the  number of other  potential  purchasers;  (3) dealer
undertakings  to make a  market  in the  security;  and (4)  the  nature  of the
security and the nature of the marketplace  trades.  A portfolio's  treatment of
Rule 144A  securities as liquid could have the effect of increasing the level of
portfolio illiquidity to the extent that qualified  institutional buyers become,
for a time,  uninterested  in  purchasing  these  securities.  In addition,  the
adviser,  acting  under  guidelines  approved  and  monitored  by the  Board  of
Directors,  may  conditionally  determine,  for  purposed of the 15% test,  that
certain  commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from  registration
in Section 4(2) of the Securities  Act of 1933 will not be considered  illiquid,
whether or not it may be resold under Rule 144A. To make that determination, the
following conditions must be met: (1) the security must not be traded flat or in
default as to principal or  interest;  (2) the security  must be rated in one of
the  two  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  two  nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organizations  ("NRSROs"),  or if only one NRSRO  rates the
security,  by that NRSRO; if the security is unrated, the adviser must determine
that the security is of  equivalent  quality;  and (3) the adviser must consider
the trading market for the specific  security,  taking into account all relevant
factors.  The adviser  will  continue to monitor the  liquidity of any Rule 144A
security or any Section 4(2)  commercial  paper which has been  determined to be
liquid and, if a security is no longer liquid because of changed conditions, the
holdings of illiquid  securities  will be reviewed to determine if any steps are
required to assure that the 15% test continues to be satisfied.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Set  forth  below  are  certain  investment   restrictions   applicable  to  the
portfolios.  Restrictions  1, 3, 5,  and  8-11  are  fundamental  and may not be
changed without shareholder  approval as required by the 1940 Act.  Restrictions
2, 4, 6, 7,  and 12 are not  fundamental  and may be  changed  by the  Board  of
Directors without shareholder approval.


None of the portfolios  available to The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24
will:


   
  1.  Buy or sell real estate and mortgages, although the portfolios may buy and
      sell  securities  that are secured by real estate and  securities  of real
      estate  investment  trusts and of other issuers that engage in real estate
      operation.  Buy or sell commodities or commodities contracts,  except that
      the Diversified Stock and Balanced  Portfolios may purchase and sell stock
      index futures contracts and related options;  the Fixed Income Portfolios,
      the Global  Portfolio,  and the Balanced  Portfolios may purchase and sell
      interest rate futures  contracts and related  options;  and all portfolios
      (other than the Government Income Portfolio) may purchase and sell foreign
      currency  futures  contracts  and  related  options  and  forward  foreign
      currency exchange contracts.
    


                                        6

<PAGE>




  2.  Except as part of a merger, consolidation,  acquisition or reorganization,
      invest more than 5% of the value of its total assets in the  securities of
      any one  investment  company  or more  than 10% of the  value of its total
      assets,  in the  aggregate,  in the  securities of two or more  investment
      companies,  or  acquire  more  than  3% of the  total  outstanding  voting
      securities of any one investment company.


  3.  Acquire  securities for the purpose of exercising control or management of
      any company except in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition
      or reorganization.


   
  4.  Make short sales of securities or maintain a short  position,  except that
      the  Diversified  Bond,  Government  Income,   Conservative  Balanced  and
      Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may sell securities short up to 25% of their
      net assets and except that the  portfolios  make short  sales  against the
      box. Collateral arrangements entered into with respect to options, futures
      contracts  and  forward  contracts  are  not  deemed  to be  short  sales.
      Collateral  arrangements  entered into with respect to interest  rate swap
      agreements are not deemed to be short sales.


  5.  Purchase  securities  on margin or otherwise  borrow money or issue senior
      securities   except  that  the  Diversified  Bond  and  Government  Income
      Portfolios,  as  well  as  the  fixed  income  portions  of  the  Balanced
      Portfolios, may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and
      may purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  and delayed  delivery  basis;
      except  that the money  market  portion  of any  portfolio  may enter into
      reverse repurchase agreements and may purchase securities on a when-issued
      and delayed delivery basis; and except that the Equity,  Global,  Flexible
      Managed and Conservative  Balanced Portfolios may purchase securities on a
      when-issued or a delayed  delivery basis.  The Series Fund may also obtain
      such  short-term  credit  as it  needs  for the  clearance  of  securities
      transactions  and may borrow from a bank for the account of any  portfolio
      as a temporary  measure to facilitate  redemptions (but not for leveraging
      or investment) or to exercise an option, an amount that does not exceed 5%
      of the value of the portfolio's total assets (including the amount owed as
      a result of the  borrowing)  at the time the  borrowing is made.  Interest
      paid on  borrowings  will  not be  available  for  investment.  Collateral
      arrangements  with respect to futures  contracts  and options  thereon and
      forward foreign currency  exchange  contracts (as permitted by restriction
      no.  1) are not  deemed to be the  issuance  of a senior  security  or the
      purchase of a security on margin.  Collateral arrangements with respect to
      the writing of the following  options by the following  portfolios are not
      deemed  to be the  issuance  of a senior  security  or the  purchase  of a
      security  on margin:  Diversified  Stock  Portfolios  other than the Stock
      Index  Portfolio  (options on equity  securities,  stock indices,  foreign
      currencies);  Stock Index Portfolio  (options on stock indices);  Balanced
      Portfolios (options on debt securities,  equity securities, stock indices,
      foreign   currencies);   Diversified  Bond  Portfolio   (options  on  debt
      securities,  foreign currencies);  Government Income Portfolio (options on
      debt securities). Collateral arrangements entered into by the Fixed Income
      Portfolios and the Balanced  Portfolios with respect to interest rate swap
      agreements  are not deemed to be the issuance of a senior  security or the
      purchase of a security on margin.


  6.  Enter into reverse repurchase  agreements if, as a result, the portfolio's
      obligations with respect to reverse repurchase agreements would exceed 10%
      of the  portfolio's  net assets  (defined  to mean total  assets at market
      value less liabilities other than reverse repurchase  agreements);  except
      that the Diversified Bond and Government Income Portfolios, as well as the
      fixed income portions of the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed
      Portfolios,  may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls
      provided  that  the   portfolio's   obligations   with  respect  to  those
      instruments do not exceed 30% of the  portfolio's  net assets  (defined to
      mean total  assets at market  value less  liabilities  other than  reverse
      repurchase agreements and dollar rolls).
    


  7.  Pledge or  mortgage  assets,  except that no more than 10% of the value of
      any  portfolio  may be  pledged  (taken at the time the pledge is made) to
      secure  authorized  borrowing  and except that a portfolio  may enter into
      reverse repurchase agreements.  Collateral  arrangements entered into with
      respect to futures  and forward  contracts  and the writing of options are
      not  deemed to be the pledge of assets.  Collateral  arrangements  entered
      into with respect to interest  rate swap  agreements  are not deemed to be
      the pledge of assets.


  8.  Lend money,  except that loans of up to 10% of the value of each portfolio
      may be made through the purchase of privately  placed  bonds,  debentures,
      notes,  and other  evidences of  indebtedness  of a character  customarily
      acquired by  institutional  investors  that may or may not be  convertible
      into  stock or  accompanied  by  warrants  or  rights  to  acquire  stock.
      Repurchase agreements and the purchase of publicly traded debt obligations
      are not  considered to be "loans" for this purpose and may be entered into
      or purchased by a portfolio in accordance  with its investment  objectives
      and policies.


  9.  Underwrite the  securities of other issuers,  except where the Series Fund
      may be  deemed  to be an  underwriter  for  purposes  of  certain  federal
      securities laws in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities
      and with loans that a portfolio may make pursuant to item 8 above.



                                        7

<PAGE>



 10.  Make an investment unless, when considering all its other investments, 75%
      of the value of a portfolio's  assets would  consist of cash,  cash items,
      obligations   of  the  United   States   Government,   its   agencies   or
      instrumentalities, and other securities. For purposes of this restriction,
      "other  securities" are limited for each issuer to not more than 5% of the
      value of a  portfolio's  assets  and to not more than 10% of the  issuer's
      outstanding  voting  securities  held by the Series Fund as a whole.  Some
      uncertainty  exists as to whether certain of the types of bank obligations
      in which a  portfolio  may  invest,  such as  certificates  of deposit and
      bankers'  acceptances,  should be  classified  as "cash items" rather than
      "other   securities"  for  purposes  of  this  restriction,   which  is  a
      diversification  requirement  under the 1940 Act.  Interpreting  most bank
      obligations as "other securities" limits the amount a portfolio may invest
      in the obligations of any one bank to 5% of its total assets.  If there is
      an  authoritative   decision  that  any  of  these   obligations  are  not
      "securities"  for purposes of this  diversification  test, this limitation
      would not apply to the purchase of such obligations.


 11.  Purchase  securities  of a company in any  industry if, as a result of the
      purchase, a portfolio's holdings of securities issued by companies in that
      industry would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio,  except that this
      restriction  does  not  apply  to  purchases  of  obligations   issued  or
      guaranteed by the U.S. Government,  its agencies and  instrumentalities or
      issued by  domestic  banks.  For  purposes  of this  restriction,  neither
      finance  companies  as a  group  nor  utility  companies  as a  group  are
      considered to be a single industry and will be grouped  instead  according
      to their services;  for example,  gas, electric,  and telephone  utilities
      will  each  be  considered  a  separate  industry.  For  purposes  of this
      exception,  domestic  banks shall  include  all banks which are  organized
      under the laws of the  United  States or a state (as  defined  in the 1940
      Act),  U.S.  branches  of  foreign  banks  that  are  subject  to the same
      regulations  as U.S.  banks and foreign  branches  of  domestic  banks (as
      permitted by the SEC).


   
 12.  Invest  more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid  securities  or invest
      more than 10% of its net assets in the  securities of unseasoned  issuers.
      For purposes of this restriction, (a) illiquid securities are those deemed
      illiquid  pursuant  to SEC  regulations  and  guidelines,  as they  may be
      revised from time to time: and (b)  unseasoned  issuers are issuers (other
      than  U.S.  Government  agencies  or  instrumentalities)  having a record,
      together with  predecessors,  of less than 3 years' continuous  operation.
      This   restriction   shall  not  apply  to   mortgage-backed   securities,
      collateralized mortgage obligations or obligations issued or guaranteed by
      the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.
    


The investments of the various portfolios  currently available to The Prudential
Variable  Contract  Account-24  are  generally  subject  to  certain  additional
restrictions  under the laws of the State of New Jersey.  In the event of future
amendments to the applicable New Jersey statutes,  each of these portfolios will
comply,   without  the  approval  of  the   shareholders,   with  the  statutory
requirements as so modified.  The pertinent provisions of New Jersey law as they
stand are, in summary form, as follows:


  1.  An Account may not purchase any evidence of indebtedness  issued,  assumed
      or guaranteed by any institution created or existing under the laws of the
      U.S.,  any U.S.  state or  territory,  District of Columbia,  Puerto Rico,
      Canada or any Canadian  province,  if such evidence of  indebtedness is in
      default as to  interest.  "Institution"  includes any  corporation,  joint
      stock  association,  business  trust,  business  joint  venture,  business
      partnership,  savings and loan  association,  credit union or other mutual
      savings institution.


  2.  The  stock  of  a  corporation  may  not  be  purchased  unless:  (i)  the
      corporation  has paid a cash dividend on the class of stock during each of
      the past 5 years preceding the time of purchase; or (ii) during the 5-year
      period the corporation had aggregate  earnings  available for dividends on
      such class of stock  sufficient  to pay average  dividends of 4% per annum
      computed  upon the par  value of such  stock or upon  stated  value if the
      stock has no par  value.  This  limitation  does not apply to any class of
      stock  which is  preferred  as to  dividends  over a class of stock  whose
      purchase is not prohibited.


  3.  Any common stock purchased must be: (i) listed or admitted to trading on a
      securities  exchange in the United  States or Canada;  or (ii) included in
      the National Association of Securities Dealers' national price listings of
      "over-the-counter"  securities; or (iii) determined by the Commissioner of
      Insurance  of New Jersey to be  publicly  held and traded and have  market
      quotations available.


  4.  Any security of a  corporation  may not be purchased if after the purchase
      more than 10% of the market  value of the assets of a  portfolio  would be
      invested in the securities of such corporation.


As a result of these currently applicable  requirements of New Jersey law, which
impose  substantial  limitations  on the ability of the Series Fund to invest in
the stock of companies whose  securities are not publicly traded or who have not
recorded a 5-year history of dividend payments or earnings sufficient to support
such  payments,  the  portfolios  will not  generally  hold  the  stock of newly
organized corporations.  Nonetheless, an investment not otherwise eligible under
items 1 or 2 above may be made if, after giving  effect to the  investment,  the
total  cost of all  such  non-eligible  investments  does not  exceed  5% of the
aggregate market value of the assets of the portfolio.


                                        8

<PAGE>




   
Investment  limitations  also arise under the insurance laws and  regulations of
Arizona and may arise under the laws and  regulations of other states.  Although
compliance  with  the  requirements  of New  Jersey  law set  forth  above  will
ordinarily result in compliance with any applicable laws of other states,  under
some circumstances the laws of other states could impose additional restrictions
on the portfolios.  For example,  the Series Fund will generally  invest no more
than 10% of its  assets in the  obligations  of banks of the  foreign  countries
enumerated in item 2 of the Appendix to the prospectus.  In addition, the Series
Fund  adheres to  additional  restrictions  relating  to such  practices  as the
lending of  securities,  borrowing,  and the  purchase of put and call  options,
futures  contracts,  and  derivative  instruments  on  securities to comply with
investment guidelines issued by the California Department of Insurance.
    


Current  federal  income tax laws require  that the assets of each  portfolio be
adequately  diversified  so that The Prudential and other insurers with separate
accounts  which invest in the Series Fund, as  applicable,  and not the Contract
owners,  are  considered  the owners of assets held in the  Accounts for federal
income tax purposes. See DIVIDENDS,  DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES in the prospectus.
The  Prudential  intends to maintain  the assets of each  portfolio  pursuant to
those diversification requirements.

                       INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS
                                  AND EXPENSES

The Prudential is the  investment  advisor of the Series Fund. It is the largest
insurance  company in the United  States.  The Series Fund has  entered  into an
Investment  Advisory  Agreement with The  Prudential  under which The Prudential
will,  subject to the direction of the Board of Directors of the Series Fund, be
responsible for the management of the Series Fund, and provide investment advice
and related  services  to each  portfolio.  The  Prudential  has entered  into a
Service  Agreement with its  wholly-owned  subsidiary The Prudential  Investment
Corporation ("PIC"), which provides that PIC will furnish to The Prudential such
services as The  Prudential  may  require in  connection  with The  Prudential's
performance of its obligations under advisory  agreements with clients which are
registered investment companies.  More detailed information about The Prudential
and its  role as  investment  advisor  can be  found  in  INVESTMENT  MANAGEMENT
ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES in the prospectus.


Under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge,  payable  quarterly,  equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio.


   
The  investment  management  fee for the Stock  Index  Portfolio  is equal to an
annual rate of 0.35% of the average daily net assets of the  portfolio.  For the
Diversified Bond and Government Income Portfolios that fee is equal to an annual
rate of 0.4% of the average daily net assets of each of the portfolios.  For the
Equity  Portfolio,  the fee is equal to an annual  rate of 0.45% of the  average
daily  net  assets  of the  portfolio.  The fee for  the  Conservative  Balanced
Portfolio is equal to an annual rate of 0.55% of the average daily net assets of
the portfolio. For the Flexible Managed Portfolio, the fee is equal to an annual
rate of 0.6% of the average daily net assets of the  portfolio.  The fee for the
Global  Portfolio  is equal to an annual rate of 0.75% of the average  daily net
assets of the portfolio.  Under the Service Agreement, The Prudential pays PIC a
portion of the fee it receives for providing investment advisory services.


For the  years  1995,  1994,  and  1993,  The  Prudential  received  a total  of
$xx,xxx,xxx,   $66,413,206,   and  $51,197,499,   respectively,   in  investment
management fees for all of the Series Fund's portfolios.
    


The Investment Advisory Agreement requires The Prudential to pay for maintaining
any   Prudential   staff  and  personnel  who  perform   clerical,   accounting,
administrative,  and similar  services for the Series Fund,  other than investor
services and any daily Series Fund  accounting  services.  It also  requires The
Prudential  to pay  for the  equipment,  office  space  and  related  facilities
necessary to perform these services and the fees or salaries of all officers and
directors of the Series Fund who are affiliated  persons of The Prudential or of
any subsidiary of The Prudential.


Each portfolio pays all other expenses incurred in its individual  operation and
also  pays a  portion  of the  Series  Fund's  general  administrative  expenses
allocated on the basis of the asset size of the respective portfolios.  Expenses
that will be borne  directly  by the  portfolios  include  redemption  expenses,
expenses of  portfolio  transactions,  shareholder  servicing  costs,  interest,
certain taxes,  charges of the Custodian and Transfer Agent,  and other expenses
attributable  to a particular  portfolio.  Expenses that will be allocated among
all portfolios include legal expenses, state franchise taxes, auditing services,
costs of printing proxies, costs of stock certificates,  Securities and Exchange
Commission  fees,  accounting  costs,  the fees and expenses of directors of the
Series Fund who are not  affiliated  persons of The Prudential or any subsidiary
of The  Prudential,  and other  expenses  properly  payable by the entire Series
Fund. If the Series Fund is sued, litigation costs may be directly applicable to
one or more  portfolio or  allocated on the basis of the size of the  respective
portfolios, depending upon the nature of the


                                        9

<PAGE>



lawsuit.  The Series  Fund's Board of Directors has  determined  that this is an
appropriate method of allocating expenses.


   
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement,  The Prudential has agreed to refund to
a  portfolio  (except  the  Global  Portfolio)  the  portion  of the  investment
management fee for that portfolio equal to the amount that the aggregate  annual
ordinary operating expenses of that portfolio  (excluding  interest,  taxes, and
brokerage fees and commissions but including investment management fees) exceeds
0.75%  of  the  portfolio's  average  daily  net  assets.  There  is no  expense
limitation or reimbursement provision for the Global Portfolio.


The Investment Advisory Agreement with The Prudential was most recently approved
by the Series Fund's Board of  Directors,  including a majority of the Directors
who are not interested persons of The Prudential,  on March 1, 1996 with respect
to all portfolios available to The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24.  The
Investment  Advisory Agreement was most recently approved by the shareholders in
accordance with instructions from Contract owners and Participants at their 1989
annual  meeting  with  respect to all  portfolios  available  to The  Prudential
Variable Contract Account-24.  The Agreement will continue in effect if approved
annually by: (1) a majority of the  non-interested  persons of the Series Fund's
Board of Directors; and (2) by a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by
a majority vote of the shareholders of each portfolio.  The required shareholder
approval of the Agreement  shall be effective with respect to any portfolio if a
majority of the voting shares of that  portfolio  vote to approve the Agreement,
even if the  Agreement is not approved by a majority of the voting shares of any
other portfolio or by a majority of the voting shares of the entire Series Fund.
The Agreement provides that it may not be assigned by The Prudential and that it
may be  terminated  upon 60 days' notice by the Series Fund's Board of Directors
or by a majority  vote of its  shareholders.  The  Prudential  may terminate the
Agreement upon 90 days' notice.
    


The Service  Agreement between The Prudential and PIC was most recently ratified
by  shareholders of the Series Fund at their 1989 annual meeting with respect to
all portfolios  available to The Prudential  Variable Contract  Account-24.  The
Service  Agreement  between The Prudential and PIC will continue in effect as to
the Series  Fund for a period of more than 2 years from its  execution,  only so
long as such continuance is specifically  approved at least annually in the same
manner as the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  between The  Prudential  and the
Series Fund.  The Service  Agreement  may be terminated by either party upon not
less  than 30 days  prior  written  notice to the other  party,  will  terminate
automatically in the event of its assignment,  and will terminate  automatically
as to the  Series  Fund in the event of the  assignment  or  termination  of the
Investment  Advisory  Agreement  between The Prudential and the Series Fund. The
Prudential is not relieved of its  responsibility  for all  investment  advisory
services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.


The Prudential also serves as the investment advisor to several other investment
companies.  When investment opportunities arise that may be appropriate for more
than one entity  for which The  Prudential  serves as  investment  advisor,  The
Prudential  will not favor one over another and may allocate  investments  among
them in an impartial  manner  believed to be equitable to each entity  involved.
The  allocations  will be based on each entity's  investment  objectives and its
current cash and investment  positions.  Because the various  entities for which
The Prudential acts as investment advisor have different  investment  objectives
and positions,  The  Prudential may from time to time buy a particular  security
for one or more such  entities  while at the same time it sells such  securities
for another.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  offered  continuously,  without  sales
charge,  at prices equal to the respective  net asset values of the  portfolios,
only to the Accounts to fund benefits  payable under the Contracts  described in
the variable life insurance and variable annuity  prospectuses.  The Series Fund
may at some later date also offer its shares to other  separate  accounts of The
Prudential or other insurers.  The Prudential  acts as principal  underwriter of
the Series Fund. As such, The Prudential  receives no underwriting  compensation
from the Series Fund. The Prudential's  principal business address is Prudential
Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777.


   
The net asset value of the shares of each portfolio is determined once daily, as
of 4:15  p.m.  New York City time on each day  during  which the New York  Stock
Exchange  ("NYSE") is open for  business.  The NYSE is open for business  Monday
through Friday except for the days on which the following holidays are observed:
New Year's Day,  Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence Day,
Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. In the event the New York Stock
Exchange closes early on any business day, the net asset value of each portfolio
shall be  determined  at a time between such closing and 4:15 p.m. New York City
time.  The net  asset  value  per  share  of  each  portfolio  available  to The
Prudential  Variable  Contract  Account-24  is computed by adding the sum of the
value of the securities  held by that portfolio plus any cash or other assets it
holds,  subtracting  all its  liabilities,  and dividing the result by the total
number of shares outstanding of that portfolio at such time. Expenses, including
the investment management fee payable to The Prudential, are accrued daily.
    


                                       10

<PAGE>




   
In determining the net asset value of the Diversified Bond and Government Income
Portfolios, securities (other than debt obligations with remaining maturities of
less than 60 days,  which are valued at amortized cost) will be valued utilizing
an independent pricing service to determine  valuations for normal institutional
size trading units of securities.  The pricing service considers such factors as
security prices, yields,  maturities,  call features,  ratings, and developments
relating to specific securities in arriving at securities valuations.


The net asset value of the Stock Index,  Equity,  and Global  Portfolios will be
determined in the following manner. Any security for which the primary market is
on an exchange is generally valued at the last sale price on such exchange as of
the close of the NYSE (which is  currently  4:00 p.m. New York City time) or, in
the absence of recorded  sales, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid
and asked prices.  NASDAQ National Market System equity securities are valued at
the last sale  price or, if there was no sale on such day,  at the mean  between
the most recently  quoted bid and asked prices.  Other  over-the-counter  equity
securities are valued at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked
prices.   Convertible   debt   securities   that  are  actively  traded  in  the
over-the-counter  market,  including  listed  securities  for which the  primary
market is believed to be over-the-  counter,  are valued at the mean between the
most recently  quoted bid and asked prices.  Short-term debt  instruments  which
mature  in less  than 60 days  are  valued  at  amortized  cost.  For  valuation
purposes,  quotations of foreign  securities in a foreign currency are converted
to U.S. dollar equivalents.
    


Generally,  trading in foreign  securities,  as well as  corporate  bonds,  U.S.
Government securities, and money market instruments,  is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE.  The value of any such
securities  are  determined  as of  such  times  for  purposes  of  computing  a
portfolio's net asset value.  Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally
determined  prior to the close of the NYSE.  If an  extraordinary  event  occurs
after the close of an exchange on which that  security is traded,  the  security
will be valued  at fair  value as  determined  in good  faith by the  applicable
portfolio  manager  under  procedures  established  by  and  under  the  general
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.


   
In  determining  the net asset  value of each of the  Balanced  Portfolios,  the
method of valuation of a security  depends on the type of  investment  involved.
Intermediate or long-term fixed income  securities are valued in the same way as
such  securities  in the  Diversified  Bond  Portfolio,  and  common  stocks and
convertible  debt  securities are valued in the same way as such  securities are
valued in the Equity  Portfolio.  Short-term debt obligations with a maturity of
12 months or less are valued on an amortized  cost basis in  accordance  with an
order  obtained  from the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Each  Balanced
Portfolio must maintain a  dollar-weighted  average  maturity for its short-term
debt  obligations  of 120 days or less.  The values  determined by the amortized
cost method may deviate from market value under certain circumstances. The Board
of  Directors  has  established  procedures  to  monitor  whether  any  material
deviation occurs and, if so, will promptly  consider what action, if any, should
be  initiated  to prevent  unfair  results to Contract  owners.  The  short-term
portion of these portfolios may be invested only in high quality instruments, as
described in the Appendix to the prospectus.


With respect to all the portfolios  which utilize such  investments,  options on
stock and stock indices  traded on national  securities  exchanges are valued at
the  average  of the bid and  asked  prices  as of the  close of the  respective
exchange  (which is currently 4:10 p.m. New York City time).  Futures  contracts
and  options  thereon  are  valued  at the last  sale  price at the close of the
applicable commodities exchanges or board of trade (which is currently 4:15 p.m.
New York  City  time) or,  if there  was no sale on the  applicable  commodities
exchange  or board of trade on such day, at the mean  between the most  recently
quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange or board of trade.
    


Securities or assets for which market  quotations are not readily available will
be valued at fair value as determined by The  Prudential  under the direction of
the Board of Directors of the Series Fund.

                  OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage


The Prudential is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities,  options
on securities and indices,  and futures and related options for the Series Fund.
The Prudential is also  responsible for the selection of brokers,  dealers,  and
futures  commission  merchants to effect the transactions and the negotiation of
brokerage commissions,  if any. Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions
on Series Fund portfolio  transactions,  including  options and the purchase and
sale of  underlying  securities  upon the  exercise  of  options.  Orders may be
directed to any broker or futures commission merchant  including,  to the extent
and  in  the  manner   permitted  by  applicable  law,   Prudential   Securities
Incorporated, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential.


Equity securities  traded in the  over-the-counter  market and bonds,  including
convertible  bonds, are generally traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as
principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price
of the  security  usually  includes  a profit  to the  dealer.  In  underwritten
offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes an amount of
compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the


                                       11

<PAGE>



underwriter's  concession  or  discount.  On  occasion,   certain  money  market
instruments and U.S. Government agency securities may be purchased directly from
the issuer,  in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Series Fund
will not deal with  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated  in any  transaction in
which Prudential  Securities  Incorporated acts as principal.  Thus, it will not
deal with Prudential  Securities  Incorporated if execution involves  Prudential
Securities  Incorporated's  acting as principal  with respect to any part of the
Series Fund's order.


Portfolio  securities  may not be  purchased  from any  underwriting  or selling
syndicate of which Prudential Securities  Incorporated,  during the existence of
the syndicate, is a principal underwriter (as defined in the 1940 Act) except in
accordance  with  rules  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission.   This
limitation, in the opinion of the Series Fund, will not significantly affect the
portfolios'  current ability to pursue their respective  investment  objectives.
However,  in the  future it is  possible  that the Series  Fund may under  other
circumstances  be at a disadvantage  because of this limitation in comparison to
other funds not subject to such a limitation.


In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Series Fund, The Prudential is
required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and
efficient  execution.  Within the framework of this policy,  The Prudential will
consider the research and investment  services  provided by brokers,  dealers or
futures commission merchants who effect or are parties to portfolio transactions
of the Series Fund,  The  Prudential or The  Prudential's  other  clients.  Such
research and investment  services are those which brokerage  houses  customarily
provide to institutional investors and include statistical and economic data and
research reports on particular companies and industries.  Such services are used
by The Prudential in connection with all of its investment activities,  and some
of such services  obtained in connection with the execution of transactions  for
the Series Fund may be used in managing other investment  accounts.  Conversely,
brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants furnishing such services may be
selected for the  execution of  transactions  for such other  accounts,  and the
services furnished by such brokers,  dealers or futures commission merchants may
be used by The  Prudential  in providing  investment  management  for the Series
Fund. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker,
dealer or futures  commission  merchant  based on the  quality  and  quantity of
execution  services provided by the broker in the light of generally  prevailing
rates. The Prudential's  policy is to pay higher  commissions to brokers,  other
than Prudential Securities Incorporated,  for particular transactions than might
be charged if a different  broker had been  selected on occasions  when,  in The
Prudential's opinion, this policy furthers the objective of obtaining best price
and  execution.  The  Prudential's  present  policy  is  not  to  permit  higher
commissions to be paid on Series Fund  transactions in order to secure research,
statistical,  and investment services from brokers.  The Prudential might in the
future authorize the payment of such higher  commissions but only with the prior
concurrence  of the Board of Directors of the Series Fund,  if it is  determined
that the higher  commissions  are necessary in order to secure desired  research
and are reasonable in relation to all the services that the broker provides.


Subject to the above considerations,  Prudential Securities Incorporated may act
as a securities  broker or futures  commission  merchant for the Series Fund. In
order  for   Prudential   Securities   Incorporated   to  effect  any  portfolio
transactions  for the  Series  Fund,  the  commissions  received  by  Prudential
Securities  Incorporated must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions
received by other brokers in connection with comparable  transactions  involving
similar  securities  being  purchased or sold on a securities  exchange during a
comparable  period of time.  This  standard  would allow  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated to receive no more than the remuneration  that would be expected to
be  received  by an  unaffiliated  broker or futures  commission  merchant  in a
commensurate  arm's-length transaction.  Furthermore,  the Board of Directors of
the Series Fund,  including a majority of the directors who are not "interested"
persons,  has adopted  procedures which are reasonably  designed to provide that
any  commissions,  fees or  other  remuneration  paid to  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated are consistent with the foregoing standard. In accordance with Rule
11a2-2(T)  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated  may  not  retain  compensation  for  effecting  transactions  on a
national  securities  exchange  for the Series  Fund  unless the Series Fund has
expressly  authorized the retention of such  compensation in a written  contract
executed  by the  Series  Fund  and  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated.  Rule
11a2-2(T) provides that Prudential  Securities  Incorporated must furnish to the
Series Fund at least annually a statement  setting forth the total amount of all
compensation  retained by Prudential  Securities  Incorporated from transactions
effected for the Series Fund during the applicable period. Brokerage and futures
transactions  with Prudential  Securities  Incorporated are also subject to such
fiduciary standards as may be imposed by applicable law.


   
For the years 1995, 1994, and 1993, the Series Fund paid a total of $xx,xxx,xxx,
$11,579,886,  and $9,492,283,  respectively,  in brokerage commissions. Of those
amounts,   $xxx,xxx,   $560,155,   and  $977,695,  for  1995,  1994,  and  1993,
respectively,  was paid out to Prudential Securities Incorporated. For 1995, the
commissions  paid to  this  affiliated  broker  constituted  x.x%  of the  total
commissions  paid by the Series Fund for that year.  Transactions  through  this
affiliated  broker  accounted  for  x.x%  of  the  aggregate  dollar  amount  of
transactions  for the Series Fund  involving the payment of  commissions.  These
figures do include all of the Series Fund's portfolios, including portfolios not
available to The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24.
    



                                       12

<PAGE>




Custodian, Transfer Agent, and Dividend Disbursing Agent


Chemical  Bank,  4 New York Plaza,  New York,  NY 10004 is the  custodian of the
assets  held  by  all  the  portfolios,  except  the  Global  Portfolio,  and is
authorized  to use  the  facilities  of the  Depository  Trust  Company  and the
facilities of the book-entry  system of the Federal Reserve Bank with respect to
securities held by these portfolios. Chemical Bank is also authorized to use the
facilities of the Mortgage Backed Security Clearing Corporation (a subsidiary of
the Midwest Stock Exchange) with respect to  mortgage-backed  securities held by
any  of  these  portfolios.   Chemical  Bank  maintains  certain  financial  and
accounting  books and records  pursuant to an  agreement  with the Series  Fund.
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("Brown  Brothers"),  40 Water Street,  Boston, MA
02109  is the  custodian  of the  assets  of the  Global  Portfolio  and in that
capacity  maintains  certain financial and accounting books and records pursuant
to an agreement with the Series Fund. Brown Brothers employs subcustodians,  who
were approved by the directors of the Series Fund in accordance with regulations
of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  for  the  purpose  of  providing
custodial  service for the Global  Portfolio's  foreign  assets held outside the
United States. Morgan Guaranty Trust Company, 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10260
is the custodian of the assets held in  connection  with  repurchase  agreements
entered into by the  portfolios  and is authorized to use the  facilities of the
book-entry  system of the Federal Reserve Bank. The directors of the Series Fund
monitor the activities of the custodians and the subcustodians.


The  Prudential  is the  transfer  agent and  dividend-disbursing  agent for the
Series Fund.  The  Prudential as transfer agent issues and redeems shares of the
Series Fund and maintains records of ownership for the shareholders.


Experts


The financial  statements  included in this statement of additional  information
and the FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS included in the Series Fund's prospectus have been
audited  by  Deloitte & Touche  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as stated in their
report  appearing  herein and are  included in reliance  upon the report of such
firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.  Deloitte
& Touche LLP's principal  business address is Two Hilton Court,  Parsippany,  NJ
07054-0319.


Licenses


As part of the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential has granted the
Series  Fund a  royalty-free,  non-exclusive  license  to  use  the  words  "The
Prudential" and its registered  service mark of a rock  representing the Rock of
Gibraltar.  However, The Prudential may terminate this license if The Prudential
or a company controlled by it ceases to be the Series Fund's investment advisor.
The  Prudential may also terminate the license for any other reason upon 60 days
written notice; but, in this event, the Investment Advisory Agreement shall also
terminate 120 days following receipt by the Series Fund of such notice, unless a
majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Series  Fund  vote to
continue the Agreement notwithstanding termination of the license.


The Series  Fund is not  sponsored,  endorsed,  sold or  promoted  by Standard &
Poor's ("S&P"). S&P makes no representation or warranty,  express or implied, to
Contract  owners or any  member of the  public  regarding  the  advisability  of
investing  in  securities  generally or in the Series Fund  particularly  or the
ability of the S&P 500 Index to track  general stock market  performance.  S&P's
only relationship to the Series Fund is the licensing of certain  trademarks and
trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index which is  determined,  composed  and
calculated  by S&P  without  regard  to the  Series  Fund  or  the  Stock  Index
Portfolio.  S&P has no  obligation  to take the needs of the Series  Fund or the
Contract owners into consideration in determining,  composing or calculating the
S&P 500  Index.  S&P is not  responsible  for and  has not  participated  in the
determination  of the prices and amount of the Series  Fund shares or the timing
of the issuance or sale of those shares or in the  determination  or calculation
of the  equation by which the shares are to be converted  into cash.  S&P has no
obligation  or liability in  connection  with the  administration,  marketing or
trading of the Series Fund Shares.


S&P DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500 INDEX
OR ANY DATA  INCLUDED  THEREIN AND S&P SHALL HAVE NO  LIABILITY  FOR ANY ERRORS,
OMISSIONS,  OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES NO WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE SERIES FUND,  CONTRACT OWNERS,  OR ANY OTHER
PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.
S&P  MAKES NO  EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED  WARRANTIES,  AND  EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIMS  ALL
WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PURPOSE OR USE WITH
RESPECT TO THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.  WITHOUT LIMITING ANY
OF THE  FOREGOING,  IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY  LIABILITY  FOR ANY  SPECIAL,
PUNITIVE,  INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS),  EVEN IF
NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.


                                       13

<PAGE>



                          MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND

The names of all  directors  and  officers of the Series Fund and the  principal
occupation  of each during the last 5 years are shown  below.  Unless  otherwise
stated,  the address of each director and officer is Prudential  Plaza,  Newark,
New Jersey 07102-3777.

   
MENDEL A. MELZER*,  Chairman of the Board--Chief  Financial Officer of the Money
Management  Group  of The  Prudential  since  1995;  1993 to 1995:  Senior  Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Prudential   Preferred  Financial
Services;   1991  to  1993:   Managing  Director,   The  Prudential   Investment
Corporation;   Prior  to  1991:  Senior  Vice  President,   Prudential   Capital
Corporation.


E. MICHAEL CAULFIELD*,  President and  Director--Chief  Executive Officer of the
Money  Management  Group of The Prudential  since 1995;  1995:  Chief  Executive
Officer,  Prudential  Preferred  Financial  Services;  1993 to 1995:  President,
Prudential  Preferred Financial Services;  1992 to 1993:  President,  Prudential
Property and Casualty Insurance Company;  Prior to 1992: President of Investment
Services of The Prudential.
    


SAUL K.  FENSTER,  Director--President  of New Jersey  Institute of  Technology.
Address: 323 Martin Luther King Boulevard, Newark, New Jersey 07102.


W.  SCOTT  McDONALD,  JR.,   Director--Executive  Vice  President  of  Fairleigh
Dickinson University since 1991: Prior to 1991: Executive Vice President of Drew
University. Address: 23 Forest Road, Madison, New Jersey 07940.


JOSEPH WEBER,  Director--Vice  President,  Interclass  (international  corporate
learning). Address: 37 Beachmont Terrace, North Caldwell, New Jersey 07006.


   
STEPHEN P. TOOLEY, Comptroller--Vice President and Comptroller of the Individual
Insurance  Group of The Prudential  since 1995; 1993 to 1995: Vice President and
Comptroller  of  Prudential  Insurance and  Financial  Services;  Prior to 1993:
Director, Financial Analysis of The Prudential.
    


THOMAS C. CASTANO,  Secretary and  Treasurer--Assistant  General  Counsel of The
Prudential  since 1993; Prior to 1993:  Assistant  General Counsel of Pruco Life
Insurance Company.

No director  or officer of the Series  Fund who is also an officer,  director or
employee of The  Prudential or its  affiliates  is entitled to any  remuneration
from the Series Fund for  services as one of its  directors  or  officers.  Each
director of the Series Fund who is not an  interested  person of the Series Fund
will receive a fee of $2,000 per year plus $200 per  portfolio  for each meeting
of the Board  attended  and will be  reimbursed  for all  expenses  incurred  in
connection with attendance at meetings.


   
*These  members  of the Board are  interested  persons  of The  Prudential,  its
affiliates or the Series Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Certain actions of the
Board,  including the annual  continuance of the Investment  Advisory  Agreement
between  the Series Fund and The  Prudential,  must be approved by a majority of
the members of the Board who are not interested  persons of The Prudential,  its
affiliates  or the Series Fund.  Mr. Melzer and Mr.  Caulfield,  two of the five
members of the Board,  are  interested  persons of The Prudential and the Series
Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act,  because they are officers and/or
affiliated persons of The Prudential, the investment advisor to the Series Fund.
Messrs.  Fenster,  McDonald,  and  Weber  are  not  interested  persons  of  The
Prudential, its affiliates or the Series Fund. However, Mr. Fenster is President
of the New Jersey  Institute of  Technology.  The  Prudential has issued a group
annuity  contract to the  Institute  and  provides  group life and group  health
insurance to its employees.
    


                                       14

<PAGE>

   
                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                        THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.









        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b).
    


                                       A1

<PAGE>



   
                        THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.
                             SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS









        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment pursuant to Rule 485(b).
    



                                       B1

<PAGE>


                                                                        APPENDIX
                                  DEBT RATINGS

Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  describes its  categories of corporate debt
securities and its "Prime-1" and "Prime-2" commercial paper as follows:


Bonds:


Aaa    -- Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best  quality.  They
          carry  the  smallest  degree  of  investment  risk  and are  generally
          referred to as "gilt edge." Interest payments are protected by a large
          or by an  exceptionally  stable margin and principal is secure.  While
          the various protective  elements are likely to change, such changes as
          can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong
          position of such issues.


Aa     -- Bonds  which are  rated Aa are  judged  to be of high  quality  by all
          standards.  Together  with  the  Aaa  group  they  comprise  what  are
          generally  known as high grade  bonds.  They are rated  lower than the
          best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
          securities or  fluctuation  of  protective  elements may be of greater
          amplitude or there may be other  elements  present which make the long
          term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.


A      -- Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes
          and are to be  considered as upper medium grade  obligations.  Factors
          giving security to principal and interest are considered  adequate but
          elements may be present which suggest a  susceptibility  to impairment
          sometime in the future.


Baa    -- Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade  obligations,
          i.e., they are neither highly  protected nor poorly secured.  Interest
          payments and principal  security  appear  adequate for the present but
          certain    protective    elements   may   be   lacking   or   may   be
          characteristically  unreliable  over any great  length  of time.  Such
          bonds lack  outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in fact have
          speculative characteristics as well.


Ba     -- Bonds  which are rated Ba are  judged  to have  speculative  elements;
          their  future  cannot  be  considered  as  well  assured.   Often  the
          protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and
          thereby not well  safeguarded  during both good and bad times over the
          future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


B      -- Bonds  which  are  rated  B  generally  lack  characteristics  of  the
          desirable investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or
          of  maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of
          time may be small.


Caa    -- Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be in
          default or there may be present  elements  of danger  with  respect to
          principal or interest.


Ca     -- Bonds which are rated Ca represent  obligations  which are speculative
          in a high  degree.  Such  issues  are often in  default  or have other
          marked shortcomings.


Commercial paper:


o Issuers rated  Prime-1 (or related  supporting  institutions)  have a superior
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory  obligations.  Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics:


- --Leading market positions in well-established industries.


- --High rates of return of funds employed.


- --Conservative  capitalization  structures  with  moderate  reliance on debt and
ample asset protection.


- --Broad  margins  in  earnings  coverage  of fixed  financial  charges  and high
internal cash generation.


- --Well established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of
alternate liquidity.


o Issuers  rated  Prime-2 (or  related  supporting  institutions)  have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.  This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics  cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings  trends and  coverage  ratios,  while  sound,  will be more  subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics,  while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.



                                       C1

<PAGE>




Standard & Poor's Corporation  describes its grades of corporate debt securities
and its "A" commercial paper as follows:


Bonds:


AAA   Bonds rated AAA are highest grade  obligations.  They possess the ultimate
      degree of protection as to principal  and interest.  Marketwise  they move
      with interest rates, and hence provide the maximum safety on all counts.


AA    Bonds rated AA also qualify as high grade obligations, and in the majority
      of  instances  differ from AAA issues  only in small  degree.  Here,  too,
      prices move with the long term money market.


A     Bonds rated A are regarded as upper medium grade.  They have  considerable
      investment  strength  but are not entirely  free from  adverse  effects of
      changes in economic  and trade  conditions.  Interest  and  principal  are
      regarded as safe. They  predominantly  reflect money rates in their market
      behavior, but to some extent, also economic conditions.


BBB   The BBB, or medium grade category,  is borderline between definitely sound
      obligations and those where the speculative element begins to predominate.
      These bonds have  adequate  asset  coverage and normally are  protected by
      satisfactory  earnings.   Their  susceptibility  to  changing  conditions,
      particularly to depressions,  necessitates constant watching.  Marketwise,
      the bonds are more  responsive  to business and trade  conditions  than to
      interest  rates.  This group is the lowest which  qualifies for commercial
      bank investment.


BB-B-CCC-CC       Bonds rated BB, B, CCC and CC are  regarded,  on  balance,  as
                  predominantly   speculative   with  respect  to  the  issuer's
                  capacity to pay  interest and repay  principal  in  accordance
                  with the terms of the  obligations.  BB  indicates  the lowest
                  degree  of   speculation   and  CC  the   highest   degree  of
                  speculation.  While such bonds will likely  have some  quality
                  and protective characteristics,  these are outweighed by large
                  uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.


Commercial paper:  Commercial paper rated A by Standard & Poor's Corporation has
the  following  characteristics:  Liquidity  ratios are better than the industry
average.  Long term  senior  debt  rating is "A" or  better.  In some  cases BBB
credits  may be  acceptable.  The issuer  has access to at least two  additional
channels of  borrowing.  Basic  earnings and cash flow have an upward trend with
allowances made for unusual circumstances.  Typically,  the issuer's industry is
well  established,  the issuer has a strong position within its industry and the
reliability  and quality of  management  is  unquestioned.  Issuers  rated A are
further  referred  to by use of numbers 1, 2 and 3 to denote  relative  strength
within this classification.



                                       C2

<PAGE>

   
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

May 1, 1996
    

THE PRUDENTIAL
VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT

Variable

APPRECIABLE

LIFE(R)___________________

INSURANCE CONTRACTS

PROVIDING FOR THE INVESTMENT
OF ASSETS IN THE
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS OF

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES
FUND, INC.

The  Prudential  Insurance  Company of America offers two forms of variable life
insurance contracts under the name Variable Appreciable Life(R) Insurance*.  The
first form  provides a death benefit that  generally  remains fixed in an amount
chosen by the purchaser and cash  surrender  values that vary daily.  The second
form also provides cash  surrender  values that vary daily but the death benefit
will also vary daily. Under both forms of contract, the death benefit will never
be less than the "face amount" of insurance chosen by the purchaser. There is no
guaranteed minimum cash surrender value.

   
The assets held for the purpose of paying  benefits under these contracts can be
invested  in one or more  of  fifteen  subaccounts  of The  Prudential  Variable
Appreciable Account. The assets invested in each subaccount are in turn invested
in a corresponding portfolio of The Prudential Series Fund, Inc., a diversified,
open-end management investment company (commonly known as a mutual fund) that is
intended to provide a range of  investment  alternatives  to  variable  contract
owners. Each portfolio is, for investment  purposes,  in effect a separate fund.
The  fifteen  Series  Fund  portfolios  are:  the Money  Market  Portfolio,  the
Diversified Bond Portfolio, the Government Income Portfolio, the two Zero Coupon
Bond  Portfolios  with  different  liquidation  dates  --  2000  and  2005,  the
Conservative Balanced Portfolio,  the Flexible Managed Portfolio, the High Yield
Bond Portfolio,  the Stock Index  Portfolio,  the Equity Income  Portfolio,  the
Equity Portfolio,  the Prudential Jennison Portfolio,  the Small  Capitalization
Stock Portfolio,  the Global Portfolio,  and the Natural Resources Portfolio.  A
separate  class of  capital  stock is issued for each  portfolio.  Shares of the
Series Fund are currently  sold only to separate  accounts of The Prudential and
certain other  insurers to fund the benefits  under  variable life insurance and
variable annuity contracts issued by those companies.
    

The Variable  Appreciable  Life(R)  Insurance  Contract owner may also choose to
invest  in a  fixed-rate  option or in The  Prudential  Variable  Contract  Real
Property Account,  which is described in a separate  prospectus  attached to the
prospectus of The Prudential Variable Appreciable Account.

   
THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND SHOULD BE READ
IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH THE  PROSPECTUS  OF THE  PRUDENTIAL  VARIABLE  APPRECIABLE
ACCOUNT  DATED MAY 1, 1996,  WHICH IS  AVAILABLE  WITHOUT  CHARGE  UPON  WRITTEN
REQUEST TO THE  PRUDENTIAL  INSURANCE  COMPANY  OF  AMERICA,  PRUDENTIAL  PLAZA,
NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102-3777 OR BY TELEPHONING (800) 437-4016 Ext. 46.
    

                   The Prudential Insurance Company of America
                        The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.
                                Prudential Plaza
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777
                        Telephone: (800) 437-4016 Ext. 46

   
*Appreciable Life is a registered mark of The Prudential.
 PVAL-SAI Ed 5-96
 Catalog No. 640466W
    


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                                   CONTENTS
                                                                                                                            Page
   
<S>                                                                                                                           <C>
MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT...................................................................................1
         Sales Load Upon Surrender.............................................................................................1
         Reduction of Charges for Concurrent Sales to Several Individuals......................................................1
         Sales to Persons 14 Years of Age or Younger...........................................................................1
         Paying Premiums by Payroll Deduction..................................................................................2
         Unisex Premiums and Benefits..........................................................................................2
         How the Death Benefit Will Vary.......................................................................................2
         Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender Value.............................................................................3
         Increases in Face Amount..............................................................................................4
         Decreases in Face Amount..............................................................................................5
         Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits....................................................................................5
         Sale of the Contract and Sales Commissions............................................................................7
         Tax-Qualified Pension Plans...........................................................................................8
         Other Standard Contract Provisions....................................................................................8
         Exchange of Fixed-Dollar Contract to Variable Contract................................................................8

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS...........................................................................9
         General  .............................................................................................................9
         Convertible Securities................................................................................................9
         Warrants .............................................................................................................9
         Options and Futures...................................................................................................9
         When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities..........................................................................16
         Short Sales..........................................................................................................16
         Short Sales Against the Box..........................................................................................17
         Interest Rate Swaps..................................................................................................17
         Loans of Portfolio Securities........................................................................................17
         Illiquid Securities..................................................................................................18
         Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts..........................................................................18
         Further Information About the Policies of the Stock Index Portfolio..................................................19
         Further Information About the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios............................................................20

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS.......................................................................................................21

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES...............................................................................24

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE..........................................................................................26

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..............................................................................................27

SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST...........................................................29

DEBT RATINGS..................................................................................................................31

POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND.......................................................................................32

OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND..................................................................................33
         Incorporation and Authorized Stock...................................................................................33
         Dividends, Distributions and Taxes...................................................................................33
         Custodian and Transfer Agent.........................................................................................33
         Experts  ............................................................................................................33
         Licenses ............................................................................................................34

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE PRUDENTIAL AND MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND....................................................34

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. .................................................................... A1

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE  OF INVESTMENTS.................................................................... B1
    
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                  MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT

Sales Load Upon Surrender

A  contingent  deferred  sales load is  assessed  if the  Contract  lapses or is
surrendered during the first 10 Contract years, or if a withdrawal is made under
a Form A Contract  during that 10 year period.  No such charge is  applicable to
the death  benefit,  no matter  when that may  become  payable.  Subject  to the
additional  limitations  described  below,  for  Contracts  that  lapse  or  are
surrendered during the first 5 Contract years the charge will be equal to 50% of
the first  year's  primary  annual  premium.  In the next 5 Contract  years that
percentage  is reduced  uniformly  on a daily basis until it reaches zero on the
tenth Contract  anniversary.  Thus, for Contracts  surrendered at the end of the
sixth year,  the maximum  deferred  sales charge will be 40% of the first year's
primary  annual  premium,  for Contracts  surrendered  at the end of year 7, the
maximum  deferred  sales charge will be 30% of the first year's  primary  annual
premium, and so forth.

The  contingent  deferred sales load is also subject to a further limit at older
issue  ages  (approximately  above  age 67) in  order  to  comply  with  certain
requirements of state law. Specifically,  the contingent deferred sales load for
such insureds is no more than $32.50 per $1,000 of face amount.

The  sales  load  is  subject  to  a  further  important  limitation  that  may,
particularly for Contracts that lapse or are surrendered within the first 5 or 6
years,  result in a lower  contingent  deferred  sales load than that  described
above. (This limitation might also, under unusual circumstances, apply to reduce
the monthly sales load deductions  described in the prospectus in item (c) under
Monthly  Deductions  from Contract  Fund.) The limitation is applied in order to
conform  with  the  requirements  of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and
regulations adopted thereunder,  which limit the amount of non-refundable  sales
load that may be charged on contracts within the first 2 years.

The limitation is as follows: (Every Contract has associated with it a Guideline
Annual  Premium  ("GAP"),  which is an amount,  generally  larger than the gross
annual scheduled premium for the Contract,  determined actuarially in accordance
with a  definition  set forth in a  regulation  of the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  ("SEC").) The maximum  aggregate sales load that The Prudential will
charge (that is, the sum of the monthly sales load  deduction and the contingent
deferred  sales charge) will not be more than 30% of the premiums  actually paid
until  those  premiums  total one GAP plus no more than 9% of the next  premiums
paid  until  total  premiums  are  equal to 5 GAPS,  plus no more than 6% of all
subsequent  premiums.  If the sales  charges  described  above would at any time
exceed this maximum  amount then the charge,  to the extent of any excess,  will
not be made.

Reduction of Charges for Concurrent Sales to Several Individuals

The  Prudential  may reduce the sales charges and/or other charges on individual
Contracts sold to members of a class of associated individuals, or to a trustee,
employer or other entity  representing  such a class,  where it is expected that
such multiple sales will result in savings of sales or administrative  expenses.
The Prudential determines both the eligibility for such reduced charges, as well
as the amount of such reductions,  by considering the following factors: (1) the
number of individuals;  (2) the total amount of premium payments  expected to be
received from these Contracts;  (3) the nature of the association  between these
individuals,  and the expected persistency of the individual Contracts;  (4) the
purpose for which the  individual  Contracts  are  purchased  and  whether  that
purpose  makes it  likely  that  expenses  will be  reduced;  and (5) any  other
circumstances  which The  Prudential  believes  to be  relevant  in  determining
whether reduced sales or  administrative  expenses may be expected.  Some of the
reductions  in charges for these sales may be  contractually  guaranteed;  other
reductions  may be withdrawn or modified by The  Prudential on a uniform  basis.
The  Prudential's  reductions  in charges  for these  sales will not be unfairly
discriminatory to the interests of any individual Contract owners.

Sales to Persons 14 Years of Age or Younger

Both Form A and Form B  Contracts  covering  insureds of 14 years of age or less
contain a special  provision  providing  that the face amount of insurance  will
automatically be increased on the Contract  anniversary after the insured's 21st
birthday to 150% of the initial face amount, so long as the Contract is not then
in default.  The death benefit will also usually increase,  at the same time, by
the same dollar amount. In certain circumstances,  however, it may increase by a
smaller amount.  See How a Contract's Death Benefit Will Vary in the prospectus.
This  increase in death benefit will also  generally  increase the net amount at
risk under the Contract,  thus  increasing  the mortality  charge  deducted each
month from  amounts  invested  under the  Contract.  See item (b) under  Monthly
Deductions from Contract Fund in the prospectus.  The automatic  increase in the
face amount of  insurance  may affect  future  premium  payments if the Contract
owner  wants to avoid the  Contract  being  classified  as a Modified  Endowment
Contract.  A Contract owner should consult his or her Prudential  representative
before making unscheduled premium payments.

                                        1


<PAGE>



Paying Premiums by Payroll Deduction

In addition to the annual,  semi-annual,  quarterly and monthly  premium payment
modes,  a payroll budget method of paying  premiums may also be available  under
certain  Contracts.  The employer  generally  deducts the necessary amounts from
employee  paychecks and sends premium payments to The Prudential  monthly.  Some
Contracts  sold using the payroll budget method may be eligible for a guaranteed
issue program  under which the initial  minimum death benefit is $25,000 and the
Contracts are based on unisex mortality  tables.  Any Prudential  representative
authorized  to sell this Contract can provide  further  details  concerning  the
payroll budget method of paying premiums.

Unisex Premiums and Benefits

The Contract  generally employs mortality tables that distinguish  between males
and females.  Thus,  premiums and benefits under  Contracts  issued on males and
females of the same age will  generally  differ.  However,  in those states that
have adopted regulations prohibiting  sex-distinct insurance rates, premiums and
cost of  insurance  charges  will be based on a blended  unisex rate whether the
insured is male or female.  In addition,  employers  and employee  organizations
considering  purchase  of a Contract  should  consult  their  legal  advisors to
determine whether purchase of a Contract based on sex-distinct  actuarial tables
is consistent with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 or other applicable
law. The Prudential may offer the Contract with unisex  mortality  rates to such
prospective purchasers.

How the Death Benefit Will Vary

As noted  above,  there  are two Forms of the  Contract,  Form A and Form B. The
death benefit under a Form B Contract varies with investment  performance  while
the death benefit under a Form A Contract does not,  unless it must be increased
to satisfy tax requirements.

Under a Form A Contract,  the  guaranteed  minimum death benefit is equal to the
face amount of  insurance.  (However,  should the death benefit  become  payable
while a Contract loan is  outstanding,  the debt will be deducted from the death
benefit.) If the Contract is kept in force for several  years and if  investment
performance  is  reasonably  favorable,  the Contract Fund value may grow to the
point where it is  necessary  to increase  the death  benefit in order to ensure
that the Contract will satisfy the Internal  Revenue  Code's  definition of life
insurance.  Thus,  the death  benefit under a Form A Contract will always be the
greater of (1) the guaranteed  minimum death benefit;  and (2) the Contract Fund
divided by the "net single  premium"  per $1 of death  benefit at the  insured's
attained age on that date. The latter  provision  ensures that the Contract will
always have a death benefit large enough to be treated as life insurance for tax
purposes  under  current  law.  The  net  single  premium  is  used  only in the
calculation  of the  death  benefit,  not  for  premium  payment  purposes.  The
following is a table of illustrative net single premiums for $1 of death benefit
under Contracts issued on insureds in the preferred rating class.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Increase in Insurance
          Male                  Net Single               Amount Per $1
      Attained Age                Premium          Increase in Contract Fund
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             5                    .09151                    $10.93
           25                     .17000                    $ 5.88
           35                     .23700                    $ 4.22
           55                     .45209                    $ 2.21
           65                     .59468                    $ 1.68
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Increase in Insurance
         Female                 Net Single               Amount Per $1
      Attained Age                Premium          Increase in Contract Fund
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            5                     .07919                    $12.63
           25                     .15112                    $ 6.62
           35                     .21127                    $ 4.73
           55                     .40090                    $ 2.49
           65                     .53639                    $ 1.86
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Whenever the death benefit is determined  in this way, The  Prudential  reserves
the right to refuse to accept further premium payments, although in practice the
payment  of the  lesser of 2 years'  scheduled  premiums  or the  average of all
premiums paid over the last 5 years will generally be allowed.

Under a Form B Contract, the death benefit will vary with investment experience.
Assuming no  withdrawals,  the death benefit will be equal to the face amount of
insurance plus the amount (if any) by which the Contract Fund

                                        2


<PAGE>



value  exceeds the  applicable  "Tabular  Contract  Fund value" for the Contract
(subject  to an  exception  described  below  under  which the death  benefit is
higher).  Each  Contract  contains a table that sets forth the Tabular  Contract
Fund value as of the end of each of the first 20 years of the Contract.  Tabular
Contract  Fund  values  between   Contract   anniversaries   are  determined  by
interpolation.  The "Tabular  Contract  Fund value" for each Contract year is an
amount that is slightly  less than the Contract  Fund value that would result as
of the end of such year if only  scheduled  premiums  were paid,  they were paid
when due, the selected  investment options earned a net return at a uniform rate
of 4% per year,  full  mortality  charges  based  upon the 1980 CSO  Table  were
deducted, maximum sales load and expense charges were deducted, and there was no
Contract debt.

Thus, under a Form B Contract with no withdrawals,  the death benefit will equal
the face amount if the Contract Fund equals the Tabular Contract Fund value. If,
due to  investment  results  greater  than a net  return of 4%, or to payment of
greater  than  scheduled  premiums,  or to smaller  than  maximum  charges,  the
Contract  Fund value is a given amount  greater than the Tabular  Contract  Fund
value,  the death benefit will be the face amount plus that excess  amount.  If,
due to investment  results less  favorable than a net return of 4%, the Contract
Fund value is less than the tabular  Contract Fund value, the death benefit will
not fall below the initial face amount  stated in the  Contract;  however,  this
unfavorable  investment experience must first be offset by favorable performance
or  additional  payments  that bring the Contract  Fund up to the tabular  level
before  favorable  investment  results or additional  payments will increase the
death benefit.  Again, the death benefit will reflect a deduction for the amount
of any Contract debt. See Contract Loans in the prospectus.

As is the case under a Form A Contract,  the Contract  Fund of a Form B Contract
could grow to the point where it is necessary to increase the death benefit by a
greater  amount in order to ensure that the  Contract  will satisfy the Internal
Revenue  Code's  definition of life  insurance.  Thus, the death benefit under a
Form B Contract  will  always be the  greatest  of (1) the face  amount plus the
Contract Fund minus the tabular Contract Fund value; (2) the guaranteed  minimum
death  benefit;  and (3) the Contract Fund divided by the net single premium per
$1 of death benefit at the insured's attained age on that date.

A Contract  owner may also  increase or  decrease  the face amount of his or her
Contract,  subject  to  certain  conditions.  See  Increase  in Face  Amount and
Decrease in Face Amount, below.

Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender Value

Under  certain  circumstances,  a Contract  owner may  withdraw a portion of the
Contract's cash surrender value without surrendering the Contract in whole or in
part.  The  amount  that  a  Contract  owner  may  withdraw  is  limited  by the
requirement  that the Contract Fund after  withdrawal  must not be less than the
tabular  Contract  Fund  value.  (A Table of  Tabular  Contract  Fund  Values is
included  in the  Contract;  the  values  increase  with each year the  Contract
remains in force.) But because  the  Contract  Fund may be made up in part by an
outstanding  Contract  loan,  there is a  further  limitation  that  the  amount
withdrawn  may not be  larger  than an  amount  sufficient  to  reduce  the cash
surrender  value to zero.  The amount  withdrawn must be at least $2,000 under a
Form  A  Contract  (in  which  the  death  benefit  is  generally  equal  to the
face-amount  of  insurance)  and at least $500 under a Form B Contract (in which
the  death  benefit  varies  daily).  An owner  may make no more  than four such
withdrawals in each Contract year, and there is an administrative processing fee
for each withdrawal equal to the lesser of $15 or 2% of the amount withdrawn. An
amount withdrawn may not be repaid except as a scheduled or unscheduled  premium
subject to the applicable  charges.  Upon request,  The  Prudential  will tell a
Contract  owner how much he or she may withdraw.  Withdrawal of part of the cash
surrender  value  may have  tax  consequences.  See Tax  Treatment  of  Contract
Benefits,  page 5. A  temporary  need for funds may also be met by making a loan
and you should  consult your  Prudential  representative  about how best to meet
your needs.

Under a Form A  Contract,  the face amount of  insurance  is reduced by not more
than the amount of the withdrawal. No partial withdrawal will be permitted under
a Form A  Contract  if it would  result  in a new face  amount  of less than the
minimum face amount applicable to the insured's  Contract.  See Requirements for
Issuance of a Contract in the prospectus. It is important to note, however, that
if the face amount is decreased  at any time during the first 7 Contract  years,
there is a danger that the Contract might be classified as a Modified  Endowment
Contract.  See Tax  Treatment of Contract  Benefits,  page 5. Before  making any
withdrawal  which  causes a decrease in face  amount,  a Contract  owner  should
consult with his or her Prudential representative. Also, if a withdrawal under a
Form A Contract is made before the end of the tenth year,  the Contract Fund may
be reduced not only by the amount  withdrawn but also by a proportionate  amount
of any surrender  charges that would be made if the Contract  were  surrendered.
The  proportion  is based on the  percentage  reduction in face  amount.  Form A
Contract owners who make a partial withdrawal will be sent replacement  Contract
pages  showing  the new  face  amount,  scheduled  premiums,  maximum  surrender
charges, tabular values, and monthly deductions.

Under a Form B Contract,  the cash  surrender  value and Contract Fund value are
reduced by the amount of the  withdrawal,  and the death benefit is  accordingly
reduced.  Neither  the face  amount of  insurance  nor the  amount of  scheduled
premiums  will be changed due to a  withdrawal  of excess cash  surrender  value
under a Form B Contract. No surrender charges will be assessed upon a withdrawal
under a Form B Contract.

                                        3


<PAGE>



Withdrawal  of part of the cash  surrender  value  increases  the risk  that the
Contract Fund may be insufficient to provide for benefits under the Contract. If
such a withdrawal is followed by unfavorable investment experience, the Contract
may lapse  even if  scheduled  premiums  continue  to be paid when due.  This is
because,  for  purposes  of  determining  whether  a  lapse  has  occurred,  The
Prudential treats withdrawals as a return of premium.

Increases in Face Amount

An owner who wishes to increase the amount of his or her  insurance may do so by
increasing the face amount of the Contract (which is also the guaranteed minimum
death  benefit),   subject  to  state  approval  and  underwriting  requirements
determined by The Prudential. An increase in face amount is in many ways similar
to the purchase of a second Contract,  but it differs in the following respects:
the  minimum  permissible  increase  is  $25,000,  while the  minimum  for a new
Contract is $60,000;  monthly fees are lower  because only a single $3 per month
administrative  charge is made  rather  than two;  a  combined  premium  payment
results in deduction of a single $2 per premium processing charge while separate
premium payments for separate  Contracts would involve two charges;  the monthly
expense  charge of $0.03 per $1,000 of face amount may be lower if the  increase
is to a face amount  greater than  $100,000;  and the  Contract  will lapse as a
unit, unlike the case if two separate Contracts are purchased. These differences
aside,  the decision to increase  face amount is comparable to the purchase of a
second Contract in that it involves a commitment to higher scheduled premiums in
exchange for greater insurance benefits.

A Contract owner may elect to increase the face amount of his or her Contract no
earlier than the first  anniversary  of the Contract.  The following  conditions
must  be  met:  (1) the  owner  must  ask for  the  increase  in  writing  on an
appropriate form; (2) the amount of the increase in face amount must be at least
$25,000;  (3) the insured must supply evidence of insurability  for the increase
satisfactory to The Prudential;  (4) if The Prudential requests,  the owner must
send in the Contract to be suitably  endorsed;  (5) the Contract  must not be in
default  on the  date the  increase  takes  effect;  (6) the  owner  must pay an
appropriate  premium at the time of the  increase;  (7) The  Prudential  has the
right  to deny  more  than  one  increase  in a  Contract  year;  and (8) if The
Prudential  has,  between  the  Contract  Date and the date  that any  requested
increase  in face  amount  will take  effect,  changed any of the bases on which
benefits and charges are calculated under newly issued Contracts, The Prudential
has the right to deny the  increase.  An increase in face amount  resulting in a
total face amount under the Contract of at least $100,000 may, subject to strict
underwriting requirements, render the Contract eligible for a Select Rating.

Upon an increase in face amount,  The  Prudential  will recompute the Contract's
scheduled  premiums,  contingent  deferred  sales  and  administrative  charges,
tabular  values,  and monthly  deductions  from the Contract  Fund. The Contract
owner has a choice,  limited  only by  applicable  state law,  as to whether the
recomputation will be made as of the prior or next Contract  anniversary.  There
will be a payment  required on the date of  increase;  the amount of the payment
will depend,  in part, on which Contract  anniversary the Contract owner selects
for the  recomputation.  The  Prudential  will tell the owner the  amount of the
required  payment.  If should  also be noted that an increase in face amount may
impact the status of the  Contract  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  See Tax
Treatment of Contract  Benefits,  page 5. Therefore,  before increasing the face
amount,   a  Contract   owner  should   consult  with  his  or  her   Prudential
representative.

The effective date of the increase in the amount of insurance will be determined
by the same  rules  that  apply  when a new  Contract  is  purchased.  Generally
speaking,  an  increase  will take  effect  on the  latest of the date the owner
applies for it, the date  satisfactory  evidence of  insurability is provided to
The  Prudential  or the date  designated  by the  Contract  owner,  provided the
necessary payment is made on or before that date.

The  Prudential  will  supply  the  Contract  owner  with  pages  which show the
increased face amount,  the effective  date of the increase,  and the recomputed
items  described  two  paragraphs  above.  The pages will also  describe how the
increase  in  face  amount  affects  the  various  provisions  of the  Contract,
including a statement  that, for the amount of the increase in face amount,  the
period stated in the Incontestability and Suicide provisions (see Other Standard
Contract  Provisions,  below on page 8) will run from the effective  date of the
increase.

For the  purpose of  determining  the sales load that will be charged  after the
increase and upon any subsequent lapse or surrender,  the Contract is treated as
if  there  were two  separate  Contracts,  a "base  Contract"  representing  the
Contract  before the increase and an  "incremental  Contract"  representing  the
increase viewed as a separate Contract.  At the time of the increase,  a certain
portion of the  Contract  Fund is  allocated  to the  incremental  Contract as a
prepayment  of premiums  for  purposes of the sales load limit.  That portion is
equal to the  Guideline  Annual  Premium  ("GAP")  of the  incremental  Contract
divided by the GAP of the entire Contract after the increase.  Premium  payments
made after the increase  are also  allocated  between the base  Contract and the
incremental  Contract  for  purposes of the sales load limit.  A portion of each
premium payment after the increase is allocated to the increase based on the GAP
for the  incremental  Contract  divided  by the GAP for the entire  Contract.  A
monthly  deduction  equal to 0.5% of the primary annual premium for each part of
the Contract (i.e., the base and incremental  Contracts,  respectively)  will be
made until each part of the Contract has been in force for 5 years, although The
Prudential  reserves  the right to continue to make this  deduction  thereafter.
Similarly, the amount,

                                        4


<PAGE>



if any, of sales  charges upon lapse or  surrender  and the  application  of the
overall  limitation  upon  sales  load,  as  described  above in Sales Load Upon
Surrender,  page 1, will be  determined as explained in that section as if there
were  two  Contracts  rather  than  one.  Moreover,   the  contingent   deferred
administrative  charge  is  also  determined  as  if  there  were  two  separate
Contracts. Thus, an owner considering an increase in face amount should be aware
that such an  increase  will  entail  charges,  including  periodic  sales  load
deductions and contingent deferred sales and administrative charges,  comparable
to the purchase of a new Contract.

Each  Contract  owner  who  elects  to  increase  the face  amount of his or her
Contract  will be  granted a  "free-look"  right  which  will  apply only to the
increase in face amount, not the entire Contract. The right is comparable to the
right  afforded to a purchaser of a new Contract.  See  Short-Term  Cancellation
Right or "Free Look" in the prospectus.  The "free-look"  right would have to be
exercised  no later  than 45 days after  execution  of the  application  for the
increase or, if later,  within 10 days after  either  receipt of the Contract as
increased or receipt of the withdrawal right notice by the owner.  Upon exercise
of the "free-look"  right,  the owner will receive a refund in the amount of the
aggregate premiums paid since the increase was requested and attributable to the
increase,  not the base  Contract,  as determined  pursuant to the  proportional
premium  allocation  rule  described  above.  There  will be no  adjustment  for
investment  experience.  All charges deducted after the increase will be reduced
to what they would have been had no increase been effected. A Contract owner may
transfer the total amount  attributable  to the increase in face amount from the
subaccounts or the Real Property  Account to the  fixed-rate  option at any time
within 2 years after the increase in face amount.

Decreases in Face Amount

A Contract owner may effect a partial  surrender of a Contract (see Surrender of
a Contract in the  prospectus) or a partial  withdrawal of excess cash surrender
value (see  Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender  Value above).  A Contract owner
also has the additional  option of decreasing the face amount (which is also the
guaranteed minimum death benefit) of his or her Contract without withdrawing any
such surrender  value.  Contract  owners who conclude  that,  because of changed
circumstances,  the amount of insurance is greater than needed will thus be able
to decrease their amount of insurance protection, and the monthly deductions for
the cost of insurance,  without  decreasing  their current cash surrender value.
The cash  surrender  value of the Contract on the date of the decrease  will not
change, except that an administrative processing fee of $15 may be deducted from
that value (unless that fee is separately  paid at the time the decrease in face
amount is  requested).  The  Contract's  Contract Fund value,  however,  will be
reduced by deduction of a proportionate  part of the then applicable  contingent
deferred sales and  administrative  charges,  if any. Scheduled premiums for the
Contract  will also be  proportionately  reduced.  The  Contracts  of owners who
exercise  the right to reduce  face  amount will be amended to show the new face
amount, tabular values, scheduled premiums, monthly charges, and, if applicable,
the remaining contingent deferred sales and administrative charges.

   
The minimum permissible  decrease is $10,000. No decrease will be permitted that
causes the face amount of the  Contract  to drop below the  minimum  face amount
applicable  to the  insured's  Contract.  See  Requirements  for  Issuance  of a
Contract in the prospectus. No reduction will be permitted to the extent that it
would cause the Contract to fail to qualify as "life  insurance" for purposes of
Section 7702 of the Internal  Revenue  Code. If the face amount of a Contract in
force on a Select  Rating  basis is  reduced  below  $100,000,  it is no  longer
eligible  for the Select  Rating.  A decrease in face amount will  generally  be
effected  as of the  Monthly  date  immediately  preceding  receipt  of a proper
request to decrease face amount.  A decrease  requested while the Contract is in
default, however, will be effected as of the Monthly date the Contract went into
default.  Monthly  charges  previously  deducted  on the  effective  date of the
decrease  and  attributed  to the  decreased  portion of the face amount will be
credited to the Contract Fund as of that date.

It is  important to note,  however,  that if the face amount is decreased at any
time during the first 7 Contract years,  there is a danger the Contract might be
classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  See Tax  Treatment  of Contract
Benefits,  below.  Before  requesting  any decreases in face amount,  a Contract
owner should consult his or her Prudential representative.
    

Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits

Each  prospective  purchaser is urged to consult a qualified  tax  advisor.  The
following  discussion  is not  intended as tax advice,  and it is not a complete
statement  of what  the  effect  of  federal  income  taxes  will be  under  all
circumstances. Rather, it provides information about how The Prudential believes
the tax laws apply in the most  commonly  occurring  circumstances.  There is no
guarantee,  however, that the current federal income tax laws and regulations or
interpretations will not change.

Treatment as Life Insurance. The Contract will be treated as "life insurance" as
long as it satisfies certain definitional tests set forth in Section 7702 of the
Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and as long as the underlying investments for
the  Contract  satisfy  diversification   requirements  set  forth  in  Treasury
Regulations issued pursuant to Section 817(h) of the Code.

                                        5


<PAGE>



These  diversification  requirements  must ordinarily be met within 1 year after
Contract  owner funds are first  allocated  to the  particular  portfolio of the
Series  Fund,  and  within  30  days  after  the end of  each  calendar  quarter
thereafter.  Each portfolio must meet one of two  alternative  tests.  Under the
first test,  no more than 55% of the  portfolio's  assets can be invested in any
one  investment;  no more  than 70% of the  assets  can be  invested  in any two
investments;  no more than 80% can be invested in any three investments;  and no
more than 90% can be invested in any four  investments.  Under the second  test,
the portfolio must meet the tax law diversification requirements for a regulated
investment  company and no more than 55% of the value of the portfolio's  assets
can be invested in cash, cash items,  Government  securities,  and securities of
other regulated investment  companies.  A third test is available for portfolios
that underlie only variable life  insurance  contracts,  such as the Zero Coupon
Bond Portfolios.  Under this test, such portfolios can be invested without limit
in Treasury  securities and, where the portfolio is invested in part in Treasury
securities,  the  percentages  of the first test are  revised and applied to the
portion of the portfolio not invested in Treasury securities.

For  purposes  of   determining   whether  a  variable   account  is  adequately
diversified,  each United States Government agency or instrumentality is treated
as  a  separate  issuer.  Compliance  with  diversification   requirements  will
generally  limit the amount of assets that may be invested in federally  insured
certificates of deposit and all types of securities issued or guaranteed by each
United States Government agency or instrumentality.

The  Prudential  believes that it has taken adequate steps to cause the Contract
to be treated as life insurance for tax purposes.  This means that (1) except as
noted below,  the Contract owner should not be taxed on any part of the Contract
Fund, including additions  attributable to interest,  dividends or appreciation;
and (2) the death  benefit  should be  excludible  from the gross  income of the
beneficiary under section 101(a) of the Code.

   
However,  Section  7702  of the  Code,  which  defines  life  insurance  for tax
purposes, gives the Secretary of the Treasury authority to prescribe regulations
to carry out the purposes of the Section. In this regard,  proposed  regulations
governing  mortality charges were issued in 1991 and proposed  regulations under
Sections 101, 7702, and 7702A governing the treatment of life insurance policies
that  provide  accelerated  death  benefits  were issued in 1992.  None of these
proposed  regulations  has yet  been  finalized.  Additional  regulations  under
Section 7702 may also be promulgated in the future. Moreover, in connection with
the  issuance of  temporary  regulations  under  Section  817(h),  the  Treasury
Department  announced that such regulations do not provide  guidance  concerning
the extent to which Contract  owners may direct their  investments to particular
divisions of a separate  account.  Such guidance will be included in regulations
or  rulings  under  Section  817(d)  relating  to the  definition  of a variable
contract.
    

The Prudential  intends to comply with final  regulations  issued under sections
7702 and 817. Therefore,  it reserves the right to make such changes as it deems
necessary to assure that the Contract continues to qualify as life insurance for
tax purposes.  Any such changes will apply uniformly to affected Contract owners
and will be made only after advance written notice to affected Contract owners.

Pre-Death  Distributions.  The  taxation of pre-death  distributions  depends on
whether  the  Contract  is  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  The
following  discussion  first deals with  distributions  under  Contracts  not so
classified, and then with Modified Endowment Contracts.

1.       A surrender or lapse of the Contract  may have tax  consequences.  Upon
         surrender,  the  owner  will not be taxed on the cash  surrender  value
         except for the amount,  if any,  that exceeds the gross  premiums  paid
         less the untaxed  portion of any prior  withdrawals.  The amount of any
         unpaid  Contract debt will,  upon  surrender or lapse,  be added to the
         cash surrender value and treated,  for this purpose,  as if it had been
         received. Any loss incurred upon surrender is generally not deductible.
         The tax  consequences  of a surrender  may differ if the  proceeds  are
         received under any income payment settlement option.

   
         A withdrawal  generally is not taxable unless it exceeds total premiums
         paid to the date of  withdrawal  less the untaxed  portion of any prior
         withdrawals. However, under certain limited circumstances, in the first
         15 Contract  years all or a portion of a  withdrawal  may be taxable if
         the  Contract  Fund  exceeds the total  premiums  paid less the untaxed
         portions of any prior  withdrawals,  even if total  withdrawals  do not
         exceed total premiums paid to date.
    

         Extra premiums for optional  benefits and riders generally do not count
         in computing the gross  premiums  paid,  which in turn  determines  the
         extent to which a withdrawal might be taxed.

         Loans  received  under the  Contract  will  ordinarily  be  treated  as
         indebtedness   of  the  owner  and  will  not  be   considered   to  be
         distributions subject to tax.

2.       Some of the above rules are changed if the Contract is  classified as a
         Modified  Endowment  Contract  under  section  7702A of the Code. It is
         possible  for the  Contract to be  classified  as a Modified  Endowment
         Contract under at least two  circumstances:  premiums  substantially in
         excess of scheduled premiums are paid; or a decrease in the face amount
         of insurance is made (or a rider removed) during the first 7 Contract

                                        6


<PAGE>



         years.  Moreover,  the  addition of a rider or the increase in the face
         amount of insurance  after the Contract  Date may have an impact on the
         Contract's  status as a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  Contract owners
         contemplating  any of these steps should first  consult a qualified tax
         advisor and their Prudential representative.

         If the Contract is classified as a Modified  Endowment  Contract,  then
         pre-death   distributions,   including  loans  and   withdrawals,   are
         includible  in income to the  extent  that the  Contract  Fund prior to
         surrender  charges  exceeds the gross  premiums  paid for the  Contract
         increased by the amount of any loans  previously  includible  in income
         and reduced by any untaxed amounts  previously  received other than the
         amount of any loans excludible from income.  These rules may also apply
         to pre-death  distributions,  including  loans,  made during the 2 year
         period prior to the Contract becoming a Modified Endowment Contract.

         In addition,  pre-death  distributions  from such Contracts  (including
         full  surrenders)  will be  subject  to a penalty of 10 per cent of the
         amount  includible  in income  unless the amount is  distributed  on or
         after age 59 1/2, on account of the taxpayer's  disability or as a life
         annuity.  It is presently  unclear how the penalty tax provisions apply
         to Contracts owned by nonnatural persons such as corporations.

   
         Under certain circumstances, Modified Endowment Contracts issued during
         any calendar year will be treated as a single  contract for purposes of
         applying the above rules.
    

Withholding. The taxable portion of any amounts received under the Contract will
be subject to withholding to meet federal income tax obligations if the Contract
owner  fails  to  elect  that  no  taxes  be   withheld  or  in  certain   other
circumstances.  Contract  owners who do not provide a social  security number or
other  taxpayer  identification  number  will not be  permitted  to elect out of
withholding.  All  recipients of such amounts may be subject to penalties  under
the estimated tax payment  rules if  withholding  and estimated tax payments are
not sufficient.

Other Tax Considerations.  Transfer of the Contract to a new owner or assignment
of the Contract may have tax consequences depending on the circumstances. In the
case of a  transfer  of the  Contract  for a valuable  consideration,  the death
benefit may be subject to federal  income taxes under  section  101(a)(2) of the
Code.  In  addition,  a transfer  of the  Contract  to or the  designation  of a
beneficiary  who is either 37 1/2 years  younger  than the  Contract  owner or a
grandchild  of the  Contract  owner may have  Generation  Skipping  Transfer tax
consequences under Section 2601 of the Code.

In certain  circumstances,  deductions  for interest paid or accrued on Contract
debt or on other loans that are  incurred or  continued to purchase or carry the
Contract  may be denied  under  section 163 of the Code as personal  interest or
under  section 264 of the Code.  Contract  owners  should  consult a tax advisor
regarding the application of these provisions to their circumstances.

   
Business-owned life insurance is subject to additional rules.  Section 264(a)(1)
of the Code generally  precludes business Contract owners from deducting premium
payments.  Under  section  264(a)(4) of the Code, a deduction is not allowed for
any interest paid or accrued on any Contract debt on an insurance  policy to the
extent the  indebtedness  exceeds  $50,000 per officer,  employee or financially
interested person. The Congress is also considering legislation to deny interest
deductions generally for loans on business-owned policies. The Code also imposes
an indirect  tax upon  additions  to the  Contract  Fund or the receipt of death
benefits   under   business-owned   life   insurance   policies   under  certain
circumstances by way of the corporate alternative minimum tax.
    

The individual  situation of each Contract  owner or beneficiary  will determine
the federal estate taxes and the state and local estate,  inheritance  and other
taxes due if the owner or insured dies.

Sale of the Contract and Sales Commissions

   
Pruco Securities Corporation ("Prusec"),  an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
The  Prudential,  acts as the principal  underwriter  of the  Contract.  Prusec,
organized  in 1971 under New Jersey  law, is  registered  as a broker and dealer
under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and is a member  of the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. Prusec's principal business address is
1111 Durham Avenue, South Plainfield,  New Jersey 07080. The Contract is sold by
registered  representatives of Prusec who are also authorized by state insurance
departments to do so. The Contract may also be sold through other broker-dealers
authorized by Prusec and applicable law to do so. Registered  representatives of
such other broker-dealers may be paid on a different basis than described below.
Where  the  insured  is less  than 60  years  of age,  the  representative  will
generally receive a commission of no more than 50% of the Scheduled Premiums for
the first  year,  no more than 10% of the  Scheduled  Premiums  for the  second,
third, and fourth years, no more than 3% of the Scheduled Premiums for the fifth
through tenth years, and no more than 2% of the Scheduled  Premiums  thereafter.
For new Contracts  issued on or about July 1, 1996, the commission rates for the
second  through  tenth  years  will  change to no more than 6% of the  Scheduled
Premiums.  For insureds over 59 years of age, the commission will be lower.  The
representative  may be  required  to  return  all or  part  of  the  first  year
commission  if  the  Contract  is  not   continued   through  the  second  year.
Representatives  with less than 3 years of  service  may be paid on a  different
basis. Representatives who meet
    

                                        7


<PAGE>



certain  productivity,  profitability,  and persistency standards with regard to
the sale of the Contract will be eligible for additional compensation.

Sales expenses in any year are not equal to the deduction for sales load in that
year.  The  Prudential  expects to recover  its total  sales  expenses  over the
periods the  Contracts  are in effect.  To the extent that the sales charges are
insufficient to cover total sales expenses, the sales expenses will be recovered
from The  Prudential's  surplus,  which may  include  amounts  derived  from the
mortality and expense risk charge and the guaranteed  minimum death benefit risk
charge described in the prospectus under Daily Deduction from the Contract Fund,
and item (d) under Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund.

Tax-Qualified Pension Plans

The Contracts may be acquired in connection with the funding of retirement plans
satisfying the qualification requirements of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue
Code.  Such  Contracts may be issued with a minimum face amount of $10,000,  and
increases and decreases in face amount may be effected in minimum  increments of
$10,000.  The monthly charge for  anticipated  mortality costs and the scheduled
premiums under such Contracts will be the same for male and female insureds of a
particular age and underwriting  classification.  Illustrations  reflecting such
premiums  and  charges  will be given  to  purchasers  of  Contracts  issued  in
connection with qualified plans.  Only certain of the riders normally  available
with the  Contracts  are  available  to  Contracts  issued  in  connection  with
qualified plans. See Riders in the prospectus.  Moreover,  fixed reduced paid-up
insurance and payment of the cash surrender  value are the only options on lapse
available to Contracts  issued in connection with qualified plans. See Lapse and
Reinstatement  in the prospectus.  Finally,  Contracts issued in connection with
qualified plans may not invest in the Real Property Account.

Prior to  purchase  of a Contract  in  connection  with a  qualified  plan,  the
provisions  of the Code  relating  to such plans and life  insurance  thereunder
should be examined.

Other Standard Contract Provisions

Beneficiary.  The  beneficiary is designated and named in the application by the
Contract owner. Thereafter, the owner may change the beneficiary, provided it is
in  accordance  with the terms of the  Contract.  Should the insured die with no
surviving beneficiary, the insured's estate will become the beneficiary.

Incontestability.  After the  Contract  has been in force  during the  insured's
lifetime  for 2 years from the  Contract  Date or, with respect to any change in
the Contract  that  requires The  Prudential's  approval and could  increase its
liability, after the change has been in effect during the insured's lifetime for
2 years from the effective date of the change,  The Prudential  will not contest
its liability under the Contract in accordance with its terms.

Misstatement  of Age or Sex. If the  insured's  stated age or sex (except  where
unisex rates apply) or both are incorrect in the Contract,  The Prudential  will
adjust the death  benefits  payable,  as required by law, to reflect the correct
age and sex. Any death  benefit will be based on what the most recent charge for
mortality would have provided at the correct age and sex.

Suicide Exclusion.  Generally,  if the insured,  whether sane or insane, dies by
suicide within 2 years from the Contract  Date, The Prudential  will pay no more
under the Contract than the sum of the premiums paid.

If the insured,  whether sane or insane, dies by suicide within 2 years from the
effective  date of an increase in the face amount of insurance,  The  Prudential
will pay,  with respect to the amount of the  increase,  no more than the sum of
the scheduled premiums attributable to the increase.

Assignment.  This Contract may not be assigned if such assignment  would violate
any federal, state, or local law or regulation.  Generally, the Contract may not
be assigned  to an employee  benefit  plan or program  without The  Prudential's
consent.   The  Prudential   assumes  no  responsibility  for  the  validity  or
sufficiency of any  assignment,  and it will not be obligated to comply with any
assignment unless it has received a copy at one of its Home Offices.

Settlement Options. The Contract grants to most owners, or to the beneficiary, a
variety of optional ways of receiving  Contract  proceeds,  other than in a lump
sum. Any Prudential  representative authorized to sell this Contract can explain
these options upon request.

Exchange of Fixed-Dollar Contract to Variable Contract

The  Prudential  may,  on a  non-discriminatory  basis,  permit  the owner of an
Appreciable  Life insurance policy issued by The Prudential (an Appreciable Life
policy is a general account,  universal life type policy with guaranteed minimum
values) to exchange his or her policy for a comparable Variable Appreciable Life
Contract with the same Contract Date, scheduled premiums,  and Contract fund. No
charge will be made for the exchange.  There is no new "free look" right when an
Appreciable Life insurance policy owner elects to exchange his or her policy for
a comparable Variable Appreciable Life Contract.

                                        8


<PAGE>



Although The Prudential  does not give tax advice,  The Prudential does believe,
based on its understanding of federal income tax laws as currently  interpreted,
that the  original  date  exchange of an  Appreciable  Life  Contract  should be
considered to be a tax-free  exchange under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as
amended. It should be noted,  however,  that the exchange of an Appreciable Life
Contract for a Variable  Appreciable  Life Contract may impact the status of the
Contract as Modified Endowment Contract. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits,
page  5. A  contract  owner  should  consult  with  his or her tax  advisor  and
Prudential representative before making an exchange.

                    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE
                                   PORTFOLIOS

General

   
The  Prudential  Series  Fund,  Inc.  (the "Series  Fund") has fifteen  separate
portfolios  available  to  Contract  owners:  the Money  Market  Portfolio,  the
Diversified Bond Portfolio, the Government Income Portfolio, the two Zero Coupon
Bond  Portfolios  with  different  liquidation  dates  --  2000  and  2005,  the
Conservative Balanced Portfolio,  the Flexible Managed Portfolio, the High Yield
Bond Portfolio,  the Stock Index  Portfolio,  the Equity Income  Portfolio,  the
Equity Portfolio,  the Prudential Jennison Portfolio,  the Small  Capitalization
Stock Portfolio,  the Global Portfolio, and the Natural Resources Portfolio. The
portfolios  are managed by The  Prudential  Insurance  Company of America  ("The
Prudential"), see INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES, page 24.
    

Each of the  portfolios  seeks to  achieve  a  different  investment  objective.
Accordingly, each portfolio can be expected to have different investment results
and to be subject to different financial and market risks. Financial risk refers
to the ability of an issuer of a debt security to pay principal and interest and
to the earnings  stability  and overall  financial  soundness of an issuer of an
equity  security.  Market  risk  refers  to the  degree  to which the price of a
security will react to changes in  conditions in securities  markets in general,
and with  particular  reference  to debt  securities,  to changes in the overall
level of interest rates.

The  investment  objectives of the Series Fund's  portfolios  can be found under
Investment  Objectives  and Policies of the  Portfolios in the  prospectus.  The
policies  employed to manage the Zero Coupon Bond  Portfolios are also discussed
in greater detail in FURTHER  INFORMATION ABOUT THE ZERO COUPON BOND PORTFOLIOS,
page 20.

Convertible Securities

   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity,  Prudential
Jennison,  Small Capitalization  Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may invest in convertible  securities and such securities may constitute a major
part  of the  holdings  of the  Equity  Income,  Natural  Resources  and  Global
Portfolios.  A  convertible  security  is a  fixed-income  security  (a  bond or
preferred  stock)  which may be  converted  at a stated price within a specified
period of time  into a certain  quantity  of the  common  stock of the same or a
different  issuer.  Convertible  securities  are  senior to  common  stocks in a
corporation's  capital  structure,  but  are  usually  subordinated  to  similar
nonconvertible  securities.  While  providing a fixed income  stream  (generally
higher in yield than the  income  derivable  from a common  stock but lower than
that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also
affords  an  investor  the  opportunity,  through  its  conversion  feature,  to
participate in capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the
convertible  security's  underlying  common  stock.  The price of a  convertible
security  tends to increase as the market value of the  underlying  stock rises,
whereas  it tends to  decrease  as the  market  value  of the  underlying  stock
declines.  While no  securities  investment  is  without  risk,  investments  in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.
    

Warrants

   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity,  Prudential
Jennison,  Small Capitalization  Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may invest in warrants on common stocks. Warrants are options to buy a number of
shares of stock at a  predetermined  price during a specified  period.  The risk
associated  with the  purchase of a warrant is that the  purchase  price will be
lost if the market price of the stock does not reach a level that  justifies the
exercise  or sale of the  warrant  before it  expires.  From  time to time,  the
Diversified  Bond  and  the  High  Yield  Bond  Portfolios  may  invest  in debt
securities  that are  offered  together  with  warrants,  but only when the debt
security meets the portfolio's  investment criteria and the value of the warrant
is  relatively  very  small.  If the warrant  later  becomes  valuable,  it will
ordinarily be sold rather than be exercised.
    

Options and Futures

   
Options on Equity  Securities.  The  Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible  Managed,
Equity Income, Equity,  Prudential Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global,
and Natural  Resources  Portfolios  may purchase and write (i.e.,  sell) put and
call options on equity  securities  that are traded on  securities  exchanges or
that are listed on the National
    

                                        9


<PAGE>



Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation System ("NASDAQ") or that
result  from  privately   negotiated   transactions  with  broker-dealers  ("OTC
options").  A call  option  is a  short-term  contract  pursuant  to  which  the
purchaser  or  holder,  in return for a premium  paid,  has the right to buy the
equity security  underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time
during the term of the option.  The writer of the call option,  who receives the
premium,  has the  obligation,  upon  exercise  of the  option,  to deliver  the
underlying  equity security  against payment of the exercise price. A put option
is a similar  contract  which  gives the  purchaser  or holder,  in return for a
premium,  the right to sell the underlying  equity security at a specified price
during the term of the option.  The writer of the put, who receives the premium,
has the  obligation to buy the  underlying  security at the exercise  price upon
exercise by the holder of the put.

A  portfolio  will write only  "covered"  options  on stocks.  A call  option is
covered if: (1) the portfolio owns the security  underlying  the option;  or (2)
the  portfolio  has an absolute and  immediate  right to acquire  that  security
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated  account by its custodian)  upon conversion or exchange of other
securities it holds;  or (3) the portfolio  holds on a  share-for-share  basis a
call on the same  security as the call written  where the exercise  price of the
call held is equal to or less than the  exercise  price of the call  written  or
greater  than the  exercise  price  of the call  written  if the  difference  is
maintained  by the  portfolio  in  cash,  Treasury  bills or  other  high  grade
short-term debt  obligations in a segregated  account with its custodian.  A put
option  is  covered  if:  (1) the  portfolio  deposits  and  maintains  with its
custodian in a segregated  account  cash,  U.S.  Government  securities or other
liquid  high-grade debt obligations  having a value equal to or greater than the
exercise price of the option;  or (2) the portfolio  holds on a  share-for-share
basis a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise  price of
the put held is equal to or greater than the  exercise  price of the put written
or less than the exercise price if the difference is maintained by the portfolio
in cash,  Treasury bills or other high grade  short-term  debt  obligations in a
segregated account with its custodian.

   
The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity,  Prudential
Jennison,  Small Capitalization  Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may also purchase  "protective puts" (i.e., put options acquired for the purpose
of protecting a portfolio  security from a decline in market value). In exchange
for the premium  paid for the put option,  the  portfolio  acquires the right to
sell the underlying  security at the exercise price of the put regardless of the
extent to which  the  underlying  security  declines  in value.  The loss to the
portfolio  is  limited  to the  premium  paid  for,  and  transaction  costs  in
connection with, the put plus the initial excess, if any, of the market price of
the underlying security over the exercise price. However, if the market price of
the security  underlying the put rises, the profit the portfolio realizes on the
sale of the security will be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less
any amount  (net of  transaction  costs) for which the put may be sold.  Similar
principles  apply to the purchase of puts on debt  securities and stock indices,
as  described  below  under  Options  on Debt  Securities  and  Options on Stock
Indices.
    

These portfolios may purchase call options for hedging and investment  purposes.
No portfolio intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in
the  purchase of call  options on stocks.  These  portfolios  may also  purchase
putable and callable equity securities,  which are securities coupled with a put
or a call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may effect a "closing purchase transaction" by buying an option of the
same  series as the  option  previously  written.  Similarly,  the  holder of an
exchange-traded  option may  liquidate  his or her  position  by exercise of the
option or by effecting a "closing sale  transaction" by selling an option of the
same  series as the option  previously  purchased.  A portfolio  will  realize a
profit from a closing  transaction if the price of the  transaction is less than
the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to
purchase the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option will
generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security,  any
loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction with respect to a call option
is likely to be offset  in whole or in part by  appreciation  of the  underlying
equity  security owned by the portfolio.  Unlike  exchange-traded  options,  OTC
options  generally do not have a continuous  liquid  market.  Consequently,  the
portfolio  will  generally  be able to realize the value of an OTC option it has
purchased  only by  exercising  it or  reselling it to the dealer who issued it.
Similarly, when the portfolio writes an OTC option, it generally will be able to
close out the OTC option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing
purchase transaction with the dealer to which the portfolio originally wrote the
OTC option.  There is, in general, no guarantee that closing purchase or closing
sale transactions can be effected.

A portfolio's use of options on equity  securities is subject to certain special
risks,  in addition to the risk that the market value of the security  will move
adversely to the portfolio's  option position.  An option position may be closed
out only on an exchange, board of trade or other trading facility which provides
a secondary  market for an option of the same series.  Although a portfolio will
generally  purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an
active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on
an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and
for some options no secondary  market on an exchange or otherwise may exist.  In
such event it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular
options,  with the result that the portfolio  would have to exercise its options
in order to realize any profit and would

                                       10


<PAGE>



incur  brokerage  commissions  upon the  exercise  of such  options and upon the
subsequent disposition of underlying securities acquired through the exercise of
call options or upon the purchase of underlying  securities  for the exercise of
put options.  If a portfolio as a covered call option writer is unable to effect
a closing  purchase  transaction in a secondary  market,  it will not be able to
sell the  underlying  security  until the  option  expires  or it  delivers  the
underlying security upon exercise.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid  secondary market on an exchange include the
following:  (i) there may be insufficient  trading  interest in certain options;
(ii)  restrictions  may be imposed by an  exchange  on opening  transactions  or
closing  transactions  or  both;  (iii)  trading  halts,  suspensions  or  other
restrictions  may be imposed  with  respect to  particular  classes or series of
options or underlying securities;  (iv) unusual or unforeseen  circumstances may
interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or
a  clearing  corporation  may not at all times be  adequate  to  handle  current
trading  volume;  or (vi) one or more  exchanges  could,  for  economic or other
reasons,  decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue  the trading
of options  (or a  particular  class or series of  options),  in which event the
secondary  market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options)  would
cease to exist,  although  outstanding  options on that  exchange  that had been
issued by a clearing  corporation  as a result of trades on that exchange  would
continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. There is no assurance
that higher than anticipated  trading activity or other unforeseen  events might
not,  at  times,  render  certain  of the  facilities  of  any  of the  clearing
corporations  inadequate,  which might cause an  exchange to  institute  special
procedures that might interfere with the timely execution of customers' orders.

The  purchase  and sale of OTC  options  will also be subject to certain  risks.
Unlike  exchange-traded  options, OTC options generally do not have a continuous
liquid market.  Consequently,  a portfolio will generally be able to realize the
value of an OTC option it has purchased only by exercising it or reselling it to
the dealer who issued it.  Similarly,  when a portfolio writes an OTC option, it
generally will be able to close out the OTC option prior to its expiration  only
by entering  into a closing  purchase  transaction  with the dealer to which the
portfolio  originally  wrote the OTC option.  While the portfolios  will seek to
enter into OTC options  only with dealers who agree to and which are expected to
be able to be capable of entering into closing  transactions with the portfolio,
there can be no assurance  that the  portfolio  will be able to liquidate an OTC
option at a  favorable  price at any time prior to  expiration.  In the event of
insolvency  of the other party,  the portfolio may be unable to liquidate an OTC
option. The Prudential  monitors the  creditworthiness  of dealers with whom the
Series Fund enters into OTC option transactions under the general supervision of
the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

   
Options  on  Debt  Securities.   The  Diversified   Bond,   Government   Income,
Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible  Managed,  and High Yield Bond  Portfolios may
purchase  and  write  (i.e.,  sell)  put and  call  options  on debt  securities
(including U.S.  Government debt securities) that are traded on U.S.  securities
exchanges or that result from  privately  negotiated  transactions  with primary
U.S. Government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York  ("over-the-counter"  or "OTC"  options).  Options  on debt are  similar to
options on stock,  except  that the option  holder has the right to take or make
delivery of a debt security, rather than stock.
    

A portfolio will write only "covered"  options.  Options on debt  securities are
covered in the same manner as options on stocks,  discussed above,  except that,
in the case of call options on U.S. Treasury Bills, the portfolio might own U.S.
Treasury Bills of a different series from those underlying the call option,  but
with a principal  amount and value  corresponding  to the option contract amount
and a maturity date no later than that of the securities  deliverable  under the
call option.  The principal  reason for a portfolio to write an option on one or
more of its securities is to realize through the receipt of the premiums paid by
the purchaser of the option a greater  current  return than would be realized on
the underlying  security  alone.  Calls on debt  securities  will not be written
when,  in the opinion of The  Prudential,  interest  rates are likely to decline
significantly, because under those circumstances the premium received by writing
the call likely would not fully offset the foregone appreciation in the value of
the underlying security.

These  portfolios may also write straddles  (i.e., a combination of a call and a
put written on the same  security at the same strike  price where the same issue
of the security is  considered  "cover" for both the put and the call).  In such
cases,  the  portfolio  will also  segregate  or deposit  for the benefit of the
portfolio's broker cash or liquid high-grade debt obligations  equivalent to the
amount, if any, by which the put is "in the money." It is contemplated that each
portfolio's use of straddles will be limited to 5% of the portfolio's net assets
(meaning that the  securities  used for cover or  segregated as described  above
will not exceed 5% of the  portfolio's  net assets at the time the  straddle  is
written).  The  writing  of a call  and a put on the same  security  at the same
strike price where the call and the put are covered by different  securities  is
not considered a straddle for purposes of this limit.

These  portfolios  may  purchase  "protective  puts" in an effort to protect the
value of a security that it owns against a substantial  decline in market value.
Protective puts are described above in Options on Equity Securities,  page  9. A
portfolio may wish to protect certain portfolio  securities against a decline in
market value at a time when put options on those  particular  securities are not
available for purchase. A portfolio may therefore purchase a put

                                       11


<PAGE>



option on  securities  other than those it wishes to protect even though it does
not hold such other  securities in its portfolio.  While changes in the value of
the put option should  generally  offset  changes in the value of the securities
being  hedged,  the  correlation  between  the two values may not be as close in
these  transactions as in  transactions  in which the portfolio  purchases a put
option on an underlying security it owns.

These  portfolios may also purchase call options on debt  securities for hedging
or investment purposes. No portfolio currently intends to invest more than 5% of
its  net  assets  at any one  time  in the  purchase  of  call  options  on debt
securities.  A portfolio may also purchase putable and callable debt securities,
which are securities coupled with a put or call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may  effect  a  "closing  purchase  transaction"  or a  "closing  sale
transaction"  in a manner  similar to that  discussed  above in connection  with
options on equity securities.

The staff of the Securities and Exchange  Commission has taken the position that
purchased OTC options and the assets used as "cover" for written OTC options are
illiquid for purposes of a portfolio's  15% limitation on investment in illiquid
securities.  However,  pursuant to the terms of certain no-action letters issued
by the staff,  the  securities  used as cover for  written  OTC  options  may be
considered  liquid  provided  that  the  portfolio  sells  OTC  options  only to
qualified  dealers who agree that the portfolio may repurchase any OTC option it
writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined  formula. In such
cases,  the OTC option would be considered  illiquid only to the extent that the
maximum  repurchase  price under the formula  exceeds the intrinsic value of the
option.

The use of debt  options  is  subject  to the  same  risks  described  above  in
connection with stock options.

   
Options on Stock Indices. The Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Equity
Income,  Equity,  Prudential Jennison,  Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
may purchase and sell put and call options on stock indices traded on securities
exchanges  or  listed  on  NASDAQ  or  that  result  from  privately  negotiated
transactions  with  broker-dealers  ("OTC  options").  The Stock Index and Small
Capitalization  Stock  Portfolios  may  utilize  options  on  stock  indices  by
constructing  "put/call" combinations that are functionally comparable to a long
stock index futures  position as described  below under  Additional  Information
Regarding the Use of Options and Futures Contracts by the Stock Index Portfolio.
Options on stock indices are similar to options on stock except that rather than
the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a
stock index gives the holder the right to receive,  upon exercise of the option,
an amount of cash if the closing  level of the stock index upon which the option
is based is greater  than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a
put,  the  exercise  price of the  option.  This amount of cash is equal to such
difference  between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the
option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple (the  "multiplier").  The
writer of the option is obligated,  in return for the premium received,  to make
delivery of this amount.  Unlike stock options, all settlements are in cash, and
gain or loss depends on price  movements in the stock market  generally (or in a
particular  industry or segment of the market)  rather than price  movements  in
individual stocks.
    

The  multiplier for an index option  performs a function  similar to the unit of
trading for a stock option. It determines the total dollar value per Contract of
each point in the  difference  between the  exercise  price of an option and the
current  level  of the  underlying  index.  A  multiplier  of 100  means  that a
one-point difference will yield $100.

Options on different indices may have different multipliers.

These  portfolios  may purchase put and call options for hedging and  investment
purposes.  No portfolio  intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any
one time in the  purchase of puts and calls on stock  indices.  A portfolio  may
effect  closing  sale  and  purchase  transactions  involving  options  on stock
indices, as described above in connection with stock options.

A portfolio will write only "covered" options on stock indices. A call option is
covered if the portfolio holds a portfolio of stocks at least equal to the value
of the  index  times  the  multiplier  times the  number  of  contracts.  When a
portfolio  writes a call  option on a broadly  based  stock  market  index,  the
portfolio  will  segregate or put into escrow with its  custodian or pledge to a
broker as  collateral  for the option,  cash,  cash  equivalents  or  "qualified
securities"  (defined  below)  with a market  value at the  time the  option  is
written of not less than 100% of the current  index  value times the  multiplier
times the  number of  contracts.  If a  portfolio  has  written  an option on an
industry or market segment index,  it will segregate or put into escrow with its
custodian  or pledge  to a broker as  collateral  for the  option at least  five
"qualified  securities,"  all of which are stocks of issuers in such industry or
market  segment,  with a market  value at the time the  option is written of not
less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier  times the number
of contracts.  Such stocks will include  stocks which  represent at least 50% of
the  weighting of the  industry or market  segment  index and will  represent at
least 50% of the  portfolio's  holdings in that industry or market  segment.  No
individual  security will  represent  more than 15% of the amount so segregated,
pledged or escrowed in the case of broadly  based stock market index  options or
25% of such

                                       12


<PAGE>



amount in the case of industry or market segment index options.  If at the close
of  business  on any day  the  market  value  of such  qualified  securities  so
segregated,  escrowed or pledged  falls  below 100% of the  current  index value
times the  multiplier  times the  number of  contracts,  the  portfolio  will so
segregate,  escrow  or  pledge  an  amount  in  cash,  Treasury  bills  or other
high-grade short-term obligations equal in value to the difference. In addition,
when a portfolio writes a call on an index which is in-the-money at the time the
call is written,  the portfolio  will  segregate with its custodian or pledge to
the broker as collateral, cash or U.S. Government or other high-grade short-term
debt obligations  equal in value to the amount by which the call is in-the-money
times the  multiplier  times the  number of  contracts.  Any  amount  segregated
pursuant to the foregoing sentence may be applied to the portfolio's  obligation
to  segregate  additional  amounts  in the event  that the  market  value of the
qualified  securities  falls  below 100% of the  current  index  value times the
multiplier  times the number of contracts.  A "qualified  security" is an equity
security  which is listed on a securities  exchange or NASDAQ  against which the
portfolio  has not  written a stock call option and which has not been hedged by
the  portfolio by the sale of stock index  futures.  However,  if the  portfolio
holds a call on the same index as the call written  where the exercise  price of
the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or
greater  than the  exercise  price  of the call  written  if the  difference  is
maintained  by the  portfolio  in  cash,  Treasury  bills  or  other  high-grade
short-term  obligations in a segregated account with its custodian,  it will not
be subject to the requirement described in this paragraph.

A put option is covered  if: (1) the  portfolio  holds in a  segregated  account
cash, Treasury bills or other high-grade  short-term debt obligations of a value
equal to the strike price times the multiplier times the number of contracts; or
(2) the  portfolio  holds a put on the same index as the put  written  where the
strike price of the put held is equal to or greater than the strike price of the
put written or less than the strike  price of the put written if the  difference
is  maintained  by the  portfolio in cash,  Treasury  bills or other  high-grade
short-term  debt  obligations  in a segregated  account with its  custodian.  In
instances involving the purchase of futures contracts by a portfolio,  an amount
of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  equal  to the  market  value  of the  futures
contracts,  will be  deposited  in a  segregated  account  with the  portfolio's
custodian and/or in a margin account with a broker to collateralize the position
and thereby ensure that the use of such futures is unleveraged.

The purchase  and sale of options on stock  indices will be subject to the risks
described above under Options on Equity Securities. In addition, the distinctive
characteristics  of options on indices create certain risks that are not present
with stock  options.  Index prices may be distorted if trading of certain stocks
included in the index is  interrupted.  Trading in the index options also may be
interrupted  in  certain  circumstances,  such as if  trading  were  halted in a
substantial  number  of  stocks  included  in the  index.  If this  occurred,  a
portfolio  would  not be able to close out  options  which it had  purchased  or
written  and, if  restrictions  on  exercise  were  imposed,  might be unable to
exercise an option it holds,  which could  result in  substantial  losses to the
portfolio.  It is the policy of the portfolios to purchase or write options only
on stock  indices  which  include a number of stocks  sufficient to minimize the
likelihood of a trading halt in options on the index.

The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject
to the  development and maintenance of a liquid  secondary  market.  A portfolio
will not purchase or sell any index  option  contract  unless and until,  in its
manager's opinion,  the market for such options has developed  sufficiently that
the risk in  connection  with such  transactions  is no greater than the risk in
connection with options on stocks.

There are certain special risks  associated with writing calls on stock indices.
Because  exercises of index options are settled in cash, a call writer such as a
portfolio cannot  determine the amount of its settlement  obligations in advance
and, unlike call writing on specific stocks, cannot precisely provide in advance
for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the
underlying  securities.  The  portfolios,   however,  will  follow  the  "cover"
procedures described above.

Price  movements in a portfolio's  equity security  portfolio  probably will not
correlate precisely with movements in the level of the index and, therefore,  in
writing a call on a stock index a portfolio bears the risk that the price of the
securities  held by the portfolio may not increase as much as the index. In such
event,  the  portfolio  would  bear a loss on the call  which is not  completely
offset by movement in the price of the portfolio's equity securities. It is also
possible that the index may rise when the portfolio's  securities do not rise in
value. If this occurred, the portfolio would experience a loss on the call which
is not offset by an increase in the value of its securities  portfolio and might
also experience a loss in its securities portfolio.  However,  because the value
of a diversified  securities portfolio will, over time, tend to move in the same
direction as the market,  movements in the value of a portfolio's  securities in
the  opposite  direction as the market would be likely to occur for only a short
period or to a small degree.

When a portfolio  has  written a call,  there is also a risk that the market may
decline  between the time the  portfolio has a call  exercised  against it, at a
price  which is fixed as of the  closing  level of the  index on the date of the
exercise, and the time the portfolio is able to sell stocks in its portfolio. As
with stock  options,  a portfolio  will not learn that an index  option has been
exercised  until the day following the exercise date but, unlike a call on stock
where the  portfolio  would be able to  deliver  the  underlying  securities  in
settlement, the portfolio may have to sell

                                       13


<PAGE>



part of its stock  portfolio in order to make  settlement in cash, and the price
of such stocks  might  decline  before they can be sold.  This timing risk makes
certain strategies  involving more than one option substantially more risky with
options in stock indices than with stock options. For example,  even if an index
call which a  portfolio  has written is  "covered"  by an index call held by the
portfolio with the same strike price,  the portfolio will bear the risk that the
level of the index may  decline  between  the close of  trading  on the date the
exercise notice is filed with the clearing  corporation and the close of trading
on the date the portfolio  exercises the call it holds or the time the portfolio
sells the  call,  which in  either  case  would  occur no  earlier  than the day
following the day the exercise notice was filed.

There are also certain special risks involved in purchasing put and call options
on stock indices.  If a portfolio  holds an index option and exercises it before
final  determination  of the closing  index value for that day, it runs the risk
that the level of the  underlying  index may change  before  closing.  If such a
change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money,  the portfolio will
be  required  to pay the  difference  between  the  closing  index value and the
exercise price of the option (times the  applicable  multiplier) to the assigned
writer.  Although the portfolio may be able to minimize the risk by  withholding
exercise  instructions  until just  before the daily  cutoff  time or by selling
rather than  exercising  an option when the index level is close to the exercise
price, it may not be possible to eliminate this risk entirely because the cutoff
times for index  options  may be  earlier  than those  fixed for other  types of
options and may occur before definitive closing index values are announced.

   
Options on Foreign  Currencies.  The Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible  Managed,
Equity  Income,  Equity,  Prudential  Jennison,  Global,  and Natural  Resources
Portfolios  may purchase  and write put and call  options on foreign  currencies
traded on U.S. or foreign  securities  exchanges  or boards of trade for hedging
purposes in a manner similar to that in which forward foreign currency  exchange
contracts (see Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts, page 18) and futures
contracts on foreign  currencies  (discussed under Futures  Contracts,  page 15)
will be employed. Options on foreign currencies are similar to options on stock,
except  that the  option  holder  has the  right to take or make  delivery  of a
specified amount of foreign currency, rather than stock.
    

A portfolio may purchase and write options to hedge the  portfolio's  securities
denominated in foreign currencies.  If there is a decline in the dollar value of
a foreign  currency in which the  portfolio's  securities are  denominated,  the
dollar value of such  securities  will decline even though the foreign  currency
value remains the same. To hedge against the decline of the foreign currency,  a
portfolio may purchase put options on such foreign currency. If the value of the
foreign currency declines,  the gain realized on the put option would offset, in
whole or in part, the adverse effect such decline would have on the value of the
portfolio's  securities.  Alternatively,  a portfolio may write a call option on
the foreign currency. If the foreign currency declines,  the option would not be
exercised and the decline in the value of the portfolio  securities  denominated
in such foreign  currency  would be offset in part by the premium the  portfolio
received for the option.

If, on the other hand, the portfolio  manager  anticipates  purchasing a foreign
security  and  also  anticipates  a  rise  in  such  foreign  currency  (thereby
increasing the cost of such  security),  the portfolio may purchase call options
on the foreign  currency.  The purchase of such options could  offset,  at least
partially,  the  effects  of  the  adverse  movements  of  the  exchange  rates.
Alternatively,  a portfolio could write a put option on the currency and, if the
exchange rates move as anticipated, the option would expire unexercised.

A portfolio's  successful use of currency exchange options on foreign currencies
depends  upon the  manager's  ability to predict the  direction  of the currency
exchange markets and political  conditions,  which requires different skills and
techniques  than predicting  changes in the securities  markets  generally.  For
instance,  if the currency being hedged has moved in a favorable direction,  the
corresponding  appreciation  of the portfolio's  securities  denominated in such
currency would be partially offset by the premiums paid on the options. Further,
if the currency exchange rate does not change, the portfolio net income would be
less than if the portfolio had not hedged since there are costs  associated with
options.

The use of these options is subject to various additional risks. The correlation
between  movements in the price of options and the price of the currencies being
hedged is imperfect.  The use of these  instruments will hedge only the currency
risks associated with investments in foreign  securities,  not market risks. The
portfolio's  ability to establish and maintain  positions  will depend on market
liquidity.  The ability of the  portfolio to close out an option  depends upon a
liquid secondary  market.  There is no assurance that liquid  secondary  markets
will exist for any particular option at any particular time.

Because  there  are two  currencies  involved,  developments  in  either or both
countries can affect the values of options on foreign  currencies.  In addition,
the quantities of currency  underlying option contracts  represent odd lots in a
market dominated by transactions  between banks; this can mean extra transaction
costs  upon  exercise.  Option  markets  may  be  closed  while  round-the-clock
interbank  currency  markets  are  open,  and this  can  create  price  and rate
discrepancies.

                                       14


<PAGE>



   
Futures Contracts.  The Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  Stock Index,
Equity Income, Equity,  Prudential Jennison, Small Capitalization Stock, Global,
and Natural  Resources  Portfolios  may, to the extent  permitted by  applicable
regulations,  attempt to reduce the risk of investment  in equity  securities by
hedging a portion of their  equity  portfolios  through  the use of stock  index
futures  contracts.  A stock index futures contract is an agreement in which the
seller of the contract agrees to deliver to the buyer an amount of cash equal to
a specific  dollar amount times the  difference  between the value of a specific
stock index at the close of the last  trading day of the  contract and the price
at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in
the index is made.

The Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, Government Income, Conservative Balanced,
Flexible  Managed,  and  Global  Portfolios  may,  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable regulations,  purchase and sell for hedging purpose futures contracts
on  interest-bearing  securities  (such as U.S.  Treasury  bonds  and  notes) or
interest  rate indices  (referred  to  collectively  as  "interest  rate futures
contracts").

The Conservative Balanced,  Flexible Managed, Equity Income, Equity,  Prudential
Jennison,  Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios may, to the extent permitted
by  applicable  regulations,  purchase  and sell  futures  contracts  on foreign
currencies or groups of foreign currencies for hedging purposes.
    

When the futures  contract is entered into, each party deposits with a broker or
in a segregated  custodial  account  approximately  5% of the  contract  amount,
called the "initial margin." Subsequent payments to and from the broker,  called
the  "variation  margin,"  will  be  made on a  daily  basis  as the  underlying
security,  index or rate  fluctuates  making the long and short positions in the
futures  contracts  more or less  valuable,  a process  known as "marking to the
market." The Board of Directors  currently  intends to limit futures  trading so
that a portfolio will not enter into futures contracts or related options if the
aggregate initial margins and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of its
assets,  after taking into account  unrealized  profits and unrealized losses on
any such contracts and options.

A portfolio's  successful use of futures  contracts  depends upon the investment
manager's  ability  to  predict  the  direction  of  the  relevant  market.  The
correlation  between movement in the price of the futures contract and the price
of the  securities  or currencies  being hedged is  imperfect.  The ability of a
portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a liquid secondary  market.
There  is no  assurance  that  liquid  secondary  markets  will  exist  for  any
particular futures contract at any particular time.

There are several  additional risks associated with a portfolio's use of futures
contracts  for  hedging  purposes.  One such risk  arises  because of  imperfect
correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price
of the securities or currency that are the subject of the hedge.  In the case of
futures contracts on stock or interest rate indices, the correlation between the
price of the futures  contract and  movements in the index might not be perfect.
To compensate  for  differences  in  historical  volatility,  a portfolio  could
purchase  or sell  future  contracts  with a greater  or lesser  value  than the
securities  or currency it wished to hedge or purchase.  In addition,  temporary
price distortions in the futures market could be caused by a variety of factors.
Further, the ability of a portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a
liquid secondary market. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on
an exchange will exist for any  particular  futures  contract at any  particular
time. Further,  each portfolio's  successful use of futures contracts is to some
extent  dependent on the ability of the portfolio  manager to predict  correctly
movements  in the  direction  of the  market,  interest  rates  and/or  currency
exchange rates.

In addition,  the hours of trading of futures  contracts  may not conform to the
hours during which the  portfolio  may trade the  underlying  securities  and/or
currency.  To the extent that the futures markets close before the securities or
currency  markets,  significant  price and rate  movements can take place in the
securities  and/or  currency  markets  that cannot be  reflected  in the futures
markets.

Additional Information Regarding the Use of Options and Futures Contracts by the
Stock Index and Small  Capitalization  Stock  Portfolios.  As  explained  in the
prospectus,  the Stock Index Portfolio seeks to duplicate the performance of the
S&P 500 Index and the Small  Capitalization  Stock  Portfolio seeks to duplicate
the  performance of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.  The portfolios will be as fully
invested in the S&P Indices stocks as is feasible in light of cash flow patterns
and the cash  requirements for efficiently  investing in a unit of the basket of
stocks comprising the S&P 500 and S&P SmallCap 600 Indices,  respectively.  When
the  portfolios do have  short-term  investments,  they may purchase stock index
futures  contracts  in  an  effort  to  have  the  portfolio  better  mimic  the
performance  of a fully invested  portfolio.  When a portfolio  purchases  stock
index futures  contracts,  an amount of cash and cash equivalents,  equal to the
market value of the futures contracts, will be deposited in a segregated account
with the  portfolio's  custodian  and/or  in a margin  account  with a broker to
collateralize  the  position  and  thereby  ensure  that the use of  futures  is
unleveraged.  As with the other  portfolios,  the Board of  Directors  currently
intends  to  limit   futures   trading  so  that  the  Stock   Index  and  Small
Capitalization Stock Portfolios will not enter into futures contracts or related
options if the  aggregate  initial  margins and  premiums  exceed 5% of the fair
market value of its assets,  after taking into  account  unrealized  profits and
unrealized losses on any such contracts and options.

                                       15


<PAGE>




As an  alternative  to the  purchase  of a stock  index  futures  contract,  the
portfolio may construct  synthetic  positions involving options on stock indices
and options on stock index  futures that are  equivalent  to such a long futures
position.  In particular,  the portfolio may utilize "put/call  combinations" as
synthetic  long stock index futures  positions.  A put/call  combination  is the
simultaneous purchase of a call and the sale of a put with the same strike price
and maturity.  It is equivalent to a forward position and, if settled every day,
is  equivalent  to  a  long  futures  position.   When   constructing   put/call
combinations,  the  portfolio  will  segregate  cash  or cash  equivalents  in a
segregated account equal to the market value of the portfolio's forward position
to collateralize the position and ensure that it is unleveraged.

   
Options on Futures  Contracts.  To the extent permitted by applicable  insurance
law and federal regulations,  the Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, Stock
Index, Equity Income, Equity,  Prudential Jennison,  Small Capitalization Stock,
Global and Natural  Resources,  Portfolios  may enter into certain  transactions
involving  options on stock index futures  contracts,  and the Diversified Bond,
Government Income, Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed, High Yield Bond, and
Global  Portfolios  may enter into  certain  transactions  involving  options on
interest  rate  futures  contracts;  and  the  Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible
Managed,  Equity  Income,  Equity,  Prudential  Jennison,  Global,  and  Natural
Resources  Portfolios may enter into certain  transactions  involving options on
foreign  currency futures  contracts.  An option on a futures contract gives the
purchaser or holder the right, but not the obligation, to assume a position in a
futures  contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short  position
if the  option is a put) at a  specified  price at any time  during  the  option
exercise period. The writer of the option is required upon exercise to assume an
offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long
position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of
offsetting  futures  positions  by the writer  and holder of the option  will be
accomplished  by delivery of the  accumulated  balance in the  writer's  futures
margin  account  which  represents  the amount by which the market  price of the
futures contract, at exercise,  exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than,
in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures  contract.
As an alternative to exercise, the holder or writer of an option may terminate a
position  by selling or  purchasing  an option of the same  series.  There is no
guarantee that such closing  transactions  can be effected.  As noted above, the
Stock Index and Small  Capitalization Stock Portfolios intend to utilize options
on stock index futures  contracts by constructing  "put/call"  combinations that
are economically  comparable to a long stock index futures  position.  The other
portfolios  intend to utilize options on futures contracts for the same purposes
that they use the underlying futures contracts.
    

Options on futures  contracts  are subject to risks  similar to those  described
above  with  respect to option on  securities,  options  on stock  indices,  and
futures  contracts.  These risks include the risk that the portfolio manager may
not correctly predict changes in the market,  the risk of imperfect  correlation
between  the option and the  securities  being  hedged,  and the risk that there
might not be a liquid secondary market for the option. There is also the risk of
imperfect correlation between the option and the underlying futures contract. If
there  were no liquid  secondary  market  for a  particular  option on a futures
contract,  the  portfolio  might have to  exercise an option it held in order to
realize  any profit and might  continue to be  obligated  under an option it had
written until the option expired or was exercised.  If the portfolio were unable
to close out an option it had written on a futures  contract,  it would continue
to be required to maintain  initial  margin and make variation  margin  payments
with respect to the option  position  until the option  expired or was exercised
against the portfolio.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities

   
From time to time, in the ordinary  course of business,  the  Diversified  Bond,
Government Income,  Conservative  Balanced,  Flexible Managed,  High Yield Bond,
Equity Income, Equity,  Prudential Jennison,  Small Capitalization Stock, Global
and  Natural  Resources   Portfolios  may  purchase  or  sell  securities  on  a
when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis,  that is, delivery and payment can take
place  a  month  or more  after  the  date  of the  transaction.  Each of  these
portfolios will limit such purchases to those in which the date for delivery and
payment falls within 120 days of the date of the  commitment.  A portfolio  will
make  commitments for such when-issued  transactions  only with the intention of
actually acquiring the securities.  A portfolio's  custodian will maintain, in a
separate  account,  cash,  U.S.  Government  securities or other high grade debt
obligations  having a value  equal to or  greater  than such  commitments.  If a
portfolio  chooses to dispose  of the right to  acquire a  when-issued  security
prior to its  acquisition,  it  could,  as with  the  disposition  of any  other
portfolio  security,  incur  a gain  or  loss  due to  market  fluctuations.  In
addition,  the Money  Market  Portfolio  and  short-term  portions  of the other
portfolios  may purchase  money market  securities on a  when-issued  or delayed
delivery  basis on the terms set forth under item 6 in  SECURITIES  IN WHICH THE
MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST, page 29.
    

Short Sales

   
The Diversified Bond, Government Income, Conservative Balanced, Flexible Managed
and  High  Yield  Bond  Portfolios  may  sell  securities  they  do  not  own in
anticipation  of a  decline  in the  market  value of those  securities  ("short
sales"). To complete such a transaction,  the portfolio will borrow the security
to make delivery to the buyer.  The  portfolio is then  obligated to replace the
security  borrowed  by  purchasing  it at  the  market  price  at  the  time  of
replacement.  The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which
the security was sold
    

                                       16


<PAGE>



by the portfolio.  Until the security is replaced,  the portfolio is required to
pay to the lender any interest  which accrues  during the period of the loan. To
borrow the security the  portfolio  may be required to pay a premium which would
increase the cost of the security  sold.  The proceeds of the short sale will be
retained by the broker to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements until
the short  position is closed out.  Until the  portfolio  replaces  the borrowed
security,  it will (a) maintain in a segregated account cash or U.S.  Government
securities  at such a level that the amount  deposited  in the account  plus the
amount  deposited  with the broker as collateral  will equal the current  market
value of the  security  sold short and will not be less than the market value of
the  security  at the time it was sold  short or (b)  otherwise  cover its short
position.

The  portfolio  will  incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of
the security  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which
the portfolio replaces the borrowed security.  The portfolio will realize a gain
if the  security  declines  in price  between  those  dates.  This result is the
opposite of what one would expect from a cash  purchase of a long  position in a
security.  The amount of any gain will be decreased,  and the amount of any loss
will be  increased,  by the amount of any premium or interest paid in connection
with the short  sale.  No more than 25% of any  portfolio's  net assets will be,
when added  together:  (i) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace
securities  borrowed to effect  short  sales and (ii)  allocated  to  segregated
accounts in connection with short sales.

Short Sales Against the Box

All portfolios (other than the Money Market and Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios) may
make short sales of  securities or maintain a short  position,  provided that at
all times when a short  position is open the  portfolio  owns an equal amount of
such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable,  with or without
payment of any further  consideration,  for an equal amount of the securities of
the same issuer as the  securities  sold short (a "short sale against the box");
provided,  that if further  consideration  is  required in  connection  with the
conversion or exchange, cash or U.S. Government securities in an amount equal to
such consideration must be put in a segregated account.

Interest Rate Swaps

   
The Diversified Bond,  Government Income, and High Yield Bond Portfolios and the
fixed  income  portions  of  the  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed
Portfolios  may use  interest  rate swaps to increase or decrease a  portfolio's
exposure to long- or short-term  interest rates. No portfolio  currently intends
to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in interest rate swaps.
    

Interest  rate  swaps,  in their most basic  form,  involve  the  exchange  by a
portfolio with another party of their  respective  commitments to pay or receive
interest.  For example,  a portfolio might exchange its right to receive certain
floating  rate  payments in exchange for another  party's right to receive fixed
rate  payments.  Interest rate swaps can take a variety of other forms,  such as
agreements to pay the net  differences  between two different  indices or rates,
even if the  parties  do not  own  the  underlying  instruments.  Despite  their
differences in form, the function of interest rate swaps is generally the same -
to increase or decrease a portfolio's  exposure to long- or short-term  interest
rates. For example,  a portfolio may enter into a swap transaction to preserve a
return or spread on a particular  investment or a portion of its portfolio or to
protect   against  any  increase  in  the  price  of  securities  the  portfolio
anticipates purchasing at a later date.

The use of swap  agreements  is subject to certain  risks.  As with  options and
futures,  if the investment  manager's  prediction of interest rate movements is
incorrect,  the portfolio's  total return will be less than if the portfolio had
not used swaps. In addition,  if the counterparty's  creditworthiness  declines,
the value of the swap would likely decline. Moreover, there is no guarantee that
a portfolio could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding  swap agreement by
entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party.

A portfolio will maintain  appropriate  liquid assets in a segregated  custodial
account to cover its current  obligations under swap agreements.  If a portfolio
enters into a swap  agreement on a net basis,  it will  segregate  assets with a
daily  value at least equal to the excess,  if any, of the  portfolio's  accrued
obligations  under the swap  agreement  over the accrued amount the portfolio is
entitled  to receive  under the  agreement.  If a  portfolio  enters into a swap
agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal
to the full amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Loans of Portfolio Securities

All of the  portfolios  except the Money Market  Portfolio may from time to time
lend the securities  they hold to  broker-dealers,  provided that such loans are
made pursuant to written  agreements and are continuously  secured by collateral
in the form of cash, U.S.  Government  securities or irrevocable standby letters
of credit in an amount  equal to at least the  market  value at all times of the
loaned  securities  plus the accrued  interest  and  dividends.  During the time
securities  are on loan, the portfolio will continue to receive the interest and
dividends or amounts equivalent thereto on the loaned securities while receiving
a fee from the  borrower  or  earning  interest  on the  investment  of the cash
collateral.  The  right to  terminate  the loan  will be given to  either  party
subject to appropriate

                                       17


<PAGE>



notice.  Upon  termination  of the loan,  the borrower will return to the lender
securities  identical to the loaned securities.  The portfolio will not have the
right to vote  securities on loan,  but would  terminate the loan and retain the
right to vote if that were considered important with respect to the investment.

The primary risk in lending securities is that the borrower may become insolvent
on a day on which the loaned  security is rapidly  advancing  in price.  In such
event,  if the  borrower  fails to return the loaned  securities,  the  existing
collateral  might be  insufficient  to  purchase  back the  full  amount  of the
security  loaned,  and the  borrower  would  be  unable  to  furnish  additional
collateral.  The borrower  would be liable for any  shortage;  but the portfolio
would be an unsecured  creditor  with respect to such  shortage and might not be
able to  recover  all or any of it.  However,  this risk may be  minimized  by a
careful  selection  of borrowers  and  securities  to be lent and by  monitoring
collateral.

No  portfolio  will  lend  securities  to  broker-dealers  affiliated  with  The
Prudential, including Prudential Securities Incorporated. This will not affect a
portfolio's ability to maximize its securities lending opportunities.

Illiquid Securities

Each portfolio,  other than the Money Market Portfolio,  may invest up to 15% of
its net assets in illiquid securities.  The Money Market Portfolio may invest up
to 10% of its net assets in illiquid  securities.  Illiquid securities are those
which may not be sold in the  ordinary  course of business  within seven days at
approximately  the value at which the  portfolio  has valued them.  Variable and
floating  rate  instruments  that cannot be  disposed  of within  seven days and
repurchase  agreements with a maturity of greater than seven days are considered
illiquid.

   
The  portfolios  may  purchase  securities  which are not  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933 but which can be sold to qualified  institutional  buyers
in  accordance  with Rule 144A under  that Act.  Any such  security  will not be
considered  illiquid so long as it is  determined  by the adviser,  acting under
guidelines  approved and monitored by the Board of  Directors,  that an adequate
trading  market  exists for that  security.  In making that  determination,  the
adviser will consider, among other relevant factors: (1) the frequency of trades
and quotes for the  security;  (2) the number of dealers  willing to purchase or
sell the  security  and the  number of other  potential  purchasers;  (3) dealer
undertakings  to make a  market  in the  security;  and (4)  the  nature  of the
security and the nature of the marketplace  trades.  A portfolio's  treatment of
Rule 144A  securities as liquid could have the effect of increasing the level of
portfolio illiquidity to the extent that qualified  institutional buyers become,
for a time,  uninterested  in  purchasing  these  securities.  In addition,  the
adviser,  acting  under  guidelines  approved  and  monitored  by the  Board  of
Directors,  may  conditionally  determine,  for  purposes of the 15% test,  that
certain  commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from  registration
in Section 4(2) of the Securities  Act of 1933 will not be considered  illiquid,
whether or not it may be resold under Rule 144A. To make that determination, the
following conditions must be met: (1) the security must not be traded flat or in
default as to principal or  interest;  (2) the security  must be rated in one of
the  two  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  two  nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organizations  ("NRSROs"),  or if only one NRSRO  rates the
security,  by that NRSRO; if the security is unrated, the adviser must determine
that the security is of  equivalent  quality;  and (3) the adviser must consider
the trading market for the specific  security,  taking into account all relevant
factors.  The adviser  will  continue to monitor the  liquidity of any Rule 144A
security or any Section 4(2)  commercial  paper which has been  determined to be
liquid and, if a security is no longer liquid because of changed conditions, the
holdings of illiquid  securities  will be reviewed to determine if any steps are
required to assure that the 15% test continues to be satisfied.
    

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

   
To the extent permitted by applicable insurance law, the Conservative  Balanced,
Flexible  Managed,  Equity Income,  Equity,  Prudential  Jennison,  Global,  and
Natural  Resources  Portfolios  may purchase  securities  denominated in foreign
currencies.  To address  the  currency  fluctuation  risk that such  investments
entail,  these  portfolios  may enter into  forward  foreign  currency  exchange
contracts in several circumstances.  When a portfolio enters into a contract for
the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency,  or when a
portfolio anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of dividends or interest
payments on a security which it holds, the portfolio may desire to "lock-in" the
U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend
or interest payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for
a fixed  amount of  dollars,  for the  purchase or sale of the amount of foreign
currency involved in the underlying transactions,  the portfolio will be able to
protect  itself  against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the
relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the
period  between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which
the  dividend  or  interest  payment  is  declared,  and the date on which  such
payments are made or received.
    

Additionally,  when a  portfolio's  manager  believes  that  the  currency  of a
particular  foreign  country may suffer a substantial  decline  against the U.S.
dollar,  the portfolio  may enter into a forward  contract for a fixed amount of
dollars, to sell the amount of foreign currency  approximating the value of some
or all of the portfolio  securities  denominated in such foreign  currency.  The
precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of

                                       18


<PAGE>



the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of
securities  in  foreign  currencies  will  change  as a  consequence  of  market
movements in the value of those securities between the date on which the forward
contract is entered into and the date it matures.  The  projection of short-term
currency market movement is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of
a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. The portfolios will not enter
into such forward  contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts  where
the  consummation  of the  contracts  would  obligate a portfolio  to deliver an
amount of foreign  currency  in excess of the value of the  securities  or other
assets  denominated  in  that  currency  held  by the  portfolio.  Under  normal
circumstances,  consideration  of the  prospect for  currency  parities  will be
incorporated into the long-term investment decisions made with regard to overall
diversification strategies. However, the portfolios believe that it is important
to have  the  flexibility  to  enter  into  such  forward  contracts  when it is
determined that the best interests of the portfolios  will thereby be served.  A
portfolio's  custodian  will  place  cash or  liquid  high-grade  equity or debt
securities into a segregated  account of the portfolio in an amount equal to the
value of the portfolio's  total assets  committed to the consummation of forward
foreign currency  exchange  contracts.  If the value of the securities placed in
the segregated account declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in
the  account on a daily  basis so that the value of the  account  will equal the
amount of the portfolio's commitments with respect to such contracts.

The portfolios  generally will not enter into a forward  contract with a term of
greater than 1 year.  At the  maturity of a forward  contract,  a portfolio  may
either sell the portfolio  security and make delivery of the foreign currency or
it may retain the security and terminate its  contractual  obligation to deliver
the foreign  currency  by  purchasing  an  "offsetting"  contract  with the same
currency trader  obligating it to purchase,  on the same maturity date, the same
amount of the foreign currency.

It is  impossible  to forecast  with  absolute  precision  the market value of a
particular portfolio security at the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, it
may be necessary for a portfolio to purchase  additional foreign currency on the
spot market (and bear the expense of such  purchase)  if the market value of the
security  is less than the  amount of foreign  currency  that the  portfolio  is
obligated  to deliver  and if a decision is made to sell the  security  and make
delivery of the foreign currency.

If a  portfolio  retains the  portfolio  security  and engages in an  offsetting
transaction,  the portfolio will incur a gain or a loss (as described  below) to
the extent  that there has been  movement  in forward  contract  prices.  Should
forward prices decline during the period between the portfolio's entering into a
forward  contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into
an offsetting  contract for the purchase of the foreign currency,  the portfolio
will  realize a gain to the extent that the price of the  currency it has agreed
to sell  exceeds  the price of the  currency it has agreed to  purchase.  Should
forward prices increase, the portfolio will suffer a loss to the extent that the
price of the  currency  it has  agreed  to  purchase  exceeds  the  price of the
currency it has agreed to sell.

The portfolios'  dealing in forward foreign currency exchange  contracts will be
limited to the transactions  described above. Of course,  the portfolios are not
required  to  enter  into  such   transactions  with  regard  to  their  foreign
currency-denominated  securities. It also should be realized that this method of
protecting the value of the portfolio  securities against a decline in the value
of a currency does not eliminate  fluctuations  in the underlying  prices of the
securities  which are unrelated to exchange rates.  Additionally,  although such
contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the
hedge  currency,  at the same time they tend to limit any  potential  gain which
might result should the value of such currency increase.

Although the portfolios value their assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars,  they
do not intend  physically to convert their holdings of foreign  currencies  into
U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  They will do so from time to time, and investors
should be aware of the costs of currency  conversion.  Although foreign exchange
dealers do not charge a fee for  conversion,  they do realize a profit  based on
the difference  (the  "spread")  between the prices at which they are buying and
selling various currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency
to a portfolio at one rate,  while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the
portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

The High Yield Bond  Portfolio  may also invest up to 10% of its total assets in
foreign  currency  denominated  debt securities of foreign or domestic  issuers;
however, the portfolio will not engage in such investment activity unless it has
been first  authorized to do so by the Series Fund's Board of Directors.  If the
portfolio  does  engage in such  investment  activity,  it may also  enter  into
forward foreign currency exchange contracts.

Further Information About the Policies of the Stock Index Portfolio

Under  normal  circumstances,  the Stock Index  Portfolio  generally  intends to
purchase  all 500  stocks  represented  in the S&P 500 Index  and to invest  its
assets as fully in those stocks (in proportion to their  weighting in the index)
as is feasible in light of cash flows into and out of the portfolio. In order to
reduce transaction costs, a weighted investment in the 500 stocks comprising the
S&P 500 Index is most efficiently made in relatively large amounts. Prior to the
commencement of the public offering of this portfolio's  shares,  The Prudential
purchased  $25,000,000  worth of shares of this portfolio in order to permit the
portfolio to make an initial investment in the 500 stocks (in

                                       19


<PAGE>



proportion  to their  weighting  in the S&P 500 index).  As  additional  cash is
received  from  the  purchase  of  shares  in the  portfolio,  it  may  be  held
temporarily  in  short-term,  high quality  investments of the sort in which the
Money Market Portfolio  invests,  until the portfolio has a sufficient amount of
assets in such investments to make an efficient  weighted  investment in the 500
stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index. If net cash outflows from the portfolio are
anticipated,  the portfolio may sell stocks (in proportion to their weighting in
the S&P 500  Index) in amounts  in excess of those  needed to  satisfy  the cash
outflows and hold the balance of the proceeds in short-term  investments if such
a  transaction  appears,  taking  into  account  transaction  costs,  to be more
efficient  than  selling  only the  amount  of  stocks  needed  to meet the cash
requirements.  The portfolio will not, however, increase its holdings of cash in
anticipation  of any  decline  in the value of the S&P 500 Index or of the stock
markets  generally.  The portfolio  will instead remain as fully invested in the
S&P 500 Index  stocks as  feasible  in light of its cash  flow  patterns  during
periods of market  declines as well as advances,  and investors in the portfolio
thus run the risk of remaining  fully  invested in common stocks during a period
of general decline in the stock markets.

Tracking accuracy is measured by the difference between total return for the S&P
Index  with  dividends  reinvested  and  total  return  for the  portfolio  with
dividends reinvested before deductions of portfolio fees and expenses.  Tracking
accuracy is monitored by the  portfolio  manager on a daily basis.  All tracking
accuracy  deviations are reviewed to determine the  effectiveness  of investment
policies and techniques.

If the portfolio does hold short-term investments as a result of the patterns of
cash flows to and from the portfolio, such holdings may cause its performance to
differ from that of the S&P 500 Index.  The  portfolio  will attempt to minimize
any such difference in performance  through  transactions  involving stock index
futures  contracts,  options on stock  indices,  and/or  options on stock  index
future contracts.  These derivative  investment  instruments are described above
under Options on Stock Indices,  Stock Index Futures  Contracts,  and Options on
Futures  Contracts  on pages 12  through  16.  The  portfolio  will not use such
instruments  for  speculative  purposes  or to hedge  against any decline in the
value of the stocks held in the portfolio,  but instead will employ them only as
a temporary  substitute  for  investment  of cash  holdings  directly in the 500
stocks  when  the  portfolio's  cash  holdings  are too  small  to make  such an
investment in an efficient manner.

For  example,  if the  portfolio's  cash  reserves  are  insufficient  to invest
efficiently  in  another  unit of the  basket of stocks  comprising  the S&P 500
Index,  the portfolio may purchase S&P 500 futures  contracts to hedge against a
rise in the value of the stocks the portfolio intends to acquire. In its attempt
to minimize any difference in performance  between the portfolio and the S&P 500
Index, the portfolio  currently intends to engage in transactions  involving the
S&P 500 Index futures  contracts;  the NYSE Composite  Index futures  contracts;
options on the S&P 500 Index,  the S&P 100 Index,  and the NYSE Composite Index;
and options on the S&P 500 Index futures  contracts and the NYSE Composite Index
futures  contracts.  There can be no assurance that the  portfolio's  attempt to
minimize such performance difference through the use of any of these instruments
will  succeed.  See  Additional  Information  Regarding  the Use of Options  and
Futures Contracts by the Stock Index and Small  Capitalization Stock Portfolios,
page 15, for a more  detailed  discussion  of the manner in which the  portfolio
will employ  these  instruments,  and Options on Stock  Indices,  page 12, for a
description of other risks involved in the use of such instruments.

The above  described  investment  policies  and  techniques  of the Stock  Index
portfolio are non-fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval if
it is determined that alternative  investment techniques would be more effective
in achieving the portfolio's objective.

Further Information About the Zero Coupon Bond Portfolios

   
As stated in the  prospectus,  the objective of Zero Coupon  Portfolios 2000 and
2005 is to achieve the highest  predictable  compounded  investment return for a
specified period of time,  consistent with the safety of invested capital.  This
discussion provides a more detailed  explanation of the investment policies that
will be employed to manage these portfolios.
    

If each Zero Coupon  Bond  Portfolio  held only  stripped  securities  that were
obligations of the United States  Government,  maturing on the liquidation date,
the compounded yield of the portfolio from the date of initial  investment until
the  liquidation  date could be  calculated  arithmetically  to a high degree of
accuracy.  By: (i) including stripped corporate obligations and interest bearing
debt securities; (ii) including securities with maturity dates within 2 years of
the  liquidation  date;  and (iii) more  actively  managing the  portfolio,  the
accuracy  of the  predicted  yield is reduced  somewhat  with the  objective  of
achieving an increased yield. The reduction in accuracy is kept to an acceptably
small amount,  however,  by an investment  technique known as "immunization." By
purchasing  securities with maturity dates or with interest  payment dates prior
to the liquidation  date, a risk is incurred that the payments received will not
be able to be reinvested  at interest  rates as high as or higher than the yield
initially  predicted.  This  is  known  as  "reinvestment  risk."  By  including
securities  with maturity dates after the  liquidation  date, a risk is incurred
that, because interest rates have increased, the market value of such securities
will be lower than had been  anticipated.  This is known as "market risk." It is
also possible,  conversely, that payments received prior to the liquidation date
can be reinvested at higher rates than the predicted yield and that

                                       20


<PAGE>



the value of unmatured  securities on the liquidation  date will be greater than
anticipated.  Reinvestment  risk and market risk are thus reciprocal in that any
change in the general level of interest rates has an opposite  effect on the two
classes of securities described above.

The portfolios' investment advisor (The Prudential) seeks to balance these risks
by making use of the  concept of  "duration."  A bond's  duration is the average
weighted  period of time until receipt of all scheduled  cash payments under the
bond (whether principal or interest), where the weights are the present value of
the amounts to be received on each payment date.  Unlike the concept of a bond's
"term to maturity,"  therefore,  duration takes into account both the amount and
timing of a bond's interest payments, in addition to its maturity date and yield
to  maturity.  The  duration  of a zero  coupon  bond is the product of the face
amount of the bond and the time until  maturity.  As applied to a  portfolio  of
bonds,  a portfolio's  "duration" is the average  weighted  period of time until
receipt of all scheduled payments, whether principal or interest, from all bonds
in the portfolio.

When a portfolio's  duration is equal to the length of time remaining  until its
liquidation  date,  fluctuations  in the  amount  of income  accumulated  by the
portfolio through reinvestment of coupon or principal payments received prior to
the liquidation date (i.e., fluctuations caused by reinvestment risk) will, over
the period ending on the liquidation  date, be approximately  equal in magnitude
to, but  opposite in  direction  from,  fluctuations  in the market value on the
liquidation date of the portfolio's  unmatured bonds (i.e.,  fluctuations caused
by market risk). By maintaining each  portfolio's  duration within 1 year of the
length of time remaining  until its  liquidation  date, The Prudential  believes
that each  portfolio's  value on its  liquidation  date, and hence an investor's
compounded  investment  return to that date,  will largely be immunized  against
changes in the general level of interest  rates.  The success of this  technique
could be  affected,  however,  by such  factors as  changes in the  relationship
between  long-term and  short-term  interest rates and changes in the difference
between the yield on corporate and Treasury securities.

The Prudential  will also calculate a projected  yield for each Zero Coupon Bond
Portfolio. At the beginning of each week, after the net asset value of each Zero
Coupon Bond Portfolio has been  determined,  The  Prudential  will calculate the
compounded  annual yield that will result if all securities in the portfolio are
held until the liquidation date or, if earlier, until their maturity dates (with
the proceeds reinvested until the liquidation date). This is the predicted yield
for that  date.  It can also be  expressed  as the  amount to which a premium of
$10,000 is predicted to grow by the portfolio's  liquidation date. Both of these
numbers will be furnished upon request.  Unless there is a significant change in
the general  level of interest  rates -- in which case a  recalculation  will be
made -- the predicted  yield is not likely to vary materially over the course of
each week.

   
As stated in the prospectus,  as much as 30% of each  portfolio's  assets may be
invested in zero coupon debt securities issued by United States  corporations or
in high grade interest bearing debt  securities,  provided that no more than 20%
of the assets of the portfolio may be invested in interest  bearing  securities.
The extent to which the portfolio  invests in interest  bearing  securities  may
rise above 20% as the portfolio moves closer to its liquidation  date since both
reinvestment  risk  and  market  risk  become  smaller  as  the  period  to  the
liquidation date decreases.
    

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Set  forth  below  are  certain  investment   restrictions   applicable  to  the
portfolios.  Restrictions  1, 3, 5,  and  8-11  are  fundamental  and may not be
changed without shareholder  approval as required by the 1940 Act.  Restrictions
2, 4, 6, 7,  and 12 are not  fundamental  and may be  changed  by the  Board  of
Directors without shareholder approval.

None of the portfolios will:

   
 1. Buy or sell real estate and  mortgages,  although the portfolios may buy and
    sell  securities  that are  secured by real  estate and  securities  of real
    estate  investment  trusts and of other  issuers  that engage in real estate
    operation. Buy or sell commodities or commodities contracts, except that the
    Diversified  Stock,  Balanced,  and Specialized  Portfolios may purchase and
    sell stock index  futures  contracts and related  options;  the Fixed Income
    Portfolios  (other than the Money  Market and Zero Coupon Bond  Portfolios),
    the Global  Portfolio,  and the  Balanced  Portfolios  may purchase and sell
    interest rate futures  contracts  and related  options;  and all  portfolios
    (other than the Money Market,  Government  Income and Zero Coupon Bond,  and
    Small  Capitalization  Stock  Portfolios)  may  purchase  and  sell  foreign
    currency futures  contracts and related options and forward foreign currency
    exchange contracts.
    


 2. Except as part of a merger,  consolidation,  acquisition or  reorganization,
    invest more than 5% of the value of its total  assets in the  securities  of
    any one  investment  company  or more  than 10% of the  value  of its  total
    assets,  in the  aggregate,  in the  securities  of two or  more  investment
    companies,  or  acquire  more  than  3%  of  the  total  outstanding  voting
    securities of any one investment company.

                                       21


<PAGE>




 3. Acquire  securities  for the purpose of exercising  control or management of
    any company except in connection with a merger,  consolidation,  acquisition
    or reorganization.

   
 4. Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except that the
    Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, Government Income,  Conservative Balanced
    and Flexible Managed Portfolios may sell securities short up to 25% of their
    net assets and except that the  portfolios  (other than the Money Market and
    Zero  Coupon  Bond  Portfolios)  may  make  short  sales  against  the  box.
    Collateral  arrangements  entered  into with  respect  to  options,  futures
    contracts and forward contracts are not deemed to be short sales. Collateral
    arrangements  entered into with respect to interest rate swap agreements are
    not deemed to be short sales.

 5. Purchase  securities  on margin or  otherwise  borrow  money or issue senior
    securities  except  that the Bond,  High  Yield Bond and  Government  Income
    Portfolios, as well as the fixed income portions of the Balanced Portfolios,
    may enter into reverse repurchase agreements,  dollar rolls and may purchase
    securities  on a when- issued and delayed  delivery  basis;  except that the
    Money Market  Portfolio  and the money market  portion of any  portfolio may
    enter into reverse  repurchase  agreements and may purchase  securities on a
    when-issued  and  delayed  delivery  basis;  and  except  that  the  Equity,
    Prudential  Jennison,  Small  Capitalization  Stock, Equity Income,  Natural
    Resources, Global, Flexible Managed and Conservative Balanced Portfolios may
    purchase securities on a when-issued or a delayed delivery basis. The Series
    Fund may also obtain such short-term credit as it needs for the clearance of
    securities  transactions  and may borrow  from a bank for the account of any
    portfolio  as a temporary  measure to  facilitate  redemptions  (but not for
    leveraging or investment) or to exercise an option,  an amount that does not
    exceed 5% of the value of the portfolio's total assets (including the amount
    owed as a  result  of the  borrowing)  at the time  the  borrowing  is made.
    Interest paid on borrowings will not be available for investment. Collateral
    arrangements  with  respect to futures  contracts  and  options  thereon and
    forward foreign currency exchange contracts (as permitted by restriction no.
    1) are not deemed to be the issuance of a senior security or the purchase of
    a security on margin. Collateral arrangements with respect to the writing of
    the following  options by the following  portfolios are not deemed to be the
    issuance  of a senior  security  or the  purchase  of a security  on margin:
    Diversified  Stock and  Specialized  Portfolios  other than the Stock  Index
    Portfolio   (options   on  equity   securities,   stock   indices,   foreign
    currencies)and the Small  Capitalization  Stock Portfolio (options on equity
    securities, stock indices); Balanced Portfolios (options on debt securities,
    equity securities, stock indices, foreign currencies);  Diversified Bond and
    High Yield Bond Portfolios (options on debt securities, foreign currencies);
    Government  Income  Portfolio  (options  on  debt  securities).   Collateral
    arrangements  entered  into by the Fixed Income  Portfolios  (other than the
    Money Market and Zero Coupon Bond  Portfolios)  and the Balanced  Portfolios
    with  respect  to  interest  rate swap  agreements  are not deemed to be the
    issuance of a senior security or the purchase of a security on margin.


 6. Enter into reverse  repurchase  agreements if, as a result,  the portfolio's
    obligations with respect to reverse  repurchase  agreements would exceed 10%
    of the  portfolio's net assets (defined to mean total assets at market value
    less liabilities other than reverse repurchase agreements);  except that the
    Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, and Government Income Portfolios, as well
    as the fixed  income  portions of the  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible
    Managed Portfolios,  may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar
    rolls  provided  that the  portfolio's  obligations  with  respect  to those
    instruments do not exceed 30% of the portfolio's net assets (defined to mean
    total assets at market value less liabilities other than reverse  repurchase
    agreements and dollar rolls).
    


 7. Pledge or mortgage assets,  except that no more than 10% of the value of any
    portfolio  may be  pledged  (taken at the time the pledge is made) to secure
    authorized  borrowing  and except  that a portfolio  may enter into  reverse
    repurchase agreements.  Collateral arrangements entered into with respect to
    futures and forward  contracts  and the writing of options are not deemed to
    be the pledge of assets.  Collateral  arrangements entered into with respect
    to interest rate swap agreements are not deemed to be the pledge of assets.

 8. Lend money,  except  that loans of up to 10% of the value of each  portfolio
    may be made  through the  purchase of privately  placed  bonds,  debentures,
    notes,  and other  evidences  of  indebtedness  of a  character  customarily
    acquired by institutional  investors that may or may not be convertible into
    stock or  accompanied  by  warrants or rights to acquire  stock.  Repurchase
    agreements  and the  purchase of publicly  traded debt  obligations  are not
    considered  to be  "loans"  for  this  purpose  and may be  entered  into or
    purchased by a portfolio in accordance  with its  investment  objectives and
    policies.

 9. Underwrite the securities of other issuers, except where the Series Fund may
    be deemed to be an underwriter  for purposes of certain  federal  securities
    laws in connection  with the  disposition  of portfolio  securities and with
    loans that a portfolio may make pursuant to item 8 above.

10. Make an investment unless,  when considering all its other investments,  75%
    of the value of a  portfolio's  assets  would  consist of cash,  cash items,
    obligations of the United States Government, its agencies or

                                       22


<PAGE>



    instrumentalities,  and other securities.  For purposes of this restriction,
    "other  securities"  are  limited for each issuer to not more than 5% of the
    value  of a  portfolio's  assets  and to not more  than 10% of the  issuer's
    outstanding  voting  securities  held by the  Series  Fund as a whole.  Some
    uncertainty exists as to whether certain of the types of bank obligations in
    which a portfolio may invest,  such as  certificates of deposit and bankers'
    acceptances,  should  be  classified  as "cash  items"  rather  than  "other
    securities"  for purposes of this  restriction,  which is a  diversification
    requirement under the 1940 Act. Interpreting most bank obligations as "other
    securities"  limits the amount a portfolio may invest in the  obligations of
    any  one  bank to 5% of its  total  assets.  If  there  is an  authoritative
    decision that any of these  obligations are not "securities" for purposes of
    this  diversification  test, this limitation would not apply to the purchase
    of such obligations.

11. Purchase  securities  of a company  in any  industry  if, as a result of the
    purchase,  a portfolio's  holdings of securities issued by companies in that
    industry  would exceed 25% of the value of the  portfolio,  except that this
    restriction does not apply to purchases of obligations  issued or guaranteed
    by the U.S.  Government,  its  agencies and  instrumentalities  or issued by
    domestic banks. For purposes of this restriction,  neither finance companies
    as a group nor utility  companies as a group are  considered  to be a single
    industry  and will be  grouped  instead  according  to their  services;  for
    example,  gas, electric,  and telephone  utilities will each be considered a
    separate  industry.  For purposes of this  exception,  domestic  banks shall
    include all banks which are organized under the laws of the United States or
    a state (as defined in the 1940 Act),  U.S.  branches of foreign  banks that
    are subject to the same  regulations as U.S.  banks and foreign  branches of
    domestic banks (as permitted by the SEC).

   
12. Invest  more than 15% of its net  assets in  illiquid  securities  or invest
    more than 10% of its net assets in the  securities  of  unseasoned  issuers.
    (The Money Market  Portfolio will not invest more than 10% of its net assets
    in illiquid  securities.)  For  purposes of this  restriction,  (a) illiquid
    securities  are  those  deemed  illiquid  pursuant  to SEC  regulations  and
    guidelines,  as they may be revised  from time to time:  and (b)  unseasoned
    issuers   are   issuers   (other   than   U.S.    Government   agencies   or
    instrumentalities) having a record, together with predecessors, of less than
    3  years'  continuous  operation.   This  restriction  shall  not  apply  to
    mortgage-backed   securities,   collateralized   mortgage   obligations   or
    obligations  issued or  guaranteed by the U.S.  Government,  its agencies or
    instrumentalities.
    


The Natural Resources Portfolio will generally invest a substantial  majority of
its total assets in securities of natural  resource  companies.  With respect to
item 11 above, as it relates to the Natural Resources  Portfolio,  the following
categories  will be  considered  separate  and distinct  industries:  integrated
oil/domestic,  integrated oil/international,  crude oil production,  natural gas
production,  gas pipeline,  oil service,  coal,  forest products,  paper,  foods
(including corn and wheat),  tobacco,  fertilizers,  aluminum,  copper, iron and
steel, all other basic metals (e.g.,  nickel,  lead),  gold,  silver,  platinum,
mining finance,  plantations (e.g., edible oils), mineral sands, and diversified
resources.  A  company  will be  deemed to be in a  particular  industry  if the
majority  of its  revenues  is  derived  from or the  majority  of its assets is
dedicated to one of the  categories  described in the  preceding  sentence.  The
Board of Directors of the Series Fund will review these industry classifications
from  time  to  time  to  determine   whether  they  are  reasonable  under  the
circumstances and may change such classifications, without shareholder approval,
to the extent necessary.

Certain additional  non-fundamental  investment  policies are applicable only to
the Money Market Portfolio. That portfolio will not:

 1. Invest in oil and gas interests,  common stock, preferred stock, warrants or
    other equity securities.

   
 2. Write or purchase any put or call option or combination of them, except that
    it may purchase putable or callable securities.

3.  Invest in any  security  with  a remaining  maturity in  excess of 397 days,
    except that securities  held pursuant to repurchase  agreements  may  have a
    remaining maturity of more than 397 days.
    

Certain additional  non-fundamental  investment  policies are applicable only to
the High Yield Bond Portfolio. That portfolio will not:

 1. Invest in any non-fixed income equity securities, including warrants, except
    when attached to or included in a unit with fixed income securities, but not
    including preferred stock.

 2. Invest  more than 20% of the market or other fair value of its total  assets
    in United States  currency  denominated  issues of foreign  governments  and
    other foreign  issuers;  or invest more than 10% of the market or other fair
    value of its total  assets in  securities  which are  payable in  currencies
    other  than  United  States  dollars.  The  portfolio  will  not  engage  in
    investment  activity in non-U.S.  dollar  denominated  issues  without first
    obtaining  authorization to do so from the Series Fund's Board of Directors.
    See INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS, page 9.

                                       23


<PAGE>




The  investments  of the various  portfolios  are  generally  subject to certain
additional  restrictions under the laws of the State of New Jersey. In the event
of future amendments to the applicable New Jersey statutes,  each portfolio will
comply,   without  the  approval  of  the   shareholders,   with  the  statutory
requirements as so modified.  The pertinent provisions of New Jersey law as they
stand are, in summary form, as follows:

 1. An Account may not purchase any evidence of indebtedness issued,  assumed or
    guaranteed  by any  institution  created or  existing  under the laws of the
    U.S., any U.S. state or territory, District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada
    or any Canadian province,  if such evidence of indebtedness is in default as
    to   interest.   "Institution"   includes  any   corporation,   joint  stock
    association,  business trust, business joint venture,  business partnership,
    savings  and  loan  association,   credit  union  or  other  mutual  savings
    institution.

 2. The stock of a corporation may not be purchased unless:  (i) the corporation
    has paid a cash  dividend  on the class of stock  during  each of the past 5
    years  preceding the time of purchase;  or (ii) during the 5-year period the
    corporation had aggregate  earnings available for dividends on such class of
    stock sufficient to pay average  dividends of 4% per annum computed upon the
    par value of such stock or upon stated  value if the stock has no par value.
    This  limitation  does not apply to any class of stock which is preferred as
    to dividends over a class of stock whose purchase is not prohibited.

 3. Any common stock  purchased  must be: (i) listed or admitted to trading on a
    securities  exchange in the United States or Canada; or (ii) included in the
    National  Association  of Securities  Dealers'  national  price  listings of
    "over-the-counter"  securities;  or (iii)  determined by the Commissioner of
    Insurance  of New Jersey to be  publicly  held and  traded  and have  market
    quotations available.

 4. Any  security of a  corporation  may not be  purchased if after the purchase
    more than 10% of the  market  value of the  assets of a  portfolio  would be
    invested in the securities of such corporation.

As a result of these currently applicable  requirements of New Jersey law, which
impose  substantial  limitations  on the ability of the Series Fund to invest in
the stock of companies whose  securities are not publicly traded or who have not
recorded a 5-year history of dividend payments or earnings sufficient to support
such  payments,  the  portfolios  will not  generally  hold  the  stock of newly
organized corporations.  Nonetheless, an investment not otherwise eligible under
items 1 or 2 above may be made if, after giving  effect to the  investment,  the
total  cost of all  such  non-eligible  investments  does not  exceed  5% of the
aggregate market value of the assets of the portfolio.

   
Investment  limitations  also arise under the insurance laws and  regulations of
Arizona and may arise under the laws and  regulations of other states.  Although
compliance  with  the  requirements  of New  Jersey  law set  forth  above  will
ordinarily result in compliance with any applicable laws of other states,  under
some circumstances the laws of other states could impose additional restrictions
on the portfolios.  For example,  the Series Fund will generally  invest no more
than 10% of its  assets in the  obligations  of banks of the  foreign  countries
described  in item 2 of  SECURITIES  IN WHICH THE  MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO  MAY
CURRENTLY  INVEST,  page 29. In addition,  the Series Fund adheres to additional
restrictions relating to such practices as the lending of securities, borrowing,
and the purchase of put and call  options,  futures  contracts,  and  derivative
instruments  on securities to comply with  investment  guidelines  issued by the
California Department of Insurance.
    

Current  federal  income tax laws require  that the assets of each  portfolio be
adequately  diversified  so that The Prudential and other insurers with separate
accounts  which  invest in the  Series  Fund and not the  Contract  owners,  are
considered  the owners of assets  held in the  Account  for  federal  income tax
purposes. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 5. The Prudential intends
to  maintain  the assets of each  portfolio  pursuant  to those  diversification
requirements.

                     INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND
                                    EXPENSES

   
The Series Fund and The  Prudential  have  entered into an  Investment  Advisory
Agreement under which The Prudential will, subject to the direction of the Board
of Directors of the Series Fund, be responsible for the management of the Series
Fund, and provide  investment advice and related services to each portfolio.  As
noted  in the  prospectus,  The  Prudential  has  also  entered  into a  Service
Agreement  with  its   wholly-owned   subsidiary,   The  Prudential   Investment
Corporation ("PIC"), which provides that PIC will furnish to The Prudential such
services as The  Prudential  may  require in  connection  with The  Prudential's
performance of its  obligations  under the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement.  In
addition,  The  Prudential  has entered into a  Subadvisory  Agreement  with its
wholly-owned  subsidiary  Jennison  Associates Capital Corp.  ("Jennison") under
which Jennison  furnishes  investment  advisory  services in connection with the
management of the Prudential Jennison Portfolio.
    

                                       24


<PAGE>



Under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge,  payable  quarterly,  equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio.

   
The  investment  management  fee for the Stock  Index  Portfolio  is equal to an
annual rate of 0.35% of the average daily net assets of the  portfolio.  For the
Money Market,  Diversified  Bond,  Government  Income,  Equity Income,  and Zero
Coupon Bond and Small Capitalization  Stock Portfolios,  that fee is equal to an
annual rate of 0.4% of the average  daily net assets of each of the  portfolios.
For the Equity and Natural Resources  Portfolios,  the fee is equal to an annual
rate of 0.45% of the average daily net assets of each of the portfolios. The fee
for the  Conservative  Balanced  and High Yield Bond  Portfolios  is equal to an
annual rate of 0.55% of the average daily net assets of each of the  portfolios.
For the Flexible Managed and Prudential Jennison Portfolios, the fee is equal to
an annual rate of 0.6% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. The fee
for the  Global  Portfolio  is equal to an annual  rate of 0.75% of the  average
daily net assets of the portfolio.  Under the Service Agreement,  The Prudential
pays PIC a portion of the fee it  receives  for  providing  investment  advisory
services.  The  Prudential  pays  Jennison a portion of the fee it receives  for
providing investment advisory services to the Prudential Jennison Portfolio.
    

The Investment Advisory Agreement requires The Prudential to pay for maintaining
any   Prudential   staff  and  personnel  who  perform   clerical,   accounting,
administrative,  and similar  services for the Series Fund,  other than investor
services and any daily Series Fund  accounting  services.  It also  requires The
Prudential  to pay  for the  equipment,  office  space  and  related  facilities
necessary to perform these services and the fees or salaries of all officers and
directors of the Series Fund who are affiliated persons of The Prudential or any
subsidiary of The Prudential.

Each portfolio pays all other expenses incurred in its individual  operation and
also  pays a  portion  of the  Series  Fund's  general  administrative  expenses
allocated on the basis of the asset size of the respective portfolios.  Expenses
that will be borne  directly  by the  portfolios  include  redemption  expenses,
expenses of  portfolio  transactions,  shareholder  servicing  costs,  interest,
certain taxes,  charges of the Custodian and Transfer Agent,  and other expenses
attributable  to a particular  portfolio.  Expenses that will be allocated among
all portfolios include legal expenses, state franchise taxes, auditing services,
costs of printing proxies, costs of stock certificates,  Securities and Exchange
Commission  fees,  accounting  costs,  the fees and expenses of directors of the
Series Fund who are not  affiliated  persons of The Prudential or any subsidiary
of The  Prudential,  and other  expenses  properly  payable by the entire Series
Fund. If the Series Fund is sued, litigation costs may be directly applicable to
one or more  portfolios or allocated on the basis of the size of the  respective
portfolios, depending upon the nature of the lawsuit. The Series Fund's Board of
Directors  has  determined  that this is an  appropriate  method  of  allocating
expenses.

   
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement,  The Prudential has agreed to refund to
a  portfolio  (except  the  Global  Portfolio)  the  portion  of the  investment
management fee for that portfolio equal to the amount that the aggregate  annual
ordinary operating expenses of that portfolio  (excluding  interest,  taxes, and
brokerage fees and commissions but including investment management fees) exceeds
0.75%  of  the  portfolio's  average  daily  net  assets.  There  is no  expense
limitation or reimbursement provision for the Global Portfolio.

The Investment Advisory Agreement with The Prudential was most recently approved
by the Series Fund's Board of  Directors,  including a majority of the Directors
who are not interested persons of The Prudential,  on March 1, 1996 with respect
to all portfolios.  The Investment Advisory Agreement was most recently approved
by the  shareholders  in accordance  with  instructions  from Contract owners at
their 1989 annual meeting with respect to all  portfolios  except the Prudential
Jennison and Small  Capitalization  Stock  Portfolios.  A Supplemental  Advisory
Agreement  regarding  the  Prudential  Jennison and Small  Capitalization  Stock
Portfolios  was  approved by the Series Fund Board of  Directors on December 20,
1994  and  by  the  sole  shareholder  of  the  Prudential  Jennison  and  Small
Capitalization  Stock  Portfolios on April 5, 1995. The Investment  Advisory and
Supplemental  Investment Advisory Agreements will continue in effect if approved
annually by: (1) a majority of the  non-interested  persons of the Series Fund's
Board of Directors; and (2) by a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by
a majority vote of the shareholders of each portfolio.  The required shareholder
approval of the Agreements shall be effective with respect to any portfolio if a
majority of the voting shares of that portfolio vote to approve the  Agreements,
even if the  Agreements  are not approved by a majority of the voting  shares of
any other  portfolio or by a majority of the voting  shares of the entire Series
Fund. The Agreements provide that they may not be assigned by The Prudential and
that they may be  terminated  upon 60 days notice by the Series  Fund's Board of
Directors  or by a  majority  vote  of  its  shareholders.  The  Prudential  may
terminate the Agreements upon 90 days notice.

The Service  Agreement between The Prudential and PIC was most recently ratified
by  shareholders of the Series Fund at their 1989 annual meeting with respect to
all portfolios except for the Prudential Jennison and Small Capitalization Stock
Portfolios,  which had not yet been  established.  The  Service  Agreement  with
respect  to those  portfolios  and the  Investment  Subadvisory  Agreement  with
Jennison were ratified by the sole  shareholder of those  portfolios on April 5,
1995.  The Service  Agreement  between The  Prudential  and PIC will continue in
effect as to
    

                                       25


<PAGE>



the Series  Fund for a period of more than 2 years from its  execution,  only so
long as such continuance is specifically  approved at least annually in the same
manner as the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  between The  Prudential  and the
Series Fund.  The Service  Agreement  may be terminated by either party upon not
less  than 30 days  prior  written  notice to the other  party,  will  terminate
automatically in the event of its assignment,  and will terminate  automatically
as to the  Series  Fund in the event of the  assignment  or  termination  of the
Investment  Advisory  Agreement  between The Prudential and the Series Fund. The
Prudential is not relieved of its  responsibility  for all  investment  advisory
services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The Prudential also serves as the investment advisor to several other investment
companies.  When investment opportunities arise that may be appropriate for more
than one entity  for which The  Prudential  serves as  investment  advisor,  The
Prudential  will not favor one over another and may allocate  investments  among
them in an impartial  manner  believed to be equitable to each entity  involved.
The  allocations  will be based on each entity's  investment  objectives and its
current cash and investment  positions.  Because the various  entities for which
The Prudential acts as investor advisor have different investment objectives and
positions,  The Prudential  may from time to time buy a particular  security for
one or more such entities  while at the same time it sells such  securities  for
another.

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Prudential is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities,  options
on securities and indices,  and futures and related options for the Series Fund.
The Prudential is also  responsible for the selection of brokers,  dealers,  and
futures  commission  merchants to effect the transactions and the negotiation of
brokerage commissions,  if any. Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions
on Series Fund portfolio  transactions,  including  options and the purchase and
sale of  underlying  securities  upon the  exercise  of  options.  Orders may be
directed to any broker or futures commission merchant  including,  to the extent
and  in  the  manner   permitted  by  applicable  law,   Prudential   Securities
Incorporated, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential.

Bonds,  including  convertible  bonds,  and  equity  securities  traded  in  the
over-the-counter  market are  generally  traded on a "net"  basis  with  dealers
acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although
the  price  of  the  security  usually  includes  a  profit  to the  dealer.  In
underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes
an amount of  compensation  to the  underwriter,  generally  referred  to as the
underwriter's  concession  or  discount.  On  occasion,   certain  money  market
instruments and U.S. Government agency securities may be purchased directly from
the issuer,  in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Series Fund
will not deal with  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated  in any  transaction in
which Prudential  Securities  Incorporated acts as principal.  Thus, it will not
deal with Prudential  Securities  Incorporated if execution involves  Prudential
Securities  Incorporated's  acting as principal  with respect to any part of the
Series Fund's order.

Portfolio  securities  may not be  purchased  from any  underwriting  or selling
syndicate of which Prudential Securities  Incorporated,  during the existence of
the syndicate, is a principal underwriter (as defined in the 1940 Act) except in
accordance  with  rules  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission.   This
limitation, in the opinion of the Series Fund, will not significantly affect the
portfolios'  current ability to pursue their respective  investment  objectives.
However,  in the  future it is  possible  that the Series  Fund may under  other
circumstances  be at a disadvantage  because of this limitation in comparison to
other funds not subject to such a limitation.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Series Fund, The Prudential is
required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and
efficient  execution.  Within the framework of this policy,  The Prudential will
consider the research and investment  services  provided by brokers,  dealers or
futures commission merchants who effect or are parties to portfolio transactions
of the Series Fund,  The  Prudential or The  Prudential's  other  clients.  Such
research and investment  services are those which brokerage  houses  customarily
provide to institutional investors and include statistical and economic data and
research reports on particular companies and industries.  Such services are used
by The Prudential in connection with all of its investment activities,  and some
of such services  obtained in connection with the execution of transactions  for
the Series Fund may be used in managing other investment  accounts.  Conversely,
brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants furnishing such services may be
selected for the  execution of  transactions  for such other  accounts,  and the
services furnished by such brokers,  dealers or futures commission merchants may
be used by The  Prudential  in providing  investment  management  for the Series
Fund. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker,
dealer or futures  commission  merchant  based on the  quality  and  quantity of
execution  services provided by the broker in the light of generally  prevailing
rates. The Prudential's  policy is to pay higher  commissions to brokers,  other
than Prudential Securities Incorporated,  for particular transactions than might
be charged if a different  broker had been  selected on occasions  when,  in The
Prudential's opinion, this policy furthers the objective of obtaining best price
and  execution.  The  Prudential's  present  policy  is  not  to  permit  higher
commissions to be paid on Series Fund  transactions in order to secure research,
statistical,  and investment services from brokers.  The Prudential might in the
future authorize the payment of such higher  commissions but only with the prior
concurrence of the

                                       26


<PAGE>



Board of  Directors  of the Series  Fund,  if it is  determined  that the higher
commissions are necessary in order to secure desired research and are reasonable
in relation to all the services that the broker provides.

Subject to the above considerations,  Prudential Securities Incorporated may act
as a securities  broker or futures  commission  merchant for the Series Fund. In
order  for   Prudential   Securities   Incorporated   to  effect  any  portfolio
transactions  for the  Series  Fund,  the  commissions  received  by  Prudential
Securities  Incorporated must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions
received by other brokers in connection with comparable  transac tions involving
similar  securities  being  purchased or sold on a securities  exchange during a
comparable  period of time.  This  standard  would allow  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated to receive no more than the remuneration  that would be expected to
be  received  by an  unaffiliated  broker or futures  commission  merchant  in a
commensurate  arm's-length transaction.  Furthermore,  the Board of Directors of
the Series  Fund,  including a majority of the non-  interested  directors,  has
adopted   procedures   which  are  reasonably   designed  to  provide  that  any
commissions,   fees  or  other   remuneration  paid  to  Prudential   Securities
Incorporated are consistent with the foregoing standard. In accordance with Rule
11a2-2(T)  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated  may  not  retain  compensation  for  effecting  transactions  on a
securities  exchange  for the Series Fund  unless the Series Fund has  expressly
authorized the retention of such  compensation in a written contract executed by
the Series Fund and Prudential Securities Incorporated.  Rule 11a2-2(T) provides
that Prudential Securities Incorporated must furnish to the Series Fund at least
annually a statement setting forth the total amount of all compensation retained
by Prudential Securities  Incorporated from transactions effected for the Series
Fund during the  applicable  period.  Brokerage  and futures  transactions  with
Prudential Securities  Incorporated are also subject to such fiduciary standards
as may be imposed by applicable law.

   
For the years 1995, 1994, and 1993, the Series Fund paid a total of $xx,xxx,xxx,
$11,579,886,  and $9,492,283,  respectively,  in brokerage commissions. Of those
amounts,   $xxx,xxx,   $560,155,   and  $977,695,  for  1995,  1994,  and  1993,
respectively,  was paid out to Prudential Securities Incorporated. For 1995, the
commissions  paid to this  affiliated  broker  constituted  x.xx%  of the  total
commissions  paid by the Series Fund for that year.  Transactions  through  this
affiliated  broker  accounted  for  x.xx%  of the  aggregate  dollar  amount  of
transactions for the Series Fund involving the payment of commissions.
    

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  offered  continuously,  without  sales
charge,  at prices equal to the respective  net asset values of the  portfolios,
only to separate accounts to fund benefits payable under the Contracts described
in the variable life  insurance and variable  annuity  prospectuses.  The Series
Fund may at some later date also offer its shares to other separate  accounts of
The Prudential or other insurers.  The Prudential acts as principal  underwriter
to  the  Series  Fund.  As  such,  The  Prudential   receives  no   underwriting
compensation from the Series Fund.

   
As noted in the prospectus,  the net asset value of the shares of each portfolio
is  determined  once daily on each day the New York Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE") is
open for business.  The NYSE is open for business  Monday  through Friday except
for the days on which the  following  holidays  are  observed:  New Year's  Day,
Presidents'  Day,  Good  Friday,  Memorial  Day,  Independence  Day,  Labor Day,
Thanksgiving  Day, and Christmas  Day. In the event the New York Stock  Exchange
closes early on any business day, the net asset value of each portfolio shall be
determined at a time between such closing and 4:15 p.m. New York City time.

In determining the net asset value of the Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, and
Government  Income  Portfolios,  securities  (other than debt  obligations  with
remaining  maturities of less than 60 days,  which are valued at amortized cost)
will be valued utilizing an independent pricing service to determine  valuations
for normal  institutional size trading units of securities.  The pricing service
considers such factors as security prices,  yields,  maturities,  call features,
ratings,  and  developments  relating  to  specific  securities  in  arriving at
securities valuations.
    

The net asset value of shares of the Money Market Portfolio will normally remain
at $10 per share, because the net investment income of this portfolio (including
realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio holdings) will be declared
as a dividend each time the portfolio's net income is determined. See DIVIDENDS,
DISTRIBUTIONS  AND TAXES,  page 33. If in the view of the Board of  Directors of
the Series Fund it is inadvisable to continue to maintain the net asset value of
the Money  Market  Portfolio at $10 per share,  the Board  reserves the right to
alter the  procedure.  The Series Fund will notify  Contract  owners of any such
alteration.

   
All  short-term  debt  obligations  in the Money  Market  Portfolio of 397 days'
maturity or less are valued on an  amortized  cost  basis.  This means that each
obligation  will be valued  initially at its purchase  price and  thereafter  by
amortizing  any discount or premium  uniformly to  maturity,  regardless  of the
impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the obligation. This
highly  practical  method of valuation is in  widespread  use and almost  always
results in a value that is extremely  close to the actual market value. In order
to continue to utilize the amortized cost method of valuation,  the Money Market
Portfolio may not purchase any security with a remaining
    

                                       27


<PAGE>



   
maturity  of more  than 397 days and must  maintain  a  dollar-weighted  average
portfolio  maturity  of 90 days or less.  In the event of  sizeable  changes  in
interest rates,  however,  the value  determined by this method may be higher or
lower than the price that would be received  if the  obligation  were sold.  The
Series  Fund's  Board of  Directors  has  established  procedures  to  determine
whether, on these occasions,  if any should occur, the deviation might be enough
to affect the value of shares in the Money Market  Portfolio by more than 1/2 of
one percent,  and, if it does,  an  appropriate  adjustment  will be made in the
value of the  obligations.  The  portfolio may only be invested in securities of
high  quality as  described  in detail  below in  SECURITIES  IN WHICH THE MONEY
MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST.

The net asset  value of the  Stock  Index,  Equity  Income,  Equity,  Prudential
Jennison,  Small Capitalization  Stock, Global, and Natural Resources Portfolios
will be determined in the following  manner.  Any security for which the primary
market is on an  exchange  is  generally  valued at the last sale  price on such
exchange as of the close of the NYSE (which is currently 4:00 p.m. New York City
time) or,  in the  absence  of  recorded  sales,  at the mean  between  the most
recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  NASDAQ  National  Market  System equity
securities  are  valued at the last sale  price or, if there was no sale on such
day, at the mean between the most recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Other
over-the-counter  equity  securities  are  valued at the mean  between  the most
recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Convertible  debt  securities  that are
actively traded in the over-the-counter  market, including listed securities for
which the primary market is believed to be  over-the-counter,  are valued at the
mean between the most  recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Corporate  bonds
(other than convertible debt securities) and Government bonds held by the Equity
Income  and  Natural  Resources  Portfolios  are  valued  on the  same  basis as
securities in the Diversified Bond and High Yield Bond Portfolios,  as described
above.  Short-term debt instruments which mature in less than 60 days are valued
at amortized cost. For valuation purposes, quotations of foreign securities in a
foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.
    

Generally,  trading in foreign  securities,  as well as  corporate  bonds,  U.S.
Government securities, and money market instruments,  is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. The values of any such
securities  are  determined  as of  such  times  for  purposes  of  computing  a
portfolio's net asset value.  Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally
determined  prior to the close of the NYSE.  If an  extraordinary  event  occurs
after the close of an exchange on which that  security is traded,  the  security
will be valued  at fair  value as  determined  in good  faith by the  applicable
portfolio  manager  under  procedures  established  by  and  under  the  general
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

   
In  determining  the net asset  value of each of the  Balanced  Portfolios,  the
method of valuation of a security  depends on the type of  investment  involved.
Intermediate or long-term fixed income  securities are valued in the same way as
such securities are valued in the Diversified Bond Portfolio,  and common stocks
and  convertible  debt  securities are valued in the same way as such securities
are valued in the Equity Portfolio.  Short-term debt obligations with a maturity
of 12 months or less are valued on an amortized cost basis in accordance with an
order  obtained  from the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Each  Balanced
Portfolio must maintain a  dollar-weighted  average  maturity for its short-term
debt  obligations of 120 days or less. As discussed above in connection with the
Money Market  Portfolio,  the values determined by the amortized cost method may
deviate from market value under certain  circumstances.  The Series Fund's Board
of  Directors  has  established  procedures  to  monitor  whether  any  material
deviation occurs and, if so, will promptly  consider what action, if any, should
be  initiated  to prevent  unfair  results to Contract  owners.  The  short-term
portion of these portfolios may be invested only in high quality instruments, as
described below in SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET  PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY
INVEST.

In  determining  the net  asset  value of the  shares  of the Zero  Coupon  Bond
Portfolios  2000  and  2005,   securities  (other  than  debt  obligations  with
maturities  of less than 60 days,  which are valued at  amortized  cost) will be
valued  utilizing an  independent  pricing  service to determine  valuations for
normal  institutional  size trading  units of  securities.  The pricing  service
considers such factors as security prices,  yields,  maturities,  call features,
ratings,  and  developments  relating  to  specific  securities  in  arriving at
securities valuations.

With respect to all the portfolios  which utilize such  investments,  options on
stock and stock indices  traded on national  securities  exchanges are valued at
the  average  of the bid and  asked  prices  as of the  close of the  respective
exchange  (which is currently 4:10 p.m. New York City time).  Futures  contracts
and  options  thereon  are  valued  at the last  sale  price at the close of the
applicable commodities exchanges or board of trade (which is currently 4:15 p.m.
New York  City  time) or,  if there  was no sale on the  applicable  commodities
exchange  or board of trade on such day, at the mean  between the most  recently
quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange or board of trade.
    

Securities or assets for which market  quotations are not readily available will
be valued at fair value as determined by The  Prudential  under the direction of
the Board of Directors of the Series Fund.

                                       28


<PAGE>



               SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY
                                CURRENTLY INVEST

The  Money  Market  Portfolio,  and the other  portfolios  to the  extent  their
investment policies so provide, may invest in the following liquid,  short-term,
debt securities regularly bought and sold by financial institutions:

1. U.S.  Treasury Bills and other  obligations  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government,  its  agencies  or  instrumentalities.  These  are  debt  securities
(including  bills,  certificates of  indebtedness,  notes,  and bonds) issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or  instrumentality  of the U.S.
Government  that is  established  under  the  authority  of an act of  Congress.
Although  all  obligations  of  agencies  and  instrumentalities  are not direct
obligations of the U.S. Treasury,  payment of the interest and principal on them
is generally backed directly or indirectly by the U.S. Government.  This support
can range from the backing of the full faith and credit of the United States, to
U.S. Treasury guarantees or to the backing solely of the issuing instrumentality
itself.  Securities  which are not  backed by the full  faith and  credit of the
United States include but are not limited to obligations of the Tennessee Valley
Authority,  the Federal  National  Mortgage  Association,  the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage  Corporation,  and the United States Postal Service,  each of which has
the  right to  borrow  from  the U.S.  Treasury  to meet  its  obligations,  and
obligations  of the Federal Farm Credit  System and the Federal Home Loan Banks,
the  obligations of which may only be satisfied by the individual  credit of the
issuing agency. Obligations of the Government National Mortgage Association, the
Farmers  Home  Administration,  and  the  Export-Import  Bank  are  examples  of
securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

2. Obligations  (including  certificates of deposit,  bankers' acceptances,  and
time deposits) of domestic banks,  foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches
of foreign banks,  and foreign  offices of foreign banks provided that such bank
has,  at the time of the  portfolio's  investment,  total  assets of at least $1
billion or the  equivalent.  Obligations of any savings and loan  association or
savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,
provided  that  such  association  or  savings  bank  has,  at the  time  of the
portfolio's  investment,   total  assets  of  at  least  $1  billion.  The  term
"certificates  of deposit"  includes both  Eurodollar  certificates  of deposit,
which are traded in the  over-the-counter  market, and Eurodollar time deposits,
for which there is generally not a market.  "Eurodollars"  are dollars deposited
in banks outside the United  States.  An  investment  in Eurodollar  instruments
involves  risks that are  different in some  respects from an investment in debt
obligations  of  domestic  issuers,  including  future  political  and  economic
developments such as possible  expropriation or confiscatory taxation that might
adversely  affect the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on the  Eurodollar
instruments.

"Certificates  of deposit" are  certificates  evidencing the  indebtedness  of a
commercial  bank to repay funds  deposited with it for a definite period of time
(usually from 14 days to 1 year).  "Bankers' acceptances" are credit instruments
evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft which has been drawn on it by
a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the
drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument  upon maturity.  "Time deposits"
are non-negotiable deposits in a bank for a fixed period of time.

3. Commercial paper, variable amount demand master notes, bills, notes and other
obligations issued by a U.S. company, a foreign company or a foreign government,
its agencies,  instrumentalities or political subdivisions,  denominated in U.S.
dollars,  and, at the date of investment,  rated at least A or A-2 by Standard &
Poor's   Corporation   ("S&P"),  A  or  Prime-2  by  Moody's  Investors  Service
("Moody's")  or,  if not  rated,  issued  by an  entity  having  an  outstanding
unsecured  debt issue rated at least A or A-2 by S&P or A or Prime-2 by Moody's.
For a description of corporate bond ratings, see DEBT RATINGS,  page 31. If such
obligations  are guaranteed or supported by a letter of credit issued by a bank,
such bank  (including a foreign  bank) must meet the  requirements  set forth in
paragraph 2 above. If such obligations are guaranteed or insured by an insurance
company or other  non-bank  entity,  such  insurance  company or other  non-bank
entity must  represent a credit of high  quality,  as  determined  by the Series
Fund's  investment  adviser  (which as noted above is currently The  Prudential)
under the supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

As stated above in paragraphs 2 and 3, the Money Market Portfolio and short-term
portions of the other portfolios may contain  obligations of foreign branches of
domestic  banks and domestic  branches of foreign  banks,  as well as commercial
paper,  bills,  notes,  and other  obligations  issued in the  United  States by
foreign   issuers,   including   foreign   governments,   their  agencies,   and
instrumentalities.  This involves certain  additional risks. These risks include
future  political and economic  developments  in the country of the issuer,  the
possible  imposition of  withholding  taxes on interest  income  payable on such
obligations held by the Series Fund, the possible seizure or  nationalization of
foreign deposits,  and the possible  establishment of exchange controls or other
foreign  governmental  laws or  restrictions  which might affect  adversely  the
payment of principal and interest on such  obligations  held by the Series Fund.
In addition,  there may be less publicly  available  information about a foreign
issuer than about a domestic one, and foreign  issuers may not be subject to the
same accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements
as domestics  issuers.  Securities  issued by foreign  issuers may be subject to
greater fluctuations in price than securities issued by U.S. entities.  Finally,
in the event of default

                                       29


<PAGE>



with respect to any such foreign debt obligations,  it may be more difficult for
the Series  Fund to obtain or to enforce a judgment  against the issuers of such
securities.

4. Repurchase Agreements. When the Money Market Portfolio purchases money market
securities  of the  types  described  above,  it may on  occasion  enter  into a
repurchase  agreement  with the seller wherein the seller and the buyer agree at
the time of sale to  repurchase  of the security at a mutually  agreed upon time
and price. The period of maturity is usually quite short,  possibly overnight or
a few days,  although it may extend over a number of months. The resale price is
in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon market rate effective
for the period of time the portfolio's money is invested in the security, and is
not related to the coupon rate of the purchased security.  Repurchase agreements
may be considered loans of money to the seller of the underlying security, which
are collateralized by the securities  underlying the repurchase  agreement.  The
Series Fund will not enter into  repurchase  agreements  unless the agreement is
"fully  collateralized"  (i.e.,  the value of the  securities is, and during the
entire term of the agreement remains, at least equal to the amount of the 'loan'
including  accrued  interest).  The  Series  Fund  will take  possession  of the
securities  underlying  the  agreement  and will value them daily to assure that
this  condition  is met. The Series Fund has adopted  standards  for the parties
with  whom it will  enter  into  repurchase  agreements  which it  believes  are
reasonably  designed  to assure that such a party  presents  no serious  risk of
becoming involved in bankruptcy  proceedings  within the time frame contemplated
by the repurchase agreement. In the event that a seller defaults on a repurchase
agreement,  the  Series  Fund  may  incur  a loss  in the  market  value  of the
collateral,  as well as disposition  costs; and, if a party with whom the Series
Fund had entered  into a repurchase  agreement  becomes  involved in  bankruptcy
proceedings,  the Series  Fund's  ability to  realize on the  collateral  may be
limited or delayed  and a loss may be incurred if the  collateral  securing  the
repurchase agreement declines in value during the bankruptcy proceedings.

The Series Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with The Prudential or
its affiliates,  including  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated.  This will not
affect the Series  Fund's  ability to maximize  its  opportunities  to engage in
repurchase agreements.

   
5. Reverse  Repurchase  Agreements.  The Money Market  Portfolio may use reverse
repurchase  agreements,  which are described under Reverse Repurchase Agreements
and Dollar Rolls in the  prospectus.  No portfolio may obligate more than 10% of
its net assets in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, except that the
Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, and Government Income Portfolios,  as well as
the fixed income  portions of the  Conservative  Balanced  and Flexible  Managed
Portfolios,  may  obligate  up to 30% of their  net  assets in  connection  with
reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls.
    

6.  When-Issued  and  Delayed  Delivery  Securities.  From time to time,  in the
ordinary course of business,  the Money Market Portfolio may purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis (i.e.,  delivery and payment can take
place a month or more after the date of the transaction). The purchase price and
the interest rate payable on the securities are fixed on the  transaction  date.
The securities so purchased are subject to market  fluctuation,  and no interest
accrues to the portfolio  until delivery and payment take place. At the time the
portfolio  makes the  commitment  to purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed  delivery basis,  it will record the transaction and thereafter  reflect
the value,  each day, of such securities in determining its net asset value. The
portfolio  will make  commitments  for  when-issued  transactions  only with the
intention  of  actually   acquiring  the  securities  and,  to  facilitate  such
acquisitions,  the Series  Fund's  custodian  bank will  maintain  in a separate
account securities of the portfolio having a value equal to or greater than such
commitments.  On delivery dates for such  transactions,  the portfolio will meet
its obligations  from maturities or sales of the securities held in the separate
account  and/or  from then  available  cash flow.  If the  portfolio  chooses to
dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition,
it could, as with the disposition of any other obligation,  incur a gain or loss
due to market  fluctuation.  No  when-issued  commitments  will be made if, as a
result, more than 15% of the portfolio's net assets would be so committed.

The Board of  Directors  of the Series Fund has adopted  policies  for the Money
Market  Portfolio to conform to  amendments  of an SEC rule  applicable to money
market  funds,  like the  portfolio.  These  policies  do not apply to any other
portfolio.  The policies are as follows:  (1) The portfolio will not invest more
than  5% of its  assets  in  the  securities  of any  one  issuer  (except  U.S.
Government  securities);  however,  the  portfolio  may exceed the 5% limit with
respect to a single  security  rated in the highest  rating  category  for up to
three  business  days  after  the  purchase  thereof;  (2)  To be  eligible  for
investment,  a security  must be a United States  dollar-denominated  instrument
that the Series Fund's Board has determined to present  minimal credit risks and
must be rated  in one of the two  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  two
nationally  recognized  statistical rating organizations  ("NRSROs") assigning a
rating to the  security  or issue,  or if only one NRSRO has  assigned a rating,
that NRSRO.  An unrated  security must be deemed to be of comparable  quality as
determined by the Series Fund's Board. In other words, the portfolio will invest
in only  first  tier or  second  tier  securities.  First  tier  securities  are
securities which are rated by at least two NRSROs, or by the only NRSRO that has
rated the  security,  in the  highest  short-term  rating  category,  or unrated
securities  of  comparable  quality as  determined  by the Series  Fund's Board.
Second  tier  securities  are  eligible  securities  that  are  not  first  tier
securities; (3) The portfolio will not invest more

                                       30


<PAGE>



than 5% of its total assets in second tier securities; (4) The portfolio may not
invest more than 1% of its assets in second tier  securities  of any one issuer;
(5) In the event a first tier security  held by the portfolio is downgraded  and
becomes a second tier security, or in the case of an unrated security the Series
Fund's Board  determines it is no longer of  comparable  quality to a first tier
security, or in the event The Prudential becomes aware that an NRSRO has rated a
second tier security or an unrated  portfolio  security below its second highest
rating,  the Board will reassess  promptly whether the security presents minimal
credit  risks and shall  cause the  portfolio  to take such  action as the Board
determines is in the best interests of the portfolio and its  shareholders;  (6)
In the event of a default or if because of a rating downgrade a security held in
the portfolio is no longer an eligible  investment,  the portfolio will sell the
security as soon as practicable  unless the Series Fund's Board makes a specific
finding that such action would not be in the best interest of the portfolio; and
(7) The  portfolio's  dollar-weighted  average  maturity will be no more than 90
days.  The Series  Fund's  Board of  Directors  has adopted  written  procedures
delegating to the investment advisor under certain guidelines the responsibility
to make several of the above-described determinations,  including certain credit
quality determinations.

                                  DEBT RATINGS

Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  describes its  categories of corporate debt
securities and its "Prime-1" and "Prime-2" commercial paper as follows:

Bonds:

Aaa  -    Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best  quality.  They
          carry  the  smallest  degree  of  investment  risk  and are  generally
          referred to as "gilt edge." Interest payments are protected by a large
          or by an  exceptionally  stable margin and principal is secure.  While
          the various protective  elements are likely to change, such changes as
          can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong
          position of such issues.

Aa   -    Bonds  which are  rated Aa are  judged  to be of high  quality  by all
          standards.  Together  with  the  Aaa  group  they  comprise  what  are
          generally  known as high grade  bonds.  They are rated  lower than the
          best bonds because  margins of  protection  may not as large as in Aaa
          securities or  fluctuation  of  protective  elements may be of greater
          amplitude or there may be other  elements  present which make the long
          term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A    -    Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes
          and are to be  considered as upper medium grade  obligations.  Factors
          giving security to principal and interest are considered  adequate but
          elements may be present which suggest a  susceptibility  to impairment
          sometime in the future.


Baa  -    Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade  obligations,
          i.e., they are neither highly  protected nor poorly secured.  Interest
          payments and principal  security  appear  adequate for the present but
          certain    protective    elements   may   be   lacking   or   may   be
          characteristically  unreliable  over any great  length  of time.  Such
          bonds lack  outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in fact have
          speculative characteristics as well.

Ba   -    Bonds  which are rated Ba are  judged  to have  speculative  elements;
          their  future  cannot  be  considered  as  well  assured.   Often  the
          protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and
          thereby not well  safeguarded  during both good and bad times over the
          future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B    -    Bonds  which  are  rated  B  generally  lack  characteristics  of  the
          desirable investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or
          of  maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of
          time may be small.

Caa  -    Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be in
          default or there may be present  elements  of danger  with  respect to
          principal or interest.

Ca   -    Bonds which are rated Ca represent  obligations  which are speculative
          in a high  degree.  Such  issues  are often in  default  or have other
          marked shortcomings.

                                       31


<PAGE>



Commercial paper:

  o Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related  supporting  institutions) have a superior
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory  obligations.  Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics:

       --  Leading market positions in well-established industries.
       --  High rates of return of funds employed.
       --  Conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt
           and ample asset protection.
       --  Broad  margins in earnings  coverage of fixed  financial  charges and
           high internal cash generation.
       --  Well established  access to a range of financial  markets and assured
           sources of alternate liquidity.

  o Issuers rated  Prime-2 (or related  supporting  institutions)  have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.  This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics  cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings  trends and  coverage  ratios,  while  sound,  will be more  subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics,  while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

Standard & Poor's Corporation  describes its grades of corporate debt securities
and its "A" commercial paper as follows:

Bonds:

AAA               Bonds rated AAA are highest  grade  obligations.  They possess
                  the  ultimate   degree  of  protection  as  to  principal  and
                  interest.  Marketwise they move with interest rates, and hence
                  provide the maximum safety on all counts.

AA                Bonds rated AA also qualify as high grade obligations,  and in
                  the majority of instances differ from AAA issues only in small
                  degree.  Here,  too,  prices  move  with the long  term  money
                  market.

   
A                 Bonds rated A are  regarded as upper medium  grade.  They have
                  considerable  investment  strength but are not  entirely  free
                  from  adverse   effects  of  changes  in  economic  and  trade
                  conditions.  Interest and principal are regarded as safe. They
                  predominately  reflect  money rates in their market  behavior,
                  but to some extent, also economic conditions.
    

BBB               Bonds  rated BBB,  or medium  grade,  are  borderline  between
                  definitely  sound  obligations and those where the speculative
                  element begins to predominate. These bonds have adequate asset
                  coverage and normally are protected by satisfactory  earnings.
                  Their susceptibility to changing  conditions,  particularly to
                  depressions,  necessitates constant watching.  Marketwise, the
                  bonds are more  responsive  to business  and trade  conditions
                  than  to  interest  rates.  This  group  is the  lowest  which
                  qualifies for commercial bank investment.

BB-B-CCC-CC       Bonds rated BB, B, CCC and CC are  regarded,  on  balance,  as
                  predominantly   speculative   with  respect  to  the  issuer's
                  capacity to pay  interest and repay  principal  in  accordance
                  with the terms of the  obligations.  BB  indicates  the lowest
                  degree  of   speculation   and  CC  the   highest   degree  of
                  speculation.  While such bonds will likely  have some  quality
                  and protective characteristics,  these are outweighed by large
                  uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

Commercial paper:

Commercial  paper rated A by  Standard & Poor's  Corporation  has the  following
characteristics:  Liquidity  ratios are better than the industry  average.  Long
term  senior  debt  rating is "A" or better.  In some cases BBB  credits  may be
acceptable.  The  issuer  has  access to at least  two  additional  channels  of
borrowings.  Basic  earnings and cash flow have an upward trend with  allowances
made  for  unusual  circumstances.  Typically,  the  issuer's  industry  is well
established,  the  issuer has a strong  position  within  its  industry  and the
reliability  and quality of  management  is  unquestioned.  Issuers  rated A are
further  referred  to by use of numbers 1, 2 and 3 to denote  relative  strength
within this classification.

                     POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND

Although The Prudential  believes it to be unlikely,  it is possible that in the
judgment of its management, one or more of the portfolios of the Series Fund may
become unsuitable for investment by Contract owners because of investment policy
changes,  tax law changes,  or the  unavailability of shares for investment.  In
that  event,  The  Prudential  may seek to  substitute  the  shares  of  another
portfolio or of an entirely  different mutual fund. Before this can be done, the
approval of the SEC, and possibly one or more state insurance departments,  will
be required.  Contract owners will be notified of such substitution.

In  addition,  although it is highly  unlikely,  it is  conceivable  that in the
future it may  become  disadvantageous  for both  variable  life  insurance  and
variable  annuity  contract  separate  accounts to invest in the same underlying
mutual

                                       32


<PAGE>



fund.  Although  neither the  companies  which invest in the Series Fund nor the
Series Fund currently foresees any such disadvantage, the Series Fund's Board of
Directors  intends to monitor events in order to identify any material  conflict
between  variable life  insurance and variable  annuity  contract  owners and to
determine what action,  if any,  should be taken in response  thereto.  Material
conflicts  could result from such things as: (1) changes in state insurance law;
(2) changes in federal income tax law; (3) changes in the investment  management
of  any  portfolio  of  the  Series  Fund;  or  (4)  difference  between  voting
instructions  given by variable  life  insurance and variable  annuity  contract
owners.  The Prudential will bear the expense,  if it does become necessary,  of
remedying  any  material  conflict  including   establishing  a  new  underlying
investment company and segregating the assets held under variable life insurance
and variable annuity contracts.

                  OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND

Incorporation and Authorized Stock

   
The Series Fund was  incorporated  under  Maryland law on November 15, 1982. The
authorized  Capital Stock of the Series Fund consists of 2 billion  shares,  par
value  $0.01 per share.  The shares of Capital  Stock are divided  into  fifteen
classes: Money Market Portfolio Capital Stock (225 million shares),  Diversified
Bond Portfolio  Capital Stock (200 million shares),  Government Income Portfolio
Capital  Stock (100 million  shares),  Zero Coupon Bond  Portfolio  2000 Capital
Stock (25 million  shares),  Zero Coupon Bond  Portfolio  2005 Capital Stock (50
million  shares),  Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  Capital Stock (300 million
shares),  Flexible Managed  Portfolio  Capital Stock (300 million shares),  High
Yield Bond Portfolio  Capital Stock (100 million shares),  Stock Index Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million shares),  Equity Income Portfolio  Capital Stock (100
million shares), Equity Portfolio Capital Stock (200 million shares), Prudential
Jennison Portfolio Capital Stock (50 million shares), Small Capitalization Stock
Portfolio Capital Stock (50 million shares), Global Portfolio Capital Stock (100
million shares), Natural Resources Portfolio Capital Stock (100 million shares).
The  shares  of  each   portfolio,   when   issued,   will  be  fully  paid  and
non-assessable, will have no conversion, exchange or similar rights, and will be
freely  transferable.  Each share of stock will have a pro rata  interest in the
assets of the  portfolio to which the stock of that class  relates and will have
no interest in the assets of any other portfolio.
    

Dividends, Distributions and Taxes

The Series Fund is qualified as a regulated investment company under Section 851
of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  distributes  substantially  all  of  each
portfolio's   net  investment   income  and  realized   gains  from   securities
transactions to the respective  subaccounts,  which immediately reinvest it. For
each taxable year in which it and each of its portfolios so qualify,  the Series
Fund will not be subject to tax on net investment income and realized gains from
securities transactions distributed to shareholders.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

   
Chemical Bank, 4 New York Plaza,  New York,  N.Y. 10004, is the custodian of the
assets  held  by  all  the  portfolios,  except  the  Global  Portfolio,  and is
authorized  to use  the  facilities  of the  Depository  Trust  Company  and the
facilities of the book-entry  system of the Federal Reserve Bank with respect to
securities held by these portfolios. Chemical Bank is also authorized to use the
facilities of the Mortgage Backed Security Clearing Corporation (a subsidiary of
the Midwest Stock Exchange) with respect to  mortgage-backed  securities held by
any  of  these  portfolios.   Chemical  Bank  maintains  certain  financial  and
accounting  books and records  pursuant to an  agreement  with the Series  Fund.
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("Brown  Brothers"),  40 Water Street,  Boston, MA
02109,  is the custodian of the assets of the Global  Portfolio.  Brown Brothers
employs subcustodians,  who were approved by the directors of the Series Fund in
accordance with regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  for the
purpose of providing custodial service for the Global Portfolio's foreign assets
held outside the United States.  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company,  60 Wall Street,
New York,  NY 10260 is the  custodian  of the  assets  held in  connection  with
repurchase  agreements  entered into by the  portfolios and is authorized to use
the  facilities  of the  book-entry  system of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.  The
directors of the Series Fund monitor the  activities of the  custodians  and the
subcustodians.
    

The  Prudential  is the  transfer  agent and  dividend-disbursing  agent for the
Series Fund.  The  Prudential as transfer agent issues and redeems shares of the
Series Fund and maintains records of ownership for the shareholders.

Experts

The  financial  statements  of the Series  Fund  included in this  statement  of
additional  information and the FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS included in the prospectus
have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent  auditors,  as stated in
their report  appearing  herein and are included in reliance  upon the report of
such firm given upon their  authority  as experts in  accounting  and  auditing.
Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP's  principal  business  address  is Two  Hilton  Court,
Parsippany, NJ 07054-0319.

                                       33


<PAGE>



Licenses

As part of the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential has granted the
Series  Fund a  royalty-free,  non-exclusive  license  to  use  the  words  "The
Prudential" and its registered  service mark of a rock  representing the Rock of
Gibraltar.  However, The Prudential may terminate this license if The Prudential
or a company controlled by it ceases to be the Series Fund's investment advisor.
The  Prudential may also terminate the license for any other reason upon 60 days
written notice; but, in this event, the Investment Advisory Agreement shall also
terminate 120 days following receipt by the Series Fund of such notice, unless a
majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Series  Fund  vote to
continue the Agreement notwithstanding termination of the license.

The Series  Fund is not  sponsored,  endorsed,  sold or  promoted  by Standard &
Poor's ("S&P"). S&P makes no representation or warranty,  express or implied, to
Contract  owners or any  member of the  public  regarding  the  advisability  of
investing  in  securities  generally or in the Series Fund  particularly  or the
ability  of the S&P 500 Index or the S&P  SmallCap  600  Index to track  general
stock  market  performance.  S&P's only  relationship  to the Series Fund is the
licensing  of certain  trademarks  and trade names of S&P and the S&P 500 Index.
The S&P 500 Index and the S&P  SmallCap 600 Index are  determined,  composed and
calculated by S&P without regard to the Series Fund,  the Stock Index  Portfolio
or the Small Capitalization  Stock Portfolio.  S&P has no obligation to take the
needs  of  the  Series  Fund  or  the  Contract  owners  into  consideration  in
determining,  composing or calculating the S&P 500 Index or the S&P SmallCap 600
Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the  determination
of the prices and amount of the Series Fund shares or the timing of the issuance
or sale of those shares or in the  determination  or calculation of the equation
by which the shares are to be  converted  into cash.  S&P has no  obligation  or
liability in  connection  with the  administration,  marketing or trading of the
Series Fund Shares.

S&P DOES NOT  GUARANTEE  THE  ACCURACY  AND/OR THE  COMPLETENESS  OF THE S&P 500
INDEX,  THE S&P  SMALLCAP 600 INDEX OR ANY DATA  INCLUDED  THEREIN AND S&P SHALL
HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P MAKES
NO  WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED  BY SERIES  FUND,
CONTRACT  OWNERS,  OR ANY OTHER  PERSON  OR  ENTITY  FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500
INDEX,  THE S&P SMALLCAP 600 INDEX OR ANY DATA  INCLUDED  THEREIN.  S&P MAKES NO
EXPRESS OR  IMPLIED  WARRANTIES,  AND  EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIMS  ALL  WARRANTIES  OF
MERCHANTABILITY  OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE
S&P 500 INDEX, THE S&P SMALLCAP 600 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.  WITHOUT
LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING,  IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY
SPECIAL, PUNITIVE,  INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS),
EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

   
   DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE PRUDENTIAL AND MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND
    

                    DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE PRUDENTIAL

The  directors  and  certain  officers  of The  Prudential,  listed  with  their
principal occupations during the past 5 years, are shown below.

                           DIRECTORS OF THE PRUDENTIAL

FRANKLIN  E. AGNEW.  Director.  -- Business  Consultant  and former  Senior Vice
President  of  H.J.  Heinz.   Address:  One  Mellon  Bank  Center,  Suite  2120,
Pittsburgh, PA 15219.

FREDERIC K. BECKER, Director. -- President of Wilentz, Goldman, and Spitzer (law
firm). Address: 90 Woodbridge Center Drive, Woodbridge, NJ 07095.

WILLIAM   W.   BOESCHENSTEIN,   Director.--Director,   Owens-Corning   Fiberglas
Corporation. Address: Fiberglas Tower, Toledo, OH 43659.

LISLE C.  CARTER,  JR.,  Director.--Former  Senior  Vice  President  and General
Counsel,  United Way of America.  Address: 1307 Fourth Street, S.W., Washington,
DC 20024.

JAMES G. CULLEN,  Director.--President,  Bell Atlantic  Corporation  since 1993;
Prior to 1993: President, New Jersey Bell. Address: 1301 North Court House Road,
11th floor, Alexandria, VA 22201.

CAROLYNE K. DAVIS,  Director.--Health Care Advisor, Ernst & Young. Address: 1200
Nineteenth Street, N.W., 4th floor, Washington, DC 20024.

   
ROGER A. ENRICO,  Director.--Vice  Chairman,  Pepsi Co. Inc. since 1993; 1991 to
1993: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,  Pepsi Co. Worldwide Foods. Address:
7701 Legacy Drive, Plano, TX 75024.
    

ALLAN D. GILMOUR,  Director.--Former Vice Chairman, Ford Motor Company. Address:
Prudential Plaza, Newark, NJ 07102-3777.

                                       34


<PAGE>




   
WILLIAM H. GRAY, III,  Director.--President  and Chief Executive Officer, United
Negro College Fund, Inc. since 1991. Address: 500 East 62nd Street, New York, NY
10021.
    

JON F. HANSON, Director.--Chairman,  Hampshire Management Co. Address: 235 Moore
Street, Suite 200, Hackensack, NJ 07601.

   
CONSTANCE J. HORNER,  Director.--Guest  Scholar, The Brookings Institution since
1993;  1991 to 1992  Assistant to the  President  and  Director of  Presidential
Personnel,   U.S.  Government.   Address:   1775  Massachusetts   Avenue,  N.W.,
Washington, DC 20036-2188.
    

ALLEN F.  JACOBSON,  Director.--Former  Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer,
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Co. Address:  30 Seventh Street East, St. Paul,
MN 55101-4901.

GARNETT  L.  KEITH,  JR.,  Director  and Vice  Chairman.--Vice  Chairman  of The
Prudential. Address: Prudential Plaza, Newark, NJ 07102-3777.

BURTON G. MALKIEL,  Director.--Chemical  Bank Chairman's Professor of Economics,
Princeton University.  Address:  Princeton University,  Department of Economics,
110 Fisher Hall, Prospect Avenue, Princeton, NJ 08544-1021.

JOHN R. OPEL,  Director.--Prior  to 1994,  Chairman of the Executive  Committee,
International  Business Machines  Corporation.  Address: 590 Madison Avenue, New
York, NY 10022.

ARTHUR F. RYAN, Chairman of the Board,  President,  and Chief Executive Officer.
- -- Chairman of the Board, President, and Chief Executive Officer, The Prudential
since  1994;  Prior  to 1994,  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer,  Chase
Manhattan Corporation. Address: 751 Broad Street, Newark, NJ 07102-3777.

CHARLES R. SITTER,  Director.--President  and Director,  Exxon Corporation since
1993; Prior to 1993; Director, Exxon Corporation. Address: 225 John W. Carpenter
Freeway, Irving, TX 75062.

DONALD L. STAHELI,  Director.--Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Continental
Grain Company since 1994; Prior to 1994;  Chairman,  Continental  Grain Company.
Address: 277 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10172.

RICHARD  M.  THOMSON,  Director.--Chairman  of the  Board  and  Chief  Executive
Officer,  The  Toronto-Dominion  Bank.  Address:  P.O.  Box 1,  Toronto-Dominion
Centre, Toronto, Ontario, M5K 1A2, Canada.

P. ROY VAGELOS, M.D., Director.--Chairman, Regeneron Pharmaceuticals since 1995;
Prior to 1995,  Chairman,  President and Chief Executive  Officer,  Merck & Co.,
Inc. Address: 126 East Lincoln Avenue, Rahway, NJ 07065.

STANLEY C. VAN NESS,  Director.--Attorney,  Picco  Mack  Herbert  Kennedy  Jaffe
Perrella and Yoskin (law firm).  Address:  One State Street Square,  Suite 1000,
Trenton, NJ 08607-1388.

PAUL A. VOLCKER,  Director.--Chairman,  James D. Wolfensohn,  Inc. Address:  599
Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

JOSEPH H. WILLIAMS,  Director.--Chairman  of the Board,  The Williams  Companies
since 1994; Prior to 1994:  Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer,  The Williams
Companies. Address: P.O. Box 2400, Tulsa, OK 74102.

                 OTHER EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS

   
MARK  B.  GRIER,  Chief  Financial  Officer.--Chief  Financial  Officer  of  The
Prudential  since 1995;  Prior to 1995:  Executive  Vice  President  and Head of
Global Markets, Chase Manhattan Corporation.

SUSAN L. BLOUNT, Vice President and Secretary.--Vice  President and Secretary of
The  Prudential  since  1995;  Prior  to 1995:  Assistant  General  Counsel  for
Prudential Residential Services Company.

C. EDWARD CHAPLIN,  Vice President and Treasurer.--Vice  President and Treasurer
of The  Prudential  since 1995;  1993 to 1995:  Managing  Director and Assistant
Treasurer  of The  Prudential;  1992  to  1993:  Vice  President  and  Assistant
Treasurer,  Banking  and  Cash  Management  for The  Prudential;  Prior to 1992:
Regional Vice President of Prudential Mortgage Capital Company.
    

                                       35


<PAGE>



                          MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND

The names of all  directors  and  officers of the Series Fund and the  principal
occupation  of each during the last 5 years are shown  below.  Unless  otherwise
stated,  the address of each director and officer is Prudential  Plaza,  Newark,
New Jersey 07102-3777.


   
MENDEL A. MELZER*,  Chairman of the Board--Chief  Financial Officer of the Money
Management  Group  of The  Prudential  since  1995;  1993 to 1995:  Senior  Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Prudential   Preferred  Financial
Services;   1991  to  1993:   Managing  Director,   The  Prudential   Investment
Corporation;   Prior  to  1991:  Senior  Vice  President,   Prudential   Capital
Corporation.

E. MICHAEL CAULFIELD*,  President and  Director--Chief  Executive Officer of the
Money  Management  Group of The Prudential  since 1995;  1995:  Chief  Executive
Officer,  Prudential  Preferred  Financial  Services;  1993 to 1995:  President,
Prudential  Preferred Financial Services;  1992 to 1993:  President,  Prudential
Property and Casualty Insurance Company;  Prior to 1992: President of Investment
Services of The Prudential.
    

SAUL K.  FENSTER,  Director--President  of New Jersey  Institute of  Technology.
Address: 323 Martin Luther King Boulevard, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

W.  SCOTT  McDONALD,  JR.,   Director--Executive  Vice  President  of  Fairleigh
Dickinson University since 1991: Prior to 1991: Executive Vice President of Drew
University. Address: 23 Forest Road, Madison, New Jersey 07940.

JOSEPH WEBER,  Director--Vice  President,  Interclass  (international  corporate
learning). Address: 37 Beachmont Terrace, North Caldwell, New Jersey 07006.

   
STEPHEN P. TOOLEY, Comptroller--Vice President and Comptroller of the Individual
Insurance  Group of The Prudential  since 1995; 1993 to 1995: Vice President and
Comptroller  of  Prudential  Insurance and  Financial  Services;  Prior to 1993:
Director, Financial Analysis of The Prudential.
    

THOMAS C. CASTANO,  Secretary and  Treasurer--Assistant  General  Counsel of The
Prudential  since 1993; Prior to 1993:  Assistant  General Counsel of Pruco Life
Insurance Company.

No director  or officer of the Series  Fund who is also an officer,  director or
employee of The  Prudential or its  affiliates  is entitled to any  remuneration
from the Series Fund for  services as one of its  directors  or  officers.  Each
director of the Series Fund who is not an  interested  person of the Series Fund
will receive a fee of $2,000 per year plus $200 per  portfolio  for each meeting
of the Board  attended  and will be  reimbursed  for all  expenses  incurred  in
connection with attendance at meetings.

   
*These  members  of the Board are  interested  persons  of The  Prudential,  its
affiliates or the Series Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Certain actions of the
Board,  including the annual  continuance of the Investment  Advisory  Agreement
between  the Series Fund and The  Prudential,  must be approved by a majority of
the members of the Board who are not interested  persons of The Prudential,  its
affiliates  or the Series Fund.  Mr. Melzer and Mr.  Caulfield,  two of the five
members of the Board,  are  interested  persons of The Prudential and the Series
Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act,  because they are officers and/or
affiliated persons of The Prudential, the investment advisor to the Series Fund.
Messrs.  Fenster,  McDonald,  and  Weber  are  not  interested  persons  of  The
Prudential, its affiliates or the Series Fund. However, Mr. Fenster is President
of the New Jersey  Institute of  Technology.  The  Prudential has issued a group
annuity  contract to the  Institute  and  provides  group life and group  health
insurance to its employees.
    

                                       36


<PAGE>



            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

            THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

                       To be filed Pursuant to Rule 485(b)

                                       A1


<PAGE>

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   
May 1, 1996
    

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PRUVIDER VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT

PRUvider
Variable
APPRECIABLE
LIFE(R)___________________
INSURANCE CONTRACTS

PROVIDING FOR THE INVESTMENT
OF ASSETS IN THE
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS OF

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES
FUND, INC.

The Pruco Life  Insurance  Company,  a stock life  insurance  company  that is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Prudential Insurance Company of America, offers a
variable  life  insurance  contract  called the  PRUvider  Variable  Appreciable
Life(R)  Insurance   Contract*.   The  Contract  provides  whole-life  insurance
protection.  The death benefit varies daily with investment  experience but will
never be less than the "face amount" of insurance specified in the Contract. The
Contract also generally  provides a cash surrender  value which also varies with
investment experience. There is no guaranteed minimum cash surrender value.

   
The assets held for the purpose of paying  benefits under these contracts can be
invested  in one or  both of the  two  current  subaccounts  of the  Pruco  Life
PRUvider Variable  Appreciable  Account.  The assets invested in each subaccount
are in turn invested in a corresponding portfolio of The Prudential Series Fund,
Inc., a diversified, open-end management investment company (commonly known as a
mutual fund) that is intended to provide a range of investment  alternatives  to
variable contract owners. Each portfolio is, for investment purposes,  in effect
a separate fund. The two available  Series Fund portfolios are the  Conservative
Balanced  Portfolio  and the Flexible  Managed  Portfolio.  A separate  class of
capital  stock is  issued  for each  portfolio.  Shares of the  Series  Fund are
currently  sold  only to  separate  accounts  of Pruco  Life and  certain  other
insurers to fund the benefits under variable life insurance and variable annuity
contracts issued by those companies.
    

The PRUvider  Variable  Appreciable  Life(R)  Insurance  Contract owner may also
choose to invest in a fixed-rate  option which is described in the prospectus of
The Pruco Life PRUvider Variable Appreciable Account.

                      ------------------------------------
   
THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND SHOULD BE READ
IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH  THE  PROSPECTUS  OF  THE  PRUCO  LIFE  PRUVIDER  VARIABLE
APPRECIABLE  ACCOUNT DATED MAY 1, 1996,  WHICH IS AVAILABLE  WITHOUT CHARGE UPON
WRITTEN  REQUEST TO THE PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE  COMPANY,  213  WASHINGTON  STREET,
NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102-2992 OR BY TELEPHONING (800) 437-4016, Ext. 46.
    
                      ------------------------------------

                          Pruco Life Insurance Company
                              213 Washington Street
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992
                       Telephone: (800) 437-4016, Ext. 46

*PRUvider is a service mark of The Prudential.
 Appreciable Life is a registered mark of The Prudential.

   
 SVAL-1SAI Ed 5-96
Catalog No. 64M086G
    


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                                                            CONTENTS
                                                                                                                            Page
<S>                                                                                                                           <C>
MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT...................................................................................1
         Sales Load Upon Surrender.............................................................................................1
         Reduction of Charges for Concurrent Sales to Several Individuals......................................................1
         Paying Premiums by Payroll Deduction..................................................................................1
         Unisex Premiums and Benefits..........................................................................................1
         How the Death Benefit Will Vary.......................................................................................2
         Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender Value.............................................................................2
         Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits....................................................................................2

                  Treatment as Life Insurance..................................................................................3
                  Pre-Death Distributions......................................................................................3
                  Withholding..................................................................................................4
                  Other Tax Considerations.....................................................................................4

         Sale of the Contract and Sales Commissions............................................................................4
         Riders   .............................................................................................................5
         Other Standard Contract Provisions....................................................................................5

                  Beneficiary..................................................................................................5
                  Incontestability.............................................................................................5
                  Misstatement of Age or Sex...................................................................................5
                  Suicide Exclusion............................................................................................5
                  Assignment...................................................................................................5
                  Settlement Options...........................................................................................5

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS...........................................................................5
         General  .............................................................................................................5
         Convertible Securities................................................................................................6
         Warrants .............................................................................................................6
         Options and Futures...................................................................................................6
         When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities..........................................................................12
         Short Sales..........................................................................................................12
         Short Sales Against the Box..........................................................................................13
         Interest Rate Swaps..................................................................................................13
         Loans of Portfolio Securities........................................................................................13
         Illiquid Securities..................................................................................................14
         Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts..........................................................................14

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS.......................................................................................................15

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES...............................................................................18

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE..........................................................................................19

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE..............................................................................................20

SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST...........................................................21

DEBT RATINGS..................................................................................................................23

POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND.......................................................................................25

OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND..................................................................................26
         Incorporation and Authorized Stock...................................................................................26
         Dividends, Distributions and Taxes...................................................................................26
         Custodian and Transfer Agent.........................................................................................26
         Experts  ............................................................................................................26
         License  ............................................................................................................26

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRUCO LIFE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND........................................................27

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC...................................................................... A1

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS..................................................................... B1
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                  MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT

Sales Load Upon Surrender

A  contingent  deferred  sales load is  assessed  if the  Contract  lapses or is
surrendered  during the first 10 Contract years. No such charge is applicable to
the death  benefit,  no matter  when that may  become  payable.  Subject  to the
additional  limitations  described  below,  for  Contracts  that  lapse  or  are
surrendered during the first 5 Contract years the charge will be equal to 50% of
the first  year's  primary  annual  premium.  In the next 5 Contract  years that
percentage  is reduced  uniformly  on a daily basis until it reaches zero on the
tenth Contract  anniversary.  Thus, for Contracts  surrendered at the end of the
sixth year,  the maximum  deferred  sales charge will be 40% of the first year's
primary  annual  premium,  for Contracts  surrendered  at the end of year 7, the
maximum  deferred  sales charge will be 30% of the first year's  primary  annual
premium, and so forth.

The  contingent  deferred sales load is also subject to a further limit at older
issue  ages  (approximately  above  age 61) in  order  to  comply  with  certain
requirements of state law. Specifically,  the contingent deferred sales load for
such insureds is no more than $32.50 per $1,000 of face amount.

   
The  sales  load  is  subject  to  a  further  important  limitation  that  may,
particularly for Contracts that lapse or are surrendered within the first 5 or 6
years,  result in a lower  contingent  deferred  sales load than that  described
above. (This limitation might also, under unusual circumstances, apply to reduce
the monthly sales load deductions  described in the prospectus in item (a) under
Monthly  Deductions  from Contract  Fund.) The limitation is applied in order to
conform  with  the  requirements  of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and
regulations adopted thereunder,  which limit the amount of non-refundable  sales
load that may be charged on contracts within the first 2 years.
    

The limitation is as follows: (Every Contract has associated with it a Guideline
Annual Premium ("GAP"),  which is an amount determined actuarially in accordance
with a  definition  set forth in a  regulation  of the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  ("SEC").)  The  maximum  aggregate  sales  load that Pruco Life will
charge (that is, the sum of the monthly sales load  deduction and the contingent
deferred  sales charge) will not be more than 30% of the premiums  actually paid
until  those  premiums  total one GAP plus no more than 9% of the next  premiums
paid  until  total  premiums  are  equal to 5 GAPS,  plus no more than 6% of all
subsequent  premiums.  If the sales  charges  described  above would at any time
exceed this maximum  amount then the charge,  to the extent of any excess,  will
not be made.

Reduction of Charges for Concurrent Sales to Several Individuals

Pruco Life may reduce  the sales  charges  and/or  other  charges on  individual
Contracts sold to members of a class of associated individuals, or to a trustee,
employer or other entity  representing  such a class,  where it is expected that
such multiple sales will result in savings of sales or administrative  expenses.
Pruco Life determines both the eligibility for such reduced charges,  as well as
the amount of such  reductions,  by considering the following  factors:  (1) the
number of individuals;  (2) the total amount of premium payments  expected to be
received from these Contracts;  (3) the nature of the association  between these
individuals,  and the expected persistency of the individual Contracts;  (4) the
purpose for which the  individual  Contracts  are  purchased  and  whether  that
purpose  makes it  likely  that  expenses  will be  reduced;  and (5) any  other
circumstances  which Pruco Life believes to be relevant in  determining  whether
reduced sales or administrative expenses may be expected. Some of the reductions
in charges for these sales may be contractually guaranteed; other reductions may
be  withdrawn  or  modified  by Pruco  Life on a  uniform  basis.  Pruco  Life's
reductions in charges for these sales will not be unfairly discriminatory to the
interests of any individual Contract owners.

Paying Premiums by Payroll Deduction

In addition to the annual,  semi-annual,  quarterly and monthly  premium payment
modes,  a payroll budget method of paying  premiums may also be available  under
certain  Contracts.  The employer  generally  deducts the necessary amounts from
employee  paychecks and sends premium payments to Pruco Life monthly.  Any Pruco
Life representative authorized to sell this Contract can provide further details
concerning the payroll budget method of paying premiums.

Unisex Premiums and Benefits

The Contract  generally employs mortality tables that distinguish  between males
and females.  Thus,  premiums and benefits under  Contracts  issued on males and
females of the same age will  generally  differ.  However,  in those states that
have adopted regulations prohibiting  sex-distinct insurance rates, premiums and
cost of  insurance  charges  will be based on a blended  unisex rate whether the
insured is male or female.  In addition,  employers  and employee  organizations
considering  purchase  of a Contract  should  consult  their  legal  advisors to
determine whether

                                        1


<PAGE>

purchase of a Contract based on sex-distinct actuarial tables is consistent with
Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 or other  applicable  law.  Pruco Life
may  offer  the  Contract  with  unisex  mortality  rates  to  such  prospective
purchasers.

How the Death Benefit Will Vary

The death benefit will vary with investment experience. Assuming no withdrawals,
the death benefit will be equal to the face amount of insurance  plus the amount
(if any) by which the  Contract  Fund  value  exceeds  the  applicable  "Tabular
Contract Fund value" for the Contract  (subject to an exception  described below
under which the death benefit is higher).  Each  Contract  contains a table that
sets forth the Tabular Contract Fund value as of the end of each of the first 20
years  of  the  Contract.   Tabular   Contract  Fund  values  between   Contract
anniversaries are determined by interpolation. The "Tabular Contract Fund value"
for each Contract year is an amount that is slightly less than the Contract Fund
value that would  result as of the end of such year if only  scheduled  premiums
were paid, they were paid when due, the selected investment options earned a net
return at a uniform rate of 4% per year,  full mortality  charges based upon the
1980 CSO Table were  deducted,  maximum  sales  load and  expense  charges  were
deducted, and there was no Contract debt.

Thus, for a Contract with no withdrawals, the death benefit will equal the face
amount if the Contract Fund equals the Tabular Contract Fund value. If, due to
investment results greater than a net return of 4%, or to payment of greater
than scheduled premiums, or to smaller than maximum charges, the Contract Fund
value is a given amount greater than the Tabular Contract Fund value, the death
benefit will be the face amount plus that excess amount. If, due to investment
results less favorable than a net return of 4%, the Contract Fund value is less
than the tabular Contract Fund value, the death benefit will not fall below the
initial face amount stated in the Contract; however, this unfavorable investment
experience must first be offset by favorable performance or additional payments
that bring the Contract Fund up to the tabular level before favorable investment
results or additional payments will increase the death benefit. Again, the death
benefit will reflect a deduction for the amount of any Contract debt. See
Contract Loans in the prospectus.

The Contract  Fund could grow to the point where it is necessary to increase the
death  benefit by a greater  amount in order to ensure  that the  Contract  will
satisfy the Internal  Revenue  Code's  definition of life  insurance.  Thus, the
death  benefit  will  always be the  greatest  of (1) the face  amount  plus the
Contract Fund minus the tabular Contract Fund value; (2) the guaranteed  minimum
death  benefit;  and (3) the  Contract  Fund times the  attained age factor that
applies.

Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender Value

Under  certain  circumstances,  a Contract  owner may  withdraw a portion of the
Contract's cash surrender value without surrendering the Contract in whole or in
part.  The  amount  that  a  Contract  owner  may  withdraw  is  limited  by the
requirement  that the Contract Fund after  withdrawal  must not be less than the
tabular  Contract  Fund  value.  (A Table of  Tabular  Contract  Fund  Values is
included  in the  Contract;  the  values  increase  with each year the  Contract
remains in force.) But because  the  Contract  Fund may be made up in part by an
outstanding  Contract  loan,  there is a  further  limitation  that  the  amount
withdrawn  may not be  larger  than an  amount  sufficient  to  reduce  the cash
surrender  value to zero.  The amount  withdrawn must be at least $200. An owner
may make no more than four such  withdrawals in each Contract year, and there is
a $15 administrative processing fee for each withdrawal. An amount withdrawn may
not be repaid  except as a  scheduled  or  unscheduled  premium  subject  to the
applicable charges. Upon request, Pruco Life will tell a Contract owner how much
he or she may withdraw.  Withdrawal of part of the cash surrender value may have
tax  consequences.  See Tax Treatment of Contract  Benefits,  below. A temporary
need for  funds  may also be met by making a loan and you  should  consult  your
Pruco Life representative about how best to meet your needs.

When a withdrawal is made, the cash surrender  value and Contract Fund value are
reduced by the amount of the  withdrawal,  and the death benefit is  accordingly
reduced.  Neither  the face  amount of  insurance  nor the  amount of  scheduled
premiums will be changed due to a withdrawal of excess cash surrender  value. No
surrender charges will be assessed upon a withdrawal.

Withdrawal  of part of the cash  surrender  value  increases  the risk  that the
Contract Fund may be insufficient to provide for benefits under the Contract. If
such a withdrawal is followed by unfavorable investment experience, the Contract
may lapse  even if  scheduled  premiums  continue  to be paid when due.  This is
because,  for purposes of determining  whether a lapse has occurred,  Pruco Life
treats withdrawals as a return of premium.

Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits

Each  prospective  purchaser is urged to consult a qualified  tax  advisor.  The
following  discussion  is not  intended as tax advice,  and it is not a complete
statement  of what  the  effect  of  federal  income  taxes  will be  under  all
circumstances. Rather, it provides information about how Pruco Life believes the
tax laws apply in the most

                                        2


<PAGE>

commonly  occurring  circumstances.  There is no  guarantee,  however,  that the
current  federal  income tax laws and  regulations or  interpretations  will not
change.

Treatment as Life Insurance. The Contract will be treated as "life insurance" as
long as it satisfies certain definitional tests set forth in Section 7702 of the
Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and as long as the underlying investments for
the  Contract  satisfy  diversification   requirements  set  forth  in  Treasury
Regulations issued pursuant to Section 817(h) of the Code.

These  diversification  requirements  must ordinarily be met within 1 year after
Contract  owner funds are first  allocated  to the  particular  portfolio of the
Series  Fund,  and  within  30  days  after  the end of  each  calendar  quarter
thereafter.  Each portfolio must meet one of two  alternative  tests.  Under the
first test,  no more than 55% of the  portfolio's  assets can be invested in any
one  investment;  no more  than 70% of the  assets  can be  invested  in any two
investments;  no more than 80% can be invested in any three investments;  and no
more than 90% can be invested in any four  investments.  Under the second  test,
the portfolio must meet the tax law diversification requirements for a regulated
investment  company and no more than 55% of the value of the portfolio's  assets
can be invested in cash, cash items,  Government  securities,  and securities of
other regulated investment companies.

For  purposes  of   determining   whether  a  variable   account  is  adequately
diversified,  each United States Government agency or instrumentality is treated
as  a  separate  issuer.  Compliance  with  diversification   requirements  will
generally  limit the amount of assets that may be invested in federally  insured
certificates of deposit and all types of securities issued or guaranteed by each
United States Government agency or instrumentality.

Pruco Life believes that it has taken adequate steps to cause the Contract to be
treated as life insurance for tax purposes. This means that: (1) except as noted
below,  the Contract owner should not be taxed on any part of the Contract Fund,
including additions attributable to interest or appreciation;  and (2) the death
benefit  should be  excludible  from the gross income of the  beneficiary  under
section 101(a) of the Code.

However,  Section  7702  of the  Code,  which  defines  life  insurance  for tax
purposes, gives the Secretary of the Treasury authority to prescribe regulations
to carry out the purposes of the Section. In this regard,  proposed  regulations
governing  mortality charges were issued in 1991 and proposed  regulations under
Sections 101, 7702, and 7702A governing the treatment of life insurance policies
that  provide  accelerated  death  benefits  were issued in 1992.  None of these
proposed  regulations  has yet  been  finalized.  Additional  regulations  under
Section 7702 may also be promulgated in the future. Moreover, in connection with
the  issuance of  temporary  regulations  under  Section  817(h),  the  Treasury
Department  announced that such regulations do not provide  guidance  concerning
the extent to which Contract  owners may direct their  investments to particular
divisions of a separate  account.  Such guidance will be included in regulations
or  rulings  under  Section  817(d)  relating  to the  definition  of a variable
contract.

Pruco Life intends to comply with final  regulations  issued under sections 7702
and 817.  Therefore,  it  reserves  the right to make such  changes  as it deems
necessary to assure that the Contract continues to qualify as life insurance for
tax purposes.  Any such changes will apply uniformly to affected Contract owners
and will be made only after advance written notice to affected Contract owners.

Pre-Death  Distributions.  The  taxation of pre-death  distributions  depends on
whether  the  Contract  is  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  The
following  discussion  first deals with  distributions  under  Contracts  not so
classified, and then with Modified Endowment Contracts.

1.        A surrender or lapse of the Contract may have tax  consequences.  Upon
          surrender,  the owner  will not be taxed on the cash  surrender  value
          except for the amount,  if any,  that exceeds the gross  premiums paid
          less the untaxed portion of any prior  withdrawals.  The amount of any
          unpaid  Contract debt will,  upon surrender or lapse,  be added to the
          cash surrender value and treated,  for this purpose, as if it had been
          received.   Any  loss  incurred   upon   surrender  is  generally  not
          deductible.  The tax  consequences  of a  surrender  may differ if the
          proceeds are received under any income payment settlement option.

          A withdrawal generally is not taxable unless it exceeds total premiums
          paid to the date of withdrawal  less the untaxed  portion of any prior
          withdrawals.  However,  under certain  limited  circumstances,  in the
          first 15  Contract  years  all or a  portion  of a  withdrawal  may be
          taxable if the Contract Fund exceeds the total  premiums paid less the
          untaxed portion of any prior withdrawals, even if total withdrawals do
          not exceed total premiums paid to date.

          Extra premiums for optional benefits and riders generally do not count
          in computing gross premiums paid,  which in turn determines the extent
          to which a withdrawal might be taxed.

          Loans  received  under the  Contract  will  ordinarily  be  treated as
          indebtedness   of  the  owner  and  will  not  be   considered  to  be
          distributions subject to tax.

                                        3


<PAGE>

2.       Some of the above rules are changed if the Contract is classified as a
          Modified  Endowment  Contract  under  section  7702A  of the  Code.  A
          Contract may be  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract  under
          various  circumstances.  For example, low face amount Contracts issued
          on younger insureds may be classified as a Modified Endowment Contract
          even though the  Contract  owner pays only the  Scheduled  Premiums or
          even  less  than the  Scheduled  Premiums.  Before  purchasing  such a
          Contract,  you  should  understand  the  tax  treatment  of  pre-death
          distributions and consider the purpose for which the Contract is being
          purchased.  More generally, a Contract may be classified as a Modified
          Endowment  Contract if premiums in excess of  Scheduled  Premiums  are
          paid or the face amount of  insurance  is  decreased  during the first
          seven  Contract  years  or if a rider is  added  or  removed  from the
          Contract.  You should  consult with your tax advisor before making any
          of these policy changes.

          If the Contract is classified as a Modified Endowment  Contract,  then
          pre-death   distributions,   including  loans  and  withdrawals,   are
          includible  in income to the extent  that the  Contract  fund prior to
          surrender  charges  exceeds the gross  premiums  paid for the Contract
          increased by the amount of any loans  previously  includible in income
          and reduced by any untaxed amounts previously  received other than the
          amount of any loans excludible from income. These rules may also apply
          to pre-death  distributions,  including loans,  made during the 2 year
          period prior to the Contract becoming a Modified Endowment Contract.

          In addition,  pre-death  distributions from such Contracts  (including
          full  surrenders)  will be  subject  to a penalty of 10 percent of the
          amount  includible  in income unless the amount is  distributed  on or
          after age 59 1/2,  on account of the  taxpayer's  disability,  or as a
          life annuity.  It is presently  unclear how the penalty tax provisions
          apply to Contracts owned by nonnatural persons such as corporations.

   
          Under  certain  circumstances,  Modified  Endowment  Contracts  issued
          during any  calendar  year will be treated  as a single  contract  for
          purposes of applying the above rules.
    

Withholding.  The taxable  portions of any amounts  received  under the Contract
will be subject to  withholding  to meet federal  income tax  obligations if the
Contract  owner  fails to elect that no taxes be  withheld  or in certain  other
circumstances.  Contract  owners who do not provide a social  security number or
other  taxpayer  identification  number  will not be  permitted  to elect out of
withholding.  All  recipients of such amounts may be subject to penalties  under
the  estimated  tax rules if  withholding  and  estimated  tax  payments are not
sufficient.

Other Tax Considerations.  Transfer of the Contract to a new owner or assignment
of the Contract may have tax consequences depending on the circumstances. In the
case of a  transfer  of the  Contract  for a valuable  consideration,  the death
benefit may be subject to federal  income taxes under  section  101(a)(2) of the
Code.  In  addition,  a transfer  of the  Contract  to or the  designation  of a
beneficiary  who is either 37 1/2 years  younger  than the  Contract  owner or a
grandchild  of the  Contract  owner may have  Generation  Skipping  Transfer tax
consequences under Section 2601 of the Code.

In certain  circumstances,  deductions  for interest paid or accrued on Contract
debt or on other loans that are  incurred or  continued to purchase or carry the
Contract  may be denied  under  section 163 of the Code as personal  interest or
under  section 264 of the Code.  Contract  owners  should  consult a tax advisor
regarding the application of these provisions to their circumstances.

   
Business-owned life insurance is subject to additional rules.  Section 264(a)(1)
of the Code generally  precludes business Contract owners from deducting premium
payments.  Under  section  264(a)(4) of the Code, a deduction is not allowed for
any interest paid or accrued on any Contract debt on an insurance  policy to the
extent the  indebtedness  exceeds  $50,000 per officer,  employee or financially
interested person. The Congress is also considering legislation to deny interest
deductions generally for loans on business-owned policies. The Code also imposes
an indirect  tax upon  additions  to the  Contract  fund or the receipt of death
benefits   under   business-owned   life   insurance   policies   under  certain
circumstances by way of the corporate alternative minimum tax.
    

The individual  situation of each Contract  owner or beneficiary  will determine
the federal estate taxes and the state and local estate,  inheritance  and other
taxes due if the owner or insured dies.

Sale of the Contract and Sales Commissions

Pruco Securities Corporation ("Prusec"),  an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
The  Prudential,  acts as the principal  underwriter  of the  Contract.  Prusec,
organized  in 1971 under New Jersey  law, is  registered  as a broker and dealer
under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and is a member  of the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. Prusec's principal business address is
1111 Durham Avenue,  South Plainfield,  New Jersey  07080-2398.  The Contract is
sold by registered  representatives  of Prusec who are also  authorized by state
insurance  departments  to do so. The Contract  may also be sold  through  other
broker-dealers  authorized  by Prusec and  applicable  law to do so.  Registered
representatives  of such other  broker-dealers  may be paid on a different basis
than  described  below.  Where the  insured  is less  than 60 years of age,  the
representative  will  generally  receive a commission of no more than 50% of the
scheduled  premiums  for the  first  year,  no more  than  10% of the  scheduled
premiums

                                        4


<PAGE>

   
for the  second,  third,  and  fourth  years,  no more than 3% of the  scheduled
premiums for the fifth through tenth years, and no more than 2% of the scheduled
premiums  thereafter.  For new  Contracts  issued on or about July 1, 1996,  the
commission  rates for the second through tenth years will change to no more than
6% of the scheduled premiums.  For insureds over 59 years of age, the commission
will be lower. The  representative  may be required to return all or part of the
first year commission if the Contract is not continued  through the second year.
Representatives  with less than 3 years of  service  may be paid on a  different
basis.
    

Sales expenses in any year are not equal to the deduction for sales load in that
year.  Pruco Life expects to recover its total sales  expenses  over the periods
the  Contracts  are  in  effect.  To the  extent  that  the  sales  charges  are
insufficient to cover total sales expenses, the sales expenses will be recovered
from Pruco Life's surplus,  which may include amounts derived from the mortality
and expense risk charge and the  guaranteed  minimum  death  benefit risk charge
described in the  prospectus  under Daily  Deduction  from the Contract Fund and
item (d) under Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund.

Riders

   
The Contract  owner may be able to obtain extra fixed benefits which may require
an additional  premium.  These optional  insurance benefits will be described in
what is known as a "rider"  to the  Contract.  Charges  for the  riders  will be
deducted  from  the  Contract  Fund on each  Monthly  date.  One  rider  pays an
additional  amount if the insured dies in an accident.  Another  waives  certain
premiums if the insured is disabled  within the meaning of the provision (or, in
the  case of a  Contract  issued  on an  insured  under  the  age of 15,  if the
applicant dies or becomes disabled within the meaning of the provision).  Others
pay an  additional  amount if the insured  dies within a stated  number of years
after issue;  similar  benefits may be available if the  insured's  child should
die. The amounts of these  benefits are fully  guaranteed at issue;  they do not
depend on the performance of the Account.  Certain  restrictions may apply; they
are clearly described in the applicable rider.
    

Any Pruco Life representative authorized to sell the Contract can explain these
extra benefits further. Samples of the provisions are available from Pruco Life
upon written request.

Other Standard Contract Provisions.

Beneficiary.  The  beneficiary is designated and named in the application by the
Contract owner. Thereafter, the owner may change the beneficiary, provided it is
in  accordance  with the terms of the  Contract.  Should the insured die with no
surviving beneficiary, the insured's estate will become the beneficiary.

Incontestability.  After the  Contract  has been in force  during the  insured's
lifetime  for 2 years from the  Contract  date or, with respect to any change in
the  Contract  that  requires  Pruco  Life's  approval  and could  increase  its
liability, after the change has been in effect during the insured's lifetime for
2 years from the effective  date of the change,  Pruco Life will not contest its
liability under the Contract in accordance with its terms.

Misstatement  of Age or Sex. If the  insured's  stated age or sex (except  where
unisex  rates  apply) or both are  incorrect  in the  Contract,  Pruco Life will
adjust the death  benefits  payable,  as required by law, to reflect the correct
age and sex. Any death  benefit will be based on what the most recent charge for
mortality would have provided at the correct age and sex.

Suicide Exclusion.  Generally,  if the insured,  whether sane or insane, dies by
suicide within 2 years from the Contract date, Pruco Life will pay no more under
the Contract than the sum of the premiums paid.

Assignment.  This Contract may not be assigned if such assignment  would violate
any federal, state, or local law or regulation.  Generally, the Contract may not
be assigned to an employee benefit plan or program without Pruco Life's consent.
Pruco Life  assumes no  responsibility  for the validity or  sufficiency  of any
assignment, and it will not be obligated to comply with any assignment unless it
has received a copy at one of its Home Offices.

Settlement Options. The Contract grants to most owners, or to the beneficiary, a
variety of optional ways of receiving  Contract  proceeds,  other than in a lump
sum. Any Pruco Life representative  authorized to sell this Contract can explain
these options upon request.

                    INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE
                                   PORTFOLIOS

General

   
The  Prudential  Series  Fund,  Inc.  (the "Series  Fund") has fifteen  separate
portfolios,  two of which, the Conservative  Balanced Portfolio and the Flexible
Managed Portfolio, are available to PRUvider Contract owners. The portfolios are
managed by The Prudential  Insurance Company of America ("The Prudential"),  see
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES, page 18.
    

                                        5


<PAGE>

Each of the  portfolios  seeks to  achieve  a  different  investment  objective.
Accordingly, each portfolio can be expected to have different investment results
and to be subject to different financial and market risks. Financial risk refers
to the ability of an issuer of a debt security to pay principal and interest and
to the earnings  stability  and overall  financial  soundness of an issuer of an
equity  security.  Market  risk  refers  to the  degree  to which the price of a
security will react to changes in  conditions in securities  markets in general,
and with  particular  reference  to debt  securities,  to changes in the overall
level of interest rates.

The investment  objectives of the Series Fund's portfolios that are available to
PRUvider  Contract owners can be found under Investment  Objectives and Policies
of the Portfolios in the prospectus.

Convertible Securities

   
The  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  may  invest  in
convertible  securities.  A convertible  security is a fixed-income  security (a
bond or  preferred  stock)  which may be  converted  at a stated  price within a
specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same
or a different issuer.  Convertible  securities are senior to common stocks in a
corporation's  capital  structure,  but  are  usually  subordinated  to  similar
nonconvertible  securities.  While  providing a fixed income  stream  (generally
higher in yield than the  income  derivable  from a common  stock but lower than
that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also
affords  an  investor  the  opportunity,  through  its  conversion  feature,  to
participate in capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the
convertible  security's  underlying  common  stock.  The price of a  convertible
security  tends to increase as the market value of the  underlying  stock rises,
whereas  it tends to  decrease  as the  market  value  of the  underlying  stock
declines.  While no  securities  investment  is  without  risk,  investments  in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.
    

Warrants

   
The Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios may invest in warrants
on common  stocks.  Warrants are options to buy a number of shares of stock at a
predetermined  price during a specified  period.  The risk  associated  with the
purchase  of a warrant  is that the  purchase  price  will be lost if the market
price of the stock does not reach a level that justifies the exercise or sale of
the warrant before it expires.
    

Options and Futures

   
Options on Equity  Securities.  The  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed
Portfolios  may purchase  and write (i.e.,  sell) put and call options on equity
securities  that are traded on  securities  exchanges  or that are listed on the
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ")
or that result from privately negotiated  transactions with broker-dealers ("OTC
options").  A call  option  is a  short-term  contract  pursuant  to  which  the
purchaser  or  holder,  in return for a premium  paid,  has the right to buy the
equity security  underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time
during the term of the option.  The writer of the call option,  who receives the
premium,  has the  obligation,  upon  exercise  of the  option,  to deliver  the
underlying  equity security  against payment of the exercise price. A put option
is a similar  contract  which  gives the  purchaser  or holder,  in return for a
premium,  the right to sell the underlying  equity security at a specified price
during the term of the option.  The writer of the put, who receives the premium,
has the  obligation to buy the  underlying  security at the exercise  price upon
exercise by the holder of the put.
    

A  portfolio  will write only  "covered"  options  on stocks.  A call  option is
covered if: (1) the portfolio owns the security  underlying  the option;  or (2)
the  portfolio  has an absolute and  immediate  right to acquire  that  security
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated  account by its custodian)  upon conversion or exchange of other
securities it holds;  or (3) the portfolio  holds on a  share-for-share  basis a
call on the same  security as the call written  where the exercise  price of the
call held is equal to or less than the  exercise  price of the call  written  or
greater  than the  exercise  price  of the call  written  if the  difference  is
maintained  by the  portfolio  in  cash,  Treasury  bills or  other  high  grade
short-term debt  obligations in a segregated  account with its custodian.  A put
option  is  covered  if:  (1) the  portfolio  deposits  and  maintains  with its
custodian in a segregated  account  cash,  U.S.  Government  securities or other
liquid  high-grade debt obligations  having a value equal to or greater than the
exercise price of the option;  or (2) the portfolio  holds on a  share-for-share
basis a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise  price of
the put held is equal to or greater than the  exercise  price of the put written
or less than the exercise price if the difference is maintained by the portfolio
in cash,  Treasury bills or other high grade  short-term  debt  obligations in a
segregated account with its custodian.

   
The  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  may also purchase
"protective  puts" (i.e.,  put options  acquired for the purpose of protecting a
portfolio  security from a decline in market value). In exchange for the premium
paid for the put option, the portfolio acquires the right to sell the underlying
security at the exercise price
    

                                        6


<PAGE>

of the put regardless of the extent to which the underlying security declines in
value.  The loss to the  portfolio  is  limited  to the  premium  paid for,  and
transaction  costs in connection with, the put plus the initial excess,  if any,
of the market price of the underlying security over the exercise price. However,
if the market price of the  security  underlying  the put rises,  the profit the
portfolio  realizes on the sale of the  security  will be reduced by the premium
paid for the put option less any amount (net of transaction costs) for which the
put may be  sold.  Similar  principles  apply  to the  purchase  of puts on debt
securities  and  stock  indices,  as  described  below  under  Options  on  Debt
Securities and Options on Stock Indices.

The portfolios may purchase call options for hedging and investment purposes. No
portfolio  intends  to invest  more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in
the  purchase of call  options on stocks.  These  portfolios  may also  purchase
putable and callable equity securities,  which are securities coupled with a put
or a call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may effect a "closing purchase transaction" by buying an option of the
same  series as the  option  previously  written.  Similarly,  the  holder of an
exchange-traded  option may  liquidate  his or her  position  by exercise of the
option or by effecting a "closing sale  transaction" by selling an option of the
same  series as the option  previously  purchased.  A portfolio  will  realize a
profit from a closing  transaction if the price of the  transaction is less than
the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to
purchase the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option will
generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security,  any
loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction with respect to a call option
is likely to be offset  in whole or in part by  appreciation  of the  underlying
equity  security owned by the portfolio.  Unlike  exchange-traded  options,  OTC
options  generally do not have a continuous  liquid  market.  Consequently,  the
portfolio  will  generally  be able to realize the value of an OTC option it has
purchased  only by  exercising  it or  reselling it to the dealer who issued it.
Similarly, when the portfolio writes an OTC option, it generally will be able to
close out the OTC option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing
purchase transaction with the dealer to which the portfolio originally wrote the
OTC option.  There is, in general, no guarantee that closing purchase or closing
sale transactions can be effected.

A portfolio's use of options on equity  securities is subject to certain special
risks,  in addition to the risk that the market value of the security  will move
adversely to the portfolio's  option position.  An option position may be closed
out only on an exchange, board of trade or other trading facility which provides
a secondary  market for an option of the same series.  Although a portfolio will
generally  purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an
active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on
an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and
for some options no secondary  market on an exchange or otherwise may exist.  In
such event it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular
options,  with the result that the portfolio  would have to exercise its options
in order to realize any profit and would incur  brokerage  commissions  upon the
exercise  of such  options and upon the  subsequent  disposition  of  underlying
securities acquired through the exercise of call options or upon the purchase of
underlying  securities  for the  exercise of put  options.  If a portfolio  as a
covered call option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in
a secondary  market,  it will not be able to sell the underlying  security until
the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid  secondary market on an exchange include the
following:  (i) there may be insufficient  trading  interest in certain options;
(ii)  restrictions  may be imposed by an  exchange  on opening  transactions  or
closing  transactions  or  both;  (iii)  trading  halts,  suspensions  or  other
restrictions  may be imposed  with  respect to  particular  classes or series of
options or underlying securities;  (iv) unusual or unforeseen  circumstances may
interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or
a  clearing  corporation  may not at all times be  adequate  to  handle  current
trading  volume;  or (vi) one or more  exchanges  could,  for  economic or other
reasons,  decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue  the trading
of options  (or a  particular  class or series of  options),  in which event the
secondary  market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options)  would
cease to exist,  although  outstanding  options on that  exchange  that had been
issued by a clearing  corporation  as a result of trades on that exchange  would
continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. There is no assurance
that higher than anticipated  trading activity or other unforeseen  events might
not,  at  times,  render  certain  of the  facilities  of  any  of the  clearing
corporations  inadequate,  which might cause an  exchange to  institute  special
procedures that might interfere with the timely execution of customers' orders.

The  purchase  and sale of OTC  options  will also be subject to certain  risks.
Unlike  exchange-traded  options, OTC options generally do not have a continuous
liquid market.  Consequently,  a portfolio will generally be able to realize the
value of an OTC option it has purchased only by exercising it or reselling it to
the dealer who issued it.  Similarly,  when a portfolio writes an OTC option, it
generally will be able to close out the OTC option prior to its expiration  only
by entering  into a closing  purchase  transaction  with the dealer to which the
portfolio  originally  wrote the OTC option.  While the portfolios  will seek to
enter into OTC options  only with dealers who agree to and which are expected to
be able to be capable of entering into closing  transactions with the portfolio,
there can be

                                        7


<PAGE>

no  assurance  that the  portfolio  will be able to liquidate an OTC option at a
favorable  price at any time prior to expiration.  In the event of insolvency of
the other party,  the  portfolio  may be unable to liquidate an OTC option.  The
Prudential  monitors the  creditworthiness  of dealers with whom the Series Fund
enters into OTC option  transactions under the general supervision of the Series
Fund's Board of Directors.

   
Options on Debt  Securities.  The  Conservative  Balanced and  Flexible  Managed
Portfolios  may  purchase  and write  (i.e.,  sell) put and call options on debt
securities  (including U.S.  Government debt securities) that are traded on U.S.
securities exchanges or that result from privately negotiated  transactions with
primary U.S.  Government  securities  dealers  recognized by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York  ("over-the-counter"  or "OTC"  options).  Options  on debt are
similar to options on stock, except that the option holder has the right to take
or make delivery of a debt security, rather than stock.
    

A portfolio will write only "covered"  options.  Options on debt  securities are
covered in the same manner as options on stocks,  discussed above,  except that,
in the case of call options on U.S. Treasury Bills, the portfolio might own U.S.
Treasury Bills of a different series from those underlying the call option,  but
with a principal  amount and value  corresponding  to the option contract amount
and a maturity date no later than that of the securities  deliverable  under the
call option.  The principal  reason for a portfolio to write an option on one or
more of its securities is to realize through the receipt of the premiums paid by
the purchaser of the option a greater  current  return than would be realized on
the underlying  security  alone.  Calls on debt  securities  will not be written
when,  in the opinion of The  Prudential,  interest  rates are likely to decline
significantly, because under those circumstances the premium received by writing
the call likely would not fully offset the foregone appreciation in the value of
the underlying security.

The portfolios may also write straddles (i.e., a combination of a call and a put
written on the same  security at the same  strike  price where the same issue of
the  security  is  considered  "cover"  for both the put and the call).  In such
cases,  the  portfolio  will also  segregate  or deposit  for the benefit of the
portfolio's broker cash or liquid high-grade debt obligations  equivalent to the
amount, if any, by which the put is "in the money." It is contemplated that each
portfolio's use of straddles will be limited to 5% of the portfolio's net assets
(meaning that the  securities  used for cover or  segregated as described  above
will not exceed 5% of the  portfolio's  net assets at the time the  straddle  is
written).  The  writing  of a call  and a put on the same  security  at the same
strike price where the call and the put are covered by different  securities  is
not considered a straddle for purposes of this limit.

The portfolios may purchase  "protective puts" in an effort to protect the value
of a  security  that it owns  against a  substantial  decline  in market  value.
Protective puts are described above in Options on Equity  Securities,  page 6. A
portfolio may wish to protect certain portfolio  securities against a decline in
market value at a time when put options on those  particular  securities are not
available  for  purchase.  A portfolio  may  therefore  purchase a put option on
securities  other than those it wishes to protect  even  though it does not hold
such other  securities in its  portfolio.  While changes in the value of the put
option should  generally  offset  changes in the value of the  securities  being
hedged,  the  correlation  between  the two  values may not be as close in these
transactions as in transactions in which the portfolio purchases a put option on
an underlying security it owns.

The portfolios may also purchase call options on debt  securities for hedging or
investment  purposes.  No portfolio  currently intends to invest more than 5% of
its  net  assets  at any one  time  in the  purchase  of  call  options  on debt
securities.  A portfolio may also purchase putable and callable debt securities,
which are securities coupled with a put or call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may  effect  a  "closing  purchase  transaction"  or a  "closing  sale
transaction"  in a manner  similar to that  discussed  above in connection  with
options on equity securities.

The staff of the Securities and Exchange  Commission has taken the position that
purchased OTC options and the assets used as "cover" for written OTC options are
illiquid for purposes of a portfolio's  15% limitation on investment in illiquid
securities.  However,  pursuant to the terms of certain no-action letters issued
by the staff,  the  securities  used as cover for  written  OTC  options  may be
considered  liquid  provided  that  the  portfolio  sells  OTC  options  only to
qualified  dealers who agree that the portfolio may repurchase any OTC option it
writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined  formula. In such
cases,  the OTC option would be considered  illiquid only to the extent that the
maximum  repurchase  price under the formula  exceeds the intrinsic value of the
option.

The use of debt  options  is  subject  to the  same  risks  described  above  in
connection with stock options.

   
Options  on Stock  Indices.  The  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed
Portfolios may purchase and sell put and call options on stock indices traded on
securities  exchanges  or  listed  on  NASDAQ  or  that  result  from  privately
negotiated  transactions with broker-dealers  ("OTC options").  Options on stock
indices  are  similar to options on stock  except  that rather than the right to
take or make delivery of stock at a specified  price, an option on a stock index
gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of
cash if the closing level of
    

                                        8


<PAGE>

the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a
call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. This
amount of cash is equal to such  difference  between  the  closing  price of the
index  and the  exercise  price  of the  option  expressed  in  dollars  times a
specified multiple (the "multiplier"). The writer of the option is obligated, in
return for the premium received,  to make delivery of this amount.  Unlike stock
options,  all  settlements  are in  cash,  and  gain or loss  depends  on  price
movements in the stock market generally (or in a particular  industry or segment
of the market) rather than price movements in individual stocks.

The  multiplier for an index option  performs a function  similar to the unit of
trading for a stock option. It determines the total dollar value per Contract of
each point in the  difference  between the  exercise  price of an option and the
current  level  of the  underlying  index.  A  multiplier  of 100  means  that a
one-point  difference  will yield  $100.  Options  on different indices may have
different multipliers.

The  portfolios  may purchase  put and call  options for hedging and  investment
purposes.  No portfolio  intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any
one time in the  purchase of puts and calls on stock  indices.  A portfolio  may
effect  closing  sale  and  purchase  transactions  involving  options  on stock
indices, as described above in connection with stock options.

A portfolio will write only "covered" options on stock indices. A call option is
covered if the portfolio holds a portfolio of stocks at least equal to the value
of the  index  times  the  multiplier  times the  number  of  contracts.  When a
portfolio  writes a call  option on a broadly  based  stock  market  index,  the
portfolio  will  segregate or put into escrow with its  custodian or pledge to a
broker as  collateral  for the option,  cash,  cash  equivalents  or  "qualified
securities"  (defined  below)  with a market  value at the  time the  option  is
written of not less than 100% of the current  index  value times the  multiplier
times the  number of  contracts.  If a  portfolio  has  written  an option on an
industry or market segment index,  it will segregate or put into escrow with its
custodian  or pledge  to a broker as  collateral  for the  option at least  five
"qualified  securities,"  all of which are stocks of issuers in such industry or
market  segment,  with a market  value at the time the  option is written of not
less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier  times the number
of contracts.  Such stocks will include  stocks which  represent at least 50% of
the  weighting of the  industry or market  segment  index and will  represent at
least 50% of the  portfolio's  holdings in that industry or market  segment.  No
individual  security will  represent  more than 15% of the amount so segregated,
pledged or escrowed in the case of broadly  based stock market index  options or
25% of such amount in the case of industry or market segment index  options.  If
at the  close  of  business  on any  day the  market  value  of  such  qualified
securities  so  segregated,  escrowed or pledged falls below 100% of the current
index value times the  multiplier  times the number of contracts,  the portfolio
will so segregate,  escrow or pledge an amount in cash,  Treasury bills or other
high-grade short-term obligations equal in value to the difference. In addition,
when a portfolio writes a call on an index which is in-the-money at the time the
call is written,  the portfolio  will  segregate with its custodian or pledge to
the broker as collateral, cash or U.S. Government or other high-grade short-term
debt obligations  equal in value to the amount by which the call is in-the-money
times the  multiplier  times the  number of  contracts.  Any  amount  segregated
pursuant to the foregoing sentence may be applied to the portfolio's  obligation
to  segregate  additional  amounts  in the event  that the  market  value of the
qualified  securities  falls  below 100% of the  current  index  value times the
multiplier  times the number of contracts.  A "qualified  security" is an equity
security  which is listed on a securities  exchange or NASDAQ  against which the
portfolio  has not  written a stock call option and which has not been hedged by
the  portfolio by the sale of stock index  futures.  However,  if the  portfolio
holds a call on the same index as the call written  where the exercise  price of
the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or
greater  than the  exercise  price  of the call  written  if the  difference  is
maintained  by the  portfolio  in  cash,  Treasury  bills  or  other  high-grade
short-term  obligations in a segregated account with its custodian,  it will not
be subject to the requirement described in this paragraph.

A put option is covered  if: (1) the  portfolio  holds in a  segregated  account
cash, Treasury bills or other high-grade  short-term debt obligations of a value
equal to the strike price times the multiplier times the number of contracts; or
(2) the  portfolio  holds a put on the same index as the put  written  where the
strike price of the put held is equal to or greater than the strike price of the
put written or less than the strike  price of the put written if the  difference
is  maintained  by the  portfolio in cash,  Treasury  bills or other  high-grade
short-term  debt  obligations  in a segregated  account with its  custodian.  In
instances involving the purchase of futures contracts by a portfolio,  an amount
of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  equal  to the  market  value  of the  futures
contracts,  will be  deposited  in a  segregated  account  with the  portfolio's
custodian and/or in a margin account with a broker to collateralize the position
and thereby ensure that the use of such futures is unleveraged.

The purchase  and sale of options on stock  indices will be subject to the risks
described above under Options on Equity Securities. In addition, the distinctive
characteristics  of options on indices create certain risks that are not present
with stock  options.  Index prices may be distorted if trading of certain stocks
included in the index is  interrupted.  Trading in the index options also may be
interrupted  in  certain  circumstances,  such as if  trading  were  halted in a
substantial  number  of  stocks  included  in the  index.  If this  occurred,  a
portfolio  would  not be able to close out  options  which it had  purchased  or
written  and, if  restrictions  on  exercise  were  imposed,  might be unable to
exercise an option it holds,  which could  result in  substantial  losses to the
portfolio. It is the policy of the

                                        9


<PAGE>

portfolios  to purchase or write  options only on stock  indices which include a
number of stocks  sufficient  to minimize  the  likelihood  of a trading halt in
options on the index.

The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject
to the  development and maintenance of a liquid  secondary  market.  A portfolio
will not purchase or sell any index  option  contract  unless and until,  in its
manager's opinion,  the market for such options has developed  sufficiently that
the risk in  connection  with such  transactions  is no greater than the risk in
connection with options on stocks.

There are certain special risks  associated with writing calls on stock indices.
Because  exercises of index options are settled in cash, a call writer such as a
portfolio cannot  determine the amount of its settlement  obligations in advance
and, unlike call writing on specific stocks, cannot precisely provide in advance
for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the
underlying  securities.  The  portfolios,   however,  will  follow  the  "cover"
procedures described above.

Price  movements in a portfolio's  equity security  portfolio  probably will not
correlate precisely with movements in the level of the index and, therefore,  in
writing a call on a stock index a portfolio bears the risk that the price of the
securities  held by the portfolio may not increase as much as the index. In such
event,  the  portfolio  would  bear a loss on the call  which is not  completely
offset by movement in the price of the portfolio's equity securities. It is also
possible that the index may rise when the portfolio's  securities do not rise in
value. If this occurred, the portfolio would experience a loss on the call which
is not offset by an increase in the value of its securities  portfolio and might
also experience a loss in its securities portfolio.  However,  because the value
of a diversified  securities portfolio will, over time, tend to move in the same
direction as the market,  movements in the value of a portfolio's  securities in
the  opposite  direction as the market would be likely to occur for only a short
period or to a small degree.

When a portfolio  has  written a call,  there is also a risk that the market may
decline  between the time the  portfolio has a call  exercised  against it, at a
price  which is fixed as of the  closing  level of the  index on the date of the
exercise, and the time the portfolio is able to sell stocks in its portfolio. As
with stock  options,  a portfolio  will not learn that an index  option has been
exercised  until the day following the exercise date but, unlike a call on stock
where the  portfolio  would be able to  deliver  the  underlying  securities  in
settlement,  the portfolio may have to sell part of its stock portfolio in order
to make  settlement in cash,  and the price of such stocks might decline  before
they can be sold. This timing risk makes certain strategies  involving more than
one option  substantially  more risky with  options in stock  indices  than with
stock options. For example,  even if an index call which a portfolio has written
is "covered" by an index call held by the portfolio  with the same strike price,
the portfolio will bear the risk that the level of the index may decline between
the close of trading on the date the exercise  notice is filed with the clearing
corporation  and the close of trading on the date the  portfolio  exercises  the
call it holds or the time the  portfolio  sells the call,  which in either  case
would occur no earlier than the day  following  the day the exercise  notice was
filed.

There are also certain special risks involved in purchasing put and call options
on stock indices.  If a portfolio  holds an index option and exercises it before
final  determination  of the closing  index value for that day, it runs the risk
that the level of the  underlying  index may change  before  closing.  If such a
change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money,  the portfolio will
be  required  to pay the  difference  between  the  closing  index value and the
exercise price of the option (times the  applicable  multiplier) to the assigned
writer.  Although the portfolio may be able to minimize the risk by  withholding
exercise  instructions  until just  before the daily  cutoff  time or by selling
rather than  exercising  an option when the index level is close to the exercise
price, it may not be possible to eliminate this risk entirely because the cutoff
times for index  options  may be  earlier  than those  fixed for other  types of
options and may occur before definitive closing index values are announced.

   
Options on Foreign  Currencies.  The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed
Portfolios  may purchase  and write put and call  options on foreign  currencies
traded on U.S. or foreign  securities  exchanges  or boards of trade for hedging
purposes in a manner similar to that in which forward foreign currency  exchange
contracts (see Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts, page 14) and futures
contracts on foreign  currencies  (discussed under Futures  Contracts,  page 11)
will be employed. Options on foreign currencies are similar to options on stock,
except  that the  option  holder  has the  right to take or make  delivery  of a
specified amount of foreign currency, rather than stock.
    

A portfolio may purchase and write options to hedge the  portfolio's  securities
denominated in foreign currencies.  If there is a decline in the dollar value of
a foreign  currency in which the  portfolio's  securities are  denominated,  the
dollar value of such  securities  will decline even though the foreign  currency
value remains the same. To hedge against the decline of the foreign currency,  a
portfolio may purchase put options on such foreign currency. If the value of the
foreign currency declines,  the gain realized on the put option would offset, in
whole or in part, the adverse effect such decline would have on the value of the
portfolio's  securities.  Alternatively,  a portfolio may write a call option on
the foreign currency. If the foreign currency declines,  the option would not be
exercised and

                                       10


<PAGE>

the decline in the value of the portfolio securities denominated in such foreign
currency  would be offset in part by the premium the portfolio  received for the
option.

If, on the other hand, the portfolio  manager  anticipates  purchasing a foreign
security  and  also  anticipates  a  rise  in  such  foreign  currency  (thereby
increasing the cost of such  security),  the portfolio may purchase call options
on the foreign  currency.  The purchase of such options could  offset,  at least
partially,  the  effects  of  the  adverse  movements  of  the  exchange  rates.
Alternatively,  a portfolio could write a put option on the currency and, if the
exchange rates move as anticipated, the option would expire unexercised.

A portfolio's  successful use of currency exchange options on foreign currencies
depends  upon the  manager's  ability to predict the  direction  of the currency
exchange markets and political  conditions,  which requires different skills and
techniques  than predicting  changes in the securities  markets  generally.  For
instance,  if the currency being hedged has moved in a favorable direction,  the
corresponding  appreciation  of the portfolio's  securities  denominated in such
currency would be partially offset by the premiums paid on the options. Further,
if the currency exchange rate does not change, the portfolio net income would be
less than if the portfolio had not hedged since there are costs  associated with
options.

The use of these options is subject to various additional risks. The correlation
between  movements in the price of options and the price of the currencies being
hedged is imperfect.  The use of these  instruments will hedge only the currency
risks associated with investments in foreign  securities,  not market risks. The
portfolio's  ability to establish and maintain  positions  will depend on market
liquidity.  The ability of the  portfolio to close out an option  depends upon a
liquid secondary  market.  There is no assurance that liquid  secondary  markets
will exist for any particular option at any particular time.

Because  there  are two  currencies  involved,  developments  in  either or both
countries can affect the values of options on foreign  currencies.  In addition,
the quantities of currency  underlying option contracts  represent odd lots in a
market dominated by transactions  between banks; this can mean extra transaction
costs  upon  exercise.  Option  markets  may  be  closed  while  round-the-clock
interbank  currency  markets  are  open,  and this  can  create  price  and rate
discrepancies.

   
Futures  Contracts.  The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed  Portfolios
may, to the extent  permitted by applicable  regulations,  attempt to reduce the
risk of  investment  in equity  securities  by hedging a portion of their equity
portfolios  through  the use of stock  index  futures  contracts.  A stock index
futures  contract is an agreement in which the seller of the contract  agrees to
deliver to the buyer an amount of cash equal to a specific  dollar  amount times
the  difference  between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the
last trading day of the  contract and the price at which the  agreement is made.
No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made.

The  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may, to the extent
permitted  by  applicable  regulations,  purchase  and sell for hedging  purpose
futures  contracts on  interest-bearing  securities (such as U.S. Treasury bonds
and notes) or interest rate indices  (referred to collectively as "interest rate
futures contracts").

The  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may, to the extent
permitted by  applicable  regulations,  purchase  and sell futures  contracts on
foreign currencies or groups of foreign currencies for hedging purposes.
    

When the futures  contract is entered into, each party deposits with a broker or
in a segregated  custodial  account  approximately  5% of the  contract  amount,
called the "initial margin." Subsequent payments to and from the broker,  called
the  "variation  margin,"  will  be  made on a  daily  basis  as the  underlying
security,  index or rate  fluctuates  making the long and short positions in the
futures  contracts  more or less  valuable,  a process  known as "marking to the
market." The Board of Directors  currently  intends to limit futures  trading so
that a portfolio will not enter into futures contracts or related options if the
aggregate initial margins and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of its
assets,  after taking into account  unrealized  profits and unrealized losses on
any such contracts and options.

A portfolio's  successful use of futures  contracts  depends upon the investment
manager's  ability  to  predict  the  direction  of  the  relevant  market.  The
correlation  between movement in the price of the futures contract and the price
of the  securities  or currencies  being hedged is  imperfect.  The ability of a
portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a liquid secondary  market.
There  is no  assurance  that  liquid  secondary  markets  will  exist  for  any
particular futures contract at any particular time.

There are several  additional risks associated with a portfolio's use of futures
contracts  for  hedging  purposes.  One such risk  arises  because of  imperfect
correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price
of the securities or currency that are the subject of the hedge.  In the case of
futures contracts on stock or interest rate indices, the correlation between the
price of the futures  contract and  movements in the index might not be perfect.
To compensate  for  differences  in  historical  volatility,  a portfolio  could
purchase  or sell  future  contracts  with a greater  or lesser  value  than the
securities or currency it wished to hedge or purchase. In addition,

                                       11


<PAGE>

temporary  price  distortions in the futures market could be caused by a variety
of factors.  Further, the ability of a portfolio to close out a futures position
depends  on a  liquid  secondary  market.  There is no  assurance  that a liquid
secondary  market on an exchange will exist for any particular  futures contract
at any particular  time.  Further,  each  portfolio's  successful use of futures
contracts is to some extent dependent on the ability of the portfolio manager to
predict  correctly  movements  in the  direction of the market,  interest  rates
and/or currency exchange rates.

In addition,  the hours of trading of futures  contracts  may not conform to the
hours during which the  portfolio  may trade the  underlying  securities  and/or
currency.  To the extent that the futures markets close before the securities or
currency  markets,  significant  price and rate  movements can take place in the
securities  and/or  currency  markets  that cannot be  reflected  in the futures
markets.

   
Options on Futures  Contracts.  To the extent permitted by applicable  insurance
law and federal  regulations,  the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed
Portfolios may enter into certain transactions  involving options on stock index
futures contracts,  options on interest rate futures  contracts,  and options on
foreign  currency futures  contracts.  An option on a futures contract gives the
purchaser or holder the right, but not the obligation, to assume a position in a
futures  contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short  position
if the  option is a put) at a  specified  price at any time  during  the  option
exercise period. The writer of the option is required upon exercise to assume an
offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long
position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of
offsetting  futures  positions  by the writer  and holder of the option  will be
accomplished  by delivery of the  accumulated  balance in the  writer's  futures
margin  account  which  represents  the amount by which the market  price of the
futures contract, at exercise,  exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than,
in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures  contract.
As an alternative to exercise, the holder or writer of an option may terminate a
position  by selling or  purchasing  an option of the same  series.  There is no
guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.  The portfolios intend
to utilize options on futures  contracts for the same purposes that they use the
underlying futures contracts.
    

Options on futures  contracts  are subject to risks  similar to those  described
above  with  respect to option on  securities,  options  on stock  indices,  and
futures  contracts.  These risks include the risk that the portfolio manager may
not correctly predict changes in the market,  the risk of imperfect  correlation
between  the option and the  securities  being  hedged,  and the risk that there
might not be a liquid secondary market for the option. There is also the risk of
imperfect correlation between the option and the underlying futures contract. If
there  were no liquid  secondary  market  for a  particular  option on a futures
contract,  the  portfolio  might have to  exercise an option it held in order to
realize  any profit and might  continue to be  obligated  under an option it had
written until the option expired or was exercised.  If the portfolio were unable
to close out an option it had written on a futures  contract,  it would continue
to be required to maintain  initial  margin and make variation  margin  payments
with respect to the option  position  until the option  expired or was exercised
against the portfolio.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities

   
From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Conservative Balanced
and Flexible Managed Portfolios may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued
or delayed delivery basis,  that is, delivery and payment can take place a month
or more  after the date of the  transaction.  The  portfolios  will  limit  such
purchases to those in which the date for  delivery and payment  falls within 120
days of the date of the commitment.  A portfolio will make  commitments for such
when-issued  transactions  only with the  intention  of actually  acquiring  the
securities.  A portfolio's custodian will maintain, in a separate account, cash,
U.S.  Government  securities or other high grade debt obligations having a value
equal to or greater than such commitments.  If a portfolio chooses to dispose of
the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition,  it could,
as with the  disposition of any other portfolio  security,  incur a gain or loss
due to market fluctuations.
    

In addition, the short-term portions of the portfolios may purchase money market
securities on a  when-issued  or delayed  delivery  basis on the terms set forth
under item 6 in  SECURITIES  IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET  PORTFOLIO  MAY CURRENTLY
INVEST, page 21.

Short Sales

   
The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may sell securities
they do not own in  anticipation  of a  decline  in the  market  value  of those
securities ("short sales").  To complete such a transaction,  the portfolio will
borrow the  security  to make  delivery  to the  buyer.  The  portfolio  is then
obligated to replace the security  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price
at the time of replacement.  The price at such time may be more or less than the
price at which the  security  was sold by the  portfolio.  Until the security is
replaced,  the  portfolio  is required to pay to the lender any  interest  which
accrues  during the period of the loan. To borrow the security the portfolio may
be required to pay a premium which would increase the cost of the security sold.
The  proceeds  of the short  sale will be  retained  by the broker to the extent
necessary to meet margin  requirements  until the short  position is closed out.
Until the portfolio  replaces the borrowed  security,  it will (a) maintain in a
segregated account cash or
    

                                       12


<PAGE>

U.S.  Government  securities  at such a level that the amount  deposited  in the
account plus the amount  deposited with the broker as collateral  will equal the
current  market value of the  security  sold short and will not be less than the
market  value of the  security  at the time it was sold  short or (b)  otherwise
cover its short position.

The  portfolio  will  incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of
the security  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which
the portfolio replaces the borrowed security.  The portfolio will realize a gain
if the  security  declines  in price  between  those  dates.  This result is the
opposite of what one would expect from a cash  purchase of a long  position in a
security.  The amount of any gain will be decreased,  and the amount of any loss
will be  increased,  by the amount of any premium or interest paid in connection
with the short  sale.  No more than 25% of any  portfolio's  net assets will be,
when added  together:  (i) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace
securities  borrowed to effect  short  sales and (ii)  allocated  to  segregated
accounts in connection with short sales.

Short Sales Against the Box

The portfolios may make short sales of securities or maintain a short  position,
provided that at all times when a short  position is open the portfolio  owns an
equal amount of such securities or securities  convertible into or exchangeable,
with or without payment of any further consideration, for an equal amount of the
securities  of the same  issuer as the  securities  sold  short (a  "short  sale
against  the box");  provided,  that if further  consideration  is  required  in
connection with the conversion or exchange,  cash or U.S. Government  securities
in an amount equal to such consideration must be put in a segregated account.

Interest Rate Swaps

   
The fixed income  portions of the  Conservative  Balanced  and Flexible  Managed
Portfolios  may use  interest  rate swaps to increase or decrease a  portfolio's
exposure to long- or short-term  interest rates. No portfolio  currently intends
to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in interest rate swaps.
    

Interest  rate  swaps,  in their most basic  form,  involve  the  exchange  by a
portfolio with another party of their  respective  commitments to pay or receive
interest.  For example,  a portfolio might exchange its right to receive certain
floating  rate  payments in exchange for another  party's right to receive fixed
rate  payments.  Interest rate swaps can take a variety of other forms,  such as
agreements to pay the net  differences  between two different  indices or rates,
even if the  parties  do not  own  the  underlying  instruments.  Despite  their
differences in form, the function of interest rate swaps is generally the same -
to increase or decrease a portfolio's  exposure to long- or short-term  interest
rates. For example,  a portfolio may enter into a swap transaction to preserve a
return or spread on a particular  investment or a portion of its portfolio or to
protect   against  any  increase  in  the  price  of  securities  the  portfolio
anticipates purchasing at a later date.

The use of swap  agreements  is subject to certain  risks.  As with  options and
futures,  if the investment  manager's  prediction of interest rate movements is
incorrect,  the portfolio's  total return will be less than if the portfolio had
not used swaps. In addition,  if the counterparty's  creditworthiness  declines,
the value of the swap would likely decline. Moreover, there is no guarantee that
a portfolio could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding  swap agreement by
entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party.

A portfolio will maintain  appropriate  liquid assets in a segregated  custodial
account to cover its current  obligations under swap agreements.  If a portfolio
enters into a swap  agreement on a net basis,  it will  segregate  assets with a
daily  value at least equal to the excess,  if any, of the  portfolio's  accrued
obligations  under the swap  agreement  over the accrued amount the portfolio is
entitled  to receive  under the  agreement.  If a  portfolio  enters into a swap
agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal
to the full amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The  portfolios  may  from  time  to  time  lend  the  securities  they  hold to
broker-dealers, provided that such loans are made pursuant to written agreements
and are continuously  secured by collateral in the form of cash, U.S. Government
securities  or  irrevocable  standby  letters of credit in an amount equal to at
least the market  value at all times of the loaned  securities  plus the accrued
interest and  dividends.  During the time  securities are on loan, the portfolio
will  continue to receive  the  interest  and  dividends  or amounts  equivalent
thereto on the loaned  securities  while  receiving  a fee from the  borrower or
earning  interest  on the  investment  of the  cash  collateral.  The  right  to
terminate the loan will be given to either party subject to appropriate  notice.
Upon termination of the loan, the borrower will return to the lender  securities
identical to the loaned  securities.  The  portfolio  will not have the right to
vote  securities on loan,  but would  terminate the loan and retain the right to
vote if that were considered important with respect to the investment.

                                       13


<PAGE>

The primary risk in lending securities is that the borrower may become insolvent
on a day on which the loaned  security is rapidly  advancing  in price.  In such
event,  if the  borrower  fails to return the loaned  securities,  the  existing
collateral  might be  insufficient  to  purchase  back the  full  amount  of the
security  loaned,  and the  borrower  would  be  unable  to  furnish  additional
collateral.  The borrower  would be liable for any  shortage;  but the portfolio
would be an unsecured  creditor  with respect to such  shortage and might not be
able to  recover  all or any of it.  However,  this risk may be  minimized  by a
careful  selection  of borrowers  and  securities  to be lent and by  monitoring
collateral.

No  portfolio  will  lend  securities  to  broker-dealers  affiliated  with  The
Prudential, including Prudential Securities Incorporated. This will not affect a
portfolio's ability to maximize its securities lending opportunities.

Illiquid Securities

The  portfolios  may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid  securities.
Illiquid  securities  are those which may not be sold in the ordinary  course of
business within seven days at approximately the value at which the portfolio has
valued them.  Variable and floating rate  instruments that cannot be disposed of
within  seven days and  repurchase  agreements  with a maturity of greater  than
seven days are considered illiquid.

The  portfolios  may  purchase  securities  which are not  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933 but which can be sold to qualified  institutional  buyers
in  accordance  with Rule 144A under  that Act.  Any such  security  will not be
considered  illiquid so long as it is  determined  by the adviser,  acting under
guidelines  approved and monitored by the Board of  Directors,  that an adequate
trading  market  exists for that  security.  In making that  determination,  the
adviser will consider, among other relevant factors: (1) the frequency of trades
and quotes for the  security;  (2) the number of dealers  willing to purchase or
sell the  security  and the  number of other  potential  purchasers;  (3) dealer
undertakings  to make a  market  in the  security;  and (4)  the  nature  of the
security and the nature of the marketplace  trades.  A portfolio's  treatment of
Rule 144A  securities as liquid could have the effect of increasing the level of
portfolio illiquidity to the extent that qualified  institutional buyers become,
for a time,  uninterested  in  purchasing  these  securities.  In addition,  the
adviser,  acting  under  guidelines  approved  and  monitored  by the  Board  of
Directors,  may  conditionally  determine,  for  purposed of the 15% test,  that
certain  commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from  registration
in Section 4(2) of the Securities  Act of 1933 will not be considered  illiquid,
whether or not it may be resold under Rule 144A. To make that determination, the
following conditions must be met: (1) the security must not be traded flat or in
default as to principal or  interest;  (2) the security  must be rated in one of
the  two  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  two  nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organizations  ("NRSROs"),  or if only one NRSRO  rates the
security,  by that NRSRO; if the security is unrated, the adviser must determine
that the security is of  equivalent  quality;  and (3) the adviser must consider
the trading market for the specific  security,  taking into account all relevant
factors.  The adviser  will  continue to monitor the  liquidity of any Rule 144A
security or any Section 4(2)  commercial  paper which has been  determined to be
liquid and, if a security is no longer liquid because of changed conditions, the
holdings of illiquid  securities  will be reviewed to determine if any steps are
required to assure that the 15% test continues to be satisfied.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

   
To the extent permitted by applicable  insurance law, the Conservative  Balanced
and Flexible Managed Portfolios may purchase  securities  denominated in foreign
currencies.  To address  the  currency  fluctuation  risk that such  investments
entail,  these  portfolios  may enter into  forward  foreign  currency  exchange
contracts in several circumstances.  When a portfolio enters into a contract for
the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency,  or when a
portfolio anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of dividends or interest
payments on a security which it holds, the portfolio may desire to "lock-in" the
U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend
or interest payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for
a fixed  amount of  dollars,  for the  purchase or sale of the amount of foreign
currency involved in the underlying transactions,  the portfolio will be able to
protect  itself  against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the
relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the
period  between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which
the  dividend  or  interest  payment  is  declared,  and the date on which  such
payments are made or received.
    

Additionally,  when a  portfolio's  manager  believes  that  the  currency  of a
particular  foreign  country may suffer a substantial  decline  against the U.S.
dollar,  the portfolio  may enter into a forward  contract for a fixed amount of
dollars, to sell the amount of foreign currency  approximating the value of some
or all of the portfolio  securities  denominated in such foreign  currency.  The
precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities
involved will not generally be possible  since the future value of securities in
foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value
of those  securities  between the date on which the forward  contract is entered
into and the date it matures.  The  projection  of  short-term  currency  market
movement is extremely  difficult,  and the successful  execution of a short-term
hedging  strategy is highly  uncertain.  The portfolios will not enter into such
forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts where the

                                       14


<PAGE>

consummation of the contracts would obligate a portfolio to deliver an amount of
foreign  currency  in  excess  of the value of the  securities  or other  assets
denominated in that currency held by the portfolio.  Under normal circumstances,
consideration  of the prospect for currency  parities will be incorporated  into
the long-term investment  decisions made with regard to overall  diversification
strategies.  However,  the  portfolios  believe that it is important to have the
flexibility to enter into such forward  contracts when it is determined that the
best interests of the portfolios will thereby be served. A portfolio's custodian
will place cash or liquid high-grade equity or debt securities into a segregated
account  of the  portfolio  in an amount  equal to the value of the  portfolio's
total assets committed to the consummation of forward foreign currency  exchange
contracts.  If the  value of the  securities  placed in the  segregated  account
declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in the account on a daily
basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount of the  portfolio's
commitments with respect to such contracts.

The portfolios  generally will not enter into a forward  contract with a term of
greater than 1 year.  At the  maturity of a forward  contract,  a portfolio  may
either sell the portfolio  security and make delivery of the foreign currency or
it may retain the security and terminate its  contractual  obligation to deliver
the foreign  currency  by  purchasing  an  "offsetting"  contract  with the same
currency trader  obligating it to purchase,  on the same maturity date, the same
amount of the foreign currency.

It is  impossible  to forecast  with  absolute  precision  the market value of a
particular portfolio security at the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, it
may be necessary for a portfolio to purchase  additional foreign currency on the
spot market (and bear the expense of such  purchase)  if the market value of the
security  is less than the  amount of foreign  currency  that the  portfolio  is
obligated  to deliver  and if a decision is made to sell the  security  and make
delivery of the foreign currency.

If a  portfolio  retains the  portfolio  security  and engages in an  offsetting
transaction,  the portfolio will incur a gain or a loss (as described  below) to
the extent  that there has been  movement  in forward  contract  prices.  Should
forward prices decline during the period between the portfolio's entering into a
forward  contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into
an offsetting  contract for the purchase of the foreign currency,  the portfolio
will  realize a gain to the extent that the price of the  currency it has agreed
to sell  exceeds  the price of the  currency it has agreed to  purchase.  Should
forward prices increase, the portfolio will suffer a loss to the extent that the
price of the  currency  it has  agreed  to  purchase  exceeds  the  price of the
currency it has agreed to sell.

The portfolios'  dealing in forward foreign currency exchange  contracts will be
limited to the transactions  described above. Of course,  the portfolios are not
required  to  enter  into  such   transactions  with  regard  to  their  foreign
currency-denominated  securities. It also should be realized that this method of
protecting the value of the portfolio  securities against a decline in the value
of a currency does not eliminate  fluctuations  in the underlying  prices of the
securities  which are unrelated to exchange rates.  Additionally,  although such
contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the
hedge  currency,  at the same time they tend to limit any  potential  gain which
might result should the value of such currency increase.

Although the portfolios value their assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars,  they
do not intend  physically to convert their holdings of foreign  currencies  into
U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  They will do so from time to time, and investors
should be aware of the costs of currency  conversion.  Although foreign exchange
dealers do not charge a fee for  conversion,  they do realize a profit  based on
the difference  (the  "spread")  between the prices at which they are buying and
selling various currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency
to a portfolio at one rate,  while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the
portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Set  forth  below  are  certain  investment   restrictions   applicable  to  the
portfolios.  Restrictions  1, 3, 5,  and  8-11  are  fundamental  and may not be
changed without shareholder  approval as required by the 1940 Act.  Restrictions
2, 4, 6, 7,  and 12 are not  fundamental  and may be  changed  by the  Board  of
Directors without shareholder approval.

Neither of the portfolios available to PRUvider Contract owners will:

1.   Buy or sell real estate and mortgages,  although the portfolios may buy and
     sell  securities  that are  secured by real estate and  securities  of real
     estate  investment  trusts and of other  issuers that engage in real estate
     operation.  Buy or sell commodities or commodities  contracts,  except that
     the Balanced Portfolios may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts
     and related options,  purchase and sell interest rate futures contracts and
     related options,  and purchase and sell foreign currency futures  contracts
     and related options and forward foreign currency exchange contracts.

2.   Except as part of a merger,  consolidation,  acquisition or reorganization,
     invest more than 5% of the value of its total assets in the  securities  of
     any one investment company or more than 10% of the value of its total

                                       15


<PAGE>

     assets,  in the  aggregate,  in the  securities  of two or more  investment
     companies,  or  acquire  more  than  3% of  the  total  outstanding  voting
     securities of any one investment company.

3.   Acquire  securities for the purpose of exercising  control or management of
     any company except in connection with a merger, consolidation,  acquisition
     or reorganization.

   
4.   Make short sales of  securities or maintain a short  position,  except that
     the  Conservative   Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  may  sell
     securities  short up to 25% of their net assets  and may make  short  sales
     against  the box.  Collateral  arrangements  entered  into with  respect to
     options, futures contracts and forward contracts are not deemed to be short
     sales.  Collateral  arrangements entered into with respect to interest rate
     swap agreements are not deemed to be short sales.

5.   Purchase  securities  on margin or  otherwise  borrow money or issue senior
     securities except that the fixed income portions of the Balanced Portfolios
     may enter into reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and may purchase
     securities on a when-issued  and delayed  delivery  basis;  except that the
     money market  portion of any  portfolio  may enter into reverse  repurchase
     agreements  and  may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  and  delayed
     delivery  basis;  and except that the  Flexible  Managed  and  Conservative
     Balanced  Portfolios may purchase  securities on a when-issued or a delayed
     delivery basis.  The Series Fund may also obtain such short-term  credit as
     it needs for the clearance of securities transactions and may borrow from a
     bank for the account of any portfolio as a temporary  measure to facilitate
     redemptions  (but not for  leveraging  or  investment)  or to  exercise  an
     option,  an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the  portfolio's
     total assets  (including  the amount owed as a result of the  borrowing) at
     the time the borrowing is made.  Interest  paid on  borrowings  will not be
     available for investment.  Collateral  arrangements with respect to futures
     contracts  and  options  thereon  and  forward  foreign  currency  exchange
     contracts  (as  permitted  by  restriction  no.1) are not  deemed to be the
     issuance  of a senior  security  or the  purchase  of a security on margin.
     Collateral  arrangements  with  respect  to the  writing of options on debt
     securities,  equity securities, stock indices and foreign currencies by the
     Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios are not deemed to be
     the issuance of a senior  security or the purchase of a security on margin.
     Collateral  arrangements  entered  into  by the  Balanced  Portfolios  with
     respect to interest rate swap  agreements are not deemed to be the issuance
     of a senior security or the purchase of a security on margin.

6.   Enter into reverse  repurchase  agreements if, as a result, the portfolio's
     obligations with respect to reverse repurchase  agreements would exceed 10%
     of the portfolio's net assets (defined to mean total assets at market value
     less liabilities other than reverse repurchase agreements); except that the
     fixed income  portions of the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed
     Portfolios  may enter into reverse  repurchase  agreements and dollar rolls
     provided that the portfolio's obligations with respect to those instruments
     do not exceed 30% of the  portfolio's  net  assets  (defined  to mean total
     assets at market  value  less  liabilities  other than  reverse  repurchase
     agreements and dollar rolls).
    

7.   Pledge or mortgage assets, except that no more than 10% of the value of any
     portfolio  may be pledged  (taken at the time the pledge is made) to secure
     authorized  borrowing  and except that a portfolio  may enter into  reverse
     repurchase agreements. Collateral arrangements entered into with respect to
     futures and forward  contracts and the writing of options are not deemed to
     be the pledge of assets.  Collateral arrangements entered into with respect
     to interest rate swap agreements are not deemed to be the pledge of assets.

8.   Lend money,  except that loans of up to 10% of the value of each  portfolio
     may be made  through the purchase of privately  placed  bonds,  debentures,
     notes,  and other  evidences  of  indebtedness  of a character  customarily
     acquired by institutional investors that may or may not be convertible into
     stock or  accompanied  by warrants or rights to acquire  stock.  Repurchase
     agreements  and the purchase of publicly  traded debt  obligations  are not
     considered  to be  "loans"  for this  purpose  and may be  entered  into or
     purchased by a portfolio in accordance  with its investment  objectives and
     policies.

9.   Underwrite the  securities of other  issuers,  except where the Series Fund
     may  be  deemed  to be an  underwriter  for  purposes  of  certain  federal
     securities laws in connection with the disposition of portfolio  securities
     and with loans that a portfolio may make pursuant to item 8 above.

10.  Make an investment unless, when considering all its other investments,  75%
     of the value of a  portfolio's  assets would  consist of cash,  cash items,
     obligations   of  the   United   States   Government,   its   agencies   or
     instrumentalities,  and other securities. For purposes of this restriction,
     "other  securities"  are limited for each issuer to not more than 5% of the
     value of a  portfolio's  assets  and to not more  than 10% of the  issuer's
     outstanding  voting  securities  held by the Series  Fund as a whole.  Some
     uncertainty  exists as to whether certain of the types of bank  obligations
     in which a  portfolio  may  invest,  such as  certificates  of deposit  and
     bankers'  acceptances,  should be  classified  as "cash items"  rather than
     "other   securities"  for  purposes  of  this   restriction,   which  is  a
     diversification  requirement  under  the 1940 Act.  Interpreting  most bank
     obligations as "other  securities" limits the amount a portfolio may invest
     in the obligations of any one bank to 5% of its total


                                       16


<PAGE>

     assets. If there is an authoritative decision that any of these obligations
     are not  "securities"  for  purposes  of this  diversification  test,  this
     limitation would not apply to the purchase of such obligations.

11.  Purchase  securities  of a company in any  industry  if, as a result of the
     purchase,  a portfolio's holdings of securities issued by companies in that
     industry would exceed 25% of the value of the  portfolio,  except that this
     restriction does not apply to purchases of obligations issued or guaranteed
     by the U.S.  Government,  its agencies and  instrumentalities  or issued by
     domestic banks. For purposes of this restriction, neither finance companies
     as a group nor utility  companies as a group are  considered to be a single
     industry  and will be grouped  instead  according  to their  services;  for
     example,  gas, electric,  and telephone utilities will each be considered a
     separate  industry.  For purposes of this  exception,  domestic banks shall
     include all banks which are  organized  under the laws of the United States
     or a state (as defined in the 1940 Act),  U.S.  branches  of foreign  banks
     that are subject to the same regulations as U.S. banks and foreign branches
     of domestic banks (as permitted by the SEC).

   
12.  Invest  more than 15% of its net assets in  illiquid  securities  or invest
     more than 10% of its net assets in the  securities of  unseasoned  issuers.
     For purposes of this restriction,  (a) illiquid securities are those deemed
     illiquid pursuant to SEC regulations and guidelines, as they may be revised
     from time to time: and (b) unseasoned  issuers are issuers (other than U.S.
     Government agencies or  instrumentalities)  having a record,  together with
     predecessors,  of less than 3 years' continuous operation. This restriction
     shall  not apply to  mortgage-backed  securities,  collateralized  mortgage
     obligations or obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its
     agencies or instrumentalities.
    

The  investments  of the various  portfolios  are  generally  subject to certain
additional  restrictions under the laws of the State of New Jersey. In the event
of future amendments to the applicable New Jersey statutes,  each portfolio will
comply,   without  the  approval  of  the   shareholders,   with  the  statutory
requirements as so modified.  The pertinent provisions of New Jersey law as they
stand are, in summary form, as follows:

1.   An Account may not purchase any evidence of indebtedness issued, assumed or
     guaranteed  by any  institution  created or existing  under the laws of the
     U.S.,  any U.S.  state or  territory,  District of  Columbia,  Puerto Rico,
     Canada or any Canadian  province,  if such evidence of  indebtedness  is in
     default as to interest. "Institution" includes any corporation, joint stock
     association,  business trust, business joint venture, business partnership,
     savings  and  loan  association,  credit  union  or  other  mutual  savings
     institution.

2.   The stock of a corporation may not be purchased unless: (i) the corporation
     has paid a cash  dividend  on the class of stock  during each of the past 5
     years preceding the time of purchase;  or (ii) during the 5-year period the
     corporation had aggregate earnings available for dividends on such class of
     stock sufficient to pay average dividends of 4% per annum computed upon the
     par value of such stock or upon stated value if the stock has no par value.
     This  limitation does not apply to any class of stock which is preferred as
     to dividends over a class of stock whose purchase is not prohibited.

3.   Any common stock  purchased must be: (i) listed or admitted to trading on a
     securities exchange in the United States or Canada; or (ii) included in the
     National  Association  of Securities  Dealers'  national  price listings of
     "over-the-counter"  securities;  or (iii) determined by the Commissioner of
     Insurance  of New Jersey to be  publicly  held and  traded and have  market
     quotations available.

4.   Any  security of a  corporation  may not be purchased if after the purchase
     more than 10% of the  market  value of the assets of a  portfolio  would be
     invested in the securities of such corporation.

As a result of these currently applicable  requirements of New Jersey law, which
impose  substantial  limitations  on the ability of the Series Fund to invest in
the stock of companies whose  securities are not publicly traded or who have not
recorded a 5-year history of dividend payments or earnings sufficient to support
such  payments,  the  portfolios  will not  generally  hold  the  stock of newly
organized corporations.  Nonetheless, an investment not otherwise eligible under
items 1 or 2 above may be made if, after giving  effect to the  investment,  the
total  cost of all  such  non-eligible  investments  does not  exceed  5% of the
aggregate market value of the assets of the portfolio.

   
Investment  limitations  also arise under the insurance laws and  regulations of
Arizona and may arise under the laws and  regulations of other states.  Although
compliance  with  the  requirements  of New  Jersey  law set  forth  above  will
ordinarily result in compliance with any applicable laws of other states,  under
some circumstances the laws of other states could impose additional restrictions
on the portfolios.  For example,  the Series Fund will generally  invest no more
than 10% of its  assets in the  obligations  of banks of the  foreign  countries
described  in item 2 of  SECURITIES  IN WHICH THE  MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO  MAY
CURRENTLY  INVEST,  page 21. In addition,  the Series Fund adheres to additional
restrictions relating to such practices as the lending of securities, borrowing,
and the purchase of put and call  options,  futures  contracts,  and  derivative
instruments  on securities to comply with  investment  guidelines  issued by the
California Department of Insurance.
    

                                       17


<PAGE>

Current  federal  income tax laws require  that the assets of each  portfolio be
adequately  diversified  so that The Prudential and other insurers with separate
accounts  which  invest in the  Series  Fund and not the  Contract  owners,  are
considered  the owners of assets  held in the  Account  for  federal  income tax
purposes. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 2. The Prudential intends
to  maintain  the assets of each  portfolio  pursuant  to those  diversification
requirements.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES

The Series Fund and The  Prudential  have  entered into an  Investment  Advisory
Agreement under which The Prudential will, subject to the direction of the Board
of Directors of the Series Fund, be responsible for the management of the Series
Fund, and provide  investment advice and related services to each portfolio.  As
noted  in the  prospectus,  The  Prudential  has  also  entered  into a  Service
Agreement  with  its   wholly-owned   subsidiary,   The  Prudential   Investment
Corporation ("PIC"), which provides that PIC will furnish to The Prudential such
services as The  Prudential  may  require in  connection  with The  Prudential's
performance of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge,  payable  quarterly,  equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio.

   
The investment  management fee for the Conservative  Balanced Portfolio is equal
to an  annual  rate of 0.55% of the  average  daily  net  assets  of each of the
portfolios.  For the Flexible Managed  Portfolio,  the fee is equal to an annual
rate of 0.6% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio.
    

The Investment Advisory Agreement requires The Prudential to pay for maintaining
any   Prudential   staff  and  personnel  who  perform   clerical,   accounting,
administrative,  and similar  services for the Series Fund,  other than investor
services and any daily Series Fund  accounting  services.  It also  requires The
Prudential  to pay  for the  equipment,  office  space  and  related  facilities
necessary to perform these services and the fees or salaries of all officers and
directors of the Series Fund who are affiliated persons of The Prudential or any
subsidiary of The Prudential.

Each portfolio pays all other expenses incurred in its individual  operation and
also  pays a  portion  of the  Series  Fund's  general  administrative  expenses
allocated on the basis of the asset size of the respective portfolios.  Expenses
that will be borne  directly  by the  portfolios  include  redemption  expenses,
expenses of  portfolio  transactions,  shareholder  servicing  costs,  interest,
certain taxes,  charges of the Custodian and Transfer Agent,  and other expenses
attributable  to a particular  portfolio.  Expenses that will be allocated among
all portfolios include legal expenses, state franchise taxes, auditing services,
costs of printing proxies, costs of stock certificates,  Securities and Exchange
Commission  fees,  accounting  costs,  the fees and expenses of directors of the
Series Fund who are not  affiliated  persons of The Prudential or any subsidiary
of The  Prudential,  and other  expenses  properly  payable by the entire Series
Fund. If the Series Fund is sued, litigation costs may be directly applicable to
one or more  portfolios or allocated on the basis of the size of the  respective
portfolios, depending upon the nature of the lawsuit. The Series Fund's Board of
Directors  has  determined  that this is an  appropriate  method  of  allocating
expenses.

   
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement,  The Prudential has agreed to refund to
the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios the portion of the
investment  management  fee for  that  portfolio  equal to the  amount  that the
aggregate  annual  ordinary  operating  expenses  of that  portfolio  (excluding
interest,  taxes,  and brokerage fees and commissions  but including  investment
management fees) exceeds 0.75% of the portfolio's average daily net assets.

The Investment Advisory Agreement with The Prudential was most recently approved
by the Series Fund's Board of  Directors,  including a majority of the Directors
who are not interested persons of The Prudential,  on March 1, 1996 with respect
to the Balanced Portfolios.  The Investment Advisory Agreement was most recently
approved by shareholders in accordance with instructions from Contract owners at
their 1989 annual meeting with respect to the Balanced Portfolios. The Agreement
will  continue  in  effect  if  approved  annually  by:  (1) a  majority  of the
non-interested  persons of the Series  Fund's Board of  Directors;  and (2) by a
majority  of  the  entire  Board  of  Directors  or by a  majority  vote  of the
shareholders  of  each  portfolio.  The  required  shareholder  approval  of the
Agreement  shall be effective with respect to any portfolio if a majority of the
voting  shares of that  portfolio  vote to approve  the  Agreement,  even if the
Agreement  is not  approved  by a  majority  of the  voting  shares of any other
portfolio or by a majority of the voting shares of the entire  Series Fund.  The
Agreement provides that it may not be assigned by The Prudential and that it may
be terminated upon 60 days' notice by the Series Fund's Board of Directors or by
a majority vote of its shareholders.  The Prudential may terminate the Agreement
upon 90 days' notice.
    

                                       18


<PAGE>

   
The Service  Agreement between The Prudential and PIC was most recently ratified
by  shareholders of the Series Fund at their 1989 annual meeting with respect to
the Balanced  Portfolios.  The Service  Agreement between The Prudential and PIC
will  continue in effect as to the Series Fund for a period of more than 2 years
from its execution, only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at
least annually in the same manner as the Investment  Advisory  Agreement between
The Prudential  and the Series Fund. The Service  Agreement may be terminated by
either  party  upon not less  than 30 days'  prior  written  notice to the other
party,  will terminate  automatically  in the event of its assignment,  and will
terminate  automatically as to the Series Fund in the event of the assignment or
termination of the Investment  Advisory Agreement between The Prudential and the
Series  Fund.  The  Prudential  is not  relieved of its  responsibility  for all
investment advisory services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.  Under the
Service Agreement,  The Prudential pays PIC a portion of the fee it receives for
providing investment advisory services.
    

The Prudential also serves as the investment advisor to several other investment
companies.  When investment opportunities arise that may be appropriate for more
than one entity  for which The  Prudential  serves as  investment  advisor,  The
Prudential  will not favor one over another and may allocate  investments  among
them in an impartial  manner  believed to be equitable to each entity  involved.
The  allocations  will be based on each entity's  investment  objectives and its
current cash and investment  positions.  Because the various  entities for which
The Prudential acts as investor advisor have different investment objectives and
positions,  The Prudential  may from time to time buy a particular  security for
one or more such entities  while at the same time it sells such  securities  for
another.

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Prudential is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities,  options
on securities and indices,  and futures and related options for the Series Fund.
The Prudential is also  responsible for the selection of brokers,  dealers,  and
futures  commission  merchants to effect the transactions and the negotiation of
brokerage commissions,  if any. Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions
on Series Fund portfolio  transactions,  including  options and the purchase and
sale of  underlying  securities  upon the  exercise  of  options.  Orders may be
directed to any broker or futures commission merchant  including,  to the extent
and  in  the  manner   permitted  by  applicable  law,   Prudential   Securities
Incorporated, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential.

Bonds,  including  convertible  bonds,  and  equity  securities  traded  in  the
over-the-counter  market are  generally  traded on a "net"  basis  with  dealers
acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although
the  price  of  the  security  usually  includes  a  profit  to the  dealer.  In
underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes
an amount of  compensation  to the  underwriter,  generally  referred  to as the
underwriter's  concession  or  discount.  On  occasion,   certain  money  market
instruments and U.S. Government agency securities may be purchased directly from
the issuer,  in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Series Fund
will not deal with  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated  in any  transaction in
which Prudential  Securities  Incorporated acts as principal.  Thus, it will not
deal with Prudential  Securities  Incorporated if execution involves  Prudential
Securities  Incorporated's  acting as principal  with respect to any part of the
Series Fund's order.

Portfolio  securities  may not be  purchased  from any  underwriting  or selling
syndicate of which Prudential Securities  Incorporated,  during the existence of
the syndicate, is a principal underwriter (as defined in the 1940 Act) except in
accordance  with  rules  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission.   This
limitation, in the opinion of the Series Fund, will not significantly affect the
portfolios'  current ability to pursue their respective  investment  objectives.
However,  in the  future it is  possible  that the Series  Fund may under  other
circumstances  be at a disadvantage  because of this limitation in comparison to
other funds not subject to such a limitation.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Series Fund, The Prudential is
required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and
efficient  execution.  Within the framework of this policy,  The Prudential will
consider the research and investment  services  provided by brokers,  dealers or
futures commission merchants who effect or are parties to portfolio transactions
of the Series Fund,  The  Prudential or The  Prudential's  other  clients.  Such
research and investment  services are those which brokerage  houses  customarily
provide to institutional investors and include statistical and economic data and
research reports on particular companies and industries.  Such services are used
by The Prudential in connection with all of its investment activities,  and some
of such services  obtained in connection with the execution of transactions  for
the Series Fund may be used in managing other investment  accounts.  Conversely,
brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants furnishing such services may be
selected for the  execution of  transactions  for such other  accounts,  and the
services furnished by such brokers,  dealers or futures commission merchants may
be used by The  Prudential  in providing  investment  management  for the Series
Fund. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker,
dealer or futures  commission  merchant  based on the  quality  and  quantity of
execution  services provided by the broker in the light of generally  prevailing
rates. The Prudential's  policy is to pay higher  commissions to brokers,  other
than Prudential Securities Incorporated,  for particular transactions than might
be charged if a different  broker had been  selected on occasions  when,  in The
Prudential's opinion, this policy furthers the objective of obtaining

                                       19


<PAGE>

best  price and  execution.  The  Prudential's  present  policy is not to permit
higher  commissions  to be paid on Series Fund  transactions  in order to secure
research,  statistical,  and  investment  services from brokers.  The Prudential
might in the future  authorize the payment of such higher  commissions  but only
with the prior  concurrence  of the Board of Directors of the Series Fund, if it
is  determined  that the higher  commissions  are  necessary  in order to secure
desired  research and are  reasonable  in relation to all the services  that the
broker provides.

Subject to the above considerations,  Prudential Securities Incorporated may act
as a securities  broker or futures  commission  merchant for the Series Fund. In
order  for   Prudential   Securities   Incorporated   to  effect  any  portfolio
transactions  for the  Series  Fund,  the  commissions  received  by  Prudential
Securities  Incorporated must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions
received by other brokers in connection with comparable  transac tions involving
similar  securities  being  purchased or sold on a securities  exchange during a
comparable  period of time.  This  standard  would allow  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated to receive no more than the remuneration  that would be expected to
be  received  by an  unaffiliated  broker or futures  commission  merchant  in a
commensurate  arm's-length transaction.  Furthermore,  the Board of Directors of
the Series  Fund,  including a majority of the non-  interested  directors,  has
adopted   procedures   which  are  reasonably   designed  to  provide  that  any
commissions,   fees  or  other   remuneration  paid  to  Prudential   Securities
Incorporated are consistent with the foregoing standard. In accordance with Rule
11a2-2(T)  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated  may  not  retain  compensation  for  effecting  transactions  on a
securities  exchange  for the Series Fund  unless the Series Fund has  expressly
authorized the retention of such  compensation in a written contract executed by
the Series Fund and Prudential Securities Incorporated.  Rule 11a2-2(T) provides
that Prudential Securities Incorporated must furnish to the Series Fund at least
annually a statement setting forth the total amount of all compensation retained
by Prudential Securities  Incorporated from transactions effected for the Series
Fund during the  applicable  period.  Brokerage  and futures  transactions  with
Prudential Securities  Incorporated are also subject to such fiduciary standards
as may be imposed by applicable law.

   
For the years 1995, 1994, and 1993, the Series Fund paid a total of $xx,xxx,xxx,
$11,579,886,  and  $9,492,283,  respectively,  in brokerage  commissions for all
portfolios. Of those amounts, $xxx,xxx,  $560,155, and $977,695, for 1995, 1994,
and 1993, respectively,  was paid out to Prudential Securities Incorporated. For
1995, the commissions paid to this affiliated  broker  constituted  x.xx% of the
total  commissions paid by the Series Fund for that year.  Transactions  through
this  affiliated  broker  accounted for x.xx% of the aggregate  dollar amount of
transactions  for all of the portfolios of the Series Fund involving the payment
of commissions.
    

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  offered  continuously,  without  sales
charge,  at prices equal to the respective  net asset values of the  portfolios,
only to separate accounts to fund benefits payable under the Contracts described
in the variable life  insurance and variable  annuity  prospectuses.  The Series
Fund may at some later date also offer its shares to other separate  accounts of
The Prudential or other insurers.  The Prudential acts as principal  underwriter
to  the  Series  Fund.  As  such,  The  Prudential   receives  no   underwriting
compensation from the Series Fund.

   
As noted in the prospectus,  the net asset value of the shares of each portfolio
is  determined  once daily on each day the New York Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE") is
open for business.  The NYSE is open for business  Monday  through Friday except
for the days on which the  following  holidays  are  observed:  New Year's  Day,
Presidents'  Day,  Good  Friday,  Memorial  Day,  Independence  Day,  Labor Day,
Thanksgiving  Day, and Christmas  Day. In the event the New York Stock  Exchange
closes early on any business day, the net asset value of each portfolio shall be
determined at a time between such closing and 4:15 p.m. New York City time.
    

In determining the net asset value of any intermediate or long-term fixed income
securities  of  the  Balanced  Portfolios  (other  than  debt  obligations  with
remaining  maturities of less than 60 days,  which are valued at amortized cost)
will be valued utilizing an independent pricing service to determine  valuations
for normal  institutional size trading units of securities.  The pricing service
considers such factors as security prices,  yields,  maturities,  call features,
ratings,  and  developments  relating  to  specific  securities  in  arriving at
securities valuations.

All short-term  debt  obligations  in the money market  portions of the Balanced
Portfolios of 12 months  maturity or less are valued on an amortized  cost basis
in  accordance   with  an  order  obtained  from  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.  This means that each  obligation  will be valued  initially  at its
purchase price and thereafter by amortizing any discount or premium uniformly to
maturity,  regardless of the impact of fluctuating  interest rates on the market
value of the  obligation.  This  highly  practical  method  of  valuation  is in
widespread use and almost always  results in a value that is extremely  close to
the actual  market  value.  In order to continue to utilize the  amortized  cost
method of  valuation,  the Money Market  Portfolio may not purchase any security
with  a  remaining  maturity  of  more  than  12  months  and  must  maintain  a
dollar-weighted  average portfolio maturity of 120 days or less. In the event of
sizeable changes in interest rates, however, the value determined by this method
may be

                                       20


<PAGE>

higher or lower than the price that would be  received  if the  obligation  were
sold. The Series Fund's Board of Directors has established procedures to monitor
whether any material  deviation  occurs and, if so, will promptly  consider what
action,  if any,  should be  initiated  to prevent  unfair  results to  Contract
owners.  The short-term portion of these portfolios may be invested only in high
quality  instruments,  as  described  in  SECURITIES  IN WHICH THE MONEY  MARKET
PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST, page 21.

The net asset value of the common stocks and convertible  debt securities of the
portfolios  will be determined in the following  manner.  Any security for which
the primary market is on an exchange is generally  valued at the last sale price
on such  exchange as of the close of the NYSE (which is currently  4:00 p.m. New
York City time) or, in the absence of recorded  sales,  at the mean  between the
most recently quoted bid and asked prices.  NASDAQ National Market System equity
securities  are  valued at the last sale  price or, if there was no sale on such
day, at the mean between the most recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Other
over-the-counter  equity  securities  are  valued at the mean  between  the most
recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Convertible  debt  securities  that are
actively traded in the over-the-counter  market, including listed securities for
which the primary market is believed to be  over-the-counter,  are valued at the
mean between the most  recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Corporate  bonds
(other  than  convertible  debt  securities)  are  valued  on the same  basis as
intermediate  or  long-term  fixed  income   securities,   as  described  above.
Short-term  debt  instruments  which  mature in less than 60 days are  valued at
amortized cost. For valuation  purposes,  quotations of foreign  securities in a
foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.

Generally,  trading in foreign  securities,  as well as  corporate  bonds,  U.S.
Government securities, and money market instruments,  is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. The values of any such
securities  are  determined  as of  such  times  for  purposes  of  computing  a
portfolio's net asset value.  Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally
determined  prior to the close of the NYSE.  If an  extraordinary  event  occurs
after the close of an exchange on which that  security is traded,  the  security
will be valued  at fair  value as  determined  in good  faith by the  applicable
portfolio  manager  under  procedures  established  by  and  under  the  general
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

   
With respect to all the portfolios  which utilize such  investments,  options on
stock and stock indices  traded on national  securities  exchanges are valued at
the  average  of the bid and  asked  prices  as of the  close of the  respective
exchange  (which is currently 4:10 p.m. New York City time).  Futures  contracts
and  options  thereon  are  valued  at the last  sale  price at the close of the
applicable commodities exchanges or board of trade (which is currently 4:15 p.m.
New York  City  time) or,  if there  was no sale on the  applicable  commodities
exchange  or board of trade on such day, at the mean  between the most  recently
quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange or board of trade.
    

Securities or assets for which market  quotations are not readily available will
be valued at fair value as determined by The  Prudential  under the direction of
the Board of Directors of the Series Fund.

                 SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                              MAY CURRENTLY INVEST*

The  Money  Market  Portfolio,  and the other  portfolios  to the  extent  their
investment policies so provide, may invest in the following liquid,  short-term,
debt securities regularly bought and sold by financial institutions:

1. U.S.  Treasury Bills and other  obligations  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government,  its  agencies  or  instrumentalities.  These  are  debt  securities
(including  bills,  certificates of  indebtedness,  notes,  and bonds) issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or  instrumentality  of the U.S.
Government  that is  established  under  the  authority  of an act of  Congress.
Although  all  obligations  of  agencies  and  instrumentalities  are not direct
obligations of the U.S. Treasury,  payment of the interest and principal on them
is generally backed directly or indirectly by the U.S. Government.  This support
can range from the backing of the full faith and credit of the United States, to
U.S. Treasury guarantees or to the backing solely of the issuing instrumentality
itself.  Securities  which are not  backed by the full  faith and  credit of the
United States include but are not limited to obligations of the Tennessee Valley
Authority,  the Federal  National  Mortgage  Association,  the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage  Corporation,  and the United States Postal Service,  each of which has
the  right to  borrow  from  the U.S.  Treasury  to meet  its  obligations,  and
obligations  of the Federal Farm Credit  System and the Federal Home Loan Banks,
the  obligations of which may only be satisfied by the individual  credit of the
issuing agency. Obligations of the Government National Mortgage Association, the
Farmers  Home  Administration,  and  the  Export-Import  Bank  are  examples  of
securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

2. Obligations  (including  certificates of deposit,  bankers' acceptances,  and
time deposits) of domestic banks,  foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches
of foreign banks, and foreign offices of foreign banks provided that

* Although the Money  Market  Portfolio  is not  available to PRUvider  Contract
owners, any short-term portion of the Balanced Portfolios may be invested in the
types of securities described in this section.

                                       21


<PAGE>

such bank has, at the time of the  portfolio's  investment,  total  assets of at
least  $1  billion  or the  equivalent.  Obligations  of any  savings  and  loan
association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any
state thereof,  provided that such  association or savings bank has, at the time
of the  portfolio's  investment,  total assets of at least $1 billion.  The term
"certificates  of deposit"  includes both  Eurodollar  certificates  of deposit,
which are traded in the  over-the-counter  market, and Eurodollar time deposits,
for which there is generally not a market.  "Eurodollars"  are dollars deposited
in banks outside the United  States.  An  investment  in Eurodollar  instruments
involves  risks that are  different in some  respects from an investment in debt
obligations  of  domestic  issuers,  including  future  political  and  economic
developments such as possible  expropriation or confiscatory taxation that might
adversely  affect the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on the  Eurodollar
instruments.

"Certificates  of deposit" are  certificates  evidencing the  indebtedness  of a
commercial  bank to repay funds  deposited with it for a definite period of time
(usually from 14 days to 1 year).  "Bankers' acceptances" are credit instruments
evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft which has been drawn on it by
a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the
drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument  upon maturity.  "Time deposits"
are non-negotiable deposits in a bank for a fixed period of time.

3. Commercial paper, variable amount demand master notes, bills, notes and other
obligations issued by a U.S. company, a foreign company or a foreign government,
its agencies,  instrumentalities or political subdivisions,  denominated in U.S.
dollars,  and, at the date of investment,  rated at least A or A-2 by Standard &
Poor's   Corporation   ("S&P"),  A  or  Prime-2  by  Moody's  Investors  Service
("Moody's")  or,  if not  rated,  issued  by an  entity  having  an  outstanding
unsecured  debt issue rated at least A or A-2 by S&P or A or Prime-2 by Moody's.
For a description of corporate bond ratings, see Debt Ratings,  page 23. If such
obligations  are guaranteed or supported by a letter of credit issued by a bank,
such bank  (including a foreign  bank) must meet the  requirements  set forth in
paragraph 2 above. If such obligations are guaranteed or insured by an insurance
company or other  non-bank  entity,  such  insurance  company or other  non-bank
entity must  represent a credit of high  quality,  as  determined  by the Series
Fund's  investment  adviser  (which as noted above is currently The  Prudential)
under the supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

As stated above in paragraphs 2 and 3, the Money Market Portfolio and short-term
portions of the other portfolios may contain  obligations of foreign branches of
domestic  banks and domestic  branches of foreign  banks,  as well as commercial
paper,  bills,  notes,  and other  obligations  issued in the  United  States by
foreign   issuers,   including   foreign   governments,   their  agencies,   and
instrumentalities.  This involves certain  additional risks. These risks include
future  political and economic  developments  in the country of the issuer,  the
possible  imposition of  withholding  taxes on interest  income  payable on such
obligations held by the Series Fund, the possible seizure or  nationalization of
foreign deposits,  and the possible  establishment of exchange controls or other
foreign  governmental  laws or  restrictions  which might affect  adversely  the
payment of principal and interest on such  obligations  held by the Series Fund.
In addition,  there may be less publicly  available  information about a foreign
issuer than about a domestic one, and foreign  issuers may not be subject to the
same accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements
as domestics  issuers.  Securities  issued by foreign  issuers may be subject to
greater fluctuations in price than securities issued by U.S. entities.  Finally,
in the event of default with respect to any such  foreign debt  obligations,  it
may be more  difficult  for the  Series  Fund to obtain or to enforce a judgment
against the issuers of such securities.

4. Repurchase Agreements. When the Money Market Portfolio purchases money market
securities  of the  types  described  above,  it may on  occasion  enter  into a
repurchase  agreement  with the seller wherein the seller and the buyer agree at
the time of sale to  repurchase  of the security at a mutually  agreed upon time
and price. The period of maturity is usually quite short,  possibly overnight or
a few days,  although it may extend over a number of months. The resale price is
in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon market rate effective
for the period of time the portfolio's money is invested in the security, and is
not related to the coupon rate of the purchased security.  Repurchase agreements
may be considered loans of money to the seller of the underlying security, which
are collateralized by the securities  underlying the repurchase  agreement.  The
Series Fund will not enter into  repurchase  agreements  unless the agreement is
"fully  collateralized"  (i.e.,  the value of the  securities is, and during the
entire term of the agreement remains, at least equal to the amount of the 'loan'
including  accrued  interest).  The  Series  Fund  will take  possession  of the
securities  underlying  the  agreement  and will value them daily to assure that
this  condition  is met. The Series Fund has adopted  standards  for the parties
with  whom it will  enter  into  repurchase  agreements  which it  believes  are
reasonably  designed  to assure that such a party  presents  no serious  risk of
becoming involved in bankruptcy  proceedings  within the time frame contemplated
by the repurchase agreement. In the event that a seller defaults on a repurchase
agreement,  the  Series  Fund  may  incur  a loss  in the  market  value  of the
collateral,  as well as disposition  costs; and, if a party with whom the Series
Fund had entered  into a repurchase  agreement  becomes  involved in  bankruptcy
proceedings,  the Series  Fund's  ability to  realize on the  collateral  may be
limited or delayed  and a loss may be incurred if the  collateral  securing  the
repurchase agreement declines in value during the bankruptcy proceedings.

                                       22


<PAGE>

The Series Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with The Prudential or
its affiliates,  including  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated.  This will not
affect the Series  Fund's  ability to maximize  its  opportunities  to engage in
repurchase agreements.

   
5. Reverse  Repurchase  Agreements.  The Money Market  Portfolio may use reverse
repurchase  agreements,  which are described under Reverse Repurchase Agreements
and Dollar Rolls in the  prospectus.  No portfolio may obligate more than 10% of
its net assets in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, except that the
fixed  income  portions  of  the  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed
Portfolios may obligate up to 30% of their net assets in connection with reverse
repurchase agreements and dollar rolls.
    

6.  When-Issued  and  Delayed  Delivery  Securities.  From time to time,  in the
ordinary course of business,  the Money Market Portfolio may purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis (i.e.,  delivery and payment can take
place a month or more after the date of the transaction). The purchase price and
the interest rate payable on the securities are fixed on the  transaction  date.
The securities so purchased are subject to market  fluctuation,  and no interest
accrues to the portfolio  until delivery and payment take place. At the time the
portfolio  makes the  commitment  to purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed  delivery basis,  it will record the transaction and thereafter  reflect
the value,  each day, of such securities in determining its net asset value. The
portfolio  will make  commitments  for  when-issued  transactions  only with the
intention  of  actually   acquiring  the  securities  and,  to  facilitate  such
acquisitions,  the Series  Fund's  custodian  bank will  maintain  in a separate
account securities of the portfolio having a value equal to or greater than such
commitments.  On delivery dates for such  transactions,  the portfolio will meet
its obligations  from maturities or sales of the securities held in the separate
account  and/or  from then  available  cash flow.  If the  portfolio  chooses to
dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition,
it could, as with the disposition of any other obligation,  incur a gain or loss
due to market  fluctuation.  No  when-issued  commitments  will be made if, as a
result, more than 15% of the portfolio's net assets would be so committed.

The Board of  Directors  of the Series Fund has adopted  policies  for the Money
Market  Portfolio to conform to  amendments  of an SEC rule  applicable to money
market  funds,  like the  portfolio.  These  policies  do not apply to any other
portfolio.  The policies are as follows:  (1) The portfolio will not invest more
than  5% of its  assets  in  the  securities  of any  one  issuer  (except  U.S.
Government  securities);  however,  the  portfolio  may exceed the 5% limit with
respect to a single  security  rated in the highest  rating  category  for up to
three  business  days  after  the  purchase  thereof;  (2)  To be  eligible  for
investment,  a security  must be a United States  dollar-denominated  instrument
that the Series Fund's Board has determined to present  minimal credit risks and
must be rated  in one of the two  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  two
nationally  recognized  statistical rating organizations  ("NRSROs") assigning a
rating to the  security  or issue,  or if only one NRSRO has  assigned a rating,
that NRSRO.  An unrated  security must be deemed to be of comparable  quality as
determined by the Series Fund's Board. In other words, the portfolio will invest
in only  first  tier or  second  tier  securities.  First  tier  securities  are
securities which are rated by at least two NRSROs, or by the only NRSRO that has
rated the  security,  in the  highest  short-term  rating  category,  or unrated
securities  of  comparable  quality as  determined  by the Series  Fund's Board.
Second  tier  securities  are  eligible  securities  that  are  not  first  tier
securities;  (3) The portfolio  will not invest more than 5% of its total assets
in second tier securities;  (4) The portfolio may not invest more than 1% of its
assets in second tier  securities  of any one  issuer;  (5) In the event a first
tier  security  held by the  portfolio is  downgraded  and becomes a second tier
security,  or in the  case  of an  unrated  security  the  Series  Fund's  Board
determines it is no longer of comparable quality to a first tier security, or in
the event The  Prudential  becomes  aware that an NRSRO has rated a second  tier
security or an unrated portfolio  security below its second highest rating,  the
Board will reassess  promptly whether the security presents minimal credit risks
and shall cause the portfolio to take such action as the Board  determines is in
the best interests of the portfolio and its shareholders;  (6) In the event of a
default or if because of a rating  downgrade a security held in the portfolio is
no longer an eligible  investment,  the portfolio will sell the security as soon
as practicable unless the Series Fund's Board makes a specific finding that such
action  would  not  be in the  best  interest  of the  portfolio;  and  (7)  The
portfolio's  dollar-weighted  average maturity will be no more than 90 days. The
Series Fund's Board of Directors has adopted  written  procedures  delegating to
the  investment  advisor under certain  guidelines  the  responsibility  to make
several of the above-described determinations,  including certain credit quality
determinations.

                                  DEBT RATINGS

Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  describes its  categories of corporate debt
securities and its "Prime-1" and "Prime-2" commercial paper as follows:

Bonds:

Aaa -  Bonds  which  are rated Aaa are  judged to be of the best  quality.  They
       carry the smallest degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred
       to as "gilt edge." Interest payments are protected by a large

                                       23


<PAGE>

       or by an exceptionally stable  margin and  principal is secure. While the
       various protective  elements are likely to change, such changes as can be
       visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally  strong position
       of such issues.

Aa-    Bonds  which  are  rated  Aa are  judged  to be of  high  quality  by all
       standards.  Together  with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally
       known as high  grade  bonds.  They are rated  lower  than the best  bonds
       because  margins of protection  may not as large as in Aaa  securities or
       fluctuation of protective  elements may be of greater  amplitude or there
       may be other  elements  present  which  make the long term  risks  appear
       somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A -  Bonds which are rated A possess many  favorable  investment  attributes and
     are to be  considered  as upper medium grade  obligations.  Factors  giving
     security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may
     be present which  suggest a  susceptibility  to impairment  sometime in the
     future.

Baa -  Bonds which are rated Baa are  considered  as medium  grade  obligations,
       i.e.,  they are neither  highly  protected nor poorly  secured.  Interest
       payments  and  principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present but
       certain protective  elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically
       unreliable  over any great  length of time.  Such bonds lack  outstanding
       investment  characteristics and in fact have speculative  characteristics
       as well.

Ba -   Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative  elements;  their
       future  cannot be considered  as well  assured.  Often the  protection of
       interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well
       safeguarded  during both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty
       of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B -  Bonds which are rated B generally  lack  characteristics  of the  desirable
     investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance
     of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa -  Bonds  which are rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such  issues may be in
       default  or there may be  present  elements  of danger  with  respect  to
       principal or interest.

Ca -   Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a
       high  degree.  Such  issues are often in  default  or have  other  marked
       shortcomings.

Commercial paper:

  o Issuers  rated Prime-1  (or related supporting institutions) have a superior
capacity  for  repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics:

      --   Leading market positions in well-established industries.
      --   High rates of return of funds employed.
      --   Conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt
           and ample asset protection.
      --   Broad  margins  in  earnings  coverage of fixed financial charges and
           high internal cash generation.
      --   Well  established  access to a range of financial markets and assured
           sources of alternate liquidity.

     o Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting  institutions) have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.  This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics  cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings  trends and  coverage  ratios,  while  sound,  will be more  subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics,  while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

Standard & Poor's Corporation  describes its grades of corporate debt securities
and its "A" commercial paper as follows:

Bonds:

AAA           Bonds rated AAA are highest  grade  obligations.  They possess the
              ultimate  degree  of  protection  as to  principal  and  interest.
              Marketwise  they move with interest  rates,  and hence provide the
              maximum safety on all counts.

AA            Bonds rated AA also qualify as high grade obligations,  and in the
              majority of instances differ from AAA issues only in small degree.
              Here, too, prices move with the long term money market.

A             Bonds  rated A are  regarded  as upper  medium  grade.  They  have
              considerable  investment  strength but are not entirely  free from
              adverse  effects  of  changes in  economic  and trade  conditions.
              Interest   and   principal   are   regarded  as  safe.   They  are
              predominately reflect money rates in their market behavior, but to
              some extent, also economic conditions.

                                       24


<PAGE>

BBB           Bonds  rated  BBB,  or  medium  grade,   are  borderline   between
              definitely  sound  obligations  and those  where  the  speculative
              element  begins to  predominate.  These bonds have adequate  asset
              coverage  and normally are  protected  by  satisfactory  earnings.
              Their  susceptibility  to  changing  conditions,  particularly  to
              depressions, necessitates constant watching. Marketwise, the bonds
              are more  responsive  to  business  and trade  conditions  than to
              interest  rates.  This group is the  lowest  which  qualifies  for
              commercial bank investment.

BB-B-CCC-CC   Bonds  rated  BB,  B,  CCC and CC are  regarded,  on  balance,  as
              predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
              pay interest and repay  principal in accordance  with the terms of
              the obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and
              CC the highest degree of speculation. While such bonds will likely
              have  some  quality  and  protective  characteristics,  these  are
              outweighed  by large  uncertainties  or major  risk  exposures  to
              adverse conditions.

Commercial paper:

Commercial  paper rated A by  Standard & Poor's  Corporation  has the  following
characteristics:  Liquidity  ratios are better than the industry  average.  Long
term  senior  debt  rating is "A" or better.  In some cases BBB  credits  may be
acceptable.  The  issuer  has  access to at least  two  additional  channels  of
borrowings.  Basic  earnings and cash flow have an upward trend with  allowances
made  for  unusual  circumstances.  Typically,  the  issuer's  industry  is well
established,  the  issuer has a strong  position  within  its  industry  and the
reliability  and quality of  management  is  unquestioned.  Issuers  rated A are
further  referred  to by use of numbers 1, 2 and 3 to denote  relative  strength
within this classification.

                     POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND

Although The Prudential  believes it to be unlikely,  it is possible that in the
judgment of its management, one or more of the portfolios of the Series Fund may
become unsuitable for investment by Contract owners because of investment policy
changes,  tax law changes,  or the  unavailability of shares for investment.  In
that  event,  The  Prudential  may seek to  substitute  the  shares  of  another
portfolio or of an entirely  different mutual fund. Before this can be done, the
approval of the SEC, and possibly one or more state insurance departments,  will
be required. Contract owners will be notified of such substitution.

In  addition,  although it is highly  unlikely,  it is  conceivable  that in the
future it may  become  disadvantageous  for both  variable  life  insurance  and
variable  annuity  contract  separate  accounts to invest in the same underlying
mutual fund.  Although neither the companies which invest in the Series Fund nor
the Series Fund  currently  foresees any such  disadvantage,  the Series  Fund's
Board of Directors  intends to monitor  events in order to identify any material
conflict  between  variable life insurance and variable  annuity contract owners
and to  determine  what  action,  if any,  should be taken in response  thereto.
Material  conflicts  could  result  from such  things as:  (1)  changes in state
insurance  law;  (2)  changes in  federal  income  tax law;  (3)  changes in the
investment  management of any  portfolio of the Series Fund;  or (4)  difference
between  voting  instructions  given by variable  life  insurance  and  variable
annuity contract owners. The Prudential will bear the expense, if it does become
necessary,  of remedying  any material  conflict  including  establishing  a new
underlying  investment  company and  segregating  the assets held under variable
life insurance and variable annuity contracts.

                                       25


<PAGE>

                  OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND

Incorporation and Authorized Stock

   
The Series Fund was  incorporated  under  Maryland law on November 15, 1982. The
authorized  Capital Stock of the Series Fund consists of 2 billion  shares,  par
value  $0.01 per share.  The shares of Capital  Stock are divided  into  fifteen
classes: Money Market Portfolio Capital Stock (225 million shares),  Diversified
Bond  Portfolio  Capital Stock (200 million  shares),  High Yield Bond Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million shares),  Government  Income Portfolio  Capital Stock
(100 million shares), Equity Portfolio Capital Stock (200 million shares), Stock
Index  Portfolio  Capital Stock (100 million  shares),  Equity Income  Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million shares),  Natural  Resources  Portfolio Capital Stock
(100 million  shares),  Global  Portfolio  Capital  Stock (100 million  shares),
Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  Capital Stock (300 million shares),  Flexible
Managed Portfolio Capital Stock (300 million shares), Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio
2000 Capital Stock (25 million shares),  Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio 2005 Capital
Stock (50 million  shares),  Prudential  Jennison  Portfolio  Capital  Stock (50
million shares),  Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio Capital Stock (50 million
shares).  The  shares of each  portfolio,  when  issued,  will be fully paid and
non-assessable, will have no conversion, exchange or similar rights, and will be
freely  transferable.  Each share of stock will have a pro rata  interest in the
assets of the  portfolio to which the stock of that class  relates and will have
no interest in the assets of any other portfolio.
    

Dividends, Distributions and Taxes

The Series Fund is qualified as a regulated investment company under Section 851
of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  distributes  substantially  all  of  each
portfolio's   net  investment   income  and  realized   gains  from   securities
transactions to the respective  subaccounts,  which immediately reinvest it. For
each taxable year in which it and each of its portfolios so qualify,  the Series
Fund will not be subject to tax on net investment income and realized gains from
securities transactions distributed to shareholders.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

Chemical Bank, 4 New York Plaza,  New York,  N.Y. 10004, is the custodian of the
assets  held  by  all  the  portfolios,  except  the  Global  Portfolio,  and is
authorized  to use  the  facilities  of the  Depository  Trust  Company  and the
facilities of the book-entry  system of the Federal Reserve Bank with respect to
securities held by these portfolios. Chemical Bank is also authorized to use the
facilities of the Mortgage Backed Security Clearing Corporation (a subsidiary of
the Midwest Stock Exchange) with respect to  mortgage-backed  securities held by
any  of  these  portfolios.   Chemical  Bank  maintains  certain  financial  and
accounting  books and records  pursuant to an  agreement  with the Series  Fund.
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("Brown  Brothers"),  40 Water Street,  Boston, MA
02109,  is the custodian of the assets of the Global  Portfolio.  Brown Brothers
employs subcustodians,  who were approved by the directors of the Series Fund in
accordance with regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  for the
purpose of providing custodial service for the Global Portfolio's foreign assets
held outside the United States.  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company,  60 Wall Street,
New York,  NY 10260 is the  custodian  of the  assets  held in  connection  with
repurchase  agreements  entered into by the  portfolios and is authorized to use
the  facilities  of the  book-entry  system of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.  The
directors of the Series Fund monitor the  activities of the  custodians  and the
subcustodians.

The  Prudential  is the  transfer  agent and  dividend-disbursing  agent for the
Series Fund.  The  Prudential as transfer agent issues and redeems shares of the
Series Fund and maintains records of ownership for the shareholders.

Experts

The  financial  statements  of the Series  Fund  included in this  statement  of
additional  information and the FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS included in the prospectus
have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent  auditors,  as stated in
their report  appearing  herein and are included in reliance  upon the report of
such firm given upon their  authority  as experts in  accounting  and  auditing.
Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP's  principal  business  address  is Two  Hilton  Court,
Parsippany, NJ 07054-0319.

License

As part of the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential has granted the
Series  Fund a  royalty-free,  non-exclusive  license  to  use  the  words  "The
Prudential" and its registered  service mark of a rock  representing the Rock of
Gibraltar.  However, The Prudential may terminate this license if The Prudential
or a company controlled by it ceases to be the Series Fund's investment advisor.
The  Prudential may also terminate the license for any other reason upon 60 days
written notice; but, in this event, the Investment Advisory Agreement shall also
terminate 120 days following receipt by the Series Fund of such notice, unless a
majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Series  Fund  vote to
continue the Agreement notwithstanding termination of the license.

                                       26


<PAGE>

                    DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRUCO LIFE AND
                          MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND
                      DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRUCO LIFE

   
The  directors  and major  officers of Pruco Life,  listed with their  principal
occupations during the past 5 years, are shown below.
    

                             DIRECTORS OF PRUCO LIFE

   
E. MICHAEL CAULFIELD,  Director.  -- Chief Executive  Officer,  Prudential Money
Management  Group  since 1995;  1993 to 1995:  President,  Prudential  Preferred
Financial Services;  1992 to 1993:  President,  Prudential Property and Casualty
Insurance  Company*;  Prior to 1992:  President  of  Investment  Services of The
Prudential.

GARNETT L. KEITH, JR., Director. -- Vice Chairman of The Prudential.

IRA J. KLEINMAN,  Director.  -- Chief Marketing and Product Development Officer,
Prudential  Individual  Insurance  Group  since 1995;  1993 to 1995:  President,
Prudential Select; 1992 to 1993: Senior Vice President of The Prudential;  Prior
to 1992: Vice President of The Prudential.

ESTHER H. MILNES,  President  and Director.  -- Senior Vice  President and Chief
Actuary,  Prudential Insurance and Financial Services since 1993; Prior to 1993:
Vice President and Associate Actuary of The Prudential.

I. EDWARD  PRICE,  Vice  Chairman and  Director.  -- Senior Vice  President  and
Actuary,  Prudential  Individual Insurance Group since 1995; 1994 to 1995: Chief
Executive Officer,  Prudential International Insurance; 1993 to 1994: President,
Prudential  International  Insurance;  Prior to 1993:  Senior Vice President and
Company Actuary of The Prudential.

WILLIAM  F.  YELVERTON,   Director.  --  Chief  Executive  Officer,   Prudential
Individual  Insurance Group since 1995; Prior to 1995: Chief Executive  Officer,
New York Life Worldwide.
    

                         OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS

   
BEVERLY R. BARNEY,  Senior Vice President.  -- Vice President and Re-Engineering
Officer,  Prudential  Insurance and Financial Services since 1995; 1993 to 1995:
Senior Vice President and Associate Actuary,  Prudential Direct;  Prior to 1993:
Senior Vice President and Actuary of Pruco Life.

SUSAN L. BLOUNT,  Secretary.--Vice  President  and  Secretary of The  Prudential
since 1995; Prior to 1995: Assistant General Counsel for Prudential  Residential
Services Company.

C. EDWARD CHAPLIN,  Treasurer. -- Vice President and Treasurer of The Prudential
since 1995;  1993 to 1995:  Managing  Director  and  Assistant  Treasurer of The
Prudential;  1992 to 1993: Vice President and Assistant  Treasurer,  Banking and
Cash  Management for The Prudential;  Prior to 1992:  Regional Vice President of
Prudential Mortgage Capital Company.

ROBERT EARL,  Senior Vice President.  -- Managing  Director,  Houston  Financial
Services Office,  Prudential  Preferred  Financial  Services since 1994; 1993 to
1994: Vice President,  Strategic  Initiatives,  Prudential  Preferred  Financial
Services; Prior to 1993: Vice President Regional Marketing of The Prudential.

CLIFFORD E. KIRSCH,  Chief Counsel -- Chief Counsel of The Prudential  Insurance
Company's  Individual  Variable  Products  Department  since 1995; 1994 to 1995:
Associate General Counsel with Paine Webber;  Prior to 1994:  Assistant Director
in the  Division of  Investment  Management  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

RICHARD F. LAMBERT,  Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary.  -- Vice President
and Chief Actuary,  Prudential  Preferred Financial Services since 1994; 1993 to
1994: Vice President and Actuary, Prudential Preferred Financial Services; Prior
to 1993: Vice President and Associate Actuary of The Prudential.

DIANE M. MCGOVERN,  Vice President and Actuary.  -- Vice President and Assistant
Actuary of The Prudential.

MICHAEL R. SHAPIRO, Senior Vice President. -- Senior Vice President,  Prudential
Select Brokerage.

LAWRENCE J.  SUNDRAM,  Senior Vice  President.  -- Vice  President of Marketing,
Prudential  Individual  Insurance  Group since 1996;  1994 to 1996:  Senior Vice
President of Property and Casualty, Prudential Insurance and Financial Services;
1993 to 1994: Vice President, Prudential Insurance and Financial Services; Prior
to 1993: Vice President, District Agencies Marketing for The Prudential.

STEPHEN P. TOOLEY, Vice President,  Comptroller and Chief Accounting Officer. --
Vice President and  Comptroller,  Prudential  Individual  Insurance  Group since
1995; 1993 to 1995:  Vice President and  Comptroller,  Prudential  Insurance and
Financial  Services;  Prior  to  1993:  Director,  Financial  Analysis  for  The
Prudential.
    

The  business  address  of all  directors  and  officers  of  Pruco  Life is 213
Washington Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992.

* Subsidiary of The Prudential

                                       27


<PAGE>

                          MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND

The names of all  directors  and  officers of the Series Fund and the  principal
occupation  of each during the last 5 years are shown  below.  Unless  otherwise
stated,  the address of each director and officer is Prudential  Plaza,  Newark,
New Jersey 07102-3777.

   
MENDEL A. MELZER*,  Chairman of the Board--Chief  Financial Officer of the Money
Management  Group  of The  Prudential  since  1995;  1993 to 1995:  Senior  Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Prudential   Preferred  Financial
Services;   1991  to  1993:   Managing  Director,   The  Prudential   Investment
Corporation;   Prior  to  1991:  Senior  Vice  President,   Prudential   Capital
Corporation.

E. MICHAEL CAULFIELD*,  President and  Director--Chief  Executive Officer of the
Money  Management  Group of The Prudential  since 1995;  1995:  Chief  Executive
Officer,  Prudential  Preferred  Financial  Services;  1993 to 1995:  President,
Prudential  Preferred Financial Services;  1992 to 1993:  President,  Prudential
Property and Casualty Insurance Company;  Prior to 1992: President of Investment
Services of The Prudential.
    

SAUL K.  FENSTER,  Director--President  of New Jersey  Institute of  Technology.
Address: 323 Martin Luther King Boulevard, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

W.  SCOTT  McDONALD,  JR.,   Director--Executive  Vice  President  of  Fairleigh
Dickinson University since 1991: Prior to 1991: Executive Vice President of Drew
University. Address: 23 Forest Road, Madison, New Jersey 07940.

JOSEPH WEBER,  Director--Vice  President,  Interclass  (international  corporate
learning). Address: 37 Beachmont Terrace, North Caldwell, New Jersey 07006.

   
STEPHEN P. TOOLEY, Comptroller--Vice President and Comptroller of the Individual
Insurance  Group of The Prudential  since 1995; 1993 to 1995: Vice President and
Comptroller  of  Prudential  Insurance and  Financial  Services;  Prior to 1993:
Director, Financial Analysis of The Prudential.
    

THOMAS C. CASTANO,  Secretary and  Treasurer--Assistant  General  Counsel of The
Prudential  since 1993; Prior to 1993:  Assistant  General Counsel of Pruco Life
Insurance Company.

No director  or officer of the Series  Fund who is also an officer,  director or
employee of The  Prudential or its  affiliates  is entitled to any  remuneration
from the Series Fund for  services as one of its  directors  or  officers.  Each
director of the Series Fund who is not an  interested  person of the Series Fund
will receive a fee of $2,000 per year plus $200 per  portfolio  for each meeting
of the Board  attended  and will be  reimbursed  for all  expenses  incurred  in
connection with attendance at meetings.

*These  members  of the Board are  interested  persons  of The  Prudential,  its
affiliates or the Series Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Certain actions of the
Board,  including the annual  continuance of the Investment  Advisory  Agreement
between  the Series Fund and The  Prudential,  must be approved by a majority of
the members of the Board who are not interested  persons of The Prudential,  its
affiliates  or the Series Fund.  Mr. Melzer and Mr.  Caulfield,  two of the five
members of the Board,  are  interested  persons of The Prudential and the Series
Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act,  because they are officers and/or
affiliated persons of The Prudential, the investment advisor to the Series Fund.
Messrs.  Fenster,  McDonald,  and  Weber  are  not  interested  persons  of  The
Prudential, its affiliates or the Series Fund. However, Mr. Fenster is President
of the New Jersey  Institute of  Technology.  The  Prudential has issued a group
annuity  contract to the  Institute  and  provides  group life and group  health
insurance to its employees.

                                       28


<PAGE>

   
            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

                          "A" pages to be inserted here





                       To be filed pursuant to Rule 485(b)

    




                                       29


<PAGE>

            THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

   
                          "B" pages to be inserted here







                       To be filed pursuant to Rule 485(b)

    





                                       30


<PAGE>


   
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
May 1, 1996
    

PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY
PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY VARIABLE APPRECIABLE ACCOUNT

PRUvider
Variable
APPRECIABLE
LIFE(R)___________________
INSURANCE CONTRACTS

PROVIDING FOR THE INVESTMENT
OF ASSETS IN THE
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS OF

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES
FUND, INC.

The Pruco Life Insurance  Company of New Jersey, a stock life insurance  company
that is an indirect wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Prudential Insurance Company
of  America,  offers a variable  life  insurance  contract  called the  PRUvider
Variable  Appreciable  Life(R)  Insurance   Contract*.   The  Contract  provides
whole-life insurance protection.  The death benefit varies daily with investment
experience but will never be less than the "face amount" of insurance  specified
in the Contract.  The Contract also generally  provides a cash  surrender  value
which also varies with  investment  experience.  There is no guaranteed  minimum
cash surrender value.

   
The assets held for the purpose of paying  benefits under these contracts can be
invested in one or both of the two current  subaccounts of the Pruco Life of New
Jersey Variable  Appreciable Account. The assets invested in each subaccount are
in turn invested in a  corresponding  portfolio of The  Prudential  Series Fund,
Inc., a diversified, open-end management investment company (commonly known as a
mutual fund) that is intended to provide a range of investment  alternatives  to
variable contract owners. Each portfolio is, for investment purposes,  in effect
a separate fund. The two available  Series Fund portfolios are the  Conservative
Balanced  Portfolio  and the Flexible  Managed  Portfolio.  A separate  class of
capital  stock is  issued  for each  portfolio.  Shares of the  Series  Fund are
currently sold only to separate accounts of Pruco Life of New Jersey and certain
other  insurers to fund the benefits  under variable life insurance and variable
annuity contracts issued by those companies.
    

The PRUvider  Variable  Appreciable  Life(R)  Insurance  Contract owner may also
choose to invest in a fixed-rate  option which is described in the prospectus of
The Pruco Life of New Jersey Variable Appreciable Account.

                      ------------------------------------

   
THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND SHOULD BE READ
IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH THE  PROSPECTUS  OF THE PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY  VARIABLE
APPRECIABLE  ACCOUNT DATED MAY 1, 1996,  WHICH IS AVAILABLE  WITHOUT CHARGE UPON
WRITTEN  REQUEST  TO  THE  PRUCO  LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY  OF NEW  JERSEY,  213
WASHINGTON  STREET,  NEWARK,  NEW  JERSEY  07102-2992  OR BY  TELEPHONING  (800)
437-4016, Ext. 46.
    

                      ------------------------------------

                   Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey
                              213 Washington Street
                          Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992
                       Telephone: (800) 437-4016, Ext. 46

   
*PRUvider is a service mark of The Prudential.
 Appreciable Life is a registered mark of The Prudential.
 SVAL-2SAI Ed 5-96
Catalog No. 64M087E
    


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                              STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                                                            CONTENTS
                                                                                                                            Page
<S>                                                                                                                          <C>

MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT.................................................................................  1
         Sales Load Upon Surrender...........................................................................................  1
         Reduction of Charges for Concurrent Sales to Several Individuals....................................................  1
         Paying Premiums by Payroll Deduction................................................................................  1
         Unisex Premiums and Benefits........................................................................................  1
         How the Death Benefit Will Vary.....................................................................................  2
         Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender Value...........................................................................  2
         Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits..................................................................................  3
                  Treatment as Life Insurance................................................................................  3
                  Pre-Death Distributions....................................................................................  3
                  Withholding................................................................................................  4
                  Other Tax Considerations...................................................................................  4
         Sale of the Contract and Sales Commissions..........................................................................  4
         Riders   ...........................................................................................................  5
         Other Standard Contract Provisions..................................................................................  5
                  Beneficiary................................................................................................  5
                  Incontestability...........................................................................................  5
                  Misstatement of Age or Sex.................................................................................  5
                  Suicide Exclusion..........................................................................................  5
                  Assignment.................................................................................................  5
                  Settlement Options.........................................................................................  5

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF
         THE PORTFOLIOS......................................................................................................  6
         General  ...........................................................................................................  6
         Convertible Securities..............................................................................................  6
         Warrants ...........................................................................................................  6
         Options and Futures.................................................................................................  6
         When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities......................................................................... 12
         Short Sales......................................................................................................... 12
         Short Sales Against the Box......................................................................................... 13
         Interest Rate Swaps................................................................................................. 13
         Loans of Portfolio Securities....................................................................................... 13
         Illiquid Securities................................................................................................. 14
         Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts......................................................................... 14

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS...................................................................................................... 15

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES.............................................................................. 18

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE......................................................................................... 19

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE............................................................................................. 20

SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
         MAY CURRENTLY INVEST................................................................................................ 21

DEBT RATINGS................................................................................................................. 23

POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND...................................................................................... 25

OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND................................................................................. 25
         Incorporation and Authorized Stock.................................................................................. 25
         Dividends, Distributions and Taxes.................................................................................. 26
         Custodian and Transfer Agent........................................................................................ 26
         Experts  ........................................................................................................... 26
         License  ........................................................................................................... 26

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY
         AND MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND................................................................................... 27

</TABLE>

    


<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                                           <C>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. .................................................................... A1

THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE  OF INVESTMENTS.................................................................... B1
</TABLE>

    


<PAGE>

                  MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONTRACT

Sales Load Upon Surrender

A  contingent  deferred  sales load is  assessed  if the  Contract  lapses or is
surrendered  during the first 10 Contract years. No such charge is applicable to
the death  benefit,  no matter  when that may  become  payable.  Subject  to the
additional  limitations  described  below,  for  Contracts  that  lapse  or  are
surrendered during the first 5 Contract years the charge will be equal to 50% of
the first  year's  primary  annual  premium.  In the next 5 Contract  years that
percentage  is reduced  uniformly  on a daily basis until it reaches zero on the
tenth Contract  anniversary.  Thus, for Contracts  surrendered at the end of the
sixth year,  the maximum  deferred  sales charge will be 40% of the first year's
primary  annual  premium,  for Contracts  surrendered  at the end of year 7, the
maximum  deferred  sales charge will be 30% of the first year's  primary  annual
premium, and so forth.

The  contingent  deferred sales load is also subject to a further limit at older
issue  ages  (approximately  above  age 61) in  order  to  comply  with  certain
requirements of state law. Specifically,  the contingent deferred sales load for
such insureds is no more than $32.50 per $1,000 of face amount.

   
The  sales  load  is  subject  to  a  further  important  limitation  that  may,
particularly for Contracts that lapse or are surrendered within the first 5 or 6
years,  result in a lower  contingent  deferred  sales load than that  described
above. (This limitation might also, under unusual circumstances, apply to reduce
the monthly sales load deductions  described in the prospectus in item (a) under
Monthly  Deductions  from Contract  Fund.) The limitation is applied in order to
conform  with  the  requirements  of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and
regulations adopted thereunder,  which limit the amount of non-refundable  sales
load that may be charged on contracts within the first 2 years.
    

The limitation is as follows: (Every Contract has associated with it a Guideline
Annual Premium ("GAP"),  which is an amount determined actuarially in accordance
with a  definition  set forth in a  regulation  of the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  ("SEC").)  The maximum  aggregate  sales load that Pruco Life of New
Jersey will charge (that is, the sum of the monthly sales load deduction and the
contingent  deferred  sales  charge)  will not be more than 30% of the  premiums
actually  paid until  those  premiums  total one GAP plus no more than 9% of the
next premiums paid until total  premiums are equal to 5 GAPS,  plus no more than
6% of all subsequent premiums. If the sales charges described above would at any
time exceed this  maximum  amount then the charge,  to the extent of any excess,
will not be made.

Reduction of Charges for Concurrent Sales to Several Individuals

Pruco Life of New Jersey may reduce the sales  charges  and/or other  charges on
individual Contracts sold to members of a class of associated individuals, or to
a trustee,  employer  or other  entity  representing  such a class,  where it is
expected  that  such  multiple   sales  will  result  in  savings  of  sales  or
administrative   expenses.   Pruco  Life  of  New  Jersey  determines  both  the
eligibility for such reduced charges,  as well as the amount of such reductions,
by considering the following  factors:  (1) the number of  individuals;  (2) the
total amount of premium  payments  expected to be received from these Contracts;
(3) the nature of the association  between these  individuals,  and the expected
persistency  of  the  individual  Contracts;  (4)  the  purpose  for  which  the
individual Contracts are purchased and whether that purpose makes it likely that
expenses will be reduced;  and (5) any other  circumstances  which Pruco Life of
New Jersey  believes to be  relevant in  determining  whether  reduced  sales or
administrative  expenses may be expected.  Some of the reductions in charges for
these sales may be contractually  guaranteed;  other reductions may be withdrawn
or  modified by Pruco Life of New Jersey on a uniform  basis.  Pruco Life of New
Jersey's   reductions   in  charges   for  these  sales  will  not  be  unfairly
discriminatory to the interests of any individual Contract owners.

Paying Premiums by Payroll Deduction

In addition to the annual,  semi-annual,  quarterly and monthly  premium payment
modes,  a payroll budget method of paying  premiums may also be available  under
certain  Contracts.  The employer  generally  deducts the necessary amounts from
employee  paychecks  and sends  premium  payments  to Pruco  Life of New  Jersey
monthly.  Any Pruco Life of New Jersey  representative  authorized  to sell this
Contract can provide  further  details  concerning  the payroll budget method of
paying premiums.

Unisex Premiums and Benefits

The Contract  generally employs mortality tables that distinguish  between males
and females.  Thus,  premiums and benefits under  Contracts  issued on males and
females of the same age will  generally  differ.  However,  in those states that
have adopted regulations prohibiting  sex-distinct insurance rates, premiums and
cost of  insurance  charges  will be based on a blended  unisex rate whether the
insured is male or female. In addition, employers and

                                        1

<PAGE>

employee  organizations  considering purchase of a Contract should consult their
legal advisors to determine whether purchase of a Contract based on sex-distinct
actuarial tables is consistent with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 or
other  applicable  law.  Pruco Life of New Jersey  may offer the  Contract  with
unisex mortality rates to such prospective purchasers.

How the Death Benefit Will Vary

The death benefit will vary with investment experience. Assuming no withdrawals,
the death benefit will be equal to the face amount of insurance  plus the amount
(if any) by which the  Contract  Fund  value  exceeds  the  applicable  "Tabular
Contract Fund value" for the Contract  (subject to an exception  described below
under which the death benefit is higher).  Each  Contract  contains a table that
sets forth the Tabular Contract Fund value as of the end of each of the first 20
years  of  the  Contract.   Tabular   Contract  Fund  values  between   Contract
anniversaries are determined by interpolation. The "Tabular Contract Fund value"
for each Contract year is an amount that is slightly less than the Contract Fund
value that would  result as of the end of such year if only  scheduled  premiums
were paid, they were paid when due, the selected investment options earned a net
return at a uniform rate of 4% per year,  full mortality  charges based upon the
1980 CSO Table were  deducted,  maximum  sales  load and  expense  charges  were
deducted, and there was no Contract debt.

Thus, for a Contract with no withdrawals,  the death benefit will equal the face
amount if the Contract Fund equals the Tabular  Contract Fund value.  If, due to
investment  results  greater  than a net  return of 4%, or to payment of greater
than scheduled premiums,  or to smaller than maximum charges,  the Contract Fund
value is a given amount greater than the Tabular  Contract Fund value, the death
benefit will be the face amount plus that excess  amount.  If, due to investment
results less  favorable than a net return of 4%, the Contract Fund value is less
than the tabular  Contract Fund value, the death benefit will not fall below the
initial face amount stated in the Contract; however, this unfavorable investment
experience must first be offset by favorable  performance or additional payments
that bring the Contract Fund up to the tabular level before favorable investment
results or additional payments will increase the death benefit. Again, the death
benefit will reflect a deduction for the amount of any Contract debt.
See Contract Loans in the prospectus.

The Contract  Fund could grow to the point where it is necessary to increase the
death  benefit by a greater  amount in order to ensure  that the  Contract  will
satisfy the Internal  Revenue  Code's  definition of life  insurance.  Thus, the
death  benefit  will  always be the  greatest  of (1) the face  amount  plus the
Contract Fund minus the tabular Contract Fund value; (2) the guaranteed  minimum
death  benefit;  and (3) the  Contract  Fund times the  attained age factor that
applies.

Withdrawal of Excess Cash Surrender Value

Under  certain  circumstances,  a Contract  owner may  withdraw a portion of the
Contract's cash surrender value without surrendering the Contract in whole or in
part.  The  amount  that  a  Contract  owner  may  withdraw  is  limited  by the
requirement  that the Contract Fund after  withdrawal  must not be less than the
tabular  Contract  Fund  value.  (A Table of  Tabular  Contract  Fund  Values is
included  in the  Contract;  the  values  increase  with each year the  Contract
remains in force.) But because  the  Contract  Fund may be made up in part by an
outstanding  Contract  loan,  there is a  further  limitation  that  the  amount
withdrawn  may not be  larger  than an  amount  sufficient  to  reduce  the cash
surrender  value to zero.  The amount  withdrawn must be at least $200. An owner
may make no more than four such  withdrawals in each Contract year, and there is
a $15 administrative processing fee for each withdrawal. An amount withdrawn may
not be repaid  except as a  scheduled  or  unscheduled  premium  subject  to the
applicable charges. Upon request,  Pruco Life of New Jersey will tell a Contract
owner how much he or she may withdraw.  Withdrawal of part of the cash surrender
value may have tax consequences.  See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, below.
A  temporary  need for  funds  may also be met by  making a loan and you  should
consult your Pruco Life of New Jersey representative about how best to meet your
needs.

When a withdrawal is made, the cash surrender  value and Contract Fund value are
reduced by the amount of the  withdrawal,  and the death benefit is  accordingly
reduced.  Neither  the face  amount of  insurance  nor the  amount of  scheduled
premiums will be changed due to a withdrawal of excess cash surrender  value. No
surrender charges will be assessed upon a withdrawal.

Withdrawal  of part of the cash  surrender  value  increases  the risk  that the
Contract Fund may be insufficient to provide for benefits under the Contract. If
such a withdrawal is followed by unfavorable investment experience, the Contract
may lapse  even if  scheduled  premiums  continue  to be paid when due.  This is
because, for purposes of determining whether a lapse has occurred, Pruco Life of
New Jersey treats withdrawals as a return of premium.

                                        2

<PAGE>

Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits

Each  prospective  purchaser is urged to consult a qualified  tax  advisor.  The
following  discussion  is not  intended as tax advice,  and it is not a complete
statement  of what  the  effect  of  federal  income  taxes  will be  under  all
circumstances.  Rather,  it  provides  information  about how Pruco  Life of New
Jersey believes the tax laws apply in the most commonly occurring circumstances.
There is no guarantee,  however,  that the current  federal  income tax laws and
regulations or interpretations will not change.

Treatment as Life Insurance. The Contract will be treated as "life insurance" as
long as it satisfies certain definitional tests set forth in Section 7702 of the
Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and as long as the underlying investments for
the  Contract  satisfy  diversification   requirements  set  forth  in  Treasury
Regulations issued pursuant to Section 817(h) of the Code.

These  diversification  requirements  must ordinarily be met within 1 year after
Contract  owner funds are first  allocated  to the  particular  portfolio of the
Series  Fund,  and  within  30  days  after  the end of  each  calendar  quarter
thereafter.  Each portfolio must meet one of two  alternative  tests.  Under the
first test,  no more than 55% of the  portfolio's  assets can be invested in any
one  investment;  no more  than 70% of the  assets  can be  invested  in any two
investments;  no more than 80% can be invested in any three investments;  and no
more than 90% can be invested in any four  investments.  Under the second  test,
the portfolio must meet the tax law diversification requirements for a regulated
investment  company and no more than 55% of the value of the portfolio's  assets
can be invested in cash, cash items,  Government  securities,  and securities of
other regulated investment companies.

For  purposes  of   determining   whether  a  variable   account  is  adequately
diversified,  each United States Government agency or instrumentality is treated
as  a  separate  issuer.  Compliance  with  diversification   requirements  will
generally  limit the amount of assets that may be invested in federally  insured
certificates of deposit and all types of securities issued or guaranteed by each
United States Government agency or instrumentality.

Pruco Life of New Jersey  believes that it has taken adequate steps to cause the
Contract to be treated as life insurance for tax purposes.  This means that: (1)
except as noted below, the Contract owner should not be taxed on any part of the
Contract Fund, including additions attributable to interest or appreciation; and
(2) the  death  benefit  should  be  excludible  from the  gross  income  of the
beneficiary under section 101(a) of the Code.

However,  Section  7702  of the  Code,  which  defines  life  insurance  for tax
purposes, gives the Secretary of the Treasury authority to prescribe regulations
to carry out the purposes of the Section. In this regard,  proposed  regulations
governing  mortality charges were issued in 1991 and proposed  regulations under
Sections 101, 7702, and 7702A governing the treatment of life insurance policies
that  provide  accelerated  death  benefits  were issued in 1992.  None of these
proposed  regulations  has yet  been  finalized.  Additional  regulations  under
Section 7702 may also be promulgated in the future. Moreover, in connection with
the  issuance of  temporary  regulations  under  Section  817(h),  the  Treasury
Department  announced that such regulations do not provide  guidance  concerning
the extent to which Contract  owners may direct their  investments to particular
divisions of a separate  account.  Such guidance will be included in regulations
or  rulings  under  Section  817(d)  relating  to the  definition  of a variable
contract.

Pruco Life of New Jersey intends to comply with final  regulations  issued under
sections 7702 and 817. Therefore,  it reserves the right to make such changes as
it deems  necessary  to assure that the  Contract  continues  to qualify as life
insurance  for tax purposes.  Any such changes will apply  uniformly to affected
Contract  owners and will be made only after advance  written notice to affected
Contract owners.

Pre-Death  Distributions.  The  taxation of pre-death  distributions  depends on
whether  the  Contract  is  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  The
following  discussion  first deals with  distributions  under  Contracts  not so
classified, and then with Modified Endowment Contracts.

1.   A  surrender  or lapse of the  Contract  may  have tax  consequences.  Upon
     surrender,  the owner will not be taxed on the cash surrender  value except
     for the  amount,  if any,  that  exceeds the gross  premiums  paid less the
     untaxed portion of any prior withdrawals. The amount of any unpaid Contract
     debt will,  upon surrender or lapse,  be added to the cash surrender  value
     and  treated,  for  this  purpose,  as if it had  been  received.  Any loss
     incurred upon surrender is generally not deductible.  The tax  consequences
     of a surrender  may differ if the proceeds  are  received  under any income
     payment settlement option.

     A withdrawal generally is not taxable unless it exceeds total premiums paid
     to  the  date  of  withdrawal   less  the  untaxed  portion  of  any  prior
     withdrawals.  However, under certain limited circumstances, in the first 15
     Contract  years all or a portion  of a  withdrawal  may be  taxable  if the
     Contract Fund exceeds the total  premiums paid less the untaxed  portion of
     any  prior  withdrawals,  even if total  withdrawals  do not  exceed  total
     premiums paid to date.

     Extra premiums for optional  benefits and riders  generally do not count in
     computing gross premiums paid, which in turn determines the extent to which
     a withdrawal might be taxed.

                                        3

<PAGE>

     Loans   received   under  the  Contract  will   ordinarily  be  treated  as
     indebtedness  of the owner and will not be considered  to be  distributions
     subject to tax.


   
2.   Some of the above rules are  changed if the  Contract  is  classified  as a
     Modified Endowment Contract under section 7702A of the Code. A Contract may
     be classified as a Modified Endowment Contract under various circumstances.
     For example,  low face amount  Contracts  issued on younger insureds may be
     classified as a Modified  Endowment Contract even though the Contract owner
     pays only the Scheduled Premiums or even less than the Scheduled  Premiums.
     Before purchasing such a Contract,  you should understand the tax treatment
     of pre-death  distributions and consider the purpose for which the Contract
     is being  purchased.  More  generally,  a Contract may be  classified  as a
     Modified Endowment Contract if premiums in excess of Scheduled Premiums are
     paid or a  decrease  in the face  amount of  insurance  is made (or a rider
     removed)  during the first 7 Contract  years.  Moreover,  the addition of a
     rider after the Contract date may have an impact on the  Contract's  status
     as a Modified  Endowment  Contract.  Contract owners  contemplating  any of
     these steps  should first  consult a qualified  tax advisor and their Pruco
     Life of New Jersey representative.
    

     If the  Contract  is  classified  as a Modified  Endowment  Contract,  then
     pre-death distributions, including loans and withdrawals, are includible in
     income to the extent  that the  Contract  fund prior to  surrender  charges
     exceeds the gross premiums paid for the Contract increased by the amount of
     any loans  previously  includible  in income  and  reduced  by any  untaxed
     amounts  previously  received other than the amount of any loans excludible
     from  income.  These  rules  may  also  apply to  pre-death  distributions,
     including  loans,  made  during  the 2 year  period  prior to the  Contract
     becoming a Modified Endowment Contract.

     In addition,  pre-death  distributions from such Contracts  (including full
     surrenders)  will be  subject  to a penalty  of 10  percent  of the  amount
     includible  in income unless the amount is  distributed  on or after age 59
     1/2, on account of the taxpayer's  disability,  or as a life annuity. It is
     presently  unclear how the penalty tax provisions  apply to Contracts owned
     by nonnatural persons such as corporations.

   
     Under certain circumstances, Modified Endowment Contracts issued during any
     calendar year will be treated as a single contract for purposes of applying
     the above rules.
    

Withholding.  The taxable  portions of any amounts  received  under the Contract
will be subject to  withholding  to meet federal  income tax  obligations if the
Contract  owner  fails to elect that no taxes be  withheld  or in certain  other
circumstances.  Contract  owners who do not provide a social  security number or
other  taxpayer  identification  number  will not be  permitted  to elect out of
withholding.  All  recipients of such amounts may be subject to penalties  under
the  estimated  tax rules if  withholding  and  estimated  tax  payments are not
sufficient.

Other Tax Considerations.  Transfer of the Contract to a new owner or assignment
of the Contract may have tax consequences depending on the circumstances. In the
case of a  transfer  of the  Contract  for a valuable  consideration,  the death
benefit may be subject to federal  income taxes under  section  101(a)(2) of the
Code.  In  addition,  a transfer  of the  Contract  to or the  designation  of a
beneficiary  who is either 37 1/2 years  younger  than the  Contract  owner or a
grandchild  of the  Contract  owner may have  Generation  Skipping  Transfer tax
consequences under Section 2601 of the Code.

In certain  circumstances,  deductions  for interest paid or accrued on Contract
debt or on other loans that are  incurred or  continued to purchase or carry the
Contract  may be denied  under  section 163 of the Code as personal  interest or
under  section 264 of the Code.  Contract  owners  should  consult a tax advisor
regarding the application of these provisions to their circumstances.

   
Business-owned life insurance is subject to additional rules.  Section 264(a)(1)
of the Code generally  precludes business Contract owners from deducting premium
payments.  Under  section  264(a)(4) of the Code, a deduction is not allowed for
any interest paid or accrued on any Contract debt on an insurance  policy to the
extent the  indebtedness  exceeds  $50,000 per officer,  employee or financially
interested person. The Congress is also considering legislation to deny interest
deductions generally for loans in business-owned policies. The Code also imposes
an indirect  tax upon  additions  to the  Contract  fund or the receipt of death
benefits   under   business-owned   life   insurance   policies   under  certain
circumstances by way of the corporate alternative minimum tax.
    

The individual  situation of each Contract  owner or beneficiary  will determine
the federal estate taxes and the state and local estate,  inheritance  and other
taxes due if the owner or insured dies.

Sale of the Contract and Sales Commissions

Pruco Securities Corporation ("Prusec"),  an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
The  Prudential,  acts as the principal  underwriter  of the  Contract.  Prusec,
organized  in 1971 under New Jersey  law, is  registered  as a broker and dealer
under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and is a member  of the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. Prusec's principal business address is
1111 Durham Avenue, South Plainfield, New Jersey 07080-2398. The

                                        4

<PAGE>

   
Contract is sold by registered representatives of Prusec who are also authorized
by state  insurance  departments to do so. The Contract may also be sold through
other  broker-dealers  authorized  by  Prusec  and  applicable  law  to  do  so.
Registered  representatives  of  such  other  broker-dealers  may be  paid  on a
different basis than described below. Where the insured is less than 60 years of
age, the representative  will generally receive a commission of no more than 50%
of the scheduled  premiums for the first year, no more than 10% of the scheduled
premiums  for the  second,  third,  and  fourth  years,  no more  than 3% of the
scheduled premiums for the fifth through tenth years, and no more than 2% of the
scheduled  premiums  thereafter.  For new  Contracts  issued on or about July 1,
1996, the commission  rates for the second through tenth years will change to no
more than 6% of the scheduled  premiums.  For insureds over 59 years of age, the
commission will be lower.  The  representative  may be required to return all or
part of the first year  commission if the Contract is not continued  through the
second year.  Representatives with less than 3 years of service may be paid on a
different basis.
    

Sales expenses in any year are not equal to the deduction for sales load in that
year.  Pruco Life of New Jersey expects to recover its total sales expenses over
the periods the  Contracts  are in effect.  To the extent that the sales charges
are  insufficient  to cover total sales  expenses,  the sales  expenses  will be
recovered  from Pruco Life of New Jersey's  surplus,  which may include  amounts
derived from the  mortality and expense risk charge and the  guaranteed  minimum
death benefit risk charge described in the prospectus under Daily Deduction from
the Contract Fund and item (d) under Monthly Deductions from Contract Fund.

Riders

   
The Contract  owner may be able to obtain extra fixed benefits which may require
an additional  premium.  These optional  insurance benefits will be described in
what is known as a "rider"  to the  Contract.  Charges  for the  riders  will be
deducted  from  the  Contract  Fund on each  Monthly  date.  One  rider  pays an
additional  amount if the insured dies in an accident.  Another  waives  certain
premiums if the insured is disabled  within the meaning of the provision (or, in
the  case of a  Contract  issued  on an  insured  under  the  age of 15,  if the
applicant dies or becomes disabled within the meaning of the provision).  Others
pay an  additional  amount if the insured  dies within a stated  number of years
after issue;  similar  benefits may be available if the  insured's  child should
die. The amounts of these  benefits are fully  guaranteed at issue;  they do not
depend on the performance of the Account.  Certain  restrictions may apply; they
are clearly described in the applicable rider.
    

Any Pruco Life of New Jersey representative  authorized to sell the Contract can
explain these extra  benefits  further.  Samples of the provisions are available
from Pruco Life of New Jersey upon written request.

Other Standard Contract Provisions

Beneficiary.  The  beneficiary is designated and named in the application by the
Contract owner. Thereafter, the owner may change the beneficiary, provided it is
in  accordance  with the terms of the  Contract.  Should the insured die with no
surviving beneficiary, the insured's estate will become the beneficiary.

Incontestability.  After the  Contract  has been in force  during the  insured's
lifetime  for 2 years from the  Contract  date or, with respect to any change in
the  Contract  that  requires  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey's  approval  and could
increase its liability, after the change has been in effect during the insured's
lifetime for 2 years from the  effective  date of the change,  Pruco Life of New
Jersey will not contest its liability  under the Contract in accordance with its
terms.

Misstatement  of Age or Sex. If the  insured's  stated age or sex (except  where
unisex rates apply) or both are  incorrect  in the  Contract,  Pruco Life of New
Jersey will adjust the death  benefits  payable,  as required by law, to reflect
the correct age and sex. Any death benefit will be based on what the most recent
charge for mortality would have provided at the correct age and sex.

Suicide Exclusion.  Generally,  if the insured,  whether sane or insane, dies by
suicide within 2 years from the Contract date, Pruco Life of New Jersey will pay
no more under the Contract than the sum of the premiums paid.

Assignment.  This Contract may not be assigned if such assignment  would violate
any federal, state, or local law or regulation.  Generally, the Contract may not
be assigned to an employee  benefit  plan or program  without  Pruco Life of New
Jersey's  consent.  Pruco Life of New Jersey assumes no  responsibility  for the
validity or  sufficiency  of any  assignment,  and it will not be  obligated  to
comply  with any  assignment  unless it has  received  a copy at one of its Home
Offices.

Settlement Options. The Contract grants to most owners, or to the beneficiary, a
variety of optional ways of receiving  Contract  proceeds,  other than in a lump
sum.  Any  Pruco  Life of New  Jersey  representative  authorized  to sell  this
Contract can explain these options upon request.

                                        5

<PAGE>

                      INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF
                                 THE PORTFOLIOS

General

   
The  Prudential  Series  Fund,  Inc.  (the "Series  Fund") has fifteen  separate
portfolios,  two of which, the Conservative  Balanced Portfolio and the Flexible
Managed Portfolio, are available to PRUvider Contract owners. The portfolios are
managed by The Prudential  Insurance Company of America ("The Prudential"),  see
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES, page 18.
    

Each of the  portfolios  seeks to  achieve  a  different  investment  objective.
Accordingly, each portfolio can be expected to have different investment results
and to be subject to different financial and market risks. Financial risk refers
to the ability of an issuer of a debt security to pay principal and interest and
to the earnings  stability  and overall  financial  soundness of an issuer of an
equity  security.  Market  risk  refers  to the  degree  to which the price of a
security will react to changes in  conditions in securities  markets in general,
and with  particular  reference  to debt  securities,  to changes in the overall
level of interest rates.

The investment  objectives of the Series Fund's portfolios that are available to
PRUvider  Contract owners can be found under Investment  Objectives and Policies
of the Portfolios in the prospectus.

Convertible Securities


   
The  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  may  invest  in
convertible  securities.  A convertible  security is a fixed-income  security (a
bond or  preferred  stock)  which may be  converted  at a stated  price within a
specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same
or a different issuer.  Convertible  securities are senior to common stocks in a
corporation's  capital  structure,  but  are  usually  subordinated  to  similar
nonconvertible  securities.  While  providing a fixed income  stream  (generally
higher in yield than the  income  derivable  from a common  stock but lower than
that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also
affords  an  investor  the  opportunity,  through  its  conversion  feature,  to
participate in capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the
convertible  security's  underlying  common  stock.  The price of a  convertible
security  tends to increase as the market value of the  underlying  stock rises,
whereas  it tends to  decrease  as the  market  value  of the  underlying  stock
declines.  While no  securities  investment  is  without  risk,  investments  in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.
    

Warrants


   
The Conservative Balanced and Flexible Managed Portfolios may invest in warrants
on common  stocks.  Warrants are options to buy a number of shares of stock at a
predetermined  price during a specified  period.  The risk  associated  with the
purchase  of a warrant  is that the  purchase  price  will be lost if the market
price of the stock does not reach a level that justifies the exercise or sale of
the warrant before it expires
    

Options and Futures


   
Options on Equity  Securities.  The  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed
Portfolios  may purchase  and write (i.e.,  sell) put and call options on equity
securities  that are traded on  securities  exchanges  or that are listed on the
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ")
or that result from privately negotiated  transactions with broker-dealers ("OTC
options").  A call  option  is a  short-term  contract  pursuant  to  which  the
purchaser  or  holder,  in return for a premium  paid,  has the right to buy the
equity security  underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time
during the term of the option.  The writer of the call option,  who receives the
premium,  has the  obligation,  upon  exercise  of the  option,  to deliver  the
underlying  equity security  against payment of the exercise price. A put option
is a similar  contract  which  gives the  purchaser  or holder,  in return for a
premium,  the right to sell the underlying  equity security at a specified price
during the term of the option.  The writer of the put, who receives the premium,
has the  obligation to buy the  underlying  security at the exercise  price upon
exercise by the holder of the put.
    

A  portfolio  will write only  "covered"  options  on stocks.  A call  option is
covered if: (1) the portfolio owns the security  underlying  the option;  or (2)
the  portfolio  has an absolute and  immediate  right to acquire  that  security
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated  account by its custodian)  upon conversion or exchange of other
securities it holds;  or (3) the portfolio  holds on a  share-for-share  basis a
call on the same  security as the call written  where the exercise  price of the
call held is equal to or less than the  exercise  price of the call  written  or
greater  than the  exercise  price  of the call  written  if the  difference  is
maintained  by the  portfolio  in  cash,  Treasury  bills or  other  high  grade
short-term debt  obligations in a segregated  account with its custodian.  A put
option  is  covered  if:  (1) the  portfolio  deposits  and  maintains  with its
custodian in a segregated  account  cash,  U.S.  Government  securities or other
liquid high-grade debt obligations having a value

                                        6

<PAGE>

equal to or greater than the exercise price of the option;  or (2) the portfolio
holds on a  share-for-share  basis a put on the same security as the put written
where  the  exercise  price  of the put held is  equal  to or  greater  than the
exercise  price  of the put  written  or less  than  the  exercise  price if the
difference is maintained by the portfolio in cash,  Treasury bills or other high
grade short-term debt obligations in a segregated account with its custodian.


   
The  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  may also purchase
"protective  puts" (i.e.,  put options  acquired for the purpose of protecting a
portfolio  security from a decline in market value). In exchange for the premium
paid for the put option, the portfolio acquires the right to sell the underlying
security at the exercise  price of the put regardless of the extent to which the
underlying  security  declines in value. The loss to the portfolio is limited to
the premium paid for, and transaction costs in connection with, the put plus the
initial excess, if any, of the market price of the underlying  security over the
exercise price.  However, if the market price of the security underlying the put
rises,  the profit the  portfolio  realizes on the sale of the security  will be
reduced  by the  premium  paid  for the  put  option  less  any  amount  (net of
transaction  costs) for which the put may be sold.  Similar  principles apply to
the purchase of puts on debt  securities and stock indices,  as described  below
under Options on Debt Securities and Options on Stock Indices.
    

The portfolios may purchase call options for hedging and investment purposes. No
portfolio  intends  to invest  more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in
the  purchase of call  options on stocks.  These  portfolios  may also  purchase
putable and callable equity securities,  which are securities coupled with a put
or a call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may effect a "closing purchase transaction" by buying an option of the
same  series as the  option  previously  written.  Similarly,  the  holder of an
exchange-traded  option may  liquidate  his or her  position  by exercise of the
option or by effecting a "closing sale  transaction" by selling an option of the
same  series as the option  previously  purchased.  A portfolio  will  realize a
profit from a closing  transaction if the price of the  transaction is less than
the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to
purchase the option. Because increases in the market price of a call option will
generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security,  any
loss resulting from a closing purchase transaction with respect to a call option
is likely to be offset  in whole or in part by  appreciation  of the  underlying
equity  security owned by the portfolio.  Unlike  exchange-traded  options,  OTC
options  generally do not have a continuous  liquid  market.  Consequently,  the
portfolio  will  generally  be able to realize the value of an OTC option it has
purchased  only by  exercising  it or  reselling it to the dealer who issued it.
Similarly, when the portfolio writes an OTC option, it generally will be able to
close out the OTC option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing
purchase transaction with the dealer to which the portfolio originally wrote the
OTC option.  There is, in general, no guarantee that closing purchase or closing
sale transactions can be effected.

A portfolio's use of options on equity  securities is subject to certain special
risks,  in addition to the risk that the market value of the security  will move
adversely to the portfolio's  option position.  An option position may be closed
out only on an exchange, board of trade or other trading facility which provides
a secondary  market for an option of the same series.  Although a portfolio will
generally  purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an
active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on
an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and
for some options no secondary  market on an exchange or otherwise may exist.  In
such event it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular
options,  with the result that the portfolio  would have to exercise its options
in order to realize any profit and would incur  brokerage  commissions  upon the
exercise  of such  options and upon the  subsequent  disposition  of  underlying
securities acquired through the exercise of call options or upon the purchase of
underlying  securities  for the  exercise of put  options.  If a portfolio  as a
covered call option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in
a secondary  market,  it will not be able to sell the underlying  security until
the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid  secondary market on an exchange include the
following:  (i) there may be insufficient  trading  interest in certain options;
(ii)  restrictions  may be imposed by an  exchange  on opening  transactions  or
closing  transactions  or  both;  (iii)  trading  halts,  suspensions  or  other
restrictions  may be imposed  with  respect to  particular  classes or series of
options or underlying securities;  (iv) unusual or unforeseen  circumstances may
interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or
a  clearing  corporation  may not at all times be  adequate  to  handle  current
trading  volume;  or (vi) one or more  exchanges  could,  for  economic or other
reasons,  decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue  the trading
of options  (or a  particular  class or series of  options),  in which event the
secondary  market on that exchange (or in the class or series of options)  would
cease to exist,  although  outstanding  options on that  exchange  that had been
issued by a clearing  corporation  as a result of trades on that exchange  would
continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. There is no assurance
that higher than anticipated  trading activity or other unforeseen  events might
not,  at  times,  render  certain  of the  facilities  of  any  of the  clearing
corporations  inadequate,  which might cause an  exchange to  institute  special
procedures that might interfere with the timely execution of customers' orders.

                                        7

<PAGE>

The  purchase  and sale of OTC  options  will also be subject to certain  risks.
Unlike  exchange-traded  options, OTC options generally do not have a continuous
liquid market.  Consequently,  a portfolio will generally be able to realize the
value of an OTC option it has purchased only by exercising it or reselling it to
the dealer who issued it.  Similarly,  when a portfolio writes an OTC option, it
generally will be able to close out the OTC option prior to its expiration  only
by entering  into a closing  purchase  transaction  with the dealer to which the
portfolio  originally  wrote the OTC option.  While the portfolios  will seek to
enter into OTC options  only with dealers who agree to and which are expected to
be able to be capable of entering into closing  transactions with the portfolio,
there can be no assurance  that the  portfolio  will be able to liquidate an OTC
option at a  favorable  price at any time prior to  expiration.  In the event of
insolvency  of the other party,  the portfolio may be unable to liquidate an OTC
option. The Prudential  monitors the  creditworthiness  of dealers with whom the
Series Fund enters into OTC option transactions under the general supervision of
the Series Fund's Board of Directors.


   
Options on Debt  Securities.  The  Conservative  Balanced and  Flexible  Managed
Portfolios  may  purchase  and write  (i.e.,  sell) put and call options on debt
securities  (including U.S.  Government debt securities) that are traded on U.S.
securities exchanges or that result from privately negotiated  transactions with
primary U.S.  Government  securities  dealers  recognized by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York  ("over-the-counter"  or "OTC"  options).  Options  on debt are
similar to options on stock, except that the option holder has the right to take
or make delivery of a debt security, rather than stock.
    

A portfolio will write only "covered"  options.  Options on debt  securities are
covered in the same manner as options on stocks,  discussed above,  except that,
in the case of call options on U.S. Treasury Bills, the portfolio might own U.S.
Treasury Bills of a different series from those underlying the call option,  but
with a principal  amount and value  corresponding  to the option contract amount
and a maturity date no later than that of the securities  deliverable  under the
call option.  The principal  reason for a portfolio to write an option on one or
more of its securities is to realize through the receipt of the premiums paid by
the purchaser of the option a greater  current  return than would be realized on
the underlying  security  alone.  Calls on debt  securities  will not be written
when,  in the opinion of The  Prudential,  interest  rates are likely to decline
significantly, because under those circumstances the premium received by writing
the call likely would not fully offset the foregone appreciation in the value of
the underlying security.

   
The portfolios may also write straddles (i.e., a combination of a call and a put
written on the same  security at the same  strike  price where the same issue of
the  security  is  considered  "cover"  for both the put and the call).  In such
cases,  the  portfolio  will also  segregate  or deposit  for the benefit of the
portfolio's broker cash or liquid high-grade debt obligations  equivalent to the
amount, if any, by which the put is "in the money." It is contemplated that each
portfolio's use of straddles will be limited to 5% of the portfolio's net assets
(meaning that the  securities  used for cover or  segregated as described  above
will not exceed 5% of the  portfolio's  net assets at the time the  straddle  is
written).  The  writing  of a call  and a put on the same  security  at the same
strike price where the call and the put are covered by different  securities  is
not considered a straddle for purposes of this limit.
    

The portfolios may purchase  "protective puts" in an effort to protect the value
of a  security  that it owns  against a  substantial  decline  in market  value.
Protective puts are described above in Options on Equity  Securities,  page 6. A
portfolio may wish to protect certain portfolio  securities against a decline in
market value at a time when put options on those  particular  securities are not
available  for  purchase.  A portfolio  may  therefore  purchase a put option on
securities  other than those it wishes to protect  even  though it does not hold
such other  securities in its  portfolio.  While changes in the value of the put
option should  generally  offset  changes in the value of the  securities  being
hedged,  the  correlation  between  the two  values may not be as close in these
transactions as in transactions in which the portfolio purchases a put option on
an underlying security it owns.

The portfolios may also purchase call options on debt  securities for hedging or
investment  purposes.  No portfolio  currently intends to invest more than 5% of
its  net  assets  at any one  time  in the  purchase  of  call  options  on debt
securities.  A portfolio may also purchase putable and callable debt securities,
which are securities coupled with a put or call option provided by the issuer.

If the writer of an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate the obligation,
he or she may  effect  a  "closing  purchase  transaction"  or a  "closing  sale
transaction"  in a manner  similar to that  discussed  above in connection  with
options on equity securities.

The staff of the Securities and Exchange  Commission has taken the position that
purchased OTC options and the assets used as "cover" for written OTC options are
illiquid for purposes of a portfolio's  15% limitation on investment in illiquid
securities.  However,  pursuant to the terms of certain no-action letters issued
by the staff,  the  securities  used as cover for  written  OTC  options  may be
considered  liquid  provided  that  the  portfolio  sells  OTC  options  only to
qualified  dealers who agree that the portfolio may repurchase any OTC option it
writes for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined  formula. In such
cases,  the OTC option would be considered  illiquid only to the extent that the
maximum  repurchase  price under the formula  exceeds the intrinsic value of the
option.

                                        8

<PAGE>

The use of debt  options  is  subject  to the  same  risks  described  above  in
connection with stock options.


   
Options  on Stock  Indices.  The  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed
Portfolios may purchase and sell put and call options on stock indices traded on
securities  exchanges  or  listed  on  NASDAQ  or  that  result  from  privately
negotiated  transactions with broker-dealers  ("OTC options").  Options on stock
indices  are  similar to options on stock  except  that rather than the right to
take or make delivery of stock at a specified  price, an option on a stock index
gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of
cash if the  closing  level of the stock index upon which the option is based is
greater  than,  in the case of a call,  or less than,  in the case of a put, the
exercise  price of the option.  This amount of cash is equal to such  difference
between  the  closing  price of the index and the  exercise  price of the option
expressed in dollars times a specified multiple (the  "multiplier").  The writer
of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery
of this amount.  Unlike stock options,  all settlements are in cash, and gain or
loss  depends  on  price  movements  in  the  stock  market  generally  (or in a
particular  industry or segment of the market)  rather than price  movements  in
individual stocks.
    

The  multiplier for an index option  performs a function  similar to the unit of
trading for a stock option. It determines the total dollar value per Contract of
each point in the  difference  between the  exercise  price of an option and the
current  level  of the  underlying  index.  A  multiplier  of 100  means  that a
one-point  difference  will yield $100.  Options on  different  indices may have
different multipliers.

The  portfolios  may purchase  put and call  options for hedging and  investment
purposes.  No portfolio  intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any
one time in the  purchase of puts and calls on stock  indices.  A portfolio  may
effect  closing  sale  and  purchase  transactions  involving  options  on stock
indices, as described above in connection with stock options.

A portfolio will write only "covered" options on stock indices. A call option is
covered if the portfolio holds a portfolio of stocks at least equal to the value
of the  index  times  the  multiplier  times the  number  of  contracts.  When a
portfolio  writes a call  option on a broadly  based  stock  market  index,  the
portfolio  will  segregate or put into escrow with its  custodian or pledge to a
broker as  collateral  for the option,  cash,  cash  equivalents  or  "qualified
securities"  (defined  below)  with a market  value at the  time the  option  is
written of not less than 100% of the current  index  value times the  multiplier
times the  number of  contracts.  If a  portfolio  has  written  an option on an
industry or market segment index,  it will segregate or put into escrow with its
custodian  or pledge  to a broker as  collateral  for the  option at least  five
"qualified  securities,"  all of which are stocks of issuers in such industry or
market  segment,  with a market  value at the time the  option is written of not
less than 100% of the current index value times the multiplier  times the number
of contracts.  Such stocks will include  stocks which  represent at least 50% of
the  weighting of the  industry or market  segment  index and will  represent at
least 50% of the  portfolio's  holdings in that industry or market  segment.  No
individual  security will  represent  more than 15% of the amount so segregated,
pledged or escrowed in the case of broadly  based stock market index  options or
25% of such amount in the case of industry or market segment index  options.  If
at the  close  of  business  on any  day the  market  value  of  such  qualified
securities  so  segregated,  escrowed or pledged falls below 100% of the current
index value times the  multiplier  times the number of contracts,  the portfolio
will so segregate,  escrow or pledge an amount in cash,  Treasury bills or other
high-grade short-term obligations equal in value to the difference. In addition,
when a portfolio writes a call on an index which is in-the-money at the time the
call is written,  the portfolio  will  segregate with its custodian or pledge to
the broker as collateral, cash or U.S. Government or other high-grade short-term
debt obligations  equal in value to the amount by which the call is in-the-money
times the  multiplier  times the  number of  contracts.  Any  amount  segregated
pursuant to the foregoing sentence may be applied to the portfolio's  obligation
to  segregate  additional  amounts  in the event  that the  market  value of the
qualified  securities  falls  below 100% of the  current  index  value times the
multiplier  times the number of contracts.  A "qualified  security" is an equity
security  which is listed on a securities  exchange or NASDAQ  against which the
portfolio  has not  written a stock call option and which has not been hedged by
the  portfolio by the sale of stock index  futures.  However,  if the  portfolio
holds a call on the same index as the call written  where the exercise  price of
the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or
greater  than the  exercise  price  of the call  written  if the  difference  is
maintained  by the  portfolio  in  cash,  Treasury  bills  or  other  high-grade
short-term  obligations in a segregated account with its custodian,  it will not
be subject to the requirement described in this paragraph.

A put option is covered  if: (1) the  portfolio  holds in a  segregated  account
cash, Treasury bills or other high-grade  short-term debt obligations of a value
equal to the strike price times the multiplier times the number of contracts; or
(2) the  portfolio  holds a put on the same index as the put  written  where the
strike price of the put held is equal to or greater than the strike price of the
put written or less than the strike  price of the put written if the  difference
is  maintained  by the  portfolio in cash,  Treasury  bills or other  high-grade
short-term  debt  obligations  in a segregated  account with its  custodian.  In
instances involving the purchase of futures contracts by a portfolio,  an amount
of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  equal  to the  market  value  of the  futures
contracts,  will be  deposited  in a  segregated  account  with the  portfolio's
custodian and/or in a margin account with a broker to collateralize the position
and thereby ensure that the use of such futures is unleveraged.

                                        9

<PAGE>

The purchase  and sale of options on stock  indices will be subject to the risks
described above under Options on Equity Securities. In addition, the distinctive
characteristics  of options on indices create certain risks that are not present
with stock  options.  Index prices may be distorted if trading of certain stocks
included in the index is  interrupted.  Trading in the index options also may be
interrupted  in  certain  circumstances,  such as if  trading  were  halted in a
substantial  number  of  stocks  included  in the  index.  If this  occurred,  a
portfolio  would  not be able to close out  options  which it had  purchased  or
written  and, if  restrictions  on  exercise  were  imposed,  might be unable to
exercise an option it holds,  which could  result in  substantial  losses to the
portfolio.  It is the policy of the portfolios to purchase or write options only
on stock  indices  which  include a number of stocks  sufficient to minimize the
likelihood of a trading halt in options on the index.

The ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject
to the  development and maintenance of a liquid  secondary  market.  A portfolio
will not purchase or sell any index  option  contract  unless and until,  in its
manager's opinion,  the market for such options has developed  sufficiently that
the risk in  connection  with such  transactions  is no greater than the risk in
connection with options on stocks.

There are certain special risks  associated with writing calls on stock indices.
Because  exercises of index options are settled in cash, a call writer such as a
portfolio cannot  determine the amount of its settlement  obligations in advance
and, unlike call writing on specific stocks, cannot precisely provide in advance
for, or cover, its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the
underlying  securities.  The  portfolios,   however,  will  follow  the  "cover"
procedures described above.

Price  movements in a portfolio's  equity security  portfolio  probably will not
correlate precisely with movements in the level of the index and, therefore,  in
writing a call on a stock index a portfolio bears the risk that the price of the
securities  held by the portfolio may not increase as much as the index. In such
event,  the  portfolio  would  bear a loss on the call  which is not  completely
offset by movement in the price of the portfolio's equity securities. It is also
possible that the index may rise when the portfolio's  securities do not rise in
value. If this occurred, the portfolio would experience a loss on the call which
is not offset by an increase in the value of its securities  portfolio and might
also experience a loss in its securities portfolio.  However,  because the value
of a diversified  securities portfolio will, over time, tend to move in the same
direction as the market,  movements in the value of a portfolio's  securities in
the  opposite  direction as the market would be likely to occur for only a short
period or to a small degree.

When a portfolio  has  written a call,  there is also a risk that the market may
decline  between the time the  portfolio has a call  exercised  against it, at a
price  which is fixed as of the  closing  level of the  index on the date of the
exercise, and the time the portfolio is able to sell stocks in its portfolio. As
with stock  options,  a portfolio  will not learn that an index  option has been
exercised  until the day following the exercise date but, unlike a call on stock
where the  portfolio  would be able to  deliver  the  underlying  securities  in
settlement,  the portfolio may have to sell part of its stock portfolio in order
to make  settlement in cash,  and the price of such stocks might decline  before
they can be sold. This timing risk makes certain strategies  involving more than
one option  substantially  more risky with  options in stock  indices  than with
stock options. For example,  even if an index call which a portfolio has written
is "covered" by an index call held by the portfolio  with the same strike price,
the portfolio will bear the risk that the level of the index may decline between
the close of trading on the date the exercise  notice is filed with the clearing
corporation  and the close of trading on the date the  portfolio  exercises  the
call it holds or the time the  portfolio  sells the call,  which in either  case
would occur no earlier than the day  following  the day the exercise  notice was
filed.

There are also certain special risks involved in purchasing put and call options
on stock indices.  If a portfolio  holds an index option and exercises it before
final  determination  of the closing  index value for that day, it runs the risk
that the level of the  underlying  index may change  before  closing.  If such a
change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money,  the portfolio will
be  required  to pay the  difference  between  the  closing  index value and the
exercise price of the option (times the  applicable  multiplier) to the assigned
writer.  Although the portfolio may be able to minimize the risk by  withholding
exercise  instructions  until just  before the daily  cutoff  time or by selling
rather than  exercising  an option when the index level is close to the exercise
price, it may not be possible to eliminate this risk entirely because the cutoff
times for index  options  may be  earlier  than those  fixed for other  types of
options and may occur before definitive closing index values are announced.


   
Options on Foreign  Currencies.  The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed
Portfolios  may purchase  and write put and call  options on foreign  currencies
traded on U.S. or foreign  securities  exchanges  or boards of trade for hedging
purposes in a manner similar to that in which forward foreign currency  exchange
contracts (see Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts, page 14) and futures
contracts on foreign  currencies  (discussed under Futures  Contracts,  page 11)
will be employed. Options on foreign currencies are similar to options on stock,
except  that the  option  holder  has the  right to take or make  delivery  of a
specified amount of foreign currency, rather than stock.
    

                                       10

<PAGE>

A portfolio may purchase and write options to hedge the  portfolio's  securities
denominated in foreign currencies.  If there is a decline in the dollar value of
a foreign  currency in which the  portfolio's  securities are  denominated,  the
dollar value of such  securities  will decline even though the foreign  currency
value remains the same. To hedge against the decline of the foreign currency,  a
portfolio may purchase put options on such foreign currency. If the value of the
foreign currency declines,  the gain realized on the put option would offset, in
whole or in part, the adverse effect such decline would have on the value of the
portfolio's  securities.  Alternatively,  a portfolio may write a call option on
the foreign currency. If the foreign currency declines,  the option would not be
exercised and the decline in the value of the portfolio  securities  denominated
in such foreign  currency  would be offset in part by the premium the  portfolio
received for the option.

If, on the other hand, the portfolio  manager  anticipates  purchasing a foreign
security  and  also  anticipates  a  rise  in  such  foreign  currency  (thereby
increasing the cost of such  security),  the portfolio may purchase call options
on the foreign  currency.  The purchase of such options could  offset,  at least
partially,  the  effects  of  the  adverse  movements  of  the  exchange  rates.
Alternatively,  a portfolio could write a put option on the currency and, if the
exchange rates move as anticipated, the option would expire unexercised.

A portfolio's  successful use of currency exchange options on foreign currencies
depends  upon the  manager's  ability to predict the  direction  of the currency
exchange markets and political  conditions,  which requires different skills and
techniques  than predicting  changes in the securities  markets  generally.  For
instance,  if the currency being hedged has moved in a favorable direction,  the
corresponding  appreciation  of the portfolio's  securities  denominated in such
currency would be partially offset by the premiums paid on the options. Further,
if the currency exchange rate does not change, the portfolio net income would be
less than if the portfolio had not hedged since there are costs  associated with
options.

The use of these options is subject to various additional risks. The correlation
between  movements in the price of options and the price of the currencies being
hedged is imperfect.  The use of these  instruments will hedge only the currency
risks associated with investments in foreign  securities,  not market risks. The
portfolio's  ability to establish and maintain  positions  will depend on market
liquidity.  The ability of the  portfolio to close out an option  depends upon a
liquid secondary  market.  There is no assurance that liquid  secondary  markets
will exist for any particular option at any particular time.

Because  there  are two  currencies  involved,  developments  in  either or both
countries can affect the values of options on foreign  currencies.  In addition,
the quantities of currency  underlying option contracts  represent odd lots in a
market dominated by transactions  between banks; this can mean extra transaction
costs  upon  exercise.  Option  markets  may  be  closed  while  round-the-clock
interbank  currency  markets  are  open,  and this  can  create  price  and rate
discrepancies.

   
Futures  Contracts.  The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible Managed  Portfolios
may, to the extent  permitted by applicable  regulations,  attempt to reduce the
risk of  investment  in equity  securities  by hedging a portion of their equity
portfolios  through  the use of stock  index  futures  contracts.  A stock index
futures  contract is an agreement in which the seller of the contract  agrees to
deliver to the buyer an amount of cash equal to a specific  dollar  amount times
the  difference  between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the
last trading day of the  contract and the price at which the  agreement is made.
No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made.

The  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may, to the extent
permitted  by  applicable  regulations,  purchase  and sell for hedging  purpose
futures  contracts on  interest-bearing  securities (such as U.S. Treasury bonds
and notes) or interest rate indices  (referred to collectively as "interest rate
futures contracts").

The  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may, to the extent
permitted by  applicable  regulations,  purchase  and sell futures  contracts on
foreign currencies or groups of foreign currencies for hedging purposes.
    

When the futures  contract is entered into, each party deposits with a broker or
in a segregated  custodial  account  approximately  5% of the  contract  amount,
called the "initial margin." Subsequent payments to and from the broker,  called
the  "variation  margin,"  will  be  made on a  daily  basis  as the  underlying
security,  index or rate  fluctuates  making the long and short positions in the
futures  contracts  more or less  valuable,  a process  known as "marking to the
market." The Board of Directors  currently  intends to limit futures  trading so
that a portfolio will not enter into futures contracts or related options if the
aggregate initial margins and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of its
assets,  after taking into account  unrealized  profits and unrealized losses on
any such contracts and options.

A portfolio's  successful use of futures  contracts  depends upon the investment
manager's  ability  to  predict  the  direction  of  the  relevant  market.  The
correlation  between movement in the price of the futures contract and the price
of the  securities  or currencies  being hedged is  imperfect.  The ability of a
portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a liquid secondary  market.
There  is no  assurance  that  liquid  secondary  markets  will  exist  for  any
particular futures contract at any particular time.

                                       11

<PAGE>

There are several  additional risks associated with a portfolio's use of futures
contracts  for  hedging  purposes.  One such risk  arises  because of  imperfect
correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price
of the securities or currency that are the subject of the hedge.  In the case of
futures contracts on stock or interest rate indices, the correlation between the
price of the futures  contract and  movements in the index might not be perfect.
To compensate  for  differences  in  historical  volatility,  a portfolio  could
purchase  or sell  future  contracts  with a greater  or lesser  value  than the
securities  or currency it wished to hedge or purchase.  In addition,  temporary
price distortions in the futures market could be caused by a variety of factors.
Further, the ability of a portfolio to close out a futures position depends on a
liquid secondary market. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on
an exchange will exist for any  particular  futures  contract at any  particular
time. Further,  each portfolio's  successful use of futures contracts is to some
extent  dependent on the ability of the portfolio  manager to predict  correctly
movements  in the  direction  of the  market,  interest  rates  and/or  currency
exchange rates.

In addition,  the hours of trading of futures  contracts  may not conform to the
hours during which the  portfolio  may trade the  underlying  securities  and/or
currency.  To the extent that the futures markets close before the securities or
currency  markets,  significant  price and rate  movements can take place in the
securities  and/or  currency  markets  that cannot be  reflected  in the futures
markets.

   
Options on Futures  Contracts.  To the extent permitted by applicable  insurance
law and federal  regulations,  the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed
Portfolios may enter into certain transactions  involving options on stock index
futures contracts,  options on interest rate futures  contracts,  and options on
foreign  currency futures  contracts.  An option on a futures contract gives the
purchaser or holder the right, but not the obligation, to assume a position in a
futures  contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short  position
if the  option is a put) at a  specified  price at any time  during  the  option
exercise period. The writer of the option is required upon exercise to assume an
offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long
position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of
offsetting  futures  positions  by the writer  and holder of the option  will be
accomplished  by delivery of the  accumulated  balance in the  writer's  futures
margin  account  which  represents  the amount by which the market  price of the
futures contract, at exercise,  exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than,
in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures  contract.
As an alternative to exercise, the holder or writer of an option may terminate a
position  by selling or  purchasing  an option of the same  series.  There is no
guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.  The portfolios intend
to utilize options on futures  contracts for the same purposes that they use the
underlying futures contracts.
    

Options on futures  contracts  are subject to risks  similar to those  described
above  with  respect to option on  securities,  options  on stock  indices,  and
futures  contracts.  These risks include the risk that the portfolio manager may
not correctly predict changes in the market,  the risk of imperfect  correlation
between  the option and the  securities  being  hedged,  and the risk that there
might not be a liquid secondary market for the option. There is also the risk of
imperfect correlation between the option and the underlying futures contract. If
there  were no liquid  secondary  market  for a  particular  option on a futures
contract,  the  portfolio  might have to  exercise an option it held in order to
realize  any profit and might  continue to be  obligated  under an option it had
written until the option expired or was exercised.  If the portfolio were unable
to close out an option it had written on a futures  contract,  it would continue
to be required to maintain  initial  margin and make variation  margin  payments
with respect to the option  position  until the option  expired or was exercised
against the portfolio.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities


   
From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Conservative Balanced
and Flexible Managed Portfolios may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued
or delayed delivery basis,  that is, delivery and payment can take place a month
or more  after the date of the  transaction.  The  portfolios  will  limit  such
purchases to those in which the date for  delivery and payment  falls within 120
days of the date of the commitment.  A portfolio will make  commitments for such
when-issued  transactions  only with the  intention  of actually  acquiring  the
securities.  A portfolio's custodian will maintain, in a separate account, cash,
U.S.  Government  securities or other high grade debt obligations having a value
equal to or greater than such commitments.  If a portfolio chooses to dispose of
the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition,  it could,
as with the  disposition of any other portfolio  security,  incur a gain or loss
due to market fluctuations.
    

In addition, the short-term portions of the portfolios may purchase money market
securities on a  when-issued  or delayed  delivery  basis on the terms set forth
under item 6 in  SECURITIES  IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET  PORTFOLIO  MAY CURRENTLY
INVEST, page 21.

Short Sales

   
The Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios may sell securities
they do not own in  anticipation  of a  decline  in the  market  value  of those
securities ("short sales").  To complete such a transaction,  the portfolio will
borrow the  security  to make  delivery  to the  buyer.  The  portfolio  is then
obligated to replace the security  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price
at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than
    

                                       12

<PAGE>

the price at which the security was sold by the portfolio. Until the security is
replaced,  the  portfolio  is required to pay to the lender any  interest  which
accrues  during the period of the loan. To borrow the security the portfolio may
be required to pay a premium which would increase the cost of the security sold.
The  proceeds  of the short  sale will be  retained  by the broker to the extent
necessary to meet margin  requirements  until the short  position is closed out.
Until the portfolio  replaces the borrowed  security,  it will (a) maintain in a
segregated account cash or U.S.  Government  securities at such a level that the
amount  deposited  in the account plus the amount  deposited  with the broker as
collateral  will equal the current  market value of the security  sold short and
will not be less than the market  value of the  security at the time it was sold
short or (b) otherwise cover its short position.

The  portfolio  will  incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of
the security  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which
the portfolio replaces the borrowed security.  The portfolio will realize a gain
if the  security  declines  in price  between  those  dates.  This result is the
opposite of what one would expect from a cash  purchase of a long  position in a
security.  The amount of any gain will be decreased,  and the amount of any loss
will be  increased,  by the amount of any premium or interest paid in connection
with the short  sale.  No more than 25% of any  portfolio's  net assets will be,
when added  together:  (i) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace
securities  borrowed to effect  short  sales and (ii)  allocated  to  segregated
accounts in connection with short sales.

Short Sales Against the Box

The portfolios may make short sales of securities or maintain a short  position,
provided that at all times when a short  position is open the portfolio  owns an
equal amount of such securities or securities  convertible into or exchangeable,
with or without payment of any further consideration, for an equal amount of the
securities  of the same  issuer as the  securities  sold  short (a  "short  sale
against  the box");  provided,  that if further  consideration  is  required  in
connection with the conversion or exchange,  cash or U.S. Government  securities
in an amount equal to such consideration must be put in a segregated account.

Interest Rate Swaps

   
The fixed income  portions of the  Conservative  Balanced  and Flexible  Managed
Portfolios  may use  interest  rate swaps to increase or decrease a  portfolio's
exposure to long- or short-term  interest rates. No portfolio  currently intends
to invest more than 5% of its net assets at any one time in interest rate swaps.
    

Interest  rate  swaps,  in their most basic  form,  involve  the  exchange  by a
portfolio with another party of their  respective  commitments to pay or receive
interest.  For example,  a portfolio might exchange its right to receive certain
floating  rate  payments in exchange for another  party's right to receive fixed
rate  payments.  Interest rate swaps can take a variety of other forms,  such as
agreements to pay the net  differences  between two different  indices or rates,
even if the  parties  do not  own  the  underlying  instruments.  Despite  their
differences in form, the function of interest rate swaps is generally the same -
to increase or decrease a portfolio's  exposure to long- or short-term  interest
rates. For example,  a portfolio may enter into a swap transaction to preserve a
return or spread on a particular  investment or a portion of its portfolio or to
protect   against  any  increase  in  the  price  of  securities  the  portfolio
anticipates purchasing at a later date.

The use of swap  agreements  is subject to certain  risks.  As with  options and
futures,  if the investment  manager's  prediction of interest rate movements is
incorrect,  the portfolio's  total return will be less than if the portfolio had
not used swaps. In addition,  if the counterparty's  creditworthiness  declines,
the value of the swap would likely decline. Moreover, there is no guarantee that
a portfolio could eliminate its exposure under an outstanding  swap agreement by
entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same or another party.

A portfolio will maintain  appropriate  liquid assets in a segregated  custodial
account to cover its current  obligations under swap agreements.  If a portfolio
enters into a swap  agreement on a net basis,  it will  segregate  assets with a
daily  value at least equal to the excess,  if any, of the  portfolio's  accrued
obligations  under the swap  agreement  over the accrued amount the portfolio is
entitled  to receive  under the  agreement.  If a  portfolio  enters into a swap
agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal
to the full amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The  portfolios  may  from  time  to  time  lend  the  securities  they  hold to
broker-dealers, provided that such loans are made pursuant to written agreements
and are continuously  secured by collateral in the form of cash, U.S. Government
securities  or  irrevocable  standby  letters of credit in an amount equal to at
least the market  value at all times of the loaned  securities  plus the accrued
interest and  dividends.  During the time  securities are on loan, the portfolio
will  continue to receive  the  interest  and  dividends  or amounts  equivalent
thereto on the loaned  securities  while  receiving  a fee from the  borrower or
earning  interest  on the  investment  of the  cash  collateral.  The  right  to
terminate the loan will be given to either party subject to appropriate  notice.
Upon termination of the loan,

                                       13

<PAGE>

the  borrower  will  return to the  lender  securities  identical  to the loaned
securities.  The portfolio  will not have the right to vote  securities on loan,
but  would  terminate  the  loan  and  retain  the  right  to vote if that  were
considered important with respect to the investment.

The primary risk in lending securities is that the borrower may become insolvent
on a day on which the loaned  security is rapidly  advancing  in price.  In such
event,  if the  borrower  fails to return the loaned  securities,  the  existing
collateral  might be  insufficient  to  purchase  back the  full  amount  of the
security  loaned,  and the  borrower  would  be  unable  to  furnish  additional
collateral.  The borrower  would be liable for any  shortage;  but the portfolio
would be an unsecured  creditor  with respect to such  shortage and might not be
able to  recover  all or any of it.  However,  this risk may be  minimized  by a
careful  selection  of borrowers  and  securities  to be lent and by  monitoring
collateral.

No  portfolio  will  lend  securities  to  broker-dealers  affiliated  with  The
Prudential, including Prudential Securities Incorporated. This will not affect a
portfolio's ability to maximize its securities lending opportunities.

Illiquid Securities

The  portfolios  may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid  securities.
Illiquid  securities  are those which may not be sold in the ordinary  course of
business within seven days at approximately the value at which the portfolio has
valued them.  Variable and floating rate  instruments that cannot be disposed of
within  seven days and  repurchase  agreements  with a maturity of greater  than
seven days are considered illiquid.

The  portfolios  may  purchase  securities  which are not  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933 but which can be sold to qualified  institutional  buyers
in  accordance  with Rule 144A under  that Act.  Any such  security  will not be
considered  illiquid so long as it is  determined  by the adviser,  acting under
guidelines  approved and monitored by the Board of  Directors,  that an adequate
trading  market  exists for that  security.  In making that  determination,  the
adviser will consider, among other relevant factors: (1) the frequency of trades
and quotes for the  security;  (2) the number of dealers  willing to purchase or
sell the  security  and the  number of other  potential  purchasers;  (3) dealer
undertakings  to make a  market  in the  security;  and (4)  the  nature  of the
security and the nature of the marketplace  trades.  A portfolio's  treatment of
Rule 144A  securities as liquid could have the effect of increasing the level of
portfolio illiquidity to the extent that qualified  institutional buyers become,
for a time,  uninterested  in  purchasing  these  securities.  In addition,  the
adviser,  acting  under  guidelines  approved  and  monitored  by the  Board  of
Directors,  may  conditionally  determine,  for  purposed of the 15% test,  that
certain  commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from  registration
in Section 4(2) of the Securities  Act of 1933 will not be considered  illiquid,
whether or not it may be resold under Rule 144A. To make that determination, the
following conditions must be met: (1) the security must not be traded flat or in
default as to principal or  interest;  (2) the security  must be rated in one of
the  two  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  two  nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organizations  ("NRSROs"),  or if only one NRSRO  rates the
security,  by that NRSRO; if the security is unrated, the adviser must determine
that the security is of  equivalent  quality;  and (3) the adviser must consider
the trading market for the specific  security,  taking into account all relevant
factors.  The adviser  will  continue to monitor the  liquidity of any Rule 144A
security or any Section 4(2)  commercial  paper which has been  determined to be
liquid and, if a security is no longer liquid because of changed conditions, the
holdings of illiquid  securities  will be reviewed to determine if any steps are
required to assure that the 15% test continues to be satisfied.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

   
To the extent permitted by applicable  insurance law, the Conservative  Balanced
and Flexible Managed Portfolios may purchase  securities  denominated in foreign
currencies.  To address  the  currency  fluctuation  risk that such  investments
entail,  these  portfolios  may enter into  forward  foreign  currency  exchange
contracts in several circumstances.  When a portfolio enters into a contract for
the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency,  or when a
portfolio anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of dividends or interest
payments on a security which it holds, the portfolio may desire to "lock-in" the
U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend
or interest payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for
a fixed  amount of  dollars,  for the  purchase or sale of the amount of foreign
currency involved in the underlying transactions,  the portfolio will be able to
protect  itself  against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the
relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the
period  between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which
the  dividend  or  interest  payment  is  declared,  and the date on which  such
payments are made or received.
    

Additionally,  when a  portfolio's  manager  believes  that  the  currency  of a
particular  foreign  country may suffer a substantial  decline  against the U.S.
dollar,  the portfolio  may enter into a forward  contract for a fixed amount of
dollars, to sell the amount of foreign currency  approximating the value of some
or all of the portfolio  securities  denominated in such foreign  currency.  The
precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities
involved will not generally be possible  since the future value of securities in
foreign currencies will

                                       14

<PAGE>

change as a  consequence  of market  movements in the value of those  securities
between the date on which the forward  contract is entered  into and the date it
matures.  The  projection of short-term  currency  market  movement is extremely
difficult,  and the  successful  execution of a short-term  hedging  strategy is
highly  uncertain.  The portfolios will not enter into such forward contracts or
maintain  a net  exposure  to  such  contracts  where  the  consummation  of the
contracts would obligate a portfolio to deliver an amount of foreign currency in
excess  of the  value of the  securities  or other  assets  denominated  in that
currency held by the portfolio. Under normal circumstances, consideration of the
prospect  for  currency   parities  will  be  incorporated  into  the  long-term
investment  decisions  made with regard to overall  diversification  strategies.
However,  the portfolios believe that it is important to have the flexibility to
enter into such forward  contracts when it is determined that the best interests
of the  portfolios  will thereby be served.  A portfolio's  custodian will place
cash or liquid high-grade equity or debt securities into a segregated account of
the  portfolio in an amount equal to the value of the  portfolio's  total assets
committed to the consummation of forward foreign currency exchange contracts. If
the  value  of  the  securities  placed  in  the  segregated  account  declines,
additional  cash or securities will be placed in the account on a daily basis so
that  the  value  of the  account  will  equal  the  amount  of the  portfolio's
commitments with respect to such contracts.

The portfolios  generally will not enter into a forward  contract with a term of
greater than 1 year.  At the  maturity of a forward  contract,  a portfolio  may
either sell the portfolio  security and make delivery of the foreign currency or
it may retain the security and terminate its  contractual  obligation to deliver
the foreign  currency  by  purchasing  an  "offsetting"  contract  with the same
currency trader  obligating it to purchase,  on the same maturity date, the same
amount of the foreign currency.

It is  impossible  to forecast  with  absolute  precision  the market value of a
particular portfolio security at the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, it
may be necessary for a portfolio to purchase  additional foreign currency on the
spot market (and bear the expense of such  purchase)  if the market value of the
security  is less than the  amount of foreign  currency  that the  portfolio  is
obligated  to deliver  and if a decision is made to sell the  security  and make
delivery of the foreign currency.

If a  portfolio  retains the  portfolio  security  and engages in an  offsetting
transaction,  the portfolio will incur a gain or a loss (as described  below) to
the extent  that there has been  movement  in forward  contract  prices.  Should
forward prices decline during the period between the portfolio's entering into a
forward  contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into
an offsetting  contract for the purchase of the foreign currency,  the portfolio
will  realize a gain to the extent that the price of the  currency it has agreed
to sell  exceeds  the price of the  currency it has agreed to  purchase.  Should
forward prices increase, the portfolio will suffer a loss to the extent that the
price of the  currency  it has  agreed  to  purchase  exceeds  the  price of the
currency it has agreed to sell.

The portfolios'  dealing in forward foreign currency exchange  contracts will be
limited to the transactions  described above. Of course,  the portfolios are not
required  to  enter  into  such   transactions  with  regard  to  their  foreign
currency-denominated  securities. It also should be realized that this method of
protecting the value of the portfolio  securities against a decline in the value
of a currency does not eliminate  fluctuations  in the underlying  prices of the
securities  which are unrelated to exchange rates.  Additionally,  although such
contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the
hedge  currency,  at the same time they tend to limit any  potential  gain which
might result should the value of such currency increase.

Although the portfolios value their assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars,  they
do not intend  physically to convert their holdings of foreign  currencies  into
U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  They will do so from time to time, and investors
should be aware of the costs of currency  conversion.  Although foreign exchange
dealers do not charge a fee for  conversion,  they do realize a profit  based on
the difference  (the  "spread")  between the prices at which they are buying and
selling various currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency
to a portfolio at one rate,  while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the
portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Set  forth  below  are  certain  investment   restrictions   applicable  to  the
portfolios.  Restrictions  1, 3, 5,  and  8-11  are  fundamental  and may not be
changed without shareholder  approval as required by the 1940 Act.  Restrictions
2, 4, 6, 7,  and 12 are not  fundamental  and may be  changed  by the  Board  of
Directors without shareholder approval.

Neither of the portfolios available to PRUvider Contract owners will:

  1.  Buy or sell real estate and mortgages, although the portfolios may buy and
      sell  securities  that are secured by real estate and  securities  of real
      estate  investment  trusts and of other issuers that engage in real estate
      operation.  Buy or sell commodities or commodities contracts,  except that
      the  Balanced  Portfolios  may  purchase  and  sell  stock  index  futures
      contracts and related options, purchase and sell interest rate futures

                                       15

<PAGE>

      contracts  and related  options,  and purchase  and sell foreign  currency
      futures  contracts  and  related  options  and  forward  foreign  currency
      exchange contracts.

  2.  Except as part of a merger, consolidation,  acquisition or reorganization,
      invest more than 5% of the value of its total assets in the  securities of
      any one  investment  company  or more  than 10% of the  value of its total
      assets,  in the  aggregate,  in the  securities of two or more  investment
      companies,  or  acquire  more  than  3% of the  total  outstanding  voting
      securities of any one investment company.

  3.  Acquire  securities for the purpose of exercising control or management of
      any company except in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition
      or reorganization.

   
  4.  Make short sales of securities or maintain a short  position,  except that
      the  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed  Portfolios  may  sell
      securities  short up to 25% of their net assets  and may make short  sales
      against the box.  Collateral  arrangements  entered  into with  respect to
      options,  futures  contracts  and forward  contracts  are not deemed to be
      short sales. Collateral arrangements entered into with respect to interest
      rate swap agreements are not deemed to be short sales.

  5.  Purchase  securities  on margin or otherwise  borrow money or issue senior
      securities   except  that  the  fixed  income  portions  of  the  Balanced
      Portfolios may enter into reverse repurchase agreements,  dollar rolls and
      may purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  and delayed  delivery  basis;
      except  that the money  market  portion  of any  portfolio  may enter into
      reverse repurchase agreements and may purchase securities on a when-issued
      and  delayed  delivery  basis;  and except that the  Flexible  Managed and
      Conservative  Balanced Portfolios may purchase securities on a when-issued
      or a  delayed  delivery  basis.  The  Series  Fund  may also  obtain  such
      short-term credit as it needs for the clearance of securities transactions
      and may borrow from a bank for the account of any portfolio as a temporary
      measure to facilitate  redemptions  (but not for leveraging or investment)
      or to exercise  an option,  an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value
      of the portfolio's  total assets (including the amount owed as a result of
      the  borrowing)  at the  time the  borrowing  is  made.  Interest  paid on
      borrowings will not be available for investment.  Collateral  arrangements
      with respect to futures  contracts and options thereon and forward foreign
      currency  exchange  contracts (as permitted by  restriction  no.1) are not
      deemed  to be the  issuance  of a senior  security  or the  purchase  of a
      security on margin. Collateral arrangements with respect to the writing of
      options on debt securities,  equity securities,  stock indices and foreign
      currencies by the Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios
      are not deemed to be the issuance of a senior  security or the purchase of
      a security on margin. Collateral arrangements entered into by the Balanced
      Portfolios with respect to interest rate swap agreements are not deemed to
      be the  issuance  of a senior  security  or the  purchase of a security on
      margin.

  6.  Enter into reverse repurchase  agreements if, as a result, the portfolio's
      obligations with respect to reverse repurchase agreements would exceed 10%
      of the  portfolio's  net assets  (defined  to mean total  assets at market
      value less liabilities other than reverse repurchase  agreements);  except
      that the fixed income portions of the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible
      Managed Portfolios may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar
      rolls  provided  that the  portfolio's  obligations  with respect to those
      instruments do not exceed 30% of the  portfolio's  net assets  (defined to
      mean total  assets at market  value less  liabilities  other than  reverse
      repurchase agreements and dollar rolls).
    

  7.  Pledge or  mortgage  assets,  except that no more than 10% of the value of
      any  portfolio  may be  pledged  (taken at the time the pledge is made) to
      secure  authorized  borrowing  and except that a portfolio  may enter into
      reverse repurchase agreements.  Collateral  arrangements entered into with
      respect to futures  and forward  contracts  and the writing of options are
      not  deemed to be the pledge of assets.  Collateral  arrangements  entered
      into with respect to interest  rate swap  agreements  are not deemed to be
      the pledge of assets.

  8.  Lend money,  except that loans of up to 10% of the value of each portfolio
      may be made through the purchase of privately  placed  bonds,  debentures,
      notes,  and other  evidences of  indebtedness  of a character  customarily
      acquired by  institutional  investors  that may or may not be  convertible
      into  stock or  accompanied  by  warrants  or  rights  to  acquire  stock.
      Repurchase agreements and the purchase of publicly traded debt obligations
      are not  considered to be "loans" for this purpose and may be entered into
      or purchased by a portfolio in accordance  with its investment  objectives
      and policies.


  9.  Underwrite the  securities of other issuers,  except where the Series Fund
      may be  deemed  to be an  underwriter  for  purposes  of  certain  federal
      securities laws in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities
      and with loans that a portfolio may make pursuant to item 8 above.

10.   Make an investment unless, when considering all its other investments, 75%
      of the value of a portfolio's  assets would  consist of cash,  cash items,
      obligations   of  the  United   States   Government,   its   agencies   or
      instrumentalities, and other securities. For purposes of this restriction,
      "other  securities" are limited for each issuer to not more than 5% of the
      value of a  portfolio's  assets  and to not more than 10% of the  issuer's
      outstanding  voting  securities  held by the Series Fund as a whole.  Some
      uncertainty exists as to whether

                                       16

<PAGE>

      certain of the types of bank  obligations in which a portfolio may invest,
      such as  certificates  of  deposit  and  bankers'  acceptances,  should be
      classified as "cash items" rather than "other  securities" for purposes of
      this restriction,  which is a  diversification  requirement under the 1940
      Act.  Interpreting most bank obligations as "other  securities" limits the
      amount a portfolio may invest in the  obligations of any one bank to 5% of
      its total assets. If there is an authoritative  decision that any of these
      obligations  are not  "securities"  for  purposes of this  diversification
      test, this limitation would not apply to the purchase of such obligations.


   
11.   Purchase  securities  of a company in any  industry if, as a result of the
      purchase, a portfolio's holdings of securities issued by companies in that
      industry would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio,  except that this
      restriction  does  not  apply  to  purchases  of  obligations   issued  or
      guaranteed by the U.S. Government,  its agencies and  instrumentalities or
      issued by  domestic  banks.  For  purposes  of this  restriction,  neither
      finance  companies  as a  group  nor  utility  companies  as a  group  are
      considered to be a single industry and will be grouped  instead  according
      to their services;  for example,  gas, electric,  and telephone  utilities
      will  each  be  considered  a  separate  industry.  For  purposes  of this
      exception,  domestic  banks shall  include  all banks which are  organized
      under the laws of the  United  States or a state (as  defined  in the 1940
      Act),  U.S.  branches  of  foreign  banks  that  are  subject  to the same
      regulations  as U.S.  banks and foreign  branches  of  domestic  banks (as
      permitted by the SEC). This restriction shall not apply to mortgage-backed
      securities,  collateralized  mortgage obligations or obligations issued or
      guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.
    

12.   Invest  more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid  securities  or invest
      more than 10% of its net assets in the  securities of unseasoned  issuers.
      For purposes of this restriction, (a) illiquid securities are those deemed
      illiquid  pursuant  to SEC  regulations  and  guidelines,  as they  may be
      revised from time to time: and (b)  unseasoned  issuers are issuers (other
      than  U.S.  Government  agencies  or  instrumentalities)  having a record,
      together with predecessors, of less than 3 years' continuous operation.

The  investments  of the various  portfolios  are  generally  subject to certain
additional  restrictions under the laws of the State of New Jersey. In the event
of future amendments to the applicable New Jersey statutes,  each portfolio will
comply,   without  the  approval  of  the   shareholders,   with  the  statutory
requirements as so modified.  The pertinent provisions of New Jersey law as they
stand are, in summary form, as follows:

  1.  An Account may not purchase any evidence of indebtedness  issued,  assumed
      or guaranteed by any institution created or existing under the laws of the
      U.S.,  any U.S.  state or  territory,  District of Columbia,  Puerto Rico,
      Canada or any Canadian  province,  if such evidence of  indebtedness is in
      default as to  interest.  "Institution"  includes any  corporation,  joint
      stock  association,  business  trust,  business  joint  venture,  business
      partnership,  savings and loan  association,  credit union or other mutual
      savings institution.

  2.  The  stock  of  a  corporation  may  not  be  purchased  unless:  (i)  the
      corporation  has paid a cash dividend on the class of stock during each of
      the past 5 years preceding the time of purchase; or (ii) during the 5-year
      period the corporation had aggregate  earnings  available for dividends on
      such class of stock  sufficient  to pay average  dividends of 4% per annum
      computed  upon the par  value of such  stock or upon  stated  value if the
      stock has no par  value.  This  limitation  does not apply to any class of
      stock  which is  preferred  as to  dividends  over a class of stock  whose
      purchase is not prohibited.

  3.  Any common stock purchased must be: (i) listed or admitted to trading on a
      securities  exchange in the United  States or Canada;  or (ii) included in
      the National Association of Securities Dealers' national price listings of
      "over-the-counter"  securities; or (iii) determined by the Commissioner of
      Insurance  of New Jersey to be  publicly  held and traded and have  market
      quotations available.

  4.  Any security of a  corporation  may not be purchased if after the purchase
      more than 10% of the market  value of the assets of a  portfolio  would be
      invested in the securities of such corporation.

As a result of these currently applicable  requirements of New Jersey law, which
impose  substantial  limitations  on the ability of the Series Fund to invest in
the stock of companies whose  securities are not publicly traded or who have not
recorded a 5-year history of dividend payments or earnings sufficient to support
such  payments,  the  portfolios  will not  generally  hold  the  stock of newly
organized corporations.  Nonetheless, an investment not otherwise eligible under
items 1 or 2 above may be made if, after giving  effect to the  investment,  the
total  cost of all  such  non-eligible  investments  does not  exceed  5% of the
aggregate market value of the assets of the portfolio.

   
Investment  limitations  also arise under the insurance laws and  regulations of
Arizona and may arise under the laws and  regulations of other states.  Although
compliance  with  the  requirements  of New  Jersey  law set  forth  above  will
ordinarily result in compliance with any applicable laws of other states,  under
some circumstances the laws of other states could impose additional restrictions
on the portfolios.  For example,  the Series Fund will generally  invest no more
than 10% of its  assets in the  obligations  of banks of the  foreign  countries
described  in item 2 of  SECURITIES  IN WHICH THE  MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO  MAY
CURRENTLY INVEST, page 21. In addition, the Series Fund
    

                                       17

<PAGE>

   
adheres to additional  restrictions relating to such practices as the lending of
securities,  borrowing,  and the  purchase  of put  and  call  options,  futures
contracts,  and derivative  instruments on securities to comply with  investment
guidelines issued by the California Department of Insurance.
    

Current  federal  income tax laws require  that the assets of each  portfolio be
adequately  diversified  so that The Prudential and other insurers with separate
accounts  which  invest in the  Series  Fund and not the  Contract  owners,  are
considered  the owners of assets  held in the  Account  for  federal  income tax
purposes. See Tax Treatment of Contract Benefits, page 3. The Prudential intends
to  maintain  the assets of each  portfolio  pursuant  to those  diversification
requirements.

                INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND EXPENSES

The Series Fund and The  Prudential  have  entered into an  Investment  Advisory
Agreement under which The Prudential will, subject to the direction of the Board
of Directors of the Series Fund, be responsible for the management of the Series
Fund, and provide  investment advice and related services to each portfolio.  As
noted  in the  prospectus,  The  Prudential  has  also  entered  into a  Service
Agreement  with  its   wholly-owned   subsidiary,   The  Prudential   Investment
Corporation ("PIC"), which provides that PIC will furnish to The Prudential such
services as The  Prudential  may  require in  connection  with The  Prudential's
performance of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Under the Investment Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential receives an investment
management fee as compensation for its services to the Series Fund. The fee is a
daily charge,  payable  quarterly,  equal to an annual percentage of the average
daily net assets of each individual portfolio.

   
The investment  management fee for the Conservative  Balanced Portfolio is equal
to an  annual  rate of 0.55% of the  average  daily  net  assets  of each of the
portfolios.  For the Flexible Managed  Portfolio,  the fee is equal to an annual
rate of 0.6% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio.
    

The Investment Advisory Agreement requires The Prudential to pay for maintaining
any   Prudential   staff  and  personnel  who  perform   clerical,   accounting,
administrative,  and similar  services for the Series Fund,  other than investor
services and any daily Series Fund  accounting  services.  It also  requires The
Prudential  to pay  for the  equipment,  office  space  and  related  facilities
necessary to perform these services and the fees or salaries of all officers and
directors of the Series Fund who are affiliated persons of The Prudential or any
subsidiary of The Prudential.

Each portfolio pays all other expenses incurred in its individual  operation and
also  pays a  portion  of the  Series  Fund's  general  administrative  expenses
allocated on the basis of the asset size of the respective portfolios.  Expenses
that will be borne  directly  by the  portfolios  include  redemption  expenses,
expenses of  portfolio  transactions,  shareholder  servicing  costs,  interest,
certain taxes,  charges of the Custodian and Transfer Agent,  and other expenses
attributable  to a particular  portfolio.  Expenses that will be allocated among
all portfolios include legal expenses, state franchise taxes, auditing services,
costs of printing proxies, costs of stock certificates,  Securities and Exchange
Commission  fees,  accounting  costs,  the fees and expenses of directors of the
Series Fund who are not  affiliated  persons of The Prudential or any subsidiary
of The  Prudential,  and other  expenses  properly  payable by the entire Series
Fund. If the Series Fund is sued, litigation costs may be directly applicable to
one or more  portfolios or allocated on the basis of the size of the  respective
portfolios, depending upon the nature of the lawsuit. The Series Fund's Board of
Directors  has  determined  that this is an  appropriate  method  of  allocating
expenses.

   
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement,  The Prudential has agreed to refund to
the  Conservative  Balanced and Flexible  Managed  Portfolios the portion of the
investment  management  fee for  that  portfolio  equal to the  amount  that the
aggregate  annual  ordinary  operating  expenses  of that  portfolio  (excluding
interest,  taxes,  and brokerage fees and commissions  but including  investment
management fees) exceeds 0.75% of the portfolio's average daily net assets.

The Investment Advisory Agreement with The Prudential was most recently approved
by the Series Fund's Board of  Directors,  including a majority of the Directors
who are not interested persons of The Prudential,  on March 1, 1996 with respect
to the Balanced Portfolios.  The Investment Advisory Agreement was most recently
approved by shareholders in accordance with instructions from Contract owners at
their 1989 annual meeting with respect to the Balanced Portfolios. The Agreement
will  continue  in  effect  if  approved  annually  by:  (1) a  majority  of the
non-interested  persons of the Series  Fund's Board of  Directors;  and (2) by a
majority  of  the  entire  Board  of  Directors  or by a  majority  vote  of the
shareholders  of  each  portfolio.  The  required  shareholder  approval  of the
Agreement  shall be effective with respect to any portfolio if a majority of the
voting  shares of that  portfolio  vote to approve  the  Agreement,  even if the
Agreement  is not  approved  by a  majority  of the  voting  shares of any other
portfolio or by a majority of the voting shares of the entire  Series Fund.  The
Agreement provides that it may not
    

                                       18

<PAGE>

be assigned by The Prudential and that it may be terminated upon 60 days' notice
by  the  Series  Fund's  Board  of  Directors  or  by a  majority  vote  of  its
shareholders. The Prudential may terminate the Agreement upon 90 days' notice.

   
The Service  Agreement between The Prudential and PIC was most recently ratified
by  shareholders of the Series Fund at their 1989 annual meeting with respect to
the Balanced  Portfolios.  The Service  Agreement between The Prudential and PIC
will  continue in effect as to the Series Fund for a period of more than 2 years
from its execution, only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at
least annually in the same manner as the Investment  Advisory  Agreement between
The Prudential  and the Series Fund. The Service  Agreement may be terminated by
either  party  upon not less  than 30 days'  prior  written  notice to the other
party,  will terminate  automatically  in the event of its assignment,  and will
terminate  automatically as to the Series Fund in the event of the assignment or
termination of the Investment  Advisory Agreement between The Prudential and the
Series  Fund.  The  Prudential  is not  relieved of its  responsibility  for all
investment advisory services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.  Under the
Service Agreement,  The Prudential pays PIC a portion of the fee it receives for
providing investment advisory services.
    

The Prudential also serves as the investment advisor to several other investment
companies.  When investment opportunities arise that may be appropriate for more
than one entity  for which The  Prudential  serves as  investment  advisor,  The
Prudential  will not favor one over another and may allocate  investments  among
them in an impartial  manner  believed to be equitable to each entity  involved.
The  allocations  will be based on each entity's  investment  objectives and its
current cash and investment  positions.  Because the various  entities for which
The Prudential acts as investor advisor have different investment objectives and
positions,  The Prudential  may from time to time buy a particular  security for
one or more such entities  while at the same time it sells such  securities  for
another.

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Prudential is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities,  options
on securities and indices,  and futures and related options for the Series Fund.
The Prudential is also  responsible for the selection of brokers,  dealers,  and
futures  commission  merchants to effect the transactions and the negotiation of
brokerage commissions,  if any. Broker-dealers may receive brokerage commissions
on Series Fund portfolio  transactions,  including  options and the purchase and
sale of  underlying  securities  upon the  exercise  of  options.  Orders may be
directed to any broker or futures commission merchant  including,  to the extent
and  in  the  manner   permitted  by  applicable  law,   Prudential   Securities
Incorporated, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential.

Bonds,  including  convertible  bonds,  and  equity  securities  traded  in  the
over-the-counter  market are  generally  traded on a "net"  basis  with  dealers
acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although
the  price  of  the  security  usually  includes  a  profit  to the  dealer.  In
underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes
an amount of  compensation  to the  underwriter,  generally  referred  to as the
underwriter's  concession  or  discount.  On  occasion,   certain  money  market
instruments and U.S. Government agency securities may be purchased directly from
the issuer,  in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Series Fund
will not deal with  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated  in any  transaction in
which Prudential  Securities  Incorporated acts as principal.  Thus, it will not
deal with Prudential  Securities  Incorporated if execution involves  Prudential
Securities  Incorporated's  acting as principal  with respect to any part of the
Series Fund's order.

Portfolio  securities  may not be  purchased  from any  underwriting  or selling
syndicate of which Prudential Securities  Incorporated,  during the existence of
the syndicate, is a principal underwriter (as defined in the 1940 Act) except in
accordance  with  rules  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission.   This
limitation, in the opinion of the Series Fund, will not significantly affect the
portfolios'  current ability to pursue their respective  investment  objectives.
However,  in the  future it is  possible  that the Series  Fund may under  other
circumstances  be at a disadvantage  because of this limitation in comparison to
other funds not subject to such a limitation.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Series Fund, The Prudential is
required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and
efficient  execution.  Within the framework of this policy,  The Prudential will
consider the research and investment  services  provided by brokers,  dealers or
futures commission merchants who effect or are parties to portfolio transactions
of the Series Fund,  The  Prudential or The  Prudential's  other  clients.  Such
research and investment  services are those which brokerage  houses  customarily
provide to institutional investors and include statistical and economic data and
research reports on particular companies and industries.  Such services are used
by The Prudential in connection with all of its investment activities,  and some
of such services  obtained in connection with the execution of transactions  for
the Series Fund may be used in managing other investment  accounts.  Conversely,
brokers, dealers or futures commission merchants furnishing such services may be
selected for the  execution of  transactions  for such other  accounts,  and the
services furnished by such brokers,  dealers or futures commission merchants may
be used by The  Prudential  in providing  investment  management  for the Series
Fund. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker,
dealer or futures  commission  merchant  based on the  quality  and  quantity of
execution services provided by the

                                       19

<PAGE>

broker in the light of generally prevailing rates. The Prudential's policy is to
pay  higher   commissions   to  brokers,   other  than   Prudential   Securities
Incorporated,  for particular  transactions than might be charged if a different
broker had been selected on occasions when, in The  Prudential's  opinion,  this
policy  furthers  the  objective  of  obtaining  best price and  execution.  The
Prudential's  present  policy is not to permit higher  commissions to be paid on
Series  Fund  transactions  in  order  to  secure  research,   statistical,  and
investment  services from brokers.  The Prudential might in the future authorize
the payment of such higher  commissions  but only with the prior  concurrence of
the Board of Directors of the Series Fund, if it is  determined  that the higher
commissions are necessary in order to secure desired research and are reasonable
in relation to all the services that the broker provides.

Subject to the above considerations,  Prudential Securities Incorporated may act
as a securities  broker or futures  commission  merchant for the Series Fund. In
order  for   Prudential   Securities   Incorporated   to  effect  any  portfolio
transactions  for the  Series  Fund,  the  commissions  received  by  Prudential
Securities  Incorporated must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions
received by other brokers in connection with comparable  transac tions involving
similar  securities  being  purchased or sold on a securities  exchange during a
comparable  period of time.  This  standard  would allow  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated to receive no more than the remuneration  that would be expected to
be  received  by an  unaffiliated  broker or futures  commission  merchant  in a
commensurate  arm's-length transaction.  Furthermore,  the Board of Directors of
the Series  Fund,  including a majority of the non-  interested  directors,  has
adopted   procedures   which  are  reasonably   designed  to  provide  that  any
commissions,   fees  or  other   remuneration  paid  to  Prudential   Securities
Incorporated are consistent with the foregoing standard. In accordance with Rule
11a2-2(T)  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  Prudential  Securities
Incorporated  may  not  retain  compensation  for  effecting  transactions  on a
securities  exchange  for the Series Fund  unless the Series Fund has  expressly
authorized the retention of such  compensation in a written contract executed by
the Series Fund and Prudential Securities Incorporated.  Rule 11a2-2(T) provides
that Prudential Securities Incorporated must furnish to the Series Fund at least
annually a statement setting forth the total amount of all compensation retained
by Prudential Securities  Incorporated from transactions effected for the Series
Fund during the  applicable  period.  Brokerage  and futures  transactions  with
Prudential Securities  Incorporated are also subject to such fiduciary standards
as may be imposed by applicable law.

   
For the years 1995, 1994, and 1993, the Series Fund paid a total of $xx,xxx,xxx,
$11,579,886,  and  $9,492,283,  respectively,  in brokerage  commissions for all
portfolios. Of those amounts, $xxx,xxx,  $560,155, and $977,695, for 1995, 1994,
and 1993, respectively,  was paid out to Prudential Securities Incorporated. For
1995, the commissions paid to this affiliated  broker  constituted  x.xx% of the
total  commissions paid by the Series Fund for that year.  Transactions  through
this  affiliated  broker  accounted for x.xx% of the aggregate  dollar amount of
transactions  for all of the portfolios of the Series Fund involving the payment
of commissions.
    

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Shares in the Series Fund are  currently  offered  continuously,  without  sales
charge,  at prices equal to the respective  net asset values of the  portfolios,
only to separate accounts to fund benefits payable under the Contracts described
in the variable life  insurance and variable  annuity  prospectuses.  The Series
Fund may at some later date also offer its shares to other separate  accounts of
The Prudential or other insurers.  The Prudential acts as principal  underwriter
to  the  Series  Fund.  As  such,  The  Prudential   receives  no   underwriting
compensation from the Series Fund.

   
As noted in the prospectus,  the net asset value of the shares of each portfolio
is  determined  once daily on each day the New York Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE") is
open for business.  The NYSE is open for business  Monday  through Friday except
for the days on which the  following  holidays  are  observed:  New Year's  Day,
Presidents'  Day,  Good  Friday,  Memorial  Day,  Independence  Day,  Labor Day,
Thanksgiving  Day, and Christmas  Day. In the event the New York Stock  Exchange
closes early on any business day, the net asset value of each portfolio shall be
determined at a time between such closing and 4:15 p.m. New York City time.
    

In determining the net asset value of any intermediate or long-term fixed income
securities  of  the  Balanced  Portfolios  (other  than  debt  obligations  with
remaining  maturities of less than 60 days,  which are valued at amortized cost)
will be valued utilizing an independent pricing service to determine  valuations
for normal  institutional size trading units of securities.  The pricing service
considers such factors as security prices,  yields,  maturities,  call features,
ratings,  and  developments  relating  to  specific  securities  in  arriving at
securities valuations.

All short-term  debt  obligations  in the money market  portions of the Balanced
Portfolios of 12 months  maturity or less are valued on an amortized  cost basis
in  accordance   with  an  order  obtained  from  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.  This means that each  obligation  will be valued  initially  at its
purchase price and thereafter by amortizing any discount or premium uniformly to
maturity,  regardless of the impact of fluctuating  interest rates on the market
value of the  obligation.  This  highly  practical  method  of  valuation  is in
widespread use and almost always  results in a value that is extremely  close to
the actual market value. In order to continue to utilize the

                                       20

<PAGE>

amortized cost method of valuation,  the Money Market Portfolio may not purchase
any security with a remaining  maturity of more than 12 months and must maintain
a dollar-weighted  average portfolio  maturity of 120 days or less. In the event
of sizeable  changes in interest rates,  however,  the value  determined by this
method  may be higher or lower  than the price  that  would be  received  if the
obligation  were sold.  The Series  Fund's  Board of Directors  has  established
procedures  to monitor  whether any material  deviation  occurs and, if so, will
promptly  consider what action,  if any,  should be initiated to prevent  unfair
results to Contract  owners.  The short-term  portion of these portfolios may be
invested only in high quality  instruments,  as described in SECURITIES IN WHICH
THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO MAY CURRENTLY INVEST, page 21.

The net asset value of the common stocks and convertible  debt securities of the
portfolios  will be determined in the following  manner.  Any security for which
the primary market is on an exchange is generally  valued at the last sale price
on such  exchange as of the close of the NYSE (which is currently  4:00 p.m. New
York City time) or, in the absence of recorded  sales,  at the mean  between the
most recently quoted bid and asked prices.  NASDAQ National Market System equity
securities  are  valued at the last sale  price or, if there was no sale on such
day, at the mean between the most recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Other
over-the-counter  equity  securities  are  valued at the mean  between  the most
recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Convertible  debt  securities  that are
actively traded in the over-the-counter  market, including listed securities for
which the primary market is believed to be  over-the-counter,  are valued at the
mean between the most  recently  quoted bid and asked  prices.  Corporate  bonds
(other  than  convertible  debt  securities)  are  valued  on the same  basis as
intermediate  or  long-term  fixed  income   securities,   as  described  above.
Short-term  debt  instruments  which  mature in less than 60 days are  valued at
amortized cost. For valuation  purposes,  quotations of foreign  securities in a
foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.

Generally,  trading in foreign  securities,  as well as  corporate  bonds,  U.S.
Government securities, and money market instruments,  is substantially completed
each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. The values of any such
securities  are  determined  as of  such  times  for  purposes  of  computing  a
portfolio's net asset value.  Foreign currency exchange rates are also generally
determined  prior to the close of the NYSE.  If an  extraordinary  event  occurs
after the close of an exchange on which that  security is traded,  the  security
will be valued  at fair  value as  determined  in good  faith by the  applicable
portfolio  manager  under  procedures  established  by  and  under  the  general
supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

   
With respect to all the portfolios  which utilize such  investments,  options on
stock and stock indices  traded on national  securities  exchanges are valued at
the  average  of the bid and  asked  prices  as of the  close of the  respective
exchange  (which is currently 4:10 p.m. New York City time).  Futures  contracts
and  options  thereon  are  valued  at the last  sale  price at the close of the
applicable commodities exchanges or board of trade (which is currently 4:15 p.m.
New York  City  time) or,  if there  was no sale on the  applicable  commodities
exchange  or board of trade on such day, at the mean  between the most  recently
quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange or board of trade.
    

Securities or assets for which market  quotations are not readily available will
be valued at fair value as determined by The  Prudential  under the direction of
the Board of Directors of the Series Fund.

                 SECURITIES IN WHICH THE MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                              MAY CURRENTLY INVEST*

The  Money  Market  Portfolio,  and the other  portfolios  to the  extent  their
investment policies so provide, may invest in the following liquid,  short-term,
debt securities regularly bought and sold by financial institutions:


1. U.S.  Treasury Bills and other  obligations  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government,  its  agencies  or  instrumentalities.  These  are  debt  securities
(including  bills,  certificates of  indebtedness,  notes,  and bonds) issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or  instrumentality  of the U.S.
Government  that is  established  under  the  authority  of an act of  Congress.
Although  all  obligations  of  agencies  and  instrumentalities  are not direct
obligations of the U.S. Treasury,  payment of the interest and principal on them
is generally backed directly or indirectly by the U.S. Government.  This support
can range from the backing of the full faith and credit of the United States, to
U.S. Treasury guarantees or to the backing solely of the issuing instrumentality
itself.  Securities  which are not  backed by the full  faith and  credit of the
United States include but are not limited to obligations of the Tennessee Valley
Authority,  the Federal  National  Mortgage  Association,  the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage  Corporation,  and the United States Postal Service,  each of which has
the  right to  borrow  from  the U.S.  Treasury  to meet  its  obligations,  and
obligations  of the Federal Farm Credit  System and the Federal Home Loan Banks,
the  obligations of which may only be satisfied by the individual  credit of the
issuing agency. Obligations of the

* Although the Money  Market  Portfolio  is not  available to PRUvider  Contract
owners, any short-term portion of the Balanced Portfolios may be invested in the
types of securities described in this section.

                                       21

<PAGE>

Government National Mortgage Association,  the Farmers Home Administration,  and
the  Export-Import  Bank are examples of securities  that are backed by the full
faith and credit of the United States.

2. Obligations  (including  certificates of deposit,  bankers' acceptances,  and
time deposits) of domestic banks,  foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches
of foreign banks,  and foreign  offices of foreign banks provided that such bank
has,  at the time of the  portfolio's  investment,  total  assets of at least $1
billion or the  equivalent.  Obligations of any savings and loan  association or
savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,
provided  that  such  association  or  savings  bank  has,  at the  time  of the
portfolio's  investment,   total  assets  of  at  least  $1  billion.  The  term
"certificates  of deposit"  includes both  Eurodollar  certificates  of deposit,
which are traded in the  over-the-counter  market, and Eurodollar time deposits,
for which there is generally not a market.  "Eurodollars"  are dollars deposited
in banks outside the United  States.  An  investment  in Eurodollar  instruments
involves  risks that are  different in some  respects from an investment in debt
obligations  of  domestic  issuers,  including  future  political  and  economic
developments such as possible  expropriation or confiscatory taxation that might
adversely  affect the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on the  Eurodollar
instruments.

"Certificates  of deposit" are  certificates  evidencing the  indebtedness  of a
commercial  bank to repay funds  deposited with it for a definite period of time
(usually from 14 days to 1 year).  "Bankers' acceptances" are credit instruments
evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft which has been drawn on it by
a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the
drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument  upon maturity.  "Time deposits"
are non-negotiable deposits in a bank for a fixed period of time.

3. Commercial paper, variable amount demand master notes, bills, notes and other
obligations issued by a U.S. company, a foreign company or a foreign government,
its agencies,  instrumentalities or political subdivisions,  denominated in U.S.
dollars,  and, at the date of investment,  rated at least A or A-2 by Standard &
Poor's   Corporation   ("S&P"),  A  or  Prime-2  by  Moody's  Investors  Service
("Moody's")  or,  if not  rated,  issued  by an  entity  having  an  outstanding
unsecured  debt issue rated at least A or A-2 by S&P or A or Prime-2 by Moody's.
For a description of corporate  bond ratings,  see Debt Ratings page 23. If such
obligations  are guaranteed or supported by a letter of credit issued by a bank,
such bank  (including a foreign  bank) must meet the  requirements  set forth in
paragraph 2 above. If such obligations are guaranteed or insured by an insurance
company or other  non-bank  entity,  such  insurance  company or other  non-bank
entity must  represent a credit of high  quality,  as  determined  by the Series
Fund's  investment  adviser  (which as noted above is currently The  Prudential)
under the supervision of the Series Fund's Board of Directors.

As stated above in paragraphs 2 and 3, the Money Market Portfolio and short-term
portions of the other portfolios may contain  obligations of foreign branches of
domestic  banks and domestic  branches of foreign  banks,  as well as commercial
paper,  bills,  notes,  and other  obligations  issued in the  United  States by
foreign   issuers,   including   foreign   governments,   their  agencies,   and
instrumentalities.  This involves certain  additional risks. These risks include
future  political and economic  developments  in the country of the issuer,  the
possible  imposition of  withholding  taxes on interest  income  payable on such
obligations held by the Series Fund, the possible seizure or  nationalization of
foreign deposits,  and the possible  establishment of exchange controls or other
foreign  governmental  laws or  restrictions  which might affect  adversely  the
payment of principal and interest on such  obligations  held by the Series Fund.
In addition,  there may be less publicly  available  information about a foreign
issuer than about a domestic one, and foreign  issuers may not be subject to the
same accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping standards and requirements
as domestics  issuers.  Securities  issued by foreign  issuers may be subject to
greater fluctuations in price than securities issued by U.S. entities.  Finally,
in the event of default with respect to any such  foreign debt  obligations,  it
may be more  difficult  for the  Series  Fund to obtain or to enforce a judgment
against the issuers of such securities.

4. Repurchase Agreements. When the Money Market Portfolio purchases money market
securities  of the  types  described  above,  it may on  occasion  enter  into a
repurchase  agreement  with the seller wherein the seller and the buyer agree at
the time of sale to  repurchase  of the security at a mutually  agreed upon time
and price. The period of maturity is usually quite short,  possibly overnight or
a few days,  although it may extend over a number of months. The resale price is
in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon market rate effective
for the period of time the portfolio's money is invested in the security, and is
not related to the coupon rate of the purchased security.  Repurchase agreements
may be considered loans of money to the seller of the underlying security, which
are collateralized by the securities  underlying the repurchase  agreement.  The
Series Fund will not enter into  repurchase  agreements  unless the agreement is
"fully  collateralized"  (i.e.,  the value of the  securities is, and during the
entire term of the agreement remains, at least equal to the amount of the 'loan'
including  accrued  interest).  The  Series  Fund  will take  possession  of the
securities  underlying  the  agreement  and will value them daily to assure that
this  condition  is met. The Series Fund has adopted  standards  for the parties
with  whom it will  enter  into  repurchase  agreements  which it  believes  are
reasonably  designed  to assure that such a party  presents  no serious  risk of
becoming involved in bankruptcy  proceedings  within the time frame contemplated
by the repurchase agreement. In the event that a seller defaults on a repurchase
agreement,  the  Series  Fund  may  incur  a loss  in the  market  value  of the
collateral,  as well as disposition  costs; and, if a party with whom the Series
Fund had entered

                                       22

<PAGE>

into a repurchase  agreement  becomes  involved in bankruptcy  proceedings,  the
Series Fund's ability to realize on the collateral may be limited or delayed and
a loss may be incurred  if the  collateral  securing  the  repurchase  agreement
declines in value during the bankruptcy proceedings.

The Series Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with The Prudential or
its affiliates,  including  Prudential  Securities  Incorporated.  This will not
affect the Series  Fund's  ability to maximize  its  opportunities  to engage in
repurchase agreements.

   
5. Reverse  Repurchase  Agreements.  The Money Market  Portfolio may use reverse
repurchase  agreements,  which are described under Reverse Repurchase Agreements
and Dollar Rolls in the  prospectus.  No portfolio may obligate more than 10% of
its net assets in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, except that the
fixed  income  portions  of  the  Conservative  Balanced  and  Flexible  Managed
Portfolios may obligate up to 30% of their net assets in connection with reverse
repurchase agreements and dollar rolls.
    

6.  When-Issued  and  Delayed  Delivery  Securities.  From time to time,  in the
ordinary course of business,  the Money Market Portfolio may purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis (i.e.,  delivery and payment can take
place a month or more after the date of the transaction). The purchase price and
the interest rate payable on the securities are fixed on the  transaction  date.
The securities so purchased are subject to market  fluctuation,  and no interest
accrues to the portfolio  until delivery and payment take place. At the time the
portfolio  makes the  commitment  to purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed  delivery basis,  it will record the transaction and thereafter  reflect
the value,  each day, of such securities in determining its net asset value. The
portfolio  will make  commitments  for  when-issued  transactions  only with the
intention  of  actually   acquiring  the  securities  and,  to  facilitate  such
acquisitions,  the Series  Fund's  custodian  bank will  maintain  in a separate
account securities of the portfolio having a value equal to or greater than such
commitments.  On delivery dates for such  transactions,  the portfolio will meet
its obligations  from maturities or sales of the securities held in the separate
account  and/or  from then  available  cash flow.  If the  portfolio  chooses to
dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition,
it could, as with the disposition of any other obligation,  incur a gain or loss
due to market  fluctuation.  No  when-issued  commitments  will be made if, as a
result, more than 15% of the portfolio's net assets would be so committed.

The Board of  Directors  of the Series Fund has adopted  policies  for the Money
Market  Portfolio to conform to  amendments  of an SEC rule  applicable to money
market  funds,  like the  portfolio.  These  policies  do not apply to any other
portfolio.  The policies are as follows:  (1) The portfolio will not invest more
than  5% of its  assets  in  the  securities  of any  one  issuer  (except  U.S.
Government  securities);  however,  the  portfolio  may exceed the 5% limit with
respect to a single  security  rated in the highest  rating  category  for up to
three  business  days  after  the  purchase  thereof;  (2)  To be  eligible  for
investment,  a security  must be a United States  dollar-denominated  instrument
that the Series Fund's Board has determined to present  minimal credit risks and
must be rated  in one of the two  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  two
nationally  recognized  statistical rating organizations  ("NRSROs") assigning a
rating to the  security  or issue,  or if only one NRSRO has  assigned a rating,
that NRSRO.  An unrated  security must be deemed to be of comparable  quality as
determined by the Series Fund's Board. In other words, the portfolio will invest
in only  first  tier or  second  tier  securities.  First  tier  securities  are
securities which are rated by at least two NRSROs, or by the only NRSRO that has
rated the  security,  in the  highest  short-term  rating  category,  or unrated
securities  of  comparable  quality as  determined  by the Series  Fund's Board.
Second  tier  securities  are  eligible  securities  that  are  not  first  tier
securities;  (3) The portfolio  will not invest more than 5% of its total assets
in second tier securities;  (4) The portfolio may not invest more than 1% of its
assets in second tier  securities  of any one  issuer;  (5) In the event a first
tier  security  held by the  portfolio is  downgraded  and becomes a second tier
security,  or in the  case  of an  unrated  security  the  Series  Fund's  Board
determines it is no longer of comparable quality to a first tier security, or in
the event The  Prudential  becomes  aware that an NRSRO has rated a second  tier
security or an unrated portfolio  security below its second highest rating,  the
Board will reassess  promptly whether the security presents minimal credit risks
and shall cause the portfolio to take such action as the Board  determines is in
the best interests of the portfolio and its shareholders;  (6) In the event of a
default or if because of a rating  downgrade a security held in the portfolio is
no longer an eligible  investment,  the portfolio will sell the security as soon
as practicable unless the Series Fund's Board makes a specific finding that such
action  would  not  be in the  best  interest  of the  portfolio;  and  (7)  The
portfolio's  dollar-weighted  average maturity will be no more than 90 days. The
Series Fund's Board of Directors has adopted  written  procedures  delegating to
the  investment  advisor under certain  guidelines  the  responsibility  to make
several of the above-described determinations,  including certain credit quality
determinations.

                                  DEBT RATINGS

Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  describes its  categories of corporate debt
securities and its "Prime-1" and "Prime-2" commercial paper as follows:

                                       23

<PAGE>

Bonds:


Aaa - Bonds  which  are  rated Aaa are  judged to be of the best  quality.  They
      carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to
      as  "gilt  edge."  Interest  payments  are  protected  by a large or by an
      exceptionally  stable  margin and  principal is secure.  While the various
      protective  elements  are  likely  to  change,  such  changes  as  can  be
      visualized are most unlikely to impair the  fundamentally  strong position
      of such issues.

Aa -  Bonds  which  are  rated  Aa  are  judged  to be of high  quality  by  all
      standards.  Together  with the Aaa group they  comprise what are generally
      known as high  grade  bonds.  They are  rated  lower  than the best  bonds
      because  margins of  protection  may not as large as in Aaa  securities or
      fluctuation  of protective  elements may be of greater  amplitude or there
      may be other  elements  present  which  make the long  term  risks  appear
      somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A -   Bonds which are rated A possess  many favorable  investment attributes and
      are to be considered  as upper medium grade  obligations.  Factors  giving
      security to principal  and interest are  considered  adequate but elements
      may be present which suggest a  susceptibility  to impairment  sometime in
      the future.

Baa - Bonds which  are  rated Baa are  considered  as medium grade  obligations,
      i.e.,  they are neither  highly  protected  nor poorly  secured.  Interest
      payments  and  principal  security  appear  adequate  for the  present but
      certain  protective  elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically
      unreliable  over any great  length of time.  Such bonds  lack  outstanding
      investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
      well.


Ba -  Bonds which are  rated  Ba are judged to have speculative elements;  their
      future  cannot be  considered  as well  assured.  Often the  protection of
      interest and principal  payments may be very moderate and thereby not well
      safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of
      position characterizes bonds in this class.


B  -  Bonds which are  rated B  generally lack  characteristics of the desirable
      investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance
      of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.


Caa - Bonds  which are rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such issues  may be  in
      default  or there may be  present  elements  of  danger  with  respect  to
      principal or interest.


Ca -  Bonds which  are  rated Ca represent  obligations which are speculative in
      a high  degree.  Such  issues are often in  default  or have other  marked
      shortcomings.

Commercial paper:

  o Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related  supporting  institutions) have a superior
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory  obligations.  Prime-1 repayment
capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics:

      --    Leading market positions in well-established industries.
      --    High rates of return of funds employed.
      --    Conservative  capitalization  structures  with moderate  reliance on
            debt and ample asset protection.
      --    Broad margins in earnings  coverage of fixed  financial  charges and
            high internal cash generation.
      --    Well established  access to a range of financial markets and assured
            sources of alternate liquidity.

  o Issuers rated  Prime-2 (or related  supporting  institutions)  have a strong
capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations.  This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics  cited above but to a lesser degree.
Earnings  trends and  coverage  ratios,  while  sound,  will be more  subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics,  while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

Standard & Poor's Corporation  describes its grades of corporate debt securities
and its "A" commercial paper as follows:

Bonds:


AAA            Bonds rated AAA are highest grade  obligations.  They possess the
               ultimate  degree of  protection  as to  principal  and  interest.
               Marketwise they move with interest  rates,  and hence provide the
               maximum safety on all counts.

AA             Bonds rated AA also qualify as high grade obligations, and in the
               majority  of  instances  differ  from  AAA  issues  only in small
               degree. Here, too, prices move with the long term money market.

A              Bonds  rated A are  regarded  as upper  medium  grade.  They have
               considerable  investment  strength but are not entirely free from
               adverse effects of changes in economic and trade conditions.

                                       24

<PAGE>

               Interest  and   principal   are   regarded  as  safe.   They  are
               predominately  reflect money rates in their market behavior,  but
               to some extent, also economic conditions.

BBB            Bonds  rated  BBB,  or  medium  grade,  are  borderline   between
               definitely  sound  obligations  and those  where the  speculative
               element  begins to  predominate.  These bonds have adequate asset
               coverage  and normally are  protected by  satisfactory  earnings.
               Their  susceptibility  to changing  conditions,  particularly  to
               depressions,  necessitates  constant  watching.  Marketwise,  the
               bonds are more  responsive to business and trade  conditions than
               to interest  rates.  This group is the lowest which qualifies for
               commercial bank investment.

BB-B-CCC-CC    Bonds  rated  BB,  B, CCC and CC are  regarded,  on  balance,  as
               predominantly  speculative with respect to the issuer's  capacity
               to pay interest and repay  principal in accordance with the terms
               of the obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation
               and CC the highest degree of  speculation.  While such bonds will
               likely have some quality and  protective  characteristics,  these
               are outweighed by large  uncertainties or major risk exposures to
               adverse conditions.

Commercial paper:

Commercial  paper rated A by  Standard & Poor's  Corporation  has the  following
characteristics:  Liquidity  ratios are better than the industry  average.  Long
term  senior  debt  rating is "A" or better.  In some cases BBB  credits  may be
acceptable.  The  issuer  has  access to at least  two  additional  channels  of
borrowings.  Basic  earnings and cash flow have an upward trend with  allowances
made  for  unusual  circumstances.  Typically,  the  issuer's  industry  is well
established,  the  issuer has a strong  position  within  its  industry  and the
reliability  and quality of  management  is  unquestioned.  Issuers  rated A are
further  referred  to by use of numbers 1, 2 and 3 to denote  relative  strength
within this classification.

                     POSSIBLE REPLACEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND

Although The Prudential  believes it to be unlikely,  it is possible that in the
judgment of its management, one or more of the portfolios of the Series Fund may
become unsuitable for investment by Contract owners because of investment policy
changes,  tax law changes,  or the  unavailability of shares for investment.  In
that  event,  The  Prudential  may seek to  substitute  the  shares  of  another
portfolio or of an entirely  different mutual fund. Before this can be done, the
approval of the SEC, and possibly one or more state insurance departments,  will
be required.

Contract owners will be notified of such substitution.

In  addition,  although it is highly  unlikely,  it is  conceivable  that in the
future it may  become  disadvantageous  for both  variable  life  insurance  and
variable  annuity  contract  separate  accounts to invest in the same underlying
mutual fund.  Although neither the companies which invest in the Series Fund nor
the Series Fund  currently  foresees any such  disadvantage,  the Series  Fund's
Board of Directors  intends to monitor  events in order to identify any material
conflict  between  variable life insurance and variable  annuity contract owners
and to  determine  what  action,  if any,  should be taken in response  thereto.
Material  conflicts  could  result  from such  things as:  (1)  changes in state
insurance  law;  (2)  changes in  federal  income  tax law;  (3)  changes in the
investment  management of any  portfolio of the Series Fund;  or (4)  difference
between  voting  instructions  given by variable  life  insurance  and  variable
annuity contract owners. The Prudential will bear the expense, if it does become
necessary,  of remedying  any material  conflict  including  establishing  a new
underlying  investment  company and  segregating  the assets held under variable
life insurance and variable annuity contracts.

                  OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE SERIES FUND

Incorporation and Authorized Stock

   
The Series Fund was  incorporated  under  Maryland law on November 15, 1982. The
authorized  Capital Stock of the Series Fund consists of 2 billion  shares,  par
value  $0.01 per share.  The shares of Capital  Stock are divided  into  fifteen
classes: Money Market Portfolio Capital Stock (225 million shares),  Diversified
Bond  Portfolio  Capital Stock (200 million  shares),  High Yield Bond Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million shares),  Government  Income Portfolio  Capital Stock
(100 million shares), Equity Portfolio Capital Stock (200 million shares), Stock
Index  Portfolio  Capital Stock (100 million  shares),  Equity Income  Portfolio
Capital Stock (100 million shares),  Natural  Resources  Portfolio Capital Stock
(100 million  shares),  Global  Portfolio  Capital  Stock (100 million  shares),
Conservative  Balanced  Portfolio  Capital Stock (300 million shares),  Flexible
Managed Portfolio Capital Stock (300 million shares), Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio
2000 Capital Stock (25 million shares),  Zero Coupon Bond Portfolio 2005 Capital
Stock (50 million  shares),  Prudential  Jennison  Portfolio  Capital  Stock (50
million shares),  Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio Capital Stock (50 million
shares).  The  shares of each  portfolio,  when  issued,  will be fully paid and
non-assessable, will have no conversion, exchange or similar rights, and will be
freely
    

                                       25

<PAGE>

transferable. Each share of stock will have a pro rata interest in the assets of
the portfolio to which the stock of that class relates and will have no interest
in the assets of any other portfolio.

Dividends, Distributions and Taxes

The Series Fund is qualified as a regulated investment company under Section 851
of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  distributes  substantially  all  of  each
portfolio's   net  investment   income  and  realized   gains  from   securities
transactions to the respective  subaccounts,  which immediately reinvest it. For
each taxable year in which it and each of its portfolios so qualify,  the Series
Fund will not be subject to tax on net investment income and realized gains from
securities transactions distributed to shareholders.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

Chemical Bank, 4 New York Plaza,  New York,  N.Y. 10004, is the custodian of the
assets  held  by  all  the  portfolios,  except  the  Global  Portfolio,  and is
authorized  to use  the  facilities  of the  Depository  Trust  Company  and the
facilities of the book-entry  system of the Federal Reserve Bank with respect to
securities held by these portfolios. Chemical Bank is also authorized to use the
facilities of the Mortgage Backed Security Clearing Corporation (a subsidiary of
the Midwest Stock Exchange) with respect to  mortgage-backed  securities held by
any  of  these  portfolios.   Chemical  Bank  maintains  certain  financial  and
accounting  books and records  pursuant to an  agreement  with the Series  Fund.
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("Brown  Brothers"),  40 Water Street,  Boston, MA
02109,  is the custodian of the assets of the Global  Portfolio.  Brown Brothers
employs subcustodians,  who were approved by the directors of the Series Fund in
accordance with regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  for the
purpose of providing custodial service for the Global Portfolio's foreign assets
held outside the United States.  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company,  60 Wall Street,
New York,  NY 10260 is the  custodian  of the  assets  held in  connection  with
repurchase  agreements  entered into by the  portfolios and is authorized to use
the  facilities  of the  book-entry  system of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.  The
directors of the Series Fund monitor the  activities of the  custodians  and the
subcustodians.

The  Prudential  is the  transfer  agent and  dividend-disbursing  agent for the
Series Fund.  The  Prudential as transfer agent issues and redeems shares of the
Series Fund and maintains records of ownership for the shareholders.

Experts

The  financial  statements  of the Series  Fund  included in this  statement  of
additional  information and the FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS included in the prospectus
have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent  auditors,  as stated in
their report  appearing  herein and are included in reliance  upon the report of
such firm given upon their  authority  as experts in  accounting  and  auditing.
Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP's  principal  business  address  is Two  Hilton  Court,
Parsippany, NJ 07054-0319.

License

As part of the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement,  The Prudential has granted the
Series  Fund a  royalty-free,  non-exclusive  license  to  use  the  words  "The
Prudential" and its registered  service mark of a rock  representing the Rock of
Gibraltar.  However, The Prudential may terminate this license if The Prudential
or a company controlled by it ceases to be the Series Fund's investment advisor.
The  Prudential may also terminate the license for any other reason upon 60 days
written notice; but, in this event, the Investment Advisory Agreement shall also
terminate 120 days following receipt by the Series Fund of such notice, unless a
majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Series  Fund  vote to
continue the Agreement notwithstanding termination of the license.



                                       26

<PAGE>

               DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY
                        AND MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND


               DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY

   
The directors and major officers of Pruco Life of New Jersey,  listed with their
principal occupations during the past 5 years, are shown below.
    

                      DIRECTORS OF PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY

   
E. MICHAEL CAULFIELD,  Director.  -- Chief Executive  Officer,  Prudential Money
Management  Group  since 1995;  1993 to 1995:  President,  Prudential  Preferred
Financial Services;  1992 to 1993:  President,  Prudential Property and Casualty
Insurance  Company*;  Prior to 1992:  President  of  Investment  Services of The
Prudential.
    

GARNETT L. KEITH, JR., Director. -- Vice Chairman of The Prudential.

   
IRA J. KLEINMAN,  Director.  -- Chief Marketing and Product Development Officer,
Prudential  Individual  Insurance  Group  since 1995;  1993 to 1995:  President,
Prudential Select; 1992 to 1993: Senior Vice President of The Prudential;  Prior
to 1992: Vice President of The Prudential.

ESTHER H. MILNES,  President  and Director.  -- Senior Vice  President and Chief
Actuary,  Prudential Insurance and Financial Services since 1993; Prior to 1993:
Vice President and Associate Actuary of The Prudential.

I. EDWARD  PRICE,  Vice  Chairman and  Director.  -- Senior Vice  President  and
Actuary,  Prudential  Individual Insurance Group since 1995; 1994 to 1995: Chief
Executive Officer,  Prudential International Insurance; 1993 to 1994: President,
Prudential  International  Insurance;  Prior to 1993:  Senior Vice President and
Company Actuary of The Prudential.

WILLIAM  F.  YELVERTON,   Director.  --  Chief  Executive  Officer,   Prudential
Individual  Insurance Group since 1995; Prior to 1995: Chief Executive  Officer,
New York Life Worldwide.
    

                         OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS

   
BEVERLY R. BARNEY,  Senior Vice President.  -- Vice President and Re-Engineering
Officer,  Prudential  Insurance and Financial Services since 1995; 1993 to 1995:
Senior Vice President and Associate Actuary,  Prudential Direct;  Prior to 1993:
Senior Vice President and Actuary of Pruco Life.

SUSAN L. BLOUNT,  Secretary.--Vice  President  and  Secretary of The  Prudential
since 1995; Prior to 1995: Assistant General Counsel for Prudential  Residential
Services Company.

C. EDWARD CHAPLIN,  Treasurer. -- Vice President and Treasurer of The Prudential
since 1995;  1993 to 1995:  Managing  Director  and  Assistant  Treasurer of The
Prudential;  1992 to 1993: Vice President and Assistant  Treasurer,  Banking and
Cash  Management for The Prudential;  Prior to 1992:  Regional Vice President of
Prudential Mortgage Capital Company.

ROBERT EARL,  Senior Vice President.  -- Managing  Director,  Houston  Financial
Services Office,  Prudential  Preferred  Financial  Services since 1994; 1993 to
1994: Vice President,  Strategic  Initiatives,  Prudential  Preferred  Financial
Services; Prior to 1993: Vice President Regional Marketing of The Prudential.

CLIFFORD E. KIRSCH,  Chief Counsel -- Chief Counsel of The Prudential  Insurance
Company's  Individual  Variable  Products  Department  since 1995; 1994 to 1995:
Associate General Counsel with Paine Webber;  Prior to 1994:  Assistant Director
in the  Division of  Investment  Management  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

RICHARD F. LAMBERT,  Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary.  -- Vice President
and Chief Actuary,  Prudential  Preferred Financial Services since 1994; 1993 to
1994: Vice President and Actuary, Prudential Preferred Financial Services; Prior
to 1993: Vice President and Associate Actuary of The Prudential.

DIANE M. MCGOVERN,  Vice President and Actuary.  -- Vice President and Assistant
Actuary of The Prudential.

MICHAEL R. SHAPIRO, Senior Vice President. -- Senior Vice President,  Prudential
Select Brokerage.

LAWRENCE J.  SUNDRAM,  Senior Vice  President.  -- Vice  President of Marketing,
Prudential  Individual  Insurance  Group since 1996;  1994 to 1996:  Senior Vice
President of Property and Casualty, Prudential Insurance and Financial Services;
1993 to 1994: Vice President, Prudential Insurance and Financial Services; Prior
to 1993: Vice President, District Agencies Marketing for The Prudential.

STEPHEN P. TOOLEY, Vice President,  Comptroller and Chief Accounting Officer. --
Vice President and  Comptroller,  Prudential  Individual  Insurance  Group since
1995; 1993 to 1995:  Vice President and  Comptroller,  Prudential  Insurance and
Financial  Services;  Prior  to  1993:  Director,  Financial  Analysis  for  The
Prudential.
    

The business  address of all  directors and officers of Pruco Life of New Jersey
is 213 Washington Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102-2992.

* Subsidiary of The Prudential

                                       27

<PAGE>

                          MANAGEMENT OF THE SERIES FUND

The names of all  directors  and  officers of the Series Fund and the  principal
occupation  of each during the last 5 years are shown  below.  Unless  otherwise
stated,  the address of each director and officer is Prudential  Plaza,  Newark,
New Jersey 07102-3777.

   
MENDEL A. MELZER*,  Chairman of the Board--Chief  Financial Officer of the Money
Management  Group  of The  Prudential  since  1995;  1993 to 1995:  Senior  Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Prudential   Preferred  Financial
Services;   1991  to  1993:   Managing  Director,   The  Prudential   Investment
Corporation;   Prior  to  1991:  Senior  Vice  President,   Prudential   Capital
Corporation.

E. MICHAEL CAULFIELD*,  President and  Director--Chief  Executive Officer of the
Money  Management  Group of The Prudential  since 1995;  1995:  Chief  Executive
Officer,  Prudential  Preferred  Financial  Services;  1993 to 1995:  President,
Prudential  Preferred Financial Services;  1992 to 1993:  President,  Prudential
Property and Casualty Insurance Company;  Prior to 1992: President of Investment
Services of The Prudential.
    

SAUL K.  FENSTER,  Director--President  of New Jersey  Institute of  Technology.
Address: 323 Martin Luther King Boulevard, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

W.  SCOTT  McDONALD,  JR.,   Director--Executive  Vice  President  of  Fairleigh
Dickinson University since 1991: Prior to 1991: Executive Vice President of Drew
University. Address: 23 Forest Road, Madison, New Jersey 07940.

JOSEPH WEBER,  Director--Vice  President,  Interclass  (international  corporate
learning). Address: 37 Beachmont Terrace, North Caldwell, New Jersey 07006.

   
STEPHEN P. TOOLEY, Comptroller--Vice President and Comptroller of the Individual
Insurance  Group of The Prudential  since 1995; 1993 to 1995: Vice President and
Comptroller  of  Prudential  Insurance and  Financial  Services;  Prior to 1993:
Director, Financial Analysis of The Prudential.
    

THOMAS C. CASTANO,  Secretary and  Treasurer--Assistant  General  Counsel of The
Prudential  since 1993; Prior to 1993:  Assistant  General Counsel of Pruco Life
Insurance Company.

No director  or officer of the Series  Fund who is also an officer,  director or
employee of The  Prudential or its  affiliates  is entitled to any  remuneration
from the Series Fund for  services as one of its  directors  or  officers.  Each
director of the Series Fund who is not an  interested  person of the Series Fund
will receive a fee of $2,000 per year plus $200 per  portfolio  for each meeting
of the Board  attended  and will be  reimbursed  for all  expenses  incurred  in
connection with attendance at meetings.

*These  members  of the Board are  interested  persons  of The  Prudential,  its
affiliates or the Series Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Certain actions of the
Board,  including the annual  continuance of the Investment  Advisory  Agreement
between  the Series Fund and The  Prudential,  must be approved by a majority of
the members of the Board who are not interested  persons of The Prudential,  its
affiliates  or the Series Fund.  Mr. Melzer and Mr.  Caulfield,  two of the five
members of the Board,  are  interested  persons of The Prudential and the Series
Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act,  because they are officers and/or
affiliated persons of The Prudential, the investment advisor to the Series Fund.
Messrs.  Fenster,  McDonald,  and  Weber  are  not  interested  persons  of  The
Prudential, its affiliates or the Series Fund. However, Mr. Fenster is President
of the New Jersey  Institute of  Technology.  The  Prudential has issued a group
annuity  contract to the  Institute  and  provides  group life and group  health
insurance to its employees.

                                       28

<PAGE>

   
            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

                          "A" pages to be inserted here











                       To be filed pursuant to Rule 485(b)
    

                                       29

<PAGE>


            THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC. SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

   
                          "B" pages to be inserted here











                       To be filed pursuant to Rule 485(b)
    



                                       30

<PAGE>









                                     PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION




<PAGE>


ITEM 24.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

(a)       Financial Statements

     Financial statements of The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. will be filed by
Post-Effective Amendment.

(b)       Exhibits

(i)(1)Articles of Incorporation of The   Incorporated by reference to           
      Prudential Series Fund, Inc.       Registrant's Form N-1A, filed December 
                                         15, 1982.                              
                                                                                
   (2)Supplemental Investment Advisory   Incorporated by reference to           
      Agreement between The Prudential   Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to this
      Insurance Company of America and   Registration Statement, filed February 
      The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.   1, 1995.                               
                                                                                
   (3)Articles Supplementary to the      Incorporated by reference to           
      Articles of Incorporation of The   Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to this
      Prudential Series Fund, Inc.       Registration Statement, filed March 1, 
                                         1990.                                  
                                                                                
   (4)Subadvisory Agreement between The  Incorporated by reference to           
      Prudential Insurance Company of    Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to this
      America and Jennison Associates    Registration Statement, filed February 
      Capital Corp.                      1, 1995.                               
                                            
(ii)  By-laws of The Prudential Series   Incorporated by reference to           
      Fund, Inc., as amended February    Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to this
      16, 1990.                          Registration Statement, filed March 1, 
                                         1990.                               

(v)(1)Investment Advisory Agreement, as  Incorporated by reference to           
      amended July 14, 1988 between The  Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 to this
      Prudential Insurance Company of    Registration Statement, filed September
      America and The Prudential Series  1, 1988.                               
      Fund, Inc.                          
                                                                                
   (2)Service Agreement between The      Incorporated by reference to           
      Prudential Insurance Company of    Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to this 
      America and The Prudential         Registration Statement, filed March 12,
      Investment Corporation.            1985.                                  
                                                                                
(vi)  Distribution Agreement between The Incorporated by reference to           
      Prudential Series Fund, Inc. and   Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to this
      Pruco Securities Corporation.      Registration Statement, filed April 26,
                                         1990.                                

(viii)(1)Custodian Agreement between     Incorporated by reference to           
         Chemical Bank (formerly         Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to this 
         Manufacturers Hanover Trust     Registration Statement, filed October  
         Company) and The Prudential     2, 1986.                               
         Series Fund, Inc.               
                                                                                
      (2)Custodian Agreement between     Incorporated by reference to           
         Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.   Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 to this
         and The Prudential Series       Registration Statement, filed September
         Fund, Inc.                      1, 1988.                               
                                                                                
      (3)Custodian Agreement between     Incorporated by reference to           
         Morgan Guaranty Trust Company   Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to this
         and The Prudential Series       Registration Statement, filed March 1, 
         Fund, Inc.                      1991.                                  
                                                                                
(ix)(1)Indemnification Agreement         Incorporated by reference to           
       Regarding Reg. No. 33-20000.      Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to this
                                         Registration Statement, filed April 8, 
                                         1993.                                  
                                                  
      (2)Indemnification Agreement       Incorporated by reference to           
         Regarding Reg. No. 33-49994.    Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to this
                                         Registration Statement, filed March 2, 
                                         1994.                                  
                                                                                
      (3)Indemnification Agreement       Incorporated by reference to           
         Regarding Reg. No. 33-57186.    Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to this
                                         Registration Statement, filed March 2, 
                                         1994.                                  
                                                                                
                                         
                                       C-1


<PAGE>



                                         
   
(xi)  Consent of independent auditors.   To be filed by Post-Effective          
                                         Amendment.                             
    
                                                                                
(xvii)(1) Powers of Attorney:            Incorporated by reference to           
          Saul K. Fenster                Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to this
          W. Scott McDonald, Jr.         Registration Statement, filed August   
          Joseph Weber                   14, 1987.                              
                                                                                
      (2) Powers of Attorney:            Incorporated by reference to           
          E. Michael Caulfield           Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to this
          Stephen P. Tooley              Registration Statement, filed March 2, 
                                         1994.                                  
                                                                                
   
      (3) Power of Attorney:             Filed herewith.                        
          Mendel A. Melzer                                                      
                                                                                
27.       Financial Data Schedule        To be filed by Post-Effective Amendment
    
                                         

                                       C-2


<PAGE>


ITEM 25. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

   
All of Registrant's outstanding securities are owned by The Prudential Insurance
Company of America ("The Prudential"), a mutual life insurance company organized
under the laws of New Jersey, and the following separate accounts which are
registered as unit investment trusts under the Investment Company Act of 1940
(the "Act"): The Prudential Variable Appreciable Account, The Prudential
Individual Variable Contract Account, The Prudential Qualified Individual
Variable Contract Account, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24 (separate
accounts of The Prudential); the Pruco Life Flexible Premium Variable Annuity
Account; the Pruco Life PRUvider Variable Appreciable Account; the Pruco Life
Variable Universal Account, the Pruco Life Variable Insurance Account, the Pruco
Life Variable Appreciable Account, the Pruco Life Single Premium Variable Life
Account, the Pruco Life Single Premium Variable Annuity Account (separate
accounts of Pruco Life Insurance Company ["Pruco Life"]); the Pruco Life of New
Jersey Variable Insurance Account, the Pruco Life of New Jersey Variable
Appreciable Account, the Pruco Life of New Jersey Single Premium Variable Life
Account, and the Pruco Life of New Jersey Single Premium Variable Annuity
Account (separate accounts of Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey ["Pruco
Life of New Jersey"]). Pruco Life, a corporation organized under the laws of
Arizona, is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential. Pruco Life of
New Jersey, a corporation organized under the laws of New Jersey, is a direct
wholly-owned subsidiary of Pruco Life, and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary
of The Prudential.
    

Registrant's shares will be voted in proportion to the directions of persons
having interests in the above-referenced separate accounts. Registrant may
nonetheless be deemed to be controlled by such entities by virtue of the
presumption contained in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act, although Registrant
disclaims such control.

The subsidiaries of The Prudential and short descriptions of each are set forth
on the following pages. In addition to those subsidiaries, The Prudential holds
all of the voting securities of Prudential's Gibraltar Fund, a Delaware
corporation, in three of its separate accounts. The Gibraltar Fund is registered
as an open-end, diversified, management investment company under the Act. The
separate accounts are registered as unit investment trusts under the Act.
Registrant may also be deemed to be under common control with The Prudential
Variable Contract Account-2, The Prudential Variable Contract Account-10, The
Prudential Variable Account Contract Account-11, (separate accounts of The
Prudential which are registered as open-end, diversified management investment
companies) and The Prudential Variable Contract Account-24 (separate account of
The Prudential which is registered as a unit investment trust under the Act).

                                       C-3


<PAGE>

   

                                                                         6/30/95

                      SHORT DESCRIPTION OF EACH SUBSIDIARY

A.   SUBSIDIARIES OF THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

1.   FINE HOMES, L.P.  (A Limited Partnership) (99% owned by Prudential,
     the limited partner,  and 1% owned by Prudential Homes Corporation, the
     general partner) (See Section C for direct and indirect subsidiaries)

     A limited partnership to hold real estate related subsidiaries.

2.   GIBRALTAR CASUALTY COMPANY  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Previously wrote unusual and non-standard property
     and casualty risks on a Surplus Line basis. The
     company is currently servicing policies that it had
     issued, but is not actively seeking new business.

3.   HEALTH VENTURES PARTNER, INC.  (Incorporated in Illinois) (100%)

     Operates as a general partner of the joint venture Rush Prudential Health
     Plans.

4.   HSG HEALTH SYSTEMS GROUP LIMITED  (Incorporated in Canada) (100%)

     Provides consulting and administrative services to corporate fitness
     facilities and wellness programs in Canada.

5.   INDUSTRIAL TRUST COMPANY  (Incorporated in Prince Edward Island, Canada)
     (100%)

     Holds a permit to operate as a trust and loan company in Prince Edward
     Island. Currently inactive.

6.   JENNISON ASSOCIATES CAPITAL CORP.  (Incorporated in New York) (100%)
     
     Provides institutional clients (employee benefit plans,
     endowments, foundations, etc.) with discretionary management
     of portfolios investing in stocks and bonds and acts as an
     advisor to The Prudential Institutional Fund.

6a.  JACC SERVICES CORP.  (Incorporated in New York) (Owned by Jennison
     Associates Capital Corp.) (100%)

     Provides computer and accounting support necessary to handle portfolio
     accounting and reporting.

7.   PGR ADVISORS I, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     A general partner which provides management, advisory, and
     administrative services to Global Realty Advisors, a Bermudian
     partnership that acts as investment manager to the Prudential
     Global Real EstateInvestment Programme. Also owns Global
     Realty Advisors (Bermuda) Limited, a Bermuda limited liability
     company which acts as an investment manager to The South East
     Asia Property Company Limited and to Seaprime Investments Pte
     Ltd. (an unaffiliated entity).

8.   PIC HOLDINGS LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.) (100%) (See section B for
     direct and indirect subsidiaries)

     Acts as a holding company to house the operating entities of
     Clive Discount Company Limited., Clivco Nominees Limited,
     Clive Agency Bond Broking Limited, Clivwell Securities
     Limited, PRICOA Capital Group Limited, PRICOA Funding Limited,
     PRICOA Investment Company, PRICOA Property Investment
     Management Limited., PRICOA P.I.M. (Regulated) Limited,
     TransEuropean Properties (General Partner) Limited, Northern
     Retail Properties (General Partner) Limited, TransEuropean
     Properties (General Partner) II Limited, Varsity Fund (General
     Partner) Limited and PRICOA Realty Group Limited.

9.   PIC REALTY CANADA LIMITED  (Incorporated in Canada) (100%)

     Owns, develops, operates, manages and leases real estate in Canada.

                                       C-4
    

<PAGE>

   

10.  PREMISYS REAL ESTATE SERVICES, INC.  (Incorporated in Pennsylvania) (100%)

     Provides real estate properties/facilities management for The
     Prudential and third parties and advisory services with
     respect to activities of this type.

10a. PREMISYS REAL ESTATE SERVICES INC. OF COLORADO (Incorporated in Colorado)
     (Owned by Premisys Real Estate Services, Inc.) (80%)

     Provides real estate management and related services to unrelated third
     parties in Colorado.

11.  PRICOA VIDA, SOCIEDAD ANONIMA DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS  (Incorporated in
     Spain) (Less than 1% owned by PRUCO, Inc. and The Prudential Investment
     Corporation.  The remainder is owned by The Prudential)

     Conducts individual life, group pension and group life business in Spain.

11a. PRICOA INVEST, SOCIEDAD ANONIMA, S.G.C.  (Incorporated in Spain) (100%
     owned by PRICOA Vida Sociedad Anonima de Seguros y Reaseguros)

     Licensed to engage in third party investment management and actuarial
     consulting in Spain.

12.  PRICOA VITA S.P.A.  (Incorporated in Italy) (100%)

     Organized to sell life insurance and related financial products within
     Italy.

13.  PRUCO, INC. (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%) (See Section F for direct
     and indirect subsidiaries)

     A holding company for other subsidiaries.

14.  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY  (Incorporated in Arizona) (100%)

     Conducts individual life insurance and single pay deferred
     annuity business in all states except New York. In addition,
     the Company markets individual life insurance through its
     branch office in Taiwan.

14a. PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY  (Incorporated in New Jersey)
     (Owned by Pruco Life Insurance Company) (100%)    
                                                 
     Issues a product line corresponding to that of Pruco Life Insurance Company
     in the states of New Jersey and New York.

14b. THE PRUDENTIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF ARIZONA  (Incorporated in Arizona)
     (Owned by Pruco Life Insurance Company) (100%)

     A company licensed to sell life insurance in the state of Arizona.

15.  PRUDENTIAL DIRECT ADVISERS, INC. (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Acts as the general partner and manages the affairs of the Prudential
     Direct Advisers, L.P.

16.  PRUDENTIAL DIRECT DISTRIBUTORS, INC. (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Serves as the distributor of mutual funds and related no-load products
     managed or advised by the Prudential Direct Advisers, L.P.

17.  PRUDENTIAL FUND MANAGEMENT CANADA LIMITED  (Incorporated in Canada) (100%)

     Manages and distributes mutual funds in Canada.

                                       C-5
    

<PAGE>

   

18.  PRUDENTIAL GLOBAL FUNDING, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Provides interest rate and currency swaps and other derivative
     products.

19.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE CAPITAL FUNDING (SWAPS) LIMITED  (Incorporated in Canada)
     (Owned by Prudential Global Funding, Inc.) (100%)

     In liquidation.

20.  PRUDENTIAL HOMES CORPORATION  (Incorporated in New York) (100%)

     Acts as the sole general partner of Fine Homes, L.P. and Prudential
     Residential Services, Limited Partnership.  It also acts as one of
     the two general partners of The Prudential Relocation Management,
     Limited Partnership.

20a. PRUDENTIAL TEXAS RESIDENTIAL SERVICES CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Texas)
     (Owned by Prudential Homes Corporation) (100%)

     Acts as one of the two general partners of The Prudential
     Relocation Management, Limited Partnership.

21.  PRUDENTIAL MORTGAGE ASSET CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Involved in the purchase and sale of mortgage related assets,
     mortgage loans and mortgage pass-through certificates.

22.  PRUDENTIAL MORTGAGE ASSET CORPORATION II (Incorporated in Delaware) (50%)

     Inactive.

23.  PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND MANAGEMENT, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (15% 
     owned by The Prudential and 85% owned by Prudential Securities
     Incorporated)     

     Mutual fund management company.

24.  PRUDENTIAL OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY (CANADA) (Incorporated in
     Canada) (100%)

     Provides automobile and homeowner insurance in Canada.

24a. OTIP/RAEO INSURANCE COMPANY, INC.  (Incorporated in Canada) (95% owned by
     Prudential of America General Insurance Company [Canada])

     Provides automobile and homeowner insurance in Canada. This
     company markets its products to those employed in the
     education sector.

25.  PRUDENTIAL OF AMERICA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CANADA)  (Incorporated in
     Canada) (75%)

     Markets specialized life insurance products to the upper
     income segment of the Canadian market place.

26.  PRUDENTIAL PRIVATE PLACEMENT INVESTORS, INC. (Incorporated in New Jersey)
     (100%)

     Serves as General Partner to a newly formed partnership,
     Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P. ("PPPI, LP"), a
     Delaware Limited Partnership. It is anticipated that PPPI, LP
     will provide investment advisory services to pension plans and
     other institutional investors.

27.  PRUDENTIAL REALTY SECURITIES II, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (87% 
     owned by The Prudential and 13% owned by PRUCO, Inc.)
                                            
     Issues bonds secured by real estate mortgages.

28.  PRUDENTIAL SELECT HOLDINGS, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

                                       C-6
    

<PAGE>

   

     A holding company for the Prudential Select Life Insurance
     Company of America.

29.  PRUDENTIAL SELECT LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA (Incorporated in
     Minnesota) (Owned by Prudential Select Holdings, Inc.) (100%)

     Intends to sell universal life insurance products to upper
     income and high net worth individuals and corporations in all
     states except New York.

30.  PRUDENTIAL SERVICE BUREAU, INC.  (Incorporated in Kentucky) (100%)

     Provides administrative services for employee benefits
     packages (i.e. COBRA and FLEX) and pays medical and dental claims.

31.  PRULEASE, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Has an investment portfolio of loans, leases, and other forms
     of financing.

32.  PRUSERVICOS PARTICIPACOES, S.A. (Incorporated in Brazil) (Less than 1%
     owned by PRUCO, Inc.  The remainder owned by The Prudential Insurance
     Company of America.)

     A holding company owning preferred shares, having certain
     limited voting rights, representing 49 percent of the share
     capital of Atlantica-Prudential Participacoes S.A., which in
     turn owns approximately 95 percent of the share capital of
     Prudential-Atlantica Companhia Brasileria de Seguros, a
     Brazilian property and casualty insurer.

33.  RESIDENTIAL SERVICES CORPORATION OF AMERICA  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (100%) (See Section D for direct and indirect subsidiaries)           

     A company which engages in the activities of its direct wholly
     owned subsidiaries: Lender's Service, Inc., Private Label
     Mortgage Services Corporation, Securitized Asset Sales, Inc.,
     Securitized Asset Services Corporation, The Prudential Home
     Mortgage Company, Inc., Residential Information Services, Inc.
     and their subsidiaries.

34.  PRUDENTIAL HEALTHCARE AND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA  (Incorporated
     in New Jersey) (100%)

     A life insurance company which presently is qualified only in
     New Jersey. It has not yet commenced as an insurance business.

35.  THE PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)
     (See Section H for direct and indirect subsidiaries)

     Has responsibility for the investment business of The
     Prudential. It in turn owns all the outstanding stock of
     Gateway Holdings, S.A., Prudential Asset Sales and
     Syndications, Inc., Prudential Home Building Investors, Inc.,
     PruSupply, Inc., The Prudential Asset Management Company,
     Inc., Prudential Investment Advisory Company, Ltd., TRGOAG
     Company, Inc., The Prudential Property Company, Inc., and The
     Prudential Realty Advisors, Inc.

36.  THE PRUDENTIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF KOREA, LTD.  (Incorporated in
     Korea) (100%)

     Organized to sell life insurance products within Korea.

37.  THE PRUDENTIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.  (Incorporated in Japan) (100%)

     Organized to sell traditional and variable life insurance
     products within Japan.

38.  THE PRUDENTIAL REAL ESTATE AFFILIATES, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (100%) (See Section E for direct and indirect subsidiaries)
    
     Offers franchises to independently owned residential real
     estate brokers.

39.  U.S. HIGH YIELD MANAGEMENT COMPANY  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

                                       C-7
    

<PAGE>

   

     Provides management services (through the Capital Markets
     Group) to the U.S. High Yield Fund, a high yield corporate
     bond fund organized in Luxembourg.

B.   SUBSIDIARIES OF PIC HOLDINGS LIMITED

1.   CLIVE DISCOUNT COMPANY LIMITED (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by PIC
     Holdings Limited) (100%)
     
     Operates as a discount house in the London market.

1a.  CLIVCO NOMINEES LIMITED (Incorporated in the U.K.) (Owned by Clive Discount
     Company Limited) (100%)

     Inactive.

1b.  CLIVE AGENCY BOND BROKING LIMITED (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by Clive
     Discount Company Limited) (100%)

     Identifies attractive investment opportunities in the business
     of brokering Government Bonds in the United Kingdom and
     continental Europe.

2.   CLIVWELL SECURITIES LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by PIC Holdings
     Limited) (100%)
    
     An investment company which consists of Mithras Investment
     Trust holdings and an 8.5% interest in a real estate
     investment trust which holds a leasehold interest in a 12
     story commercial building in London, England.

3.   PRICOA CAPITAL GROUP LIMITED (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by PIC Holdings
     Limited) (100%)
     
     Identifies attractive investment opportunities in the United
     Kingdom and continental Europe.

4.   PRICOA FUNDING LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by PIC Holdings
     Limited) (100%)

     A finance company borrowing capital from The Prudential, and
     lending the capital to its subsidiary company PRICOA
     Investment Company to fund its investment activities.

4a.  PRICOA INVESTMENT COMPANY (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by PRICOA Funding
     Limited) (100%)

     To identify attractive investment opportunities in the United
     Kingdom and continental Europe for sale to, or managed on
     behalf of, third party clients.

5.   PRICOA PROPERTY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LIMITED (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned
     by PIC Holdings Limited) (100%)
     
     Provides investment management and investment advisory
     services to international institutional clients who invest in
     U.K. and continental European real estate.

5a.  NORTHERN  RETAIL PROPERTIES (GENERAL PARTNER) LIMITED (Incorporated in
     U.K.) (Owned by PRICOA Property Investment Management Limited) (100%)

     Serves as general partner to Northern Retail Property Ltd. Partnership.
     A U.K. limited partnership whose principle activity is investment in
     three retail units in northern Britain.

5b.  PRICOA P. I. M. (REGULATED) LIMITED (Incorporated in the U.K.) (Owned by
     PRICOA Property Investment Management Limited) (100%)

     Provides investment management and investment advisory
     services to international institutional clients who invest in
     U.K. and continental European real estate.

                                       C-8

    
<PAGE>

   

5c.  TRANSEUROPEAN PROPERTIES (GENERAL PARTNER) LIMITED (Incorporated in the
     U.K.) (Owned by PRICOA Property Investment Management Limited) (100%)

     Serves as general partner to TransEuropean Property Limited
     Partnership, a U.K. limited partnership. The principal
     activity of TransEuropean Property Limited Partnership is
     investment in European property.

5d.  TRANSEUROPEAN PROPERTIES (GENERAL PARTNER) II LIMITED (Incorporated in the
     U.K.)  (Owned by PRICOA Property Investment Management Limited) (100%)

     Will serve as the general partner to TransEuropean Property
     Limited Partnership II, a partnership formed to invest in
     European real estate.

5e.  VARSITY FUND (GENERAL PARTNER) LIMITED (Incorporated in the U.K.) (100%
     owned by PRICOA Property Investment Management Limited)

     Formed to serve as general partner of a limited partnership
     investing in U.K. college and university student
     accommodations. The plans for this fund changed, and this
     entity is currently "on the shelf" and not being used.

6.   PRICOA REALTY GROUP LIMITED (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by PIC Holdings
     Limited) (100%)

     Provides international real estate services to PGR Advisors I,
     Inc. in connection with the Prudential Global Real Estate
     Programme, and provides The Prudential with a presence in
     London to monitor developments and identify attractive
     investment opportunities in European property markets, as well
     as identifying investment opportunities in other international
     markets.

C.   SUBSIDIARIES OF FINE HOMES, L.P.

     Subsidiaries C.1 through C.9 are 100% owned by Prudential
     Residential Services, Limited Partnership ("PRS LP").

1.   MAJOR ESCROW CORP.  (Incorporated in California) (100%)

     Inactive.

2.   ML/MSB ACQUISITION, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Acts as the general partner of Moran, Stahl & Boyer, L.P.

3.   PRICOA RELOCATION MANAGEMENT, LTD.  (Incorporated in U.K.) (100%)

     Involved in the relocation consulting business.

4.   PRS ESCROW SERVICES, INC.  (Incorporated in California) (100%)

     Inactive.

5.   PRUDENTIAL COMMUNITY INTERACTION CONSULTING, INC.  (Incorporated in
     Delaware) (100%)

     Consulting activities involving community relations for
     Prudential Resources Managements corporate clients with
     facilities which have had or might have an adverse
     environmental impact on surrounding communities.

6.   PRUDENTIAL NEW YORK HOMES CORPORATION  (Incorporated in New York) (100%)

     General partner of Moran, Stahl & Boyer, a New York general
     partnership and PrudentialRelocation Management, a New York
     general partnership.

7.   PRUDENTIAL OKLAHOMA HOMES CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Oklahoma) (100%)


                                       C-9
    

<PAGE>

   

     Inactive.

8.   PRUDENTIAL RELOCATION MANAGEMENT COMPANY OF CANADA LTD.  (Incorporated in
     Ontario, Canada) (100%)

     Involved in the relocation business.

9.   PRUDENTIAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT ASIA, LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong Kong)
     (100%)

     Provides relocation services in Asia - on-site center for
     Goldman Sachs in Hong Kong.

10.  THE RELOCATION FUNDING CORPORATION OF AMERICA  (Incorporated in California)
     (100%)

     Involved in the relocation business.

D.   SUBSIDIARIES OF RESIDENTIAL SERVICES CORPORATION OF AMERICA

1.   LENDER'S SERVICE, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)
     
     Obtains residential mortgage appraisals on behalf of mortgage
     lenders, provides title agency services, and manages the
     provision of closing services.

1a.  LENDER'S SERVICE TITLE AGENCY, INC.  (Incorporated in Ohio) (Owned by
     Lender's Service, Inc.) (100%)

     Acts as a title agent in the state of Ohio.

2.   PRIVATE LABEL MORTGAGE SERVICES CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (100%)

     Provides residential mortgage loan underwriting and
     origination services to other companies for a fee.

3.   RESIDENTIAL INFORMATION SERVICES, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Serves as the sole general partner of Residential Information
     Services Limited Partnership, which provides technology and
     information services to mortgage banking industry.

4.   SECURITIZED ASSET SALES, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Registrant of new rent-a-shelf business and sells public and
     private mortgage-backed securities.

5.   SECURITIZED ASSET SERVICES CORPORATION (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Services and administers mortgage loans and related real
     property and provides security administration services.

6.   THE PRUDENTIAL HOME MORTGAGE COMPANY, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey)
     (100%)

     Finances residential mortgage loans, through direct
     origination and purchases, services and sells residential
     mortgage loans, and engages in other residential mortgage
     banking activities.

6a.  THE PRUDENTIAL HOME MORTGAGE SECURITIES COMPANY, INC.  (Incorporated in
     Delaware) (Owned by The Prudential Home Mortgage Company, Inc.) (100%)

     Issues public and private mortgage-backed securities.

E.   SUBSIDIARIES OF THE PRUDENTIAL REAL ESTATE AFFILIATES, INC.

1.   PRUDENTIAL REFERRAL SERVICES, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)


                                      C-10
    

<PAGE>

   

     Operates a residential real estate referral network.

2.   THE PRUDENTIAL REAL ESTATE FINANCIAL SERVICES OF AMERICA, INC.
     (Incorporated in California) (100%)
     
     Inactive.

2a.  THE PRUDENTIAL REAL ESTATE FINANCIAL SERVICES OF LONG ISLAND, INC.
     (Incorporated in California) (Owned by The Prudential Real Estate Financial
     Services of America, Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

F.   SUBSIDIARIES OF PRUCO, INC.

1.   CAPITAL AGRICULTURAL PROPERTY SERVICES, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (100%)

     Provides management and real estate brokerage services for
     agricultural properties of The Prudential and others.

2.   FLOR-AG CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Florida) (100%)

     Engages primarily in the purchase, development, operation,
     lease and sale of farmland in Florida.

3.   GIB LABORATORIES, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Provides clinical bioanalytical services to The Prudential, as
     well as to other insurance companies and industries in the
     United States and Canada.

4.   P.G. REALTY, INC.  (Incorporated in Nebraska) (100%)

     Engages primarily in the purchase, development, operation,
     lease and sale of farmland in Nebraska.

5.   PIC REALTY CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Engages in the business of owning, developing, operating,
     managing, and leasing real estate property in the United
     States either directly or through participation in joint
     venture partnerships.

6.   PRUCO SECURITIES CORPORATION  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Acts as a registered securities broker-dealer, licensed in
     every state, Washington D.C. and Guam. Serves primarily as the
     medium through which registered agents of The Prudential sell
     Prudential Securities Incorporated mutual funds and offer
     variable products from Pruco Life and The Prudential.

7.   PRUDENTIAL AGRICULTURAL CREDIT, INC.  (Incorporated in Tennessee) (100%)

     Provides a broad range of financial services to agriculture,
     including farm real estate mortgages, short term financing and
     equipment leasing.

8.   PRUDENTIAL CAPITAL AND INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.  (Incorporated in
     Delaware) (100%) (See Section G for direct and indirect subsidiaries)

     A holding company for other subsidiaries.

9.   PRUDENTIAL DENTAL MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION, INC.  (Incorporated in Texas)
     (100%)

     A Dental Maintenance Organization which serves the state of
     Texas.

10.  PRUDENTIAL DIRECT, INC.  (Incorporated in Georgia) (100%)

                                      C-11
    

<PAGE>

   

     Provides direct response and direct marketing services to The
     Prudential and its subsidiaries.

11.  PRUDENTIAL EQUITY INVESTORS, INC.  (Incorporated in New York) (100%)

     As a registered investment advisor, it makes private equity
     investments through Limited Partnerships comprised of
     institutional investors including The Prudential.

12.  PRUDENTIAL FUNDING CORPORATION  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Serves as a financing company for The Prudential and its
     subsidiaries. Funds are obtained primarily through the
     issuance of commercial paper, private placement medium term
     notes, Eurobonds, Eurocommercial paper, Euro-medium term notes
     and master notes.

13.  PRUDENTIAL HEALTH CARE PLAN, INC.  (Incorporated in Texas) (100%)

     A federally-qualified Health Maintenance Organization which
     serves the New Jersey; Houston, Dallas, San Antonio, Austin
     and El Paso, Texas; Nashville and Memphis, Tennessee; Chicago,
     Illinois; Jacksonville, Tampa, Orlando and South Florida,
     Florida; Richmond, Virginia; St. Louis and Kansas City,
     Missouri; Columbus, Cleveland and Cincinnati, Ohio; Charlotte,
     and Raleigh/Durham/Chapel Hill, North Carolina; Denver,
     Colorado; Oklahoma City and Tulsa, Oklahoma; Baltimore,
     Maryland; Washington, D.C.; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Kansas
     City, Kansas; Little Rock, Arkansas; Massachusetts and Indiana
     areas.

14.  PRUDENTIAL HEALTH CARE PLAN OF CALIFORNIA, INC.  (Incorporated in
     California) (100%)

     A Health Maintenance Organization which serves the California
     area.

15.  PRUDENTIAL HEALTH CARE PLAN OF CONNECTICUT, INC.  (Incorporated in
     Connecticut) (100%)

     A Health Maintenance Organization which serves the Connecticut
     area.

16.  PRUDENTIAL HEALTH CARE PLAN OF GEORGIA, INC.  (Incorporated in Georgia)
     (100%)

     A Health Maintenance Organization which serves the Georgia
     area.

17.  PRUDENTIAL HEALTH CARE PLAN OF NEW YORK, INC.  (Incorporated in New York)
     (100%)

     A Health Maintenance Organization which serves the New York
     area.

18.  PRUDENTIAL HOLDINGS, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     A holding company that does not currently hold any other
     companies.

19.  PRUDENTIAL INSTITUTIONAL FUND MANAGEMENT, INC.  (Incorporated in
     Pennsylvania) (100%)

     A registered investment advisor which manages a series of
     mutual funds. The funds are offered to institutional
     investors, principally employer-sponsored defined contribution
     plans.

20.  PRUDENTIAL PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY  (Incorporated in 
     Indiana) (100%)

     Provides dwelling, fire, automobile, homeowners or personal
     catastrophe insurance for all states except New Jersey.

20a. PRUDENTIAL COMMERCIAL INSURANCE COMPANY  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned
     by Prudential Property and Casualty Insurance Company) (100%)

                                      C-12
    

<PAGE>

   

     Writes automobile insurance and various commercial coverage in
     many states. The company's contract as a servicing carrier,
     for the New Jersey Automobile Full Insurance Underwriting
     Association, expired in March, 1989. The company will continue
     to service claims during the run-off period.

20b. PRUDENTIAL GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Property and Casualty Insurance Company) (100%)

     Provides coverage for preferred homeowners and private
     passenger automobiles in many states.

20c. PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE BROKERAGE, INC.  (Incorporated in Arizona) (Owned by 
     Prudential Property and Casualty Insurance Company) (100%)

     Acts as an insurance broker and agency in many states.

20d. THE PRUDENTIAL LLOYDS (Incorporated in Texas) (100% owned by
     Prudential Property and Casualty Insurance Company by virtue
     of a trust agreement with each underwriter.)

     A Lloyds insurer authorized to transact fire and casualty
     insurance business within the State of Texas.

20e. THE PRUDENTIAL PROPERTY AND CASUALTY GENERAL AGENCY, INC.  (Incorporated in
     Texas) (Owned by Prudential Property and Casualty Insurance Company) (100%)

     Acts as Managing General Agency in the state of Texas.

21.  THE PRUDENTIAL PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW JERSEY
     (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Writes automobile, homeowner and personal catastrophe
     liability lines of business in the state of New Jersey.

22.  PRUDENTIAL REALTY PARTNERSHIPS, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Acts as a general partner in limited partnerships which own
     real estate.

23.  PRUDENTIAL REALTY SECURITIES, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Issues zero coupon bonds secured by residential mortgages.

24.  PRUDENTIAL REALTY SECURITIES II, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (87%
     owned by The Prudential and 13% owned by PRUCO, Inc.)

     Issues bonds secured by real estate mortgages.

25.  PRUDENTIAL REINSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     A holding company which is the sole owner of Prudential
     Reinsurance Company.

25a. PRUDENTIAL REINSURANCE COMPANY  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Reinsurance Holdings, Inc.) (100%)

     Writes substantially all types of property and casualty
     reinsurance.

25b. LE ROCHER REINSURANCE LTD.  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by Prudential
     Reinsurance Company) (100%)

     Engages in the property and casualty reinsurance business,
     principally in Europe.

25c. PRUDENTIAL NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY  (Incorporated in Arizona) (Owned
     by Prudential Reinsurance Company) (100%)

                                      C-13
    

<PAGE>

   

     Writes commercial property and casualty insurance in the
     alternative risk market.

26.  PRUDENTIAL RETIREMENT SERVICES, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Acts as the broker-dealer which distributes securities on
     behalf of Prudential Defined Contribution Services. These
     securities consist of shares of the Prudential Institutional
     Fund and four registered separate accounts of The Prudential.

27.  PRUDENTIAL TRUST COMPANY  (Incorporated in Pennsylvania) (100%)

     Responsible for the management of assets in trust of certain
     employee benefit trusts and other tax exempt trusts.

27a. PTC SERVICES, INC. (Incorporated in New Jersey) (Owned by Prudential Trust
     Company) (100%)

     Oversees the activities of investment advisers who manage
     certain assets held in trust by Prudential Trust Company.

28.  PRUDENTIAL UNIFORMED SERVICES ADMINISTRATORS, INC. (Incorporated in
     Oklahoma) (100%)

     Established to administer CHAMPUS (Civilian Health and Medical
     Program of Uniformed Service) Insurance for all CHAMPUS
     eligibles in the states of Texas, Oklahoma, Arkansas and
     Louisiana. Currently inactive.

29.  THE PRUDENTIAL BANK AND TRUST COMPANY  (Incorporated in Georgia) (100%)

     Operates as a Georgia chartered commercial bank, it issues
     credit cards, and provides commercial, home equity and
     consumer loans and deposit products (other than demand
     deposits) on a national basis, and trust services in selected
     states.

29a. PBT MORTGAGE CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Georgia) (Owned by The
     Prudential Bank and Trust Company) (100%)

     As a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Prudential Bank and Trust
     Company, it holds home equity loans in various states.

30.  THE PRUDENTIAL SAVINGS BANK, F.S.B.  (Incorporated in Georgia) (100%)

     Operating as a federal savings bank, it provides commercial
     and consumer loans and deposit products in the state of
     Georgia. It also originates home equity loans and offers
     deposit products on a national basis.

G.   SUBSIDIARIES OF PRUDENTIAL CAPITAL AND INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.

1.   LAPINE HOLDING COMPANY  (Incorporated in Delaware) (67%)
     
     Holding company for Lapine Technology Corporation.

2.   LAPINE TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION  (Incorporated in California) (Owned by
     Lapine Holding Company) (100%)
     
     Inactive.

3.   PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES GROUP INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (PRUCO, Inc.
     owns 100% Series B common stock and Prudential Capital & Investment
     Services, Inc. owns 100% Series A common stock.)

     A holding company.

4.   BACHE INSURANCE AGENCY OF ARKANSAS, INC.  (Incorporated in Arkansas) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Insurance agent in the state of Arkansas.

5.   BACHE INSURANCE AGENCY OF LOUISIANA, INC.  (Incorporated in Louisiana)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

                                      C-14
    

<PAGE>

   


     Insurance agent in the state of Louisiana.  Holding company for
     Prudential-Bache Securities (Germany) Inc.

6.   PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (GERMANY) INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Bache Insurance Agency of Louisiana, Inc.) (100%)

     Correspondent of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Germany.

7.   BRAELOCH SUCCESSOR CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Owns Braeloch Holdings Inc. which is an oil and gas company engaged in
     partnership management, oil and gas property management, and gas marketing
     and transportation.

8.   BRAELOCH HOLDINGS INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by BraeLoch
     Successor Corporation) (100%)
     
     Holding company.

9.   GRAHAM RESOURCES, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by BraeLoch
     Holdings Inc.) (100%)

     Holding company for all partnership management and
     administration activities.

10.  GRAHAM DEPOSITORY COMPANY II (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by Graham
     Resources, Inc.) (100%)

     Growth Fund depository company.

11.  GRAHAM ENERGY, LTD. (Incorporated in Louisiana) (Owned by Graham Resources,
     Inc.) (100%)

     General Partner in Growth Fund and related products involved
     primarily in the investment in oil and gas related companies
     and assets.

12.  GRAHAM EXPLORATION, LTD. (Incorporated in Louisiana) (Owned by Graham
     Resources, Inc.) (100%)

     General Partner in various limited and general partnerships
     involved in exploratory oil and gas operations.

13.  GRAHAM ROYALTY, LTD. (Incorporated in Louisiana) (Owned by Graham
     Resources, Inc.) (100%)

     General Partner of Prudential-Bache Energy Income Funds.  Named operator of
     oil and gas properties.

14.  GRAHAM PRODUCTION COMPANY (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by Graham
     Royalty, Ltd.) (100%)

     Inactive.

15.  GRAHAM SECURITIES CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by Graham
     Resources, Inc.) (100%)

     In liquidation.

16.  PB BULLION COMPANY, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by Prudential
     Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Purchases metals for resale to processors, fabricators, and
     other dealers.

17.  PB SERVICES (U.K.)  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by Prudential Securities
     Group Inc.) (100%)

     Holds unsecured subordinated loan stock for Prudential-Bache
     International (U.K) Limited.

18.  PGR ADVISORS, INC. (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by Prudential
     Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Vehicle utilized in home office relocation.

                                      C-15
    

<PAGE>

   

19.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE AGRICULTURE INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

20.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE CAPITAL FUNDING (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  (Incorporated in
     Australia) (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Dealer in fixed interest securities.

21.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE CAPITAL FUNDING BV  (Incorporated in The Netherlands)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Management company for special purpose vehicle (Audley Finance
     BV).

21a. AUDLEY FINANCE BV  (Incorporated in Haarlem, The Netherlands) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Capital Funding BV) (100%)

     Investment vehicle.

22.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE ENERGY CORP.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

23.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE ENERGY PRODUCTION INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

24.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE HOLDINGS INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Holding company for Prudential-Bache Partners Inc.

25.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE PARTNERS INC.  (Incorporated in Nevada) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Holdings Inc.) (100%)

     Insurance agent in the State of Nevada; general partner to
     employee investment partnership.

26.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE INTERNATIONAL BANK S.A.  (Incorporated in Luxembourg)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Private banking institution providing secured loan and deposit
     facilities and investment services brokerage for retail and
     institutional clients.

27.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE INTERNATIONAL (UK) LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Holding & service company for U.K. subsidiaries.

28.  CLIVE DISCOUNT HOLDINGS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.)
     (Owned by Prudential-Bache International [UK] Limited) (100%)

     Inactive.

29.  PAGE & GWYTHER HOLDINGS LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache International [UK] Limited) (100%)

     Inactive.

                                      C-16
    

<PAGE>

   

30.  PAGE & GWYTHER LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by Prudential-Bache
     International [U.K.] Limited) (100%)

     Inactive.

31.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE CAPITAL FUNDING (EQUITIES) LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.)
     (Owned by Prudential- Bache International (UK) Limited) (100%)

     London Stock Exchange broker and group custodian services.

32.  CIRCLE (NOMINEES) LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Capital Funding [Equities] Limited) (100%)

     To hold stock for Prudential Capital Funding (Equities)
     Limited and Prudential Securities' customers in nominee name.

33.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE CAPITAL FUNDING (GILTS) LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.)
     (Owned by Prudential-Bache International [UK] Limited) (100%)

     Inactive.

34.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE CAPITAL FUNDING (MONEY BROKERS) LIMITED  (Incorporated in
     U.K.) (Owned by Prudential-Bache International [UK] Limited) (100%)

     London Stock Exchange money broker.

35.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE (FUTURES) LIMITED  (Incorporated in England) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache International [U.K.] Limited) (100%)

     Broker/trader in financial futures and commodities.

36.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE INVESTOR SERVICES INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Serves as assignor limited partner for public deals offered by
     the Specialty Finance Department.

37.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE INVESTOR SERVICES II, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Serves as an assignor limited partner for public deals offered
     by the Specialty Finance Department.

38.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE LEASING INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

39.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE MINERALS INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Acts as co-general partner in the Prudential
     Securities/Barrick Gold Acquisition Fund (a limited partnership).

40.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE PROGRAM SERVICES INC.  (Incorporated in New York) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Issuer of puts in municipal bond offerings underwritten by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated.

41.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE PROPERTIES, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Monitors syndicated private placements of investments in real
     estate and acts as general partner for real estate and other
     limited partnerships.

                                      C-17
    

<PAGE>

   

42.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE REAL ESTATE, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

43.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  (Incorporated in
     Australia) (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Stock brokerage.

44.  BACHE NOMINEES LTD.  (Incorporated in  Australia) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Securities [Australia] Limited) (100%)

     Nominee company for the fixed income department.

45.  CORCARR FUNDS MANAGEMENT LIMITED  (Incorporated in Australia) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Securities [Australia] Limited) (100%)

     Inactive.

46.  CORCARR MANAGEMENT PTY LIMITED (Incorporated in Australia) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Securities [Australia] Limited) (100%)

     Inactive.

47.  CORCARR NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  (Incorporated in Australia) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Securities [Australia] Limited) (100%)

     Nominee company for the safe custody of clients' scrip.

48.  CORCARR SUPERANNUATION PTY LIMITED (Incorporated in Australia) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Securities [Australia] Limited) (100%)

     Inactive.

49.  DIVSPLIT NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  (Incorporated in Australia) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Securities [Australia] Limited) (100%)

     Nominee company for the protection of client dividends, new
     issues and takeovers.

50.  PRUBACHE NOMINEES PTY. LTD.  (Incorporated in Australia) (50% Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Securities [Australia] Limited and 50% owned by Corcarr
     Nominees Pty. Limited, as trustee for Prudential-Bache Securities
     (Australia) Limited)

     Nominee/custodian for clients of Prudential-Bache Securities (Australia)
     Limited and Prudential Securities Incorporated.

51.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE TRADE SERVICES INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Holding company for PB Trade Ltd., and Prudential-Bache Forex (USA) Inc.

52.  PB TRADE LTD.  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by Prudential-Bache Trade
     Services Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

53.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE FOREX (USA) INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Trade Services Inc.) (100%)

                                      C-18
    

<PAGE>

   

     To engage in the foreign exchange business; holding company for
     Prudential-Bache Forex (Hong Kong) Limited and Prudential-Bache Forex
     (U.K.) Limited.

54.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE FOREX (HONG KONG) LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong Kong)
     (Owned by Prudential-Bache Forex [USA] Inc.) (100%)

     Foreign exchange.

55.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE FOREX (U.K.) LIMITED  (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Forex [USA] Inc.) (100%)

     Foreign exchange.

56.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES, INC.  (Incorporated in New York)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Acts as a transfer agent for limited partnerships sponsored by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc. or sold by Prudential
     Securities Incorporated.

57.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Securities and commodity broker-dealer, underwriter.

58.  BACHE & CO. (LEBANON) S.A.L.  (Incorporated in Lebanon) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Inactive.

59.  BACHE & CO. S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)  (Incorporated in Mexico) (96% owned by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated 4% owned by other individuals)

     Inactive.

60.  BACHE HALSEY STUART SHIELDS (ANTILLES) N.V. (Incorporated in The
     Netherlands Antilles) (Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Inactive.

61.  BACHE INSURANCE AGENCY, INCORPORATED  (Incorporated in Massachusetts)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Insurance agent in Massachusetts.

62.  BACHE INSURANCE OF ARIZONA INC.  (Incorporated in Arizona) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Inactive.

63.  BACHE INSURANCE OF KENTUCKY, INC.  (Incorporated in Kentucky) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Insurance agent in Kentucky.

64.  BACHE SHIELDS SECURITIES CORPORATION  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential  Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Inactive.

65.  BANOM CORPORATION  (Incorporated in New York) (Owned by Prudential
     Securities Incorporated) (100%)

                                      C-19
    

<PAGE>

   

     Inactive.

66.  GELFAND, QUINN & ASSOCIATES INC.  (Incorporated in Ohio) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Inactive.

67.  P-B HOLDING JAPAN INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by Prudential
     Securities Incorporated)  (100%)

     Holding company of Prudential Securities (Japan) Ltd.

68.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES (JAPAN) LIMITED  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     P-B Holding Japan Inc.) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated;
     registered broker-dealer.

69.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE FUTURES ASIA PACIFIC LTD.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     To introduce customers to Prudential Securities for futures
     transactions on U.S. Exchanges and execute futures orders on
     the behalf of Prudential Securities on SIMEX.

70.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE FUTURES (HONG KONG) LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong Kong)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Non-active clearing member of the Hong Kong Futures Exchange.

71.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE NOMINEES (HONG KONG) LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong Kong)
     (Owned by  Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Acting as a nominee company for Hong Kong equities.

72.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES ASIA PACIFIC LTD.  (Incorporated in New York)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Singapore.

73.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (BELGIUM) INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Belgium.

74.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (ESPANA) S.A.  (Incorporated in Spain) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Spain.

75.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (FRANCE) S.A.  (Incorporated in France) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in France.

76.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (HOLLAND) INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Holland.

                                      C-20
    

<PAGE>

   

77.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (HOLLAND) N.V.  (Incorporated in Holland)
     (Owned by Prudential-Bache Securities [Holland] Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

78.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (HONG KONG) LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong
     Kong) (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Hong Kong.

79.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (LUXEMBOURG) INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Luxembourg.

80.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (MONACO) INC.  (Incorporated in New York)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Monaco.

81.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (SWITZERLAND) INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Switzerland.

82.  PRUDENTIAL-BACHE SECURITIES (U.K.) INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in the
     U.K.

82a. SHIELDS MODEL ROLAND COMPANY (Incorporated in U.K.) (Owned by
     Prudential-Bache Securities (U.K.) Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

83.  PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND MANAGEMENT, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (15%
     owned by The Prudential and 85% owned by Prudential Securities
     Incorporated)

     Mutual fund management company.

84.  PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND DISTRIBUTORS, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Mutual Fund Management, Inc.) (100%)

     Principal underwriter and distributor of mutual funds.

85.  PRUDENTIAL MUTUAL FUND SERVICES, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (Owned
     by Prudential Mutual Fund Management, Inc.) (100%)

     Mutual fund transfer agent and shareholder services company.

86.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES (CHILE) INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Inactive.

87.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES CMO ISSUER INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

                                      C-21
    

<PAGE>

   

     Ownership of Delaware Business Trust utilized by Mortgage
     Finance Unit to facilitate CALI Transaction.

88.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES FUTURES MANAGEMENT INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     1) General partner of a limited partnership with assets
     invested in commodities, futures contracts and
     commodity-related products and 2) Commodities and futures
     contract business.

89.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES (SOUTH AMERICA) INCORPORATED  (Incorporated in
     Delaware) (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Holding company for Prudential Securities (Argentina) Incorporated and
     Prudential Securities (Uruguay) S.A.

90.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES (ARGENTINA) INCORPORATED (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities [South America] Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Argentina.

91.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES (URUGUAY) S.A.  (Incorporated in Uruguay) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities [South America] Incorporated) (100%)

     Service affiliate of Prudential Securities Incorporated in Uruguay.

92.  SHIELDS MODEL ROLAND SECURITIES INCORPORATED  (Incorporated in New York)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Inactive.

93.  WEXFORD CLEARING SERVICES CORPORATION (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Incorporated) (100%)

     Inactive.

94.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES LEASE HOLDING INC.  (Incorporated in New York) (Owned
     by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Owns IBM computers and leases them to Prudential Securities
     Incorporated.

95.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES MUNICIPAL DERIVATIVES, INC. (Incorporated in
     Delaware) (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Serves as a general partner in a limited partnership structure
     providing floating rate & inverse floating rate municipal
     securities.

96.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES REALTY FUNDING CORPORATION  (Incorporated in
     Delaware) (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Purchase and sale of residential first mortgage whole loans,
     including purchase and sales under repurchase agreements.
     Sales may be in whole loan, participation certificates, agency
     or securitized format.

97.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES SECURED FINANCING CORPORATION  (Incorporated in
     Delaware) (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Purchase and securitization of mortgages and other assets.

                                      C-22
    

<PAGE>

   

98.  PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES STRUCTURED ASSETS, INC.  (Incorporated in Ohio)
     (Owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

99.  P-B FINANCE LTD.  (Incorporated in The Cayman Islands) (Owned by Prudential
     Securities Structured Assets, Inc) (100%)

     Finances commodity margin calls, both original and variation,
     and does other financing transactions for a select group of
     international and domestic customers.

100. R&D FUNDING CORP.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by Prudential
     Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Acts as a general partner in research and development
     partnerships.

101. SEAPORT FUTURES MANAGEMENT, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     1) General partner of limited partnership with assets invested
     in commodities, futures contracts and commodity-related
     products, 2) Commodities and futures contracts business.

102. SPECIAL SITUATIONS MANAGEMENT INC.   (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by
     Prudential Securities Group Inc.) (100%)

     Inactive.

H.   SUBSIDIARIES OF THE PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION

1.   GATEWAY HOLDINGS, S.A.  (Incorporated in Luxembourg) (100%)

     A financial holding company which owns Luxembourg registered
     investment management companies. Gateway Holdings, S.A. is the
     parent of Amicus Investment Company, Global Income Fund
     Management Company, S.A., Global Series Fund II Management
     Company, S.A., Jennison Long Bond Management Company, and PAEC
     Management Company.

2.   AMICUS INVESTMENT COMPANY  (Incorporated in the Cayman Islands) (Owned by
     Gateway Holdings, S.A.) (100%)

     Provides promotion and sponsorship functions for the Amicus
     Equity Fund, an open-ended investment trust established under
     the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands.

3.   GLOBAL INCOME FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY, S.A.  (Incorporated in Luxembourg)
     (Owned by Gateway Holdings, S.A.) (100%)

     Acts as the management company for Global Income Fund, an
     investment fund organized in Luxembourg.

4.   GLOBAL SERIES FUND II MANAGEMENT COMPANY, S.A.  (Incorporated in
     Luxembourg) (Owned by Gateway Holdings, S.A.) (100%)

     Acts as the management company for Global Series Fund II, an
     investment fund organized in Luxembourg.

5.   JENNISON LONG BOND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  (Incorporated in Luxembourg)  (Owned
     by Gateway Holdings, S.A.) (100%)

     Acts as the management company for Jennison Long Bond Fund, an
     investment fund organized in Luxembourg. The Fund invests in a
     diversified portfolio of securities issued or guaranteed by
     the U.S. Government of which units of the fund are offered
     privately to Japanese institutional investors through PIC's
     Japan representative office in Tokyo.

6.   PAEC MANAGEMENT COMPANY  (Incorporated in Luxembourg) (Owned by Gateway
     Holdings, S.A.) (100%)

     Inactive.

                                      C-23
    

<PAGE>

   

7.   PRUDENTIAL ASSET SALES AND SYNDICATIONS, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware)
     (100%)

     Registered broker/dealer which engages in the investment
     banking business. Also responsible for the syndication or sale
     of Prudential originated private placement deals.

8.   PRUDENTIAL HOME BUILDING INVESTORS, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey)
     (100%)

     Acts as the general partner of a limited partnership,
     Prudential Home Building Advisors, L.P. Through this
     partnership it provides investment advisory services in a
     portfolio of residential land improvement and/or single family
     home construction projects.

9.   PRUSUPPLY, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Serves as an inventory facility, holding investments pending
     sale for Prudential Asset Sales and Syndications, Inc. Enters
     into contracts for the supply of fossil fuel and other
     inventory.

10.  PRUSUPPLY CAPITAL ASSETS, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (Owned by
     PruSupply, Inc.) (100%)

     Serves as a capital base for the syndication activity of
     Prudential Asset Sales and Syndications, Inc. It will hold,
     invest, and reinvest stocks, bonds, etc. to support the
     borrowing capacity of PruSupply, Inc.

11.  THE PRUDENTIAL ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey)
     (100%)

     Provides various record keeping, benefit payment, and plan
     consulting services to The Prudential and its clients. It also
     acts as a solicitor on behalf of affiliates who are investment
     advisors.

12.  CSI ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (Owned by The
     Prudential Asset Management Company, Inc.) (100%)

     Provides institutional clients (primarily state and municipal
     employee benefit plans) with discretionary management of
     portfolios investing in U.S. stocks and bonds.

13.  ENHANCED INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (Owned
     by The Prudential Asset Management Company, Inc.) (100%)

     Provides investment advisory services to institutional clients
     using domestic index portfolios.

14.  MERCATOR ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.  (Incorporated in Florida) (Owned by The
     Prudential Asset Management Company, Inc.) (100%)

     Serves as an investment advisor with a focus on global and
     international investing for institutional clients.

15.  PCM INTERNATIONAL, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (Owned by The
     Prudential Asset Management Company, Inc.) (100%)

     Serves as an investment advisor with a focus on global and
     international investing for institutional clients.

16.  PRUDENTIAL ASIA INVESTMENTS LIMITED  (Incorporated in the British Virgin
     Islands) (Common stock 100% owned by The Prudential Asset Management
     Company, Inc. and preferred stock 50% owned by The Prudential Asset
     Management Company, Inc. and 50% owned by Prudential Securities Group Inc.)

     A holding company for subsidiaries engaged in investment
     management, merchant banking, portfolio management and direct
     investment activities in the Far East.

17.  PRUASIA DBS LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong Kong) (Owned by Prudential Asia
     Investments Limited) (50%)

                                      C-24
    

<PAGE>

   

     Provides corporate finance services in the Far East.

18.  PRUDENTIAL ASIA FUND MANAGEMENT LIMITED (BVI)  (Incorporated in the British
     Virgin Islands) (Owned by Prudential Asia Investments Limited) (100%)

     A holding company for Prudential Asia Fund Management Limited
     and Prudential Asia Fund Managers (HK) Limited and engages in
     portfolio investment management and advisory services with a
     concentration on publicly traded securities.

19.  PRUDENTIAL ASIA FUND MANAGEMENT LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong Kong) (Owned
     by Prudential Asia Fund Management Limited [BVI]) (100%)

     Provides investment advisory activities in the United States.

20.  PRUDENTIAL ASIA FUND MANAGERS (HK) LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong Kong)
     (Owned by Prudential Asia Fund Management Limited [BVI]) (100%)

     Provides investment advisory activities in Hong Kong.

21.  PRUDENTIAL ASSET MANAGEMENT ASIA LIMITED (BVI)  (Incorporated in the
     British Virgin Islands) (Owned by Prudential Asia Investments Limited)
     (100%)

     Makes direct investments and provides investment advisory
     services in China, Taiwan, Korea, Japan, Australia and New
     Zealand.

22.  PAMA (INDONESIA) LIMITED (Incorporated in the British Virgin Islands)
     (Owned by Prudential Asset Management Asia Limited (BVI)) (75%)

     Engaged in the management and operation of PT PAMA Indonesia,
     an Indonesian Venture Capital Company, and a unit trust which
     makes direct investments in Indonesian companies.

23.  PAMA (SINGAPORE) PRIVATE LIMITED  (Incorporated in Singapore) (Owned by
     Prudential Asset Management Asia Limited [BVI]) (100%)

     Engaged in direct investments, corporate finance and portfolio
     management activities in Singapore.

24.  PRUDENTIAL ASSET MANAGEMENT ASIA HONG KONG LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong
     Kong)  (Owned by Prudential Asset Management Asia Limited [BVI]) (100%)

     Engaged in direct investments and portfolio management
     activities in Hong Kong.

25.  P.T. PAMA VENTURA INDONESIA (Incorporated in Indonesia) (Owned by
     Prudential Asset Management Asia Limited [BVI]) (65%)

     An Indonesian Venture Capital Company which invests directly
     in Indonesian companies or in a trust that invests in
     Indonesian companies.

26.  SJ BEDDING B.V. (Incorporated in the Netherlands) (Owned by Prudential Asia
     Investments Limited) (100%)

     A holding company for Prudential Asia Investments Limited's
     investment in the shares of Simmons Co., Limited.

27.  SIMMONS BEDDING AND FURNITURE (HK) LIMITED  (Incorporated in Hong Kong)
     (Owned by  SJ  Bedding BV) (66.24%)

     Collectively with its affiliates engages in the manufacturing,
     sales and distribution of bedding products, furniture and
     accessories in Japan, Hong Kong, Singapore and Macau.

                                      C-25
    

<PAGE>

   

28.  SIMMONS ASIA LIMITED  (Incorporated in the British Virgin Islands) (Owned
     by Simmons Bedding & Furniture [HK] Limited) (90%)

     Engages in the business of licensing Simmons related
     trademarks and technology in Asia Pacific countries other than
     those covered by Simmons Co., Limited.

29.  SIMMONS (SOUTHEAST ASIA) PRIVATE LIMITED (Incorporated in Singapore) (Owned
     by Simmons Asia Limited) (100%)

     Carries out manufacturing and distribution activities of the
     bedding products, furniture and accessories in Singapore.

30.  SIMMONS CO., LIMITED (Incorporated in Japan) (Owned by SJ Bedding B.V.)
     (66.24%)

     A holding company for Simmons Bedding and Furniture (HK)
     Limited.

31.  PRUDENTIAL ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY SECURITIES CORPORATION  (Incorporated
     in Delaware) (Owned by The Prudential Asset Management Company, Inc.)
     (100%)

     Markets to institutional clients investment products developed
     by other Prudential affiliates that must be sold by an SEC
     registered broker-dealer with a membership in the NASD.

32.  PRUDENTIAL TIMBER INVESTMENTS, INC. (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100% of
     common stock owned by The Prudential Asset Management Company, Inc.) (100%
     of preferred stock owned by The Prudential Insurance Company of America.)

     Provides timber investment management services to
     institutional clients. Acquires and manages commercial timber
     properties with the goal of generating competitive returns.

33.  THE PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT ADVISORY COMPANY, LTD.  (Incorporated in Japan)
     (100%)

     Provides investment management services to Japanese
     institutional investors and for Prudential's General Account
     with respect to Japanese and global securities.

34.  THE PRUDENTIAL PROPERTY COMPANY, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Inactive.

35.  THE PRUDENTIAL REALTY ADVISORS, INC.  (Incorporated in New Jersey) (100%)

     Provides advice and administrative services to others with
     respect to the ownership, sale, and management of real
     property.

36.  TRGOAG COMPANY,  INC.  (Incorporated in Delaware) (100%)

     Organized to own interests in oil and gas properties.

                                      C-26

    
<PAGE>



                    ITEM 26. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

TITLE OF CLASS                                  NUMBER OF RECORD HOLDERS
- --------------                                  ------------------------

   
Money Market Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             13

Diversified Bond Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             14

High Yield Bond Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             13

Government Income Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             13

Equity Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             14

Stock Index Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             13

Equity Income Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             13

Natural Resources Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             13

Global Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             15

Conservative Balanced Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             15

Flexible Managed Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             15

Zero Coupon Bond 2000 Portfolio
Capital Stock                                              5

Zero Coupon Bond 2005 Portfolio
Capital Stock                                              5

Small Capitalization Stock Portfolio
Capital Stock                                             13

Prudential Jennison Portfolio                             13
Capital Stock
    

                                      C-27


<PAGE>



ITEM 27. INDEMNIFICATION

Article VI, paragraph (4) of Registrant's Articles of Incorporation provides
that "(e)ach director and each officer of the Corporation shall be indemnified
by the Corporation to the full extent permitted by the General Laws of the State
of Maryland and as provided in the by-laws of the Corporation." Article VIII of
the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation provides, in pertinent part, that
"(n)o provision of these Articles of Incorporation shall be effective to (a)
require a waiver of compliance with any provision of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or of any valid
rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder
or (b) protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation
against any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which he
would otherwise by subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his
office."

Paragraph 6 of both the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Supplemental
Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and The Prudential provides
that "Prudential will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law
or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which
this Agreement relates, except for a loss resulting from willful misfeasance,
bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties on behalf of the
Fund or from reckless disregard of its obligation and duties under this
Agreement."

The Prudential Directors' and Officers' Liability and Corporation Reimbursement
Program, purchased by The Prudential from Aetna Casualty & Surety Company, CNA
Insurance Company, Lloyds of London, Great American Insurance Company, Reliance
Insurance Company, Corporate Officers & Directors Assurance Ltd., A.C.E.
Insurance Company, Ltd., XL Insurance Company, Ltd., and Zurich-American
Insurance Company, provides coverage for "Loss" (as defined in the policies)
arising from any claim or claims by reason of any actual or alleged act, error,
misstatement, misleading statement, omission, or breach of duty by persons in
the discharge of their duties solely in their capacities as directors or
officers of The Prudential, any of its subsidiaries, or certain investment
companies affiliated with The Prudential. Coverage is also provided to the
individual directors or officers for such Loss, for which they shall not be
indemnified. Loss essentially is the legal liability on claims against a
director or officer, including adjudicated damages, settlements and reasonable
and necessary legal fees and expenses incurred in defense of adjudicatory
proceedings and appeals therefrom. Loss does not include punitive or exemplary
damages or the multiplied portion of any multiplied damage award, criminal or
civil fines or penalties imposed by law, taxes or wages, or matters which are
insurable under the law pursuant to which the policies are construed.

There are a number of exclusions from coverage. Among the matters excluded are
Losses arising as the result of (1) claims brought about or contributed to by
the criminal or deliberate fraudulent acts of a director or officer, and (2)
claims arising from actual or alleged performance of, or failure to perform,
services as, or in any capacity similar to, an investment adviser, investment
banker, underwriter, broker or dealer, as those terms are defined in the
Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rules or
regulations thereunder, or any similar federal, state or local statute, rule or
regulation.

The limit of coverage under the Program for both individual and corporate
reimbursement coverage is $150,000,000. The retention for corporate
reimbursement coverage is $10,000,000 per loss.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

                                      C-28


<PAGE>



ITEM 28. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

The Prudential does not have other business of a substantial nature besides
activities relating to the assets of the registrant. The Prudential is involved
in insurance, reinsurance, securities, pension services, real estate and
banking.

The Prudential Investment Corporation (PIC) is the investment unit of Prudential
and actively engages in the business of giving investment advice. The officers
and directors of Prudential and PIC who are engaged directly or indirectly in
activities relating to the registrant have no other business, profession,
vocation, or employment of a substantial nature, and have not had such other
connections during the past two years.

   
The business and other connections of The Prudential's Directors are listed in
the statement of additional information in Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to
the Registration Statement of The Prudential Variable Contract Account-10,
Registration No. 2-76580, filed May 1, 1995, the text of which is hereby
incorporated by reference.
    

ITEM 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

(a)  Pruco Securities Corporation also acts as principal underwriter of
     Prudential's Gibraltar Fund.

   
(b)  NAME AND PRINCIPAL                   POSITIONS AND OFFICES    
     BUSINESS ADDRESS                     WITH UNDERWRITER         
     ------------------                   ---------------------
     Edward P. Baird *                    Director
     E. Michael Caulfield ****            Director        
     Ira J. Kleinman **                   Director
     Joseph Mahoney*                      Director
     Stephen P. Tooley ***                Vice President and Comptroller
     Thomas C. Castano **                 Secretary
    

*     Principal Business Address: Prudential Plaza,  Newark, NJ  07102
**    Principal Business Address:  213 Washington Street,  Newark, NJ  07102
***   Principal Business Address: 1111 Durham Avenue, South Plainfield, NJ
      07080
****  Principal Business Address: 477 Martinsville Road,  Liberty Corner, NJ
      07938

(c)   Not applicable.

ITEM 30. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

All accounts, books, or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31
(a) of the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder are maintained by the
Registrant, Prudential Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777; the Registrant's
Investment Advisor, The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential
Plaza, Newark, New Jersey 07102-3777 or the Registrant's Custodians, Chemical
Bank, 4 New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40
Water Street, Boston, MA 02109 and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company, 60 Wall
Street, New York, NY 10260.

ITEM 31. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS

(c)   The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish each person to
      whom a prospectus is delivered with a copy of the Registrant's latest
      annual report to shareholders upon request and without charge.

                                      C-29


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective
Amendment No. 30 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newark, State of New
Jersey, on the 28th day of February, 1996.
    

                                     THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND, INC.

                                     By: /s/ MENDEL A. MELZER
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Mendel A. Melzer
                                         Chairman of the Board

   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective
Amendment No. 30 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

SIGNATURE AND TITLE                   DATE
- -------------------                   ----


/s/ *                               February 28, 1996
- -----------------------------------
E. Michael Caulfield
President and Director

/s/ *                               February 28, 1996
- -----------------------------------
Mendel A. Melzer
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
Principal Executive Officer, and
Principal Financial Officer

/s/ *                               February 28, 1996
- -----------------------------------
Stephen P. Tooley
Comptroller

/s/ *                               February 28, 1996  *By:/s/ THOMAS C. CASTANO
- -----------------------------------                        ---------------------
Saul K. Fenster                                            Thomas C. Castano
Director                                                   (Attorney-in-Fact)

/s/ *                               February 28, 1996
- -----------------------------------
W. Scott McDonald, Jr.
Director

/s/ *                               February 28, 1996
- -----------------------------------
Joseph Weber
Director
    

                                      C-30


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

    (xviii)(3)  Power of Attorney:                   Page C-30
                Mendel A. Melzer












                                      C-31

<PAGE>
   

                                                                Exhibit (xii)(3)
                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know all men by these presents:

That I,      MENDEL A. MELZER                                             , of
        ------------------------------------------------------------------
             NEWARK,  NEW JERSEY                                           , a
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------    

member of the Board of Directors of The Prudential Series Fund, Inc., do hereby
make, constitute and appoint as my true and lawful attorneys in fact THOMAS C.
CASTANO, THOMAS J. LOFTUS and CLIFFORD E. KIRSCH, or any of them severally for
me and in my name, place and stead to sign registration statements and any and
all amendments thereto executed in behalf of The Prudential Series Fund, Inc.,
and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as follows:

         Registration Statement on Form N-1A for the registration under the
         Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940 of The
         Prudential Series Fund, Inc.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this      16      day 
         of   February                , 1996.                 -----------      
            --------------------------       
         

                                                     Mendel Melzer
                                             -----------------------------------
                                       Signature


State of     NJ       )
        --------------  SS:
County of   Essex     )
         -------------

     On this    16th         day of     February              , 1996, before me
             ---------------        --------------------------
personally appeared         Mendel A. Melzer            , to me known and known
                    ------------------------------------
to me to be the person mentioned and described in and who executed the foregoing
instruments and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed the same.



                                            Darla Purefoy
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                       Notary Public

My commission expires: October 30, 1996

                                      C-32
    



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission